mMmm
msim^^mmmmmm
jmoi^
lPrc8ciiteO to
^be Xibrar^
of tbc
'irinivcrstt^ of Tloronto
►*5 'Y>\\^\'i - H^vv^li^^
J%0\^
THE
SECOND EPISTLE OF PETER,
THE
EPISTLES OF JOHN AND JUDAS,
AND THE
REVELATIOI:
Craiislatcit from t|e ^xttli,
ON THE BASIS OF THE COMMON ENGLISH VEKSION,
WITH NOTES.
Quill igitur, damnamus veteres? ininime: sed post
priorum studia quod possumus in domo Domini laboramus.
Jerome.
Neque statini ofl'endere, si quid mutatum offenderis. sed
expende, num in melius mutatum sit. Erasmus.
To yap fiij TXnoeoyco^ dy.oi:£ir raiv d'so)^oyty.c3t' tpcovcovt
a).).a netoaad'ai tov iv exrioTrj ).e^ei y.al syiiarr; avD.n^J]
y.Eyovu^svnv Tor rovr e^e/j'ev£tr, ovx itQyoyv eis evoi^etav,
aX?.fi yi'ctpt^oi'Tcoi' ror oxottoi' rtii y.}.i]oeoii i^ftcov.
Basil.
TV.
/
NEW- YORK: <{V''^'^
AMER ICAN BIBLE UNION. • - V^SS"
LONDON: TRUBNER & CO., No. 12 PATERNOSTER ROW. %,"
1854.
AMERICAN BIBLE UNION,
New- York, April 20, 1854.
This revision is not final. It is circulated in the expectation, that it will be subjected
to a thorough criticism, in order that its imperfections, whatever they may be, may be
disclosed and corrected.
W. H. WYCKOFF,
Corresponding Secretary.
Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1854, by
THE AMERICAN BIBLE UNION
In the Clerk's office of the District Court of the Southern District of New- York.
Hoi.MAN, Gray & Co., Printer-s & Stereottpers, New-York.
IITRODUCTION.
The general character and design of this work may be learned from the following Rules and
Instructions, in conformity with which it has been prepared, except as regards a literal observance of
the third Special Insti'uction :
'GENERAL RULES FOR THE DIRECnON OF TRANSLATORS AND REVISERS EMPLOYED BY THE AMERICAN BIBLE UNION.
' 1. The exact meaning of the inspired text, as that text expressed it to those who understood the original scriptures at the
time they were first written, must be translated by corresponding words and phrases, so far as they can be found, in the
vernacular tongue of those for whom the version is designed, with the least possible obscurity or indefiniteness.
' 2. Wherever there is a version in common use, it shall be made the basis of revision, and all unnecessary interference with
the established phraseology shall be avoided ; and only such alterations shall be made, as the exact meaning of the inspired text
and the existing state of the language may require.
' 3. Translations or revisions of the New Testament shall be made from the received Greek text, critically edited, with known
errors corrected.
'SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO THE REVISERS OF THE ENGLISH NEW TESTAMENT.
'1. The common English version must be the basis of the revision: the Greek Text, Bagster & Sons' octavo edition of 1851.
' 2. Whenever an alteration from that version is made on any authority additional to that of the reviser, such authority must
be cited in the manuscript, either on the same pnge or in an appendix.
' 3. Every Greek word or phrase, in the translation of which the phraseology of the common version is changed, must be
carefully examined in every other place in which it occurs in the New Testament, and the views of the reviser be given as to its
proper translation in each place.
' 4. As soon as the revision of any one book of the New Testament is finished, it shall be sent to the Secretary of the Bible
Union, or such other person as shall be designated by the Committee on Versions, in order that copies may be taken and furnished
to the revisers of the other books, to be returned with their suggestions to the reviser or revisers of that book. After being
re-revised with the aid of these suggestions, a carefully prepared copy shall be forwarded to the Secretary.'
I. The Greek Text of the Bagsters, liere referred to, is that of Mill (1707), ' pi-eferred,' say the
publishers in their preface, ' as being that which is most current in this country : Mill's text,' they add,
' is in fact a i-eprint of Stephens's third edition (folio, 1550), with one correction and a few unintentional
changes.' This third edition of Stephens follows the fifth of Erasmus (1535), with the exception of
the Apocalypse and a very few places in the other books, wliere Stephens introduced the readings of
the Complutensian Polyglott (published with the Pope's consent in 1520, though printed a few years
earlier at Complutum, or Alcala, in Spain) ; and in its turn it formed the basis of Beza's editions (1565,
157G, 15S9, 159S), on which the common English Version mainly rests, and which are said to differ
from the Stephanie only in about 50 places ; as also of the Elzevir (1624, 1633), in which 152 variations
have been noticed, and these taken, not from MSS., but from the text or margin of previous editions.*
It thus appears that the ordinary text of the Greek Testament, whether Mill's or the Elzevir, is
* Griesbach : ' Editiones recentiores sequuntur Elsevirianam ; haec compilata est ex editionibus Bezae et Stephani tertia;
Beza itidem expressit Stephanicam tertiam. nonnullis tamen, pro lubitu fere ac absque idonea auctoritate, mutatis ; Stephani
tertia presse sequitur Krasmicam quintam. paucissimis tantum locis et Apocalypsi exceptis, ubi Complutensem Erasmicae prae-
tulit ; Erasmus veto textum, ut potuit, constituit e codicibus paucissimis ct satis recentibus, omnibus subsidiis destitutus, praeter
versionem Vulgatam interpolatam, et scripta nonnuUurum, sed paucorum, nee accurate editorum, Patrum.' Prolegomena in N. T.
IV INTRODUCTION.
substantially the Complutensian and the Erasmian. ' But,' to use the words of Bishop Marsh {Lectures
on the Criticism of the Bible, Cambridge, p. Ill), ' neither Erasmus nor the Complutensian editors printed
from ancient Greek manuscripts ; and the remainder of their critical apparatus included little more
than the latest of the Greek Fathers and the Latin Vulgate.' Or, as the case is stated by Dr. Davidson
(Treatise on Biblical Criticism, Edinburgh, 1852, Vol. ii. p. 118) : 'The materials in possession of the
earliest editors were scanty. They were of inferior quality. And those who employed them did not
even make the best use of them. . . . Indeed, they had no critical rules by which they professed to be
guided.' Under these circumstances it is not at all strange, that the changes made in that text by
subsequent editors, as the result of a large accumulation and a more rigorous scrutiny of evidence, are
found to be numerous, and occasionally of considerable interest.
In what way, however, shall we safely distinguish, in the crowd of questionable readings, what
may fairly be regarded as the ' known errors,' of which our plan requires the correction ? The present
writer could think of no test so simple and satisfactory, as the general consent of the critical editors —
however differing in their principles of recension— ^/br the last hundred years. While this rule would no
more than any other secure a perfect text, or even all the preferable readings, its operation, so far as
it went, seemed likely to be attended with the least perplexity or doubt, and so to guarantee a general
result, having far better claims noiv to rank as the textits receptus (Received Text), than what assumed
the title more than two centuries ago.* Accordingly, this test is here applied throughout, the following
editions having been carefully collated for the purpose : —
Bengel (Beng.), Novum Test. Graecum, 3d ed., Tubingen, 1753. Sometimes his later decision is
cited, as it appears in the Gnomon, or in the German version of Revelation.
Bloomfield (Bloomf ), The Greek Testament, 1st American from the 2d London ed., Boston, 1837 :
— also the Supplemental Volume (Supp.) of Annotations, 2d ed., London, 1851.
Griesbach (Griesb.), Novum Test. Graece, Cambridge, Mass., 1809 (printed from the Leipzig ed.
of 1805).
Haenlein (Haenl.), Epistola Judae Graece, Eiiangen, 1804.
Hahn, Novum Test. Graece, Leipzig, 1840.
Knapp (once or twice Kn.), ed. Theile, Leipzig, 1852.
Lachmann (Lachm.), Novum Test. Graece et Latine, vol. ii., Berlin, 3850. Three places where
this ed. differs from the small Leipzig ed. of 1846, which had been collated on
the Epistles, are noted among the Errata.
Matthaei (Matth.), Joannis Apocahjpsis Graece et Latine, Riga, 1785.
Meyer (Mey.), Das Neue Test. Griechisch Jcritisch revidirt, Gottingen, 1829.
ScHOLz (Sch.), Novum Test. Graece, 1830 — 1836, cited from Bagster's Hexapla.
Theile, Novum Test. Graece, 4th ed., Leipzig, 1852.
TiscHENDORF (Tisch.), Novttm Test. Graece, Svo ed., Leipzig, 1850.
Tregelles (Treg.), The Book of Revelation in Greek, London, 1844. His later decisions are given
from the 2d ed. of the version, London, 1849.
Wordsworth (Words.), The Apocalypse, London, 1849.
Wherever these concur on a reading, that reading is in the Notes recommended for adoption, and,
in the Version as printed in paragraphs at the end of the volume, is incorporated with the text.
The instances that occur, of deviation from the letter of the above rule, will not be reckoned vio-
lations of its spirit. They concern chiefly cases, where the unanimity of the editors is broken by
* The preface to the second Elzevir edition having first cmplojed the phrase, which immediately became classical : Te.vtum
ergo hahes nunc ab omnibus receptum.
INTRODUCTION.
Bengel, or Bloomfield, or both. It is to be considered, that in Bengel's time the materials for textual
criticism were by no means so abundant as they afterwards became, nor had they been so carefully
sifted as they have been since ; besides that in very many cases readings, vs'hich appear on the margin
of our edition as equal or superior to the common ones, or even as undoubtedly genuine, were in later
editions taken into the text. And, in like manner, there is a third edition of Bloomfield's Greek
Testament, into which he speaks in the Supplemental Volume of having received at least 'numerous
deviations from the textus rece-ptus' of the Apocaljqjse.
Of the Apocalypse, indeed, it is well understood that the received text is more than ordinarily
defective. Bloomfield saj's, that it is 'in a lamentably imperfect state.' And here, accordingly^ is
found the great majority of the proposed changes. — In forming his text of this book, Erasmus is known
to have employed a single manuscript, and that, says Tregelles, ' appears to have been in a mutilated
condition. It contained the Greek text with a commentaiy interpersed, and he had to separate the
words of the text as well as he could. In not a few places he clearly took the commentary for the
text, and thus inserted readings found in no Greek MS. ; where his manuscript was altogether illegible
he appears to have relied on the Latin Vulgate, and to have supplied words in the Greek by retranslating
them from it. We hiow that this was the case with the last six verses of the book ; in his MS. they
were wholly wanting, owing to its mutilated condition, and he ventured on the bold expedient of
supplying them by his own translation from the Latin : this he acknowledges himself;' and of this
adventurous work fragments adhere to the received text at the present day. The Complutensian
editors also are stated by Wetsteia to have had but one manuscript of the Apocalypse ; yet from their
text, according to Mill, Erasmus at once transferred to his fourth edition (1527) 90 variations ; while
of Stephens it is asserted, that he used only two imperfect and inaccurately collated MSS.
Now there are at least 9S MSS. extant, containing the Apocalypse more or less complete, 69 of
which have been collated wholly or in part. In Tregelles' Introduction these are numbered and
described ; and, having availed ourselves throughout of his valuable summary of the evidence both
from MSS. and from ancient Versions, it is necessary that we liere insert extracts sufficient to enable
every reader to understand his notation : —
'A. Codex Alexandrinds, preserved in the British Museum. ... Its supposed date is iha ffth century, and it appears
probable that it was written at Alexan Iria.
'B. Codex Basilianus at Rome— formerly in the convent of St. Basil . . . now in the Vatican Librarj- . . . probably of
the seventh century.
'C. Codex Ephraemi at Paris . . . The vellum was used afterwards as material on which to write some of the Greek
works of Ephraem the Syiian ... It probably belongs to the early pait of the fflh century.''
Since the preparation of the Greek Text by Tregelles, the MSS. B. and C. have been for the first
time published by Tischendorf, and collated throughout by Wordsworth from Tischendorf s editions.
Wherever, therefore, the important testimony of these three oldest, or, as they are often called, micial
or large-letter, MSS. is cited more fully by Wordsworth (who professes — though, in fact, he does not
aiwaijs so restrict himself — to have constructed his text solely from them,) than by Tregelles, A. B. C.
are exempted from the quotation-marks, that denote the siimmaries of the latter. It should also be
remembered that, when B. is referred to under the Epistles, the letter designates another MS., the
celebrated Codex Vaticanus, assigned by some to the early part of the fourth century.
'The Manuscript Authorities may be divided into four classes: —
'a. Perfect MSS. which have been collated throughout' = A. B. and 28 cursive or small-letter MSS.
'p. JISS. with defects which are noted, but which have been collated throughout in the parts where they arc perfect; also
some MSS. of which a known part has been collated ;' = C. and 11 cursive MSS.
'y. MSS. which are only occasionally cited ; either parti illy collated or partially defective ; the siUnce of these M^S. with
regard to any particular reading, cannot of course be regarded as aflbrding any evidence.' This class includes 24 cursive MSS.
' 5. MSS. which are known to exist, but are altogether uncited,' = 32 cursive MSS.
VI INTROBUCTION.
' The uncial MSS., A. B. C, are cited ... by these designations ; the other MSS., when many support a particular reading,
are cited by their classes, e. g. a 17. ^ 7. y 3., would imply so many MSS. of these several classes as containing the cited reading;
when but a few JISS. support a reading, they are cited nominatim ;' e. g. 2. 4. 7.
' An asterisk after the designation of a MS. e. g. A.* denotes a reading d. primd manu, afterwards altered.
' Two asterisks, thus :— A.** mark a reading from correction.'
The Versions cited by Tregelles are : —
1. The Latin Vulgate (Vulg.), 'executed by Jerome about the end of the 4th century.' MSS. of the whole or part of this
version are the Amiatinus {Am.) of the 6th century, lately published by Tischendorf ; the Toletanus ( Tol.) ; and the Harleianus
(Harl.), of the 7th century.
2. The Coptic (Copt.), probably executed in the 3d or 4th century.'
3. The Aethiopic (Aeth.), 'probably executed in the 4th century.'
4. The Sjriac (Syr.). ' This must not be confounded with the Peshito, executed probably in the 2d century, in which this
book forms no part' (and the same remark applies to IT. and III. John, II. Peter, and .Jude) : ' the version of the Revelation
may perhaps be assigned to the 6th century.'
5. The Armenian (Ann.), 'completed in the year 410.'
6. The Arabic. 'Erp. is here used, (as has commonly been done,) to denote the Arabic version published hj Erpenius.
At. p. is the Arabic version of Walton's Polyglott. Arr. denotes both the Arabic versions ;' — ' probably made in the 7th century
or later.'
7. The Slavonic (Slav.), of the 9th century :— editions and MSS.
On this subject of the Grreek Text, it remains to be added, that a large selection from the various
readings is given in the Notes, while only a very few are admitted into the margin of the Version.
II. The Revised Version. Here the one object has been to furnish as close a representation of
the original, even in its minuter forms and constructions, and in what Jerome calls ' the mystery of its
verbal arrangement' (ubi ijjsc verborum ordo mystcrium est), as an application of the strict modem philology
might suggest, and the genius of our language at all admit of. Of course, it would have been easy,
along with this, to impart a much more modern air to the whole, by such expedients, for example, as
that of everywhere exchanging unto for to, hath for has, &c. But it is scarcely worth while to attempt
an explanation of the reasons, why the translator has refrained from doing this. The matter belongs
to the sphere of taste and feeling, where disputation is more apt to be abundant, than satisfactory and
conclusive.
III. The Notes, except in what relates to the textual readings, are nearly confined to the illus-
tration of the Version, or rather of the changes introduced. But, even with this limitation, the pains-
taking reader will discover, in the brief exegetical remarks, and in the frequent references to parallel
passages (which he is earnestly requested to examine), as well as in the numerous versions and opinions
quoted, no inconsiderable amount of carefully condensed commentary. In a volume of this sort, it
were perhaps too much to promise absolute accuracy of citation ; but it is due alike to the writer and
the reader to say, that very great labour has been expended on the attempt to make the work in this
respect thoroughly reliable.
It will be perceived, that to every change, however slight and seemingly unimportant, a note is
attached in explanation or defense ; and it may be objected, that a needless scrupulosity is thus often
shown about alterations of no consequence, and which, therefore, ought not to have been made at all ;
or else in justifying alterations so obviously proper, as to render apology superfluous. But as, on the
one hand, whatever improvement, if any, is effected in the exactness and general tone of the version,
is, and must be, the result mainly of attention to what the cursory reader will reckon microscopic
trifles, so, on the other hand, the author was quite willing to incur the censure of an excessive and
irksome nicety, rather than, by sparing his own labour, to expose himself to the charge of having dealt
lightly with a work at once so venerable, and so dear, as the common English Version of the Bible.
LIST OF ABBREVIATION'S.
vn
Of the manifold excellencies, intrinsic and comparative, of that Version, he trusts that he has now a
more intelligent appreciation, than before he undertook his present task ; though at the same time he
will be allowed to add, that, so far as a judgment might he formed from the imrtion here reviewed, he could
much less readily now acquiesce in the opinion, that any other than a very moderate share of the
world's gratitude is due to King James and his fifty-four Translators.
Since the first edition of the Epistles in 1852, that portion of the work has been almost wholly
re-written, and greatly enlarged, and every quotation and reference verified anew. It is proper also to
mention, that, with a few (11) exceptions, where the author is happy to acknowledge the kind courtesy
of correspondents, the modifications now introduced are the fruit of a fresh and prolonged study of the
sacred text. — Extracts Irom the Dutch Annotations and German commentaries are here generally
given in English.
LIST OF THE PRINCIPAL ABBREYIATIONS,
AND
WORKS MOST FREQUENTLY CITED.
The authorities are cited in groups, as here arranged, but generally with some regard to the
chronological order, and in all cases directly from the editions specified. Those, to which this specifi-
cation is not appended, are taken at second hand from various sources.
It is also important to bear in mind, that, except where the Note explains itself otherwise, words
in Italics or within quotation-marks, and enclosed in a parenthesis, belong to the writer immediately
preceding ; but, when a comma intervenes between the parenthesis and the name, they are common to
all the names in that group preceding the parenthesis. Wliere names merely are mentioned, they are
to be understood as directly sustaining the Version.
E. V. — English Version. The text is printed from the American
Bible Society's pica 8vo ed. of the New Testament, 1851.
In the Notes, the Society's Revised Bible of 1851, and the
original ed. of IGll, as given in Bagster's English Hexapla
and in the 4to Oxford Reprint of 1833, have been collated.
Two instances, where the Hexapla and Oxford differ, are
noted among the Errata.
W.— Wiclif, 1380,
T.— Tyndale, 1534,
C. — Cranmer, 1539,
G. — Genevan, 1557,
R.— Rhemish, 1582,
from Bagster's English Hexapla, for
the most part with the modern or-
thography.
Aeth. — Aethiopic Version.
Ar.— Arabic Version; from the Paris Polyglott (P.), 1633.
Copt. — Coptic Version.
Dt. — Dutch Version, 1637 ; from the Netherlands Bible Society's
ed. of 1836 ; with occasional reference to the 4to Gorinchem
ed. of 1748.
Fr. G. — French Geneva Version, 1588 ; from the Amsterdam
ed. of 1761.
-M. — Martin's French Version, 1096-1707 ; from the American
Bible Society's ed. of 1852.
-S. — Swiss Version, 2d ed., Lausanne, 1849.
Germ. — Luther's German Version, 1545 ; from Stier and
Theile's Polyglotten-Bibel, 2d ed., 1849.
It. — Diodati's Italian Version, 1641; from the British and
Foreign Bible Soc.'s ed. of 1848.
Syr. — Syriac Version ; from Greenfield's 12mo ed., 1828; with
occasional reference to De Dieu's (De D.) ed. of the Apo-
calypse, the Paris Polyglott (P.), and Lee's (L.) 4to ed. of
the N. T. in 1816.
Vulg. — Latin Vulgate; from the Polygloiten-Bibel; with oc-
casional reference to the codex Amiatinus {Am.).
Alb.— Alberti.
Alex. — Alexander on Isaiah, New- York, 1846-7; and on The
Psalms, New- York, 1852.
Alf.— Alford's Greek Test., 2 voU., London. 1849, 1853.
Vlll
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS.
All.— Allioli's IVeues Testament, Ncn--Yoik, 1848.
All^. — Allwood's Key to the Rev., London, 1829.
Andr. — Andreas.
Areth. — Aiethas, in Apoc. Comment. ; from the 2J vol. of
Oeciimenius, Pari.*!, 1031.
Aret. — Areliu.s, in iV. T. Commenlarii, Gene-va. 1G18.
Arn.— Arnaiid, Reditrches Critiques siir I'Ep. de Jticle, Stras-
bourtr, 1851.
Aug. — Augustine, in Ep. Joann. ad Parthos Tractatus de-
cern; from vo!. iii., 1837, of the Paris cd. of his "Works.
B. and L. — Tjeausobre and L'Enfant, L.e Nouteau Test., Am-
sterdam, 1718.
Rarr.— Barnes' Notes, New York, 1S52.
Beng. — Bcngel, Gnomon \ovi Test., Tiibingcn, 1850; and
Erklarte Offenb., Stuttgart. 1834. The German version
of the Epistles is tiled fjom the Polyglotten-Bibel.
Bens. — Benson.
lieil. Bib. — Berhnhurger Bibel; from the Pnhjglotlfn-Bibel.
Bez. — B( zi ; from Junius and Tremellius' Novum Test ,
Ilanau. 1023, with occasional reference to the Philadelphia
ed. of 1848.
Bierm. — Biermann, Clavis Apocalyptico-Prophetica, Utrecht,
1702.
Blaekw. — Blackwall's Sacred Classics, Londnn, 1737.
Bloon}f. — Bloomfield's Recensio Sijnptica {Pec. Syn.), Lon-
don, 1828 ; Greek Test., Boston, 1837 ; Supplemental
Volume (Supp.), London, 1851.
Braun. — Braunius, Selecta Sacra, Am>terdam, 1700.
Brightm. — Brightman's Revelation of the Rev., Amsterdam,
1C15.
Budd. — Buddeus.
Calv.— Calvin, in N. T. Commentarii, ed. Tholuck, Berlin,
1838.
Cam. — Cameron, Myrothecium Evangelicum, Saumur, 1677.
Campb. — Campbell, Tfie Four Gospels, with Preliminary Dis-
sertations, Andover, 1837.
Carpz. — Carpzov, Epp. Cathol. Septenariiis, Halle, 1790.
Castal. — Castalio, Biblia Sacra, Leipzig, 1750.
Charn. — Charnock's Works, London, 1684.
Clarke, Commentary on the N. T., New York, 1831.
Cler. — Clericus, Animadversiones in Hammondi N. T, Am-
sterdam, 1700.
Cocc. — Cocceius, Opera, Amsterdam, 1700-06.
Crol. — Crolj's Interpretation of the Apoc, London, 1827.
Daub.— Daubuz, Commentary on the Rev., London, 1720.
Dav. — Davidson's Introduction to the N. T., vol. iii., London
1851.
De D.— De Dieu. Critica Sacra, Amsterdam, 1693.
De W.— De Wette, Kurzgefasstes exegetisches Handbuch
zum N. T., vol!, i. iii., Leipzig, 1846-48.
Dietl.— Dietlein, Der zweite Brief Petri, Berlin, 1851.
Dodd.— Doddridge's Family Expositor, London, 1825.
Drus.— Drusius ; from the Critici Sacri, vol. viii., Amsterdam
1698.
Dt. Ann.— Dutch Annotations {Verklaringen), Gorirchem
1748.
Durh. — Durham ; fiom Pali Synopsis.
DUst. — Diisterdieck, Die drei Johanneischen Briefe. vol. i.
(containing the commentary on 1 John 1: 1 — 2: 28),
Guttingen, 1852.
Ebr. — Ebrard, Die Offenb. Johannes, Kunigsberg, 1853.
Eichh. — Eiehhorn, Commentarius in Apoc, Gotlingen, 1791.
Ell. — Elliott's florae Apocalyplicae, 2d ed., London, 1846.
Engh Ann. — English Annotations, London, 1045.
Erasm. — Erasmus, Novum Test, omne, 3d td., Basle, 1522.
His notes are from the Critici Sacin.
Est. — Estius; from Puli Synopsis, and other sou'ce.=.
Ew. — Ewald, Commentarius in Apoc, Leipzig, 1828.
Gerl.— Gerlach, Das Neue Test.. Berlin, 1844.
Gill, Exposition of the N. T., Philadelphia, 1811.
Gom. — Gomarus ; from Poli Synopsis.
Goss. — Gossner; from the Poly glotten- Bibel.
Greenf — Greenfield, ncirj" ri"i3n ISO, London, 1831.
Grell. — Grellot, Prodromus in Apoc, Leyden, 1075.
Grot. — Annotationes in N. T. Paris, 1050.
Guyse, Practical E.\po.sitor, Edinburgh, 1797.
Haenl. — Haenlein, Ep. Jiidae, Erlangen, 1804.
Hamm. — Hammond's Paraphrase and Annotations on the
N.T.. London, 'l 659.
Heinr. — Heinrichs, Apoc Graece, perpetua Annot. illustrata,
Gottingen, 1818.
Heins. — Heinsius.
Hengst. — Hengstenberg, Die Offenb., Berlin, 1849-51.
Herd.^ — Herder, Johannes Offenb., Stuttgart, 1829.
Homb. — Ilombergh .
Huth.^ — Huthor, Kritisch exegetisches Handbuch iiber . . . den
Brief des Judas imd den 2. Brief des Petrus, Gottingen,
1852.
.Jones, Lectures on the Apoc., London, 1833.
Kell. — Kelly, The Apoc. Interpreted, 2 voll. (to the end of
ch. xvi.), London, 1849, 1851.
Kenr. — Kenrick's Translation of the Cathnlic Epp. and the
Apoc, New York, 1851.
Kist. — Kistemakcr; from the Polyglotten-Bibel.
Laun. — Launoi.
Laurm. — Laurman, Collectanea in Ep. Judae, Gruningen,
1818.
Lee, Exposition of the Rev., London, 1849.
Lightf.— Lightfoot's Works, London, 1084.
Lord, Exposition of the Apoc. New York, 1847.
Lowm.— Lowman's Paraphrase and Notes on the Rev., London,
1809.
Liicke, Commentar iiber die Schriften des Johannes, vol. iii,
1st ed., Bonn, 1825.
Luth. — Luther.
Mack. — Macknight on the Epistles, Philadelphia, 1835.
Matth. — Matthaei, Animadversiones Criticae in Apoc, Riga,
1785.
Mey. — Das Neue Test., Gottingen, 1829 ; with occasional re-
ference to the commentaries, 1835-53.
Midd. — Middleton on the Greek Article, New York, 1813.
Mill, Novum Test. Graecum, ed. Kiistor, Leipzig, 1723.
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS.
IX
Jloldenh. — Moldenhawer. Grundllche Ertdnlerimg der hei-
Ugen Biiclier neues Test., vol. iv., Leipzig, 1770.
Mor. — Alex. Jlorus, ad quaedam Loca Nbvi Foederis Notae,
printed with Cameron's Myrothecmm.
More, Henry More's Theological Works, London, 1708.
Murd. — Murdook's Translation of the Syriac N. T., New- York,
1851.
Newc. — Newcome, Attempt toward revising our English
Translation of the Greek Scriptures, Dublin, 1790. A few
instances of misquotation, in consequence of the partial
use of another ed., are noted among the Errata.
Newt. — Newton, Dissertations on the Prophecies, London, 1835.
Oec. — Oecumenius, vol. ii., Paris, 1631.
Pagn. — Pagninus ; from Wolder's Biblia Sacra, vol. iii., Ham-
burgh, 1596.
Par. — D. Parens, Opera Theologica E.vegelica, vol. ii., Frank-
fort, 1647. The Conimentar3' on Jude is by David's son,
Philip.
Pears. — Pearson. Exposition of the Creed, New- York, 1843.
Peile, Annotations on the Apostolical Epp., vol, iv,, London,
1852.
Penn, The Book of the New Covenant, London, 1830.
Pise. — Piscator ; from Poll Synopsis.
Pol. Syn. — Poll Synopsis, vol. v., Frankfort, 1712.
Pric. — Pricaeus ; from the Critici Sacri.
Pyle, Paraphrase on the Acts and the Epp., vol. ii., London,
1705.
Ramb. — Rambach, Institutiones Ilermeneuticae, Jena, 1732.
Ros. — Rosenmiiller, Scholia in N. T., Nuremberg, 1831.
Scholef. — Scholefleld, Hints for an Improved Translation of the
N. T., London, 1850.
Scott, Commentary on the Holy Bible, vol. v., Philadelphia,
1852.
Sept. — Septuagint Version, Bagster's 8vo ed., London.
Sharpe, The New Test. Translated, London, 1844.
Steph. — II. Stephanus; from the Critici Sacri.
Stier, Der Brief Juda, Berlin, 1850; and the Polyglotten-
Bibel.
Stolz ; from the Polyglotlen-Bihd.
Stu. — Stuart, Commentary on the Apoo., Andovcr, 1845.
Sym. — Symonds, Observations upon the Expediency of revis-
ing the present Engli.sh Version itc, Cambridge, 1789, 1794.
Thom, — Thomson, The New Covenant Translated, Philadelphia,
1808.
Till. — Tilloch, Dissertations on the Apoc, London, 1823.
Treg.— Tregelles, The Book of Rev. Translated, London, 1849.
Tremell. — Tremellius, Novum Test, e.v vetustissima tralatione
Syra, Hauau, 1623.
Trol. — Trollope's Analecta Theologica, London, 1842,
Vail. — Valla ; from the Critici Sacri.
Van Ess ; from the Polyglotten-Bibel.
Vat. — Vatablus, Biblia Sacra, vol. ii., Salamanca, 1584.
Vitr. — Vitringa, Anacrisis Apoc, Weissenfels, 1721.
Vorst. — Vorstius.
Wakef,— Wakefield's Translation of the N. T., Cambridge
(Mass.), 1820.
Wells, Help for the more clear and easy L^nderstanding of the
Holy Scriptures. Oxford, 1715, 1717.
Wesl. — Wesley, Explanatory Notes upon the Now Test., New-
York, 1850.
Wetst.— Wetstein.
Whist. — Whiston, Essay on the Rev. of St. John. London, 1744.
Whitb, — AYhitby, Paraphrase and Commentary on the Epp.,
Philadelphia, 1848.
Wits. — Witsius, Commentarius in Ep. Judae Ap., Leyden,
1703 ; with occasional reference to his other works.
Wolf. — Wolfius, Curae Philologicae el Criticae, Hamburgh,
1735.
Words. — Wordsworth, Translation of the Apoc, London, 1849.
Zeg. — Zegerus; from the Critici Sacri.
ZulL— ZiiUig.
Bretsch. — Bretschneider, Le.vicon Afanuale in N. T., 2d ed.,
Leipzig, 1829.
Buttm.— Buttmann's Greek Grammar, by Robinson, New-
York, 1851.
Ges, — Gesenius, Thesaurus Vet. Test., Leipzig, 1829-53.
Green, Grammar of the N. T. Dialect, London, 1842; and
Lexicon to the N. T., London.
Gusset. — Gussetius, Lexicon Linguae Hebraicae, Leipzig,
1743.
Ilerm. — Hermann ad Viger. de Idiolismis, 4th ed., Leipzig,
1834.
Hesych. — Hesychius, Glossae Sacrae, ed. Ernesti, Leipzig,
1785.
Hoog. — Hoogeveen ; from Hermann's Viger.
Johns. — Johnson's English Dictionary, Philadelphia, 1818.
Kiihn. — Kiihncr's Greek Grammar, by Edwards and Taylor,
New-York, 1853.
L. and S. — Liddell and Scott's Greek-English Lexicon, Oxfofd,
1845.
Leigh, Critica Sacra, London, 1650.
Nork, VoUsltindiges Hebr.-chald.-rabbin. Wui'terbuch, Grimma,
1842.
Pas. — Pasor, Manuale N. T, Leipzig, 1040.
Pass. — Passow, HandwOrterbuch der Griech. Sprache, Leipzig,
1841—53.
Phavor. — Phavorinus.
Rich. — Richardson's English Dictionary, London, 1838.
Rob. — Robinson's Lexicon of the N. T., New- York, 1850; and
of the 0. T., Boston, 1844.
Scap. — Scapula, Le.vicon Graeco-Latinttm, Basle, 1020.
Schirl. — Schirlitz, fVOrlerbuch zum N. T., Giessen, 1851.
Schleus. — Schleusner, Lexicon in N. T., Glasgow, 1817.
SchOttg. — Schottgen, Lexicon in N. T., ed. Kiebs, Leipzig, 1765.
Steph. — Stephanus, Thesaurus Graecae Lingue, ed. Valpy,
London, 1810—20.
Suic. — Suicer, A''. T. Glossariwn, ed. Hagenbuch, Zurich, 1744.
Suid. — Suidas.
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS.
Tittm.— Tittmann, De Synonymis in N. T., Leipzig, 1829, 1832.
TroL— Trollopc's Greek Grammar to the N. T., London, 1842.
Vig. — Viger, De IdioHsmis, ed. Hermann.
"Wahl, Clavis AC T. Philologica, cd. mhior, Leipzig, 1831.
"VYebst. — Webster's English Dictionary. 2 veil. 4to, New- York,
1828 ; and Goodrich's 8vo ed., New- York, 1852.
Win. — Winer, Grammaiik des neutest. Sprachidioms. •5th ed.,
Leipzig, 1844.
The following Versions, having been directly collated throiighont, are included under their respec-
tive general references ; thus : —
English verss. = Wiclif, Tyndale, Cranmer, Genevan, Rhemish ;
— Allwood (Rev., ch. iv. — sxii.), Daubuz (Rev.), Doddridge,
Hammond, Kenrick, Lord (Rev.), Macknight (the Epp.),
Murdock, Newcome, Penn, Sharpe, vStuart, Thomson, Tre-
gelles (Rev.), Wakefield, Wells, Wesley, Wordsworth (Rev.).
Latin verss. = Vulgate; — Beza, Calvin (II. Pet, I. -John, Jude),
Carpzov (II. Pet.), Castalio, Cocceius (II. Pet., .Jude, Rev.).
Erasmus, Pagninus, Pareus (.Jude, Rev.), Vatablus, Vi-
tringa (Rev.).
German verss. = Luther ; — Allioli, Bengel (Rev.), De Wette,
Ebrard (Rev., ch. xi. — xxii.), Hengstenberg (Rev.), Herd.
(Rev.), Meyer, Moldenhawer, Stier (Jude).
French verss. = Geneva, Martin, Swiss ; — Beausobre and L'En-
fant, Arnaud (.Jude),
Foreign verss. = all the versions here classed, as Latin, Ger-
man, French ; together with the Syriac, Dutch. Italian,
and Greenfield.
Of these Versions, Wiclif, the' Rhemish, Allioli, Kenriclc, being translated from the Vulgate ; and
Murdock, from the Syriac ; are cited, not a.s authorities, but for the sake of comparison.
ERRATA
Page 14,
„ H
:, 16,
„ 23,
,. 25,
„ 38,
,. 40,
„ 41,
:, 45,
» 49,
. 51,
„ 55.
5o,
80,
87,
Revised Version, verse C, for shall reatZ should after-
ward.
I, ,. ,, 8, for 'day read 'day.
Note s, for except Peile read except Newc, Pcile.
,, r, for Mey. read Knapp, Mer.
Revised Version, verse 13, for dwelleth righteousness
read righteousness dwelleth.
,, ., „ 5, for hath read ''hath.
Note r, dele Newc. marg.
Chap. 3 : 1, Note b, afta' Newc. read (has it as a
supplement).
Note a, dele Lachm.
„ q, dele Newc. mar^.
,. n, dele the reference to Lachm.
,, n, for 14. read 14."
Revised Version, verse 16, Jor them that read those
who.
,, „ ,, 5, for a new commandment
unto thee 7ead unto thee a
new commandment.
Note a, for transpose read Tisch. transposes.
„ w, after E. V. read (according to the Ilexapla).
„ X, for Hades, q. d. the invisible state' read Hades.
Revised Version, verse 19, for shall read are to.
Revised Version, verse 10, for shalt . . . shall cast read
art about to ... is about to cast.
Page
92,
93,
93,
98,
100,
101,
105,
106,
108,
108,
113.
141,
173.
196,
198,
219,
221,
247.
Note s, after E. V. read (according to the Ilexapla).
Note T, for N. m read N. n.
„ a, for Treg. read Lachra. and Treg.
,. p, dele Newc. marg.
„ k, for Tisch. dxxa read Lachm. and Tisch. aXKa.
Revised Version, verse 10. for shall read is about to.
Note d ; see ch. 21 : 6, N. x.
Revised Version, verse 1, for be read come to pass.
„ „ ,, 7, for an read "lan.
Note g, for auro read iavto.
:; V) fo^ Lachm. and Tisch. read Lachm., Treg.,
Tisch.
Revised Version, verse 1, for rod read a rod.
Note z, it was not observed that the author had him-
self corrected the Latin er-
ratum.
.. 0, for in read is.
Revised Version, verse 8,yb/- righteousness read right-
eousnesses.
,, „ .. 7, read is in Italics.
,-. ., ,, 15, for scorcerers read sor-
cerers.
., ., „ 2, dele the first from.
In several instances the Greek Jiccents and Hebrew points
have been broken off in the prejs.
m.
'^t
THE SECOND EPISTLE OF PETEE.
KING JAMES' VEPtSlON.
CHAP. I.
Simon Peter, a servant and
an apostle of Jesus Christ, to
them that have obtained hke pre-
cious faith with us througli the
righteousness of God and our
Saviour Jesus Christ:
2 Grace and peace be, multi-
plied unto you through the know-
ledge of God, and of Jesus our
Lord,
GEEEK TEXT. .
CHAP. I. \
^ STMEHN n^rpos hvTj^ xai
ajtoartoXog 'lysaov XpiffToiij roig' lad-
Ti^ioy nuiv Tjxj^ovgl Ttianv h hixaio-
GvvYi Tov Qeov r,ucov xa.1 GcStyipog
'IriaoiJ Xp((TToii\
2 Z^P'^i W^'^ ^'^^ el^avYi TtXyjOvvdeiri
iv imypoxysL roi) &eov, xai 'lyiaov
tot) Kvpiov rifiov.^
REVISED VERSION.
CHAP. I.
"Symeon Peter, a servant
and an apostle of Jesus Christ, to
''those 'who have obtained like
precious faith with
the
and
us "in
righteousness of ''our God
Saviour Jesus Christ;
2 Grace ' unto you and peace
be multiplied in the knowledge
of God, and of Jesus our Lord.s
' Acts 15 : ]U1 is the only other place where this Jewish form
of the name is used of Peter, and this circumstance may havg
led to the substitution in B. and some minor MSS, of the more
common Sifiux, which Lachra. alone edits. — E. V. inarg.;-
Fr. S.;-Va11., Erasm., Engl. Ann., Oocc, Moldenh., Mack., Mey.,
De W., Alf., Peile. At Acts 15: 14 and elsewhere the text of
E. V. has Simeon, which, as answering; still more nearly to the
Hebrew ]iyDK^, and as always employed for it in E. V., I
would here adopt (see ch. 2: 6, N. c; Ptov. 7:6, N. o).
And so G.;-Dt.;-Vat., Bez., Zeg., Drus., Beng., Carpz., Clarke ;-
all the lexicons.
" Dod(f., Newc, Murd., Kenr. See Rev. 2: 2, N. h.
" Wakef., Mack., Thorn., Scott, Murd., Kenr. See Rev. 1 : 5,
N. V, &c.
'' We are not unnecessarily to substitute a secondary sense
for the primary, (as Rob. takes niam here to mean the gospel).
No reason can be given why the connection between ' faith' and
' righteousness' in this verse may not be the same as between
'faith' and 'blood' Rom. -8: 25, 'faith' and 'Christ .Jesus' Gal.
3: 26; &c. For Six. tov &eov as the object of faith, see Rom.
1 : 17^ 3 : 21 ; 10 : 3 ; &c.— W., T., R.;-Vulg., Syr. (= Greenf.'s
3), Germ , It., Fr. S.;-Hamm., Cocc, Beng., Moldenh., Wakef,
Thom., Scott, Penn, Scholcf., Bloomf, Sharpe, Trol., Peile,
Kenr., Iluth. — The general remark above applies equally to h
in V. 2, and is there supported by T., R.;-Vulg., Syr. (as before),
It., Fr. G.,-M.,-S.;-Castal., Bez., Cocc, Sharpe, Kenr. Even
where the primary sense cannot so well be retained in English,
its presence in the original is scarcely less obvious ; e. g. v. 4,
ep irddv/iia, if connected with ir xoofi^, means ' lying, sunk, in
lust;' or, if with ^dopaii (De W., Iluth.), 'corruption, having
its source or ground m lust.' And so ch. 2: 16, 18; &c.
« E. V. marg. ; and so in the text at v. 11 and ch. 8 : 18,
where the order is the same as here ;-W., T., C, G., R.;-Latin
verss. (Deinostri et Salvatoris [Servatoris'}). Dt., Fr. G.,-M.,-
S.;-Wells, Wolf, Dodd., Wesl., Gill, Mack., Thom., Scott, Clarke,
Slade, Valpy, All., Home, Trol., Bloomf, Scholef , Peile, Kenr.;-
Midd., Green. This construction is vindicated at v. 11 and
elsewhere by Win., though he omits any reference to this test ;
and De W., while he does not himself adopt it here, acknowl-
edges that it is required by the ordinary rule of grammar. —
Many others connect r;fiuiv with tov ®iov, but repeat before
ffwf^po; either the pronoun (Syr., &c.)or thearticIe(Germ., &c.).
' The Greek order is to be preferred as better suggesting the
mutual relation of 'grace' and 'peace.' In every other parallel
case it appears in E. V., and here also is retained by T., C, G., R.;-
Latin verss.;-Mey., All., De W.
° Here ends the sentence containing the inscription and salu-
tation.
THE SECOND EPISTLE OF PETER. CHAP. I.
KING JAMES VERSION.
3
power
According as his divine
hath given unlo us all
things that iKrtain unto life and
godliness, through the knowledge
of him that hath called us to glory
and virtue :
GKEEK TEXT.
3 'DS Ttdvra r^ulv tr,g Oeiag hvvd-
juecj, ai'Toii ra Tipog ^cj/.j^ xai ems-
aeug tov TcaTisoavrog ^tag 6ta oo^yjg
xcd dperr,g,
REVISED VERSION.
3 ''Forasmuch as his divine
power hath given unto us all
things that iKrtain unto life and
godliness, through the knowledge
of him 'who •> called us ''by glory
and 'might :
'' V. 3 is the protasis of v. 5 ; v. 4, an cpcxtgetical confiima-
tion of V. 3. — This structure of the context is recognized more
or less distinctly in the German and French verss ;-Oec., Aret.,
Dt. Ann., Est, Wells, Whitb., Wolf., Beng., Bens., Carpz.,Pott,
Thoni., Ros., Bloomf., Trol., Sharpe. Barn., Dav., Peile;-Win. —
The iJ5, in connection with the genitive absolute, indicates, not
a standard of comparison, but the ground of the subsequent
exhortation.
' See V. 1, N. c, &c.
' In the treatment of the tenses the older versions and co.n-
mentators often quite unnecessarily, and sometimes lo the injury
of the sense, disregarded the common principles of the language.
nere the reference may very well be historical, to the life and
ministry of the Saviour. — E. V., Rom. 8: 30 ; 1 Cor. 1:9; Gal.
1 : 6, 15 ; lic.j-W.j-Wakef., Sharpe. See v. 14, No. a.
k E. V. maT-g-. ; v. 4 ; Rom. 6: 4; Gal. 1: 15; 2Thess.2:14;
&c.;-T., C, R.;-foreign verss. (except the Dt., which, however,
has door in the marg.; Bez., whom E. V. often errs in following ;
and Carpz.);-Aret., Est, DeD., Grot, Charn.,Wits., Wells, Vitr.,
Whitb., Alb., Wolf., Dodd., Wesl., Pyle, Wakef., Newc, Thom.,
Ros., Bloomf.. Sharpe, Scholef., Dav., Kenr.. IIuth.;-Schottg.,
Tittm., Win., Green, Bretsch., Rob. See ch. 3 : 5, N. m.
1 In the Sept. dpf^j} is found for "in the majesty of God,
Hab. 3: 3; Zech. 6: 13, and in the plural for Ti^riD or
ni'^nn His praise or praises, Is. 42 : 8, 12 ; 43 : 21 ; 63 : 7.
In the N. T. it occurs only in Phil. 4: 8 {moral excellence) ;
1 Pet. 2 : 9 (plural : the perfections existing in the divine na-
ture, and illustrated in the calling of the Church) ; and in the
present context. In this verse, and among such as rightly inter-
pret the hia, or else follow the reading of the Vulg., Lachm. and
Tisch., ihia, hotri xai dptr»7, '' ^^^ been rendered, 1.. virtus, Tu-
gend, virlU, vertJc, virtue, (T., C, R.;-Latin verss.,* Germ., It..
Fr.M.,-S.;- Wells. B. and L., Dodd., Newc, Thom., Scott
Sharpe, Kenr.), the moral attributes, (as these words are here
most naturally taken to mean ; though Zeg. explains by pate-
* It is worthy of note, that the Vulg. habitually translates
Suia/jts (as at ch. 2: 11) by virtus, and is followed by W., vir-
tue. The only remains of this in E. V. are in JIark 5 : 30 ;
Luke: 6, 19; 8:46.
stas. Wells by power, B. and L. by force, Dodd. and Scott
by energy, Wesl. by fortitude, Gerl. by Gotteskraft), of
God, or (Castal., Aret, Clar., Moldenh.) of Christ ; 5o|a
being then supposed to denote the natural attributes
(Beng.) or the manifestation of the moral: — 2., bonitas
sive miscricordia, Gate, benignitas, kindness, beneficence,
goodness, &c., (Est., Carpz., Mey., Ros., Bloomf. Trol.;-
Schdttg.), a sense unexampled in the N. T. and Sept., and of at
least doubtful occurrence anywhere : — 3., puissance, robur, po-
tentia, power, "PTI, Macht, Kraft, 6ila ivvafnf, Gotlesmacht,
efficacia, (Fr. G.;-Drus., Heins., De D., Grot, Harara., Mede,
Cham., More, Vitr., Ilomb., Alb., Pyle, Greenf., Van Ess, Goss.,
All., Stolz, De W., Scholef., Barn., Dav.;-Bretsch., Win., Rob.,
Schirl.). In this view I am led by the following considerations to
acquiesce : — (1.), E.xcepting Matt. 9 : 13, where xa^ia is merely
the outward summons, it is God, the Father, who is always in the
N. T. represented as calling men, by Jesus Christ His Minister ;
Rom. 8 : 30 ; 9 : 11, 24 ; 1 Cor. 1 : 9 ; 7 : 17 (according to the read-
ing of Griesb. and all subsequent editors); &c.; — (2.), the writer,
having in v. 2 mentioned, as the joint element and medium of all
spiritual blessing, ' the knowledge of God, and of Jesus our Lord'
(comp. John 17 : 3), seems now to make separate reference to the
former, as in v. 8 he does to the latter ;^but. (3.), while dpti'^ in
classic Greek often bears the general sense of excellence, of body
or mind, it is nowhere employed distinctively for the moral per-
fections or holiness of God; ^ a^irr^v pro ayiagfiov non facile
uspiam invenies', says Drus.; and so Scott; — nor, (4.), is it
the characteristic force of 6d|a to express either the mani-
festation of those moral perfections apart from the natural, or
the natural perfections themselves apart from the moral ;
■John 17:6; 2 Cor. 4:6; Eph. 1:17; Heb. 1 : 3 ; — (5.), the
specific signification adopted rests on the etymology (as com-
monlj' given) and familiar classical usage; — (6.), is kindred
with that in the apodosis, v. 5, N. x; — (7.), thus imparting ad-
ditional force to the exhortation ; q. d. ' Let your faith exhibit
something of the energy of its source;' — and. (8.), it brings out
more sharply the correspondence ('Explicatur,' says Beng., 'quid
sit divinapotentia.') between the beginning of the verse and its
close, dpff^f answering to Swdfuas, and So^r;; to diias. By 6d?o,
therefore, I here understand whatever is glorious in the divine
nature ; by dptfij. its corresponding efficiency (so Huth.: ' &6%a
bezeichnet das Sein. dptr); die Wirk,samkeit.') ; and this requires
us to dispense with the hendiadys (glorious kindness, glorious
power, <^c.) assumed by most ; which Rom. 6 : 4 also shows to
be unnecessarj'', 5d|a being there properly defined by Mey. as
'die glorreiche Gesammtvollkomnienheit Gottes;' nor is (hat
construction favoured by the plural relative of v. 4.
THE SECOND EPISTLE OF PETER. CHAP. I.
KING JAMES VERSION.
4 Whereby are given unto us
exceeding great and precious
promises ; that by these ye might
be partaisers of the divine nature,
having escaped the corrujition
that is in the world through lust.
5 And besides this, giving all
GREEK TEXT.
4 ^t' cjv ta [lEyiara ^dv xat ti^ua
STtayyi'kiia'Ta hehid^Yitai, iva hia. tov-
tidv ysvriaQs deiag xoivmm ^rcrecjg,
a.7to(puy6preg rr,g iv xoa^iG) evimOv^a
cpdopag.
5 xal avto tovro hs, Gnovhrf Ttaa-
KEVISED VERSION.
4 Whereby "he hath given un-
to us "the exceeding great and
precious promises, that by these
ye might "become partakers of
the divine nature, having escaped
Pfrom the corruption that is in the
world through lust :
15 ""But *for this ver}'' reason
" The verb is not passive, but middle deponent, as in v. 3 ;
and is so taken by Vulg., Syr.j-Castal., Bez., Pise, Engl. Ann.,
Cocc, Wolf., Wesl., Moldenh., Caypz., Thorn., All., Trol., Penn,
Scholef., De W., Dav., Kenr., Hiith.;-Bretsch., AVm., Wahl, Rob.,
Schirl.
" ' The promises well-known, and superior to all others (Cocc).
even to tho.se held by the national Israel (Aret.).' Comp. Heb.
7 : 19 ; 8:0; 11 : 40. — Foreign verss. generally ; Bez. {jlla) ;-
Mack., Wakof. (_lhese), Sharpe, Dav.
° Foreign verss. (except Fr. S., B. and L.) ;-Wesl., Mack.,
Wakef., Thorn., Bloomf., Sharpe, Barn., Murd., Kenr. (be made),
Peile.
p Scholef.: ' Not having escaped its entanglement, but having
escaped from it after being entangled.' — It., Fr. G.,-M.;-Erasm.,
Vat., Cocc, (change corruptionem of the Vulg. into a corrup-
tione), Bez. (e.v), Eugl. Ann., Wells, Thom., Greenf., Murd..
Peile.
1 Here begins the apodosis of v. 3 (.see N. h).
'It is really curious to observe,' says Win. (§ 57. C), 'how
the commentaries (until within a period of ten years) are con-
stantly tutoring the apostles, and almost always foisting upon
thern a different conjunction from what actually stands in the
te.vt . . . This has introduced great arbitrariness into the N. T.
exegesis ;' and, accordingly, this same abuse, which extends also
to the prepositions, is one of the most frequent blemishes in E. V.
The truth about Si is thus expressed by Kiihn.: ' Ac most
generally has an adversative force, and hence can express every
kind of contrast. In respect to its signification, it ranks, like
the Lat. autem, between the copulative connectives (ri, xai) and
the adversative (axxd, etc.), since it contains both a copulative
and adversative force, and hence either opposes one thought
to another (adversative;, or merely contrasts it (copulative).
Hence it is very frequently used in Greek, where the English
uses and. The new thought being different from the preceding
is placed in contrast with it.' Similar to this is Win.'s own
doctrine, and De W.'s. The former (§ 57. 4, 6) describes this
particle as ' antithetically connective, adding something else dif-
ferent from that which precedes . . . Nowhere is Si a mere co-
pula or particle of transition.' The ordinary misconception of
this word arises mainly from these two circumstances, that very
often, as where the diversity, though never entirely absent, is
less prominent than the mere addition, (see, for example, the
subsequent clauses ; though even there the Latin verss. retain
vera or aulem), we have no exact English equivalent for it, and
that very often also the idea, to which Si introduces a limitation
or contrast, is not expressed at all either in the sentence or the
context. The present is a case of the latter sort. God's grace
having already done so much, abuse not that grace to your en-
couragement in indolence and sin, but &c.' Nor is this case
essentially changed by the previous occurrence of xai in the
same clau.se. Rob., indeed, (s. Si, 2. d), translates xai . . . Si
by and also, and refers to Buttm. § 149. m. 9. of the Gram.
' Very often,' says Buttm., 'this junction' (xai and Si in one
sentence) 'occurs where we say and also: for since in Greek
one cannot say xai xai, in such cases the looser connective Si
supplies the place of xai or our and. E. g. Cyr. 3. 3. 44 vvv
Ttepi 4^;Kuiy tuv vfiitipoiv iafiv 6 dywv, xai Ttfpi yiiraixwi' Si
xai tixvav. If now we should here translate xai . . . Si literally :
but also for your wives and children, this would give an entirely
false emphasis to the construction ; it means simply : the con-
test is now for your own lives, and also (and in addition) for
your wives and children.' For reasons already stated, and also
may frequently be the best practicable translation, but let it be
observed that the example docs not sustain the doctrine ; whvs
and children being mentioned, not merely 'in addition,' as still
other interests, though omitted in the quotation, are there men-
tioned and introduced by the simple copula, but as carrying the
tenderest appeal of all to the hearts of those addressed.* Rob.'s
own references to the N. T. are equally unsatisfactory ; he cites
not one passage that is not damaged by entirely sinking the
proper power of the Si. And the same remark is true of Cyr.
1. 4. 20 (25), to which he also appeals. Says Win. (§ 57. 4, b) :
xai ... 66 in one sentence, as often in the best authors, is but also
(aber audi), el . . . vero, et . . . autem (connection with opposi-
tion), and has no difficulty.' So Schirl.— Vulg. (autem), Syr.
(=et . .. vero) ;-Erasm., Vat., (sed et), Castal., Bez., Aret.,
(vero), Cocc. (et . . . autem), Moldenh. (so... dock), De W.
(so... aber auch), Kenr. (but), Huth. (aber auch). Many
others have simply also or its equivalent.
' • Divine grace having supplied the motive, and the spiritual
ability.' Corap. John 15: 5; Phil. 2: 12, 13; 4: 13; 1 John
4: 19 ; &c. — This force of aitis ■tovto as an adverbial accusative
* Such, I perceive, was Hoog.'s understanding of the passage.
After remarking that xai... Si may be rendered and moreover,
and indeed, but that ' here too Si retains its adversative sense,'
he cites the whole sentence, and adds : ' i. e. ov rttpi toiituy fto-
vov, jj.a'Kic ■( a Si rtepi fwv ■yv>'a«w>' xai tixviM.
THE SECOND EPISTLE OF PETER. CHAP. I.
KING JAMES VERSION.
diligence, add to your faith, vir-
tue; and to virtue, knowledge;
6 And to knowledge, temper-
ance ; and to temperance, pa-
tience ; and to patience, godli-
ness ;
7 And to godliness, brotherly
GREEK TEXT.
av Ttapsiasvsyxav^sg, eTti^opYiyrfyats
tri dpstYi ir.v yv'uciv,
6 ev he tri yvMei tr.v iyx^drsLav,
iv Ss TYi iyxpaTsia rr^v vnouovr.v, ev
& Txj V7tO[10l'Yl Tr,v £W£i3eiav,
7 iv 8s trt EvaefBeicL rnv ^i?jxhE2r
REVISED VERSION.
■^also 'do ye, "contributing all
diligence, ^furnish ^''in j^our faith
^fortitude ; and ^in '■fortitude,
knowledge ;
^6 And in knowledge, ^ self-
control; and in ^self-control, pa-
tience ; and in patience, godli-
ness ;
^7 And in godliness, brotherly
is noticed by Pass. (s. oiroj II. C), Kiihn. (J 278. R. 2) ; and
is here applied (some, however, overlooking the strengthening
ait6) by Fr. G.,-M.;-Engl. Ann., Hamm., Wells, Wolf., Barn.,
(as an allowable explanation), Owen, More, Whitb., Guyse. Py le.
Moldenh., Carpz., Mey., Ros., Grcenf., Sharpe, Scholcf., Bloomf..
De W., IIuth.;-Vig. (p. 589), Win. Q 21. 2. 3), Trol., Gieenj
Wahl, Rob., Schirl.
I Beng. regards the rtapa of the participle aaffiacv. as= sub.
indicating modesty. It is rather equivalent to on your side
(De W., Huth.), and the easiest way of compensating this seems
to be by expressing the subject of the finite verb, as in W., R.;-
Vulg. (which is, therefore, thought by some to have followed
the reading of A. aitoi &e, edited by Lachm.), Syr., Dt., It., Fr.
G.,-M.;-Castal., Bez. (but as a supplement), Engl. Ann. (in one
version). Wells, Mack., Gerl. B. and L. (de cotre cole), Thorn.
{on your pari), Peile (do you also on your pari).
» See N. t. — Dt. (loebrengende) --Bcz. (praeterea collalo),
Aret. (•obiter afFerentes quasi de suo'), Grot, (conferle), Clarke
(furnishing), Bloomf., Barn, (bringing in), Peile. The word
occurs nowhere else in the N. T., and is rendered by Pas., Leigh,
Suic., Wahl, confero; by Rob., to bring foi-ward along with,
to exhibit therewith; by Schirl., darzubringen.
' Everywhere else (4 times) E. V. translates this verb, accord-
ing to its secondary sense, to minister. See also E. V.'s treat-
ment of the cognate noun in Eph. 4: 16 ; Phil. 1 : 19. Here it
follows Bez. (adjicile) and the Syr. The suggestion of Dodd.,
Clarke, Dietl.. and some others, about leading tip as in a
dance, is more fanciful than sound.— W., T., C, R., (minister) ;-
Vulg. {ministrate), Germ, (reichet dar) ;-Erasm., Calv., Vat..
Wolf, (sub ministrate), Aret., Cocc, (suppeditate) , Moldenh.,
Stolz, (use darslellen), Wakef, Bloomf. ('furnish forth, sup-
ply, in order'), De W. ('eig. reichet dar, steuert bei gleichsam
alsBeitragzumHeilswcrke'),Kenr. (asR.). Huth. (as Germ.);-
Pas., SchOttg., (suppedito, subministro), Suic. (suppedito, exhi-
beo), Schlcus. (praesto, ostendo, cvhibeo, una ostendo, sinml
declaro), Bretsch. (subministro, praesto), Wahl (d^;claro), Pass.
(gewiihren, geslatten, zukommen lassen), L. and S. (to furnish
or supply besides), Rob. (to furnish besides, to supply further,
to minister), Schirl. (;noch dazu gewiihren). See v. 11, N. p.
" See V. 1, N. d. 'Abide in that to which you have attained,
and, in the spirit and power of that, go on unto perfection.
Each Christian grace lies contiguous to every other' (and
hence great stress is not to be put on the order of enumeration)—
'though of the whole domain faith is the centre and citadel.' It
accords with this, in part, that some (More, Wolf., Moldenh.,
Pott) make iv = 6id. Or : ' Let one grace be in the other,
mingled with it, and exhibited along with it ;' which includes
the explanations that make i r = jvr (as G.;-Dt. 6y.;-Pagn.,
Carpz., Wakef. furnish your belief with, 'Mey. and All. verbin-
del mil, Ros. una cum, Wahl), as well as that which might re-
gard the construction as parallel to Rom. 5 : 5, and other similar
instances, where tt with the dat. comprehends tij with the accus.
Any one of these methods is preferable to saying with Grot. :
' irti;top'?7"'' hoc loco adjicere, et iv abundat.' — W., T., C, R.;-
Vulg. (in with the abl.). Germ.. Dt. ?ftar^.;-Erasm., Calv., Vat.,
Castal.. Cocc, (as Vulg.), De W., Huth., (in, bei), Kenr.
» This restricted sense of apirr;, fortitude, firmness, courage,
which is even more akin to the original force of the word, is here
preferred, 1., as more readily admitting and inviting the subse-
quent specification ;-2., as more accordant with Peter's use of
the term elsewhere (see v. 3, N. 1) ;-and, 3., as having a more
general concurrence of testimony in its favour; e. g. Zeg., Grot.,
Hamm., More, Whitb., Bens., Beng. (slrenuus animae tonus ac
vigor), Guyse, Dodd.. Wesl., Mack., Newc, Thorn., Clarke,
Scott, Greenf., Trol., Dr. John Brown, De W. (gives die Tu-
gend, adding as explanatory, along with Beng.'s note, 'sitt-
liche Tilchligkeit, Charakter, insbesondere Seelenstdrke ;'-and
so Huth.). Kist. (kraft), Stolz (Slandhaftigkeit), Dr. Tayler
Lewis (regards it as equivalent to avb^iia, as applied by Plato
to the Deity in the sense of energy of will). Barn., Wright
(Translator of Seiler''s Bibl. Herni.). Many others, as Gill,
Ros., allow this interpretation. — It is observable that no other
N. T. writer employs this very common Greek noun, except
Paul, and that but once, Phil. 4 : 9.
y For a7id, throughout vv. 6, 7, see v. 5, N. r.— For in,
throughout the same verses, see v. 5, N. w.
• Rob. and Green define iyxparna as ' continence, temperance,
self-control.^ But in modern English continence is commonly
used with special reference to the virtue of chastity, and tem-
perance, in like manner, of moderation in eating and drinking ;
if, indeed, the later and much narrower application of the latter
term to abstinence from intoxicating drinks has not come to be
still more current and popular. 'Kyxfdtiia,, on the other hand,
retains throughout the X. T. (Acts 24: 25; Gal. 5: 23), as in
the Sept. (Sir. 18: 30, &c.) and classical Greek, its general ety-
mological force. See Schleus. Wahl, Pass., L. and S., Schirl.
THE SECOND EPISTLE OF PETER. CHAP. I.
KING JAMES VERSION.
kindness ; and to brotherly kind-
ness, charity.
8 For if these things be in
you, anil abound, they make you
that ye shall neither be barren nor
unt'ruilful in the knowledge ol'our
Lord Jesus Christ.
GREEK TEXT.
8 ravra yap v[.dv vndp^ovta ;cai
TtXeoj'd^oj'Trx, ovx dpyovg oi6e uxdp-
Ttoi's xadlaTYidLV eig t%v tov Kupibi)
ri^wv 'hiaoi XptcTT'oi) emyvcdGLV
REVISED VERSION.
kindness ; and in brotherly kind-
ness, "love.
8 For '' these things ''being
•^yours, and ''increasing, ''render
you "^not Sidle nor unfruitful ''as
to the knowledge of our Lord
Jesus Christ.
{Seibstbeherrschung, Mdssigung).—Occ. (teaches the necessity
of this grace to the Christian, u; av ftrj e^vfifilCoi tiji niyidii irji
6u|jfa;.), AVakef. (self-command). Mack, (government of ynur
passions), Van Ess (Selbstbeherrschung), Kenr. (■ self-control
in regard to sensual enjoyments'), Huth. (' Beherrschung der
eignen Begierden'). The foreign verSs. generally are not liable
to the objection here taken to E. V.
' T., C, G.;-Syr., Germ, (gemeine Liebe), Dt. (liefde [jegena
alleii']), Fr. S.;-Erasm., Vat., Grot., Ros., (dilectiunem ;-for the
Vulg. charitatem), Beng. (amor), Dodd., Wesl., Moldenh. (as
Germ.), Wakef. ([unii-ersal'] love). Mack, (love to all men)^
Newc, Thom. (universal love), Clarke, Greenf., All. ([Men-
schen-] Liebe), Stolz, Van Ess, Kist., Goss.. De W., (Menschen-
liebe), Penn, Gorl. (allgemeine Liebe), Sharpe, JIurd.;-Kob.
I recommend that dy. be everywhere so rendered.
^ The writer enforces the exhortation by an appeal to the
common experience of Christians. He does not suppose a case,
but, with his eye on the case before him, the profession and
standing of those addressed (vv. 1, 10), what properly belongs
to that (vv. 3, 4, 9), and their actual attainments (vv. 12, 19),
he announces the present working of a general law of the divine
life ;-and hence, perhaps, the omission of v/taj in connection with
dpyovj. The effect, indeed, depends on its cause ; but the neces-
sary conditions are assumed as realized in these believers. Nor
is this view contradicted by the hortative style of the previous
context. Apostolic zeal and intercessions, no less than apostolic
joy and thank.sgivings, are ever quickened by the fidelity of the
churches. Comp. Rom. 1: 8-11; Eph. 1 : 15-18; Col. 1 : 3-10;
1 and 2 Thess. throughout ; &c. — Erasm., Pagn., Vat., (change
the Vulg. si adsint into cmn adsint), Wesl., Mack., Thom., (re-
tain the participial construction). Diet!., Huth., (indent -j-kr
Luth.'s wo).
' For the dat. of the possessor after t'rtap;^". see Acts 3:6;
4: 37 ; 28 : 7.— Dav. (belong to) ;-Bretsch., Wahl, Rob., Schirl.
•^ 'The natural development of the vTtdpxoyta.'' Beng.: 'Veri-
tatem celeriter sequitur abundantia.' Comp. Job 17:9; Prov.
4 : 18 ; Matt. 13 : 33 ; John 15:2; Eph. 4 : 12-16 ; PhiL 3 :
12-14; Heb. 6:1; &c. What is meant is, not the believer's
present abundance, or his superiority to others (Wahl : 'nobis
. . . magis insunt, qnam in aliis.'), but his own continual growth
in grace. In 1 Thess. 3 : 12 E. V. renders this verb, taken
ti'ansitivel}', make to increase. — Fr. S. (se nudtiplient) ;-Grot.,
Ros., ('non aderunt tantum. sed ct accrescent in dies.'), Cocc.
('sive copiosiora fianV), Gill ('increase in their acts and exer-
cises, &c.'), Moldenh. (immer- zunimmt), Clarke ('increase and
abound'), Bloomf. (continually increasing), Stolz (sicli ver-
mehret), Kist. (sich me/iref ;-which De W. also allows), Peile
(on the increase), Huth. (' crescere, zunehiiien ; cf. Rom. 5 : 20 ;
6: 1' — in both of which places Alf. has multiply). This sense
of the word is recognized by all the lexicons, and here applied by
Schleus., Rob. (' to abound more, to he abundant, to increase').
"^ It. (renderanno) ;-Penn, jMurd., Dav., Kenr. (will render) ;
-SchOttg., Schleus., Wahl, (here u.se reddo), Rob. (to cause to be,
to render, to make).
' W., R.;-foreign verss. (except All.) ;-Murd., Kenr.
^ E. v., 6 times out of 8 ;-T., C, G.;-Syr. (as in Matt. 20 : 6),
Germ, (faul), Dt. (ledig). It. (oziosi), French verss. (use
oisif) ;-Erasm. and sub.>equent Latin verss. (otiosos ;-except
Bez., inertes), Engl. Ann., Hamm. (slothful -j-smi so Wells,
Guyse, Wesl., Mack., Scott, Murd.), Dodd. (inaciire), Jloldenh.,
De W., (milssig), Tliom., Mey. (chne Thatigkcit), Greenf.
(C'^i'v)) ^'^" Ess, Goss.. (untliatig), Sharpe, Barn.;-the lexi-
^ ' As regards your onward progress into &o.' As the Chris-
tian life has its beginning, element, and support, in the know-
ledge of God and of Christ (vv. 2, 3 ; John 17:3; &c.), so there
it looks to find its consummation (1 Cor. 13: 12; Phil. 3: 10;
1 John 3:3; &o.). Between this knowledge, moreover, and
the sanctification of the Church, there exists a reciprocating
action. Comp. ch. 3: 18; Ps. 25: 9, 14; Prov. 3: 32; Hos.
6:3; Matt. 5:8; 6 : 22 ; John 14 : 21, 23 ; Phil. 3:15; &c.
To make ti;^ h (Grot., Ros., &c.) involves a tautology, which
is not concealed by the introduction (E. V., Vulg., and many
others) of the future tense. Nor ought it to be avoided by
translating xaSiatrjai,. erscheinen lassen, darstellen (Dietl.), will
show you to be (Bloomf.; who appeals m vain to Thucyd. ii. 42
and Soph. Ant. 657). — Dt. Ann. ('of, tot de kennis, d. is, tot
meerder en overvloediger kennis : gelyk ond. 3 : 18.'), Fr. S.
(pour) ;-Erasm., Pagn., Vat., Castal., (ad cognitionem ;-for
Vulg. in cognUione), Aret. ('turn demum rccte cognoscitur
Christus. si studio virtiitum recte infiammati fuerimus : ut ilia
sit argumenti vis hoc loco: Tum demum utiliter cognoscetis
Christum: Ergo, &o.'), Hamm., Wakef., (unto), Cocc. (in cog-
nitionem), Thom., Dav., (for), Mey. (hinsichtlich), Sharpe (to-
wards), Bloorat (quod, attinet ad), De W. (/ur;-and adds:
• The writer regards all these virtues but as steps to the know-
ledgeof Christ.'). Huth. (in Beziehung auf;-anti explains as De
W.) ;-Wahl (ratione habita), Schirl. (m Riicksicht auf).
THE SECOND EPISTLE OF PETER. CHAP. I.
KING JAMES VERSION.
9 But he that lacketb these
things is bhnd, and cannot see
afar off, and hath forgotten that
he was purged from his old sins.
10 Wherefore the rather,
brethren, give diligence to make
j'our calling and election sure :
lor if ye do these things, ye shall
never fall :
11 For so an entrance shall
be ministered unto you abun-
dantly into the everlasting king-
dom of our Lord and Saviour
Jesus Christ.
12 Wherefore I will not be
negligent to put you always in
remembrance of these things.
GREEK TEXT.
9 a yap f.in Ttapean tavta, tv^-
Toi) xadapLG^ov tuv tuOml avtov
a^iapncjv.
10 A(o ^aXkov, aheT^^l, dTtovhd-
aats (3el3aiav v^ov t'hv ■x.'kr.oiv xai
lx7.oyry TtoisLadar rai'Ta yap Ttoiovv-
-Te$ oil ^y; Ttraiayite Ttots.
11 ovru yap 7t2x)vai(^g iTtixopyjyyi-
dr0erai v^dv fi elao^g eig tr,v aiuvtov
l3aai?^iav rov livpiov r^uv xai OidXr,-
poc, 'Iridov Xpiaroi;.
12 Ato ovx af^ieXrsyi^viidc, del VTto-
jM^v/,ax£iv Ttepi TovTiov, xouTtep eib-
9
things
sighted
REVISED VERSION.
'For he that lacketb these
is blind, •> being near-
forgotten 'the
■'havin^
cleansing away of his old sins
10 Wherefore the rather,
brethren, ™be diligent to make
your calling and election sure ;
for, "doing these things, ye shall
never fall :
11 For so there shall be "richly
P furnished unto you ithe en-
trance into the everlasting king-
dom of our Lord and Saviour
Jesus Christ.
12 Whereibre I will not be
negligent to '^remind you always
of these things, though ye know
' A negative illustration and proof of the truth asserted in
V. 8, (which, accordingly, no recent edition of the Greek text
allows to end in a full pause), that increase of holiness increases
also the range and clearness of spiritual vision. Nor in any
case is yap = &i. — E. V. nowhere else translates yap, but, except
in 1 Pet. 4: 15; and once, Rom. 5: 7, yet;-Q., R.;-Latin verss.
(except Castal. and Carpz.), Syr., Dt., Fr. S.;-Beng., Thom.,
Ros., Bloomf., Sharpe, De W., Jlurd., Kenr.;-Win. — The condi-
tional firi suggests that the case of the barren professor is put
only hypothetically, q. d. Jie that should lack, &c.
1 ' Able to look only, and that but with bleared eyes, at the
things which are seen (2 Cor. 4: 18). To the things which are
not seen, but are far above out of his sight (Ps. 10 : 5), to wit,
the glory of Christ, the grand object of the saving knowledge
just spoken of, he is, therefore, blind (Is. 53 : 2 ; 2 Cor. 4 : 4, 6).'
This word occurs nowhere else in the N. T., and is translated
by many (Steph., Bochart, Suic, Wolf, Bens., Moldenh., Mack.,
Newc, Thom., Clarke, Penn, Trol., Dietl., Peile) according to
what they regard as its etymological force (fi-vu, Ci-^), shutting
the eyes, the blindness being voluntary. But as /j.vu-^, from which
the verb immediately comes, is not one who thus wilfully closes
his eyes, but one who, in order to see an object, is compelled by
a defect in the organ to wink, or contract the eyelids, (Iluth.;-
and hence its current use, according to Pass., for shm't-sighted.
The It. here has ammicando con gli occhL). so the /^vuxd^ovtef
are described by Aristotle, Probl. sect. 31, thus: oi ix yfvttrii
■fa fiiv tyyvj ^'Kijiovti^, -fa Sf £§ drtocfT'afffcjj ovx opwvT'Ej* ^yai^T'ta
hs rtdox^*^^''^ ^ yepCivtes toc$ ^vi^rta^ovdiv' ta yap iyyiig firi oputvt^i
fo rtop/jwafK /3>.trtoti»ir. And so. is the word here understood
by G. (as E. I".);-Dt., Fr. G.,-M.,-S.;-Pagn. (qui emiiuis nihil
cernat), Bez. {nihil prncul cernens), Aret., Est., Grot., Ilamm.,
Cocc. (parum prospiciens'), Wells. Guyse, Dodd. and Sharpe
(short-sighted). Berl. Bib., Beng., Wesl. in the note (^purblind),
Scott, Mej'. {kurzsichtig ;-and so Ros., Stolz, Van Ess, De W.),
Stier (blodsichtig), Barn., Huth.;-Pas., Pass., L. and S., Rob.,
Schirl. T., C.;-Vulg. audits followers, Germ.;-Erasm., Calv.,
Vat., B. and L., translate according to the gloss ■^t.o^uv, grop-
ing. Hesych. o^ea^jivtiv.
^ The participial construction is retained by R.;-Latin and
French verss., Dt., It.;-Wesl., Wakef., Thom., Scott, Penn,
Sharpe, Kenr.
1 Comp. Sept. Job 7: 21; Acts 22: 16; Heb. 1 : 3 (Greek
and E. V.). In E. V. the noun is twice, cleansing ; the verb
very often, cleanse. — The substantive construction is retained
by W., R.;-Vulg., Syr., Germ., Dt., It., Fr. G.,-M.. S.;-Calv.,
Castal., Aret., Hamm. {the purification q/";-and so Gill, Wakef,
Mack., Thom., Penn), Dodd., Wesl., Newc, Scott, Dav., ( purifi-
cation from), Moldenh., Huth., (der Heinigung von), Greenf.,
All., De W., Murd. {the purgation of ), Kenr., Peile (the cleans-
ing of) ;-Win.
"■ E.V., ch. 3:14; Tit. 3: 12;-W. (be yebusy);-lUmm.,
Murd., (be ye . . diligent), West, Kenr., (be . . dil.).
" The participial construction is retained by W.,R.;-Vulg., Syr.,
Dt., It, French verss.;-Castal., Cocc, Wakef. and Murd. (by
doing), Mack., Kenr. '
" E. v., Cok 3: 16; 1 Tim. 6: 17 ;-Germ., Dt., Fr. S.;-Cocc
(locupletem. in modtini), Gnj'se, Moldenh., !Mack., Newc, Penn,
Do W., Barn., Dav., Peile (in rich abundance), Uuth. (in
reicher Fiille).
P The same word as in v. 5 (see N. v.). God deals with his
children on the principle of Luke 6 : 38. — Wakef (ye shall be
furnished with), Dav. (afforded), Peile (shall you ... be f.
with).
1 The article points to that great object of Christian hope ;
ilniXBt tii trjn ^tapcij' tov xvplov ffou (Matt. 25: 21). — W.;— Ger-
man and French verss. (except AH.), Dt., It.;-Thom., Penn,
Sharpe, Kenr., Peile.
Wesl., Wakef., Newc, Penn, Sharpe, Murd., Dav.
THE SECOND EPISTLE OF PETER. CHAP. I.
KING JAMES VERSION.
though ye know them, and be es-
tablished in the present truth.
13 Yea, I think it meet, as
long as I am in this tabernacle,
to stir you up by putting you in
remembrance ;
14 Knowing that shortly I
must put off this my tabernacle,
even as our Lord Jesus Christ
hath shewed me.
15 Moreover, I will endeavour
that ye may be able, after my de-
cease, to have these things al-
ways in remembrance.
GREEK TEXT.
otag, xcxi edtyipiy^svovg iv Trj Ttap-
orCyj dXyideici..
13 hixaiov hk Tiyov^ai £<|)' ocrov
dill iv Toi'Tcj TO) axYivGiixan, hieyeipetv
ii^d^ sv vnoiivrfSEC
14 sihiog otl ta-)^ivr, idtiv n cxTlo-
Beaig tov axyjiu^iarog /.lov, xadcog xai
6 Kvpiog r^uijv 'I/ycroiJg Xptcrfog f.8riM->-
G£ ^lOL.
15 CTTtow^dffco 5s xdi exdatoTE £X£iV
vfidg juera rnv i^ir.v e^obov, fhv Tov-
■Tuj' iLvnpiv TtoieiaBai.
REVISED VERSION.
them, and 'are established in the
present truth : '
13 'But I think it "right, ^so
long as I am in this tabernacle,
to stir you up ""by way of re-
membrance ;
14 Knowing that 'the laying
aside of my tabernacle is ^speedy,
as ^also our Lord Jesus Christ
"shewed me:
15 ''But I will endeavour that
ye may "^even ''at all times be
able, after my 'departure, to ^call
these things to mind.
' Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Mack., Thorn., Penn, Murd., Kenr.
' ' On the contrary' — in opposition to anArjau. See v. 5, N. r.
The adversative power is preserved in R.;-Vulg., Syr.j-Erasm.,
Calv., Vat., Castal.. Bez., Hamm., Dodd., Moldeuh., Carpz., Ros.,
Gerl., De W., Kenr.
" ' A matter of fraternal and official obligation.' Comp. Rom.
1 : 14. — E. V. elsewhere, except Phil. 1 : 7, (right, righteous.
jiist) i-W. {justly) ;-Vulg. (justum), Syr. (= Murd. right).
Germ. (biUig), Dt. (regt), It. (ragionevole), Fr. G.,-M.,-S.,
(juste) ;-Erasm., Pagn., Calv., Vat., Bez., Aret., Coco., {as Vulg.),
Castal., Carpz., {aequum),'En^. Ann., Gill, {^ Ov.jusf), B. and
L. {de mon devoir), Guyse ('a piece of justice'), Dodd., Wesl.,
Moldenh. (as Germ.), Wakef., Newc, Thorn., Scott, Mey. {fUr
Schuldigkeit), Ros. {rectum), Greenf. (p~l!i), All., Van Ess.
Kist., De "W., Diet!., (use Pflicht), Penn, Sharpe.
' Wesl., Scott, Penn. Murd.
» E. v., ch. 3 : 1 ;-Dodd.
» This literal rendering, 1., avoids unnecessary periphrasis ;-
2., gets rid of the mixture of metaphors assumed by De W. and
others ;-3., is more consonant with the waiter's anticipations of
martyrdom. — In the other case where ajtoO. occurs (I Pet. 3:21)
it is rendered in E. V. ' the putting away ;' and so W. here ;
G. {the time that I must lay down), R. {the laying away) ;-
Vulg. {depositio), Dt. {de afflegging) ;-Cocc. {as Vulg.), Berl.
Bib., Beng., De W., {die Ablegung), Wakef., Thom., {mitst lay
aside), Mack, {tlie putting away) ;-the lexicons, (Leigh, Rob.,
Green, as above).
y 'In its approach, and therefore soon to be expected,' or, 'in
its execution ; sudden.' The word occurs again in ch. 2 : 1 (no-
where else in N. T.), and there in E. V. it is swift. — "W. {swift) ;-
Vulg. {velo.v), Dt. marg. {haastig) ;-Cocc. {as Vulg.), Berl.
Bib. {geschwind), Beng., Huth., {repentina), Scott, Murd.,
Kenr.;-Pas. {celer, perni.v), Leigh (quick), Suic, SchOttg., (celer,
relo.r;-to which Schleus. adds cilus, repentinus, but translating
it here, hrevi). Hrei^ch. (repentinus, stdjitus), Wahl (celer, repen-
tinus), L. and S. (quick, swift, fast, fleet, speedy), Rob. (swift,
speedy, adding for explanation: 'i. e. near at hand, impend-
ing.'). See ch. 2 : 1. N. j.
' The emphatic xai bears always on what follows, and is not
superfluous here, even according to the first-mentioned, and most
commonly assumed, interpretation of raxi^fr; (seeN.y). Peter
might know, as an old man, that his death was near, and then he
knew also from his Lord's prophecy, John 21 : 18 ' when thou
shalt be old &c.,' that he was not to live out all his days. — E. V.,
Luke 6: 36; II: I; itc.j-Vulg., Syr., Germ, verss. (Moldenh.
giving it the force of avtof. selbsl), Dt., It., Fr. G. and-M. (lui
meine), Fr. S.;-Erasm., Pagn., Calv., Vat., Cocc. Murd., Kenr. —
See v. 15, N. c.
"■ See V. 3, N. j. Here the aorist seems to refer historically to
that occasion, John 21. — The hath is omitted by C, R.;-Wesl.,
Wakef., Newc.
'' 'And not only so, but &c.' Or: 'Notwithstanding what I
know respecting my speedy death, and for that reason.' See
V. 13, N. t, &c.
' See V. 14, N. z. C, R., (also) ;-Latin verss., except Castal.
and Cocc, (etj-Calv. eiiam), Syr., Dt. (ook), It. (ancora). Fr.
G.,-M.,-S., (aussi) ;-Oec., B. and L. (si bien . . . mime), Wakef.,
Penn, (as C), Mey., All., De W., (auch), Greenf., Murd. (too).
But most of these err in attaching the xai to BTtm&dau.
•^ 'In every emergency'-the only N. T. instance in which
ixdaroit occurs. — T. (on every side) ;-Syr. (= constanler),
Germ, (allenthalben) , Dt. (hij alle gelegenheid), Fr. G..-JI.,
(co)ilinuetleinenl) ;-Bez. (subinde), Cocc. (singidis temporibtis),
Berl. Bib., Huth., (jederzeit), Beng. {'quovis tempore; quotics-
cunque usus venerit.'), Wakef. {o7i every occasioyi) , Penn, Gerl.
(' allezeit; WortUch,jedesmaP), De W. (allezeil). The adverb
belongs to txC'V, not to TloihaQai,.
' 'Out of this tabernacle;' w. 13, 14. The word occurs
once again in this same relation, Luke 9 : 31 ; and once of the
.Jewish exodus, Heb. II : 22, where E. V. has departing. — T.
C, G., (departing) i-Sjr. (= Murd. departure), Germ. (Ab-
schied), Dt. (uitgang). It. (jiartita), French verss. (depart);-
Erasm., Pagn., Vat.. Bez., Wolf., (e.Titum), Calv., Castal., Carpz.,
(discessiim), Engl. Ann., Clarke, (going out), Cocc. (excessum),
Guyse, Dodd., Gill ('or. Exodus''), Moldenh. (as Germ.),
Wakef., Thom., Mey. ( Weggang), Penn, Murd., Kenr.
' Somewhat nearer the middle force of the original, and, like
THE SECOND EPISTLE OF PETER. CHAP. I.
KING JAMES VERSION.
16 For we have not followed
cunningly devised failles, when
we made known unto you the
power and coming of our Lord
Jfesus Christ, but were eye-wit-
nesses of his majesty.
17 For he received from God
the Father honour and glory,
when there came such a voice to
him from the excellent glory,
This is my beloved Son, in whom
I am well pleased.
18 And this voice which came
from heaven we heard, when we
were with him in the holy mount.
19 We have also a more sure
GREEK TEXT.
16 0^ yap aeao^LGf.dvoLC, ^vdotg
£^axo/{.ov6ri(yai'Teg syvcopiaai^iev vixlv
■rnv tot) Kvplov 'h^v 'lyjaov 'Kpiotov
8vva^iv xdi napovaiav, aXX htwttai
yevy;devT£g tr^q sxeivov ^eyaT^ei&tYi-
17 ?ja[3cov yap Ttapa Qeov Ttarpog
Ti^r,v xai bo^ai', <pcdvr,g evs^dsiayig
av-ro) rotdaSe irjto Tr,g ^isyaXonpeTtovg
^o^yjg, OvTog eativ 6 vlog (jov o dya-
TtYirog, Eig bv iya evhoxTiaa.
IS Kat ravtriv tr(v ^dvxv niidg
rycovOaiiEV a^ oifavov svs^Osiaav, am
avta bvteg ev ta bpei toj hyM.
19 Kai, ixo^iev (3£(3ai6ti;pov rbv
REVISED VERSION.
16
cunningly devised
For we ^haj not ibllowed
fables, when
we made known unto you the
power and coming of our Lord
Jesus Christ, but ^had been
eye-witnesses of his majesty.
17 ''For he received from God
the Father honour and glory, a
voice 'being borne to him J'such
as this from the excellent glory:
This is my beloved Son, in whom
I am well pleased ;''
18 And this voice ''we, 'being
with him "on the holy mount,
heard "borne from heaven.
19 "And we have ^more sure
that, a variation of the phrase in w. 12, 13.— It. (rammemorarvi),
Fr. G.,-M., (^vous remetire . . dans votre souve?ur). Fr. S. (vous
rappeler) ;-Whitb. (make a remembrance), Moldenh., Van
Ess, AH., Goss., Huth., {euch erinnern), Wakef. (recollect for
yourselves), Thom. (recollect), De W. (euch in Erinnerwig ru-
fen) ;-Rob. (call to mind, hear in recollection).
^ E. V. does not shosv as clearly as the Greek does, that the
writer is speaking of the precedent grounds of the apostolic test-
imony, while Scholef.'s version adopted in our first edition :
' For it was not from having followed cunningly devised fables
that we &c., but from having been eye-w. &c.,' exhibits the scene
on the mount as the sole ground. For the familiar use of the
aorist for the pluperfect, see Buttm. § 137. 3, 6;. "Win. § 41. 5. —
The pluperfect is introduced in the last clause by Wakef. and
Murd.
>" The participial construction of this verse imports that it is
logically subordinate to v. 18, where we find the corroboration
(yap) of the irtoTtrat yivtjOivtii.
' Nowhere but in this chapter is ^a'po^ai. rendered in E. V.,
come -j-Dt. (gebragt werd), It. (essendo recata) ;-Erasm. and
the later Latin verss. (delald :-except Calv. and Cocc, allatd),
Mack, (being brought), Peile (was borne). Others (Vulg., Fr.
S., &c.) retain the participial form. See v. 18, N. n.
i Not tantus, but talis, as in taliafatur ( Virg., Aen. i. 131.). —
R, (this manner o/") ;-Latin verss. (hujusmodi ;-cxce\it Cocc,
tali), Syr. (= Greenf riT3);-B. and L. (cette), Moldenh.,
Mey., All., DeW., (diese), Wakef., Kenr., (this), Mack, (of this
kind), Penn (unnecessarily marks as <7»'s as supplied), Murd.
(thus), Peile ('in these words'). For o — 6, see 1 John 2: 7,
N. 0.
I* ' We, who made known unto you &c. (v. 16) ; and, in par-
ticular, 1 Peter.' See 1 John 2: 20, N. p, &c. In this case the
proposed arrangement of the verse seems to be the easiest way
of indicating the emphasis. — Latin verss. (express the prono-
minal subject) ;-B. and L. (nous. . . nous-memes), Beng. ('Jo-
hannes etiam adhuc vivebat.'), Wesl. (as above). Thorn, (u'e
ourselves).
' T., G.,-It., Fr. G.,-M.,-S.;-Hamm., "Wesl., Mack.
" A case of iv before heights and surfaces. — E. V., Luke
8: 32; &c.;-German and French verss., Dt.;-Mack., Newc,
Thom., Clarke, Penn, Sharpe, Kenr., Peile ;-Win. For i — o,
see 1 John 2 : 7, N. o.
° See V. 17, N. i. W., R., (brought) i-Yulg. (allatam),
Germ, (gebracht), Dt. (als zij gebragt is geweesi). It. (recata) ;-
Erasm. and later verss. (rfe?aiam ;-except Cocc, latam), Mack.
(as W.), Peile.
" 'Having seen that glory, and heard the voice.' — W., R.;-
Latin verss. (except Castal.). Syr. (= Murd. and . . . moreover),
Dt., Fr. S.;-Hamm., Dodd., Wesl., Moldenh., Wakef, Mack.,
All., Penn, Gerl., Sharpe and Peile (and so), De W.
p ' Than ever ;-the transfiguration of the Lord having been to
us, according to His own declared design, an ocular confirmation
of the promises respecting His second coming in power.' See
the connection in which all the three narratives of the trans-
figuration stand : Matt. 16 : 28 + 17 : 1 ; &c.; Mark 9 : 1 -)- 2, &c.;
Luke 9 : 27 -f- 28, &c. Huth. objects, 1., the want of a vlv or ix
I'oij-i'oD ;-2., that this thought is not dwelt upon in what fol-
lows ;-(De W. had already .suggested both these scruples; but
he properly regards them as insufficient to set aside the inter-
pretation) ;- 3., that 'if the transfiguration-testimony stood
higher with the writer than that of prophecy, his readers must
have been invited rather to lay the former to heart.' The answer
to this is : 1., The question being, not so much whether the Mes-
siah of prophecy was to be a mighty Prince, as (v. 16) whether
Jlessiah's crown would yet be seen on the head of Jesus of Na-
zareth, the writer appeals to the transfiguration, in which the
audible voice of God proclaimed the Divine Sonship of the man
of sorrows, and to which the Lord had himself referred as a
type of the coming kingdom ;-but, 2., that appeal is not made
as to something intrinsically surer than the prophetic scriptures,
THE SECOND EPISTLE OF PETER. CHAP. I.
KING JAMES VERSION.
word of prophecy ; whereunto
ye do well that ye take heed, as
unto a light that shineth in a
dark place, until the day dawn,
and the day-star arise in your
hearts:
20 Knowing this first, that no
prophecy of the scripture is of
any private interpretation.
GREEK TEXT.
Tipoas^ovteg, wg /li'^J'cj <paivovtt ev
av^[.ir;p:o tonu) ajg oii 'qdpa 6iavyd-
GYi, xac <pija(puQog dvarsi/iYi, ep talg
xap^iaig v[.tuv
20 Troi>ro TtpQtov yivaaxovtsg, oTt
TCdOa 7tpo(pyit8la ypa<pr,g, iSlag inCkv-
dscog ov yiverai.
REVISED VERSION.
'the "^prophetic word, whereunto
j'e do well that ye take heed, as
unto a 'lamp 'shining in a dark
place, until "day dawn, and the
daystar arise," in your hearts;
20 Knowing diis first tliat ^"no
prophecy of ''Scripture ^'cometli
from one's own interpretation :
but as to a historical elucidation to the eye and ear of their true
refeicnce and import, as well as an additional seal ;-3., the read-
ers, therefore, who had not been with the writer on the holy
mount, but who had the lamp of prophecy in their hand, are
very naturally commended for giving heed thereunto, burning,
as it now did, with a brighter flame. Btjlawtepof is taken as a
predicate by (probably R.;-It., Fr. G. -S.) ;-Oeo., Grot., Beng.,
^¥es\., Wakef., Mack., Nesvc, Thorn., Midd., Clarke, Knapp, Ros.,
Penn, Sharpe, Trol., Stolz, Dr. John Brown, De ^Y., Dav., Dietl.,
Peile. Others (Erasm., Zeg., &c.) allow this construction. — All.,
Blooraf., etc., understand the clause thus : ' We have a surer, viz.
the prophetic, word.' But how surer, than the visible glory of
the transfiguration and the immediate voice of God, or than the
apostolic word regarding these facts 1 ' To the Jews,' answer
Whitb. and others. But to the unbelieving Jews there is no
reference whatever in the passage. ' The appearance and voice
on the mount were transient, and only three persons witnessed
the interesting scene' (Scott, &c.). But the record remained,
nor was there, between the writer and his readers, any dispute
or doubt as to its perfect accuracy ; not to mention that against
a very large portion ef the Scriptures, prophetic and historical,
the same, or a similar, objection might be urged. The more
plausible answer of Sherlock, Guyse, Gill, Bloomf., Huth., that
the transfiguration was in itself only a historical occurrence, or,
at the most, but a type, and not an express prophecy, of the
future coming in power and glory, has been already met in the
remarks on Huth.'s third objection, above. — The other explana-
tions of /3f/3., as used for a positive (Syr., Germ.j-Yat., Zeg.,
Carpz., &c.) or for a superlative (Ar., Dt., Fr. M.;-Pagn., Bez.,
&c.), are mere evasions of a diiBculty.
9 'Prophecy as a whole' — unioersmn testimonium (Beng.) —
' all whose rays, from whatever point they come, and whatever
else they touch in passing, converge upon the throne of our
Lord's glory.' See Luke 24:20,27; Acts 3 : 19-21; 1 Pet.
1: 10, 11. ('Far off His coming shone.' Jlilton, P. L. vi.
709).— R.;-Dt., It.. French verss.;-Berl. Bib., Beng., Wesl, Mol-
denh., Wakef., Mack., Newc, Thorn., Clarke, Mey., Ail., Stolz,
Penn, Sharpe, Trol., De W., Barn., Kenr., Peile, Huth.
The word rtpo^jjt'txd;. which occurs only here and Rom.
16 : 26, is here rendered by an adjective in R.;-Latin and Ger-
man verss. (except Mey.), Dt., It., Fr. S.;-Hamm., Dodd., Mack.,
Thom., Clarke, Penn, Barn., Kenr.
• See Ps. 119: 105, where for the Hob. ^3 (Greonf.'s word
here) the Sept. has %vxvoi; E. V., lamp ;-also 2 Sam. 21 : 17 in
the Heb., Sept., and E. V. marg. — W. {lantern), R. (candle) ;-
Latin verss. (Zwceniae ;-except Carpz., lijclinum), Syr. (as in
Ps. 119: 105), Dt. marg. {lantaeru, kacrsse). It. (lampana),
Fr. G.,-M., (chandelle), Fr. S. (lampe) ;-B. and L. {flambeau),
Guyse, Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Mack., Newc, Thorn., Mey.
{Leuchte; and so Stolz, DeW.;-for Luth.'s Licht), Penn,
Sharpe, Trol., Barn. {' candle, lamp, or torch'), Kenr., Peile. See
Pass., and the lexicons generally ;-a!so Rev. 1 : 12, N. c.
' The participial form is retained by W., R.;-Latin verss.,
Syr., Dt., It. Fr. S.;-Dodd., Wakef, Mack., Newc, Thom., Scott,
Penn, Sharpe, Kenr., Peile.
" 'Many Edd. have ij jj/it'pa: the Editors did not consider
that the day spoken of was not yet in existence, in which case
the article is more properly omitted, iua^opos is used as a
proper name.' Midd.
■' This punctuation leaves it doubtful, as the text does,
whether ' in your hearts' is to be construed with the words im-
mediately preceding, or, as some have thought, with ' take heed.'
Sch. encloses uj %vx''<ii • • • watiAf! in a parenthesis.
» In the only other passage of the N. T. where ypa^jj occurs
without the article, 2 Tim. 3 : 10, E. V. also omits it ;-W., R.;-
Wells,Dodd.,Wesl.(Scn>/!(repro/i/teci/),Wakef., Mack., Newc,
Scott, Penn, Sharpe, Kenr., Peile.— The word here referring to
the whole volume of inspiration, it is printed with a capital S,
in accordance with the rule of the Amer. Bible Soc.'s recent
Revision.
'» ncisa . . . ov = ovSinia. See Win. { 21. 1. Huth.: ' yiV-
Ef at is = iiy-iiv.' But, while the past tenses of ytVoftai. are often
used as corresponding parts of ilmi, this is not true of the pres-
ent. Here the distinction, as between Jieri and esse, is strictly
maintained, yivofiai carrying with it the idea of origin, residt,
or change of state. E. V., accordingly, renders it variously, to
be made, Matt. 9: 16; 27: 24; Mark 2: 21; 1 Cor. 14: 25;
Heb. 7 : 12 (less accurately in v. 18) ;-?o be wrought, Mark
6 : 2 ;-to be done, Mark 4:11; Luke 9:7; 2» : 8 ; Acts 4:30;
14: 3; &c.;-to become. Matt. 13: 22; Mark 4: 19, 32;-to arise,
Mark 4 : 37 ;-to co')ne, Acts 26 : 22 ; 28 : 6 ; 1 Tim. 6:4; (Acts
27 : 33, ifiiM-fv rifiifia yiviaOai day was coming on);-to come to
pass, Mark 11 : 23 ; 13 : 29 ; Luke 12 : 55 (less accurately in
2
10
THE SECOND EPISTLE OF PETER. CHAP. I.
KING JAMES VERSION.
21 For die prophecy came not
in old time by the will of nuin :
but holy men of God spake as
they were moved by the Holy
Ghost.
GREEK TEXT.
21 Oil j^ap d£?in[J.atL dvOpuncov r,v-
ij^Yi Tiore Ttpo^Yfteia, a?iX vTto Uvev-
[.larog 'Aylov ^b^u^isvol i2.d7iYiciav ol
dyLOL Qeov dvOponoi.
REVISED VERSION.
21 For ''not by ^man's will
"was ''prophecy "brought "^at
any time, but ''the holy men ot
God spake ''being moved by the
Holy 'Spirit.
y The negative is kept here by R.;-Latin verss.. Syr.;-B. and
L. (ce n'est pas par), Mack., Jley., Greeuf., AH., Van Esa, De W.,
Murd., Peile.
^ W., R.; - Fr. S. (une volun:e dViomme) ; - Van Ess (eines
Meiischen iVillkiihr).
» See V. 18, N. n, &c. W., R.;-Vulg. {allata est), Germ, {ist
hervor gebracht). Dt. (is vooitgebragt). It. {fu recata), Fr.
G.,-M., (a He apportee), Fr.S. {fut app.) ;-Erasm., Pagn., Calv.,
Vat., Bez., (as Vidg.). Hamm., Cocc. and Beng. {lata est), Dodd.,
Moldenh. and All. {as Germ.), Mack.
■^ W., R.;-Pr. S.;-IIamm., Wells, Beng. {• prophetia sine ar-
ticulo, indefinite dicitur.'), Dodd., Wesl., Moldenh. and later Ger-
man verss. {eine iVeissagung), Wakef., Mack., Newc, Thorn..
Penn, Sharpe, Bloomf., Barn., Kenr.
' The ov . . . no-ti here answers to the Ttaaa ... oi of v. 20. —
E. V. marg.; 1 Cor. 9: 7 {any time) ; 1 Thess. 2:5; &c.;-W.
{any time). R.;-Syr.;-Castal., Cocc, Wits., Beng., Carpz., Ros.,
{unq^iam), Kngl. Ann. ('or. at any time'), Hamm. {as JV.), Pyle
{ever), Mack., Newc, Mey. and De W. (Je), Kenr. ;-Schottg.,
Brctsch., Schirl. Many others (T., C.;-Germ., Fr. S.;-Bloomf.,
Iluth., &c.) connect with the negative (as in E. X., v. 10) =;
never.
^ W., R.;-Germ., Dt., It., French vcrss.;-Engl. Ann. ('or
those'), Beng., Wesl., Moldenh., Wakef., Mack., Thorn., Mey.,
Ros. {i!li), Greenf., Kist., Goss., Van Ess {jene). — But Gricsb.
and all the later editors cancel the ot 'on the evidence of almost
all the authorities' (Huth.). I recommend that this reading bo
adopted, and that the article be omitted.
" Not merely the manner of their speaking, but ' that they
spoke at all in the utterance of prophecy, was immediately and
absolutely dependent on the divine impulse' — Nothing answer-
ing to the E. V. supplement (which was taken from T.) is found
in W., R.;-any foreign vers.;-EngI. Ann., Hamm., AVakef., Mack.,
Thorn., Clarke, Penn, Kenr. — For (fipojuat, in the sense of being
borne along, driven, see Acts 27 : 15, 17. Here also the Germ.
verss. have getrieben; Dt., gedreven zijnde; It., essendu sos-
pinti; French verss., powsses ;-Erasm., Calv., Ros., impulsi;
Engl. Ann., Hamm., {[being'] carried). Thorn, {by an impidse).
"■ Guyse, Dodd., Wakef., Newc, Thorn., Scott, Penn, Sharpe,
Murd.
V. 54) ; 21 : 7, 28, 31, 30 ;-/o draw {iyyv; nigh unto), John 6 : 19.
In other cases, where E. V. translates by the simple copula, it
fails, as here, to give the full force of the original ; e. g. JIatt.
12: 45, Luke 11 : 26, comes to 6e;-Luke 6: 36, the disciples are
required to become what God essentially is ; comp. 1 Pet. 1 : 16 ;-
Luke 15 : lO. joy arises, a fresh spring of joy ;-20 : 33, does she
become ?;-Rom. 11:6, comes to be no more grace ;-Heb. 11:6,
that God is. and, in the order of his providence, becomes a re-
warder, &c. (See Kitto's Journal nf Sac. Lit., Vol. vi. pp.
433-6). Besides 17 cases of xat' iSiow, tSio; occurs 96 times,
and IS 78 times translated in E. V. by own, his own, her own, &c.,
according to the reference; and in all the other (omitting the
present text) 17 instances this is still the force of the word.
'ErtiVvffts (Pass.: ' 1. LOsung, Befreiung wovon ; 2. Auflusung; Er-
klarung, Deutung.'), found nowhere else in the N. T., is employed
byAquilaforC'jTinS Gen. 40: 8 (Sept. Siaua'^iystj ; E. \. inter-
pretations), and by Symmachus for □"iCID Hos. 3 : 4 (under-
standing probably by the word an oracular response, or the
means by which it was obtained. Theodotion here has Ihvkvo-
jiivov ; and Aquila, the same form at Gen. 41 : 8). The etymo-
logical idea of unloosing, setting free from entanglement, and
hence, figuratively, of making clear, settling by e.vposition, is
apparent in the N. T. use of tTtaia, Mark 4: 34 (E. V. ex-
pounded) ; Acts 19 : 39 ; and, according to some copies, in the
Sept. Gen. 41 : 12.
Dismissing the conjectural emendation j Ttj^XroEuj (Calv., Grot.,
&c.) as of no manuscript authority ; and the Syriac construction
of ihiai with ypa^^s, which would also require t jtaudtj ; and
even the gloss of Suid. making i7ii7.vaii= £$o6os, accessics ; we
may still arrange the interpretations and translations of this
verse-( Crucemji.xit interpretibus, saysWolf )-into three classes,
according as iSias is referred to, 1., the readers of prophecy;
' they are not to interpret, each for himself' irreppectively of,
\ {!.), Catholic consent — the Romish idea; or, (2.), divine illu-
' nfiination, or the general sense of Scripture. So perhaps T., C,
{hath any pr. int.) -j-anA so Bede, Luth. ('Petrus hat es ver-
boten, du sollst nicht auslcgen ; der Heilige Geist selbst soli
esauslegen oder soil unausgelegt bleiben.'), Erasm., Bcz., Aret.,
Par., Dt. Ann. (as one reference), Engl. Ann., Cocc, Mor.. Marck,
i Wells, B. and L., Carpz., Pott, Scott, Steiger, Kenr.;-Schottg.: —
2,, to prophecy itself; ' no pr. is of se//'-interprctation,' but needs
light from the event, or other revelations. So Syr., Ar.;-Weren-
. ffcls, Hor.sley, Wakef , Thom.. Ros.,I31oomf , Home, Trol,, Dr. John
Brown, Dietl., Peile;-Bretsch, under the word iSt'oj, Wahl, Schirl.
But, (l.),a multitude of prophecies, themselves all equally inde-
terminate, could not by combination be made to determine the
meaning of one another. All prophecy, prior to the fulfilment,
' must be only useless and bewildering. The 'light shining in a
dark place' would itself be darkness ;-(2.), this interpretation
is, therefore, irreconcileable with the nature of Christian faith
and hope ; Heb. 11 : 1, &c.;-(3.), it contradicts the testimony of
THE SECOND EPISTLE OF PETER. CHAP. H.
11
KING JAMES VERSION.
CHAP. II.
But there were false prophets
also among the people, even as
there, shall be false teachers
among you, who privily shall
bring in damnable heresies, even
GREEK TEXT.
CHAP. II.
1 'ErENONTO Ss xal n^sv^Ttpo-
^rftai iv ta /loo, ug xai iv v^tv laov-
rat '^evhohiha.axaT.oi, oltiveg Ttapeicrd-
^ovaiv aipeaeig (XTtu/iEiag, ;^at rov
REVISED VERSION.
CHAP II.
But there were ""also false pro-
phets among the people, ''as also
''among you there shall be false
teachers, who privily shall bring
in destructive 'sects, ''even deny-
" ' Besides the true, just spoken of.' See ch. 1 : 14, N. z, &c.
—The particle is here kept in its proper relation by W., R. ;-all
foreign versions (except the three older French, which omit
it);-Guyse, Dodd., Wakef., Mack., Thorn., Clarke, Trol., Bloomf.,
Murd., Dav., Kcnr.
^ See ch. 1 : 14, N. z, &c. Comp. 1 Cor. 10 : 11.
' The h v/ilv retains its place in "W., R ;-Latin and German
verss., Syr., Dt. ;-Mack. Most others translate 4.£iiSo«. in
immediate connection with oiVtKff.
'' Germ, (verderbliche), Dt. (verderfelijke) ;-Erasm., Vat.,
Castal., Grot., Carpz., {pernicioaas) , Pagn., Bez., Pise, {exi-
iiales), Engl. Ann., Sharpe, Barn., {of destruction), Cocc.
(exitii i-ioTYa]^. perditionis), B. and L. (pernicieiises). Dodd.,
Wesl., Moldenh. (as Genu. ;-and so Mey., De W.), Wakef,
Mack., Newc, Thorn., Penn., Bloomf. {pernicious), Murd., Peile
('pern, or dest.') ; - Schleus., Bretsch., Wahl, (as Erasm.),
"Win., Rob. See v. 3, N. p. I recommend that the note: 'Gr.
sects of destruction,' be set in the margin.
' Al'ptat.;=' electa vitie disciplina, serfo ' (Bretsch.), 'sert,
school, party' (Rob.), retains this its ' true original meaning'
(Dav.)-' uniform import' (Campb.)-in E. V., Acts 5 : 17; 15:
5 ; 24 : 5 ; 26 : 5 ; 28 : 22 ; and might have been so rendered
elsewhere, Acts 24 : 14 ; 1 Cor. 11 : 19 ; Gal. 5 : 20 ; 2 Pet. 2 :
1 ; though in the last three places Bretsch. and Rob. give as a
secondary sense, dissensin, discord. Under artJ^T^eia, indeed,
Rob. translates the word in this instance heresies. But this
use, which Bretsch., Wahl, Green, do not mention at all, is as-
signed by the general lexicons (Steph., Pass., L. and S.), to the
later ecclesiastical period. And so it is by De W., though he
adopts it here, less, probably, (and the same thing may be said
of Huth.), on account of any peculiarity in the present context,
than because of his previous decision respecting the post-apos-
tolic origin of the epistle. E. V. follows Biz.— \V., T., C, R. ;-
Vulg., Germ., French verss. ;-Erasm., Calv., Vat., Castal.,
Carpz., Thorn., Greenf. (mp'^nc). Barn, (-the idea of sect or
party is that which is conveyed by this word, rather than doc-
trinal errors.'), Kenr. Peile (' heresies — less doctrinal than
sectarian and schismatical ') ;-WahI, Win.
' ' These ruptures of the one body being but the manifestation
of a departure from the one fiiith ;' and hence the ecclesiastical
use of ai'psfft;.
Scripture respecting some prophecies; 1 Tim. 4: l;-(4.), sets
aside one main end of prophecy, the guidance and consolation of
the Church; John 16: 13, Rev. 1: 1-3, &c.;-(5.), is at variance
with the experience of the people of God in past ages, as of Noah,
Abraham, David, Daniel, &c. See also Matt. 2 : 5 ;-and, (6.), there
are very many prophecies of Scripture that do interpret them-
.selves just as readily and satisfactorily, as Micah's prophecy of
the birth of the Messiah in Bethlehem, or as any of its plainest
narratives : — or, 3,, to the prophets ; either, (1.), ' they could not
themselves explain their own prophecies ; so Oec, Knapp, Till.,
De W.;-Schleus., and Bretsch. under the word irtiT-vmi ; or, (2.).
'they did not of themselves interpret' the future, or the hidden
counsels of God. So W. {made by proper interp.), R. {made by
private interp.). G., as if reading ijtrj'Kviiiai, {is of any private
motion) ;-Vu]g. {proprid interpretaticme non ft). Germ., not-
withstanding Luth.'s comment, {gescliieht aus eigener Ausle-
gung), Fr. M. {ne procede d'aucun mouvement particulier) ;-
Calv. (who, however, can find no authority for irtr'kvacuif. which
he seems to regard as necossar}' to this sense), Cam. ('scnsus
itaqne Petri Apostoli hie videtnr esse, Prophetas non suae men-
tis sen.?um edidisse, sed fuisse intenpretes consilii divini, et
sententia verborum est aperta, Prophetas non suam., sed Dei
mentem hominibus exposuisse.'), Dt. Ann. (as another reference,
and the first mentioned), Grot, (whose bolder criticism adopts
iTCr;%vriiu^ as the true reading). Wits, (who would n.ake matters
sure by uniting with this the first view also), Owen, Haram.
(who, with others, after Cam,, finds a metaphor in irtiX., drawn
from loosing, starting, horses in a race ; ' of their own incita-
lion, motion, letting loose'). Pears., Oler. ('Malim IrtAvsw inter-
pretari quasi solutionem linguae aut oris.'), Whitb. (' of their
own incitation, motion, or the suggestion of their own private
spirits), Beng. {• interpretatio, qua ipsi res antca plane clausas
aperuere mortalibus.'), Guyse {the product of any man's own
invention), Dodd. {of private impidse), Wesl. (It is not any
man's own word. It is God, not the prophet himself, who
thereby interprets things till then unknown.'). Gill (of a man's
own impulse), Moldenh. {aus eigner Entwickelimg herriihre),
Mack. {ofpr. invention), Newc. {ofpr. utterance), Clarke ('by
the mere pr. impulse of his own mind'), Henderson. Congrega-
tional Lecture on Inspiration, pp. 485-6, ('pr. or uninspired dis-
closure'), Barn, {of their own disci.), Turner, Huth. ('geschiiht
aus, oder hangt ab von eigner ("d. i. des Verkftndigers mensch-
licher] Deutung der Zukunft.') ;-Rob. (' Cometh of pr. [particu-
liir] int., i. e. is not an int. of the will and purposes of God by
the prophets themselves.'). This view, (1.), satisfies the uni-
versal term in the proposition ;-(2.), explains the use of yin-tai
('ita enim loquitur ut ostendat unde sit Scriptura, nam vox
yiVf^ai. ortum significat.' Cam.) ;-(3.), intimates that the ' light
12
THE SECOND EPISTLE OF PETER. CHAP. H.
KING JAMES VEI\SION.
clen3'ing the Lord lliat bought
them, and bring upon themselves
/ swift destruction.
P 2 And many shall follow their
pernicious wa3's; by reason of
whom the way of truth shall be
evil spoken of.
3 And through covetousness
shall they witli feigned words
make merchandise of )-ou : whose
judgment now of a long time lin-
ger.eth not, and their damnation
slumbereth not.
4 For if God spared not tlie
angels that sinned, but cast them
GREEK TEXT.
dyofidaavta avtovg SeGTtotyiv dpvov-
(zevoL, STtdyovteg iavrotg ra^cvriv
d7tcj?^Lav
2 xai no}J?<jdi i^axo?Mvdr,aov(Tiv
aur(in> ralg dvra/ieiaig, SJ ovg n oSog
3 xai BV TtT^eovE^ia TtTjxatoig Tjo-
yoig v[idg ei.i7topEvaovTai- dig to x^i^ia
exTtakai ovx dpyet, xai n dTtcdXeta
aiTcov ov vvara^ei.
4 El <ydp 6 Qeog dyyeluv ctfiapT-/?-
ddvtuv ovx i^eiGato, d22d GEipatg
REVISED VERSION.
ing the ^Master ""who bought
them, 'bringing upon themselves
Jspeedy destruction.
2 And many shall follow their
''destructive ways, by reason of
whom the way of 'the truth shall
be evil spoken of;
3 And "in covetousness shall
they with feigned words make
merchandise of you ; "for whom
the judgment "from of old linger-
eth not, and their Pdestruction
slumbereth not.
4 For if God spared not ") an-
gels "^when they sinned, but.
^ So translated five times (1 Tim. 6: 1,2; 2 Tim. 2: 21;
Tit. 2: 9 ; 1 Pet. 2: 18) in E. V., according to the proper mean-
ing of the word, which denotes, as opposed to servant, ' master.
head of a family, paterfamilias'' [lioh.),-Haitsherr (Pass.,
Schirl.). In three instances (Luke 2 : 29 ; Acts 4: 24; Rev.
6 : 10), where it is used of God the Sovereign Ruler, it is fitly
rendered Lord ; but in the two remaining cases, (here and
Jude 4), where it is spoken of the Saviour, it seems better to
preserve the original idea, especially since in Jude it is employed
along with Kvptoj, Lord, and here m connection with the pur-
chase of his servants. Comp. 1 Cor. 6 : 19, 20 : 7 : 22, 23.—
Castal., Cocc, (herum), B. and L. (Maitre), Penn, Sharpe.
" See ch. 1 : 3, N. i, &c.
'. The apposition by asyndeton, at which many stumble, of
this clause with that which precedes, suggests that the one ac-
tion is simultaneous, as it were identical, with the other. See
Prov. 8 : 36; and note also the opposition between Ttapftad^m-
aiv and indyov-ti^. — The participial form is retained by R ;-
Latin verss. (except Casta!., Carpz.), Syr., Dt., It. Fr. G.,-M.,-
S. ;-Dodd., Mack., Newc, Thom.. Penn, Bloomf., Murd., Kenr. •
and of these, Dt, Fr. S., Bloomf., Murd., alone supply any con-
nective particle.
) See ch. 1 : 14, N. y. R. ;-Guyse, Wakef.. Thom., Penn.
^ Or, according to the more approved reading, dfftxyjtat;,
(Jude 4), which I recommend to be followed, lascivious uays.
So E. V. marg.—- This reading, says Bloomf., ' is found in al-
most all the MSS., Versions, and early Editions, except the
Erasmian and Stephanie ones, has been preferred by almost all
critifcs, and was adopted by ^Yetst., and edited by Beng., Griesb.,
Matth., Knapp, Tittm., and Vater.' (To these may be added
Mey., Sch., Lachm., Ilahn. Ti.sch., Theile.) 'And rightly ; for
both external and internal evidence are in favour of it.' Of the
older verss., it is followed by Vulg., Syr.. Ar., It.
1 Foreign verss. ;-IIamm., Campb., Wakef., Thom., Penn.
■" See ch. 1 : 1, N. d. W., R. ;-Vulg., Syr.;-Calv. (restores the
Vulg. in, for the per of Erasm.). Greenf., Sharpe, Stier, De "\V.,
Murd., Huth. (■ as it were surrounded by avarice, living in it,
mastered by it. To paraphrase t'l' by bed is not correct.').
" W. (to which), R. (unto whom) ;-Vulg. (qnibus), Dt. (over
wie). It. (sopra i quali), Fr. M. (qui lew est desiinee), Fr. S-
(pour eu.v) ;-Erasm., Pagn., Bez., Aret., Par., Cocc, Wolf.,
Beng., Ros., (as Vidg.), Moldenh. (in Ansehung welcher),
Mack, (lo them), Thom. (for them), Sharpe (against whom),
De "W. ('eig. fiir die '), Huth. (' Dat incommodi.').
o Mack., Newc, Thom., Clarke, Pott, Mey., Bloomf., De W.,
&c, connect IxH. with xpt'^ja, =pronoimced of old (comp. Jude
4) ; Fr. S., Huth., &c., with apyH,=ever since it was pro-
nounced.— IE. v., ch. 'i: 5 (of old) ;-Syr. (= Greenf. C'i^C),
Germ, (von lange her). Dt. (van over lang), Fr. M. (depuis
long-temps) ;-Cocc. (ab antiquo). Wells, B. and L. (as Fr.
M.)-Berl. Bib. (i-on alters her), Mack., Thom., (of old), Do
"W. {von Idngst her), Peile.
p See V. 1, N. d. Guyse, Dodd., 'Wcsl., Wakef., Mack.,
Newc, Thorn., Sharpe, Bloomf., Murd., Kenr., Peile. This is
the fourth occurrence of the word in these three verses, and E.
V. renders it in as many different waj's.
■J 'Who excel in strength' (Ps. 103: 20). Calv. : 'Argu-
mentum est a majori ad minus.' — E. V., v. 11 ;-W., R. ;-
Wakef., Thom., De W., Peile.
Peile. Comp. v. 5, N. z. Several use a participle.
.shining in a dark place' did not originate there ;-(4.), furnishes
a strong motive (yiruBxorrf s) for ' taking heed' ;-a«d, (5.), draws
after it (yap) the more explicit statement of v. 21 ;-nor does any
other interpretation meet all of these five points. The more
common construction, indeed, would have a preposition, as ix,
ajto, with the genitive; but this case is also employed thus
simply by itself to express the relation of dependence or origin.
See Rom. 9: 10. Buttm. § 132. 3. Kiihn. § 273. 1.
THE SECOND EPISTLE OF PETER. CHAP. H.
13
KING JAMES VERSION.
down to hell, and delivered them
into chains of darkness, to be
reserved unto judgment;
6 And spared not the old
world, but saved Noah the eighth
person, a preacher of righteous-
ness, bringing in the flood upon
the world of the ungodly ;
6 And turnino; ilie cities of
Sodom and Gomorrah into ashes,
condemned ihcm with an over-
throw, making them an ensample
GREEK TEXT.
aiv TErYiprji.iivov^-
5 xai dp^aiov xoGfiov oix ecpsi-
aaro, a/X oyhoov Noje hixaioavvr^g
x'n^vxa e^v2.a^£, xataxT^va^bv xog^q
das^QV STtd^ag'
6 xai 7t6?.Eig Xoho^ov xai Fojtwp-
pag te^puaag xaraarpocp/i zaT£xpt-
REVISED VERSION.
^having cast them ' to hell, deliv-
ered them "unto chains of dark-
ness, ^having been reserved "for
judgment ;
5 And spared not the old
world, but "kept Noah, '' a preach-
er of righteousness, ^ with seven
others, ^when he brought " the
flood upon the world of the un-
godly ;
6 And, ''reducing to ashes the
cities of Sodom and "^Gomorrha,
condemned them ''lo an over-
throw, 'having made them an *'ex-
• The participial construction is retained by E. V. at v. C, and
here by Dt., It., Fr. G.,-M.,-S. ;-Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Mack.,
Thom., Claike, Sharpe, Peile.
' For the omission of down, see Germ., Dt., It., Fr. G.,-S. ;-
Cocc, Beng., Mack., Thom., Clarke, All., Peile.
" Wakef., Newc, (to), Peile. Very many, from Vulg. (pro-
bably) and Syr. to De W., Dav., Dietl., connect aiipals ^s a
dative of the instrument or manner with faprapcioaj. On
reconsideration, I adhere to the construction of E. V., for two
reasons: 1., rtapiSuxtv naturally rerjuires a dative ;-2., and
chiefly, fdifoj, in the other three instances of its occurrence (v.
17 ; Jude G, 1.3), is used only as a characteristic of hell itself.
Some, indeed, (as Mack., Thom., &c.), would translate : cmifinmg
in Tartarus with 01 in chains.
' Fr. S. (gardes) ;-Erasm., Pagn., Bcz., (serratos), Newc.
(as E. v., but marking to be as a supplement), Iluth. (would
render the received text thus : ' als solche, die [bis jetzt] anf-
bewahrt warden sind.'). — But all the recent editors have tr;f>m-
fiii'ovi- (except Lachm., xo'Ka^ofiimvs ■tr;pEii'), which, says
Bloomf., ' is found in almost all the best MSS. and early edi-
tions.' I recommend that this reading be adopted, and trans-
lated : being reserved. Sharpe (restived), De W., Huth., (als
sulche. die aufbewahrt werden), Peile (being kept) ;-Win.
('eigentl. als solclie, welche [)W?t] anfb. werden). See v. 9,
N. X. — E. V. seems to come, through W., T., G., G., from the
Yulg. reservari.
" Fr. S. (pour) ;-B. and L. (as Fr. S.), AVakcf., Mack.,
Newc, Thom., Sharpe, De ^Y. (Jur), Peile.
^ E. V. so translates everywhere else, except Mark 10 : 20 ;
1 Tim. 5:21; where keep is equally suitable. From this
statement are also to be excepted three instances of the middle
voice, Luke 12: 15; 2 Tim. 4: 15; 2 Pet. 3: 17, where it is
properly rendered fteirare j-W., R. ; -Vulg. (custodirit), Syr.,
(ierm. (bewahrcte), Dt. (bewaard hseft). Fr. G.,-M., (a garde),
Fr. S. (g-07-rfa) ;- Castal., Carpz., Ros., (use conservare), Bez.,
Cocc, (as Vulg.), Hamm., B. and L. (ayant preserve), Dodd.,
Wesl. (preserved ;-andi so Wakef., Thom., Pcnn, Murd., Kenr.),
Moldenh.; De W., (use bewahren), Greenf. ("'Dii*), All. (er-
hallen) ; - the lexicons.
" JIarginal note : ' Gr. Noah the eighth.' But this idiom,
however intelligible to a Greek, does not convey to the English
reader what all scholars understand by it. To give that vtean-
ing, therefore, is not commentary, but translation. — Wakef.,
Mey. (nebst noch sieben Personen), Goss., Penn, Sharpe, Dav.;
-Trol., Green. Schirl. Others give the same sense in various
ways. The transposition (Mey., Penn) is occasioned by the
change of idiom.
' 'Erta'^aj is translated by a finite verb in W., T., C, G.;-
Syr. (=Murd. when he br.), Germ., Dt. (with als), Fr. G.,-
M.,-S. (with lorsque) ;-Castal., Cocc. (with qmcm). B. and L.,
Dodd. (as above ;-and so Mack., Newc, Thom.), Moldenh., All.,
Stier, (with da), Carpz., Wakef, Mey. (with als), Penn, De
W. (with indem), Peile (with at the same time that).
" The in, retained by E. V. from W., &c., does not belong to
the verb, nor is there anything for it in E. V., v. 1 ; Acts 5 : 28,
(the only other places where the word occurs);-any foreign
vers, (except the Latin and Mey.);-Dodd., and the later Eng-
lish ;-Rob., Schirl., Green.
■^ Tfijjpdu (a N. T. artal Xiy.) is rendered, to reduce to ashes,
by Guyse, Dodd., Mack., Thom., Penn, Ktnr., Peile ;-Grccn.
' This orthography, which accords with the Greek, appears in
most editions of E. V., and in Rob.'s Lex., &c. Yet it seems desir-
able to restore the 0. T. form Gomorrah in the five instances
where the word occurs in the N.;-and this has been done by the
Amer. Bible Soc. — See ch. 1 : 1, N. a, &c.
'' ' To an utter and permanent subversion.' — So E. V. renders
the dative of the punishment after xataxpivu in the other
places where it occurs ; Matt. 20 : 18 ; Mark 10 : 33 ;-Dt.. Fr.
G.,-M.;-Hamm., B. and L., Guyse, Wesl., Moldenh., Thom.,
Ros., Greenf., Bloomf, Stolz, Van Ess, All., De W., Dav., Kenr.
(to be overthroion), nuth.;-Wahl, Rob., Schirl.
' Here the ruin is regarded as accomplished and still abiding.
Corap. Jude 0, ^srjjpjjxti'.— It.;-Blooinf., Peile (' making for
all time ; properly hamng instituted or established '). Others
(Dt.;-Moldcnh., All., De W.) use the same time, in a finite
form.
' The more usual form, and always employed by E. V. else-
where for vrtoSiiyfia; John I3 : 15 ; -James 5 : 10; Ileb. 4: 11.
14
THE SECOND EPISTLE OF PETER. CHAP. II.
KING JAMES VERSION.
unto those that after should live
ungodly ;
7 And delivered just Lot, vex-
ed with the filthy conversation of
the wicked :
8 (For that righteous man
dwelling amons; them, in seeino-
and hearing, vexed his righteous
soul from day to day with their
unlawful deeds ;)
9 The Lord knoweth how to
deliver the godly out of tempta-
GREEK TEXT.
vsv, vnohstyfx.a ^X^6vtu)V dde^stv
7 jcat hixaiov Kor, xataTtovoijis-
vov vTto fhc, tiov dQiaixav h aasT^yeia
dvaarpocpTig, sppvaato-
8 (3Xsn(j.atL yap xai dxori 6 Sixatog,
syxaroixojv h' avToig, nuipav s^ r,ue-
pag 4''^](r,v hixaiav dvo^ioig ipyoic,
9 oiSe Kvpiog evosl^elg ix Tteipaa-
REVISED VERSION.
ample ^of those that ''shall 'be
ungodly ;
7 And delivered -"righteous Lot,
''worn down with the filthy 'be-
haviour of the ""lawless :
"3 (For " in seeing and hearing
pJid "iihe righteous man, dwelling
among them, 'day after day Ptor-
ment his righteous soul with their
unlawful deeds) :
=9 The Lord knoweth how to
deliver the godly out of *tempta-
^ 'Not so much for their warDing, as o/" their doom.' — E. V..
wherever else (4 times) irtdS. is followed by the genitive ;-W.,
R.;-Vulg.;-Pagn., Castal., Cocc, Guyse, Dodd., Carpz., Penn.
Bloomf., De W.
'' M£'>.>.u, construed with the infinitive of another verb, is in
translation merged in a future of that verb in E. V., Matt. 2 :
13, and often elsewhere (see Rev. 10: 7, N. y);-and so here,
and in the indicative mood, by R.;-Vulg. (acturi SM?if);-Pagn.
(sunt victuri), Peile.
' Germ, (uses Gnttlos, as a substantive);-Castal. {impii es-
sent futuri)), Berl. Bib., Beng., {gottlos sein), Dodd., Moldenh.
{as Germ.;-an<i so Mey., De W.). Nevcc, Peile. See Jude 15.
the only other place where the word occurs.
i E. v., V. 8, bis, and 38 times elsewhere ;- Wells, Dodd.,
Wesl., Wakef., Mack., Newc, Scott, Murd. The needless vari-
ation in this context began with T., and is found in no foreign
vers., except B. and L., Mey. See 1 John 1 : 9, N. a.
^ The literal sense of the word, which occurs but once again
in the N. T., Acts 7 : 24, and is there in E. V. oppressed. — Dt.
(oennoeid), It. {Iravagliato) ; - Pagn., Btz. (fatigatum),
Blooraf. (wearied out), Barn, (wearied, burdened) ; ~ Leigh
(' He laboured under it as under a burden.'), Pass, (niederar-
heiten), Rob., as the proper meaning, (to work down, wear
down by labor), Green (to weary out).
1 Conversation in this general sense, if not entirely obsolete,
is sutliciently so to justify its disuse in the book of the people.
Guyse, Wesl., Campb., Wakef. (manners). Mack., Newc, Thom.
(conduct ;- a,ni so Clarke, Barn., Dav., Murd., Kenr., Peile),
Sharpe, Bloomf. Excepting It., Fr. G., B. and L., the foreign
verss. are free from ambiguity.
•» In the N. T. this word occurs only here and ch. 3 : 17, and
in neither place is there any reason for concealing its strict
meaning. On the contrary, there is in the context (vv. 8, 10)
special reason for retaining it— Erasm. and later Latin verss.,
except Cocc. profanorum, (use jujarius ;-Ros. explaining it as
e.r/ex, legiim contemptor, legibus repugnam), Hamm. (which
broke all laws), Berl. Bib. (imgebundenen), Dodd., Wakef.,
Mack., Newc. marg., Clarke, Bloomf. (men who trampled on
all laws), De W. (nnbandigen), Dav., Murd., Pcile ;-Leigh, L.
and S. All the other lexicons acknowledge the etymological
force.
" This verse being inserted parenthetically between the pro-
tasis and apodosis of a protracted sentence, and having no syn-
tactical connection with either, I adopt the amended punctuation
of the Amer. Bib. Soc.'s late Revision, enclosing the verse, and
detaching it by colons from vv. 7, 9. Comp. Ch. 1 : 3 — 5.
" The Greek order is retained by Syr.;-Thom., Greenf , De
W., Peile. — Vulg., Erasm., and others, who also retain it, err
in connecting ^•Kififia-ti xai axoyj with bixaio;.
P A different word from that in v. 7. — E. V., 8 times out of
12;-W. (tormented);-Latin verss. (use crucio or excrucio),
Syr., Germ, (uses qualen), Dt. (heeft gekweld), It, Fr. S. ;-
Hamm., Guyse, Dodd., Wesl., Mack., Newc, Clarke, (as W.),
B. and L. (etoit tourmentee), Moldenh. (marterte), Wakef. (was
tormenting), Thom. (was tormented), All. (uses peinigen),
Scott, Penn, Kenr.. Peile, (use torture), De W., Huth., («.?
Germ.), Barn, (tortured or tormented). See the lexicons.
1 De W., Peile.
Lit. day out of day .—Dt. (dag op rfao-);-Mey. (tagtaglich),
Greenf (DV CV), Penn, Peile ;-Rob.
Notwithstanding the opinion to the contrary of Par., Ros.,
Win., De W., and others, the construction is regular through-
out, this verse and the next furnishing a full and suitable apo-
dosis to vv. 4 — 7. So the Syr. may be understood (notwith-
standing the commencement at v. 9 of a new Lesson in the ec-
clesiastical division), Dt., It., Fr. G.,-S.;-Bez. (according to the
punctuation of some editions), Aret., Hamm., Coco, ('commodis-
sime, quod dicitur vers. 9 suspenditur a Si, quod est vers. 4.'),
Whitb., B. and L., Wolf, Beng. (■ novit. specimina hoc osten-
dunt De voluntate Domini, dubium non est.'), Dodd., Wesl.,
Carpz., Wakef, Newc, Thom., Mey., Sharpe. Barn., Murd.,
Peile.
• This word occurs seventeen times in the singular in the
N. T., and only in this instance appears in E. V. as a plural.
What may have been at first merely an error of the press, has
kept its place in all subsequent editions that I have looked into,
including the last one of the Amer. Bible Soc. All other verss.
(except Castal. and Greenf) have the singular.
THE SECOND EPISTLE OF PETER. CHAP. H.
15
KING JAMES VERSION.
tions, and to reserve the unjust
unto the day of judgment to be
punished :
10 But chiefly them that walk
after the flesh in the lust of un-
cleanness, and despise govern-
ment. Presumptuous are they,
self-willed ; they are not alraid
to speak evil of dignities.
11 Whereas angels, which are
greater in power and might, bring
GREEK TEXT.
lioi pveadai, dSlxovg be eig n^d^av
xpiasGig xo'Axx^ofdvovg ryipeiv
10 judPtfcrra hi tovg oitiau) Gapxog
iv iitiOvfua fuaafiov nopevofiivovg, xai
xvpiotriTog xata^povovvrag. To/'v-
fj.y]rai avddbeig, 86^oug ov tpe^ovai
^Tjcua^Yi^ovvTeg •
1 1 oitov dyysTdOi i^x^i scat bvvdfisi
REVISED VERSION.
tion, "but ''the ^'unrighteous to
reserve "under punishment unto
the day of judgment;
10 But chiefly ^those ^wlio
walk after the flesh in the lust of
uncleanness, and despise ^gov-
ernment. ''Daring men, *= self-
willed, they ''tremble not 'while
railing at dignities;
11 Whereas angels, ''who are
greater in ^'strength and ''power.
" See ch. 1 : 5, N. r. R.;-Latin and Germ, verss., Syr,;-
Peile (on the other hand).
" Along with the contrasting force of the 6e', I restore the
Greek order. So Latin and German verss., Syr., Dt.
" Here the general character is meant, as in 1 Cor. 6 ; 9. —
E. v., 4 times elsewhere ;-Hamm., AVells, DodJ., Wesl., Wakef .
Mack., Newc, Scott, Peile;-Rob. {unrighteous, wicked).
* Gr. being punished — which I recommend as a marginal
note. Since the Vulg. cruciandos, verss. and commentaries
have nearly all concurred in making xo%a.^ofjLivovi=xo7^aadr^ao-
fitVou;, — an exegetical licence, which Beng.'s suggestion : ' futu-
rum : et tamen pracsens, quia poena certa et imminens. v. 3,' is
not sufficient to warrant. This use of the present participle is
with reason denied by Win., whose own explanation, however,
which finds the idea of futurity in the trjfiuv and then makes
xoXai^ojiivovi ty;(iilv=trjph (liurt) xo'Ka^iLV {xoxd^taSai), is still
more unsatisfactory. Nor is there any necessity for forcing the
construction. The sense yielded by a strict adherence to the
present time accords with other representations of Scripture
(Luke 16: 23); especially with those in the protasis (see vv. 4 —
G, which set forth a preliminary and continuous punishment of
the wicked, besides that which shall be awarded at the xpi'ai;
NN. V, e), and in the parallel Jude 6, 7. — Syr. {=dum crucian-
tar ; at least not necessarily, as the Latin interpreter and
Bloomf [the latter also erring in citing here 'the Pesch. Syr.,'
which does not contain this Epistle], cruciandos, or, as Slurd.,
to be tormented. That •fjjpEii' is rendered by a finite future,
does not aftect this point.), Dt. niarg. and note (' Of, gestraft
werdende, namel. nu reeds naar de ziel.');-Bez., Cocc, (poenas
dantes), Ilamm. {being punished), Huth.
y See ch. 1 : 1, N. b, &c.
' See ch. 1 : 1, N. c, &c.
' As a marginal note 1 recommend : ' Or, lordship'' (W. lord-
shipping i-seeRoh. and Green). — E. V. marg. has, 'Or, domin-
ion ;' and so the text of R. and Dodd.
^ As E. V. translates the verb, Jude 9 and generally else-
where, durst, so the remarkable parallelisms of this chapter
with Jude should, as far as possible, bo preserved. — Hamm.,
Dodd. (as an adjective, daring ;-and so Wesl., Sharpe, Murd.,
and other.^), Dav. {daring fself-w.] persons), Peile {daring,
[self-w.] men). According to the lexicons, and the punctuation
of our text and the other recent editions (except Mey., Bloomf),
fo^/t. is here used as a substantive, and is qualified by aiSaSsi;,
as if we should say : self-willed bravoes. The slight change of
construction is occasioned by the want of a suitable equivalent.
' There is nothing for the supplied words of E. V. in R.;-Vulg.,
Syr., Germ., Fr. G.,-M.,-S.;-Erasm., Calv., Vat., Castal., Aret.,
Hamm., Cocc, B. and L., Beng., Dodd. and the later English
ver.ss., Carpz., Mey., De W.
■• E. V. everywhere else ; Jlark 5 : 33 ; Luke 8 : 47 ; Acts
9 : 6 ;-Syr. {=commoventur), Germ, {erzittern), It. {hanno or-
rore), Fr. S. (ire?re6/eft<);-Pagn., Castal., Bez., Pise, Carpz., (hor-
rent), Hamm., Coco, {tremunt), Beng. {contreniiscunt), Thom.,
Greenf (TI~in), Sharpe, Murd. {shudder).
: T
' R. {blaspheming);-Vn\s. {blasphemantes), Syr.;-namm.,
Thorn., {when they rail at [rei-iVe]), Cocc. {dum blasphemant),
Beng. {as Vulg.), Murd. (while they bl.), Ivenr. (as li.). See
Win. § 46. 1. — E. V. rendering jixda^r,fiov in v. 11 railing, and
the same vice being expressed in the original by the cognate
verb in vv. 10, 12, it is better to preserve this uniformity, which
appears also in Syr., Germ., Fr. G.,-S.;-Castal., Beng., Carpz.,
Newc, Jley., Greenf, De W., Kcnr. Wesl. here uses rail at.
' I recommend that in all cases of personal reference which
be laid aside as antiquated ; e. g. Matt. 6 : 1,4, G, 9, itc; Luke
3: 23, &c— Dodd., Wesl., Mack., Newc. (that), Thom., Penn,
Sharpe, Kenr.
^ E. v., 4 times out of 11 ; (once elsewhere, as here);-W., R.;
-Vulg. (fortitudine), Syr. (= 'p^n), German verss., except
Mey., (Starke), Dt. (slerkte). It. (forza), French verss. (force);
-Erasm., Pagn., Calv., Vat., Aret., Cocc, Beng., (robore), Cas-
tal., Wolf., Bez., (i-iribus), Dodd., Wesl., Wakef (might ;-and so
Thom., Murd.), Mack., Bloomf, Kenr. See Rev. 7 : 12, N. o.
i" E. v., ch. 1 : 3, IG; &c.;-R.;-It., French verss.;-Pagn., Cas-
tal., (potestate), Calv., Bez., Cocc, (potentia), Dodd.. Wesl.,
Wakef, Mack., Thom., Bloomf, Kenr., Peile. See Rev. 12: 10,
N. r.
16
THE SECOND EPISTLE OF PETER. CHAP. H.
KING JAMES VERSION.
not railing accusation against
them before the Lord.
12 But these, as natural brute
beasts, made to be taken and
destroyed, speak evil of the
things that they understand not ;
and shall utterly perish in their
own corruption :
13 And shall receive the re-
ward of unrighteousness, as they
that count it pleasure to riot in
GREEK TEXT.
^i^oveg bvteg, ov ^ipovac xar aircov
Ttapd Kup/cj j3?ua.a(pri^ov xplan'.
12 ovtoi bi, o)g d?.oya ^cxx ^vaixa
yeyevvrj nsva eig a/Loaiv xal (pOo^v,
£v olg ayvoowsi (^'kaa^movvreg, tv
Tyj ^Oopoi avtav xata^Oapr.aoi'^ai,
13 xo^LOViisvoi ^LoOov ahixiag. 'YLh-
ovTiV nyov^wvoi tr[V iv riuspa rpvip'f^v
REVISED VERSION.
bring not 'against them before the
Lord -"a railing ''judgment.
12 But these, as 'natural "brute
beasts " born "for cnpture and
destruction, Prailing lin tilings
that they understand not, shall
utterly "'perish in their own cor-
ruption,
13 ^And so receive the 'wages
of unrighteousness. "Accounting
' The Greek order is retained by Latin verss. (except that
A'ulg., as also Syr., follows the text, edited by Lachm. and
Tisch., which omits jtapa. xvplot), It.;-Greenf.
' Hamm., Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Mack., Newc, Thom.,
Sharpe, Bloomf., Jlurd., Kenr.
'' Beng.: ' Judicem, eumque praesentcm, reveriti, abstinent
judicio. . . Deo eonvenit judicium, nou angelis.' — E. V., 41 times
out of 48 ; (only in the parallel Jude 9, as here);-W. {doom),
T., G.j G., R.;-foreign verss., (Castal. changing judiciuin to sen-
fewZtoOT);-Engl. Ann., Guyse {censure), Barn., Kenr.;-the N. T.
lexicons do not recognize the sense, accusation.
1 The sense is given by some paraphrastically, as G. {led with
natural sensualiti/);-'Dt. {die de natuur volgen), It.; Fr. G.,-
M.,-S.;-Pagn., Bez., &c.: — others (T., C.;-Gcrm.;-Erasm., Calv.,
&o.) connect ^uoixa, as if ^uuixw;, wtth yiyivrrnxiva, and, with
the same result as to sense, Lachm. and Tisch. edit the trans-
posed reading of A. B. C., and many cursive JISS., ytyivv. fvs.
Vulg. and Syr., which do not translate the participle, attach fva.
to £tj oi^. xai ^9.
■» Milton, P. L. vii. 506—8 :
'Not prone
' And hrute as other creatures, but indu'd
' With sanctity of reason.'
" E. v., 39 times ; (nowhere else, as here);-C. {brought forth);
-Protestant German verss., Dt. {roortgebragt ;-marg. ' geteelt
of geboren'), It., Fr. S.;-Erasm., Calv., Vat., {genita), Castal.,
Cocc, Beng., {nata), Wesl., Penn ;-Rob. The comma of E. V.,
though retained in the Amer. Bible Soc.'s Revised Edition, is
worse than superfluous, and does not appear in the original Edi-
tion of IGIL
" The substantive forms are retained by W., R.;-Latin verss.
(except Pagn., Bez.), Syr., Dt. marg.;-TieT\. Bib., Guyse,
Wakef., Mack., Thom., Stolz, De W.. Murd.;-Rob., &c.
P See V. 10, N. c. The participial construction is retained by
W., R.;-Latin verss. (except Castal., Carpz.), Syr., It., French
verss.;-Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Mack., Newc, Thom., Murd.,
Kenr., Peile ; and cannot be changed without injury. The
point of comparison with the beasts is not the railing, but the
ignorance, sensuality, and utter destruction of these men. Dt.
{dewijl sie lasteren).
I 'In cases where their ignorance unfits them for any thing
else but to rail, and helps them in that.' E. V. would require
a. Ttcpi or xata uv, or tij a. — W., R.;-Vulg., Syr., It.;-Erasm.,
Calv., Vat., Cocc, Whitb. (in the note), Beng., Wakef. {in their
ignorance), Newc.
•■ The difference of idiom renders it impossible to retain the
exact form of the original ; fij ^9opa>/. . .iv tij ^9opa aviuv xa-ra-
^Sapr-iaovtai,. The Dt. attempts it partially {zullen in hunne
verdorvenheid verdorven wordeny.-De W. fully (zwm Verder-
ben. . .werden in ihrem Verderben sich verderben oder verderbt
werden), Beng. less successfully in Latin {in corru^tionem. . .in
corruptione sud plane corrumpentur).
' The participial construction of the Greek intimates that this
clause, instead of announcing an additional punishment, is mere-
ly an explanatory appendage of the previous xata^eapr^aovto.t,.
Hence the use of the present participle in R.;-Vulg., It.;-Erasm.,
Calv., Vat., B. and L., Beng., Dodd. and the later English
verss. (except Peile). But, xo^iov^fcoi being future in form as
well as in sense, Pagn., Castal., Bez., employ the future partici-
ple; G., E. v., Fr. G.,-M.. &c., a finite future, which appears
also, but without the repetition of the future sign, in W., T.,
C; - Germ.; - Moldenh., De W. Cocc. {dum. reportabunt),
Whitb. ('Gr. receiving, by this destruction, v. 12'), Carpz.
(transposes, thus : poenam dabunt malitiae atqtie interibunt),
Mey. {indem sie. . .empfangen), Ros. {atque ita accipient),
Peile {it being certain that they shall reap).
' E. v., V. 15;-W. (/iiVe);-Guyse, Dodd., Wakef, Thom.
° The construction and punctuation of w. 12 — 16 are very
various. I adhere closely to the text before me, preserving in
particular its accumulation of participial and exclamatory
clauses, as best suited to the tone of impetuous invective which
pervades the passage, and which was, we can well believe, char-
acteristic of the writer. (See Rev. 1 : 13, N. h). The Fr. S.
arrangement is nearly identical. It commences a period, how-
ever, at the beginning of v. 13, and errs in translating xofiiov-
fiivoi as a present participle. {Becevant). — For accounting^ see
E. v., ch. 3 : 15 ;-Dodd., Wakef, Murd.
THE SECOND EPISTLE OF PETER. CHAP. H.
17
KING JAMES VERSION.
the dny-time. Spots they are
and blemishes, sporting them-
selves with their own deceivings
while they feast with you ;
14 Having eyes full of adul-
tery, and that cannot cease from
sin ; begniling unstable souls : an
heart they have exercised with
covetous practices ; cursed chil-
dren :
GREEK TEXT.
taiq UTtdraig avrojv, ovvevui^ov^vot
VjMV,
14 o^dak^ovi; e'/pvtec, (.isatovq ^loi-
XOiTdhoq xal dxataTtavarovg auap-
tiag, &/lfU^oj'Te$ ■^vx,o.i dary;piy.Tovg,
xap^iav yeyv^ivaa^ievyjv Tiksove^iatg
sj^ovTeg, xaTapag Texi'a,
REVISED VERSION.
it pleasure to ''revel '^in the day
time, spots ^ and blemishes, "rev-
elling ^in their own ^deceits,
while "feasting with you,
14 Having eyes full of ''an
adulteress and "^ceasing not from
sin, ''alluring unstable souls, 'hav-
ino; 'a heart exercised swith cov-
etous practices, ''children of a
curse.
" Tpv^rjv.. .iptpvfZvtii. The affinity is prpserved, though
with various degrees of accuracy, by Vulg., Sjt., Fr. G. -M.,-
S.;-Calv., Hamm., Cocc, Wells, Mack., Newc, Thorn.-, Mey.,
Ros. For the noun, Wakef. has revels ;-for the participle, R.,
Hamm., Wells, Mack., Newc, Thom., have rioting, rioting
themselves, living in riot ; Peile and Rob., revelling.
" T., C, G.;-Vulg., and such as follow it, {diei delicias),
Germ.;-Calv., Grot., Beng., De W., Dav., Huth.;-Bretsch.,
Rob.;-take h rjnipa as=for a day, for a season, temporary.
But to tind ' the pleasures of sin' pleasurable, so long as they
last, is not such a proof of a reprobate mind as that furnished
by the sense which we retain, and which, while justitied by
classical usage (• h ^/j-ipa, bei Tage. Pind. Hdt. u. Att. von
Aesch. u. Thuc. an.' Pass.), is at the same time strikingly
parallel to such passages as Acts 2 : 15; 1 Thess. 5:7; and is
given by Syr.;-Hamm., Wells, Whitb., Bens., Guyse, Dodd.,
Wcsl., Gill, Pyle, Wakef, Mack., Newc, Thom., Scott, Clarke,
Penn, Sharpe, Trol., Bloomf , Barn., Peile. — The meaning daily
appears in Dt., It., Fr. G.,-M.;-Oec., Pagn., Castal., Bez., Cocc,
Vitr., B. and L., Moldenh., Carpz., Pott, Mey., Ros.;-Schuttg.,
Schleus., Wahl, Schirl. — Fr. S. {tout le jour).
» See N. u. Nothing is supplied in R.;-Latin verss., Syr.;-
Wesl., Wakef, Kenr., Peile.
y W., T., C, G., R.;-Latin verss. (except Pagn., Bez., Carpz.),
Dt., Fr. S.;- Wells, Newc, Scott, Penn, Sharpe, Stier, De W.,
Peile, Huth.;-Rob.
' Sharpe, Peile and Rob. (fraiuh). The Vulg. and many
other verss. follow the reading dyartaij (.Judc 12), edited bj'
Lachm.
' The participial construction is retained by W., T., C, G.
(iti feasting -j-sStec Bez., convivando), R.;-Latin verss. (except
Pagn., Carpz.), Syr., Fr. S.;-Dodd., Thom., Sharpe, De W.,
Kenr.
'' Aret. : 'Habitat enim Yenus in oculis et toto vultu.' — E. V.
has this in the marg. as the proper meaning of the Greek, and in
the text at Rom. 7 : 3 bis, and James 4 : 4 ;-Oec (oiiev aXXo
/Sj.f'rtoriji.i' ^ fioixa'KiSai), Erasm., Calv., Vat., Engl. Ann., Est.,
Humm. {the ad.). Cocc, Owen, Wolf., Beng., Dodd., Pyle, Mol-
denh., Mack., Till., Scott, Clarke, Ros., De W., Barn., Peile
{an harlot -j-ihough his supplement of ■^X'is from the sub-
sequent .^vza; dufr^f,., or from V. 8, cannot be allowed), Huth ;-
Bretsch., Wahl, Rob. The other lexicons do not produce another
instance of the use of i^oiza'KCi for ;u.oi.;ta?.i-'a ; and even here the
latter term is found in some of the MSS., and may have been
read by the Vulg., adulterii.
' In the case of verbal adjectives in — foj the idea of ability
or inability is only secondary and inferential, and it is not here
introduced by Dt., It., French verss. ;-Calv., Est, Hamm., Cocc,
Wesl., Moldenh., Mack., Ros., Greenf , Penn, Sharpe, De W.,
Dav., Huth. ;-Bretsch., Rob., Schirl. — The Vulg. reads dxai'a-
Ttavarov. incessabilis delicti.
■^ The etymological meaning of SiXEa^siv, to catch by a. bait,
is thus preserved by E. V., v. 18 ;-R. ;-Wakef (luring), Mack.,
Newc, Kenr. ;-and appears also in German verss., Dt., It., Fr.
S. ;-Erasm. and subsequent Latin verss., except Carpz., {ines-
cantes ;-for Vulg. pellicientes), Hamm., Dodd., Wesl., Thom.,
Penn, Peile, {ensnaring), B. and L., Barn.
' See V. 13, N. u. The participial construction is retained in
R. ;-Latin verss. (except Carpz.), Dt., It., Fr. S. ;-Dodd., "Wesl.,
Wakef., Newc, Thorn., Penn, Sharpe, Murd., Kenr.
' 'That, in respect to the indefinite article, the form an be
used before all vowels and diphthongs not pronounced as con-
sonants, and also before h silent or unaccented ; and that the
form a be employed in all other cases.' This rule of the Amer.
Bible Soc is followed also in this Revision.
^ For rtHfOffliatj, Griesb. and all the later editors have nT-to-
I'sli'aj, on the authority of 'almost all the MSS., at least of any
note' (Bloomf). I recommend that this reading be followedj
and translated : in covetonsness. See Win. § 30. 4.
■• 'The relation of children being implied in the connection
in which they are thus placed with the curse^ (Scholef.). Comp.
E. v., Eph. 2 : 2, 3 ; Job 41 : 34.— W. {the sans nf cursing),
R. {tfie ch. of malediction) ;-Vulg. {inalediciionis flii), Syr.,
Dt. {kinderen der vervloeking). It. (figliuoli di maledizione),
Fr. G.,-M.,-S., ([rfes] enfants de malediction) ;-Cocc. {exsecra^
tionis fiUi), Berl. Bib. and later German verss., except Moldenh.
and j\Iey., {Kinder des Fluchs), Dodd., Gill, ('or, ch. of the c.'))
Wakef., Mack. {ch. of the c), Sharpe {ch. of cursing), Murd.,
Kenr., {ch. of mated.).
18
THE SECOND EPISTLE OF PETER. CHAP. H.
KING JAMEs' VERSION.
15 Which have forsaken the
right way, and are gone astray,
following the way of Balaam
the son of Bosor, who loved the
wages of unrighteousness ;
16 Bat was i^ebuked for his
iniquity: the dumb ass, speaking
with man's voice, forbade the
madness of the prophet.
17 These are wells without
water, clouds that are carried
with a tempest ; to whom the
GKEEK TEXT.
15 xataT^atovteg Trrv evdslav bhbv,
en7>.avr^r,aav, e^axo/{.ovQrfyavrEg tyi
oSq tov Ba/lattfi rov Boffop, 6g ^aodov
dSixlai; T.yanYiOEV,
16 iT^y^iv hi i(^%EV Ihia^ Ttapavo-
jMO^- vTto^vyiov d^ovov, iv dvdpoTtov
(pavrj (pOey^duEi'ov, exiSkvGe rr.v Tov
Ttpo^yJToD Tiapa^poviav.
17 Oiirot acrt nyiyai avvSpoi, ve^e-
Tuat, vTto TjOiTMTtog 8?javv6^vai, oig 6
REVISED VERSION.
'15 -"Having forsaken the right
way, they ''went astray, 'having
followed the way of Balaam "the
son of Bosor, who loved the wages
of unrighteousness,
16 But "had "a reproof Pof his
transgression ; 'a dumb ''ass, *hav-
ing spoken with man's voice,
'restrained the madness of the
prophet.
17 These are wells without
water, "clouds "driven "by a tem-
pest; ^for whom the ''blackness
' See V. 13. N. u.
' The participial construction is retained by R. {leaving) ;-
Vulg. {dereUnqiief)ites),-Dt., It., Fr. G.,-M.-S. (apres avoir
abandonne) ;-Erasm., Pagn., Calv., Casta!., {relicta recta via),
Vat. {as Vulg-.), Bez., Cocc, Carpz., {derelicta &c.), Aret. {relin-
quentes), B. and L. (ere quittant), Dodd. {deserting), Mack.,
Thom., Penn, Kenr. {forsaking), Sharpe, Murd. {having left).
— All the recent editors cancel the ■ri;!', 'almost all authorities be-
ing against it' (Huth.). With this reading Midd. compares Sept.
Is. 33 : 15, and remarks : 'A straight road appears to be equi-
valent to rectitude. I cannot, however, but remark that the
style of St. Peter is even more anarthrous than that of St. Paul.'
' 'The one thing followed immediately upon the other.' See
Ch. 1 : 3, N. j, &c.
1 Latin verss. {segimti) ;-Kenr. — Wakef. has wholly following;
q. d. following out. But it is better to regard the i% as resum-
ing the idea of the first clause, that of deviation from the right
way. And so in ch. 1 : 16; 2:2; the only other places where
the word occurs.
"> E. V. ;-Whitb., Dodd., Mack., Newc, Penn, &c., err in
supplying the, the second toi being in apposition with Bo^ao/i.
— Dt. {den [zoon] van B.) ;-AVesl., Wakef.
" W. {he had), R. ;-Vulg. {habtiit), Germ, {hatte), Dt. {hij
heeft gehad), It. {egli ebbe) ;-Pagn. {sustinuit), Bez., Cocc, {as
Vulg.), Dodd., Wakef., Bloomf., {he received), Wesl., Mack.
{received ;-and so Newc, Penn), All. {empfing), Sharpe, De W.
(erhielt), Pcile.
° W. {reproving) ;-Dodd. {the rep.), Wakef., Bloomf. {rep.)
The other verss. cited in N. n retain, of course, the substantive
construction, and generally with an indefinite article.
p Germ, {seiner Uebertretung), Dt. marg. (overtreding) ■-
Pagn., Bez., {suae tra7isgressionis), Cocc {propriae tr.), Dodd.,
Moldcnh. and Huth. {as Germ.), Wakef., Mack, {for his own
tr.), Newc, Bloomf, {for his tr.), Thom., Penn, Murd.
1 W.;-lt., French verss. ;-Berl. Bib., Beng., Wakef., Thom.,
Van Ess, All., Bloomf, Murd., Kenr., Peile.
' Many retain the etymological sense of {beast under the
yoke) beast of burden, &c. But from the horse not being in-
digenous in Palestine, and the ass being, therefore, in much more
common use, the general term irto^vytov seems to have acquired
the force of a specific designation. Hence its frequent occur-
rence in the Sept. (as in Ex. 22 : 9, 10 ; &c.) for "licn. Comp.
Matt. 21 : 5 with Zech. 9 : 9 (Sept. and Heb.).
' 'On that one occasion ;' not as in v. 18. And besides, it is
the fact of an ass havmg thus spoken, rather than what it said,
that is represented as restraining, &c. — It. ;- Castal., Bez.,
Cocc, (substitute the perfect participle of loquor for the Vulg.
present), Peile.
' Syr. (= nj<b2, Greenf.'s word), Germ, (wehrete), Dt.
{heeft verhinderd), French verss. {reprima) ;-Castal., Bez., {in-
hibuit ;-for Vulg. prohibuit), Cocc. {coercuit), Dodd., Wakef.
(stopped). Mack., Peile, (put a stop to), Thom., Mey. (hemmte),
Ros. (cohibuit), All., De W., (as Germ.), Stolz, Ivist., (that
Einhalt), Van Ess (steuerte), Penn, Bloomf. (repressed) ;-
Wahl, Rob., Green, Schirl.
° Griesb. and all subsequent editors (except Bloomf), for
vi^ixai, read xai tifxlx'^o.i, (Vulg. et nebidae), with the appro-
bation of De W. and Huth. Beng. had marked this reading as
one, though not quite certain, yet superior to the other in the
authority of MSS. ; and Bloomf (Supp.) acknowledges that
it has also 'a certain support from internal evidence, as existing
in the circumstance that vi^. has every appearance of being a
gloss or easier reading.' The latter was probably transferred
from Jude 12. I recommend that the margin contain this
note : 'Or, as many copies read, and mists.^
' E. v., Luke 8 : 29 ; James 3 : 4 ;-W. ;-Dt. (gedreven). It.
(sospinte), Fr. S. (poussees) ;-Calv., Castal., Cocc, (use agar),
Est. (impulsae), Hamm., Beng. and Mey. (getrieben), Wesl.,
Wakef, Mack., Newc. (drivenaway), Thom. (impelled), Greenf.
(CDIi!"), Penn, Sharpe (driven along), De W. (gejagte),
Murd., Dav , Peile.
^ Hamm., Dodd., and all subsequent verss.
' Wakef., Mack., Thom., Scott, Penn, ]\Iurd., Peile.
y E. v., Jude 13;-G. (black) ;-Latin verss. (caligo), It. (la
caligine) ;-Hamm., Wells, Whitb., Dodd., Wesl., Wakef
(blackest). Mack., Newc, Thom. (gloom), Murd., Dav. ;-Rob.
THE SECOND EPISTLE OF PETER. CHAP. II.
19
KING JAMES VERSION.
mist of darkness is reserved for
ever.
18 For when they speak gi-eat
swelling words of vanity, they al-
lure through the lusts of the flesh,
through much wantonness, those
that were clean escaped from
them who live in error.
19 While they promise them
liberty, they themselves are the
GREEK TEXT.
^o^g toil Gxotovg slg odava tetYipyj-
rai.
18 'Tnepoyxa yap [latatotyitog
<pQeyy6i.ievoL, h£7^6Z,ovaiv iv iTtiQviu-
aig Gapxog, dc!s2.yeiaig, tovg ovrcog
dno^vyovfag tovg iv n/idvri dva-
atps^o^vovg,
19 iXevQepiav avtoig liXayyOO^
[i£voi, avtoL hoi'XoL hndp'XpvtEg tng
REVISED VERSION.
of darkness ^for ever "hath been
reserved.
18 For, ''speaking great swell-
ing words of vanity, they allure
■^in the lusts of the flesh, ''by "la-
scivious ways, those 'who were
^really escaped from ''those who
live in error;
19 'Promising them liberty,
J while they themselves are ^ slaves
" That tt; aiuva, (which Lachm. and Tisch. alone of the recent
editors omit) belongs not to tc'trfiritai, but to •foi (jxdrov;,
(= 'ever-during dark,' Milton, P. L. iii. 45. It is even trans-
lated by an adjective, sempitema, everlasting, ewig, eternal, by
Castal., Thorn., All., Van Ess, Dav.), may be inferred from the
toi before ax6t. (comp. Matt. 8 : 12 ; 22 : 13 ; 25 : 30) and
especially from the time of the verb (see N. a). It is kept in
immediate connection with Toi exit, by the Germ, vcrss. (Mey.
welches ewig wdkrt), Dt. ;-Erasm. and later Latin verss. (the
Vulg. and Syr. omitting d; atiira). Wells, Dodd., Greenf,
Sharpe, Peile {that shall be for ever).
• The principle of Huth.'s remark at 1 Pet. 1:4: 'The per-
fect indicates, gloriam illam calestis hcereditatis ab omni ceter-
nitate esse paratatn, conservatam et asservatam ; comp. Ool.
1 : 5,' is equally applicable here. See Rev. 14 : 10, N. x.
'' The participial construction is retained by G. (in sp.), R. ;-
Vulg., Syr., Dt., It., Fr. G. (with en ;-so Fr. M.,-S.) ;-Pagn.,
Castal., Bez., (loqicendo), Cocc, B. and L., Dodd., Wesl. and Penn
(with by), Carpz., Mack., Thom., De AY., Kenr., Dav., Peile.
' 'Themselves held captive in them.' See ch. 1 : 1, N. d. —
"W., R. ;-Vulg. ;-Cocc., B. and L., Dodd., Wesl., Kenr., Huth. ;-
some of these understanding it of the 6f7.£a2fojU£voi,, as if ^^ = £15.
^ The dative of the instrument, and not dependent on a sup-
plied h ; nor, indeed, is through given as a supplement in the
original edition of B. V. Some cursive MSS. have h before
o.at'Ky., while others have the genitive aaiXyiiai, a reading fol-
lowed by Vulg., Syr., &c., and edited by Tisch. — Mack., Thorn.,
Sharpe.
' See v. 2, N. k. The verss. generally retain in some way the
force of the plural (as Dodd., 'all variety of Zosc' ; Mack, in
the comment., all kinds of lasc. ; Thom., acts of lose), for
which the much of E. V. was intended as a compensation
(comp. ch. 3 : 11), and was, therefore, not marked as a supple-
ment in the original edition.
f See ch. 1 : 1, N. c, &c.
^ The vrord occurs 10 times, and in E. V. is 6 times indeed,
once certainly, once of a truth, once verily ;-Dt. (waarlijk),
Fr. G.,-M., (veritablement), Fr. S. (reellement) ;-Oec. {aXriBCii),
Erasm., Pagn., Calv., Vat., Bez., Par., Cocc, (vere), Engl. Ann.,
Thom., (indeed), Hamm., B. and L. rtiarg. {as Fr. S.), Bcrl.
Bib. {wahrhaftig), Moldenh., De W., {wirklich). Mack, (act-
ually), Scott {truly, actually), Greenf. (nDN'3), Dav.;-the lexi-
cons. But all the recent editors (for Beng.'s final judgment,
see the Gnomon) give up ov-tus, s^nd (except Bloomf., who saj'S :
'I doubt not that the true reading is d%iya>, within a little, almost,'
and then adds : 'Or perhaps the true reading may be 6%iyov . . .
in the very same sense.') adopt ('and with reason,' says Bloomf.,
-not, however, as he intimates, oxlyov, but) 6%iyas, which, Huth.
thinks, 'expresses time as well as measure, answering to the
German kaiim, eben.' Vulg. has paululum (W., R., a little;
A\\.,kaum; Kist., e6e?j) ; \t.,unpoco; Ca.s,taX.. propemodum,;
while oiityoj (used by Aquila at Is. 10: 7 for m;D) is ex-
plained by Beng. as parum; Dodd., almost; Gill, Mack., a
little; Newc. Peile, 7iearly; Me}'., erst vor Kurzem; Ros.,
via; fioxii ; Penn. somewhat ; Gerl., kaum ; De W., wenig ;
Barn., little, but a little, scarcely ;-Bretsch., Wahl, paululum,
parum; Rob., ^little, but a little, not yet fully'; Green, little,
scarcely. I recommend that this reading be adopted, and trans-
lated : scarcely, and that the note : ' Or, according to some
copies, really,' be set in the margin. E. V. marg. has: 'Or,
for a little, or, a while, as some read ;' referring probably to
the reading 67.iyov, which is followed by Grot, {ad tempus) and
Wakef. {for a short time only'). Knapp, Mey., Lachm.,
Theile, Tisch., edit axofiiiyovtai (A. B. C, &c.), with the ap-
probation of De W. and Huth.
>■ See 1 Pet. 1 : 1, N. b, &c.
' G., R.;-Vulg., Syr., Dt, It, Fr. G.,-M.,-S. ;-Pagn., Castal.,
Bez. {pollicendo), Aret., Cocc, Dodd., Wakef., Thom., Sharpe,
Kenr., Dav., Peile.
1 R. (whereas) ;-Vulg. (cum), Syr., Fr. S. (tandis que) ;-
Pagn., Vat., Bez., Aret., Cocc, (as Vulg.), Wakef. (whilst),
Thom., Murd., Kenr., Dav., Peile.
■^ The latter half of the verse shows that Soixoi has here its
strict sense. — T., C, G., (bond servants), R. ;-French verss. ;-
Wells (bondmen), Guyse, Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Mack., Newc,
Thom., Scott, Clarke, Mey., Penn, Sharpe, Bloomf., Barn., Murd.
Dav., Kenr., Peile (bond-slaves), Huth. The article is omit-
ted by W. ;-foreign verss. generally ;-Dodd., Wakef., Jlack.
Thom., Scott, Clarke, Penn, Sharpe, Bloomf, Kenr.
20
THE SECOM) EPISTLE OF PETER. CHAP. H.
KING JAMES VERSION.
servants of corruption : for of
whom a man is overcome, of the
same is he brought in bondage.
20 For if after they have es-
caped the pollutions of the world
through the knowledge of the Lord
and Saviour Jesus Christ, they are
again entangled therein, and over-
come, the latter end is worse with
them than the beginning.
21 For it had been better for
them not to have known the way
of righteousness, than, after they
have known it, to turn from the
holy commandment delivered
unto them.
22 But it is happened unto
GREEK TEXT.
cpdopag- u yap tig r.ttYitai, roitco
20 El yap d7to(pvy6vrsg, to. (iLaa-
jiata rov xoGf-iov iv tmyvaasi tov
Y^vpiov xai (ToT)?pog 'Irjaov ^Kpiatov,
toi'Totg & 7td?uv e^iTikaxivteg rdTLov-
rai, ysyovev aitoig ra ia^ata jzi-
pOJU rCdr TtpCJTCdV.
21 xpstrrov yap ro' avroig H'h STte-
yvidxivai tr.v bhbv trjg bixaioaH'yig,
ri sTiiyvovOiv eTtiarps^ai sx rr.g Tta-
paSodsla-i^g aiVotg ay lag hroXr.g.
22- avn[3i^Yixe hk avtoig to T?,g
REVISED VERSION.
of corruption ; for 'by "what "any
one "hath been overcome, 'by
■"that "hath he Palso been <ien-
slaved.
20 For if, ''having escaped
'from the pollutions of the world
through the knowledge of the
Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ,
they are "yet entangled again
therein, and overcome, the ^last
''state is ^become worse with them
than the "first.
21 For it ^were better for
them not to have known the way
of righteousness, than, ^having
known if, to turn "back from the
holy commandment delivered
unto them.
22 But ''there hath happened
1 The use of of for by is marked by .Johnson as already ob-
solete in his day, and is liere avoided by Guyse, Dodd., and later
verss.
" The pronouns <o and T'ovi'ip are treated as neuter, the force
of the statement as a general proposition being thus strength-
ened, by K. ;-Syr. ;-Guyse, Wakef., Mack., Kewc, Thom.,
Sharpe, Barn., Murd., Ptile.
° An indefinite pronoun, and without a substantive, is em-
ployed by Latin, German, and French verss., Dt., It. ;-Dodd.,
"VVakef , Thom., Penn, Barn.
■> The proper force of the perfect is allowed m one or the
other, or both, of these instances by Germ. ;-Hamm., B. and
L., Beng., Moldenh., Peile, Hulh.
p See ch. 1 : 14, N. z, &c. The xai is retained by W., R. ;-
Latin verss. (except Castal.), Syr., Dt, It. ;-Beng., Dodd., WesL,
Moldenh., Carpz. (vicissim), Mack., Newc, Sharpe, Murd.,
Huth.
■i The verbal correspondence between the SolTiot and the Si-
&ov%uta(, is preserved by W., R. ;-foreigu verss. (except Fr. G.,
-M.,-S. ;-Castal., Grecnf, ) ;-AVells, Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Mack.,
Newc, Thorn., Sharpe, Murd., Kenr., Peile, Huth.
The participial construction is retained in R. ;-Vulg., Fr.
G.,-M.,-S., (apres s'tlre retires) ;-Pagn., Castal., Aret., Beng.,
Dodd., Mack., Thom. {after fleeing), Penn {after having esc),
Bloomf., Kenr., Peile {after having emancipated themselves).
• See ch. 1 : 4, N. p.
I Lachm., with Huth.'s approbation, inserts ^y/twi- after KvpCm.
° The Si does not abound (Grot.), but marks the contrast to
the preceding clause.— T., C, G.;-Germ. {aber), Fr. G ,-M.,
{totitefois) ;-Erasm., Vat., Est., {tamen), Coco, {vero), Beng.
(autem. Antitheton inter duo participia.'), Peile.
' One or other, or both, of these superlative forms are retained
by all the foreign verss. (except Vulg. and Castal.) ;-Dodd.,
Wesl., Wakef., JIack., Newc, Thom., Dav., Peile.
" Dodd., "Wesl., Wakef. (supplies condition), Mack, (supplies
pollutions), Newc, Thom., Murd., Dav., Kenr., Peile.
" Buttm. : 'Where ytyoi-a can be tran.^lated as a present, lam,
it has always the more special sense, I a7n by-birth, or I hare be-
come.'' This is invariably observed in the N.^'., nor is yiyoia ever
in E. V. translated as the present, or iyeyoviw as the imperfect,
of (ifil, except in the following cases, where, however, the proper
force of ylvonai, can easily be vindicated, and is in some of
the instances of importance to the sense ;-John 6:17; 14 : 22 ;
Rom. 11 : 5 ; Heb. 5 : 11 (comp. v. 12) ; James 2 : 10 (conip. v.
11); 5: 2; 2 Pet. 2: 20; 1 John 2: 18 (see N. g). Here
the distinction is recognized by W., R. ;-aIl the foreign verss.
(except Fr. G.,-M. ;-B. and L., Greenf.) ;-Mack., Kenr., Peile
(though his inexact rendering, is really, is not required either
here, or in Rom. 2 : 25 ; James 2 : 10, 11, to which he refers
for 'a similar use of yiyoviv.'').
y The imperfect (indicative or subjunctive) is retained by W.,
R. ;-Vulg., Germ., Dt., It. ;-Calv , Aret., Cocc, B. and L., Mol-
denh., Wakef., Sharpe, De W., Kenr.
' Dt. ;-Pagn., Castal., Bez., (ablative absolute), Dodd., 'Vyesl.,
Mack., Thom. and Sharpe {after knowing), Slurd. {after having
kn.), Dav. (knowing), Peile {after having had knowledge).
" R. ;-Vulg., Syr., It. ;-Pagn., Castal., Bez., Hamm. {return
backward), Jloldenh., Carpz., Murd., Kenr., Huth. (referring to
Mark. 13: IG; Luke 8: 55).
'' The grammatical relation between avy.pil3rixi and ro is pre-
served by ^Y., R ;-foreign verss. (except Mey ) ;-Hamm , Mack.,
Penn, Murd., Kenr.
THE SECOND EPISTLE OF TETER. CHAP. HI.
21
KING JAMES VERSION.
them according to the true prov-
erb, The dog is turned to his own
vomit again; and, The sow that
was washed, to her wallowing in
the mire.
CHAP. III.
This second epistle, beloved,
I now write unto you ; in both
which I stir up your pure minds
by way of remembrance :
2 That ye may be mindful of
the words which were spoken
before by the holy prophets, and
of the commandment of us the
apostles of the Lord and Saviour :
GREEK TEXT.
duiridovg Ttapotfiiag, Kruv ETtiffT'p&^g
sTtL To i8iov e^ipa^w xai, "Tg /loixTot-
fiivy;, elg xv'kio^ia I'SopfSopov.
CHAP. III.
TATTHN r,8y], dyaTtyjroi, Ssv-
repav v^dv ypdcpo enLato7Sav, iv atg
jcptr/; ^idvotav,
2 i.Lvr.adr.vai TCiV 7tpoeipv;[.ihuv pyj-
fiUTuj^ vTto Tcji' hyiciv npotpyiriov, xai
TTtg tlov d7to(TTO/lcjv r^uQv kvrokf.g,
toil Ki^pi'ou xai CGiTnpog-
REVISED VERSION.
unto them "^that of the true prov-
erb : ''A dog ^that "^turned back
to his own vomit ; and : ''A sow
that was washed, einto ""the wal-
lowing place 'of J mire.
CHAP. III.
This second epistle, beloved,
I now write unto you, in both
which I stir up your pure "mind
by way of remembrance,
2 That ye may be mindful of
the words '' spoken before by the
holv prophets, and of the com-
mandment of "^us the apostles, of
the Lord and Saviour :
' Corap. the construction in Matt. 21 : 21. Here it is copied
as above by R. ;-Vulg.;-II.imm., De W. Jlost other verss.,
varying the construction, yet render the to by a demonstrative
pronoun.
'' Spoken biixux^i (Win. } 40. 2. b) ; q. d. 'See, a dog, &c.'
— The indefinite article is used in one or other, or both, of
these cases by W. ;-Fr. S. ;-Guyse, Jley., De W., Ivenr., Peile,
Huth, ;-Win.
' The participial construction is retained, or replaced by a
relative, in Vulg., Syr., Fr. S. ;-Erasm , Calv., Vat., Castal.,
Hamm., Mey., De W., Peile, Huth. ;-\Vin.
f See V. 21, N. z.
^ R. ;-B. and L. {[s^est replongee] dans).
*' Latin verss. (use volutabrum) ;-Thom. (for both nouns :
wallowing slough), Kist. (Pfuhl), De W. ( Walzorte), Huth.
{Ort zum ira/ze;!) ;-all the lexicons. The possessive pronoun,
which does not appear in any foreign vers., is omitted by Dodd.,
Wakef., Kenr., Peile.
' The genitive is retained by Latin verss., Syr. ,-De W.
I The article is not used by "VV. j-Wakef.
" The singular is retained by E. V. elsewhere ;-"W., C, R.;-
foreign verss. (except Fr. M.) ;-:Mack., Newc. {understanding),
Thom., Sharpe, Murd., Kenr, Peile (pjtrpose; in close connec-
tion with ^vrjae. of V. 2).
'' The participial construction is retained by It. ;-Coco.,
Wakef., Mack., Newc, Sharpe, De W., Peile.
' De W., thinking it 'scarcely possible' {kaum mOglich) to
take ij/iuv as in apposition with ajtoatoXuv, makes the latter,
not iiroXijs, govern it {unsrer Aposiel), and, in regard to the
reading, i/iup, 'of nearly all the authorities' (Huth. — This read-
ing was followed by the Vulg., [De W. errs in adding Oec],
and has been edited by Matth., Lachm., Tisch.), says simply
that, 'notwithstanding the .strong evidence' in its favour, he dis-
trusts it. Possibly he might have overcome his scruple, but for
the argument afforded by his construction of ruiuv against the
Petrine origin of the epistle. With less caution Dav. asserts:
'If rjiiuiv be the true reading, the passage is insuperably strong
against the epistle's authenticity . . . The pronoun rifiCiiv cannot
be taken in apposition with ajtoato'Kav, tis the apostles, else it
would precede, not follow, arcostoxuv. The examples adduced
by Feilmoser from Acts 10: 41; 13: 32 (33); 1 Cor. 1: 18,
where the pronoun is put in apposition with an antecedent
word, are not analogous to the present one, which is peculiar,
on accojnt of the tov xvpt'ov xai our^poj following. "77ie com-
mandment of our apostles of the Lord and Saviour^' denotes,
"the apostles who have preached to us, and were sent by the
Lord and Saviour." Assuming this to be the correct inter-
pretation, &c.' — somewhat slender grounds, at the best, on
which to rest so serious a conclusion, in case the received text
is to stand. But, besides being insutEcient, these statements
are equally inaccurate. 1., If the simple phrase, our apostles
(supposing that to be the true construction), is enough to prove
that the writer was not himself an apostle, then it proves still
more clearly, not only that he was an impostor, but that he was
also a very foolish one. He could not otherwise, after so care-
fully adjusting his mask (ch. 1: 1, 14, 16 — 18), thus clumsily
'betray himself (De W.) ;-2., for the interpretation, which
puts drtofff. in apposition with ruiCip, our commandment who
are apostles (Luth., Calv., Wolf., Pott, Dietl.), sjjuwi' would,
indeed, have to precede aTtoat. ;-but, 3., that this order is not
necessary, if r/fiuv, on the contrary, be in apposition with ajtoat.,
is quite certain from the passages cited above. ' Strange is it,'
Bloomf. also remarks, ' that such perplexitj' should have been
occasioned to the commentators by what is so common in the
best Greek writers, especially Thucyd., and not rare even in
Joseph, and Philo.' ;-nor, 4., is the grammatical analogy des-
troyed, or even at all affected, by ' the tov xvfiov xcu, aui'^poj
following.' This addition, of the original and paramount source
of all the ministries and revelations of the Church, serves to
strengthen the authority of the prophets and their words, as
well as of the apostles and their commandment, and should,
22
THE SECOND EPISTLE OF PETER. CHAP. HI.
KING JAMES VERSION.
3 Knowing this first, that there
shall come in the last days scoff-
ers, walking after their own lusts,
4 And saying, Where is the
promise of his coming ? for since
the fathers fell asleep, all things
continue as they were from the
beginning of the creation.
5 For this they willingly are
ignorant of, that by the word of
God the heavens were of old, and
GREEK TEXT.
3 toirco Ttpcytov yivudxovtsg, btt
sT^vaovtai en ia^dtov tuv yi^uepwi'
siiTUxXxtai, xaTa tag iSiag ainrdij' ini-
dvfMag 7topev6iJ£V0L,
4 xai TisyovTeg, Uov earn' ri sTtay-
yeTda tng Ttapovdiag aiVou; d^' r,g
yap ol Ttatipsg ixoifirfiyjffav, Txdvta
ovra hia^VEL dn' dpj^rig xtideag.
5 Aa^'OaT'et yap avrovg tov-to 6e-
T^vtaug, bxi ovpavoi rssav ixTtja2xu, xal
REVISED VERSION.
3 Knowing this first, that there
shall come ''at the end of the days
'mockers, walking According to
their own lusts,
4 And saying : Where is the
promise of his coming? for, since
the fathers fell asleep, all things
continue ?thus from the beginning
of the creation.
5 For ""of this they are willingly
ignorant, that, 'by the word of
God, J heavens were ''from of old,
■^ Questions of interest, which this is not the place to discuss,
respecting the chronological standpoint of the apostles, do yet
demand from the translator the utmost exactness in rendering
the apostolic designations of time. See ,1 John 2 : 18, N. b.
At Heb. 1 : 1, the reading now generally preferred (Griesb., Sch.,
Lachm., Tisch., &c.), f?t' iexatov ti^v r-fi^puv rovtav, is by Owen
translated, ' in extremo dienim istorum, in the end of these
days;' by Beng., 'in novissimo dierum horuni.' Sept. Num.
24 : 14, i7t iazatov 'tHiv ^fiipuv = 'ultimo tempore dierum'
(Schleus.). Here also the adj. agrees, not with i;iiej>a.s, but
Zpovov or fiipovi understood. — Syr., Dt. (in het laatste der da-
gen), Ft. S. (vers la Jin des jours) ;-Oalv., Pise, Cocc, (in ex-
tremo [postremo] dierum), Hamm., Wakef , (in the end of tlie
[these\ days), Berl. Bib. (am Ende der Tage), Mack, (in the
last of the d.), Peile (toward the close of the d.) ;-Win. (am
letzten der Tage). Lachm. and Tisch. read io;^ai'wi/.
" E. v., Jude 18, (the word occurs nowhere else) ; for the
kindred noun ififtai/y/iuv, occurring only at Heb. 11 : S6, E. V.
has mockings ; for the verb i/iTtal^co, which occurs 13 times,
everywhere to mock -j-French verss. (moqneurs) ;-Dodd.
Before ifirtalxtai, all (for Beng., see Gnomon.) the recent editors
insert the words iv ifiTtaiyfi-ovri, on the authority of A. B. C, &c.,
Syr., Arr., &c. I recommend that this reading be adopted, and
that the version stand : mockers in mockery. Sharpe (in scoff-
ing), Kenr. (allows that this is 'a more strict translation' than
the Vulg. in deceptione) ;-Rob.
' E. v., w. 13, 15 ; very often elsewhere ;-R. ;-Vulg. (juxta),
Syr., It. (secondo), Fr. G.,-M.,-S., (selon) ;-Erasra., Vat., (as
Vulg.), Calv., Aret., Cocc, (secundum), Dodd., Murd.
^ E. v., often. There is no verbal supplement in R. (so) ;-
Vulg. (sic), Syr., Dt. (alzoo [gelijk]), It. (m un medesimo
state), Fr. S. (au mime etat) ;-Erasm., Calv., (as Vulg.),
Pagn., Bez., Cocc, (ita), Beng. (-sic. Adverbium praegnans.
i. e. sic permanent, ut permanent.'), Wakef. (just the same),
Mack, (as at), Greenf., De W. (so ;-he censures the supplement
us fiv, and, like Beng., explains the particle as involving rather,
wie es eben ist), Murd. (jmt as), Kenr. (as /?.), Huth. ('so :
in dem Bestande, den es einmal hat, wie es gegenwartig ist.').
'' Newc To the grammatically allowable interpretation :
'They that are of this mind are ignorant' (Hamm., Homb., Pott,
Ros., Mey., Bloomf., Barn., Huth.;-Bretsch., "\Yahl), De W.
objects the elsewhere (in the N. T.) unexampled use of eixa,
the arrangement of the words, the analogy of v. 8, and the com-
parative feebleness of the sense.
' This inverted order was probably adopted, as it is hero re-
tained, for the sake of obviating the misconception that might
arise in English from translating Jidy^j- immediately before the
Civ of V. (W., R., &c.). T., C, for the same purpose, render
Si' uv, by the which things. (It is not thought that JIack.'s
explanation of the relative as a pluralis excellentiae referring
to xdy^, or else as representing 'two persons, God and his Word,''
need be any hindrance to the above arrangement.) As Tcj rov
®. ^dyo), moreover, relates equally to the two previous clauses,
it ought not to be specially attached to either.
' These articles are, one or more or all of them, omitted by
W., R. ;-Hamm., Wakef., Mack., Thorn., Clarke, All., Penn,
Gerl., De W., Murd., Kenr., Peile ;-Win. — Before oipavoi and
y,}, or yij alone, Wakef., Thom., Penn, De W., Stier, introduce
the indefinite article ; while for iJSaro; here and iSa-tt, in v. 6 it
may be observed, that they stand in opposition, as an element
of nature, to the avpi of v. 7. See also N. 1.
'From the beginning, from the day of their creation.' See
ch. 2 : 3, N. o. The word is found only in this epistle. — Syr.
(=Greenf OlOC), Dt. (van over long-). It. (ab antico), Fr.
G.,-M., (de toute anciennete), Fr. S. (d'anciennete) ;-Hamm.,
Cocc (ab olim ;-for the prins and olim of other verss.), Berl.
Bib., Beng., Huth., (von Alters her;-' not,' says Huth., 'vor
Alters, ehedem''), Gill (from the beginning).
accordingly, as in our Text, Beng., Sch., Bloomf, be set of by
a comma from the clause preceding. The prophets of the 0. T.
were Christ's prophets (1 Pet. 1 : 11); and, besides, it is by
no means improbable, that the reference is rather to those of
the Christian Church. Comp. Eph. 2 : 20; 3: 5; 4: 8—11;
1 Tim. 1; 18; 4:1.
THE SECOND EPISTLE OF PETER. CHAP. III.
23
KING JAMES VERSION.
the earth standing out of the
water and in the water :
6 Whereby the world that
then was, being overflowed with
water, perished :
7 But the heavens and the
earth, which are now, by the
same word are kept in store, re-
served unto fire against the day
of judgment and perdition of un-
godly men.
GREEK TEXT.
yn e^ vSatog, xai 8c v^atog avveata-
(7a, ta Toi Qeov Tjoya,
6 hi tiv 6 t&TB xoOfiog v8atL xat-
axkvaQeic, aiuJketo-
7 o\ hi vvv ovpavoi xal n yri avtov
?u6yo) tedyjaavpiaiievoi Eiai, nvpl tvi-
poifiei'OL eic, hft^pav xpiasidg xat OTtu-
/Ifiag tav daelSuv drdpoiTtuv.
REVISED VERSION.
and J earth ' out of •" water and
"by J water "consisting ;
6 "Whereby the world that
then was, being Pflooded with
water, perished :
7 But the heavens i which are
now, and the earth, "'have by "his
word been 'laid up in store, "being
reserved "for fire ^unto the day
of judgment and ^destruction of
^the ungodly men.
1 'Earth out of water and by water ;-the divine word ac-
complishing its end by means the most unlikely (Job 26 : 7, 8 ;
1 Cor. 1 : 27, 28. Comp. a similar collocation in 2 Cor. 4:6:
ix exotovi tw5.), even (v. 6) by such as were then made sub-
servient to a directly opposite effect. So far is it from being
true, that the perpetuity of the universe, any more than its
existence, is the result of powers inherent in itself, and independ-
ent of Him who in the beginning created (Gen. 1: 1), and
still continually itpholdeth (Heb. 1 : 3), all things.' — yiq and i|
i'Saroj stand close together in "W., C, R. ;-Vulg., Syr., Germ.,
Dt ;-Erasm., Pagn., Calv., Vat., Bez., Carpz., Mack. It may
be added in favour of this arrangement, that it obviates the too
close connection between water and the subsequent relative.
° See ch. 1 : 3, N. k. W., C. and R. (through) ;-Vulg. (per),
Syr. (=lir), Dt. marg. (door), Fr. S. (an moyen de) ;-Oec.
(H yij i| vSato; fiiv, lij ^| iiXixov aitCov, Si' vSatOi Si 05 8ia-
tiXixoi. i'Sup yap to avvixo" 'f^" y^", xtf..), Erasm., Calv., Vat.,
Cocc, Beng., (as Vulg.), Engl. Ann., Gill, ('or, by'), Berl. Bib.,
Moldenh., Stolz, Van Ess, De W., (durch), Dodd., Wakef. (by
means q/";-and so Trol., Bloomf , Murd.), Mack, (as fV.), Scott,
Clarke, Barn, (through or by), Kenr., Peile, Huth. ('i? regards
the material, Sid the means.') ;-Schottg., Tittm. (-Nam f| i'Sa-
foj signiflcat, ex aqua, tanquam materia, terram ortam ; quod
factum est St' iiSarof, ipsius aquae vi, omnipotente voluntate di-
vina.'), Rob.
° E. V. marg. ; Col. 1 : 17 ;-R. (through) ;-Latin verss., ex-
cept Carpz., (use consisto). It., French verss. (use subsister) ;-
Engl. Ann., Gill, (as one rendering), Hamm., Dodd. (subsist-
ing -^-this verb is used by Scott and Clarke), Pyle, Jlack. (co?i-
si^ts ; in the comment., subsists), Bloomf., Barn, ('consisting
or constituted'), Peile (held together) --ao lexicon justi&es the
rendering of E. V.
° Whatever ambiguity exists here as to the antecedent, is not
greater than in the Greek, where Si uv (see v. 5. N. i) has been
referred to ovpai-oc,' (Vat.), to ovp. xai y^ (Oec, Dt. Ann., Cocc,
Wolf., Beng., Wesl., Trol., De W.), to ovp. xai yrj and t^ toi
®iov x6yii> (Moldenh.), to the double vSato; (Calv., Guyse, Pott,
Clarke, Mey., Barn., JIurd., Kenr., Huth. who would include
■re, toy 0. >..), and to the constitution of things just described
(Pagn., Bez., Pise, Grot., B. and L., Dodd., Newc, Ros.).
P While the Greek verb is not found elsewhere in the N. T.,
the cognate noun, occurring 4 times, is always in E. V. (as ch.
2: 5), flood. — Latin verss. (Mmractows ;-except Carpz., diluvio).
Germ, (mit der Siindfluth), Dt. (met het water van den zond-
vloed bedekt zijnde). It. (diluviato), Fr. G.,-M., (submerge
des eaux du deluge), Fr. S. (ensevelis) ;-Dodd., Thom., (de-
luged), Wakef. (by a flood). Mack, (overflooded), Kenr., Peile
(under a deluge).
■J The grammatical relation of vvv to ovparoo is retained by
W., R. ;-Vulg., Syr., Germ., Dt., Fr. S. ;-Cocc. (restores the
Vulg. coeli autem, qui nunc sunt, et terra, for the qui autem
nunc sunt coeli ac terra, of other verss.), Berl. Bib., Beng.,
Moldenh., Mack., De W., Murd., Kenr., Peile.
See oh. 2 : 17, N. a, &c. Bong, (gesparet worden sind).
Peile notes the 'appearance of tautology which our Translators
have fastened upon the passage, by rendering tiSrjaavfi. ^lai as
though the Apostle had written Orjaavpi^ovrai,, are being kept
in store,' and thinks, that 'a greatly improved version' is got
by connecting jtvpi with tiOrja. lial (Mey., Lachm., Hahn,
Theile), stored with fire. But since, according to the uniform
usage of the verb, tidr^a. Tivpl could still mean only stored for
fire, it is better to regard tiBriaawfitsiiivoi tirsi as declaring the
accomplished, permanent act ; jtvfi irj^ovfiiroi, the present de-
sign of God in that act.
' The reading t^ avt^ xdy^ (A., Vulg.) is edited by Lachm.
and Hahn.
' In the other 7 cases of Stjeavpi^a E. V. preserves the idea
of laying up (Matt. 6 : 19, &c.), treasuring up (Rom. 2 : 5),
heaping treasure together (.James 5 : 3). It is given here also
by the Latin verss., Syr., Dt. (als een schat weggelegd), It.,
Fr. S. (mis d part) --Dodd., Gill, Wakef, Mack., Thom., Scott,
Clarke, Barn., Murd.
» It., Fr. G.,-M.,-S.;-Whitb., Dodd., Mack., Thom., Murd.
' Fr. G.,-M. ;- Wakef., Mack., Newc, Thom., Mey., All., Stolz,
Penn, De W., Murd., Kenr.
" E. v., ch. 2: 4, 9; Jude6; &c ;-R. ;-Thom. (for), Sharpe
(until), Kenr. Others have on, at.
* G.;-Guyse, Dodd., Wesl., Mack., Newc, Thom., Sharpe.
y 'Who now mock at these terrors.' Calv. : 'Quoniam autem
cum impiis habebat negotium, de ipsorum negotio nominatim
loquitur.' Or as Beng.: 'Horum ipsorum, et reliquorum.' —
B. ;-foreign verss. (except Greenf.) ;-Wakef., Thom., (these).
24
THE SECOND EPISTLE OF PETER. CHAP. HI.
KING JAMES VERSION.
8 But, beloved, be not igno-
rant ot" this one thing, that one
day is with the Lord as a thou-
sand years, and a thousand years
as one day.
9 The Lord is not slack con-
cerning his promise, as some men
count slackness ; but is long-
suffering to US-ward, not wiihng
that any should perish, but that
all should come to repentance.
10 But the day ot" the Lord
will come as a thief in the night ;
in the which the heavens shall
pass away with a great noise,
and the elements shall melt with
fervent heat, the earth also and
the works that are therein shall
be burned up.
GREEK TEXT.
8 "Ev 8e toirro fin "kavQavtrid I'/ciag,
aryanYiToi, on /.ua r.uspa Ttapa Kipi'w
fiia.
9 01) ^pai^i'VSL 6 Kipiog Tng eitay-
yeTlag ag tivsg ^pabvTr,Ta riyovvTar
ctX/la fiaxpodvfm ei'g 'hfioig, fch jSov^iO-
fiei^og tivag (XTtolsodai, dX/la Ttdvtag
elg iietdvoiav ;^opr,o'a(.
10 "H^et bs 7] r^ispa Kvpiov og
xXkittYig £v vvxti, sv '(i ot ovpavoL
poL^y;8ov Ttaps^^iooi'Tai, aroi^sia 6e
xavaov(.i£va Xvdrjcrovtai, xai yn xai
ra iv avrTi epya xataxanaerai.
REVISED VERSION.
8 But ^of this one thing be *3'e,
beloved, not ignorant, that one
day is with the Lord as a thou-
sand years, and a thousand years
as one day.
9 ''The Lord is not ''tard}' con-
cerning his promise, as some ' ac-
count ■'tardiness; but is long-
suffering "^towards us, not willing
that any should perish, but that
all should come to repentance.
] But the day of the Lord
will come as a thief *'in the night ;
in s which the heavens shall pass
away with a ''rushing noise, 'but
the elements shall J'be dissolved
with fervent heat, and the earth
and the works '' therein shall be
burned up.
Literally : let not this one thing- escape you. But it is more
irnportant to preserve the reference to v. 5. In this form, how-
ever, or as above, the Greek order of the verb and subject is
retained by R. ;-Latin and Germ, verss., Syr., Dt., It. ;-B. and
L., Dodd., Wakef., Mack., Thorn., Murd., Kenr. Comp. E. V.,
V. 5.
' 'In opposition to the wilful ignorance of the mockers, v. 5.'
— The pronoun, or the force of it, is expressed by W. -j-Latin
and Germ, verss. (except Moldenh.), Syr., Dt., It, Fr. G. and
-M. (improperly marking it as a supplement);-B. and L., Guyse,
Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Mack., Thom., Scott, Clarke.
'' Or, The Lord of the promise is not tardy. This construc-
tion, allowed by Win., is by many preferred. Thus 0. ;-Fr.
S.;-Erasm., Pagn., Vat., (quipromisit), Engl. Ann. (allows it).
Mack., Sharpe;-Bretsch. ('non cunctabitur dominus promissio-
nis, i. e. vel : dominus qui promissionena dedit et ratam faciet,
vel: dominus promissus ipse.'). "Wahl gives both construc-
tions. The primary sense of /SpaSiJj'u (see the only other in-
stance in the N. T., 1 Tim. 3 : 15) suits the context better than
the secondary, and appears in W. ;-foreign verss. ;-Dodd., Wesl.,
AVakef., Mack., Newc, Penn, Sharpe. Trol., Bloomf., JIurd.,
Kenr. ;-Pas., Leigh., Suic, SchOttg., Schleus., L. and S., Green,
Schirl.
' For the omission of men, see W., B. ;-foreign verss. gen-
erally ;-Dodd., Mack., and later English verss., except Sharpe.
For account, see ch. 2 : 13, N. u;- Wakef., Mack., Peile.
'' See N. b, and, in addition to the authorities there cited,
Rob., who conforms to E. V. in his rendering of the verb —
(although to be slack is not synonymous with to be slow, to de-
lay, the other explanations he gives)— but translates this clause,
'as some count it tardiness,' and refers to the previous article
on /SpaSiSvu.
' Dodd. and later verss., except such as follow Lachm.'s read-
ing Si ifiii ( Vu\g. propter vos). Tisch. has ci; v^a.;.
f The reading iv vvxtl is marked by Beng. as inferior in ma-
nuscript authorit}' to that which omits these words. They are
bracketed by Knapp and Bloomf. (the latter remarking that
they 'are probably an interpolation from 1 Thess. 5 : 2'). and
cancelled by all the other recent editors. I recommend the
following as a marginal note : 'Many copies omit the words, in
the night.'
^ W.;-Dodd., and the later verss., though some render iv y,
lohen.
^ In poi^ijbov there is an onomatopoeia, which most verss.
have sought to preserve : — W. (great birr) ;-Germ. (grossem
Kraclien), Dt. {een gedruisch), Fr. G.,-M.,-S., (un bruit sif-
flant de tempete) ;-Pagn.. Beza, Pise, Vitr., (stridore), Beng.
('vocabulum potfoj habet literas stridorem referentes sagittae,
aquae, &c.'), Thom. (a crashing roar), Trol., Peile, (use whiz-
zing), 'Bloomf. (a mighty crash — properly w/i/z), Stier (Cre-
rdusch) ;-L. and S. (with a rushing sound or motion), Rob.
{with rushing sound — leith a crash).
' The connection by di indicates that this clause completes,
by addition and contrast, the description of what shall befall
the heavens. — R. ;-Latin verss. (except that Castal. and Oarpz.
omit the particle), Syr., Germ.j-Moldenh., De W., Huth.
' The proper meaning of the verb, and the passive form, are
recognized (though some translate as if -kvB. were in the
middle) by E. V., vv. 11, 12;-W., R. ;-Latin and French verss.
(except Oarpz.), Syr., Dt. marg.. It. ;-Hamm., Wells, Berl.
Bib., Beng., Dodd., Moldenh., Mack., Newc, Thom., Jley., Penn,
De W., Barn., Murd.
k There is nothing supplied by Syr. ;-Dodd. (its works),
Moldenh., Mack., Newc, Thom., Sharpe, De W.. Murd., Peile
THE SECOND EPISTLE OF PETER. CHAP. HI.
25
KING JAMES VERSION.
11 Seein<r then that all these
tilings shall be dissolved, what
manner o/jjersons ought ye to be
in all holy conversation and god-
liness,
12 Looking for and hasting
unto the coming of the day of
God, wherein the heavens being
on fire shall be dissolved, and the
elements shall melt with fervent
heat?
13 Nevertheless we, according
to his promise, look, for new hea-
vens and a new earth, wherein
dwelleth righteousness.
14 Wherefore, beloved, seeing
that ye look for such things, be
diligent that ye may be found of
him in peace, without s^Jot, and
blameless.
15 And account that the long-
suffering of our Lord is salvation ;
GREEK TEXT.
11 Tovtov ovv Ttavtciv "kvo^-iiviov,
TtotaTtovg hei ii7(up;^etv vi-iaq iv hyi-
aig dpaatpo^aii xai evGelJeiaig,
12 TtpoG^oxQvtag xai CTtsv^ovtag
triv napovaiav trig tov Qsov rifiepag,
8t r,v ovpavoL Ttupovfif rot ?uv6r,aovTai,
xai aroi^ela xavaov^eva tryittau;
13 Katroi'5 hk ovpavovg xai yr,v
xaivr^ xara To sTtdyyETij-ia awov
Ttpoa^oxcjiiev, iv oTg SixaioGivri xat-
oixei.
14 Sio, dsyanrfCoi, tavta TtpoaSo-
xuvreg, CTtovSaaare darttXct xai d^cj-
fiyiroi avroj evpednvaL ev elpr^vri,
15 ;:at rr^v rov Kvpiov r^uv jia-
xpoBv^av, GcoTYipiav nyslade' xadcog
REVISED VERSION.
11 'Since then all these things
"are dissolving, what manner of
persons ought ye to be in ^all holy
"behaviour and godliness,
12 Looking for and •'hastenina;
the coming of the day of God, '^m
\ consequence of which the heavens
being on fire shall be dissolved,
and the elements melt with
fervent heat.
13 '^But, ' according to his pro-
mise, 'we look for new heavens
and a new earth, wherein dwell-
eth righteousness.
14 Wherefore, beloved, "look-
ing for "these things, be diligent
that * spotless and blameless j'e
may be found ^by him in peace,
15 And y the long-suffering of
our Lord account salvation ; even
1 Dodd., Newc, Penn., Sharpe, Kenr.
"■ ' Their doom being even now written on them, and work-
ing in them.' Comp. 1 Cor. 17 : 31 ; 1 John 2 : 17.— The
present time is emploj-ed by Dt., Fr. S. ;-Era-m., Pagn., Calv.,
Vat., Cocc., (solvantur ;-for the Vulg. dissolvenda sinl), Bong,
('praeseiis: quasi id jam fiat.'), Wesl. {are dissolved •,-^lnck.
also gives this as the strict rendering), Greenf. (CImII), De
W., Dietl.j Huth.;-AYin. (atifgelost wird. He explains thus:
' That is, naturally destined to dissolution ; the fate of dissolu-
tion inhering as it were in these things already.').
" Supplied as a compensation for the two plural forms. Comp.
oh. 2 : 18.
° See ch. 2 : 7, N. 1.
p This interpretation of the STtivh. appears in E. V. marg. ;-
Fr. M.,-S. ;-Erasm., Vat.. Casta!., Engl. Ann. and Gill (as al-
lowable), Hamm., Schmidt, Cocc, "Wells, B. and L., Berl. Bib.,
Wolf., Beng., Dodd., Wesl., Mack, and Barn, (as the primary
meaning), Bloomf., De W. (e.xplaining thus: 'In this way they
hasten it, that through repentance and holiness they complete
the work of salvation, and render no longer necessary that
juaxpoStJ/ti'a of V. 9.'), Peile, Huth. ;-Steph.
■J At' ijv is not =|y J (v. 10), but, as De W. and Huth. ob-
serve, marks the occasion or cause. Comp. Joel 2 : 11 ; Mai.
3 : 2.— W., C, R., {by) j-Vulg. {per). Dt. marg. {door), It.
{per), Fr. G. {par), Fr. S. (d cause de) ;-Erasm., Vat., Castal.,
Grot., Wolf.. Carpz., {as Vidg.), Calv., Est., Cocc, Beng.,
{propter). Gill ('or, bif), Mey., All., De W., {durch), Scholef.,
Kenr. {by), Peile {consequent on), Dietl., Huth,, {urn dessent-
willen) ; — many of these referring f,v to Ttafovalav.
' Most translate according to the reading raxr^ottai (C, Vulg.,
Lachm,), or take trixirai itself in the future sense. 'Interim,'
says Wolf., 'nihil est mutandum. Patut enim, Apostolum in
duobus his commatibus, data opera, nunc praesenti •Kvofiivuiv et
trixitai,, nunc future wBriaftai, de ea re uti, quae tam certa fu-
tura erat, ac si jam fieret.' — Cocc. {liquescunt), Penn, De W.
G., R. ;-foreign verss generally ;-Hanim., Dodd., Wakef.,
Penn, Murd., Kenr.
' The Greek does not warrant the emphatic position of the
pronoun, nor is empha.sis of any kind allowed to the subject of
the verb in W., T., G., R. ;-any foreign verss. (except B. and
L.) ;-Wesl., Mack., Newc, Sharpe, Kenr.
" The participial construction is retained by W., R. ;-A'ulg.,
Dt., It., Fr. G.,-M.,-S. ;-Erasm., Pagn., Vat., Cocc, Whitb.,
Beng., Dodd,, Mack,, Ros,, Sharpe, Kenr. See v. 17, N. g.
' A demonstiative is employed by W., R. ;-foreign verss.
(except Mey.);-Whitb., and the later English.
" This personal holiness being the matter of immediate con-
cern and the condition of future peace, the original order is
properlj' followed (more or less closely) by R. ;-all foreign
verss. (except Greenf.) ;-Mack., Kenr. "AaTtiXoi, is rendered
by an adjective in E. V., -lames 1 : 27 ;-W,, R, ;-Latin and Ger-
man verss., Dt., It.;-Dodd,. Mack., Newc, Penn, Sharpe, Bloomf.,
Kenr., Peile.
=■ See ch. 2 : 19, N. 1.
y Here again the Greek order and construction are better,
and are followed, one or the other or both, more strictly than
in E, v., by W., R. ;-foreign verss. (except Fr. M,, B. and L, );-
Dodd,, Wesl., Wakef. (supplies to be before salcation ■-a.nd so
Thorn., Scott, Penn, Murd.), Mack, (supplies to be for), Sharpe,
Kenr., (supply as).
4
26
THE SECOND EPISTLE OF PETER. CHAP. HI.
KING JAMES VERSION.
even as our beloved brother Paul
also, according to the wisdom
given unto him, hath written unto
you ;
16 As also in all his epistles,
speaking in them of these things ;
in which are some things hard to
be understood, which they that
are unlearned and unstable wrest,
as they do also the other scriptures,
unto their own destruction.
17 Ye therefore, beloved, see-
ing ye know these things before,
beware lest ye also, being led
away with the error of the wick-
ed, fall from your own steadfast-
ness.
18 But grow in grace, and in
the knowledge of our Lord and
Saviour Jesus Christ. To him
he glory both now and for ever.
Amen.
GREEK TEXT.
xai 6 dyaTtyirog vifiajv dSe/l^og Uai-
/log xata trd' avra boBsiaav Go^iav
e'ypa'4'EV vfdv,
16 (j$ xal sv Ttdaaig taig eTtiaro-
Tuatg, 7^a7.i,iV bv aitaic, Ttfpi toituv
h o'lg iati hvavoritd tiva, a. ol dfia-
deig xai daTcpixroL arpe/^Xorca', og
;cat Tag ?Mi7tag ypa<pag, 7tpo$ T'hv t&-
av avtcbv aTtci/ieiav.
17 'Tf-iEig ovv, dyaTtyjroi, Ttpoyu-
vuaxoi'Teg ^v^-daceads, iva (iri rri
rcov dQeaiix^i Ttkdvri avvaTtaxOevrsg,
BXTtiayytE rov iBiov aty;piy^iov-
IS av^dvete 8s ev ;tuptTt xal yvoy
Oei tov Ylv^iov r^uv xai Gi,ytr,pog 'Iy;-
aoi) XpiCTori. aiTQ n &^a xal vvv
xal eig r^epav aicsvog. dfir^.
REVISED VERSION.
as ^ also our belovedbrotherPaul,
according to the wisdom given
unto him, ^wrote unto you,
16 As also in all ""the epistles,
speaking in them of these things ;
■^among which are some things
hard to be understood, which ''the
unlearned and unstable wrest, as
^ also the other scriptures, unto
their own destruction.
17 fPo }'e therefore, beloved,
eknowing these things before, be-
ware lest,'' 'carried away with
the error of the Jlawless, j-e fall
from your own steadfastness ;
IS But grow in ''the grace and
knowledge of our Lord and Sa-
viour Jesus Christ. To him' "the
glory both now and "unto ^the
day of eternity. Amen.
^ See ch. 1 : 14, N. z, &c.
' See ch. 1 : 14, N. a, &c. W., T., G. ;-Wakef., Murd.
' 'Known as his.' — The pronoun is not introduced by "W., T.,
C, G., R. ;-Latin and German verss. (except Jloldenh., All.),
Dt. ;-Kenr. Lachm. and Tisch., with Huth.'s approbation,
cancel the tali, according to A. B. C.
° According to the received test (and Lachm. alone adopts
h als), the antecedent is, not the epistles, but the things of
■n-hich they treat.— T., C, G. ;-Dt. (in welke diiigen), Fr. S. ;-
Erasm., Pagn., Vat., Engl. Ann., Hamm., Guyse. Many supply
things, or otherwise indicate the reference.
'' The article is retained by R. ;-Germ., Dt., It., French verss. ;-
Dodd.. Wesl., Wakef., Mack., Newc, Thorn., Scott, Clarke,
Greenf., Penn, Sharpe, De W., Dav., Kenr. Most others avoid
the periphrasis of E. V.
« R. ;-foreign verss. (except Fr. G.,-M. ;-Moldenh.) ;-Wakef.,
Kenr.
f Wakef., Peile.
^ See V. 14, N. u. Here also the participial construction is
retained by VV., R. ;-Vulg., Syr., Dt., It. ;-Calv., Castal., Coco.,
Dodd., Wesl., Mack., Penn, Sharpe, Kenr., Peile.
There is nothing for also in W., R. ;-Vulg., Syr. ;-Pagn.,
Castal., B. and L., Dodd., Carpz., Newc, Thom., Greenf., Penn,
Sharpe, Murd., Kenr., Peile. It might, indeed, stand as a com-
pensation for the avv of (jvcarta;^. (Erasm., &c., simid cum aliis ;
better Luth., <S;c., sammt ihnen, i. e. tZ>v aBtafnav ; best of all,
Dt. and the later German verss. See N. i), were it not for the
undue prominence into which it brings the subject of txrtEOJjre.
' E. v.. Gal. 2: I3;-T., C, G,, {plucked away) ;-Dt. {mede
afgerukt), It. (trasportati iiisieme), Fr. G.,-M., {etant empor-
tes avec les autres) ;-Calv. (simul ahacti), Grot., Ros., (use ab-
ripi), Berl. Bib. {mit hingeruckt), Moldenh. {mit hingerissen),
Mey., All., Stolz, Goss., De W., Huth., {mitforlgerissen), Mack.
{being carried away with others), Pylc, Thom., Bloomf., (use
the verb, to hurry au-ay), Peile. There is nothing for being in
R. ;-Bloomf., Peile.
i Seech. 2: 7, N. m.
'' The double reference of tov Knp. xtx. is adopted by
Germ., Dt., It. ;-Erasm. and the later Latin verss. (omit the
second i?i of the Vulg.), Grot., Mey., (make ;^a'p. xai yv. a hen-
diadys), Wakef, Newc, Thom., Ros.. All., Penn (m gr. and
kn. ;-so Sharpe, Peile), Bloomf. {ill the gr. and the kn.), De W.
I There is no copula supplied in the Latin verss. (except
Carpz.), Syr., Fr. S. ;-Greenf , De W. Murd. takes it affirm-
atively {whose is). See Rev. 1 : 6, N. d, &c.
" Dt., It., Fr. S. ;-Wesl., Wakef., Thom., Greenf., Murd.,
Peile. See Rev. 1 : 6, N. e, &c.
" W. {into), R. ;-Yulg. {in diem). Syr. (= Greenf. 7), Germ.
(zu), Dt. {in den dag), Fr. G.,-M.,-S., {jiisqu^d) ;-Erasm.,
Calv., Vat., Castal., Cocc, (as Vulg.), Engl. Ann., Wesl., Gill,
Scott, Clarke, Murd.. {to). Mack., Kenr., All. {as Germ.),
Sharpe {until).
P The peculiarity of the phrase, rjii. aiujo;, which occurs
nowhere else, is preserved by W., R. ;-Vulg., Syr. (^Murd. the
days of et.), Dt, Fr. G.,-M.,-S. ;-Erasm., Calv., Vat., Engl.
Ann., Cocc, Beng. {'■diem aeternitatis. Congruit haec appellatio
cum eo sensu, quem apostolus hoc toto capite habuit. Aeternitas
est dies, sine nocte, merus ac perpetuus.'), Wesl., Gill (' or to
the day of et.'), Mack., Scott. Clarke, Greenf, Kenr., Peile
{the day of everlasting Ufe), Huth. See Jude 25, last note, &c.
THE FIRST EPISTLE OF JOHN. CHAP. I.
27
THE FIRST EPISTLE OF JOHN.
KING JAMES' VERSION.
CHAP. I.
That which was from the be-
ginning, which we have heard,
which we have seen with our
eyes, which we have looked up-
GREEK TEXT.
CHAP. I.
"0 '^HN 0.71 dpjrr.g, o dxyjxoa^isv,
ii^pdxa^iev rolg 6(pda/[.^oig r^uv, 6
REVISED VERSION.
CHAP. I.
"What was from the begin-
ning, "what we have heard, "what
we have seen with our eyes,
"what we ^ gazed upon, and our
» E. V. translates the 6 at the beginning of vv. 1, 3, as a com-
pound relative, and in the intermediate instances as a simple
relative. This difference of treatment, which appears also in
the older English versions, has its ground solely in taste or a
supposed convenience, not at all in the Greek Text, and is still
further objectionable as limiting tliat which was from the be-
ginning to what was heard, &c. This limitation, indeed, or
identification, suits the interpretation which refers the first
clause, equally with the rest, to what 'occurred as a manifesl-
alion of what the Son of God was' (Barn.), 'from the begin-
ning of the [preaching of the] Gospel' (Bloomf.). But Bloomf.
strangely errs when he says that this ' must be the sense,' and
that it has been ' expressed by almost all the best Interpreters.'
The truth is that, with the exception of Socinus, Whitb., Bens.,
SchOttg., Semler, Lange, Ros., Paulus, there is scarcely one
interpreter of any note, from Aug. to Diist., who does not insist
on taking ait dp;t>55 ^s synonymous with h afxy "f John 1 : 1
(which also Grot, concedes), and the rp of v. 1 as nothing
different from the fiv of v. 2 or of John 1 : 1. Barn, objects
that, if the writer had ' meant to apply this terra (6) directly
to the Son of God, he would have used the masculine pronoun.'
But, 1., for the use of the neuter in a personal reference, see
eh. 5: 4; Matt. 1: 20 comp. Luke 1 : 35; John 3: 6; 1 Cor.
1 : 27, 28 ; 2 Thess. 2 : 6 comp. 7 ; Ileb. 7:7; &c. (Win. § 27.
4.) ;-and, 2., the ground of this use in the present case is found
in Calv.'s note: 'Duae naturae personam unam constituunt,
et unus est Christus, qui a patre prodiit ut carnem nostram in-
dueret.' And so Bez., and others. The other reference, more-
over, unwarrantably makes riv=iyhn:o, 'occurred' (Barn.),
'took place' (Bloomf.). — The 6 is rendered throughout vv. 1,
3, as a compound neuter relative, by the Latin and French verss.,
Dt, It. ;-Dodd., Moldenh. and the later Germ, verss., Wakef.,
Thom., Greenf., Sharpe, Peile (except in the two last instances
in V. I).
i" These aorists, like the E^avrpiie?! of v. 2, serve to establish
the historical bridge between the eternal preexistence of the
Word (5 ^i; aft a.fx-) and the present qualifications of the
apostles as His witnesses {axy^xoafitv, iupoxa^tr). Diist. alone
notes this change of time, but, following the verbal succession,
he represents the perfects as the link between S ?iv and iBtaa.
That ^taaBai, which .sometimes, indeed, seems to be little
more than ibilv or opav, has here its own proper force, i. e., ac-
cording to Tittm.'s explanation of the word, ' notionem studii,
intentionis animi ejus, qui aliquid intuetur, ut conspiciat et
cognoscat,' is generally acknowledged, but is not sufficiently
indicated in E. V. W. {beheld) ;-Vulg. {perspexiimis), Germ.
{heschauet haben), Dt. (aanschouwd hebben), It. (abbiamo
conteinplalo), French verss. (aeons contcmple) ;-Oec. (^tacrSoi.
yap iati to ficfa ^av/iatos xai ^dji^ovi opaf.), Erasm., Vat., (as
Vidg.), Pagn., Castal., Bez., Aret., Grot., (speclavimus), Calv.
{intuiti sumus), Engl. Ann. ('wishly and deliberately'), Cocc,
Beng., Carpz., Ros., (coniemplati sumus ;-Grot., using the same
word, adds : diu multuvique ; and this specific idea [das ver-
weilende, genauere Beschaiien und Betrachten]. rather than
that of Oec, appears in Erasm., Liicke, De W., Diist., &c.),
Mey., Kist., (angeschaut /(.), Barn. (' there was an intense and
earnest gaze'), Peile (have gazed upon). Other modern En-
glish verss. and commentators (except Penn and Sharpe) either
simply change the word to behold, observe, contemplate, or add
to these and such like, or to E. V., such specifications as atten-
tively, delightfully, frequently, &c. See the lexicons, especially
Leigh, Schleus., Pass., Rob.
2S
THE FIRST EPISTLE OF JOHN. CHAP. I.
KING JAMES VERSION.
on, and our hands have handled,
of the Word of life ;
GREEK TEXT.
sdEoujdiieOa, xai at ^eipe^ ri^v s4^-
REVISED VERSION.
hands '' handled f ''concerning the
^word of ''the ^Life,'
' The construction, mentioned by Erasm., which gives to the
relative clauses of v. 1 their apodosis in xai at x^^fi^S rjiiuiv i-i/rp^.
{idem eiiam manibus contrectavimns), has for three centuries
scarcely had a follower. Erasm. himself seems disposed to
begin the apodosis, as Zeg. and Carpz. also do, at xai fiaptvp-
oviiiv of V. 2 (('(/ etiam teslificamur). Castal. incloses Ttspi
*. %. i. ^., xai 71 ^ut; ifav. in a parenthesis, and proceeds thus :
'id, mquam, et vidimus, &c.' But the great mass of editors
and commentators agree in making v. 3 the apodosis, and in
regarding the whole of v. 2 as a parenthesis. They differ
mainly respecting the connection and interpretation of rtepi toi
iioyoi) T'jjf ifco^s- By most this clause is attached to the verbs
of V. 1, or especially to t^jjx. (which, however, in nearly all
other editions of the text, is followed immediately by a comma),
and. the 7.0705 being then commonly understood in the personal
sense which it bears in John 1 : 1, trji ^uiji is explained as a
genitive of quality, q. d. ' the living, or the quickening, Word.'
But this view, which may be said to rest on the quite obvious
general resemblance between the present context and the open-
ing of the fourth gospel, and on the occurrence in both places
of the term ^0705, has to contend with very serious difBculties.
1., While, as regards the N. T., only in John 1 and Rev. 19 :
13, (for 1 .John 5 : 7, see in loc.,) is 6 %6yof used (in the former
place, absolutely ; in the latter, with the addition of foi &iov)
as a personal designation, the phrase occurs again immediately
in V. 10, and thrice iu ch. 2. in its common acceptation, the
evangelical word ; and this argument from the usage is greatly
strengthened by a comparison of passages, where Xoy. is at-
tended by a genitive of the subject-matter, e. g. Matt. 13:19;
Acts 13 : 26 ; 14 : 3 ; Rom. 9:9; 1 Cor. 1 : 18 ; 2 Cor. 5 : 19 ;
Phil. 2 : 16 comp. Acts 5 : 20 ; Col. 1 : 5 ;— 2., this construction
at once renders it impossible to give any intelligible account of
the rtfpi — (a diflBculty, which is merely disguised by the E. V.
of). Certainly the ungrammatical suggestion that rttpc'^drto
Acts 2 : 17. indicating that the knowledge referred to was, after
all, but partial; or Bez.'s remark: 'distincte considerans in
Christo aliud atque aliud' (to wit, the divine, and human na-
tures), ' maluit scribcre rtspt i. %. t. ^. quam rov Xoy t. ^., ne
scilicet sentire vidcretur idem esse id, quod viderat et palpa-
verat, atque id quod erat a principio,' cannot be accepted as a
satisfactory solution ; — 3.. the parenthesis, v. 2, starting, as it
plainly does, from the phrase toi ^oyov f ^5 fw^s, is yet full, not
of the personal 7.0705, but of the jiersonal fujj, and any refer-
ence that it contains to roi x6y. is in the fiaptvfov/xtv xai drtayy.
For these reasons I prefer to take the clause under consider-
ation as furni.shing a new point of departure, and as looking
forward, beyond the parenthesis, to the a7tajyyiM.0fi.tv (v. 3) of
the apodosis. So Diist., who cites, as in favour of this con-
nection, ' Cornelius a Lap., Ijijramis (bei Calov)^ Luther. Socin
Winer (Grammatik 1836.* S. 495). Lilcke, Jachmann, De
* In 1844 Win. withdrew the remarks referred to.
iVeite, Neander u. a.' Perhaps the complicated appearance of
these three verses (Calv. : ahrupta est et confusa oratio.)
is to be explained thus : — The writer means at the outset of
the epistle once more to certify his readers, that, in preaching
Jesus Christ, the apostles, as eye and ear witnesses, 'spoke
what they knew, and testified what they had seen' (comp. ch.
4: 14; -John 1 : 14; 19 : 35 ; 2 Pet. 1 : 16), and also to remind
them of what this gospel aims at accomplishing in them. But
the strong, overflowing fountain finds for itself, (as Diist. sug-
gests,) at its first gushing forth, no regular way. Foremost,
as was befitting, the great theme itself, the Son of God, the
Eternal, the Incarnate, is presented to the adoration of faith, as
it were apart and independently, without regard to the sub-
sequent grammatical adjustment, and yet in such a manner as
at the same time lays a firm foundation for what is to follow.
Then comes, in rtepi ■r'oC Xoyov iijs ?"^J, * distinct, conscious
advance upon the immediate object, which, however, though
partially anticipated in the parenthetical v. 2 (svhose redundant
assurances respecting both the theme and the testimony, all
clustering still around the person of the ^ur;, serve to the
further securing of the foundation), is only fully reached in
V. 3. See the remaining notes on vv. 1-3. The comma after
handled 0? T., C, G., and which was introduced in the later
editions of E. V., is retained by the Amer. Bible Soc.
"i. See N. c, &c. Latin verss. {de), Fr. S. {au sjijet de) ;-
Ilamm., B. and L. {touchant). Wakef , Mack., Newc. {as con-
cerning), Thorn, {with respect to), Greenf {^V), Stolz {betref-
fend), Van Ess (in Beziehung anf), Sharpe {about). De W.,
Schirl., Dust., {in Betreff), Barn. (' respecting, or pertaining
to'), Pcile {in relation to).
' See N. c, &c. The initial capital, adopted by the Amer.
Bible Soc, does not appear in the original edition of E. V.,
which has it at John 1:1. So the following verss., which
employ a capital letter in the translation of ?Ldyo5 in the gospel,
avoid it here :— R. ;-Vulg., Fr. S. ;-Calv., Vat., Dodd., Wakef.
(here doctrine; in the gospel, Wisdom), Thom., Murd. —
Diist., who ably discusses this context, concludes that toi 7.6ycw
does not hare denote the personal Word, and cites, among others,
Luth. and Beng. as of the same opinion. Beng., however, he
misapprehends.
' See N. c, &c. The article is expressed by C. ;-German
verss. (except Mey.), Dt., It., Fr. S. (the other three French
verss. wanting it);-Thom.
^ Ros. : ' Quicquid sit' (with regard to toi 7.dyou), ' hoc saltim
ccrtum est, Christum ipsum desig-nari nomine ifu^s. quia statim
additur Vs. 2. ij fu^ ^1/ 7tf>6; tor rtaripa. Ergo fu»; exprimit
aliquod Subjcctum, quod apud Patrem fuit, Christum.' So
Diist., who also cites Luth. Comp. the personal use of fuj; in
ch. 5: 20; John 11: 25; 14: 6; Col. 3: 4.— In v. 2 the per-
sonality of the fu^ is commonly recognized, though here the
initial capital is employed only by Penn and Peile.
THE FIRST EPISTLE OF JOHN. CHAP. I.
29
KING JAMES VERSION.
2 (For the life was manifest-
ed, and we have seen it, and
bear witness, and shew unto you
that eternal life which was with
the Father, and was manifested
unto us;)
3 That which we have seen
and heard declare we unto you,
that ye also may have fellow-
ship with us : and truly our fel-
lowship is with the Father, and
with his Son Jesus Christ.
4 A[id these things write we
unto you, that your joy may be
full.
5 This then is the messaae
GREEK TEXT.
2 xat n fo/i i<pav£p(l)dy!, xai icopd-
xa^iev, xai fia^rvpovnev, xai mxay-
yeXko^ev v[.dv T'hi' ^ur;j' rr,v aicjviov,
r.Tig r,v Ttpog tov Ttarspa, xai icpave-
pd)0y; rifJ^LV
3 o k.ypdxa^isv xai dxy;x6a^ev,
d7Tayy£?i?MfiEv I'/t^a', hu xai vfiEig
xoLVidviav shifts /ufO' nuav xai ri
xoLvuvia Ss 7] hierepa ^lera Tov 7ta-
Tpog xai ^leta Toi' v'lov ainov Tjyffoii
XpfCTTOl'-
4 5i:ai raivra ypd^ofZEV vfuv, 'iva
n ;^apu viLuv (1 7lE7l/\.r,piM£vy;.
5 Kai aikr; iariv n iytayyE/iia
REVISED VERSION.
^2 ('And the J'Life was mani-
fested, and we have seen,'' and
'do testify, and "declare unto you
that eternal JLife which was with
the Father, and was manifested
unto us,)
3 "What we have seen and
heard declare we unto you, that
ye also may have fellowship with
us ; "and, again, our fellowship
is with the Father and with his
Son Jesus Christ.
4 And these things Pwe write
unto you, that j^our joy may be
^fulfilled.
5 ■'And this is the ^message
^ See V. 1, N. c, &c. The Amer. Bible Soc. has, with very
questionable propriety, abolished the parentliesis, and, retaining
the semicolon at the end of v. 1, has raised that at the end of
V. 2 to a colon.
' The grammars and lexicons generally do not acknowledge
the meaning /or. This 'particle,' says Win., 'though very va-
riously applied, yet even in the X. T. proceeds upon iwo primary
senses, and and also ... In most cases, where xai is felt to be
more than a simple copula, and suffices and occasions no ob-
scurity, and to this particle the translaCor must adhere, who
would not disturb the complexion of the language.' — W., C,
R. ;-Syr., Vulg., Germ., Dt. marg.. It., Fr. S. ;-Aug., Erasm.,
Calv., Vat., Aret., Hamm., Wells, Dodd. and Thorn, (eren),
Lttcke, Sharpe, De W., ^Nlurd., Kenr., Peile {both), Dust. See
V. 5, N. r, and ch. 2 : 20, N. o.
' See V. 1, NN. c, g.
I-' E. V. supplies an object to this verb out of the preceding
clause, (which Lucke regards as the easier and simpler con-
struction for both iuipdxafiiv and jxap-tvjioi'fiev ■-and so Fiitzsche.
De W., Dilst. Comp. John 19 : 35.) and takes ^aprupoi^fi'
absolutely. But the other construction, which treats these
verbs as referable, equally with axayyirKofiiv, to the noun fol-
lowing, is edited by Lachm., Hahn, Theile, Tisch. ;-allowed by
Lucke ; and adopted by many others. — There is nothing sup-
plied in W., T., C, G., R.;-Syr., Vulg., Germ., Dt.;-Erasm.,
Calv., Vat, Haram., Wells, Moldenh., Thom., Greenf, Sharpe.
Murd., Kenr., Peile.
1 This better admits of the second construction mentioned in
N. k. — E. v.. ch. 4 : 14. In 18 other instances E. V. translates
/iapfvpc'u, to testify ;-R. ;-Wesl.. Thom., Kenr., Barn., (testify),
Bloomf. (do witness), Murd., Peile (are witnesses for).
° E. v., V. 3 ; Luke 8 : 47 ; Heb. 2 : 12 ;-R. ;-Wells, Dodd.
Wesl., Wakef., Mack.. Thorn, (announce ;-and so Jlurd., Peile),
Penn, Sharpe, Bloomf., Barn., Kenr. — E. V., following T., C
G., is nearly alone in translating axayy. by difl'erent words in
vv. 2, 3.
° See V. 1, N. a.
° See 2 Pet. 1 ; 5, N. r. The true doctrine of xai . . . 61, as
involving not merely addition, but also opposition or contrast,
if not required to justify, certainly facilitates the change from
the subjunctive mood (in which the supplied verb of this clause
appears in all the older English verss. ;-Vulg., Germ., Dt., It.,
Fr. G.,-M.;-Aug., Erasm., Pagn., Calv., Bez., Grot., Ilamm., Mol-
denh.) to the indicative. 'And remember that the apostles' fel-
lowship is not merely a human or church fellowship, but &c.'
For be it observed that the ruittifa, as well as the r;fiav in the
previous clause, refers only to the apostles. The Church rests
on the foundation of apostles and prophets. Through her fel-
lowship with them she has fellowship with the Father and the
Son. — Syr. ;-Erasm., De AV., (et . . . vero), Vat. (changes sit to
est, and adds this note : ' vero. id est, haec autem societas nostra
est cum ifec.'), Castal. (aiiteni), B. and L. (or), Thom., Bloomf.,
(now), iley., Stier, (aber), Lilcke ('et vero, et vero etiam, aber
audi, auch andrerseits''), Ros. (jam vero), Peile (and fellow-
ship with us, we tell you [Si], is (^c). Dust, ('an exceedingly
fine example of the genuine classical xai — Si, in which are ex-
pressed at once simple conjunction, and opposition.').
p W. and R., and the later English verss. (except Wells,
Wesl.), avoid the needless inversion adopted here by E. V. from
T., C, G. In V. 3 it helps the antithesis between the personal
experience and the ministerial function.
1 E. v., John 3 : 29 ; 17 : 13 ; Phil. 2 : 2 ;-Dt. (vervidd) ;-
Vat. (changes plenum of Vulg. to impletum), Berl. Bib. (er-
fiilll), Dodd., Scott (filled, completed). Greenf. (xbfDD), Penn.
•• T •
Most others use a passive verb. See Rev. 3 : 2, N. f.
■• See V. 2, N. i, &c. E. V., ch. 2: 25 ; &c. ;-W., T., C, R. ;-
Syr., Vulg., Germ., Dt., Fr. S. ;-Aug., Erasm., Calv., Vat., Aret.,
Wells, Whitb., Dodd., Wesl., Wakef, Liicke, Greenf., Penn,
Sharpe, De W., Murd., Kenr.
• All the recent editors read oyyAla, and everywhere else
(52 times) E; V. renders ixayyBxla, promise. According to
classical usage, indeed, ijtayy. itself would bear the more
general sense here required.
30
THE FIRST EPISTLE OF JOHN. CHAP. II.
KING JAMES VERSION.
which we have heard of him,
and declare unto you, that God
is light, and in him is no dark-
ness at all.
6 If we say that we have fel-
lowship with him, and walk in
darkness, we lie, and do not the
truth :
7 But if we walk in the light,
as he is in the light, we have
fellowship one with another, and
the blood of Jesus Christ his Son
cleanseth us from all sin.
8 If we say that we have no
sin, we deceive ourselves, and
the truth is not in us.
9 If we confess our sins, he is
faithful and just to forgive us our
sins, and to cleanse us from all
unrighteousness.
10 If we say that we have not
sinned, we make him a liar, and
his word is not in us.
CHAP II.
My little children, these things
write I unto you, that je sin not.
GREEK TEXT.
riv dxyixoafiEV an avtov, ;cat avary-
yeXXo^v vfiLV, o-Tl 6 Qso^ <^og iati,
xal cxotia iv avra ovx sariv ovSe-
(ua.
6 mv siTta^v '&tt xoLVOviav s^o-
fiev [xer avroii, xal iv ra ax&tst
TtepLTiaTo^iev, '^evi^o^ieda, xal ov noL-
ov/iev TriP aXriQELOiv
7 edv hi iv <rdj ^uTt TtspiTtarofiev,
c)g avrog iotiv iv ru ^urri, xoivuj'iav
iXO(.t£v fiET a22,r,?Mv, xcd to oujua
'lYjaov XpfffToi) toil vlov avtov jcafia-
pi^EL riudg CLTto TtucDjs ai.iaptiag.
8 'Eav siTtidUEV bti afxaptiav ovx
i^ojiev, iavrovg tOxlvqiiev, xal n
aXr^Eia ovx iariv iv ri^dv.
9 iav b^TxyycbfiEV rdg a[iapriag
r^icov, TtLOtog idti xal hixaiog, iva
d<p(i r^lv rag afMxpriag, xal xadapiOYi
ri^dg (XTto TtdcDjg dSixiag.
10 iav EiTtonEV ott, ovx '^'^^'fc
xafXEV, ■^/Evaryjv Ttoiovfisv avtov, xal
6 Tuoyog avtov ovx iattv iv 'i^dv.
CHAP. II.
TEKNIA ^ov, tairta ypd^ vfitv,
'iva [in dfidptYitE- xal idv tig d^idptri,
REVISED VERSION.
which we have heard *from him,
and "report unto you, that God
is light, and "daikness in him there
is none.
6 If we say that we have fel-
lowship with him, and walk in
"the darkness, we lie, and do not
the truth;
7 But if we walk in the light,
as he ''himself is in the light, we
have fellowship one with another,
and the blood of Jesus ^Christ
his Son cleanseth us from all sin.
8 If we say that we have ^no
sin, we deceive ourselves, and
the truth is not in us.
9 If we confess our sins, he is
faithful and "righteous to forgive
us our sins, and *" cleanse us from
all unrighteousness.
10 If we say that we have not
sinned, we make him a liar, and
his word is not in us.
CHAP. II.
My little children, these things
*I write unto you, that ye sin
' Engl. Ann., Dodd., and later Engl, verss. (except Wesl.).
° E. v., 1 Pet. 1 : 12;-Brasm. in the comment., Pagn., Bez.,
(renuntiamus), Bcrl. Bib. (wieder verkiindigen), Beng. (' Quae
m ore Christi fuit ayyixia. earn apostoli avayyixKovaC nam dy-
ytJ.i'ai', annimcia/ionem, ab ipso acceptara reddimt et propa-
gant.'), Ros. (tradmuis), Penn, Peile (tell over again, report).
Diist. {hinwieder verkiindigen. He refers to John 16: 13-15,
and adds : '.John appears everywhere to observe the nice dis-
tinction between drayy. and drtayy.').
' Latin verss., except Castal., (lenebrae in eo non sunt iillae,
or nee ienebras in eo esse ullas) ;-De W. {Finsterniss in ihm
keine ist).
" Dt., It., French verss. ;-Moldenh. and later German verss..
Greenf., lAIurd. See ch. 2 : 8, K. r, and 9, N. s, &c.
* Win.: 'Among the Greeks, as is well known, aitof in the
castis rectus does not stand for the mere unemphatic he, nor
could any decisive examples of this use be found in the N. T '
Rob. : ' Aitos thus standing alone in the nominative (very
rarely in an oblique case) is i. q. myself, thyself, himself, and
the like ; or at least for /, thou, he, etc. pronounced with em-
phasis ;'-and so the grammars and lexicons generally. This
rule is frequently recognized in E. V. (ch. 2:6; Matt. 8 : 17 ;
John 18 : 28 ; &c.). and frequently it is overlooked to the
injury of the sense (Matt. 1 : 21 'He, emphatically; He alone'
[Alf]; 21: 27 He also; Acts 21 : 35; &c.).—W. (also he),
R. (he also) ;-Latin verss. ([et] ipse), Ft. G., -M., (Dieu), Fr.
S. (il . . lui-meme) ;-B. and L. (as Fr. S.) Berl. Bib. (er
selber), Dodd., Me3\ (er selbst), Liicke in the comment. ( Gott
selber), All. (auch Er), Penn. See ch. 2: 2, N. d, and 25,
N. f.
' Lachm. and Tisch. cancel Xpicr^oii, on the authority of B. C.
' 'Afiafftlav without the article = any sin, and with the
negative = no sin.
• See 2 Pet. 2 : 7, N. j. The word occurs other five times
in this Epistle, and is always in E. V. so rendered. The oppo-
sition, moreover, between God as Si'zaiof and the dSt«a from
which the Church is cleansed, is lost in E. V. — Murd.
•' The absence of a second CVa is represented in W., R. ;-all
foreign verss. (except B. and L., Greenf.) ;-Wakef., Mack.
" See ch. 1 : 4, N. j.
THE FIRST EPISTLE OF JOHN. CHAP. II.
31
KING JAMES VERSION.
And if any man sin, we have an
advocate with the Father, Jesus
Christ the righteous :
2 And he is the propitiation
for our sins : and not for ours
only, but also for the sins of the
whole world.
3 And hereby w^e do know
that we know him, if we keep
his commandments.
4 He that saith, I know him,
and keepeth not his command-
ments, is a liar, and the truth is
not in him.
5 Butwhoso keepeth his word,
in him verily is the love of God
perfected : hereby know we that
we are in him.
6 He that saith he abideth
in him, ought himself also so to
walk, even as he walked.
GREEK TEXT.
^l/iaovv Xp^ffTov hixaiov
2 xal auTog t/laffjuog Jcrrt Ttept ttov
^s fiorov, d^/la xat TTfpi 6'A.ov tov
XOdf-lOV.
3 Kat £v tovra ywcxsxoiiev on
eyvuxa/.tev avrov, iav rag htohx^
avtov ry;pc)i.i£V.
4 6 ^Lsyciv, ^'Eyvoxa avtov, xai
Tctg svto2jdg avtov ^in trjpcov, 4'fi'-
ar^g earl, xaL iv toiVq n d2.nd£ia ovx
satLV
5 og 6' av tYipri airtov tbv Tjoyov,
akri^ix;, h tovta n ayanvj tov Qsov
reTeXa'coTat. iv tovta yLvcxyxofxev
on iv avta ia(jjev.
6 6 TAyotV iv airta [liveiv, ocpsiT^L,
xaQcjg ixeivog TtepiETtdtrjas, xai avTog
ovtag TtepiTtareiv.
REVISED VERSION.
not : and if any ""one '^have sin-
ned, we have an advocate with
the Father, Jesus Christ the righ-
teous ;
2 And he is %imself the pro-
pitiation for our sins ; *yet not
for ours only, but also for ''the
whole world.
3 And hereby we ^ know that
we ''have known him, if we keep
his commandments.
4 He that saith : I ""have known
him, and keepeth not his com-
mandments, is a liar, and the
truth is not in him ;
5 But whoso keepeth his word,
'truly in Jthis man hath the love
of God been perfected : hereby
•'we know that we are in him.
6 He that saith he abideth in
him ought himself also so to walk,
even as 'He walked.
^ See 2 Pet. 2: 19, N. n. Here may be added It. (alcuno),
French verss. (quelqu'un) j-Wesl. and later English verss.
(except Newc, and Peile a man).
" Here is rather consolation and healing for the actual peni-
tent, than security for the future transgressor. — Latin verss.
(peccaverit), Dt. {gezondigd heeft), It. {ha peccato), Fr. G.,
-M., -S., (o peche) ;-Bc'rl. Bib. {gesiindiget hdtte), Moldenh.,
All., (ges. hat), Wakef., Mard., (should sin), Pyle, jMack.,
(hat!i sinned), Scott, Van Ess (hat aber Jemand ges.), Kenr.,
Peile.
See ch. 1 : 7, N. x, &c. Here the emphatic or exclusive
force of aitii is important. He is the only propitiation for
sin. The penitent may trust the Advocate who, righteous him-
self, died for him. Such an Advocate God will hear. — T., C,
G., (he it is that) --Syr., Latin verss. (ipse ;-except Castal.,
qui idem). Germ, (derselbige), Fr. G.,-M., (c^est lui qui) ;-
Beng. (• ipse. Hoc facit epitasin. parachtus valentissimus,
quia ipse propitiatio.''), Moldenh. (derselbe), Lucke, Peile,
(idemque ille, derselbige), De W. (er selbst), Murd.
« See 2 Pet. 1 : 5, N. r.
f In his last edition Win. ranks this as a case, not of brachy-
logy, but of oratio variata. And so Syr., Fr. S ;-Wakof.,
Clarke, Liicke, Greenf., Sharpe, De W., Murd.
^ The emphasis is not upon the fact of this conviction, but
on the means of its attainment. — The form in E. V. I find in no
other English vers.
'■ ' Have attained to this knowledge.' Where knowledge is
spoken of merely as present, ytvutsxu or olSa is used, not lyraxa,.
See John's Epistles passim. — E. V., vv. 13, 14; ch. 3: 6; 4:
16 ; 2 John 1 ; and generally elsewhere. See 2 Cor. 5 : 16,
where the verb occurs, as here, in both the present and perfect
tenses ;-R. ;-Latin verss. (cogtiovimus ;-except Castal., and
Bez. novimus); Dt, It., Fr. G.,-M.,-S. ;-Hamm., Whitb.,
Mack., Thorn., Scott (they ' knew that they thus knew, or had
known, &c.'), Gerl., De W., Stier, Kenr., Dust. Of these, the
Latin verss. in v. 4 use novi; Dt., Thorn., a present tense ;
while Berl. Bib., Beng., Guyse, there retain the perfect. See
ch. 3 : 16, N. q.
' Nowhere else verihj in E. V. — E. V., Matt. 27: 54; Mark
15: 39 ;-IIamm., Wakef., Mack., Newc. (of a truth), Penn,
Sharpe, Murd., Kenr. The Greek order is retained by the
Latin veiss. ;-Wesl., Mack., Newc, Greenf., Kenr.
1 Syr., Latin verss. (Calv. has ipso), Germ, (solchem), Dt.
(dien), It. (tale) ;-Hamm., Jloldenh. (demselbe/i), Mack.
I" ' Love being, not the reward, but the condition and motive,
of obedience.' — The perfect tense is retained by Dt. ;-Hamm,,
Pyle (at ch. 4: 17), Stier, Peile ('has the redeeming Jove of
God attained its proposed end.'). For loe know, see ch. 1 :
4, N. p.
1 In the six instances in this Epistle, in which John thus
refers to the Saviour, I recommend that the emphasis in ixsivos
be thus indicated.
32
THE FIRST EPISTLE OF JOHN. CHAP. II.
KING JAMES VERSION.
7 Brethren, I write no new
commandment unto you, but an
old commandment which ye had
from the beginning : The old
commandment is the word which
ye have heard from the begin-
ning.
8 Again, a new command-
ment I write unto you, which
thing is true in him and in you :
because the darkness is past,
and the true light now shineth.
9 He that saith he is in the
light, and hateth his brother, is
in darkness even until now.
10 He that loveth his brother
abideth in the light, and there is
none occasion
him.
11 But he that hateth his
brother is in darkness, and walk-
eth in darkness, and knoweth
not whither he goeth, because
that darkness hath blinded his
eyes.
12 I write unto you, little
of stumbling in
GREEK TEXT.
7 db£2.^oi, ovx ivToTm' xaivriv
ypd<pu i'^iv, dXA' svro/inv 7(a?.aiav,
r,v £l'](^e're an dp;^%- ri ivtoXri n Tta-
/la(d ianv 6 ?Myog bv rymvoate an
8 TtiiXti' evtakTiV xaLvr.v ypd^
'hfitv, b iOTLV d?^r,d£g iv ainrdj xal iv
v^dv atL n axoria. Ttapdyetai, xal
To ^og to d?^yiOLv6v y;&7 (paivst.
9 6 TJyoiv iv Tfj ^arl elvai, xcu
rdv dSe?^^ov avtov ^lOuv, iv rri oxo-
ticc eativ tog dpti.
10 6 dyaTtuv tov dSe2.^ov avtov,
iv tu) (jiuTt [.dvsL, xal axdvhaTjav iv
aito ovx i<sttv.
11 6 & [iKTav tov dSe2.^ov avtov,
iv t^ axotia iatl, xai iv tri Oxotia
TtspiTtatEL, xai ovx oiSs nov vndyet,
ott n axotia itv^?MaE tovg o^da/i-
juoi's avtov.
12 ypd^G) vfJiv, texvia, oti d^i-
RE VISED VERSION.
7 "Brethren, I write "not a
new commandment unto you, but
an old commandment wliich ye
had from the beginning: "this
old commandment is the word
which ye p heard from the begin-
ning.
8 Again, a new command-
ment I write unto ''you, which
thing is true in him and in you ;
because the darkness ''passeth
away, and the true light now
shineth.
9 He that saith he is in the
light, and hateth his brother, is
in ^the darkness 'until now.
10 He that loveth his brother
abideth in the light, and there is
"no occasion of stumbling in him.
11 But he that hateth his
brother is in ''the darkness, and
walketh in ''the darkness, and
knoweth not whither he goeth,
because "the darkness ^hath
blinded his eyes.
12 I write unto you, little chil-
" 'AyaTtTjtoL for aSi\^oi, is marked by Beng. as per codices
Jirmior (he subsequently received it into the text), and has
been adopted by all other recent editors except Bloomf., on the
authority of A. B. C, Syr., Vulg., &c. I recommend that this
reading be followed : Beloved.
° W., R. ;-Syr., Latin and French verss., Germ., It. ;-WesI.,
Moldenh., Wakef., Mack., Newc, Thorn., Greenf., Pean, Kenr.
° Vig. : ' Articulus geminatus rem exponit et distinguit, ut. tyii
tlfii, o Ttoiff^v u j:a>.d{, Joh. 10 : 12. Ego sum pastor ille bonus
xal' i^ox^.' But whether it shall be rendered by a demon-
strative pronoun, is very often merely a, matter of taste. It is
so rendered by E. V., eh. 1 : 2; John 6 : 27 ; &c. (see Rev. 9 :
14, N. g) ;— and here by G. ;-Dt., Er. G., -M. ;-Pagn., Bez.,
B. and L., Guyse, Wakef., Thom., Ros. (illiid). Penn, Peile,
(that).
p See 2 Pet. 1 : 3, N. j. E. V., eh. 3 : 11 ; Col. 1 : 6, &o.;-
W., T. ;-It. ;-Hamm., Guyse, Dodd., Wakef., Thorn., Sharpe.
The words art apj;^; at the close of the verse are bracketed
by Ivnapp and Hahn ; cancelled by Jley., Lachm., Tisch., Theile.
1 The i;iilv is without doubt an error of the press for v/xlv.
' Never in John's writings does ^ axotia mean ' tempus sub
lege Mosis' (Grot.), or 'the ancient systems of error, under
which men hated each other' (Barn.), but the ' darkness of this
world' (Eph. 6 : 12), ' the darkness of error and of sin' (Liicke) ;
and that is not 'past,' though the light hath dawned. ' Obser-
vandum praesens,' says Beng., 'ut in lucet.'' See Rom. 13:
12; and Alf.'s note on John 1 : 5. — The present is retained by
E. v., V. 17; 1 Cor. 7: 31;-Dt., It., Fr. S.;-Oec., Erasm. and
later Latin verss. (for the Vulg. transierunt), Hamm., Berl.
Bib. and nearly all the later German verss., Guyse. Gill,
Wakef., Mack., Newc. iriarg., Clarke, Penn, Peile.
' The apostle's nice discrimination in the use of axotia with
and without the article should appear in the translation. See
V. 8, N. r; V. 11, N. v; 1: 6, N. w.— R.;-Dt., It, French
verss. ;-Dodd., Moldenh., Wakef., Mack., Liicke, Greenf., All.,
Penn, De W., Stier, Dust.
' "Eu5 (ipt't may be everywhere so rendered (instead of the
E. V. variety, hitherto, unto this hour, unto this day, unto this
present). E. V., John 2:10 ;-W. (yet) ;-Wesl., Mack., Newc,
Thom. (still), Murd. ;-Rob., Green.
" See ch. 1 : 8, N. z. The form no for none is found in Wells
and the later English verss.
' See V. 9, N. s, &c. Here Wakef., Sharpe, Murd., Kenr.,
omit the first and second articles ; Thom. and Penn have all
three ; and so has Mack., except that for the second he intro-
duces the demonstrative pronoun. The E. V. that after
because is not found in W., R. ;-Dodd., or any later vers.
" Literally : Minded ; as soon as he entered into it.
THE FIRST EPISTLE OF JOHN. CHAP. IT.
33
KING JAMES VERSION.
children, because your sins are
forgiven you for his name's sake.
13 I write unto you, fathers,
because ye have known him that
is from the beafinnina;. I write
unto you, young men, because
ye have overcome the wicked
one. I write unto you, little
children, because ye have known
the Father.
14 I have written unto you,
fathers, because ye have known
him that is from the beginning.
I have written unto you, young
men, because ye are strong, and
the word of God abideth in you,
and ye have overcome the wick-
ed one.
15 Love not the world, neither
the things that are in the world.
If any man love the world, the
love of the Father is not in him.
16 For all that is in the world,
the lust of the flesh, and the lust
of the eyes, and the pride of life,
is not of the Father, but is of the
world.
17 And the world passeth
away, and the lust thereof: but
he that doeth the will of God
abideth for ever.
18 Little children, it is the
last time : and as ye have heard
GREEK TEXT.
uvrat v^Lv at a^apriat Sid to ovofia
airtov.
13 Fpu^.j vfdv, Ttatepsi;, ort i'yvo>-
xars tov an dp^r,g. ypdcpa v^iv,
vsaviaxoL, oti vevLxnxaTe tov novrj-
por. j/pd^co vf.dv, Ttaihia, bti eyvo-
xate tov Ttatepa.
14 "Ej'pai/'a v^tv, Ttatepeg, oti
eyvQxate tov dn' dpj^rig. "E^pai^a
vfiiv, vsaviaxoi, oti la^vpoi sate, xal
6 9i6yog toil Qsov iv viuv [uivei, xal
VEVixnxate tov Ttovyj^v.
15 (tty; dyandts tov xoa^ov, ^Yjhk
td iv tO) xoCifUi}. sdv tig dyaTta tov
xoty^iov, ovx Edtiv 7\ dyduy; tov tkc-
Tpog iv aiti)-
16 ott ndv to iv ta x6(y^ia, ri
inSv^a tr,g aapxbq, xai n iTtidv^a
tcov oipdaT^ncov, xal n djia^oveia tov
(Siov, ovx iotiv ix tov Ttatpog, d2.X
ix tov xoauov sdti.
17 xal 6 xoa^og Ttapdyetai, xal n
iTtiBv^iua aitoiy 6 & Ttoicov to ds2,y]iia
toil Qsov, [xsvsi eig tov alava.
18 Ilat&'a, i(Sj(dtri wpa Icrr xal
xaOcdg r,xovaat£ oti 6 dvtix^Latog
REVISED VERSION.
dren, because your sins ^have
been forgiven you for his name's
sake.
13 I write unto you, fathers,
because ye have known him that
is from the beginning. I write
unto you, young men, because
ye have overcome the wicked
one. I ^write unto you, little
children, because ye have known
the Father.
14 I have written unto you,
fathers, because ye have known
him that is from the beafinnino:.
I have written unto you, young
men, because ye are strong, and
the word of God abideth in you,
and ye have overcome the wick-
ed one.
15 Love not the world, neither
the things ^ in the world : if any
^one love the world, the love of
the Father is not in him :
16 For all that is in the world,
the lust of the flesh, and the lust
of the eyes, and the pride of life,
is not of the Father, but is of the
world :
17 And the world passeth
away, and the lust thereof: but
he that doeth the will of God
abideth for ever.
18 Little children, it is the
last ''hour ; and as ye "= heard that
• Tlieir actual attainments furnished motive sufficient for the
present wi-iting. Oomp. v. 13. — Syr. (= remissa sunt) ;-
Pagn., Bez., Ben;., Carpz., Ros., (as Syr.;-k>i the Vulg. remit-
tuntur), All., Gerl., TroL, Peile, Dust.
y For this ypa^iu, Lachm., Hahn, Tisoh.. edit typa^a 'from
four uncial, and perhaps the major part of the small letter
MSS. ; and, considering that internal evidence is in its favour,
it may be considered the true reading' (Bloomf.). It appears
in the Syr. and Coptic verss. ; generally in the Church Fa-
thers; and is approved by Grot., Wells, Mill, Lange, Lilcke,
Gerl., De W. {gelesen werden muss), Barn., Peile, Dust, (who
says of ypo'(j)u. that 'it rests on really no critical authority.').
Should f'ypa^-a, which I regard as the better reading, not be
followed in the test, I recommend the following as a marginal
note : ' Or, as very many read, / have written' — the epistolary
aorist, as in v. 14, &c.
' Wakef , Thorn., Sharpe.
' See V. 1, N. b, &c.
'' The solemn announcement of this verse avowedly rests on
the great prophetic truth, revealed to Daniel, taught by our
Lord and his Apostles, and for ages received universally by the
Church of God, respecting the rise and reign of Antichrist as
immediately preceding the future glorious coming of the Son
of Man in his kingdom. Dan. 7 : 8—14, 24—27 ; Matt. 24 :
23—29; 2Thess.2: 1—4; 2 Tim. 3 : 1—9; 2 Pet. 2: 1—12;
Jude 17, 18 ; &c. ' Venit Antichristus, sed et supervenit
Christus: grassatur et saevit inimicus, sed statim sequilur
Dominus, passiones nostras et vulnera vindicaturus ;'-there
was no doctrine of primitive times, that received a more general
and unquestioned acceptance among the orthodox faithful, than
that which Cyprian (Ep. 58) expressed in these words. So
Aug., in his third Tract, on our Epistle : ' Sed dicturi sunt
aliqui : Quomodo novissimum tempus 1 quomodo novissima
horal Certa prius veniet Antichristus, et tunc veniet dies
5
34
THE FIRST EPISTLE OF JOHN. CHAP. H.
KING JAMES VERSION.
that antichrist shall come, even
now are there many antichrists ;
whereby' we know that it is the
last time.
19 They went out from us,
but they were not of us ; for if
they had been of us, they would
710 doubt have continued with us :
but they went out, that they might
be made manifest that they were
not all of us.
GREEK TEXT.
e^'X^etai, xal vvv avtiy^piaroi, 7Xa'k7.oi
ysyovaGiV odsv yiVQaxo^isv &Ti
eGx,dTy; wpa iariv.
■/icrav £^ r,^idv si ya^ taav e^ r^Qv,
liefiEvr,xeL(Jav av ^leff 'hf-icov oikX iva
^vepijdcjaiv oTL ovx dal Ttdvreg i^
r[uuv.
REVISED VERSION.
''the antichrist "cometh, even now
•^there are many ^become anti-
christs; '"whence we know that
it is the last ''hour.
19 'From us they went out,
but they were not of us ; for if
they had been of us, they would
J have ''abode with us ; but ^it
was that they might be made
manifest that ™none of them "are
of us.
■' See N. b. Germ., and all subsequent foreign verss. (except
Mey.);-More ('that famous'), Mack., Thom., Till., Greenf.,
Sliarpe, Trol., Blooraf., Kenr., Peile. See v. 22, N. u, and conip.
2 Thcss. 2 : .3, 4.
« The present time is retained by W., R. 5-83 r., Vulg.,
Germ., Dt., Fr. S. ;-IIamm., Wells, Whitb., Beng., Dodd.,
Wesl., Gill, Wakef., Mack., Thom., Penn, Sharpe, Kenr. See
Rev. 1 : 4. N. 0.
' The inversion is avoided by R ;-Dodd., and the later verss.
^ For the force of yEyora see 2 Pet. 2 : 20, N. x. W. (made),
T., G., {coine), C. {begone to be), R. ;-Vulg. (facti), Germ., Dt.,
(g-ewor(/e«) ;-Aug. (as Vulg.), Erasm., Pagn., Calv., Vat., Bez.,
(coeperunt esse), Pise, (exorti), Cocc, Ros., {extitermit),
Beng. (' Venit, aliunde, antitheton. facti sunt, ex nobis, v. 19.
Conf. Act. 20 : 29, 30.'), Moldcnh. (entstanden), Lucke, Kist,
De W., {aiifgeslanden), Mey. (axijgetreten). All. (as Germ.),
Peile (hace really come, have been realized). — The construc-
tion of a.vtixp''3''o'' ^ith yEyotaaH- as a predicate draws on v. 19
as explanatory. This construction I have observed certainly
indicated only in C. (are there many begone to be antichrists).
" E. v.. Matt. 12: 44 (from wh.) ; Luke 11 : 24 ; &c. No-
where else as here ;-Wakef , Slack., Kenr.
' The leading idea, alieady suggested by v. 18, is, that these
men had once belonged to the visible Church ; and this is better
brought out by the Greek order, which appears in Syr. ;-Latin
verss., Mey., De W., Murd., Peile.
' The ' no doubt ' of E. V. is equally unauthorized and un-
necessary. It is the utique of the Vulg., but there is nothing
for it in W. ;-Syr., Dt., It., French verss. ;-CastaI., Whitb.,
Wesl., Moldenh. and later Girman verss., Carpz., Wakef.,
Mack., Newc, Thom., Greenf., Penn, Sharpe, Bloomf., Barn.,
Murd., Peile.
'' Mii/u occurs 26 times in John's Epistles, and is 14 times
rendered in E. V. ai/de ; which word is just as suitable in the
other 12 cases (see v. 24, N. d, and ch. 3 : 17, N. x), and is here
employed by Mack., Peile.
1 T. (that fortuned), G. (this cometh to pass) ;-Dt. (dit is
geschied), It. (conveniva), Fr. G.,-M.,-S., (c'est) ;-Pagn. (7ioc
factum est). Grot, (permissum est a Deo ;-and so Ros., Barn.),
B. and L. (cela est arrive), Dodd. (this hath happened),
Wakef (t/iis was done), Newc. (this hath come to pass), Lvicke
(would supply rovro iyivito), Sharpe. Bez. supplies egressi
sunt ex nobis, after the Syr. ; while the Vulg. and many others
supply nothing.
" ' None, out of all the number, and notwithstanding their
number.' Literally, 9. rf. 'they are not (and this holds true
of them all) of us.' E. V., taking fitfi.'=^aai' (and so T., C,
Syr. ;-Calv., Engl. Ann., Hamm., Whitb., Guyse, Wesl., Pyle,
Mack., Mey., Sharpe), seems also to imply that some of the
apostates had belonged to the Church in a sense, in which that
former relation is denied of the rest ; and the same, or a similar,
distinction may be inferred from G., R. ;-Vulg., Germ., Dt., Fr.
S. ;-Erasm., Calv., Vat., Ilamra. (in the vers.), Wesl., Wakef,
Mack., Clarke, Greenf., Sharpe, Kenr. But certainly this is
judicii. Vidit Joannes cogitationes istas : ne quasi securi
fierent, et ideo non esse horam novissimam putarent, quod ven-
turus esset Antichristus, ait illis, Et sicut aiidistis quod Anli-
christus sit xenturus, nunc antichristi multi facti sunt. Num-
quid posset habere multos antichristos, nisi hora novissima V
To the ready objection, that so long an interval has occurred
Calvin (in loc.) gives this answer: 'Respondeo. Apostolum
vulgari Scripturae more denuntiare fldelibus, nihil jam amplius
restare, nisi ut Christus m mundi redemptionem appareat.'
And it need only be added to this, that in the 'many anti-
christs' then present John saw the precursors of the coming
Antichrist (Gee: TtpooSortotovyruv T'tov rto^^wv 'Avtixp^fST^^v fcj
ivL) ; though how many such precursors there were to be, and
at "what particular moment 'their mighty chief should him-
self appear ;-on these points, and consequently on the precise
historical duration of the last hour, the apostle here gives no
information, and had probably none to give. These considera-
tions, joined to the earnest tone of crisis and urgency that
sounds in the emphatic reiteration, determine my preference of
the specific to the more indefinite word (comp. 2 Pet. 3 : 3,
N. d) ; not to mention that out of 109 times, that i2pa is found
in the N. T., it is 89 times so rendered in E. V. — W., R. ; —
Vulg., Germ., Dt., Fr. S. ;-Aug., Calv., Aret., Par., Engl. Ann.,
Hamm., Cocc, More, Whitb., Beng., Wakef, Mack., Li'icke,
All., Sharpe, De. W., Kenr., Dilst. ;-Rob. (who adds that it
' refers to the last times of o aluv ovroj.').
' See V. 7, N. p.
THE FIRST EPISTLE OF JOHN. CHAP. II.
35
KING JAMES VERSION.
20 But ye have an unction
from the Holy One, and ye
know all things.
21 I have not written unto you
because ye know not the truth,
GREEK TEXT.
20 Kai vnEig ;^p('(T^fa £;^eTf d.7tb
toi) ayiov, xal oibare navta.
21 oix ey^a-^ vf^uv, oTi ovx oi-
REVISED VERSION.
20 "And Pyou, ye have an
■ianointing from the Holy One,
and "^ know all things.
211 have not written unto you
because ve know not the truth,
■> See ch. 1 : 2, N. i, &o. If xai has ever an ailversalive sense,
' it has it not of itself,' says Iloog., ' but takes it from the nature
of the opposed clauses or members.' 'Apparently adrersative,'
Rob. well remarks of this alleged use of xai, 'but only where
the antithesis of the thought is clear in itself, without the aid
of an adversative particle.' Win., accordingl}', would almost
confine it to ' the simple, narrative style.' In the present case
xal is generally, and even by Lilcke, De W., Bloomf., Peile,
taken in this sense; but without any necessity, and with no
advantage to the connection of the verse, which really presents
an additional mark of discrimination between the faithful and
the apostates, another provision for the security of the former
against the evil principles of the latter. — T. ;-Syr., Germ., Dt.
marg., Ft. S. ;-Aug., Calv., Oastal.. Aret, Hamm., Wells, Beng.,
Dodd., Thorn, {even), Dust, {und; though he explains as
Liicke, &c.).
P Kiihn. : ' When the subject is a personal pronoun, it is not
expressed, unless it is particularly emphatic' Win. : ' Com-
monly they' (the personal pronouns in the nom.) 'involve an
antithesis more or less obvious, forming, in the N. T. also, an
emphasis.' — Syr., Latin verss. {vos. Zumpt : The personal
pronouns are expressed in the terminations of the verb, and
are expressed only when they denote emphasis or opposition.'),
ft. (quanV e a voi), Fr. S. ;-B. and L. (pour voiis), Dodd. (as
for yoi(,;~h'it as a supplement), Thoin. (you yourselves). See
V. 24, N. a, and 27, N. p.
1 E. Y., V. 27 ;-W. (without the article) ,-Well.s, Dodd., Wesl.,
Ncwc, Sharpe, Barn, (seems to prefer it).
W., R. ;-German verss., It. ;-Wesl., Wakef , Mack., Newo.,
Thorn.. Peile.
not what the writer intended. Some, accordingly, as Lilcke,
De W., Dust., find in oix liai niivtii a change, or an extension,
of the subject of ^avifi^^uaiv. In other words, there is here,
as De W. expresses it, 'a drawing together of two thoughts:
1., iva ^arf pu9^ oT't oix (irfl Ttuvtf^ ft y^wv \ 2., 'iva <J)arfpw-
ewdn/ 6rt oix fifft i% rifiuv. The apostle would say : it was to
become manifest that they, as generally alas ! not all, do not
belong to us.' But, if E. V. tightens the knot, this, it may be
said, cuts rather than unties it. Of the ' two thoughts ' neither
is expressed in the Greek, and both together can be driven into
it (unless, indeed, we adopt the It. construction : ' ma conveniva
che fosser manifestati : percioche non tutti son de' nostri ;' as if
he had said generally of those in church-fellowship: oi yap
ttdvtav fj TcCans 2 Thess. 3 : 2 ;-and so Dodd., Moldenh., Newc.
marg. ; Thorn., thus : ' But to the end that they might be
made manifest [because all are not of us] even you yourselves
have an unction, &c.') only by paraphrastic violence. Hence,
while many commentators are fain to include both in their ex-
position, such verss., as do not rest in what Diist. calls the
'intolerable' (unertraglich) implication of E. V., have to be
satisfied with one or the other of them. Thus, the first ap-
pears, sometim-'S in the form of i'j/o ek aiioi; ^av^puSri xt%.
in Fr. G.,-M. ;-probably Pugn. (ut patefieret quod non sinl
omnes ex nobis), Oastal., Bez., Engl. Ann. (as one explanation),
Carpz., Newc, Mey., All., Penn, De W. and Diist. themselves,
Peile ; — the second, in W., T., 0. ;-Syr. ;-the notes of Bloomf.
and Barn ; all of these latter overlooking the rtav-tti entirely,
and so evading the diflBculty. But the other alternative also,
(I.), substitutes for ^avifmBwaiv an impersonal form, nor can this
change be justified by the addition of h aitoi;, an ihnen, in
them; — (2.), would probably have had oi Ttdvtci ilaiv t'S ijniiv
(comp. Matt. 7 : 21 ; 19 : 11 ; Johu 13 : 10, 11,18; Acts 10 ; 41 ;
Rom.9: 6; 10: 16; ICor. 6: 12; 8: 7; 10: 23;2Thess 3:2);
— (3.), yields, after all, but a frigid sense : ' These apostatized in
order that it might be shown, that professors of Christ are not
all true Christians ;' — and, (4.), the sense, such as it is, is not in
keeping with the context, or the rest of the Epistle, throughout
which the apostolic charit3r assumes, that those who remained
were genuine believers. Against Episcopius' rendering of ov
ndvci^ here by nulli Diist. objects, 1., that, had John meant
that, he would have written, not tiai, bnt riaav. This, however,
is not at all certain. Seeing those men now at last standing
where they had always spiritually belonged, outside of the
Church's pale, the apostle ma}' very well be understood as say-
ing: ' They went out, that it might appear that they are, all of
them, just what they are, not of us.' the inference being then
immediate, that formerly they wore a mask ; and this is still
more natural, from the truth in regard to the past having al-
ready been expi'essly asserted : ovx ^aav it r-fiCtv. 2., Another
objection i.s, that oi, being .separated from Ttditti only by the
copula, must belong to it as the subject, not to the predicate
iialv it rjfii^i', and that the latter connection, moreover, would
have required either 6ti Ttdvtes oix hai (^Bav) i| rifi. or 6*t oi«s
lid. it yiiJr. Tidvic;. But see Rom. 3: 20; 1 Cor. 1 : 29; and, for
other examples of this hebraism (Win.), Matt. 24: 22 (Mark
13 : 20) ; Luke 1 : 37 ; Acts 10 : 14 ; Gal. 2:16; Rev. 21 : 27.
— Engl. Ann. (as another explanation, and the first mentioned:
' That none of them were of zis. An Hebrew phrase.'), Hamm.
and Guyse (in the paraphrase). Wells, Whitb. (that they all
were not), B. and L. (que tons ces gens-ld ne sont pas), Pyle,
Slade, Ros. (allows it: nullum eorum), Trol.
" W. (be), G., R. ;-Vulg., Germ., Dt., It., Fr. G. -JL ;-Erasm.,
Pagn., Vat., WelKs, B. and L., Dodd., Moldenh., Newc, Liicke,
AH., Penn, De W., Kenr., Peile, Diist.
36
THE FIRST EPISTLE OF JOHN. CHAP. IT.
KING JAMES VERSION.
but because j'e know it, and that
no lie is of the truth.
22 Who is a Har but he that
denieth that Jesus is the Christ?
He is antichrist, that denieth the
Father and the Son.
23 Whosoeverdenieththe Son,
the same hath not the Father :
[6m< he that acknowledgeth the
Son hath the Father also.^
24 Let that therefore abide in
you, which ye have heard from
the beginning. If that which ye
have heard from the beginning
GREEK TEXT.
avrr,v, xai ort, Tfdv ^^evSog ix tng
a2.y!deiag oix tan.
22 liq iottv 6 ^l^svotrig, el [.in 6
dpvov[ievog 6-Tt 'lyiaovg ovx iarLV 6
XpfCTog; oiirog sanv 6 avrixp^ytog,
6 d^vovi-ievog rov Ttarepa, xai rov
viov.
23 Ttctg 6 a^vox'iievog t'ov vibv,
ov8s 'vov narspa e;^f t.
24 'Tf.tELg ovv o r)covnats an
o.p'xr.g, iv i'liiv (.iBvitco. iav ev v[^uv
^siVYt 6 ctTt' dpx'^ig r^xovaats, xai
REVISED VERSION.
but because ye know it, and that
no he is of the truth.
22 Who is 'the har, but he that
denieth that Jesus is the Christ ?
'This is "the Antichrist, "who de-
nieth tlie Father and the Son.
"'23 ^Every one that denieth
the Son, ^'neither hath he the
Father.^
24 "You, therefore, let that
'' which ye "= heard from the be-
ginning abide in you : if that
■^abide in you which ye "= heard
' The article is here strongly emphatic, and indicates that the
highest ■^ivSof (v. 21), even all religious error, is involved in
this denial. There may even he in it a demonstrative force,
explained in the latter half of the verse. — Dt., It., Fr. M.,-S. ;-
Beng. (' vim relativam habet ad abstractum mendacium, v.
21, i.e. Quis est illius mendacii imposturaeque reus 7 '), Wesl.
{tlmt), AVakef., Mack., Thom., Midd., Greenf, All., De W.,
Stier, Kenr., Peile, Diist.
* OiJT'os points, not to o a^vov^ivo^ tov rtarepa xai tov vlov
(which is, therefore, not in apposition with oitoi, but belongs
as a predicate to o avtixpinfoi), but to o apvovfiivos bti 'irjgois
xtx., in the preceding clause. In reply to the challenge there
given, we have now a peremptory declaration, that the denial of
Jesus as the Christ does carry in it the extreme Antichristian
apostasy. — The demonstrative force is preserved in the old En-
glish and all the foreign verss. ;-Hamm., Guyse, Dodd., Wakef.,
Murd., Kenr., Peile.
" See V. 18, N. d, &c. T., C. ;-foreign verss. (Cocc. ille) ;-
Hamm., Wakef. (that), Mack., Thorn., Scott, Sharpe, Peile.
' AVesl., AYakef., Jlack., Newc , Thom., Penn., Kenr.
' This verse is the formal justification of the one preceding.
^ So Ttaj o may be correctly translated throughout (see Rob.
on rttt; before a participle with the article). In cases, however,
where a negative predicate follows, as in ch. 3 : C, 9. &c., the
whosoever of E. V. is perhaps less liable to popular misappre-
hension. Here the emphasis in the oi&i is brought out by
treating mdj o as a nominative absolute. — E. V., v. 29 ; ch. 4 :
7 ; 5 : 1 ; &c. ;-W. (each that), R. ;-Vulg. (omnis qui), Dt.
{een iegelijk, die);-Ang., Calv., Beng., (as Vulg.), Dodd.,
Kenr., (erery one who), Greenf., All. and De W. {Jeder, der),
Stier {Ein Jeglicher, der), Murd. at ch. 3: 6.
7 The emphasis is on the predicate, not on the subject ; and
so it appears in R. (which gives the whole verse as above) ;-
all foreign verss. (except B. and L., who drop the emphasis
altogether) ;-"Wakef. (as above), Kenr. (halh not the F. either).
' The additional clause, o- o/toXoyuii' ■roi' vlov xai tov na-ti^ia
txth which is marked as doubtful by the English Translators,
though that mark has been removed in the Amer. Bib. Soc.'s
recent Revision, being now universally received by editors and
critics, I recommend that it be restored to the verse thus: 'the
Father ; he that confesseth the Son hath the Father also.' —
The but supplied by E. V. is rather a disadvantage than other-
wise, and is not in C, R. ;-such foreign verss. as have the clause
(except Mey., All.) ;-'VVells, AVesl., Penn, Sharpe, Murd., Kenr.
'Ofio^oyiu occurs other 5 times in John's Epistles, and is always
in E. V. confess; and .so 12 times elsewhere, and always when
opposed, as here, to dpvt'ofiai. R. ;-Murd., Kenr.
' See V. 20, N. p, &c. The antithetical (De W., Diist. : nach-
drilckKch [kraftvoll] vorangestellte) vfiilf here and in v. 27 is
explained by Beng., De W., and others, as belonging by hyper-
baton to r^xoijaate. I prefer to regard it as in both instances a
rhetorical anacoluthon, which had better be preserved. See
Grot., Liicke, Ros., Win. § 28. 3 and 64. 2. d. Dust., and Rev.
3 : 12, N. i. Others, as Wolf., Trol., &c., allow either construc-
tion. — The emphasis is here variously given also by R. ;-Syr.,
Vulg., It., Fr. S.;-Aug., Erasm., Vat., Castal., Bez. (as cited in
Pol. Syn.), Tremell., Aret., Dodd. (as for you ; and not, as in v.
20, as a supplement), Carpz., Thom. (as Dodd.), Peile (on your
part). Comp. the Hebrew use of iJN and i^{<1 1 Chron. 28 :
2; Is. 59: 21; &c.
'' Nothing is gained in this verse by the double inversion
(adopted bj' E. V. from T., C, G.) of the Greek order, which
is followed in both mstances by W., R. ;-Syr., Latin and Ger-
man verss. (except iley.), Dt.
' See V. 7, N. p, &c.
^ See V. 19, N. k, &c. The avowed aversion of the English
Translators to ' uniformity of phrasing' is strikingly exempli-
fied in their threefold rendering of ^Ua in this one verse. But
is not that ' a verbal and unnecessary changing V The worst
is, that the simple beauty and force of the original are sacri-
ficed to ' a great number of good English words.' W., R., and
all other versions that I have looked into, except T., C, G.,
avoid this unprofitable exuberance. — For the order, see N. b.
THE FIRST EPISTLE OF JOHN. CHAP. II.
37
KING JAMES VERSION.
shall remain in j'ou, ye also shall
continue in the Son, and in th<3
Father.
25 And this is the promise that
he hath promised us, even eternal
life.
26 These iAJreo-* have I written
unto you concerning them that
seduce you.
27 But the anointing which }'e
have received of him abidelh in
you, and ye need not that any
man teach you : but as the same
anointing teacheth you of all
things, and is truth, and is no lie,
and even as it hath taught you,
ye shall abide in him.
28 And now, little children.
GREEK TEXT.
v^ig £v TO rta xai sv tu Ttarpi
fiEveLTe.
25 xal aikr; iariv n evtayyeTua,
r,v avtog STt/iyyeiTjo/to h^tv, rip ^anv
trf aiuviov.
26 Tairta eypa^a v^dv Ttspl tav
TlTjxvuvtQV vfiag.
27 Kat I'liEig to Z9''^^^ o sXd^ets
an' avroii, iv v^iv /.isvei, xal ov
Xpeto-v exste Iva tig hthaax-n vfidg-
d^/l' ug to avtd ;^p('cr|Ua hhaaxn
vf-idg Ttepl TxdvTidv, xal a?.y]6eg eatt,
xal ovx eatL '4^£v?iog- xal xaQiog £&'-
8a^£v i);ud$, nEvelts ev aita.
28 Kat vin>, tsxvia, fievets ev
REVISED VERSION.
from the beginning, ye also shall
''abide in the Son and in the
Father.
25 And this is the promise
^which he "^himself ? promised us,
''the life eternal.
26 These 'things -"T have writ-
ten unto you concerning ''those
'who ""would "deceive you.
27 "And Pyou, the anointing
which ye "i received "'from him
abideth in you, and ye 'have no
need that any 'one teach you :
but as the same anointinsr teach-
eth you "concernmg all things,
and is "true, and is no lie, and
even as it ^ taught you, ye ='shall
abide in him.
28 And now, little children.
' R. ;-Guyse, Dodd., and the later verss. (except Sharpe).
' See ch. 1 : 7, N. x, &c. The writer thinks of the promise,
not so much as something recorded in his own Gospel, 6 : 27 ;
17 : 2, 3 ; as what he heard from the Saviour's lips.
^ The historical reference, suggested in the last note, to cer-
tain memorable occasions, or at least to the personal ministry
of the Saviour while on earth, seems to require that the verb
here (as in v. 6 of this chapter, and Acts 20 : 35, where the
same kind of reference cannot be mistaken,) should be given in
its proper aorist form. — W., R. ;-Wakef.
For the omission of the E. V. supplement, see 'W., R. ;-
Syr., Vulg., German verss., Fr. S.;-Erasm., Vat., Carpz., Greenf.,
Sharpe, Kenr. For the article, see v. 7, N. o, &c. ;-forcign
verss. generally, (Pagn., Bez., ilia) ;-Wakef., Mack., Thom,
See ch. 5 : 20, N. p. For the order, life et., see E. V., Matt,
25 : 46 ; John 4:36; 17:3 ;-R, ;-AVakef., Mack, {life which
[is] et. ;-this relative construction appears also in Berl. Bib.,
Thom.), Murd., Kenr. See ch. 5 : 20, N. p.
' It is not necessary to mark things as a supplement here,
any more than in v. 2 ; ch. 1 : 4 ; &c., nor was it so marked in
the original edition.
' See ch. 1 : 4, N. p.
k See 2 Pet. 1 : 1, N. b, &c.
1 See 2 Pet. 1 : 1, N. c, &c.
■^ The context (vv. 20, 21, 27) shows that this is a case of
the present 'de conatu, i. e. an endeavour or purpose'' (Buttm.
§ 137. n. 10.), and so it is generally understood; as by AVhitb.,
B. and L., Blackw., Beng., Guyse, Dodd. (as above ;-and so
Wesl. in the note, Newc, Penn, Barn., Peilc), Gill, Moldenh.,
Carpz. (volunt). Scott, Clarke, Mey. (TCoMe«;-and so Stolzj
Van Ess), Ros., De W.
" nxavdu is in B. V. to seduce only here and Rev. 2 : 20 ; in
the other two instances in this Epistle and 22 times elsewhere,
to deceive.— 'W ., T., C, G.;- Blackw., Dodd., Mack., Newc,
Sharpe.
" In addition to the apostolic warning, they had the secu-
rity of their spiritual anointing, and union to Christ. See v. 20,
N. o, &c.
P A yet stronger case of hyperbaton, De W. thinks, than
that in v. 24. But see there N. a, &c.
■! Comp. Gal. 3 : 2, and see v. 7, N. p, &c. "W., G. ;-Wakef ,
Sharpe. See N. w.
See ch. 1 : 5, N. t.
' E. V. translates ;i-p£i,'ar fj^jii/, to have need or lack, 24 times;
in 6 of which the phrase, when accompanied by the negative
particle, is, to have no need ;-W, (have not n.), R,;-Dodd, {have
no necessity), Wakef., i\Iack., Thom., Penn {as W.), Kenr.,
Peile.
t See V. 1, N. b, &c.
" See oh. 1 : 1, N. d.
' The adjective is retained by E, V. in ch. 2 : 8 ; Acts 12:9;
-here, by the older English and all the foreign (except Greenf)
verss. ;-Dodd., "Wesl., Wakef, Newc, Thom., Penn., Murd.,
Kenr., Peile.
* ' At first, when ye received it ' (previous clause). As the
anointing was the same (' to aito. idem semper, nou aliud atque
aliud, sed sibi constans; et idem apud sanctos omnes.' Beng.),
so ' the whole truth' (John 16 : 13 Ttdaav triv aXrfiiiav), into
which it evermore guides the Church, is still essentially the
'one faith' (Eph, 4: 5 fila, xiati;), universal and unchangeable,
of God's elect. See N. q, &c.— W., T., G. ;- Wakef , Sharpe.
" Lachm. and Theile have ^heti as in v, 28, and of this Diist.
approves, citing for it A. B. C.
3S
THE FIRST EPISTLE OF JOHN. CHAR III.
KING JAMES VERSION.
abide in him ; that when he shall
appear, we may have confidence,
and not be ashamed before him
at his coming.
29 If ye know that he is right-
eous, ye know that every one
that doeth righteousness is born
of him.
CHAP. III.
Behold what manner of love
the Father hath bestowed upon
us, that we should be called the
sons of God ! therefore the world
knoweth us not, because it knew
him not.
2 Beloved, now are we the
sons of God, and it doth not yet
GREEK TEXT.
aira- 'iva brav ^vspudTi, £x,°l^^
TtappYiaiav, xal ^m aiaj(vvQu^v an
avvoi, tp TYi TtapovaicL autov.
29 edv f(&^T£ or I
8ixai6g
yiVLxrxETE otL Ttag 6 Ttoicjv tnv
oavvyjv, i^ airov yeysvrritai.
sati,
hixat-
REVISED VERSION.
abide in him ; that, when he shall
3'be manifested, we ^may have
confidence, and not be "shamed
away from him, at his coming.
29 If ye know that he is righ-
teous, ""ye know that every one
that doeth righteousness "^hath
been ''begotten of him.
CHAP. III.
Behold "what manner of love
CHAP. III.
'lAETE Ttotannv dydnyiv hsScdxsv
7[ULV b 7taTy;p, iva texva Qeov x7.rr ' t^ie Father hath bestowed upon
dcouEV. Siaroirto 6 xdauog ov yivciy us, that we should be called ''ch.l-
„ ' - '- ' 1 „,'*^,. dren of God r therefore the world
' ' knoweth "not us, because it knew
^not him.
2 Beloved, now are we ' chil-
dren of God, and it ^hath not yet
2 dyanyirol, virf texvol Qeov eo^v,
xai oi'Tto E^ars^dvi ri iao^iEda- oi-
y This verb is several times used in this Epistle of the per-
sonal appearing of our Lord, and in that relation is always,
except here and ch. 3 : 2, rendered in E. V., was manifested.
I think it better to retain the passive form in all these instances,
not only for the sake of uniformity, but also as suggesting the
agency and love of the Father (so prominent in the Christo-
logy of John) in the second, as well as in the first, coming of
the Saviour. Comp. ch. 4: 9, 10; Acts 3: 18, 20; 1 Tim. 6:
15. E. V. here follows the Vulg. (apparuerit). — Syr., Germ.,
Dt., Fr. S. ;-Aug., Pagn,, Bez., Tremell., Berl. Bib., Beng.,
Newc, Greenf., Murd., Peile. See ch. 3 : 2, N. f.
' The f'j;o/i£i' of our Text is an error of the press for J'j^ujufr.
Lachm. and Tisch. give ax'^f-iv.
' 'Art' avtov cannot mean ' before him,' but, in connection
with the verb, indicates the shrinking, under the pressure of
inward shame and universal contempt, of the false professor
from the glory of Him, whose name he had dishonoured. Comp.
Ps. 73: 20; Is. 2: 19-21; Dan. 12; 2; Matt. 25 : 41 (Hoptv-
foSf art' ijiov); Mark 8 : 38; Luke 21: 36; Rev. 6: 16 (xpv-
■^ati riiiai Mo upoaurtov)- — Dt. {ran hem) ;-Calv. (pudpfiamus
ab ejus praesentia), Stcph. (ab eo discedamus piidej'acti),
Hamm. in the paraphrase (^turned with shame from him),
Greenf. (VJ?'7D li*i33), Bloomf. (assents to Green's rendering,
shrink from him with shame), De "W. (' 6.7(6, pregnant, including
the idea of turning away, as aiax- orto rtpooiJrtov Sir. 21 : 22.').
Peile {'put to confusion efface as being cast away from him'),
Diist. (who also cites Bez., Episcopius, J. Lange, Lticke) ;-Rob.
('pr. so as to turn away from him').
^ rtvusxefe is rendered as an imperative mood in E. V. marg.;
-W., T., C, R. ;-Syr , Latin verss. (except Pagn., Bez.), German
verss. (except Moldenh.), Dt., It., French verss. ;-"Wakef., Newc.
I prefer the affirmative construction for the reason assigned by
Bez. : ' Ubiq^ue enim negat se docere irpperitos.' See ch. 4 : 2,
N. a.
' Scott: 'In all the passages in this epistle' (except once, ch.
5 : 18), 'and in several of the others, the passive perfect is used,
which is properly, ftas been &c.' See 2 Pet. 2 : 17, N. a, &c. —
Fr. S.;-Engl. Ann. (at ch. 3: 9), Mack.
'^ This rendering of ytuj'aw, which is required at ch. 5:1, is
equally suitable throughout the Epistle. — E. V. ch. 5: 1, 18;
Acts 13 ; 33 ; 1 Cor. 4:15; Philem. 10 ; &c. ;-Fr. S. {engendre ;-
for ne of other ver.ss.) ;-Calv., Cocc, Carpz., (genitus ;-for na-
tus of other verss.), Engl. Ann. at ch. 3; 9, Scott, ('or, beg.').
Mack., Clarke, Penn, Barn.
» The comma here restored by the Amer. Bib. Soc. is not
needed, any more than in the other cases of the dependent con-
struction of rtorartos, where E. V. omits it ; Mark 13,1; Luke
1 : 29 ; 7 : 39. It may be added, that the restoration of the
comma made it only the more proper to retain the point of ex-
clamation, which the Soc. has dropped. — W., T., R. ;-Latin and
French verss. (except Castal.), It. ;-\Vesl., Mack,, Newc, Thorn.,
Clarke.
^ The article is omitted by all foreign verss. (except Fr. M-) ;
-TTakef., Newc, Thom., Penn, Sharpe, Dav., Kenr,, Peile ;-
Rob. For children, see E. V. throughout John's Epistles
(except here and v. 2), and generally elsewhere ;-German and
French verss., Dt. ;-Dodd. and the later English.
» The addition of xaX ianiv after x7.rfiuit.iv (A. B. C, Yulg.,
&c.) is adopted only by Lachm.
^ The Greek order is kept in both instances by W., R. ;-
Latin verss. (except Castal.) ;-"Wakef., Mack., Thorn.: — in the
first instance, by Syr. : — in the second, by T., C, G. ;-It ;-
Dodd., "West., Penn, Sharpe, Kenr.
' See v. 1, N. b.
' See ch, 2 : 28, N. y. A passive verb, with or without an
adjective, is employed by Syr. ;-Dt., French ver.ss. ;^Aug., Bez.,
Hamm., Pears,, Berl. Bib., Beng., Wakef., Newc, Thom., Scott,
Greenf., Yap Ess, Penn, Peile.
THE FIRST EPISTLE OF JOHN. CHAP. III.
39
KING JAMES VERSION.
appear what we shall be : but
we know that, when he shall
appear, we shall be hke him ;
for we shall see him as he is.
3 And every man that hath this
hope in him purifieth himself,
even as he is pure.
4 Whosoever committeth sin
transgressed! also the law ; for
sin is the trangression of the law.
5 And ye know that he was
manifested to take away our
sins ; and in him is no sin.
6 Whosoever abideth in him
sinneth not : whosoever sinneth
hath not seen him, neither known
him.
7 Little children, let no man
deceive you : he that doeth right-
eousness is righteous, even as he
is righteous.
GREEK TEXT.
Sansv 8e otL iav ^j'spaB^, b^ioioi
avra iaoj^eda, oTt o'^o^ieQa airtov
3 Kai Tiag 6 ij(av rr:v i?c7ti8a
ravryiv en' avta, ayvi^sL iavtov,
xaBug ixsivog ayvog iatu
4 nd$ 6 TToiQV Tr,v aiiaptiav, xal
trtf OLVo^av Ttoiei- xal n a[.iapTia
sarlv n avo^a.
5 xal oibatE otL Bxslvog i^avepoi-
Oy], iva rag a^apviac, riffov upyj- xat
h^iaptia h' avru ovx katL.
6 7td$ 6 £2^ avro} ^evav, ov^ h^ap-
rdvEi- nag b a^apravidv, ov^ iupa-
xev alrtbv, ovSe syvcdxev avtov.
7 Tsxvia, [.lyiSsig n2.avdtu vi.idg'
6 Ttoitiv rr,v hixaioavvYiv, hixaiog iaTi,
xaOug exELvog bixaiog iatLV.
REVISED VERSION.
been manifested what we shall
be, but we know that, when ^it
shall '"be manifested, we shall be
like him, for we shall see him as
he is.
3 And every 'one that hath
this hope Jon Him purifieth him-
self even as ''He is pure.
4 'Every one that committeth
sin "committeth also "violation of
law ; "and sin is "violation of law.
5 And ye know that PHe was
manifested to take away our sins ;
and in him is 'no sin.
6 ■'Every one that abideth in
him sinneth not ; ''every one that
sinneth hath not seen him, neither
known him.
7 Little children, let no 'one
deceive you ; he that doeth right-
eousness is righteous, even as
'He is righteous.
^ Or, ^e;-which personal reference, besides being favoured
by ch. 2: 28 and Col. 3 : 4, appears in W , G. (as a supplement),
R. ;-Dt (as G.), It., Fr. G.,-JI.,-S. ;-Pagn,, Bez., (supply ipse),
Calv. (in the comment.), Wells, "VVhitb., Berl. Bib., Guyse,
Dodd., Moldenh., Wakef., Mack., Newc, Thorn., Scott, Clarke,
Penn, Sharpe, Bloomf Yet I prefer the impersonal construc-
tion as being that of the previous clause, and because, had a
change been intended, it would have accorded with John's
manner to say, ixsivoi ; as at vv. 3, 5, &c. So T., 0. ;-Germ. ;-
Casta!., Engl. Ann. ('or, ti'), Grot., B. and L., Beng., Bens.,
Carpz., Lucke, Mey., Ros., Trol., De "W., Stier, Peile. — Syr.
and Vulg. are doubtful ; though Tremell. and Murd., All. and
Kenr., adopt the personal reference.
'' ''When the mystery of our future being is unveiled, this
is what shall be disclosed : " IVe shall be like ^ini"-whateverof
glory and blessedness that involves.' See N. f, &c.
' E. v., ch. 2 : 29 ; Matt. 7 : 8 ; &c. ;-R. ;-Dodd. and the later
verss. (e.xcept Newc).
1 The ambiguity of E. V. is, perhaps, commonly misunder-
stood by the English reader as=^j/ lavT^- — E. V., Ps. 119 : 49
(tipoTi) ;-Syr. (=bv), Germ, (zu), Dt. ;-Engl. Ann. ('or, on'),
Hamm., Berl. Bib., Moldenh. (as Genu.), Newc. (placeth this
h. in him), Mey., All. (diese Hoffnung aiif ihn setzt), De W.,
Peile (set on him). The capital H also would help to guard
the reader against mistake.
k See ch. 2 : 6, N. 1.
iSeech. 2:23, N. X.
"■ The correspondence between o jtoiwv and jtoiil is preserved
by W., T., C, R. ;-Latin verss. (except Pagn., Boz. ;-whose
transgreditur is followed in E. V.), German verss. (except
Moldenh., All.), Dt., It, Fr. G.,-S.;-Hamm., Dodd., Mack.,
Thorn., Greenf., Penn, Sharpe, Kenr., Peile.
" Elsewhere E. Y. renders dfo^i-'a twelve times, iniquity; and
once, U7irightemisness. Here the allusion to the composition
of the term is stronger than either of these English words
conveys. — Dodd. ('I choose violation as rather a more express-
ive word than transgression, and so answering more exactly
to axo^ia.'). Thorn., Peile (non-conformily to law). 'Avo/iia
(like a/iafitla) takes the article as an abstract noun, not as re-
ferring to any particular law. No article is introduced in either
clause by W., T., C, R. ;-Greenf , Murd., Kenr., Peile. Mack.,
Thom., omit before law ; Penn, before transgression.
" See ch. 1 : 2, N. i. It is in the style of John, that this
assertion in the abstract of the essential oneness of sin and
lawlessness should be attached to the previous concrete form
rather as an additional, cumulative statement, than as an argu-
mentative ground or justification. — W., 0., R. ;-Latin verss.
(except Pagn.. Bez.), German verss. (except Moldenh. and
Mey.), It., Fr. S. ;-Wells, Ros., Greenf, Kenr., Peile (yea).
p See ch. 2 : 6, N. 1. Lachm. and Tisch. cancel r;fi.uv.
1 See ch. 1 : 8, N. z.
■• Seech. 2: 23, N. x:.
See ch. 2 : 1, N. b, and 4 : 12, N. y, &c.
<■ See ch. 2 : 6, N. 1.
40
THE FIRST EPISTLE OF JOHN. CHAP. III.
KING JAMES VERSION.
8 He thai committeth sin is of
the devil ; for the devil sinneth
from the beginning. For this
purpose the Son of God was
manifested, that he might destroy
the works of the devil.
9 Whosoever is born of God
doth not commit sin ; for his seed
remaineth in him ; and he can-
not sin, because he is born of
God.
10 In this the children of God
are manifest, and the children
of the devil : whosoever doeth
not righteousness is not of God,
neither he that loveth not his
brother.
11 For this is the message
that ye heard from the begin-
ning, that we should love one
another.
12 Not as Cain, wJio was of
that wicked one, and slew his
GREEK TEXT.
8 6 TtoLav rnv aiMapriav, ix tov
haj36?jov iariv brt an dp;^^ 6 ^td-
(Jo/\.og d(UapTdwt. etg touto e<pav£-
pcl)&)q 6 vlog tov G>£Ov, iva. "kvori ra
ipya tov Sux(362jov.
9 7td$ 6 ysyevvYi^ievog ix tov Qsov,
a.[.iaptiav ov ttoul, otL anep^ia aitov
iv aijT6) ^evsr xai ov SivataL hfiap-
tdvEiv, bti sx tov Qeov ysyivvYitau
IQ sv tovta ^avepd eati td TfPfj'a
Toil Qeov xai ra T£xva Toii hia[i6%ov.
Ildg 6 |U/i TtOLQv hixaioainriv, ovx
kativ ix tov Seov, xai 6 ft/i dyarcajv
tov dheTi^ov avtov.
1 1 OtL avtri iativ n dyyE?ua r(v
r,xovaat£ an dp;^j^s, iva dyanonev
dyl/lyiXovs"
12 ow xaOag KdiV ix tov novr^^v
riv, xai sa<pa^£ tov d8£?L^ov avtov-
REVISED VERSION.
8 He that committeth sin is of
the devil; for the devil sinneth
tiom the beginning. For this "
was the Son of God manifested,
that he might destroy the works
of the devil.
9 'Every one that "hath been
^begotten of God doth not com-
mit sin, for his seed ^abideth in
him ; and he cannot sin, because
he "hath been ^begotten of God :
10 In this "^are manifest the
children of God and the children
of the devil. ^Every one that
doeth not righteousness is not of
God, ''and he that loveth not his
brother.
11 For this is the "^message
that ye heard from the begin-
ning, that we should love one
another ;**
12 Not as Cain ^ was of ''the
wicked one, and slew s^his broth-
" There is nothing for purpose in the Greek ;-R. ;-any for-
eign vers. ;-Sharpe (for this was), Kenr. (for this hath the S.
of G. appeared).
- See ch. 2 : 23, N. x.
^ See ch. 2 : 29, N. c, &c.
" See ch. 2 : 29, N. d.
•" Seech. 2: 19, N. k, &c.
'All foreign verss. (except Dt. ;-Moldenh.), and Wakef,
translate ^avfpa iati, before either of the subjects ; Penn and
Kenr., after both.
' See ch. 2 : 23, N. x. Here begins a new section, in which
the general doctrine of the previous context is applied to the
ca.se of loving our brother. This closer connection of the first
half of v. 10 with what precedes, and of the second half with
what follows, or at least this latter connection, is variously
indicated in the editions of Beng., Griesb., Mey., Lachm.,
Bloomf , Sch.
^ "W., R. ;-foreign verss. (except Fr. S. ;-B. and L., Jley.) ;-
Dodd., Sharpe (as also), JMurd., Kenr., Peile (also).
" E. V. marg: : ' Or, commandment.^ 'Ayyrtia, which oc-
curs nowhere el.se in the N. T., has both meanings in classic
Greek. Here they may be said to coalesce.
^ The close connection that exists, though in a compressed
form, between vv. 11 and 12, is broken up by the punctuation
of £. v.— W. and C. have a comma ; T., a colon. Others vary
from a period to a comma.
' Lucke : ' Some supply after oi : ayartu/itv, others jtotwjut v
and the like. But in the first case there arises an irony un-
suitable in this connection ; and in both cases a second supple-
ment becomes necessary, to wit, of oj after KoiV. which, as the
omission of the relative pronoun is in classic as well as N. T.
Greek without example, could hardly be justified. Much simpler
is it with Grotius to complete the sentence thus : ovx iL^tv ix
■tov rtoi'jjpoiJ, xaOus Kd'Cv ix tov rtoyjjpov iji/.' Better still Win. :
'Properly, there is nothing to be supplied (ijUfv or rtonojutv
would not tit ov), but, the comparison being negligently ex-
pressed, the reader easily adjusts the clauses for himself: that
we love one another, not as Cain was of the wicked one &c.
shall it or may it be so with us.' So also De W., who refers to
John 6 : 58, and adds that the present place is ' yet more diffi-
cult to complete, but for that very reason is not to be com-
pleted ... as we should otherwise render the expression clumsy.'
In like manner Erasm., Vat., Hamm., Wakef , introduce no
supplement. — The relative construction of E. V. appears in Syr.,
Vulg., and most other verss.
' The demonstrative is not used by W., T., G., R. ;-foreign
verss. (except Erasm., Pagn., Vat., Bez.) ;-Dodd. and the later
verss. (except Newc).
^ Win. : ' In the N. T., more frequently than among the
Greeks, avtov &c. appears for the reflexive avtmi &c., and the
Codd. vary exceedingly in the mode of writing these two pro-
nouns. Only the Editors of the N. T. have not generally ob-
served this, and so at present less stress can be laid on the N.
T. text than on that of Greek authors.' This extraordinary
(ausserordentlich) vacillation is exemplified in this one verse,
THE FIRST EPISTLE OF JOHN. CHAP. III.
41
KING JAMES VERSION.
brother. And wherefore slew he
him"? Beccause his own works
were evil, and his brother's right-
eous.
13 Marvel not, my brethren,
if the world hate you.
14 We know that we have
passed from death unto life, be-
cause we love the brethren. He
that loveth not his brother, abid-
eth in death.
15 Whosoever hateth his broth-
er, is a murderer : and j^e know
that no murderer hath eternal
life abiding in him.
16 Hereby perceive we the
GREEK TEXT.
xat ;^dptv rivog soKpa^sv avtov; bti
rd epya avTov noviq^a r,p, ra ^e Tov
dSs2/pov airtov Sixaia.
13 [I'h daviia^ere, d8e/{<poi ^lov, el
l^uoet vf^idg 6 x6aj.Loq.
14 "Hjtfetg oiha[X£v oti ^ra[3e[3n-
xa^ev ex tov davdtov elg rrip (lonv,
otL dyaTtcij^iev rovg dSel^ovg- 6 (zn
dyanCiv tov d8e2.^6v, ^ivet iv ra
davdra.
15 7td$ 6 iiiGav tov dSsTi^bv av-
Tov, dvOpoTtoxTovog iatr xal oiSatE
ort Ttdg dvdpcdTtoxTovog ovx s^ei ^(o'hv
aiQviov iv aiiTU [isvovdav.
16 'Kv toin^a iyvQxa^ev tnv dyd-
REVISED VERSION.
er ; and wherefore slew he him ?
Because s^his own works were
■^ wicked, 'but ^his brother's righ-
teous.
13 Marvel not, my brethren, if
the world Jhateth you.
14 ''As for us, we know that
we have passed 'out ot death
■"into life, because we love the
brethren : he that loveth not "Ais
brother abideth in death.
15 "Every one that hateth his
brother is a Pmankiller ; and ye
know that no Pmankiller hath
eternal life abiding in him.
16 Hereby ihave we known
'■ Ilowjpd} occurs six times in this Epistle, and here only is
translated evil in E. V. But it is of more importance to ob-
serve, and to retain, the verbal correspondence between KaCv ix
tov rtovj^pov rjv and -ra tpya aiitov 7iovr^^^a ^y. They were tne
works of his father (Jolm 8: 41). — The same word is given in
both clauses by ^V^., R. ;-Syr., Latin verss. (except Calv.), Dt.;-
Mack., Newc, Thom., Mey., Greenf., All., Sharpe, De W.,
Murd., Kenr.
' See 2 Pet. 1 : 5, N. r.
' ' As it does.' — The indicative mood is retained by W. ;-
foreign verss. ;-Mack., Sharpe.
'' Liioke : 'Full of emphasis : ^/iEtj — in opposition to the dark
world full of hatred and devilish fratricide.' Bloomf. : ' We,
for our part.' Peile : ' \Ve that are Christ's disciples ;' &c. See
eh. 2 : 20, N. p, &o.
> 'And abide no longer in death' (last clause). — E. V., Matt.
27: 53; 2 Cor. 4 : 6; 1 Pet. 2: 9; &c.;-Germ., Dt.;-Pagn.,
Bez., Cocc, Beng., Carpz. (e.r;-for Vulg. cle), Moldenh., Mey.,
De W.
" E. v.. Matt. 18: 8,9; 19: 17; 25: 21, 23; 1 Pet. 2: 9;
&c. ;-Germ., Dt. ;-CaIv., Beng., Carpz., (m;-for Vulg. ad),
Moldenh., Mey., All., De W.
" Lachm. and Tisch. cancel tov aSA^ov.
" See eh. 2 : 23, N. x.
P While in the N. T. foviv; occurs 7 times and is always in
E. V. murdei-er, avSpurtoxtovos (not found at all in the Sept ;
the common expression there being ^ovevtr,;, or a participle of
^oKEiiw, though in Wisd. 12 : 5 appears fopsvs itself) is met with
elsewhere only in John 8 : 44. There Satan is said to have
been avdpurtoxt. an' ap;^^j, as having ' brought death into the
world and all our woe' (comp. Wisd. 2 : 24 : fOov^ 6ia/3o>.cnj
ddvato; dorfKOsv lif tov x6a/j.ov ; and Sir. 25 : 24). And so what
the writer directly aims at here is, not the expression of a
moral sentiment, but (with a conscious reference to the com-
position of a somewhat unusual word) didactically to assert,
that, as tending to the prejudice and ultimate ruin of the object,
hatred of a brother involves a breach of the sixth command-
ment of the law (comp. Matt. 5 : 21, 22. Beng. : ' Omne odium
est Conatus contra vilam.'), and yet, of course, to express this
without any such accompanying extenuation, as is suggested
by the modern technical use of homicide, manslaughter. For
the same purpose I avail myself of Dryden's word, Ovid.
Metam. xv. (cited by Rich.) :
' To kill man killers, Man has lawful power.'
With an eye, perhaps, to the present context, an old English
writer speaks of ' Kayne the manqiieller'-a. phrase which W.
also employs at Mark 6 : 27.— W., T., C, G., (manslayer) ;-
Syr. (=tl'1JN btpp), Latin verss. (homicida), Germ. (Todt-
schlager), Dt. (doodslager), It. {micidiale). Fr. S. {homicide',
-for meurtrier of Fr. G. and -M.) ;-B. and L. {as Fr. S.),
Moldenh. {as Germ.), Wakef., Mack., Penn, Murd., (as W.),
Scott (a killer of man). Here E. V. follows R., which at John
8 : 44 has mankiller.
t See ch. 2 : 3, N. h. Here the perfect tense is retained by
W., G., R. ;-Vulg., German verss., Dt., It., Fr. G.,-M.,-S. ;-
Erasm., Pagn., Vat., Coco., Pyle, Mack., Newc. marg., Clarke,
Sharpe, Kenr., Peile.
as it stands in our Text. Bloomf., Lachm., Tisch., have aitoi
thrice. As it regards ai* oii, its use generally in the N. T., and
in its present connection with dSsx^idj in this Epistle, does not
warrant the emphasis given to it hy Wake^., his own ; nor is
it because the first avtoi here stands for aitoi more certainly
than does the second, that E. V. so renders the one and not the
other, but merely for the sake of an easier discrimination. See
Rev. 1 . 5, N. X,
6
42
THE FIRST EPISTLE OF JOHN. CHAP. III.
KING JAMES VERSION.
love of God, l^ecause he laid
down his life for us : and we
ought to lay down our lives for
the brethren.
17 But whoso hath this world's
good, and seeth his brother have
need, and shutteth up his bowels
of compassion from him, how
dwelleth the love of God in
him?
IS My litde children, let us
not love in word, neither in
tongue, but in deed and in truth.
19 And hereby we know that
GREEK TEXT.
Ttyjv, bti, exelvog vTtip rifuoff t'h' '^v')(r^
aiftov id'/jxe- xm ni^stg o^eiT^o^ev
V7t£^ tLiV dheX^av tas '^vjqxs tidevai.
17 og h' av s^V '^^^ /^'^^ '^o^'
xodfJ-ov, xdi Oecjpp Toi' ahe'k^bv avrov
X^eioiv e^ovTa, xai x7^£iari ra on/'My-
'](va avtoi) an avrov, Ttog n ayditiq
tov Qeov ^vei iv avtco ;
18 tsxvia (lov, ^n ayaTto^sv Tuoyo
^Yihi y^ujaari, akX spyo) xai dkyjdsia.
19 Kat sv rovtci yivi^uxo^ev on
REVISED VERSION.
'love, because 'He laid down his
life for us : 'we also ought to lay
down our lives for the brethren.
17 Butwhosohath''iheworld's
''goods, and seeth his brother have
need, and shutteth up his '"bowels
from him, how "abideth the love
of God in him '?
18 My httle children, let us
not love in word ''nor ^in tongue,
but "in deed and in truth.
19 '' And hereby we know that
' What love is, and to what lengths of self-sacrifice it can
go.' — The E. V. supplement (from Vulg. and Bez.) is avoided
by T., C, G. ;-Protestant German verss., Dt., French verss. ;-
Aug. (' Perfectionem dilectionis dioit.'), Erasm. and other Latin
verss., Cocc. ('Qiialis sit vera charitas deflnit, sive quomodo
ilia cognoscatur explicat.'), Beng., Pyle, Wakef., Newc, Ros.,
Bloomf., Barn., Peile.
' See ch. 2 : 6, N. 1.
' An immediate inference; as in ch. 4: 11. 'Debemus igitur
et nos &c.' (Grot., Ros.). The also helps to bring out the
emphasis (see ch. 2: 20, N. p, &c.), and is, accordingly, intro-
duced (or its equivalent), though sometimes as a supplement,
and sometimes accompanied by other conjunctions, by T., G. ;-
Syr., German verss. (except Moldenh.), It., French verss. (of
vrhioh the S. has nous aussi nous);-V)al>., Carpz., Penn,
Murd.
° Only here, 1 Tim. 6: 7 (where the later editions, including
the Amer. Bible Soc.'s last, inconsistently mark this as sup-
plied), and Rev. 11 : 15, is the article before xdu^of rendered in
E. V. (after the Yulg. hujus) as a demonstrative pronoun. This
is avoided by R.;-Syr., Dt., It. ;-Aug., Erasm. and the later
Latin verss. (except Castal.), Beng., Dodd.. Newc, Thom., Mey.,
Greenf., De W., Murd., Peile ;-though several of these employ
an adjective for ■roi xosft.
' Elsewhere in E. V. jSi'oj is either life or living. In the
latter sense, or the means of sustaining life, substance, prop-
erty, the form good is not now current. — Germ. ( Giiter), It.
{beni), French verss. (fii'ejis) ;-Wells, Dodd. {good things -,-^0
Wakef, Newc), Moldenh., Liicke, AH., (as Germ.), Mack.,
Van Ess and De W. (Lebensguler), Penn, Bloomf.
" The figure in anxdyxva is retained, and without supple-
ment, by E. v., Phil. 1 : 8; 2: 1 ; Col. 3 : 12;-W., R. ;-foreign
verss. (except Castal. The Germ, verss. and Dt. = heart.) •-
Dodd., Mack., Scott. Sharpe, Murd., Kenr. It is reduced to
compassion by T., 0., G.;-Thom., Penn; to affections, by
Wakef.
^ See ch. 2 : 19, N. k, &c. E. V. translates fitVa 8 times in
John's Epistles by dwell. But that word is better for otxiw and
its compounds, as in Rom. 8 : 9, 11 ; 1 Cor. 3 : 16 ; 2 Cor. 6 :
10; Eph. 3: 17; Col. I: 19; 2: 9; 3: IG; 2 Tim. 1: 14;
James 4 : 5. Mi™, on the other hand, and especially in .John's
characteristic use of it, imports not the mere fact of dwelling,
considered simply and absolutely; but contimiance, perseve-
rance, in opposition to change and apostasy. See ch. 2: 19.
Comp. also John C : 56, where E. V. has dwell, with John 15 :
4, &c., where it has abide. Even in John 14 : 10, where ^a-u
expresses a relation between the Father and the Son, it at the
same time implies that the humihation of the flesh had induced
no change in that relation. — R. (doth . . . abide), Latin verss.,
except Castal., (^manet), Germ, (bleibet), Dt. (blijft) ;-Engl.
Ann. ('It cannot abide'), Beng. ('manet. Dicebat, se amare
Deum: sed nonjam amat.'), Carpz. (permaneat), Wakef. (can
. . . remain), Mack., Newc, Scott, Mey. (konnte bleiben), All.
(as Germ.), Kenr. (as R.), Peile (can . . . have taken abiding
possession) •j-'Pass. ('von Horn, an allg. in Poes. u. Pros. . . .
bleiben wo man gcrade ist, nicht von der Stelle gehcn.'),
Bretsch. ('in Johannis scriptis . . . nivitv iv tivi est : in ea eon-
ditione, in qua quis est, perseverare.'), Rob. (to remain). See
ch. 4 : 12, N. a.
y R. ;-Dodd. (or), Wakef. Newc, Tho.n., Murd., (and),
Mack., Penn, Sharpe, Kenr., Peile.
» Griesb. and the later editors (except Bloomf.) insert ty
before yXuicrff};, and this reading (A. B. C, &o.) Beng. also marks
as plane pro genuina habendam. I recommend that it be
adopted, and translated : with the tongue. German verss., Dt.;
-Thom., Peile. Besides these. It., Fr. G. ;-B. and L., Sharpe,
use the article.
" Griesb. and the later editors (except Bloomf) read, on evi-
dence which Beng. also pronounces clearly suiBcient, h tpy^
xaX 6,7... I recommend that this reading be adopted, and trans-
lated: in deed and truth. W. (in work and tr.), R. ;-Beng.,
AH., Goss., Van Ess, Berl. Bib. and De W. (use mit witTi this
double reference), Peile.
•^ For the various constructions of vv. 19, 20, including the
diflScult, and not yet satisfactorily disposed of, case of the second
oVt, see Liicke, Win., De W. It is not necessary to introduce
here a discussion, that would not after all affect the version.
THE FIRST EPISTLE OF JOHN. CHAP. IV.
43
KING JAMES VERSION.
we are of the truth, and shall
assure our hearts before him.
20 For if our heart condemn
us, God is greater than our
heart, and knoweth all tilings.
21 Beloved, if our heart con-
demn us not, then have we con-
fidence toward God.
22 And whatsoever we ask,
we receive of him, because we
keep his commandments, and do
those things that are pleasing in
his sight.
2-3 And this is his command-
ment. That we should believe
on the name of his Son Jesus
Christ, and love one another, as
he gave us commandment.
24 And he that keepeth his
commandments, dwelietli in him,
and he in him. And hereby we
know that he abideth in us, by
tlie Spirit which he hath given us.
CHAP. IV.
Beloved, believe not every
spirit, but try the spirits whether
they are of God: because many
false prophets are gone out into
the world.
2. Hereby know ye the Spirit
of God: Every spirit that con-
GREEK TEXT.
«x tnc, ak/iQeiac, ia^sv, xai e[.i7tpoadev
antov TtsiaofiEV tag xap&'ag nfiav
20 on sav xarayLvcjGxYi r^av ri
zap&'a, on ^ei^uv kanv 6 ©eog trig
xapSiag rij.iav, xai yivojaxei Ttdvra.
21 dyaTt'/itol, eav n xa^hia n^iav
jiYi xaraya'(liGx-(i r^iav, vtappyiaiav
s^o^tEV Ttpog tov Qeov,
22 xai o iav ahcofiev, ?jx^(3o.vofi£v
Ttap' avrov, oti rag hto'kag avrov
Tyipovfiei', xai to. dpecfra evuimov
avtoi) Ttoiov^isv.
23 xai aiytr; idtiv n Evto'kri avtoi,
Iva matEVGcd^iev ta 6v6[.ian tov vlov
avtov 'lyiffov XptaToii, xai dyanco^iEv
dX/l7;/loi>5, xaOcog tScdXEV ivtoTu'hv
r\im>.
24 xai 6 ty;puv tag evtoTudg ai'i-
tov, iv avtu [iEvet, xai atnrog iv awo.
xai Ev tovtci yivilxsxo^LEv oti fisvEi
iv nfdv, sx toil IlvEv^atog ov ni-dv
eSoiXEV.
CHAP. IV.
'ArATIHTOI ^n Ttavti nvEviiati
matsvEte, dTJja Soxi^d^ets ra nvsv-
fiata, El EX tov Qeov iattv on ixok-
Tjai ^liEvhonpcxpritai e^E/iri/iidaaiv eig
tov XOOflOV.
2 EV tovta yLvdidxEtE to Uvsv^a
toil Qeov' Ttdv TtvEvua 6 6[.io?MyEL
REVISED VERSION.
we are of the truth ; and shall
■^assure our hearts before him.
20 For, if'^our heart condemn
us, God is greater than our heart,
and knoweth all things.
21 Beloved, if our heart con-
demn us not, ' we have confi-
dence toward God.
22 And, whatsoever we ask,
we receive ''from him, because
we keep his commandments, and
do ^the tilings that are pleasing
in his sight.
23 And this is his command-
ment, ''that we should believe on
the name of his Son Jesus Christ,
and love one another, as he sfave
us commandment.
24 And he that keepeth his
commandments 'abideih in him,
and Jhe in him : and hereby we
know that he abideth in us, by
the Spirit ''that he 'gave us.
CHAP. IV.
Beloved, believe not every
spirit, but try the spirits whether
they are of God : ijecause many
false prophets are gone out into
the world.
2 Hereby *ye know the Spirit
of God: every spirit, that con-
' The marginal note of E. V., ' Gr. persuade,^ may better be
omitted here, than in Acts 12 : 20.
■• The construction of the first r;fiuv here is the same as that
of the second {jfiup in v. 21, and the English possessive pronoun
is supplied as in v. 14.
" W., R. ;-Syr., Latin and French verss., It. ;-Wakef., Mack.,
Thom., Greenf., Penn, Sharpe, JIurd., Kenr.
' E. v., Mark 12 : 2 ; John 5 : 34 ; &c. ;-Wakef., Mack., Thorn.,
Penn, Murd., Kenr., Peile.
^ No demonstrative pronoun is introduced by Syr., German
verss. (except Moldenh.), It., Fr. G.,-M.,-S. ;-Aug., Calv, Bez.,
Grot., Dodd., Carpz., Wakef., Mack., Thom., Greenf., Penn,
Sharpe, Murd., Kenr., Peile ;— though of these the German
and Latin verss., Wakef.. Sharpe, Peile, employ a compound
relative.
This is not a direct quotation, but a general summary of
the evangelical Jaw. The original edition of E. V., therefore,
and nearly all previous and subsequent verss., are right in hav-
ing no capital letter here. See ch. 4; 21.
' See V. 17, N. x, &c.
I Here, as in ch. 4 : 5, 6 ; &o., the antithetical structure
secures the due emphasis of the pronominal subject (see ch. 1 :
7, N. X, &c.).
'' The reference is to the witness of the personal, indwelling
Spirit (Rom. 8 : 9-16). See 2 Pet. 2 : 11, N. f.— W. {xohom).
1 'To abide with us for ever' (John 14: 16). Comp. the
historical time of Gal. 3:2; Eph. 1 : 13. W., T., G.
' See ch. 2 : 29, N. b. Nor is it likely that the ywiisxojUfv
of V. 6 is a change of mood. — W., R., (is known ;-after the
Vulg. cognoscittir, which, like the Sjr. and It., rests on the
reading yivJiaxctai,, still found in some cursive MSS.), Dt.;-Beng.,
Dodd. and the later English verss. (except Wakef, who follows
the yn/woxoj«fv of one copy [see Mill. Prol. 11731. and Penn).
44
THE FIRST EPISTLE OF JOHN. CHAP. IV.
KING JAMES VEllSION.
fesseth that Jesus Christ is come
in the flesh, is of God :
3 And every spirit that con-
fesseth not that Jesus Christ is
come in the flesh, is not of God.
And this is that spirit of anti-
christ, whereof ye have heard
that it should come ; and even
now already is it in the world.
4 Ye are of God, little chil-
dren, and have overcome them :
because greater is he that is in
you, than he that is in the world.
5 They are of the world :
therefore speak they of the world,
and the world heareth them.
6 We are of God. He that
knoweth God, heareth us ; he
that is not of God, heareth not
GREEK TEXT.
'lyiaovv Xptcrrov iv acupxl e7iri7.v6&ta,
ix toi) Qsov ear I.
3 xai Ttdv Ttvsvfia o ^m 6i.io?Loy£l
tbv 'lyiaoirv Xptcrrdi' iv aapxt sT^yiTcv-
d&ta, ex tov Qsov ovx edtr xal
TovTo eati TO tov - avrixpiarov, 6
dxYixoare otL ep^erai, xal v'vv ev ru
xoa^oi eariv r.hyj.
4 'Tfieig ix tov Qeov eats, rexvia,
xal vsvixTotats avtovg- oTt ^siZpv
satLv 6 ev v^v n b iv to xoa^a.
5 Avtol ix Tov xoa^Lov star &a
ToiiTo ex tov x6a[.iov /iaWovaL, xai o
xoaixog avrcjv axoi'si.
6 rifislg ex tov Qsov ia^isv 6 yi-
voaxav tov Qsov, oxovel ri^djiv 6g
ovx eaTiv ix tov Qsov, ovx dxovsi
REVISED VERSION.
fesseth •" Jesus Christ come in
" flesh, is of God.
3 And every spirit, that ""con-
fesseth not ' Jesus Christ come
in ' flesh, is not of God ; and this
is that spirit of ^the antichrist,
whereof ye have heard that it
■■cometh, and ' now •" it is in the
world Jalready.
4 ''You, little children, are of
God, and have overcome them ;
because greater is he that is in
you, than he that is in the world.
6 'They are of the world ;
therefore ""what is of the world
they speak, and the world hear-
eth them :
6 'We are of God ; he that
knoweth God heareth us ; he that
is not of God heareth not us.
■> The common construction (Rob., ScWrl., &c.) of IxjjXdSot'o
as used for i'Kr;7.v6ivat,, which appears in one or two MSS., is
not necessary-( Win. even denies, that the participle ever stands
for the infinitive )-and it injuriously restricts the sense to the
fact of the incarnation.— It., Fr. S. ;-Grot. (' Voluit Apostolus
hie noraini Jesu addere hunc titulum, qui venit in carne, quasi
diceret, eum dico Jesum qui non cum regia pompa et exerciti-
bus venit, sed in statu humili, abjecto, multisque malis ac post-
remum cruci obnoxio.^Pari de causa Apostolus Paulus, cum
dixisset a se Christum praedicari, addidit crueifixum.'), Vorst.,
Pears., B. and L., Wolf, (says of the received reading : 'omnino
efficacior est.'), Moldenh. {den . . . gekommenen J. C), Thorn.,
Scott (as having come), Mey. (den . . . Erschienenen), Penn
(that J. [is\ C. come ;-so Sharpe, is the C. come), Trol., De
W. (als erschienen. Of the other construction he says, that
it ' somewhat changes the sense, and lays all the emphasis on
iv a. i-Kr(K.''), Stier. Ilamm., Whitb., Berl. Bib., Beng., Guyse,
Dodd., Wesl., adopt a relative construction (J. C. who is come).
' This apostle does not use (japl and ij aapl indiscriminately.
— W., R. ;-It., French verss. ;-Wakef. (marks the as supplied),
Thorn.
^ The reading jivtt -cbv 'itjs., quoted by Socrates, and followed
in the Vulg. (solvit Jesum), is adopted by none of the editors,
though Liioke and De W. suppose that from it came the tov of
the Received Text. The words Xptorov iv a. iy^iix., are brack-
eted by Knapp, Hahn, and cancelled by Griesb., Mey., Lachm.,
Tisch., Theile. Sch. omits only Xpiatov.
• See V. 2, N. b.
' See V. 2, N. c.
^ See ch. 2 : 18, N. d, &c.
•' The present indicative is retained by W., R. ;-Vulg., Fr. S. ;
-Hamm., Beng., Dodd., Wesl., Mack., Thorn., All., Van Ess,
Sharpe, Murd., Kenr., Peile.
' There is nothing for eve7i in W., R. ;-foreign verss. (except
Fr. G.,-M.);-Hamm., More, Dodd.. Wesl., Mack, or the later
verss. Wakef., omitting viv, has indeed.
i The ijSTj is given last by Mack., Newc, Peile. — Hamm.,
Wells, Wakef., Newc, Sharpe, Kenr., (it [he] is).
k Beng. : ' Vos, .Jesum Christum agnosccntes.' See ch. 2 : 20,
N. p, &c. Here the emphasis is retained by means of the above
transposition of the noun in W. ;-Guyse, Carpz., Thom., Penn,
Murd.
iSeech. 3:24, N.j.
"■ Not : ' things about the world ;' but : ' things having, like
themselves, a worldly temper and origin.' Or rather : ' their
speaking, in matter and manner, impulse and aim, has this
character.' — G. (speak they worklli/ ihings);-SyT. (=:Greenf.
]C), Dt. (ttit ;-thus explained in the note : ' That is, things that
are from the world, and that accord with the understanding of
unregenerate men, or even with their worldly lusts.'), It. (queJlo
che parlano e del mondo), Fr. S. (comme etant) ;-the Vulg.
de mundo is exchanged for e or ex m. by Erasm., Calv., Vat.
('ex affectu mundi, cujus sunt.'), Aret., Cocc, Beng. ('ex mundi
vita ac sensu sermones suos promunt.') ; for Tnundana, by
Pagn., Bez., Par. ; for a m., by Castal. Grot. (' id est, ta ix
tov xoa/iiov decent et praedicunt mundi affectibus congruentia.'),
B. and L. (selon), Dodd. ([as] of), Moldenh. (aits;-foT the
Germ. vo7i), Wakef., Thom., (suitably to). Mack., Penn, Murd.,
(from), Mey., Van Ess, (was der Welt gefdlU), Stolz (nock),
Kist., De W., (was [von] d. W. ist).
THE FIRST EPISTLE OF JOHN. CHAP. IV.
45
KING JAMES VERSION.
US. Hereby know we the spirit
of truth, and the spirit of error.
7 Beloved, let us love one an-
other : lor love is of God ; and
every one that loveth is born of
God, and knoweth God.
8 He that loveth not, knoweth
not God ; for God is love.
9 In this was manifested the
love of God toward us, because
that God sent his only-begotten
Son into the world, that we
might live tln'ough him.
10 Herein is love, not thai
we loved God, but that he loved
us, and sent his Son to he the
propitiation for our sins.
11 Beloved, if God so loved
us, we ought also to love one
another.
12 No man hath seen God at
any time. If we love one an-
GREEK TEXT.
Ti^Giv. 'Ex tovtov yivdxyxofisv to
7tv£V[MX, rr,g o^TideicLg xai To nvei'iia
7 " AyanritoL, dyaTtcbfiev dX^riTxivg'
oti ri aydny; ix tov Qsov iati, xai
Ttag 6 dyanuv, ix tov Qeov yeyivvYi-
tai, xai yiruaxei tov Qsov
8 6 fin dyaTtav, ovx eyva tov
Qeov oTl 6 ©eog dyoTtY; iariv.
9 'Ev rovTO) itpai'epdjdy; n dydnri
tov Qeov iv nfdv, oTt tov vlov avtov
tov fioroysi'r, dmota/'^xev b Qeog eig
tov xoOfiov, iva ^r.aufxsv Si avtov.
10 sv tovta iatlv n dydnri, ovj(,
oti Tifieig nyanrfyafisv tov Qsbv, d7<X
bti airrog rfydnriaev rifidg, xai ajti-
(TTei/le tov vlov avtov l/\jaafi6v Ttepi
TQi' hfiaptiuv rijioiv.
11 dyany;tOL, el ovtog 6 Qeog r!yd-
TtYiOev nudg, xai nuelg o^ei^Mfiev d^-
9ir^vg dyanav.
12 Qeov ovSeig Tumots tedeatar
idv dyanofiev d2.2.r^ovg, 6 Qeog ev
REVISED VERSION.
"By this we know the spirit of
truth and the spirit of error.
7 Beloved, let us love one an-
other; for love is of God, and
every one that loveth "hath been
•"begotten of God, and knoweth
God:
8 He that loveth not, knoweth
not God ; for God is love.
9 In this was manifested the
love of God 'in us, ■'that God
*hath sent his ' Son, the only be-
gotten, into the world, that we
might live through him.
10 Herein is love, not that
"we loved God, but that "he
loved us, and ''sent his Son ^ a
propitiation for our sins.
11 Beloved, if God so loved
us, ^'we also ought to love one
another.
12 No ^one hath 'at any time
seen God : if we love one an-
° The only instance in the Epistle of ix roitov, for which,
however, Lachm. alone substitutes h tovtcji.
" Seech. 2: 29, N. c, &c.
P See ch. 2 : 29, N. d.
1 ' In our case.' Or the expression may refer to an inward
revelation of the love of God, consequent upon the incarnation
of the Son. Comp. Rom. 5 : 5 and 2 Cor. 4 : 6.— W., R. ;-
Latin verss. (except Castal. and Bez.), Dt. marg. ('Gr. in ons,
gelyk ook ond. v. IG. of, onder ons.''), Fr. S. marg. (parmi) ;-
Hamm., Thorn., {among), Berl. Bib., Beng., De W., {in [a??]
uns ;-' i. e. amor Dei,' says Beng. in the Gnom., ' qui nunc in
nobis est, per omnem experientiam spiritualem.' And De W.
refers to John 9 : 3.), Dodd., Liicke (connects iv iifdv with
i^avifC^Bri, and considers it = tjjjXv. But here, as occasionally
elsewhere, the version, gegen uns, does not answer to the com-
mentary.), Bloomf. {in respect oftis) ;-Win. §31. G : ' The love
of God revealed itself in us {an uns), which is certainly
different from : revealed itself to us {uns).' In §54. 5 he adds :
■1 John 4: 9 maybe translated: Therein the love of God
made itself known in us ; iv ii^lv I would not make imme-
diately dependent on wydftri, since in that case wc should have
i}h Tj/itv.' Green refers to Matt. 17: 12; Gal. 1 : IG ; 1 Cor.
9: 15; 14: 11. See v. 16, N. 1.
' E. v., V. 10; &c. ;-German and French verss., Dt., It.;-
Hamm., Guyse, Dodd., Wesl. {because ;-so Thorn., Scott,
Sharpe, Murd.), Wakef. {in that), Mack., Newc, Penn, Kenr.,
Peile {in the fact that).
' ' For, in the purpose and result here specified, that mission
is permanent and ever operative.' Comp. the aorist of v. 10
(N. v) and again the perfect of v. 14 (N. g). — R. ;-German and
French verss., Dt., It. ;-Kenr., Peile.
t Mack.
" Seech. 3: 24, N.j, &c.
' ' Christ was once offered to bear the sins of many ... He
dieth no more.' See v. 9, N. s.
™ There is nothing for the E. V. supplement in W., R. ;-
Syr., Latin verss. (except Pagn., Bez.) ;-Wesl., Greenf., Kist.,
Murd. An indefinite article, or none, is employed by W.,
T., C, G., R;-Dt.,It., Fr. S.;-Beng., Dodd. and the later En-
glish verss., Greenf., De W.
» See ch. 3: 16, N. t; 2 : 20, N. p, &c.; 2 Pet. 1 : 14, N.
z, &c.
y This rendering of ovSsii (as of fiijSf t'j ; see ch. 3 : 7, N. s),
when used without a substantive, is suitable everywhere, and
occasionally is of importance to the sense; e. g. John 10 : 29;
16 : 22 ; &c. See Rev. 3 : 7. N. p, Ac— Wakef , Mack., Thorn.,
Penn, Sharpe, Murd., Kenr.
'■ ©sov is translated last in the clause by W. ;-It.; French
verss. ;-Dodd., Thorn., Sharpe, Murd., Kenr. Of English verss.
R. and Peile keep it first.
46
THE FIRST EPISTLE OF JOHN. CHAP. IV.
KING JAMES VERSION.
Other, God dwelleth in us, and
his love is perfected in us.
13 Hereby know we that we
dwell in him, and he in us, be-
cause he hath given us of his
Spirit.
14 And we have seen and do
testify, that the Father sent the
Son to be the Saviour of the
world.
15 Whosoever shall confess
that Jesus is the Son of God,
God dwelleth in him, and he in
God.
16 And we have known and
believed the love that God hath
to us. God is love : and he that
dwelleth in love, dwelleth in God,
and God in him.
GREEK TEXT.
^dv ^svsi, xai vi dyiXTt/; avrov tsts-
Tisu^fisvy; sariv iv rifiiv.
13 sv rovta yivodxoiiBV on iv
avta fiivofisv, xai avtoc, sv nfitv, '&n
ix Ton Jli'£Vi.iarog avtov SsScdxev i^uv.
14 Koct r^telc, refedjU£0a, xai ftap-
TDpoiififv on 6 Ttarrip d.Tuata'kxe tov
viiov auftn^a tov xoa^iov.
1-5 be, av b^okoyrfy-fi otL 'Iriaovg
sotiv b vibc, Toil ©eoii, 6 0e6g bv avtoi
fisvei, xai avr'og sv tq Qsa.
16 Kat vmslg syvoxafisv xai tu-
marsmafisv rr,v ayanriv r,v sx^l b
Qsbg sv ni-dv. 6 Qsbg aydnrt sari, xai
b ^svuv sv ryj dydTtri, sv ra Qea
[isvsi, xai b Qsog sv aiVcj.
REVISED VERSION.
other, God "abideth in us, and
his love ''hath been perfected in
us.
13 Hereby "^we know that we
■"abide in him, and *he in us, be-
cause he hath given us of his
Spirit.
14 "^We also have seen, and
do testify, that the Father ^hath
sent the Son '' as Saviour of the
world.
15 Whosoever shall confess
that Jesus is the Son of God,
God 'abideth in him, and Jhe in
God.
16 ''We also have known and
believed the love that God hath
'in us. God is love, and he that
"abideth in love ™abideth in
God, and God in him.
» See ch. 3 : 17, N. x, &c. R. ;-Hamm. (at v. 15), Wells
(abides), West., Mack., Newc, Thom., Murd., Kenr.
'' See 2 Pet. 3 : 7, N. r, &c. Peile : ' There is evidence in us
of His love having fully attained its end ... of our having fully
realized His love.' Some (Bens., Moldenh., Wakef.) ^ is per-
fect or complete.
' See ch. 1 : 4, N. p.
" See V. 12, N. a, &c.
' See ch. 3 : 24, N. j, &c.
' ' In addition to this experimental assurance (v. 13), we
Apostles have a historical certainty.' See v. 11, N. x, &c.
— Aret. ('testes producit oculatos ipsos Apostolos.'), Beng.
('erMosmet. Sic Job. 1.5: 27.'), Trol. ('The mention of see-
ing- God suggests the reference to himself and the rest of the
Apostles [vv. 14 sqq.] as eye-witnesses, &c.'), Peile ('Moreover,
we his chosen witnesses.'), &c.
^ See V. 9, N. s. R. ;-German and French verss., Dt., It. ;-
Guyse, Dodd., Mack., Thom., Murd., Kenr.
>■ See V. 10, N. w. For as, see Fr. S.;-Beng., Mey., All..
DeW.
' See ch. 3 : 17, N. x, &c.
J See ch. 3 : 24, N. j, &c.
1= ' We Christians.' To this peculiar people' is especially
revealed the love of God, which, first manifested in the mission
of His Son (vv. 14, 15), is now also 'shed abroad in their
hearts' (Rom. 5 : 5 iv tal; xapSi'aif). See v. 14, N. f, &c. —
Aret. ('omnes complectitur fideles.'), Beng. ('ei nos. Ana-
phora: coll. V. 14. not. Est hie quoque epitasis: quare mox
iv r,iiiv proprie valet in nobis.'), Liicke ('^J/ttij, John and his
readers; comp. v. 6.'), &c.
1 See N. k, and v. 9, N. q. The common construction of iv
rjjuv here and in v. 9 as equivalent to tii iiixii, though approved
by Rob. (who follows Bretsch. in citing also such unsatisfactory
cases as Luke 21 : 23 ; 2 Cor. 8 : 7 ; 2 Sam. 24 : 17 Sept.),
cannot he justified, 1.. grammatically. 'On the whole,' says
Win. 5 54. 5, ' it is in itself quite improbable, that, with a clear
conception of dogmatic relations, the apostles should have puz-
zled their readers by saying iv for lii, or vice versa. At least
they were able to write tii just as easily as the interpreters,
who will smuggle in this preposition.' And again Trol. : ' The
primary import of iv and jt; is so opposite, that the use of the
former instead of the latter, as advocated by many commenta-
tors, seems to be very doubtful ; and indeed it will be found
that the verbs implying motion, with which it is sometimes
found, generally involve the idea of rest also:' — or, 2., in accord-
ance with John's style of doctrine and diction. Comp. vv. 12,
13, 15; ch. 2 : 5 ; 3: 17 (for in this last passage also jj wYMti
•eov ®iov may mean that Divine love which appeared in the
vicarious death of the cross, v. 16); John 17: 26; &c. — W.,
G., R. ;-Latin verss. (except Castal. and Bez.), Dt.marg.;-
Hamm. (among us), Bloomf. (allows either construction),
Berl. Bib. (in uns ;-and so De W., who explains iv as marking
'the object of the love, and at the same time the medium in
which it shows itself, and as it were dwells. Comp. John 17 :
26.'), Peile (' the love which God hath set upon us.').
" See ch. 3 : 17, N. x, &c.
THE FIRST EPISTLE OF JOHN. CHAP. IV.
47
KING JAMES VERSION.
17 Herein is our love made
perfect, tiiat we may have bold-
ness in the day of judgment :
because as he is, so are we in
this world.
18 There is no fear in love ;
but perfect love casteth out fear:
because fear hath torment. He
GREEK TEXT.
17 'Ev tovtoi rEreXsicytai n dyd-
Ttri |«fO' ri^ov, 'iva TtappyiGiav ej(pi.iev
iv Tri yj^Epo. T% xpiasag. on xaOcog
exEivo^ aatL, xai yi^Etg ia^v iv ta
xoafia tovra.
1 S (pol^og ovx tat IV iv rri dydnYi,
d/l/l' n TE/la'a dyaTCYi e^cj /?uX/let rov
^oi^ov, iyti 6 ^6[3oq xoTjclgiv £;^ef 6
REVISED VERSION.
"17 Herein "hath p love Pvvith us
been iperfected, that we "'should
have 'confidence in the day of
judgment, ' because as "He is "
are ^we also in this world.
18 There is no fear in love,
but perfect love casteth out fear;
because fear hath ^punishment :
" The connection of thought, on which depend the translation
and punctuation of the verse, is this : ' As the end of faith {to
tiXo{ trii niatiai. 1 Pet. 1 : 9), and the satisfaction of hope
(Tit. 2: 13), so likewise the consummation of love, the other
divine element in which the Christian community lives, moves,
and has its being, is found only in a fearless, joyful meeting with
that Saviour at his coming, whom having not seen we love, and,
in loving, are even now changed into the same image, this being
the only evidence that we are his, and so a sure ground of our
confidence.' Aug. thus expresses it : ' Quisquis fiduciam habet
in die judicii, perfecta est in illo charitas. . . Qiiare habenras
fiduciam ? Q,uia sicut ille est, et nos sicmus in hoc mundo.^
Liicke, thus : ' Therein shows itself the perfecting of cm- mutual
love, that we (or then is our love perfected, when we) can have
confidence in the day of judgment, because (oft) we (or: in so
far, that is, as we, comp. ch. 3 : 9, but especially 3 : 14, where
instead of iva and oVt is a double 6tt) so walk in the world, as
Christ (has walked, loving the brethren).' And De TV., with
a larger and truer conception of ^ o/ydnrj, thus: 'Love, proceed-
ing from God, manifested in the mission of Christ, taken up
into the communion of the faithful, trained after the pattern of
Christ, has then reached its mark, when, as confiding children
to their father, we draw nigh without any fear.'
" See ch. 2 : 5, N. k.
P See N. n. E. V. is almost alone (one or two of the later
English verss. and Jley. follow it) in turning ^uf 9' -tjfiup into the
possessive pronoun. On the contrary, the Syr., Vulg., &c..
expressly interpret the d/yajtj; as denoting God's love to us. —
E. V. marg.;-W., T. (in us --so C, G.), R. ;-Syr. (= '\2lill),
Latin verss. (Mo6iscM?ft;-except Pagn. in nobis [so Aug.] and
Castal.), German verss {bei wns ;-except Moldenh. in uns, and
Lucke unter uns), Dt. {bij ons), It. (inverso noi), Ft. G.,-M.,
(envers nous), Fr. S. (par rapport d nous) ;-Engl. Ann.,
Hamm., B. and L. (pour nous), Dodd., Mack., (as IV,), Gill
('or, with us'), Pyle (toward !ts ;-but cites as parallel Paul's
xo.fi'i f^i9' ifit^v.), Wakef., Newc. and Thom. (among us).
Sharpe, De W. (' with [among] us [2 John 2] belongs to the
verb, and maiks the Christian community as the province
or dwelling-place of love.'), Barn. ('■ within or in us'), Bonar,
Comment, on Leviticus, ch. 8, ('He calls it, as if the name,
hnmanuel, were running in his mind, the love with us; i. e.,
God's display of love to us, v. 16. in his Son ; which is now
our property.'), Murd., Kenr., Peile.
' E. v., ch. 2: 5; 4: 12; &c.-R. ;-Hamm., Dodd., Mack.,
Newc, Thorn., Penn, Murd., Kenr.
'■ T., C, G. ;-De W. ('iVa TtajJlnjaiav xx%. is dependent on iv
tovti^, and the construction is as John 15 : 8. 'iva, expresses
the work of the Tt^ftuji;.'), Green (refers for a similar use of
iva, to ch. 5 : 3 ; 3 John 4.).
" E. v., ch. 2 : 28 ; 3 : 21 ; 5:14; &c. ;-Engl. Ann. (' or, free-
dom., or, confidence'). Wells, Guyse, Wakef., Newc, Thom.,
Penn, Bloomf., Kenr., Peile.
' This is the punctuation of the original edition of E. V., and
is better than any thing that has been substituted for it since,
whether oti, xt%. be connected immediately with iv toitc^. or,
as I prefer, with the intermediate clause. See N. n. — All the
recent editors (except Mey., Sch.) and very many veiss. have
a comma.
" Seech. 2: 6, N. 1.
' See V. 11, N. x, &c.
" ' That is what properly belongs to the unfilial spirit (Rom.
8: 15, fivsi/iia Sovxdaf ct; fofiov) at the hand of God, and is
even now, in the very anticipation itself (^o/Sfpa ftj ixSoxr; xpi-
aju; Heb. 10:27), in a measure realized.' Comp. the use of
£;^u in Matt. 6 : 1 ; John 3 : 36 ; Heb. 10 : 35 ; &o. — Elsewhere
x6%o.sis occurs but once, Matt. 25 : 46, and is there in E. V.
punishment ; xo>,aifo^at, occurring twice, is in E. V. to punish ;-
Syr. (the word used is translated in Tremell., irritatio ; P.,
pavor, to which Castell adds, cum quadam desperatione ;
Trost, concitatio, to which Gutbir adds, periculum; Murd.,
peril), Vulg. (poenam), Dt. marg. ('of, straffing'), Fr. S.
( punition) ;-Aret. ('consequentes, imo concomitantes poenas'),
Berl. Bib., Lucke, De W., (Strafe;-{oT Luth.'s Pein), Wakef.,
Scott ('or, punishment'), Liicke ('Fear [before God, in the
judgment] rests on the consciousness of deserved punishment,
but (St) the fear of punishment is abolished by a perfected,
serene, confiding love. Not, as some would have it, fear is
punished, but, fear has in itself punishment, is connected with
the consciousness of punishment, x67.aais, comp. Matt. 25: 46;
2 Mace 4: 38.'), Greenf. (i:':ji;), Penn ;-Steph., Scap., Wahl,
Pass., L. and S., Rob.
48
THE FIRST EPISTLE OF JOHN. CHAP. V,
KING JAMES VERSION.
that feareth, is not made perfect
in love.
19 We love him, because he
first loved us.
20 If a man say, I love God,
and hateth his brother, he is a
liar. For he that loveth not his
brother, whom he hath seen, how
can he love God, whom he hath
not seen ?
21 And this commandment
have we from him, That he who
loveth God, love his brother also.
CHAP. V.
Whosoever believeth that Je-
sus is the Christ, is born of God:
and every one that loveth him
that begat, loveth him also that
is begotten of him.
2 By this we know that we
love the children of God, when
we love God, and keep his com-
mandments.
3 For this is the love of God,
that we keep his commandments ;
and his commandments are not
grievous.
4 For whatsoever is born of
GREEK TEXT.
dyaTtri.
1 9 n[^lg dyaTtuiiev avtov, on
avtog TtpuTog fiy^nyjCev riffdg.
20 'Edv tic, s'lTtri, "Oti ayanu tbv
Qeov, xai rbv d&X^oj' avrov ^lari,
4'SvO'pyK eotiv 6 yap ii-h dyajtav tov
d8E?^<pov avTov bv iiljpaxe, rbv Qeo7'
bv ovx, ^(^p<^xE, Ttug 8vvaraL dyanav ;
21 xdi tavXYiv t'kv IvtoTsf'V ij^o-
fiEV an avtoii, iva b dyanuv tov
Qebv, dyaTta xai tov d8e?.^bv avtov.
CHAP. V.
HAS 6 TttcTTeiW btt, 'Irjaovg eativ
b XptcTTog, EX tov Qeov yEyh'vrjtar
xai Ttdg b dyuTtcov tov yswr^aavta,
dyaTta xai tov yeyEVV^fisvov i^
avtoii.
2 h tovtu) yivcxixon^v btt dya-
TtofiEv <ra Texva tov Qeov, otav tov
Qeov dyaTtcoi^sv, xai tag htoTjig au-
tov tyipu)[i£v.
3 avty; yap iativ n dyajtY; tov
Qeov, iva Tag evto/'Mg avrov Tjypo-
[lEV xai at ivto/\.ai avtov (3oipEiai
ovx eIoiv.
4 otL Ttdv to ysyEvvyifiEvov ix tov
REVISED VERSION.
''but he that feareth ^hath not
been ^perfected iu love.
19 We love him, because "he
first loved us.
20 If ''any one saj^ : I love God,
and hateth his brother, he is a
liar ; for he that loveth not his
brother whom he hath seen, how
can he love God whom he hath
not seen?
21 And this commandment
have we from him, Hhat he who
loveth God love "^also his brother.
CHAP. V.
"Every one that believeth that
Jesus is the Christ ''hath been
"begotten of God ; and every one
that loveth him that begat, loveth
him also that ''hath been begotten
of him.
2 ''Hereby we know that we
love the children of God, when
we love God, and keep his com-
mandments.
3 For this is the love of God,
that we keep his commandments ;
and his commandments are not
''burdensome.
4 For fall that ehath been ''be-
^ 'And therefore the doctrine of v. 17 holds good.' See
2 Pet. 1 : 5, N. r, and Liicke under N. w. — W. ;-Sj'r., Latin
verss. (except Castal.), Germ.;-All., De W. Most others give
the Si. but either as a mere copula, or as an illative particle.
y See ch. 2 : 5, N. k.
' See V. 17, N. q.
' See ch. 3: 24, N. j. &c.-: The construction: Let us love
him, appears in Syr., Vulg. and its followers, Ar., German verss.,
Dt. marg-.;-Grot., Hamm. (as allowable ;-and so Whitb., Clarke),
B. and L., Pyle, Carpz., Wakef., Ros., Greenf., Sharpe, Trol. ;-
and is explained by De W. thus: 'He exhorts to the love of
God, because this is the root of brotherly love. Its connection
with the latter he shows in v. 20 as well as in v. 12.' But the
closer connection may easily be, as indicated in our Test, and
that of Beng., Griesb., Sch., with v. 18, whose general state-
ments are here exemplified and confirmed ; as if he had said :
' We, for example, could only have feared God, had not the
manifestation and experience of His own prior, sovereign love
enkindled ours.' Lachm. and Tisch. cancel the witoy. The
former also inserts oiv after ij/tEtj, and substitutes o e^oi for
avtof.
i' See 2 Pet. 2 : 19, N. n.
"■■ See ch. 3 : 23, N. h.
•' W., R. ;-foreign verss. ;-Dodd. (also love his br.), Murd.,
Kenr.
'■ So E. V. in the second clause ; and see ch. 2 : 23, N. x.
>■ See ch. 2 : 29, N. c, &c.
" So E. V. in the second clause, and see ch. 2 : 29, N. d.
■• E. V. elsewhere (6 times) in this Epistle, when h toviij, is
thus connected with ywuaxa j-Wesl., Newc. For trifs^y-tv,
Lachm. and Tisch. read rtoiufin:
= Comp. Matt. 11 : 30 ; 23 : 4 ; Acts 15 : 10.— W., R., (heavy) ;
-Syr. (as in Matt. 23 : 4), Latin verss. (gravia), German verss.
(schwer), Dt. (zwaar), It. (gravi), Fr. S. (pesants) ;-Hamm.,
Wakef., Barn., Kenr., (as W.), Mack., Clarke, JIurd., Peile.
I W. (all thing that), T., C, G., R. ;-Syr., Vulg., Germ.,
Dt., It. (tiitto quelle che), Fr. G.,-M.,-S., (lo2U ce qui) ;-Erasm.,
Pagn., Calv., Vat., Aret., Beng., Moldenh., Mack., Scott (all
that which), AH., Barn, (every thing which), Kenr., Lucke.
« See ch. 2 : 29, N. c, &c.
" See ch. 2 : 29, N. d.
THE FIRST EPISTLE OF JOHN. CHAP. V.
49
KING JAMEs' VERSION.
God, overcometh the world : and
this is the victory that overcom-
eth the world, even our faith.
5 Who is he that overcometh
the world, but he that believeth
that Jesus is the Son of God ?
6 This is he that came by
water and blood, even Jesus
Christ; not by water only, but
by water and blood. And it is
the Spirit that beareth witness,
because the Spirit is truth.
7 For there are three that bear
record in heaven, the Father,
the Word, and the Holy Ghost :
and these three are one.
8 And there are three that
GREEK TEXT.
Qsov, vixa tov xodfiov xal avty;
iativ n vixYj n vixnaaca tov xoa^wv,
5 tig idtiv 6 vixuv tov xodnov,
el (iri 6 Ttidtevav otu 'Iriaovg iotLv 6
viag tov Qsov ;
6 Ovtog satLV 6 eT^Qoiv 8i vSatog
xal oufiatog, 'Irjaovg 6 XptcrTog- oix
iv tO) v8atL (Mpov, dyiX iv ta v8att
xal tq> cujxatf xal to nvev^d iotL
to (la^tvpovv bti, to 7ivsvi.id iativ n
a2rndeia.
7 otL tpslg eldiv ol ^a^tv^vvtsg
8V TO ovpavuj, 6 IlaT/ip, 6 A6^o$, xal
to "AyLOV Hvsi^^a- xai ovtoi ol tpdg
iv EiOi.
8 xai tpslg dcsiv ol [laptvpovvteg
REVISED VERSION.
gotten of God overcometh the
world; and this is the victory
that 'overcometh the world, ■> our
faith.
''5 Who is he that overcometh
the world, but he that beheveth
that Jesus is the Son of God ?
6 This is he that came by
water and blood, ' Jesus "the
Christ; not "with "the water only,
but "with "the water and "the
blood ; and Pthe Spirit is that
which ''testifieth, because the
Spirit is truth.
7 For '^ihey are three that 'tes-
tify '[in heaven, the Father, the
Word, and the Holy "Spirit ; and
these three are one.
8 And ''they are three that
' ' Did, or has done, so in our case, and alone has power to
do so in any case.' The Greek aorist, according to the best
usage, does not exclude the last of these ideas, which harmo-
nizes the clause as a general statement with the immediate con-
text, and requires for its expression the English present. 'All
the children of God overcome the world, and the victorious
weapon of their warfare is their faith.'
' W., R. ;-Syr., Latin verss. (except Bez. nempe') ;-Wakef.
and Green (at v. 6), All., De W., Murd., Kenr., Peile. Several
(Germ., Wakef., &c.) here change the construction into: our
faith is &c.
^ A reiteration, in the way of challenge to produce an instance
to the contrary, of the general statement of v. 4, wiirrj iativ 17
vlxi] x-iX., accompanied by a more specific description of faith,
the spiritual weapon.
> See V. 4, N. j.
°" Some MSS. omit the article. But there are other passages,
in which Xpista; unquestionably occurs as an appellative,
where E. V. treats it as a proper name ; e. g. Matt. 2:4; 22 :
42 ; Mark 15 : 32 ; John 7 : 31, 41, 42 ; &c.— E. V., v. 1 ; ch.
2: 22; Matt. 16: 16, 20; &c.;-Dt., Fr. S.;-Dodd., Moldenh.,
Carpz. (ilium), Wakef., Mack., Thorn., Mey., Greenf., Penn,
Sharpe, De W. (' 'ijjs. Xpitr* 05 is in apposition with the whole
clause, so that 'lijaoij =oii?o5, and oXpi(jtd5 = o i7y.edji> xtx.'),
Murd., Peile ;-Rob., Green.
"Tittm.: 'Idem indicat' (as the previous Se.' i'S.), 'sedcogi-
tatur tantum eadem res diverso modo. Et in ilia quidem for-
mula cogitatur causa ipsa, per quara effectum est, ut venerit, in
hao autem cogitatur acoidens, quod conjuuctum fuit cum ad-
ventu sic, ut simul utrumque fieret et conspiceretur.' "Win.
§ 52. a : 'It is quite common for iv to be used of that, with
which one is (externally) provided, which he brings with him;
Heb. 9 : 25 daipxitai. h alfiati ; 1 Cor. 4:21; 1 Kings 1 : 25 ;
Xen. Cyrop. 2, 3. 14.— Germ., It., Fr. S. ;-B. and L., Guyse,
Carpz., Newc, Liicke, Mey., Penn, Peile (under the form of).
Most of these and of other verss. make no distinction between
the Sid and the iv.
" E. v., V. 8 ;-Dt., French verss. ;-"Wesl., Mack., Thorn., AIL,
De W., Murd. ;-Green. The French verss. and Murd. also
insert the article before these nouns in the first clause.
p The Greek order and construction of to hv. are preserved
by W.;-foreign verss. (except the French) ;-Dodd., Thorn., Penn,
Murd., Peile.
1 See ch. 1 : 2, N. 1.
' The ciaCv is here a simple copula, not a verb of existence. —
Foreign verss. generally (except the French, il y en a trois qui)
follow the Greek order ;-Penn.
• See ch. 1 : 2, N. 1.
' The words inclosed within brackets are cancelled by Griesb.
and (excepting Knapp, Bloomf., Theile, who bracket them) all
the later editors. Liicke asserts, that they are ' demonstrably
spurious. No result of modern criticism is more certain than
the spuriousness of this passage.' For the evidence on which
this decision, now generally acquiesced in, rests, see Clarke.
Home, Liicke, De W., Dav. {Biblical Criticism, 1852, Vol. II.
pp. 403-426). 1 recommend that the words be transferred to
the margin, as the reading of two or three inferior MSS. ; in
which case a comma would be inserted after testify.
« See 2 Pet. 1 ; 21, N. f.
' See V. 7, N. r.
60
THE FIRST EPISTLE OF JOHN. CHAP. V.
KING JAMES VERSION.
bear witness in earth, the spirit,
and the water, and the blood :
and these three agree in one.
9 If we receive the witness
of men, the witness of God is
greater : for this is the witness
of God which he hath testified
of his Son.
10 He that believeth on the
Son of God hath the witness in
himself: he that believeth not
God, hath made him a liar, be-
cause he believeth not the record
that God gave of his Son.
11 And this is the record, that
God hath given to us eternal life :
and this life is in his Son.
12 He that hath the Son, hath
life ; and he that hath not the
Son of God, hath not life.
13 These things have I writ-
ten unto you that believe on the
GREEK TEXT.
£V t'^ yri, TO Tti'evfia, xal to I'f&op,
xai TO aifxa- xai ol Tpet^ elg To £v
SlGlV.
9 E( Tr^p napTvpiav rav dj'0pw7t6)V
?Mfi[5dvof.i£v, n fjaprvpia rov &eov
HEi^av ioTiv ati aiTri tOTLV n /.lap-
Tvpia Tov Qeov, rjv ^^tapTvpyixs Ttept
Tov viov avtov.
10 6 TtiaTeiidv eig tov vlov tov
Qeov, s^Ei Try /Mxprvpiav iv iavTqj-
6 nn TtidTeiwv T(i) Qea, -xf/ercTT'/jr Tte-
TtOlTlXEV atfTOV, OTi OV TteTCiCiTeVXEV
sig TTiv ^apTvpiav, riu fie^apTvpyixev
6 ©eog Ttept Tov vlov avTov.
11 Kai ai!T57 Iffriv n [xapTvpia an
^w/iv aiuvLOV iScoxev ^liv oQsog' xal
avtyi Yi ^iMi iv T6j viu airtov saTiv.
12 6 £%uJ' Tor VLOV, ixsi Try ^cmf
6 (iri ix^^ '^^^ ^'^ '^°^ Qsov, Try
^ury ovx £%ei.
13 TATTA eypai^ vfuv Totg 7tc-
GTEVovatv Eig To ovofia tov vlov tov
REVISED VERSION.
""testify on earth,] the "Spirit, and
the water, and the blood ; and
5'the three ^agree in one.
9 If we receive the ^testimony
of men, the 'testimony of God is
gi-eater : for this is the ''testimony
of God ''which he hath testified
■^concerning his Son.
10 He that believeth ^in the
Son of God hath the ^testimony ^
in himself: he that believeth not s
God hath made him a liar, be-
cause he ""hath not believed ''in
the ^testimony 'which God hath
Jlestified ''concernina; his Son.
11 And this is the 'testimony,
that God ""gave to us eternal
life, " and this hfe is in his Son.
12 He that hadi the Son hath
life ; " he that hath not the Son of
God hath not life.
13 These things have I written
unto you Pthat believe 'in the
" See ch. 1 : 2, N. 1.
» Here also this name has an initial capital in the original
edition of E. V. ;-Vulg., Dt., It., Fr. G. -M. -S. j-Pagn., Vat.,
Tremell., Bez., Aret., Eng. Ann., Hamm., Cocc, Wolf., Beng.,
Guyse, Dodd., Wesl., Mack., Thom., Scott, Clarke, Penn, Barn.,
Murd., Kenr., Peile. Some of these have. Water, Blood ; while
others, who use no capital, understand by ftv. the Holy Spirit.
y The demonstrative pronoun (which comes from the Vulg.)
is not employed by Germ., Dt., Fr. S. ;-Peile.
« ' Agree in the one' thing or testimony, to wit, that Jesus is
the Son of God (v. 5). Or (and this I recommend to be set in
the margin) : ' Amount to the one' already mentioned (v. 6)
as that which testifies ; that one and the self-same Spirit work-
ing all in all (1 Cor. 12: 3-11). The former .sense, with or
without the article, is the one generally adopted, the E. V.
expression of it being borrowed, through G., from Bez. (accord-
ing to some editions), and by Bez., from Pagn.; in unum con-
sentiunt. Calv. has in unum conveniunt.
» E. v., 14 times out of 37 ; and so for /laprvptor, 15 times
out of 19 ;-R. ;-Guyse, Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Mack., Newc,
Thom., Scott, Penn, Bloomf (at v. 10), Murd., Kenr. Most
verss. use a cognate substantive and verb here and in v. 10.
*■ For rjv, Lachm. and Tisch. read Hn,.
' See ch. 1 : 1, N. d.
^ So E. V. renders ii{ after rtiBrtvu, 11 times ;-W. (into).
G., R. ;-Syr., German verss. (an), Dt., It. ;-Erasm. and the
later Latin verss., except Castal., (in Filium ;-for the Vulg.
Filio), Dodd., Thom., Greenf., Murd., Kenr.
« See V. 9, N. a.
' Lachm. inserts tov ^lov before iv iamt^. So the Vulg.
^ For ©E^, Lachm. has vlc^. So the Vulg.
^ E. v., John 3 : 18 ; 16: 27 ; &c. ;-T., C, G., (believed) ;-
Dt., It., Fr. G.;-M.,-S. ;-Erasm. and the later Latin verss.
(except Castal.), Berl. Bib., Beng., Dodd., Jlack., Penn, Sharpe
(as T.), De W., Peile. E. V. follows the Vulg.
' E. v., V. 9 ;-R. ;-Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Mack., Newc,
Thom., Scott, Murd., Kenr.
i See V. 9, N. a, and ch. 1 : 2, N. 1.
k See ch. 1 : 1, N. d.
1 See V. 9, N. a.
" ' When He gave C John 3 : 16, 'iSuxsv) His only begotten
Son.' — W. ;-Sharpe.
° The last clause forming part of the divine testimony, the
punctuation of the late critical editors (except Sch.), of the
original edition of E. V., of the Amer. Bible Soc.'s Revision,
&c., is preferred.
" W., R. ;-foreign verss. (except Syr. ;-MoIdenh., Greenf.) ;-
Wells, Mack., Thom., Penn, Sharpe, Kenr., Peile.
p After vfiiv, Griesb., Mey., Knapp, Sch., Lachm., Hahn,
Tisch., read: iVa ei&ij-te oVi ^arjv aiuviof £;^£*f [Lachm., Hahn,
TlSch. : Q. £%. atwy.], Ofc TiLdtsvovees £tV ^o oyO|Ua tov vlov toit
^lov, on the authority of A. B. and many minor MSS. ; Syr.,
Vulg., &c. I recommend that the following note appear in the
margin: ' Or, as many read: that ye may know that ye have
eternal life, who believe in the name of the Son of God.'
1 See V. 10, N. d.
THE FIRST EPISTLE OF JOHN. CHAP. V.
51
KING JAMES VERSION.
name of the Son of God ; that
ye may know that ye have eter-
nal Hte, and that ye may beheve
on the name of the Son of God.
14 And this is the confidence
that we have in him, that if we
ask any thing according to his
will, he heareth us :
15 And if we know that he
hear us, whatsoever we ask, we
know that we have the petitions
that we desired of him.
16 If any man see his brother
sin a sin which is not unto death,
he shall ask, and he shall give
him fife for them that sin not
GREEK TEXT.
0£oi5, 'iva elhyfts oti ^a>ytr sj^^sts aici-
viov, xai iva nLOtevvi'te eig to ovo^a
tot) v'loii Toil Qsov.
14 Kai aiiT)7 eariv riTtappriaia t^v
sxofisv Ttpog avtov, an idv n aito-
jU£0a jcaTa To B&'kr^^a avtov, dxovsi
15 xai idv oiSaf-isv oti dxovei r\^im>,
o av altO}fis6a, oi^[^v bri s^'^i.tEv ta
alfquata u litnxa^v Ttap aiftov.
16 'Edv Tts ihri tov dSe2.<p6v avtov
hiiaptdvovta hiiaptiav nn Ttpog dd-
vatov, aitriasL, xai feffei avto ^uhv,
tolg dixaptdvovat f.in Ttpog ddvatov.
REVISED VERSION.
name of the Son of God, that ye
may know that ye have eternal
life, and that ye may beheve "iin
the name of the Son of God.
14 And this is the confidence
that we have "'towards him, that,
if we ask anything according to
his will, he heareth us:
15 And if we know that he
'heareth us, whatsoever we ask,
we know that we have the peti-
tions that we 'have "asked ^from
him.
16 If any ^one see his brother
"sinning a sin ^ not unto death, he
shall ask, and ^ shall give him
life, "eue/i to them that sin not
E. V. marg. {concerning), but elsewhere often, toward, in
the same or similar relations, as ch. 3 : 21 ; Acts 24 : 16 ; 2 Cor.
3: 4;-W. (to), R. {toward) ;-BjT. {=)), Vulg. {ad), German
verss. {zu ;-except Moldenh., gegen), Dt. {tot). It. {appo), Fr.
S. {aiipres de) ;-Erasm., Pagn., Vat., Bez., Aret., {apud), Calv.,
Eos., {erga), Castal., Coco., {as Vulg.). Hamm. {as B.), Dodd..
Wakef., Mack, {leith), Sharpe, Barn., Jlurd., Kenr.
' G. ;-Hamm. and Wells (give hears as the common vers.),
Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Mack. {hearke?ieth;- and so Thorn.,
Penn), Newc, Bloomf., Murd. The A^ulg. omits idv, and so
W., R., Kenr., {heareth).
' 'It follows (hat no such prayer {xata to Sixrina, aitov) has
ever been ofiered by us in vain, but in answer to it we have, in
present possession or in certain reversion, the very blessing
sought.' — G. ;-foreign verss. (except Vulg. ;-Pagn., B. and L.,
Mey. [(.las Gebetene'], All. [das Erbetene]) -j-DoiiA., Wesl.,
Mack., Thorn., Penn.
" W. ;-Wells, Dodd. and the later English verss., translate
aXiia by the same verb, to ask (except that here Wakef. has,
asked for), throughout vv. 14-16. A similar uniformity is
found in the Syr., Germ., Dt., Fr. S. ;-Pagn., Bez., Moldenh.,
Mey., Greenf., De W.
' See ch. 3 : 22, N. f. Lachm. and Tisch. read art' aitoi.
" See ch. 2 : I, N. b, &c.
' ' Entering into the region and shadow of death, but still
within reach of divine grace.'— Fr. S.;-Calv., Cocc, Bang.,
Mack., Thom. {committing), Peile.
y E. v., vv. 16, 17;-Latin verss. (except Pagn., Bez.), Germ.,
Dt. ;- Wakef., Mack., Thorn., Liicke, Sharpe, De W., Kenr.
' Ai-triiM xai SuSfi (Erasm.) = air^v Siiast, he shall, by ask-
ing, give ;-the one is tantamount to the other. As God ' speaks,
and it is done,' so is it with the prayer, even the intercession,
of faith. This construction of the two verbs with the same
subject, 1., is the most obvious and natural ;-2., falls in with
the tenor of the context, vv. 14-16, respecting prayer ;-3., affords
a striking example of apostolic Ttap^jr^eia (v. 14) on that topic ;-
and, 4., is in harmonj' with the usage of Scripture, ascribing to
faith and prayer the efficacy and results of the Divine working.
Comp. Matt. 9: 22; 1 Tim. 4: 16; James 5 : 15-20; Rev. 11:
6; &c. — Erasm. ('Subest et alius scrupulus, quid referatur ad
verbum dabit, Deus an qui petit. Nam et qui impetrat, alteri
quodammodo dat.'), Calv. (■ Ostendit autem in manu esse re-
medium, quo fratres fratribus suecurrant. Vitam, inquit, per-
eunti restituet. qui pro eo orabit. Quamquam verbum dabit
referri ad Deum potest : acsi dictum esset : Fratris vitam Deus
concedet precibus nostris. Verum idem semper erit sensus, eo
usque valere fidelium preces, ut fratrem a morte eripiant. Si
de homine intelligas, quod det fratri vitam, hyperboliea erit
loquutio: nihil tamen continebit absurdi. Nam quod gratuita
Dei bonitate nobis concessum est, imo quod in gratiam nostram
aliis conceditur, dicimur aliis dare.'), Zeg. ('Sensus est, Petet
. . .et sic petens dabit.'), Vorst., Newc. {shall obtain life for
him -j-so Ros., precibus impetrare), Liicke (prefers this con-
struction), Mey. (er wird dadurch), De W., Peile (' and give
him — or what amounts to the same thing, atid God will give
him.'). As the case may be considered a doubtful one, I re-
commend that the other construction, which has generally pre-
vailed, and is still retained by Win., &c., be set in the margin.
' This clause, while it again restricts the promise to the class
specified, at the same time extends it to the whole of that class.
It is, accordingly, to be taken in epexegetical apposition with
aif^, which, however Si^asi, be construed, refers not to 'him
who offers the prayer' (Barn.), but to the sinning and endan-
gered brother. Says Scholef. : ' I suppose that the construction
SiScofii Bo(, ixiivcf, I give to you for him, is altogether without
a precedent in any Greek author whatever ; and there is no
possible reason for fabricating such a construction here.' — There
52
THE FIRST EPISTLE OF JOHN. CHAP. V.
KING JAMES VERSION.
unto death. There is a sin unto
death : I do not say that he shall
pray for it.
17 All unrighteousness is sin :
and there is a sin not unto death.
18 We know that whosoever
is born of God, sinneth not ; but
he that is begotten of God, keep-
eth himself and that wicked one
toucheth him not.
19 And we know that we are
of God, and the whole world
lieth in wickedness.
20 And we know that the Son
of God is come, and hath given
us an understanding, that we
GREEK TEXT.
satLV a^iaptia Ttpog ddvatov ov Ttepi
17 Tiaaa d^ixia b.[.ia(>tia lariv
xal eatLv afia^ria ov Ttpog davatov.
18 OiSa(j£V oTt Ttdg 6 lysysvvYii.ii-
vog sx tov Qsov, ovx, a^ia^Taver d2.7J
6 yEi'vyjdsig sx tov Ssov, Tvypei tavroi',
xai 6 TtovYipog ov^, dntsrai avtov.
19 oiSajJsv 'at I ix tov Qeov idixev,
xai 6 xoa^iog oTjog iv Tw 7tovy;po xsLtai.
20 olSa^v 8s Oft I 6 viog tov Qeov
nxsi, xai hihaxsv ri^dv hudvoiav iva
yivQaxci[j£v tav okiqQivav xai ka^v
REVISED VERSION.
unto death. There is a sin unto
death : ''not for 'that do I say
that he shall pray.
17 All unrighteousness is sin ;
and there is a sin not unto death.
18 We know that ^every one
that ''hath been ^begotten of God
sinneth not; but he that ^hath
been ^begotten of God keepeth
himself, and ''the wicked one
toucheth him not.
19 ' We know that we are of
God, and the whole world lieth
in Jthe wicked one.
20 ''But we know that the Son
of God is come, and hath given
us ' understanding that we may
•■ W., R. ;-all foreign verss. (except Fr. G.-M. ;-B. and L.,
Greenf.) ;-Hamm., Wells, Thom., Peile, translate rttpt i»., with
or without the ov, before ^iyu.
" The demonstrative force of ixtivTjs is given by R. ;-all
foreign virss. ;-Hamm., Wells, Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Thom.,
Penn, Sharpe, Barn., Murd., Peile.
' See eh. 2 : 23, N. x.
' See ch. 2 : 29, N. c, &c.
' See ch. 2 : 29, N. d.
^ The distinctions, which E. V. and others have attempted
between the forms o yfytcjii^/tEvof and o yivrrje^i;, are either
fanciful, or worse. Thus, the E. V. variation, borrowed from
T., C, 6., and suggested by the Vulg. ('omnis, qui natus est
ex Deo, non peccat, sed generatio Dei conservat eum.'), appears
in Fr. G.,-M. ;-Erasm., Pagn., Vat., Bez., Hamm., Wells, Whitb.,
Peile (with this farther difference: ' The born .. .he that
hath been begotten''). Fr. S. varies only the time (est engendre
. . .aete eng.), and .so Mack., but viae versa {hath been begotten
...is beg.). Equally arbitrary is Beng.'s remark: 'Praete-
ritum grandius quiddam sonat, quam aoristus.' Indeed, the
only harmless imitation of the Greek is Greenf.'s Hebrew :
nb"! "ItJ-'N . . . "l'?l:ri-'72.— Both participles are translated alike
is no distinction, as to sense, made in the rendering of the two
datives, by Syr., Dt. Qdengemn [zeg ik]'), It. ('cioe, a quelW),
Fr. G.,-M.,-S., ('savoir d cei^a-') ;-Erasm., Pagn. and Bez.
('peccantibiis dico'), Calv. (peccanti dico), Tremell. ('m in-
quam'). Tat., Castal. {videlicet peccantibus'), Cocc. ('nempe
mis'), B. and L. ('comme il la donne d toits ceux'), Dodd.,
Gill. ('This phrase is only descriptive of the persons to whom
life is given by God, upon the prayers of saints for them, and
in the Syr., German verss., Dt., It. ;-Calv., B. and L., Dodd.,
Wesl., Carpz., Wakef., Newc, Thom., Penn, Sharpe :-Rob.
'' The demonstrative (adopted by B. V. from T., C, G., and
some of the old Latin verss.) does not appear in W., R. ;-Syr.,
Vulg., German and French verss., Dt., It. ;-Calv., Castal., Dodd.
and the later English.
' B. V. alone supplies any copula.
> Comp. o rtoi'jjpo; of V. 18, and here the antithetical ix tov
OfoiJ, as well as iv t^ aXriBivai of V. 20. — Here also the adjective
is taken as masculine by Syr., Vulg. {in maligna), German
verss. {im Argen IBoseii]), Dt. {in het booze), It. {nel ma-
ligno), Fr. S. marg. {dans le mechanl) ;-Calv., Bez., Aret.
(allows this sense ;-and so Gill, Scott), Zeg., Cam., Pise, Owen,
Wells, Whitb., B. and L., Wolf., Beng., Guyse, Dodd. (in the
paraphrase and note), Wesl., Carpz., Mack., Thom., IMidd.,
Clarke, Slade, Greenf (j;~!3), Penn, Trol., Bloomf., Scholef,
Barn., Murd., Peile.
^ ' Strong as is the tyrant of the world, one stronger than he
has come for our deliverance.' See 2 Pet. 1 : 5, N. r. — Griesb.,
j\Iey., Knapp, Sch., Lachm., Hahn, read xai oI'S.
1 W. {wit), R. ;-It. {intendimento), Fr. S. {de IHntelligence) ;
-Engl. Ann., Wakef and Peile {discernment), Mack., Thorn.,
Liicke {Einsicht -,-50 Mey., De W.), Penn, Sharpe, Kenr.
not that this life is given to him that prays, and by him to be
: given to the sinning person.'), Jloldenh., Carpz. (ei et omnibus),
\ Wakef {'to those, I say'), Newc. {-for them, 1 say.' See N. z.),
Greenf, Penn ('that is, to those'), De W., Stier, ('namlich
denen'), Murd. {Ho them, I say'), Peile {will give him life, in
all cases where). The Vulg. throws both clauses into one,
I thus : dabitur ei vita peccanti; and so the Germ., except
that it retains the plural rot; a/i., and disregards the aif^.
THE SECOND EPISTLE OF JOHN.
53
KING JAMES VERSION.
may know him that is true ; and
we are in him that is true, even
in his Son Jesus Christ. This is
the true God, and eternal hfe.
21 Little children, keep your-
selves from idols. Amen.
GREEK TEXT.
kv ta akYiQuva, iv Ta> via avtoij 'Ir;-
aov XpiCTTW. oitTog eariv 6 d?uy!6iv6g
Qebg, xal n ^(^ ai(l)Vtog.
21 Texvia, <pv?M^at6 savrovg UTto
REVISED VERSION.
know ™the True One; and we
are in ™the True One, ° in his Son
Jesus Christ. This is the true
God, and "the ^Life eternal.
21 Little children, keep your-
selves from "ithe idols. "'Amen.
THE SECOND EPISTLE OF JOHN.
KING JAMES' VERSION.
The elder unto the elect lady,
and her children, whom I love
GREEK TEXT.
'0 nPESBTTEPOS '^xT^xtri xv-
picL xai totg tixvoig avrri'S, ovg iya
REVISED VERSION.
The elder unto "an elect lady
and her children, whom I love
" Comp. the E. V. forms : ' the Holy One, and the Just,'
'the Just One,' &o. (Acts 3: 14; 7: 52; &c.), and see v. 19,
N. j, and Rev. 19: 11. — Syr., Germ. (deJi Wahrhaftigen), Dt.
{den Waarachtige), It. (colui cK e il vera), Fr. G.,-]\I. -S.,
(le Veritable) ;-Cal7. {ilium verum), Bez., Cocc, Carpz., {ye-
rum ilium), Beng. ( Verum), Wesl., Greenf., Murd., Peile {the
One that is True ...the only True One). The Vulg. follows
the reading, tbv a.\rfii,vov 0fdv.
" There is no supplement in T., C, (who, however, as some
others, translate this iv by through) ;-Syr., Germ., It., Fr. S. ;-
Erasm., Calv., Vat., Castal., Dodd., Moldenh., Carpz., Mack.,
Lucke (' The sense is : We are in fellowship with the true God
through His Son — or, more correctly and more in the spirit of
John's style : so far as we are in His Son.'), Greenf, Penn,
Sharpe, De W., Murd. Peile supplies being.
° See ch. 2 : 25, N. h. Here the article is given by the Ger-
man and French verss., Dt., It.;-Bez. {ilia), Mack., Thom.,
Murd., Kenr. Lachm. and Tisch. cancel the ij.
p See ch. 1 : 1 (N. g), 2. — Among English verss., the Greek or-
der is retained by R. ;-Thom., Murd., Peile. See ch. 2 : 25, N. h.
■5 ' AU around.' — German and French verss., Dt., It. ;-Thom.,
Sharpe.
Knapp brackets the a/iijv, while the reading that omits it
is marked by Beng. as plane genuina, and is adopted by all
the other recent editors (except Bloomf), as it was by the
ancient verss., except the Vulg. I recommend that Amen be
omitted. See 2 John 13, N. s.
° Our text follows Mill, as he followed Stephens, in printing
'ExXExtYi with a capital letter. The opinion, however, which
Stephens thus indicated, that this was the proper name of the
individual addressed (an opinion mentioned [not, as Barn, sup-
poses, professed] by Oec. : ixTicxf/jv Ss, ^ 6.7(6 toi 6rdftaT05, ^
drto trji rtfpL tTjv dpff^v ^t>.of t^taj. xaXsl, and adopted by Grot.,
Pricaeus,. Wetst., Midd.), is disclaimed by Mill, who explains
the word as =: 'electam, sive ad Christi fidem conversam.'
Even the more common view among modern scholars (Heu-
mann, Beng., Moldenh., Carpz., Liicke, Mey., Ros., De W.,
Barn., Neander, Dav.. SchafT, &c.), which regards xvfla as the
name, is generally allowed by its advocates to involve some
negligence of construction or of arrangement. Certainly raicjt
rif ayartrita,, 3 John 1, which De W. cites, furnishes no parallel ;
and even his other instance from 1 Pet. 1 : 1, ixXcxtoli xafstm-
Sr;iio(.;, is suflBciently defined by the subsequent genitives, 6ta-
ffrtopti; IXottou, xtx. It deserves also to be mentioned, that
either of these interpretations {Electa, Cyria;-as well as
Thom.'s Electa Cyria) at once excludes the reference of this
inscription, ' not to the Christian mistress of a family, but to a
Church. The ancients,' adds Thiersch {History of the Chris-
tian Church, p. 264 ; London, 1852), ' understood it so. And
the concluding words, The children of thy sister, &c., are in
like manner to be understood of a Church, viz., of that in
which John was at the time.' This reference has supporters
also among the moderns (Hamm., Whist., AVhitb., Pyle, Michae-
lis, Augusti, Hales), and finds some corroboration in the ^ iv
BajSuT.uri avvsxXcxtri of 1 Pet. 5 : 13, where the majority of
versions and commentators supplies ixxXriaia. The indefinite
rendering proposed above, which I find nowhere but in Peile,
is at least strictly grammatical, and assumes nothing but that
the writer may have had reasons for suppressing the name of
his correspondent, as well as his own. There is difllculty, more-
over, in supposing that the writer meant to distinguish any
particular member of the Church as 'the elect lady,' or as the
peculiar object of the apostolic love in truth. — Of the editors
not already mentioned. Griesb., Knapp, Lachm., Tisch., Theile,
have ixx. Kvp. ; Sch., Bloomf, Hahn, ixx. xvp. The ex-
pressed lyii (see 1 John 2 : 20, N. p) may be = ' I, whoever
else may hate (v. 7) ; I, Christ's apostle; whom He loved.'
This emphasis cannot be given in English without an amplifi-
cation, or else by the tone in reading.
54
THE SECOND EPISTLE OF JOHN.
KING JAMES VERSION.
in the truth ; and not I only, but
also all they that have known
the truth ;
2 For the truth's sake which
dwelleth in us, and shall be with
us for ever.
3 Grace be with you, mercy,
and peace from God the Father,
and from the Lord Jesus Christ,
the Son of the Father, in truth
and love.
4 I rejoiced greatly, that I
found of thy children walking in
GREEK TEXT.
ayana iv akridsia, xal om iyu (wvog,
dX/la xcd Tuwrec, ol kyvoxoreg ttiv
2 Sia HTy aknQHav try fxsvovaav
iv rifdv, xcu ^/sff ri^mv ecTTat ej's tov
aiava-
3 earai ned' nfiov %(xpig, g/lfog,
Eipnvy; Ttapa Qsov TtaTpbg, xai Ttcupa
Kvpiov 'ly]aov XpiCToii rov viov rov
Ttarpog, ev akridsicL xal dyd7f(i.
4 'Ey^dpy;v 9uav an svpyixa ex tav
rsxvov aov TtepiTtatoiwta^ iv a2,yj-
REVISED VERSION.
in '■ truth, and not I only, but also
all "= who have known the truth,
2 For the truth's sake, which
''abideth in us, and ^with us *'it
shall be for ever :
3 eThere shall be with •'us
grace, mercy, ' peace, from God
the Father, and from the •• Lord
Jesus Christ, the Son of the Fa-
ther, in truth and love.
4 1 rejoiced greatly that I ''have
found 'children of thine walking
i" The words iv aj,ti9iiq. are thus rendered without the article,
or else adverbially {truly, sincerely, &c.), or are so explained,
by E. v., w. 3, 4; 3 John 1 marg.,4:; Matt. 22: IG (comp.
Mark 12 : 14 and Luke 20 : 21 in the Greek and E. V.) ; &c. ;-
W., R. ;-Dt., It., Fr. G.,-M. ;-Oec. (who opposes ay. iv ax. to
iHi,!fKaaiaf ayartoiv, a-to/iati,, referring to 1 John 3 : 18), Pagn.,
Vat, Castal., Bez., Grot., Wells, B. and L., Berl. Bib., "Wolf,
('i. e. d?.i;9ws'), Beng., Pyle, Carpz., Wakef., Mack., Newc,
Thom., Mey. (mil Aufrichtigkeit), Ros., Stolz, Van Ess, Goss.,
Trol., Sharpe, De W. (though he understands the phrase here,
not as in 1 John 3 : 18, but of love grounded in tlie Christian
truth), Barn., Kenr., Peile.
' For the omission of they, see W., T., C, G., R. ;-Latin and
German verss., Dt. j-Wesl., Mack., Thom., Greenf., Sharpe,
Kenr. — Forw/io, see Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Mack., Newc, Thom.,
Sharpe, Murd., Kenr.
^ Beng. : ' (iiiae manet. quae adhuc est. Sequitur futurum,
erit: See 1 John 3 : 17, N. x, &c.
' The Greek order is preserved in W. ;-Latin verss., Syr.,
Germ., Dt. j-Liioke, Greenf All.
' The French verss. and Newc. repeat the relative ; but it is
better with Win. (§ 04. III. 1.) to consider the construction
changed for the sake of a more striking presentation of the
thought. So De W. : 'und sie wird auch ewig bei uns blei-
ben' regaMing this as 'more expressive' than the relative con-
struction. Sharpe {and may it be), Peile {as it shall be).
See Rev. 1 , 6, N. y, &c.
^ ' Future for optative, by hebraism,' say Bloomf. and others.
Better Win. (§ 41. 6.): 'Never does the future stand for the
genuine optative; in Rom. 16: 20; Phil. 3: 15; 4: 7, 19;
Matt. 16: 22, the signification of the future is alone admissible.'
A like unwarrantable change of mood is found in E. V. 1 Pet.
4 : 11. In the present instance the writer, having set out appa-
rently to give the apostolic salutation in the usual optative
form, is induced, by the intervention of a confident assertion
respecting the perseverance of the faithful in the truth, to ex-
press his heart's desire and prayer for them in the way of an
equally confident assertion respecting their, and his own, con-
tinued enjoyment along with that, and in consequence of that.
of all spiritual blessings. — The future is retained in E. V. marg.
in Dr. Blayney's and most subsequent editions ;-C.;-Syr., Dt.
mar^. ;-Erasm., Vat., Aret.. Cocc. ('non tarn optans, quam ad-
dicens. Petrus ut optans loquitur mridwdslr;. Paulus ambigue,
omittens verbum, ut habeamus occasionem utrumque cogitandi.
Johannes eniphasin interpretatur exprimendo tatai,.'), Beng.
('votum cum affirmatione'), Moldcnh., Carpz., Peile {'there
shall be — an Apostolic greeting, equivalent here to invokes,
prays for there to be — grace, &c.').
^ This reading is followed by C. ;-Syr., Germ, (as Luth.
gave it) ;-Erasm., Aret. ('Se conjungit piae familiae in bonis
communibus ;'-but. on the ground of the uniform style of the
apostolic salutation elsewhere, he thinks that the reading must
be incorrect). Wolf (' "Esrat /ie6' v/iuv. Ita Curcellaeus : at
editi plerique omnes fiid' ^/tuJi', et sic scripti quoque, ita ut pro
altera ilia Millius Lincoln, cod. et Veles. lectiones, tum vero ed.
Complut. Vulg. et Oecumenium afferre potuerit. Praetulerim
itaque jxsS' ijiiuv, quod et B. Lutherus expressit. imprimis cum
eadem phrasis proxime anteoedat, xaX fuS' tifiiliv tatM £ij tov
aiwva. Hoc scilicet respiciens Joannes eos, ad quos scribebat,
certos esse jubet, fore, ut et ipsi in agnita dootrinae salutaris
veritate persistant et gratia misericordiaque divina perpetuo
fruantur.'). All the recent editors, however, have vjx.uv, and
I recommend that this be adopted : you.
' R. ;-Latin and Germ, verss. (except Moldenh., Mey.), Dt.,
Fr. S. ;-B. and L., Carpz., Wakef, Thom., Sharpe, Kenr., Peile.
' Mey., Lachm., and Tisch. cancel Kupi'ov, which De W. also
considers ' unjohann.'
It The perfect tense implies that this cause of joy still existed.
Kuhn.'s remark also is applicable : ' By placing in contrast the
hist, tenses in the principal sentence to the principal tenses with
their conjunctions in the subordinate sentences, the subordinate
sentences become more important than the principal. — R. ;-
German and French verss. (except Aley.), Dt., It. ;-Peile. But all
these, except R., translate ixo-i'l'' either as a present or a perfect.
I Peile proposes this as the English equivalent of the Greek
phrase. Dodd., Mack., &o., supply some. But this suggests
more strongly perhaps than does the original, that this lady
had other children of a different character.
THE SECOND EPISTLE OF JOHN.
65
KING JAMES VERSION.
truth, as we have received a com-
mandment from the Father.
5 And now I beseech thee,
lady, not as though I wrote a new
commandment unto thee, but that
which we had from the begin-
ning, tliat we love one another.
6 And this is love, that we
walk after his commandments.
This is the commandment. That,
as ye have heard from the begin-
ning, ye should walk in it.
7 For many deceivers are en-
tered into the world, who confess
not that Jesus Christ is come in
the flesh. This is a deceiver,
and an antichrist.
8 Look to yourselves, that we
lose not those things which we
have wrought, but that we re-
ceive a full reward.
9 Whosoever transgresseth,
and abideth not in the doctrine
of Christ, hath not God. He that
GREEK TEXT.
Osia, xaSug £i«ro^rrv i?M[3oi.i£v Ttapd
roi' Ttarpog.
5 xai viw spa^a Ge, xvpia, ovj^ ag
svto?i,Yiv ypd^uv GOL xaiv'hi', dX/la rtv
el'xp^ev an dp%%, Iva ayaita^v oAr
/Lri/Lowg.
6 xai attYj egtIv n dydnyi, iva
TtspiTtaTui-isv xata rag ivro2.ag avtoii.
aiTYi sGTLv ri kvtokro xaOog rycovGate
an ap'XT^g, iva sv aur^ TispiTtaT/its-
7 otL 7to22joi nTAvOL slGriABov elg
tbv xoGfiov, 01 ^n ofjo^oyovvtsg 'Iyj-
Goiw XptcTTov tp'xpiievov iv Gapxr
oxkog sGtLV 6 n^idvog xai 6 drT(;^pt-
Gtog.
8 /^XfTteTe iavtovg 'iva fxri dnoT^-
Gdfjsv a EipyaGdneda, ouiia ^uGdov
nTJipYi d7to/id(3c^i.iEV.
9 nag 6 napa^aivutv, xai fj.ri ^vuv
ev rfi h^xV '^°^' XptffToi), Qeov ovx
ej^Et,' 6 fAJEVuv EV TYi SiSaj^ri tov Xpt-
REVISED VERSION.
in truth, as we ™ received ° com-
mandment from the Father.
5 And now I beseech thee,
lady, not as "writing a new com-
mandment unto thee, but that
which we had from the begin-
ning, that we love one another.
6 And this is love, that we
walk Paccording to his command-
ments. This is the command-
ment, "J as ye heard from the
beginning, "ithat ye should walk
in it.
7 For many deceivers 'have
entered into the world, who con-
fess not ' Jesus Christ coming in
" flesh : this is ^the deceiver and
''the antichrist.
S Look to yourselves, that '^we
lose not "what things we have
''wrought, but ^ receive a full re-
ward.
9 "Every one that transgress-
edi, and abideth not in the doc-
trine of Christ, hath not God : he
■" The reference is historical, to the ministry of the Lord
Jesus, as revealing the truth and will of God. See 1 John 2 :
25, N. g.— W. ;-Wesl., Mack., Thorn., Penn, Sharpe.
" W., R.;-Fr. S.;-Wells, Wesl., Mack., Newc, Liicke, Penn,
Sharpe, Murd., Peile.
" W., G., R.;-Vulg., Syr., Dt., It., Fr. G.,-M.,-S. ;-Pagn.,
Bez., Aret., Dodd. and the later English verss., Greenf.
p See 2 Pet. 3 : .3, N. f. To the English verss. there men-
tioned may here be added Wakef., Mack., Newc, Thorn., Clarke,
Penn, Ivenr.
' Neither the original edition of E. V., nor any other .version
here collated, except Vat., begins this part of the verse with a
capital letter, nor does Vat. himself transpose the iVa. The
Greek order is observed also by Syr., Protestant German verss.
(the Vulg. having ut quemadmodum), Dt., It., Fr. M.,-S. ;-
Erasm., Castal., Bez., Dodd., Wesl., Wakef. (though he gives
xa9us as a relative), Mack., Newc, Thorn., Greenf., Sharpe,
Murd., Peile.
' See 1 John 2 : 7, N. p, &c.
Newc, Barn., Peile.
« The reference is rather to the general idea of the incarna-
tion, than to any particular manifestation. Hence Oec, Erasm.,
and Vat., while their versions point to the second coming (the
last two changing venisse of the Vulg. into renturimi), yet
allow the other interpretation. 'Potest etiam legi, venisse,'
says Vat. Erasm. thus : ' Potest accipi ut sit praeteriti imper-
fecti temporis, qui veniebat ; et potest accipi ut sit futuri, ut
intelligamus de Judicio supremo.' Better Oec. : Sia r oiT-o olfiM
dx^ ovx sT^ovTfa^ iva tov^ d^ijioffpaj apvovfi^vovs tas rtapovtJtaj
■toy KupioD fas iv aapxi ttepixdIS'tj. So De W. : ' We are not to
assume any change of time (Beng.) ; the present denotes simply
the idea : J. Chr. as commg in the flesh ; comp. 1 Cor. 15 : 35.'
Seel John4:2, N. b.
" See 1 John 4 : 2, N. c
' See 1 John 2 : 18, N. d, &c.
"^ Lachm. and Tisch. adopt the reading (referred to in E. V.
niarg.) of A., Vulg., Syr., &c. : arco'Kiatjii S, clfydaaaSt . . . arco-
^ See V. 1, N. c. Of the verss. here collated, Wells and
Newc. alone employ a plural demonstrative ; most have a com-
pound relative.
y The marginal rendering of E. V., gained, may better be
omitted. Comp. 1 Cor. 3 ; 14, 15.
' Syr., German verss., Dt., It. ;-Castal., Hamm., Dodd. and
Mack, (may), Wesl., Wakef., Sharpe.
» See 1 John 2 : 23, N. x. In this verse Lachm. and Tisch.
read rtpodyav (A. B.) for rtapajialvav (Bloonif. has no doubt
that ' St. John wrote jtapdyav'), cancel the second toy Xptatov,
and transpose thus : xcu tbv vlov xai tov rtatipa.
56
THE SECOND EPISTLE OF JOHN.
KING JAMBS VERSION.
abideth in the doctrine of Christ,
he hath both the Father and the
Son.
10 If there come any unto you,
and bring not this doctrine, re-
ceive him not into your house,
neither bid him God speed :
11 For he that biddeth him
God speed, is partaker of his evil
deeds.
12 Having many things to
write unto you, I would not write
with paper and ink : but I trust
to come unto you, and speak face
to face, that our joy may be full.
13 The children of thy elect
sister greet thee. Amen.
GREEK TEXT.
atov, ovtog xai Toy Ttatspa xcu tav
vlov £;^ft.
10 £1 tig eoy^^stai, Ttpbg vixdg, xcu
taxrtviv rnv hmax''fl' ov j)tpeL, [in 7mi.i-
(3dvsifE aiftop eig oixiav, xai j^^oupsiv
axfta fin Tuyere-
11 b j'ttp T^j^yuiv avta ^aipsiv, xoi-
vavet totg ipyoig avtov toig Ttovt^polg.
12 Ilo/l/ld £x,^v vfuv 'y()d^£iv, ovx
r,(3ov?,ridyiv 8ia j^dptov xcu (jiXavog-
a22a iTiTti^a aWeiv Ttpbg vfidg, xai
atofia Ttpog atofja TxiJknaai, iva ri
;^apa vifiav ^ TtETt/lyjpcjfiir)?.
13 ddTta^etcu as td tsxva trig
(i&/l(^% Gov trig ixTiExtng. dfiw-
REVISED VERSION.
that abideth in the doctrine of
Christ, ''the same hath both the
Father and the Son.
10 If any "^one ''cometh unto
you, and "^bringeth not this doc-
trine, receive him not into ^the
house, neither bid him 'hail :
11 For he that biddeth him
%ail ^shareth in his ""wicked
•works.
12 Having many things to
write unto you, JI would not ''
with paper and ink ; 'but I ""hope
"to come unto you, and speak
"mouth to mouth, that Pour joy
may be ^fulfilled.
13 The children of thy elect
sister 'salute thee. "Amen.
t E. v., Matt. 5 : 19 ; 13 : 20 ; &c. ;-R. ;-Mack. All the for-
eign verss. (except Greenf.) use a demonstrative pronoun.
Beng. : ' hie demum.'
■= See 1 John 2 : 1, N. b, &c. Here the verss. generally clearly
indicate the singular.
^ ' As, no doubt, happens often' (v. 7). Comp. 1 John 3 : 13,
N. j. — The indicative mood is retained in W. ;-foreign verss.
generally ;-Thom., Murd.
' The pronoun is not supplied in B. V., Mark 13 : 15, &c. ;-
W., T., C, G., E. ;-foreign verss. (except the French, and Mol-
denh.) ;-Kenr., Dav.
*■ Akenside (Pleasures of Imagination, i. 492, 496-8) :
' As when Brutus . . .
' call'd aloud
' On Tally's name, and shook his crimson steel,
'And bade the father of his country, hail !'
W. (neither say ye to him A.ai7;-comp. E. V., Matt. 26: 49;
27 : 29 ; &c.) ;-Sharpe, Barn, ('do not say to him, hail, or joy') ;
-Rob. (to wish well to bid hail). Nearly all verss. avoid the
introduction of the divine name.
^ Wakef., Mack, (pariaketh in), Thom. (is a part, with
him in), Murd. (is participator in).
" See 1 John 3 : 12, N. h. R. ;-Guyse, Wakef.
' E. v., 1 John 3 : 12; &c. ;-W., R. ;-Guyse, Wakef., Thom.,
Penn, Kenr.
1 Beng., Lachm., Hahn, Tisch., have ij3ov?wj95ji'.
'' No verb is supplied in W., R. ;-Latin verss., Syr., Germ.,
Dt. ;-Carpz., Liicke, Greenf., All., De W., Murd., Kenr.
For axxi. IXTti^a, Griesb., Knapp, Mey., Sch.. Lachm., Hahn,
Theile, read ixttC^u ydp (Vulg.).
" W., R. ;-Dodd. and the later verss. Foreign verss. gene-
rally have the word most nearly answering to this.
° For ixedv, Knapp, Mey., Lachm., Hahn, Tisch., Theile, give
ysviddai, which Bloomf. thinks is ' probably the true reading.'
° E. V. marg: (comp. Numb. 12: 8; Jer. 32: 4; 34: 3);-
Vulg., Syr., Germ, (mundlich), Dt,, It. (a bocca), French
verss. ;-Hamm., Berl. Bib. (von Mund zu Mund ;-so Stolz,
AH., Kist.), Guyse, Thom., (by word, of mouth), Moldenh., Mey.,
Van Ess, De W., (as Germ.), Wakef., Greenf. (HC-bN PC),
Murd., Kenr.
p Lachm. reads viauv (Vulg.).
1 See 1 John 1 : 4, N. q. It is true that in this expressive
primary sense oi filling full the -verh fulfil is not now in cur-
rent use, and it may perhaps be deemed inexpedient to attempt
its revival. In that case I recommend that E. V. be retained.
E. v., 3 John 15 ; &c. ;-R. ;-Dodd. and the later verss.,
except Sharpe.
' The a.jj.'^v is bracketed by Knapp, and cancelled by all the
other recent editors, except Beng. and Bloomf., though Beh"-.
also regarded it as certainly spurious. I recommend that Anie7i
be omitted.
THE THIRD EPISTLE OF JOHN.
67
THE THIRD EPISTLE OF JOHN.
KING JAMES' VERSION.
The elder unto the well-belov-
ed Galus, whom I love in the
truth.
2 Beloved, I wish above all
things that thou mayest prosper
and be in health, even as thy
soul prospereth.
3 For I rejoiced greatly, when
the brethren came and testified
of the truth that is in thee, even
as thou walkest in the truth.
GREEK TEXT.
'0 nPE2BTTEP02 Taioi rudya-
•KYftiii, bv eya dyaTto iv dyl>70et'a.
2 'AyaTtyjts, Ttepi Ttdvtuv ev^o^cu
ds ewbowdaL xcu vyiaivsiv, xadug
3 i^dprsv yap 2.iav, ip^o^evav
dSsT^ipcjv xal ^lapTvpovvtcdv aov rrt
aXrfiEia, xaQcog dv iv d2.Y;d£M Ttept-
Ttarsig.
REVISED VERSION.
The elder unto the "beloved
Gaius, whom ^I love in '' truth.
2 Beloved, °in all things I ''pray
that thou mayest prosper and be
in health, even as thy soul pros-
pereth.
3 For I rejoiced greatly, when
^ brethren came and testified 'to
^thy truth, ''liow Hhou walkest
in j truth.
' E. v., .8 times in John's Epistles, and 39 times elsewhere ;-
T., C, G. ;-Syr., Germ, (liehen), Dt., It. ;-Erasm., Pagn., Vat.,
Bez., (dileclo ;-for Vulg. charissimo), Wells, Berl. Bib. and
later Protestant German verss., Dodd., TVesl., Wakef., Mack.,
Newc, Thom., Greenf., Barn., Jlurd., Kenr. For the empha-
tic lyii, see 2 John 1, N. a.
" See 2 John 1, N. b.
' This explanation of Hefl ndrtav as equivalent to concern-
ing all things, in every respect, appears in W. (though he
renders the Vulg. de by of), T., C, R. ;-Vulg., Syr., Germ.,
Dt. marg., It., French verss. ;-Erasm., A''at., Engl. Ann., Grot,,
Hamm.'s Paraphrase, Pric, Wells, Whitb., Beng., Guyse,
Dodd., Wesl., Mack., Newc, Thom., Scott, AH., Penn, Trol.,
Sharpe, De W., Barn., Murd., Kenr., Peile;-Rob., Green. E.
V. follows Pagn., Bez., (in primis), Castal. (ante omnia).
The Greek order is followed by W., R. ;-Latin verss. (except
Castal.), Syr., Dt. ;-Berl. Bib., Moldenh., Carpz., Wakef., Mey.,
Greenf., Stolz, Van Ess, Goss., Sharpe, Bloomf., De W., Murd.,
Kenr.
^ E. V. marg. ; 2 Cor. 13 : 7 ; James 5 : 16 ;-W., R., (I make
[my] prayer) ;-Vulg. (orationem facio), Syr. (as in Matt. 26 :
42) ;-Engl. Ann. ('or, pray'), Hamm., Guyse ('desire and beg
of God'), Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Mack., Clarke, Greenf., All.,
Penn, Bloomf. ('heartily wish and pray'), Murd., Kenr., Peile.
' W. ;-Fr. S. ;-Berl. Bib. .and the later German verss. (though
some of them insert einige), Wakef. (some), Peile.
f The dative after juaprDptw is retained by E. V., John 5 : 33 ;
18 : 37 ; &c., and here by W., R. ;-Vulg., Fr. S. ;-Erasm., Vat.,
Berl. Bib., Beng., Mack., Thom., Stolz, All., Kist,, Goss., Sharpe,
Kenr., Peile.
^ Not merely : 'the truth of the gospel that is in thee' (Whitb.),
or 'the soundness of thy doctrinal views,' but: ' thy truthful-
ness ; the general consistency of thy Christian character, as
resting on and pervaded by the truth.' — The paraphrastic en-
largement of E. V. is avoided by W., R. ;-Vulg., Syr., German
verss., Dt, It, Fr. G.,-M., (ta sincerite), Fr. S. ;-Erasm., Pagn.
(integritatem tuam), Vat., Castal., Bez. (sinceritatem tvam.
The same word is employed by Drus., Grot. ;-and so Hamm.'s
Paraphrase : the sincerity of thy Christian course), B. and L.
(voire fdelite), Dodd., Wakef. (ihy fidelity). Mack., Thom.,
Greenf. (TfRON), Penn, Sharpe, Murd. (ihy integrity), Kenr.,
Peile (thy tnilhfidness).
Perhaps it was not intended by the English Translators
(who follow R. = Vulg. sicut) to give the impression, which
yet the reader can scarcely help receiving, that the writer here
adds his own testimony respecting the outward deportment of
Gaius to that of the brethren respecting his faith. But such a
representation is not at all borne out by the manner of John,
or by the context, vv. 4, 6. The clause is rather epexegetical
of the one preceding. For this use of xoSuj after verbs of nar-
rating, see Acts 15: 14.— T., C, G.;-Fr. G.,-M., (el comment),
Fr. S. ([disant'] comment) ;-Castal. (uti . . vivas). Grot., Ros.,
(^jWTOorfo), Hamm.'s Paraphrase ('and gave me assurance of
thy perseverance'), B. and L. (as Fr. G.), Moldenh. (wie, in
the sense of quomodo. He also allows dass, that), Carpz, (et
(jfMod), Wakef , Liicke, Mey. (dass ndinlich), Penn;-Schuttg..
Schleus., Bretsch., Wahl, Rob., Schirl.
' 'Notwithstanding the general defection, and the violence
of Diotrephes.' See 2 John 1, N, a, &c.
1 See 2 John 1, N. b.
8
68
THE THIRD EPISTLE OF JOHN.
KING JAMES VERSION.
4 I have no greater joy than
to hear that my children walk in
truth.
5 Beloved, thou doest faith-
fully whatsoever thou doest to
the brethren, and to strangers ;
6 Which have borne witness
of thy charity before the church:
whom if thou bring forward on
their journey after a godly sort,
thou shalt do well :
GREEK TEXT.
4 i-isi^oTepav lovtov ovx e^u ;^a-
pav, iva dxoio) ra tua tixva sv dky;-
deia TtepiTtaTovvTa.
5 'AyaTtYire, marbv Ttoidg 6 sav
ipydari eig Tovg dSs'A^ovg xai eig rovg
^svovg,
6 o'i i/xaptvpyjadv Gov rrj dydrty
svoitiov ixxXY;aiag' oig xa?uiig noirr
aeig TtpoTtEjttil^^ d^fug roi) Qeov.
REVISED VERSION.
4 ''Greater joy than 'this I have
none, to hear "of my children
"walking in ° truth.
5 Beloved, thou Pactest ''faith-
fully whatsoever thou doest 'to-
ward the brethren, and 'toward
''the strangers,
6 'Who have "testified "to thy
"love before ^the church : whom
thou ^shalt do well Ho "set for-
ward on their ""way "^in a manner
worthy of God:
'■ The arrangement and translation of this clause are from
Sharpe. Comp. E.V.John 15: 13. Here fififor. is given before
the verb by R. ;-Latin verss., Syr. ;-Beng., Carpz. (Lactitiam
majorem habeo nullam), Mey., Stolz, All., Goss., De W.
1 The xovtiav is recognized in W., G., R, ;-Latin and German
verss. (except Castal.), Syr., Dt, It., Fr. G., -M. ;-EngI. Ann.,
Wolf, (who, with Bez., Beng., &c., would supply ;tapw^), Dodd.,
Wesl., Mack., Newc, Ros., Greenf.. Penn., Kenr.
^ So E. V. translates axoiiu followed by an accusative, Matt.
24: 6; Luke 21 : 9; &c.
° Dodd., "Wakef., Mack., Thom., {are walking).
" Lachm. and Tisch. insert tJ.
p So rtou'u is often taken, especially when connected with a
neuter adjective. See Pass., s. v., II.— Fr. G.,-M.,-S., {agU) ;
-Pagn., Castal., Bez., Wolf., (agis), Thom., Van Ess {han-
deist j-so All., Kist, De W.), Trol., Bloomf. The same verb
(to act) is employed by Guyse^ Scott, Clarke.
•! ' A faithful thing, one befitting thy standing as ««5ro5, a
true believer.' So Oec. : a^tof rtioroi dr^pof and others gene-
rally. Some, as It. (da [rero] fedele), Thom. (as a believer),
Mey. (als Ochten Christen), Trol. (as a faithful man), treat
the phrase matbv noitlf as equivalent to the French idiom,
faire le roi.
' E. v., 1 Thess. 4:10; &c. ;-R. (on... upon) ;-Syr., It.,
Fr. G.,-M., Fr. S. (poMr) ;-Pagn., Castal., Bez., Pise, Hamm.
(in the Paraph.), B. and L. (as Fr. S.), Dodd., Murd., Kenr.,
(towards -,-50 Scott and Barn, once in the comment.), Pyle
(once in the Paraph.), Wakef, Mack., Thom., (for), Ros., Peile
(in relation to).
• Dt., It., French verss. ;-Engl. Ann. (as one version), Mol-
denh. and later German verss., Wakef., Mack., Thom., Greenf.
Penn, Sharpe, Peile (those). Liicke's view, that xai d; roiij
Je'covj stands in epexegetical apposition with lif toiii d5., is not
favoured by the repetition of the preposition and the article ;
and hence may have come, as a critical gloss, the reading xai
toito U^ovs, which, however, has very considerable authority,
and is adopted by Lachm., Hahn, Tisch., Theile.
t See 2 Pet. 2: 11, N. f.
" E. v., V. 3 ; &c. See 1 John 1 : 2, N. 1.
' See V. 3, N. f.
" See 2 Pet. 1 : 7, N. a.
" Peile: ' tuirtiot 'ExxXijotas — kw^X. in open Church, in open
Congregation — is said by the same conventional omission of
the Article, as in classical Greek is the prevailing rule in the
use of all such words (natrfi, /ir;ttip, }i6ai.s, ywri, ?td>.tj, 4fcrrtdr»jf,
*. t. 7..) as express some well-known and familiar object, and
in our own idiom also is of frequent occurrence, as when we
say in Town, before Parliament, &c. &c.'
y The Greek order, retained by R. ;-foreign verss., except the
Dt. ;-Dodd., Wakef., Thom., Penn, Peile. The Syr. disregards
the rtpo?tt/t4a5 ; the Vulg. has benefaciens deduces, as if for x.
rtotjjsaj nfonifi-^iii, the reading of C. ; Germ., du hast wohl ge-
Ihan, as if for x. trtolrjaai, Grot.'s conjectural reading. — Most
of the modern English versions have wilt. But the sentence
is an authoritative counsel and encouragement in opposition to
Diotrephes.
' The participle is translated by an infinitive in It.. French
verss. ;-Thom., Greenf, Kist., Penn, De W., Peile.
' It is evident from the context, that what the writer desired
in behalf of the wayfareis was effectual help (comp. Tit. 3 : 13;
&c.), rather than merely such an honourable escort as Paul
received at Miletus (Acts 20 : 38) and Tyre (Acts 21 : 5). The
former idea is, accordingly, here included by the critics and
lexicons in rtpojtijurtw (as Grot, 'cum viatico dimittere'; Beng.
'deducens cum commeatu'; Bloomf. "by sending them forward
and helping them on their journey' ; De W. ' weiterfordern
durch Reiseausnistung' ; &c.), and several versions express it
more distinctly than is done in E. V. Thus : Hamm. (furnish
for their j.), B. and L. (de les accompag/ier et de les pourvoir
pour leur voyage). Mack, (help forward on their j.), Liicke,
Mey., (weiter [be-'} firrderst), Stolz (ihnen weiter behillflich
bist). Van Ess (weiter forthilfst), Kenr. (put on their way),
Peile.
>■ E. v.. Acts 15 : 3 ; 21:5; &c. ;-R. ;- Wakef., Kenr., Peile.
' E. V. (after C), Wells, Wesl., and Sharpe, are the only
verss. that evade the literal force of the phrase. E. V. has it in
the margin; and comp. Col. 1 : 10; 1 Thess. 2: 12.
THE THIRD EPISTLE OF JOHN.
59
KING JAMES VERSION.
7 Because that Ibi- his name's
sake they went forth, taking
nothing of the Gentiles.
8 We theref(H-e ought to re-
ceive such, that we might be
fellow-helpers to the truth.
9 I wrote unto the church :
but Diotrephes who loveth to
have the pre-eminence among
them, recciveth us not.
10 Wherefore, if I come, 1
will remember his deeds which
GREEK TEXT.
7 V7te() yap Toi) oi'df-iarog e^r^dov
jiYlSiv "Aa^iJo-vovteg dno tc^v edvuv.
8 riLiEic, ovv o^£iXof.isv a.7io2.a^'3a-
vsiv rovg roioirovg, iva avvspyol
yivufieda rri a^^rfieLCL.
^i?M7tpcdrEVi,)v aiVtjv Aiorpe^rg ovx
smhi'x.^rai 'nudg.
10 hia TouTo, iav e?£G), vnaiaxcud
aitov ra epya a noisi, 'Aoyoig Ttory;-
KEVISED VERSION.
7 ■'For 'in behalf of ""the name
I hey went fortli^, taking nolliing
■"from the 'Gentiles.
8 JWe therefore ought to ''re-
ceive such, that we 'may ""become
fellow-"labourers "for the truth.
9 I wrote p unto the church :
but ""he who loveth to ''be fore-
most among them, Diotrephes,
'doth not 'admit 'us.
10 "Therefore, if I come, I
will "bring to remembrance his
■' rap occurs very often, but is nowhere else in E. V. ren-
dered because, except John 3 : 19 ; 10 : 26 ; Acts 28 : 20 ; Rom.
4 : 15. — W., R. ;-foreign vorss. generally ;-Dodd., Wes!., Wakef.,
Thorn., Murd.
• Comp. E. v., 2Cor. 1: 11 ; 5 : 12; 8 : 24 ; Phil. 1 : 29.
Wakef., Murd., Peile (on b. of).
' 'That is alike dear to us all.' The aitov of a fen- MSS..
followed by the Viilg., Syr., &c.. is omitted hy Erasm., Mill,
and all the recent editors (except that Hahn Imackets it). Midd.
indeed suggests that, even if airoi be spurious, the article may
be ' used, as frequently happens, to signify his.' But the single
instance, and that a poetical citation, in Acts 17 : 28, would not
prove this to be N. T. usage. — Grot. (' Noroen enim per excel-
lentiam, nomen Christi, Jac. 2 : 7.'), B. and L. ?«arg-., Beng.
('Sub.audi, Z>ei ;'-so Newc). T>e \V., Peile. Wells supplies his.
^ Bez., Wolf., Beng., Moldenh., Carpz., connect i^r-t-Sov im-
mediately with ttjto ruv (9. ; nor do the recent editors, except
Griesb. and Mey., insert a comma after the verb.
" See 1 John 1 : 5, N. t.
1 Lachm. and Tisch. read I9vi,xuv.
1 Grot.: 'Nos Christiani ubique locorum.' See 1 John 2 : 20,
N. p, &c.
^ Oec. : ArtoXafifidv^iv, avtl t'ou, avaT^afij^dussOai, iJrtoSijjjf aflat.
Bloomf., therefore, errs in attributing to Oec. the reading vno-
Xafi^dvuv, which Lachra. and Tisch., however, edit on the au-
thority of A. B. C, &c., and with the approbation of Bloomf..
De W., &c. This is. indeed, the more classical word for taking
up, receiving under one's protection ; but the internal evidence
for the change is by no means strong. 'ArtoXaf</3«»''"' might
well stand in antithesis to i^ifKBov of the precedmg verse. ' For
the sake of Ilim, whom we also love, these brethren went out
into the heathen wilderness. And shall not we receive them
back with a ready welcome, when in the brief intervals of la-
bour they seek rest and refreshment in the bosom of the
Church V Comp. Luke 15 : 27.
1 E. v., following T., C, G., is followed by none (except
Wells) in using the imperfect. All foreign verss. retain the
present ; though Mill cites two or three MSS. for the reading
ycrwjitffla.
- See 1 Pet. 1 : 20. N. w.
" In rendeiing owefyoi E. V. refers expressly to the f'pyov in
cotnposition as work labour. 8 times out of 13. So heie W. ;-
Latin verss. (except Pagn., Castal.). Dt., Fr. S. ;-IIanim., Berl.
Bib., Beng.. Dodd. and later English vtrss. (except Thom.),
All., Van Ess, Bloomf.
' " Not: 'with the truth,' as Hamm and others, but : 'with
the missionary brethren on behalf of the truth.' — Fr. S. ;-EngI.
Ann. (or. /o7-'), Sym., Wakef, Newc, Mey., Stolz, Penn.
p Lachm. and Tisch. insert ti. (A. B. C, &c.) after typ.
I 1 The Greek order is retained by R. ;-Latin verss., Syr. ;-
; Murd., Kenr., Peile.
There is this literal reference to the rtpwtoj in composition
as foremost or first, in Syr., Dt, Fr. G.,-M.,-S.;-Beng. (e.sse
priimi^; -for Vulg primatum gerere). Scott, Liicke, All.,
Sharpe, De W., Stier, Barn., Murd., Peile;-the lexicons generally.
R. ;- Wakef.. Mack., Thom., Kenr. (does). The same
verss., together with W. ;-Latin verss.. Syr. ;-Dodd., Carpz.,
Ros.. Greenf., Peile, translate jj/ja; last. ' Us, his ecclesiastical
superior ; not even our letter.'
' A different word from that in v. 8. — Castal.. Grot., Ros.,
(adniittit -j-foT Vulg. reapit), Carpz. (curat), Wakef. (allots),
Thom. (regard), Sharpe (heedelh), Peile.
° The Sia roito is expressed by a demonstrative particle in
E. v., Matt. 6 : 25, and generally elsewhere ;-German verss.,
Dt, It. ;-Pagn., Castal., Bez., Aret., Dodd., Greenf., Murd. :—
by a preposition and demonstrative pronoun, with or without
a substantive, in Vulg., Syr. ;-Erasm., Vat, Mack., Thom.,
Penn, Peile : — in the French verss. by c'est pourquoi.
' The writer threatens, not that he himself will bear in mind,
but that he will e.vpose. the misconduct of Diotrephes ; recall-
ing it for apostolic censure, to the humiliation of the offender,
and for the warning of others. This causative force of vnoftifi-
vriaxu our remember no longer retains. But it is clearly given
in E. v., -John 14: 26, and elsewhere; and here is either ex-
pressed, or more distinctly than in E. V. implied, in W., T.. C,
G., R. ;-Syr. (ax;cording to the text of the P. and that of Lee)
and other foreign verss. ;-Wakef., Mack., Newc, Thom.. Scholef.
60
THE THIRD EPISTLE OF JOHN.
KING JAMES VERSION.
he doelh, prating ogainst us with
malicious words : and not con-
tent therewith, neither doth he
himself receive the brethren, and
fbrbiddeih them that would, and
casteth them out oi' the church.
11 Beloved, follow not that
which is evil, but that which is
good. He that doelh good is of
God : but he that doeth evil hath
not seen God.
GBEEK TEXT.
vog sni rovtoig, oiVe avtog STiibs^erai
rovg {i&?w^oi'$, xal rovg i3ov7Mfievcvg
xcdkveL, xai ix Tr.g £xx7^r,aiag ix-
11 'AyaTtyjTe, ^in fii^iov to xa;coi',
d/lXa To dyadov. 6 uyaOoTtotQv, ex
toil ©foil iativ 6 Ss xaxonoiQv, ovj(^
iojpaxe tov Qsov.
REVISED VERSION.
deeds which he doeth, prating
against us with "wicked words ;
and, not ^contented with ^these,
neither doth he himself ^admit
the brethren, and ^those ''who
would he "^hindereth and casteth ^
out of the church.
11 Beloved, ''do not imitate
'what is evil, but ''what is good.
He that doeth good is of God ;
shut he that doeth evil hath not
seen God.
* See 1 John 3: 12, N. h. The word occurs frequently, but
is only here rendered in E. V. malicious. Nor does this s^pe-
ciflc sense appear in W. ;-Syr., German verss. (except Mey.).
Dt., It., Fr. G.,-M. -S. ;-Pagn., Castal., Bez., llamm., Beng.,
Carpz., Wakef., Newc., Greonf., Penn, Sharpe, Barn. ;-Rob.
('ei)j7' [the word used in the English verss. .here cited], ^hiaiful,
injuTioiis, mischiccous' ;-but it is better perhaps to consider the
apostle as denouncing the immoral character, rather than the
mischievous tendenc}- or results, of these speeches.).
» Mey. and Fr. S. render dpx. as a participle of the middle
(^sich begniigend, se contentant) ; many others, by a finite verb.
"> The pronoun, in a plural or singular form, is retained by
W., R. ;-Latin and French verss., Syr., Germ., It. ;-Dodd.,
Wakef , Thorn., Greenf., Penn, De W., Murd., Kenr.
• See V. 9, N. t.
' See 2 Pet. 1 : 1, N. b, ic. The Greek order is retained
by R. ;-Latin verss., Syr. ;-B. and L., Thorn., Mey., All., Penn,
Murd.
^ See 2 Pet. 1 : 1, N. c, &c.
' See 2 Pet. 2: 16, N. t. Leigh: 'Non significat verbis tan-
tum prohibere; sed yimquandam inhibentem seu arcentem
denotat.' The verb to hinder is employed by E. V., Luke II :
52 ; Acts 8:36; and here by Guyse, Dodd., Wakef., Thom.
Penn, Peile.
■^ The words ix r^s ixx%. ix^. are by many commentators
(Carpz., Mey., Ros., Bloomf., Barn., Peile, &c.) understood to
mean, that, by denying the strangers hospitality, Diotrephes
' compelled them to go elsewhere.' But the opinion is unten-
able. Ros. contents himself with saying : ' De excommunica-
tione hoc vix intelligi potest ;' and Bloomf : ' It can hardly be
supposed that Diotrephes would excommunicate any one on so
frivolous a pretext.' It is sufficient to reply, that, if Diotrephes
was the 'unreasonable and wicked man' (2 Thess. 3 : 2) that
he is represented to have been, there is much less difficulty in
that supposition than in the fact, that he resisted and disowned
an apostle of the Lord, and maintained a position of influence
and authority in the church, while doing so : although even of
such enormities the Chuich History of no age since Pentecost
(' quid postea non factum 1' exclaims Beng.) allows us to judge,
that there is aiight in them scarcely credible (Lucke) or hardly
conceivable. (De W.). The whole structure and arrangement
of the sentence, moreover, are opposed to this view. Especially
is it irreconcilable with the use of ix, not ana, before the noun
and in composition with the verb. Peile's reference to Acts
13 : 50, for an instance of ix^dwa used ' much in the same
sense as here,' is plainly nugatory for his purpose. We can
understand how Paul and Barnabas, having spent some time
in a city, might be 'expelled out of it; but in the present case
there could be no expulsion of these strangers from a church,
which they had not been allowed to enter. It may be added
that this interpretation, at best, changes what is in itself a very
vigorous climax into something that sounds like very feeble tau-
tology. Yet Barn, says of it : ' That it is the correct interpre-
tation seems to me to be evident, for it was of the treatment
which they (the strangers) had received that the apostle was
speaking.' Rather, the apostle is speaking of the character of
Diotrephes and his conduct toward the apostle himself, toward
the strangers, and now lastly toward the brethren of his own
church. — No pronoun is supplied by W., R. ;-Latin verss.. Syi.;
-Penn, Sharpe, Kenr.
' R. ;-Latin verss.. It., French verss. except G., (use imitor
or a derivative), Syr. (= Greenf. ri?i~Pl '7N) ;-Engl. Ann.
{imitate not ;-so Dodd., Wakef., Newc, Penn, Sharpe, Bloomf.),
Hamm., Beng. (niache es nicht nach), Mack, {do not thou im.),
Thom., Clarke. Jley. and later German verss. (akme nicht
nach), Murd. marg. {be not an imitator), Kenr.
f A compound relative is employed by the Yulg. once, and
twice in the other Latin verss. (except Castal.) ;-Mack., Thom.,
Murd.
^ All the recent editors (except Bloomf) cancel the 61. I
recommend the adoption of this reading, and the omission of
but.
Kenr. {I will mind ; with the note appended : ' The Greek verb
signifies to remind.' But this is equally signified by the Vulg.
conimonebo.), Peile ;-the lexicons. Bloomf remarks that,
'though authority for this use [the neuter sense] may be want-
ing, yet in a writer like St. John that is not indispensable.'
In any writer, however, it is very desirable. The avtoi
stands in regimen with to. J'pya, not (as the German verss.,
Carpz., and Wakef, imply) with ixofivritia.
THE THIRD EPISTLE OF JOHN.
61
KING JAMES VERSION.
12 Demetrius hath good report
of all men, and of the truth it-
self: yea, and we also bear
record ; and ye know that our
record is true.
13 I had many things to write,
but I will not with ink and pen
write unto thee :
14 But I trust I shall shortly
see thee, and we shall speak
face to face. Peace be to thee.
Our friends salute thee. Greet
the friends by name.
GREEK TEXT.
12 AvjuYirpici nsf^iaprvpritaL luib
TXavridV, xdi vn avrr.g Tr,g dkyjOsioui-
xai Yifieig Ss fiaprvpovi-iEv, xai oibars
6t(. n i^a^tvpia n^iav dTiyiQng eatL.
13 rio^-Jla sl^ov ypd^Eiv, d/l/l' ov
di^xo 8ia f.is?.ai'og xai xaTA^ov aoc
ypd'^a.r
14 £/l7t('^'(o 8s evBeag ISelv as, jjai
aro^a -npog arof-ia 7M?.r,ao^i£v
15 Eiprj'Y! aoi. dGTta^ovrai as ol
^iTjoi. dand^ov tovg ^I'Xovg xai:
ovo^ia.
REVISED VERSION.
12 ''Unto Demetrius 'testimony
J'halh been borne by all'', and by
the truth itself; 'but "we "also
"testify, and Pye know that our
'testimony is true.
13 I had many things ''to write,
but I will not with ink and 'pen
'write unto thee ;
14 But I "hope Mraightway
*'to see thee, and we shall speak
^mouth to mouth.
'15 Peace he to thee. 'The
friends salute thee. "Salute the
friends by name.
*■ The construction by the dative is retained by W., R. ;-
Latin verss. (except Castal.), Syr. {== '^j;), Dt. {aan D.), It.,
Fr. G.,-M.,-S.;-Berl. Bib., Beng., Wakef., Mack., Liicke, Greenf.,
Van Es.s, Kist., Sharpe, Kenr.
' See 1 John 5 : 9, N. a. R. ;-Latin verss. (except Castal.),
It., Fr. G.,-M.,-S., (use testimonium or a derivative) ;-Dodd.
and the later English verss. (except Penn).
1 Erasra., Pagn., Vat., Bez., {redditum est ;-for the Vulg. red-
ditur), Castal. {commendatus est).
^ R. ;-foreign verss. generally ;-Wakef., Thom., Clarke, Penn,
Sharpe, Bloomf., Barn., Murd. (every one), Kenr.. Peile.
I Beng.: ' &i iamen, 6ts,\ jam multis ornatus testimoniis sit
Demetrius.' See 1 John 1 : 3, N. o, &c. W. ;-Latin verss.,
except Castal., {sed), Syr. ;-All., De W., (aber), Kenr.
» See 1 John 4 : 14, N. f, &c.
" Hamm. and Penn, following E. V., are the only verss. that
mark also, or its equivalent, as supplied.
» See 1 John 1 : 2, N. 1.
p ' You, Gains, and all likeminded, to whom this letter may
be shown.' Lachm. alone reads olSa;.
9 See 1 John 5 : 9, N. a.
' Lachm. and Tisch. read ypa4at sot.
' Gr. reed — which I recommend as a marginal note. Latin
verss. (caZa?)i2();i ;-except that Castal. repeats charta from
2 John 12; in which he is imitated by B. and L.), Syr. (= Greenf.
rijp), Fr. S. marg. {le roseau) ;-Stier (Rohr), Murd. inarg.
' Lachm. and Tisch. read yfa^iw.
° See 2 John 12, N. m.
' In the N. T. lieias occurs 80 times, and is always in E. V.
rendered, immediately, fort/ncilh, straightway, with 6 excep-
tions (Mark 1 : 30 ; 5 : 30 ; 11 : 2 ; Luke 17:7; 21:9; 3 John
14), in all of which the same meaning is equally evident, and
in two of them is conveyed by E. V. in another form, as soon
as. — R. (forthwithy,-Vn\g. (protinus), French verss. (bientdt);-
Erasm., Vat., (as Vulg.), Pagn., Bez., (statim), Wakef. (im-
mediately), Mack. Of the lexicons, Stcph., Scap., Leigh, Suic,
SchOttg., Pass., L. and S., do not recognize the sense of shortly.
Rob. gives it here, but shows nothing el.se for it except Matt.
24 : 29, where E. V. properly has immediately.
" E. v., 2 John 12; Rom. 15 : 24 ; &c. ;-W., R. ;-Vulg. and
other foreign verss. (except the later Latin) ;-Dodd. and the
later English (except Newc).
^ See 2 John 12, N. o.
y Pagn., who introduced the division of the N. T. into verses
in 1528, numbered this as a separate verse, and has been fol-
lowed by all the foreign verss. (except Vat. and Greenf. Castal.
begins the verse at aaad^ovrai. ai.) ;-Dodd., Thom., Bagster's
Hexapla ;-all the recent critical editions of the Greek Text. The
different arrangement of E. V. (as now commonly printed) is
no improvement on the original notation.
' E. v., last clause ;-T., C, G., R. ;-all foreign verss. ;-'Wells,
Dodd., Wakef., Mack., Thom., Scott, Sharpe, Murd., Kenr.
» See 2 John 13, N. r. E. V. and Hamm., following T., C,
G., are alone in rendering the verb here by two words, salute
and greet ; and all other English verss., except W. and Sharpe,
employ the former word.
62
THE EPISTLE OF JUDAS.
THE EPISTLE OF JUDAS.
KING JAMES' VERSION.
GREEK TEXT.
JuDE, the servant of Jesus] 'I0TAA2 T/jcroii XpfCToii 8ov?Log,
Christ, and brother of James, to a^E^^Jog ^f 'laxulSov, Totg sv Qea
them that are sanctified by God |
REVISED VERSION.
'■Judas, "'a servant of Jesus
Christ, "^and brother of James, to
''the called, * sanctified ''ni God
" A name of freqnent occurrence in the N. T.. but only in
this instance abbreviated into Jitde, in order probably to distin-
guish the writer from the traitor — a point \vhich an evangelist
secured by adding to the name, not Iscariot. John 14: 22, and
the writer himself by the clauses in apposition. — W., T., C. ;-
Latin and German verss., Dt., Fr. S. ;-Guype, Sharpe. It. has
Giuda throughout. Fr. (i. and M. have Jude here, and wher-
ever in the evangelical history the same person is supposed to
be meant (even in John 14 : 22, where the very ambiguity of
'loiJ8a; is that which called for the explanatory oix " 'laxaptu-
trii) ; in other cases they have Judas.
'° The only instance (except Phil. 1 : 1, where the word is in
the plural), in which E. V. prefixes the definite article to the
descriptive title of the .writer. Here the indefinite article, or
none, is used by all foreign verss. (except iMoldenh.) ;-Dodd.,
and subsequent English verss.
' See 2 Pet. 1 : 5, N. r. Of this hi De W. remarks, that it
'appends another title, different from the one preceding.' It
may even be said that the second title is contrasted with the
first, as being a more certain identification of the writer ; and so
Tit. 1:1. In the present case, indeed, it is possible that some-
thing more is implied. If this Judas was the same as the one
mentioned in Matt. 13 : 55 and Mark 6 : 3 among the ' brethren'
of our Lord, the antithetical copula might suggest that, no
longer 'knowing Christ after the flesh' (2 Cor. 5 : 16), he now
gloried in the far higher relationships (Matt. 11 : 11 ; 12 : 48-
50; Luke 11 : 28) of the kingdom of heaven, gladly merging
the distinction of nature in the spiritual fellowship of the
brethren, whose one Master is Christ (Matt. 23:8). Or, if
we proceed on any one of the other hypotheses respecting his
personality, the bi may be regarded as disclaiming that distinc-
tion. While, therefore, the analogy of Tit. 1 : 1 leads me to
retain the and of E. V., I recommend that the words: 'Or,
but,^ appear in the margin. — Latin verss., except Erasm. and
Castal., (auiem. Beng. vera), Syr., Germ. ;-Stier.
^ The awkward iiaf spof Ttpitifov of E. V. is not warranted
by the Greek, where x\ritoli is used as a substantive (Erasm. :
'nomen est, non participium.' Comp. Rom. 1 : 6 ; 1 Cor. 1 :
24), introduced by tolf. and qualified by the two intermediate
participles. This construction and arrangement are best pre-
served in the German of De W. and Stier {den . . . geheili aten
lend. . .bewahrien Beriifenen). But the same construction of
the Gieek is apparent also (though in several instances xx. is
not rendered as a substantive) in Syr. (which translates x\. as
a participle, and supplies = C\*,?3/)i Germ., Dt., It., Fr. G.,-S. ;-
Pagn., Calv., Bez., Par. (' Beza constructionem attendens, quae
trajecta est, primo loco collocat vocatos. Hoc nauique proprie
est subjectum recipiens, ad quos Epistola scribitur: nempe f'o-
caii: quos ab adjunctis hucusque explicavit Judas.'), Hamra.,
Cocc, Wells, AVhitb., Moldenh., Carpz., Newc. (supplying
brethren after called), Thorn.. Mey., Ros., Stolz, Greenf., Trol.,
Peile. Some (T., C, G. ;-Fr. M. ;-Penn), missing the con-
struction, do yet give x%. first; and others (W.;-B. and L.,
Dodd., Arn.) have it before ■tif>if. The supplementary and
of E. V. is from R. after the Vulg. et vocatis.
' The participial construction here and at •rffjjpjj/t. is pre-
served in Syr., It., Fr. S. ;-Cast.'il., Bez.. Par., Beng.. Moldenh.,
Carpz., Haenl., Ros., Greenf., Trol.. De W., Stier. For rjyiaefi.,
Beng. (in the Gnoni.), Lachm., Tisch., read jjyartjy/isVots (A. B.,
Vulg., Syr., &c.).
f ' AVhat Acts 17 : 28 asserts respecting the natural man,
being far more gloriously true of the new creature in Christ
Jesus.' The iv, therefore, does not abound (Carpz.), neither is
it = Sid (Par., B. and L., Wolf., Moldenh., Haenl., &c.). See
2 Pet. 1 : 1, N. d ; 5, N. w; 2 : 3, N. m.— E. V., 1 Cor. 1:2;
1 John 2 : 24 ; &c. ;-W., T., C, R. ;-Vulg., Syr. (= Greenf. 3),
Germ., Dt. marg., It., Fr. G.,-S. ;-Erasm., Calv. (whom Par.
misquotes as preferring per. Calv. allows per, but gives this
reason for retaining in : ' Potest enim et hie esse sensus : Quod
in se ipsis profani, in Deo sanctitatem habeant.'), Castal., Aret.,
Engl. Ann., Cocc. ('plus valet quam Sm.'), Wits, ('non solum
a, sed et in Deo Patro, ut unum cum ipso sint, Joh. 17 : 21.'),
B. and L. mars:, Dodd., AVakef., Sharpe, De W., Stier, Arn.,
Kenr., Peile. E. Y. follows Bez., who (as usual) follows Pagn.
THE EPISTLE OF JUDAS.
63
KING JAMES VERSION.
the Father, and preserved in
Jesus Christ, and called :
2 Mercy unto you, and peace,
and love, be multiplied.
3 Beloved, when I gave all
diligence to write unto you of
the common salvation, it was
needful for me to write unto you,
and exhort you that ye should
earnestly contend for the faith
GREEK TEXT.
reT>7p)7jU£i'0($ xV^.Yjroi^'
2 £/\£og vfjiv xai sipnv^ xal dyajtr;
TtkYidwdsiri.
3 'AyanY}tol, ita.aa.v ctTtovS'hv rtoi-
ov^evog ypd<p£iv vfiiv Ttepi t% xoivr,g
auTYjpiag, avdyxriv ea^ov ypdi^ai
REVISED VERSION.
the Father, and ^kept ""for Jesus
Christ;
2 Mercy unto you and peace
and love be multiplied.
3 Beloved, 'while Jusing all
diligence to write unto j-ou ''con-
cerning 'the common salvation,
■"there was °a necessity "that I
should write p exhorting you to
■istrive earnestly for the faith
^ See N. e. The verb tr^pia occurs 75 times in the N. T.
(five times in this Epistle), and in E. V. is 58 times rendered
to keep ; only here and 1 Thess. 5 : 23, to preserve. Wherever,
as in this verse, it is used of believers, I prefer to translate it
by keep, not so much on the general ground of uniformity, as
on account of the large use of that term in the same connection
in our Lord's high-priestly prayer (John 17.). The present
safety of the Church is the Father's answer to the Son. See
Rev. 3 : 3, N. h.—W.
^ Ilaenl. : ' Dativus subjecti, cui fidelcs Dei provida cura ser-
vati sunt.' So the dative after the passive of rjjpt'u is construed
in E. v., V. 13 ; 2 Pet. 2 : 17 ; 3:7; and here by G. ;-Vulg. ;-
Erasm., Pagn., Castal., Bez., Engl. Ann. (' Or, preserved to J.
C. Kept by God the Father, John 6 : 39, 40 and 10 : 29, to
be presented to Christ blameless at the day of judgment, Eph.
5 : 27 ; 2 Cor. 11 : 2.'), Coco., Pise, and Vorst. (in eum finem,
ut ahquaudo Christo addjcantur tanquam sponsa sponso.'), B.
and L. ('Oomme une Epouse est gardee preciuusement pour
son Epoux.'), Beng. ('Christo indelibatum servari, laetum . . .
Signiflcantur salutis origines et consummatio.' His German
is/Mr;-and so Stolz, De W., Huth.), Moldenh., Carpz., Mey.,
Ros., Stier ('Not merely, as Luther and many others: kept in
Jesus Christ, but: unto Jesus Christ, the Lord and Saviour,
as a possession to Him belonging, dearly bought, ordained to
glory [2 Thess. 2 : 14], the Bride, for Him kept faithful and
pure, and presented unto Him [2 Cor. 11 : 2].').
' E. v., Matt. 27: 63; Luke 24: 44; 1 Tim. 5 : G;-Newc.,
Murd.
1 Thom. and Kenr. employ this verb. The Greek phrase
differs from that in 2 Pet. 1 : 5. The participial construction
is retained by W., R. ;-VuIg., Syr., Fr. S. ;-Engl. Ann. ('Or,
giving-^), Cocc, Dodd., Mack., Greenf., Penn (in giving),
Sharpe, Arn., Kenr.
k See 1 John 1 : 1, N. d.
I After xoiviji Lachm. inserts rifiuv (Syr. The Vulg. had
read v^wr.).
» Gr. / had (comp. E. V., 1 Cor. 7 : 37). This ordinary
sense of 'ixa appears in W. ;-Vulg., Syr. (in the usual form =
est mihi), Dt. ;-Pagn., Calv., Castal., Bez., Par., Coco., Penn,
Sharpe, Stier, Kenr. Others retain the form of iaxov as an
active verb of the first person : R., Hamm., Guyse, Mack.,
Bloomf., using the verb to think; Germ., Mey., All., hcdten;
Dodd., to judge ; Moldenh., De W., finden ; Wakef., Thom.,
Peile, to find; Haenl.. Ros., ducere; Arn., regarder. Very
many of these verss. translate di'ayx»;r by an adjective ; with
regard to which, see N. n ; and for the transference of the sub-
ject of eaxov to ypo^at, N. O.
° The word avdyxr; (not ;tpf I'a, as in 1 John 2 : 27 ; 3 : 17 ;
&c.) occurs 18 times, and in E. V. is rendered thrice by must
needs; once, by necessary; nine times, by necessity ;-Syr.
(adopts the Greek terra, as in Matt. 18 : 7) ;-B. and L. ([je
me trouve dans^ la necessite), Thom. The same strength of
meaning (Erasm., Vat., Beng., employ the phrase, non posse
non) is found, in the use of the adjective {necessary, or an equi-
valent), in R. ;-Vulg., It., Fr. G.,-M. ;-Pagn.. Calv. (' Acres
enim stimulos admovet necessitas. Nisi praemoniti fuissent,
quantopere sibi necessaria esset haec cohortatio, poterant ad
legendura esse pigri et resides. Quum vero ex praesenti eorum
necessitate se scribere praefatur, perinde est. acsi classicum
caneret excutiendo torpori.'), Castal., Bez., Par., Hamm., Cocc,
Guyse, Dodd.. Carpz., Wakef., Mack., Haenl., Newc, Clarke,
Ros., Gerl., Dav., Arn., Huth. The substantive need (or an
equivalent) is given by W. ;-Greenf., Penn, Sharpe, Stier, Kenr.
» Peile: 'TJiat I should write, very exactly conveys the force
of the Greek aorist ypw^at. as distinguished from the more pre-
cise present ypafstv, to write.'
p Gr. write unto you exhorting to strive. By a slight
transposition, in accordance with Scholef.'s recommendation,
we avoid the necessity of repeating the pronoun, and are en-
abled to retain the participle (R. ;-Vulg. ;-Erasm., Vat, Cocc,
Wits.. Beng. ['fo scrihere arete cohaeret cum ac/Ao?-to«s';-so
DeW. : 'No comma!'], Dodd., Mack., Kenr.) and infinitive
(W., R.;-Vulg., It., French verss. ;-Dodd., Wesl., Moldenh.,
Wakef., Mack., Thom. and the later English verss., Greenf.,
Gerl.).
1 Not the same word as that in vv. 9, 23 ; and in the N. T.
found only here. E. V. translates the simple verb thrice, to
strive ; thrice, to fight ; once, to labour fervently. And it is
true that the emphasis lies in the verb, not in the irti, which
merely points to the object upon, about, for which the con-
test is to be maintained. ' Hie valet pro' (Grot.). — W. (str.
strongly) ; - Dodd., Wakef. (str. heartily), Sharpe (strive),
Bloomf. (zealously str.).
64
THE EPISTLE OF JUDAS.
KING JAMES VEKSION.
which was once delivered unto
the saints.
4 For there are certain men
crept in unawares, who were
before of old ordained to this
condemnation, ungodly men,
turning the grace of our God
into lasciviousness, and den^dng
the only Lord God, and our Lord
Jesus Christ.
GREEK TEXT.
vulv Ttapaxa/iov iTtwycm^sadai T^i
OLTta^ 7tapaSodeia-(i rotg ayioig Ttiarei.
4 HapsiGeSvaav yap riveg avSpay-
Ttoi, ol Ttd/lat Ttgoysypa^fxBvot etg
rovro To xpi[.ia, daelSeig, Tr;v tov
Seov nuov ;^dp(v ij^raridivrsg eig
dci7syEiav, xai tov ^ovov SeGTtorrjv
Qeov mi Krptov r^v 'I>7(7oi3v Xpt-
OTov dpvovfievoL.
REVISED VERSION.
" once for all delivered unto the
saints.
4 For there 'have 'crept in
"privily certain men, who "have
been "before of old "described
"for this condemnation, ungodly ,y
^perverting the *grace of our God
into lasciviousness, and denying
•"our only "^Master, God and ""Lord,
Jesus Christ.
The participial construction is retained by E. ;-Vulg. ;-
Coco., Dodd., Moldenh., Carpz., Wakef., Mack., Scott, Eos.,
Penn, De W.. Stier, Kenr. English readers, it is probable,
commonly understand the once of E. V. as = formerly. But
this sense, though here adopted by Pric, Carpz., Jlack., Haenl.,
Laurm., Bioomf., Am., and allowed by B. and L., Barn., is not
recognized by any lexicon as belonging to arfaj. For v. 5.
which has been cited in justification, see N.h ; while at 1 Pet.
3 : 20, Mack.'s other reference, the artai is abandoned as spu-
rious by all recent editors. Latin verss. {semel ;-which Bez.,
Est., Grot., Cocc, Beng. [• Particula valde urgens. Nulla alia
dabitur fides.'], Bos., understand as asserting the unchangeable-
ness of the faith), Germ, verss. (einmal ;-which Moldenh.. Stier.
Huth., explain as = eiw fur allemal), Dt. (eenmaal ;-explained
in the Ann. thus : ' That is, it shall never be changed, but shall
always remain just as it has once been taught by Christ and the
Apostles.'), It. (una volta), French verss. (une fois -j-exTplmned
by B. and L. as = une fois pour toutes) ;-Engl. Ann. (• Or,
once for all, not to be delivered any more'), Guyse, Dodd., Pyle,
Thom., Scott, Peile. See also the lexicons, where, among other
phrases, Schottg., Bretsch., Wahl, employ semel pro semper;
Pass., ein fur alle Mai ; L. and S., Rob., Green, once for all ;
Schirl., einmal filr immer.
' Wakef., Newc, Thom., Penn, Dav., Peile.
t The verb comes before its subject in Latin verss., It., Fr.
S. ;-B. and L., Greenf., De W., Stier, Am., Peile.
" In Gal. 2 : 4 the Ttapa in composition is in E. V. rendered
once wiawares and once privily, the latter phrase being em-
ployed also in the parallel 2 Pet. 2 : 1 ;-W. ;-Mack.. Newc,
Trol.
' See 2 Pet. 3 : 7, N. r, &c. It., Fr. G.,-M. ;-Moldenh.,
Mack., Thom., Peile {whom, we find to have).
" ' In prophecy, and by divine judgments inflicted on such
as they ; the severity of God in His word and in His providence
addressing itself to all His adversaries.' Beng. : ' Par omnium
indoles et poena.' The verb Ttpoypdfu occurs (according to the
reading preferred in Rom. 15 : 4) four or five times in the N. T.,
and, except in two instances, the simple literal meaning to xcrite
before is transferred to E. V. Those two exceptions are Gal.
3 : 1 and Jude 4, in the first of which the metaphorical sense
rests on the ancient custom of writing matters of general inter-
est on tablets for public exhibition ; hence, hath been evidently
set forth. The same allusion exists, less distinctly perhaps, in
the case before us, and is here also rendered by Hamm., Newc,
set forth. E. V.'s ordained, which it borrows from G., is, at
the best, a questionable interpretation. 'Non innuitur prae-
destinatio,' says Beng., ' . . . sed Scripturae praedictio.' — W.
{before written), T., C, {[of which it was] wr. afore), R. {pre-
scribed) ■,-Vxi]g. {praescripli), Syr. (:= Vulg.), Germ, ([row
denen..] geschrieben [ist]), Dt. {tevoren opgeschreven), It.
{gid innanzi scrilti), Fr. G.,-M.. {auparavant ecrits), Fr. S.
{inscrits) ;-Erasm., Pagn., Vat.. Par., {priiis descripti), Calv.,
Bez., Wits., Beng., {as Vulg. ;-though Bez.'s earlier editions
have descripti), Castal. {designati), Cocc {ante scripti),
Whitb., Pyle, {[<f ichom it was] before wr.), B. and L. {[dent
la condamnation est] deja ecrite), Berl. Bib., Goss.. {bestimmt
beschrieben). Wolf, {ante adjudicati), Guyse, Wakef., Thom.,
{[before] writte?i of), Dodd., JIurd., {registered), Wesl. {desc.
beforehand), Moldenh. {nearly as Germ.), Mack, {before wr.),
Scott {as Dodd. or Wesl.), Clarke {prosmbed and condemned
in the most public maimer), Ros., Trol., {proscripti), Greenf.
(12P1Dj), Stolz, De W., {[vorher] bezeichnet), Van Ess {aiif-
gez.), Stier {zuvor beschrieben), Arn. (as B. and L. or Fr. S.),
Kenr. {marked out), Peile {described prospectively) ;-Pas. {as
Erasm.), Leigh {enrolled, billed, registered), Schottg., Schleus.,
Wahl, {as Castal.), Schirl. {as De W.), Green {to designate
clearly).
^ Fr. G.,-M.,-S.;-Hamm., B. and L. marg., Wakef., Newc,
Thom., Penn, Stier, Arn., Kenr., Huth.
y The substantive is not supplied by T., R., (W. and C, like
Erasm., Vat., and Carpz., attach du. to the first clause) ;-foreign
verss. generally ;-Penn, Kenr.
' W. {overturn) -j-Oec. {MEifati.9intsi aptl tov jutrartoiowrsj,
rtapartoioii'ffs), Carpz. {abutuntur). Mack., Haenl., Mey. and
All. {missbrauchen), Kist., De W., Stier, {verkehren). Penn,
Bioomf. {abusing), Murd. {who perv.) ■,~Sch\e\is., Bretsch., (as
Carpz.), Rob., Green, {to trawfer, pervert, [abuse]), Schirl.
{as Mey.).
" Lachm. and Tisch. read ;tap''!'a.
i" So Hamm., Thom., and Fr. S., retaining the ©tdv, construe
the ^ficir. And so it must be construed (or else thus: 'the
only Master, our God and Lord'), in case hionorr^v be referred
to 'lr,a. Xp. ;-a reference, which, though not, indeed, required
by grammar, is certainly favoured by the parallel 2 Pet. 2 : 1.
THE EPISTLE OF JUDAS.
65
KING JAMES VERSION.
5 I will therefore put j'ou in
remembrance, thoiigh ye once
knew this, how that the Lord,
having saved the people out of
the land of Egypt, afterward de-
stroyed them that believed not.
GREEK TEXT.
5 'TTtofivyiaai 8s vj-idg (SovXojiai,
d86tag v[.tdq ojta^ Tovro, btt 6 Ki'i-
piog Xaov sx yng AlyvTtrov crwtTocg,
to Sevtspov rovg ^y\ TtiatsvaavTcng
OLTtiJ/ieGiEV.
REVISED VERSION.
5 ''But I ^wish to ''remind you,
s^you who ''once for all 'know this,
j that the ''Lord, having saved
the people out of the land of
Egypt, 'again destroyed ""those
"who believed not ;°
^ ' In stern opposition to the treacherous wiles of these men.'
See 2 Pet. 1 : 5, N. r.
' The force of fiov-hofiai as a separate verb is brought out
more distinctly than in E. V. by T., C, G., {my mind is) ;-all
the foreign verss. ;-Hamm., Newc, Thorn., (desire), Guyse,
Dodd., Peile, (woidd), Wesl. (am willing), Wakef., Penn,
Sharpe, Bloomf., Murd.
' See 2 Pet. 1 : 12, N. r. Here may be added Guyse, Dodd.,
Pyle, Thorn., Scott, Bloomf., Kenr., Peile.
^ 'Who are Israelites' (as were probably most of those ad-
dressed), ' Christian Israelites, well acquainted at once with the
sad history and with its solemn import, and whom for that
very reason it may be profitable to remind of both, as matters
now of great practical interest to you.' For the writer speaks,
not of their former knowledge as an objection, but of their
present knowledge (see N. i) as a motivl, to the irfo^d'jjffts.
Calv. : ' Neque enim hie tantum est verbi Dei usus, ut discamus,
quae nunquam fuimus edocti, sed etiam ut nos excitet ad ea,
quae jam tenemus, serio meditanda, nee torpere nos in frigida
notitia sinat.' — The connection of this clause with what pre-
cedes is formed in W., K., (by the relative that), T., C, G.,
(forasmuch as ye) ;-Vulg. (by a participle in agreement with
the previous vos), Syr. (as in the Greek), Dt. (als die gij), It.
(chi), Fr. S. (d voiis qui) ;-Erasm., Calv., Vat., (cum, with a
subjunctive), Pagn., Bez., (ut qui), Hamm. (you which), Cocc.
(vos, qui). Wells, Wesl., Newc, Kenr., (who), Beng. (as in the
Greek), Dodd. (as you), Moldenh., Gerl., De W., (die ihr),
Greenf. (DriD"^!), Stier (als die ihr), Am. (vous quii-vepete
avec une certaine emphase.') For £iS. vfi. arc. t., Lachm.
and Tisch. read liS. art. ttavta (A. B. C, Vulg., &c.).
'' ' It being something which, once known, can never be for-
gotten by you.' Dt. Ann.: 'That is, certainly, duly, f idly, un-
But the reading (A. B. C, Vulg., &c.) that cancels ©toi', a
word which Bloomf. also brackets, is marked by Beng. as plane
genuina. and adopted by all the other recent editors 'on strong
evidence, external and internal' (Bloomf), and with the appro-
bation of all the recent critics. I recommend that this reading
be followed, and (without questioning the grammatical sound-
ness of the translations : the only Master, even our Lord ;-
the only Master, and our Lord) that the version stand thus :
our only Master and Lord. — If the ®iov be retained, the fol-
lowing, besides those already mentioned, may be cited as
applying the whole clause to one person, Jesus Christ : Syr.,
changeably.' See v. 3, N. r. Am. doubly errs in saying, that
artal must here mean une fois dans le temps passe, because
'joint a un participe passe.' See N. i.
' See NN. g, h. Though of the past time in form, tlS. is not
so in sense.— E. V., v. 10 ; 2 Pet. 1 : 12, 14; &c. ;-W., T., C,
G., E. ;-foreign verss. (though It., Fr. S., Am., ^ have known;
and Castal., B. and L., change the verb into didicistis, avez
ete deja instruits) ;-Hamm., Wakef., Penn, Bloomf., Murd.
) Comp. 1 John 4:9, N. r. W., R. ;-Dodd. and the later
English verss. (except that Sharpe has simply how).
' For Kijptos, Lachm. reads 'lijaoij (A. B., Vulg., &c.).
1 The writer thinks of the destruction as the second thing in
order, the salvation being the first (Engl. Ann., Par., De W.,
Barn., Stier, Peile, Huth.), or perhaps as the second great na-
tional calamity, that in Egypt, out of which the people had just
been rescued, being the first (Engl. Ann.). We are not to
colour the meaning of words for the sake even of getting rid of
an ambiguity.^In E. V. Stv-f f poj is always translated by second,
and in its adverbial uses, biittfov, to 6., ix fnvtipov, always
elsewhere by the second time, secondarily, again. The same
sense is given here by W., R. ;-Latin verss. (except Calv.), Syr.,
Germ., Dt., Fr. S. marg. ;-EngI. Ann., B. and L. niarg., De
W., Barn., Stier, Murd., Peile ('as the next thing that He did;'
though he adds as explanatory, straightxeay, shortly after-
wards, incontinently) ;-Pas., SchOttg., Bretsch., Wahl, Win.
(' the next time [that they needed his helping grace] He refused
them His grace and &c.'), Rob., Green, Schirl.
"> See 2 Pet. 1 : 1, N. b, &c.
- See 2 Pet. 1 : 1, N. c, &c.
"> Beng., Griesb., Jley., Bloomf., have the Greek colon at the
end of this verse ; Lachm., Hahn, Tisch., Theile, a comma.
See V. 6, N. w.
Ar. P., Dt. marg., It., Fr. G.,-M. ;-Bez., Aret., Par., Engl.
Ann., Carpz. ;— and, if omitted, the following: Vulg. (as under-
stood by All. and Kenr., the latter appealing to the Greek) ;-
Beng., Thom., Wesl., Clarke, Mey., Penn, Bloomf, De W. (who
would be disposed, however, but for 2 Pet. 2 : 1, and especially
if @i6v is to remain, to have two subjects, which, says Win.,
the place 'will admit of), Barn., Hengst., Dav., Stier, Arn.,
Peile ;-Bretsch., Translators of Win., Rob.
« See 2 Pet. 2: 1, N. g. ;-G. ;-It. ( Pat^rorae) ;-Erasm. and
later Latin verss. (herum), Hamm., Whitb., B. and L., Beng.,
Wesl., Thom. marg., Penn, Dav., Am., Peile.
9
66
THE EPISTLE OF JUDAS.
KING JAMES VERSION.
6 And the angels which kept
not their first estate, but left their
own habitation, he hath reserved
in everlasting chains under dark-
ness unto the judgment of the
great day.
7 Even as Sodom and Gomor-
rah, and the cities about them in
like manner, giving themselves
over to fornication, and going
after strange flesh, are set forth
for an example, suffering the ven-
geance of eternal fire.
GREEK TEXT.
6 dyyeXovi; te tovg [.in tri^fSav-
Ttovrac, TO Ihiov olx^rripiov, elg xpioiv
[iEyahqc, nuepag &<T|UO^ aiSmg ino
^o^ov tetn^TiXSv
V cjg Xohofxa xdi Fofioppa, xal at
Ttspl altag Tto/letg, tov oiioiov tovtoig
tprjnov ixTtopi'svdaaai, xal ajte^Sov-
aai omao aapxbg irepag, Ttpoxsivtai
Sdy^ia, Ttvpog aluviov hixYjv ims^ov-
crat.
REVISED VERSION.
6 And P angels "ithat kept not
their ■'first estate, but left their
own habitation, he hath 'kept
'vyith everlasting "bonds under
darkness "for the judgment of
the great day ;^
7 ''How Sodom and yGomor-
rha, and the cities about them,^
""having given themselves over in
like manner ""as they to fornica-
tion, and "gone "^away after ''other
flesh, are set forth for an exam-
ple, * suffering the vengeance of
eternal fire.
p See 2 Pet. 2 : 4, N. q. The ayy£'?.oiis, without the article,
marks the race ; tovs xr%., the class ; while ft^ exhibits that
class indefinitely and precludes, as it were, farther specification:
angels, such of them as &c. See Win § 19. 4 ; 59. 4.
1 See 2 Pet. 2 : 11, N. f. E. V., 2 Pet. 2:4; &c. ;-W. ;-
Penn, Murd. Other vcrss., from Wells down, have who.
' I recommend that the E. V. marg. : ' Or, principality,' be
retained. Tensions and commentaries generally are divided
between the two meanings. Some (Calv., Dt. and Engl. Ann.,
&c.) recognize both as legitimate ; others (Wesl., Jifst dignity ;
Carpz., primam dignitatem ; Bloomf , original dign. ;-a sense
which also Stier and Peile would allow) combine the two.
See Jude 1, N. g. Here, says Huth., 'furfij^xtv stands in
sharp opposition to fir; tr/priaavtas.' One verb, accordingly, is
used for both in the Syr., Germ., Dt., Fr. S. ;-Erasm., Calv.,
Vat., Cocc, Beng., Wakef (keepeth), Greenf., Sharpe (as above),
Stier, Peile (hath consigned . . . io be kept).
t Latin verss. (vincidis -,-1:10 doubt the ablative of the instru-
ment), Germ., Dt, It. ;-Guyse, Moldenh., All., De W., Stier,
Huth. Not, as Wells: '/or ev. ch. under d. ai the judg.' The
sense of the common construction is sufficiently justified (not-
withstanding Huth.'s objection about Kiinstlichkeit, refine-
ment) by Calv.'s note: 'Quocunque pergant, secum trahunt
sua vincula et suis tenebris obvoluti manent.' (Milton, P. L.
iv. 75: 'Which w.ay I fly is hell; myself am hell.') 'Interea
in magnum diem extremum eorum supplicium differtur.'
" E. v., 18 times out of 20 (the other exception being Mark
7 : 35, string), has bands or bonds ;-W., R. ;-German verss.
(except Mey.), Dt, It. (legami), Fr. G.,-M.,-S., (tow) ;-Dodd.,
Thom., Peile ;-Rob.
' See 2 Pet. 2 : 4, N. w.
" See V. 5, N. o. Here also Lachm., Hahn, Theile, have a
comma ; others generally, the Greek colon.
» The superfluous emphasis is avoided by W., R.;-Dt, It,
Fr. S. ;-Castal., Dodd., Wakef., Mack., Thom., Greenf., Penn,
Sharpe, Murd., Kenr. ; all of whom make i,; = as. But, in-
stead of regarding the particle as instituting a comparison
between the doom of the transgressors just mentioned and that
of the wicked cities, or (Wolf, Laurm.) as correlative to the
o/ioCuj of V. 8, it is better to connect it immediately (like the
oVt of V. 5) with vtfofii'ijaai. Comp. Mark 12 : 26 ; Luke 6:4;
&c.— Fr. G.,-M., {[et] qite) ;-MoIdenh., De W., Huth.
? See 2 Pet 2 : 6, N. c, &c.
' In most editions (not in the original edition) of E. V. the
words, in like manner, are erroneously attached to the clause,
and the cities about them. The mistake has lately been cor-
rected by the Amer. Bible Soc.
" R. (havi7ig fornicated . . . going). But It., Fr. S. ;-Pagn.,
Bez., Par., Hamm., use a perfect participle in each instance.
Other verss. commonly resolve ixTtopv. and aTtAO. into finite
verbs of a past time with a relative or a conjunction.
'' In omitting (for which there is almost no manuscript au-
thority) rovtot,;, E. V. followed the older English verss. and
the Vulg.
' E. v.. Matt 8:31; 19 : 22 ; &c.— W. ;-Tulg. (abeuntes) ;-
Calv., Aret., Cocc, Beng., (use abire), Hamm., Stier (abirrlen),
Huth. ('In drto is expressed the deviation from the right way');-
Rob., Green, (in connection with orti'du, [to go away after], to
follow). See the other lexicons, and Rev. 12 : 17, N. r.
'' E. V. marg. (Nowhere else does E. V. translate iVtpoj,
which occurs 98 times, by strange.) ;-W., R. ;-^'ulg. (alteram'),
Syr., Germ., Dt., It, Fr. G. -S. ;-Bez., Par., Wits., Beng., (as
Vulg.), Engl. Ann., Hamm., Coco, and Laurm. (aliam). Wells,
Whitb., Gill and Barn. (' Or, other'), Moldenh., Mack., Newc.
marg., De W., Stier, Arn. ;-Rob.
' To the construction (for which De W. cites Est. and Au-
gusti, and which is adopted also by De Sacy, Mey., Trol., Stier,
Huth.) of hily^ta with rtiipof aiuvitn), De W. objects that it
leaves hixrjv vrtixminai, too bare, (Huth., indeed, avoids the ap-
pearance of anti-climax only by transposition : ' Those cities
are hixriv v!t£%ovtiai an example of the eternal fire.') and that
it does not, after all, exclude the idea of the continuance of the
punishment, — that being the alleged difficulty in the way of
the common construction. But it deserves to be added, that,
while in no proper sense can the cities be spoken of as a Bilyfia
THE EPISTLE OF JUDAS.
67
KING JAMES VERSION.
8 Likewise also these Jillhj
dreamers defile the flesh, despise
dominion, and speak evil of dig-
nities.
9 Yet Michael the archangel,
when contending with the devil,
he disputed about the body of
GREEK TEXT.
8 'Ouoiug fisvToi xal ovtol ivvn-
VLa^ofievoi, aa^xa (.lev fxiaivovai, xv-
pLoryiTa Ss ddsTovai, 86l;ou; Ss /3Xacr(^>7-
9 b 8e Mi^^ar^ 6 dp^d'yys7Mg, ote
TO ?)La(367ju> biaxptv6i.i£Vog Sie/^iysTo
Ttspi rod Ma)(T£(j$ aco^arog, ovx £t6X-
REVISED VERSION.
8 ''Vet ^in like manner these
dreamers also 'on the one hand
defile the flesh, 'on the other
Jreject ''government, and 'rail at
dignities.
9 ™But Michael the archangel,
when contending with the devil
he disputed about the bod}'' of
' ' In spite of these terrible warnings.' — The /livtot (in omit-
ting which E. V. follows the Yulg.. Syr., and most of the pre-
vious English verss.) is given as an adversative in E. V., at least
4 times out of 7 ;-and here by G. ;-Dt., It, French verss. ;-
Bez., Pise, Par., Hamm., Wells, Wolf., Haenl., Laurm., Mey.,
Bloomf., Scholef., De W., Slier, Huth. ;-N. T. lexicons, except
Bretsch. and Green.
^ W., R. ;-Hamm., Wells, Wesl., Mack., Newc, Penn,
Sharpe, Bloomf., Scholef., Murd. (in the same in.), Kenr.,
Peile.
■> In the N. T. tVvrtna^ojuat (which the Vulg. here omits)
occurs elsewhere only in Acts 2 : 17, where E. V. renders it
to dream, nor in the present instance is any thing like filthy
found in any other vers., except perhaps the Syr. {== in som-
nio imag-inantes. Murd. sensual dreamers), and Fr. G.,-M.,
(s^etant endormis [dans le vice} ). The E. V. supplement seems
to have been suggested less by the Greek word, than by the
odious elucidations of some of the old commentators (e. g.
Oec), unless, indeed, as Peile thinks, the Translators got it
from what he calls the ' more obvious interpretation' of Sept.
Is. 56 : 10. But the epithet is to be justified by all that fol-
lows, and not by aapxa fjnaivovisi, alone (De W.^ or princi-
pally.
' Notwithstanding the opinion of Carpz., Bretsch., Wahl,
and Rob., that ftiv . . . Si are here 'merely continuative,' they
are rather to be regarded as bringing out the striking, though
not unusual, contrast between the debasement and the pre-
sumption of these men. Calv. : ' Notanda autem est antithesis,
quum dicit cos carnem contaminare: hoc est, quod minus
praestantiae habet, dehonestare : et tamen spernere quasi pro-
brosum, quod in genere humano maxime excellit.' The anti-
thesis is made only more sharp and strong by the repetition of
the Si 'with the same force' (Win.), though it cannot well be
given in English. See 2 Pet. 1 : 5, N. r. — Latin verss., except
Castal., (quidem . . . autem or vera), Syr. (has the Greek par-
ticles). Germ, (aber), Fr. S. (d'lme part . . . et de I'autre);-
B. and L. (pendant que d^autre cote), Guyse ('Yea more than
that'), Moldenh. (eines Theils . . . andern Theils), Thom.
(^indeed). L. andS. : 'the two particles may often be ex-
pressed by on the one hand . . . on the other'' (einerseits . . .
anderseits, Pass.). See v. 10, N. u.
1 Huth.'s explanation of a^ittlv as here synonymous with
xarafpovslv of 2 Pet. 2 : 10, and as having merely what he
calls 'a negative signification,' as opposed to the 'positive' /J^aa-
fij/j-slv, rests probably on his view of xvpioi-jjs as denoting the
Godhead, more than on the etymology or prevailing u.se of the
word, which expresses not the inward feeling so much as its
outward manifestation. It occurs 16 times, and in E. V. is
once disannul, once frustrate, once bring to nothing, once
cast off, and 4 times reject. This practical sense is equally
suitable here and in the other 7 instances, Luke 10 : 16 ; 1 Thess.
4: 8; Heb. 10: 28.— Syr. (as in Luke 7: 30), Fr. S. (rejet-
tent ;-and so B. and L., Arn. ;-for meprisent of the two older
verss.) ;-Pagn., Calv., Par.. Cocc , (rejiciitnt;-nnA so at first
Bez. ;-for the Vulg. spernunt), Castal. (repudiant), Engl. Ann.
(' Gr. depose. Or abrogate''), Berl. Bib., Stolz, De W., Stier,
( rent'er/ere ;-for Luth.'s verachten), Newc, Bloomf., Peile, (set
at nought), Dav. ;-Pass., L. and S.
" Marg. : ' Or, lordship.'— K V., 2 Pet. 2 : 10 (where see N.
a) ;-Mack., Bloomf.
1 See E. v., v. 9, and 2 Pet. 2 : 10, N. e. Hamm., Thom., (at
V. 10), Wesl., Mack. (rer(7e;-and so Thom. here, Bloomf.,
Murd.).
° Yet has been used in the previous verse for /livtoi. — Mack.,
Murd. For i Si . . . o-tt, Lachm. reads otj . . . ton (B.).
TtDpds, the fire itself, by which they were destroyed, may well
be regarded as a blazing forth of the rtvpo; aiwvi'ov (even taking
the word in its strongest sense), because it was immediately
from God, as the minister of His wrath (Gen. 19 : 24; Ps. 11 :
6; Is. 30: 33; 06: 15, 16; Rev. 20: 9); because, as such, it
was unquenchable and irresistible (Gen. 19 : 25 ; Ps. 97 : 3 ;
Is. 27 : 4 ; 66 : 24 ; Jer. 49 : 18 ; Mai. 4:1; Mark 9 : 43, &c. ;
Heb. 12 : 29 ; Rev. 19 : 3) ; and because of the utter desolation
wrought by it (see the passages last cited) ; which desolation,
moreover, is expressly set forth (rtpoxEin-ai) as one of the great
historical precursors and preluding exhibitions of the fate of
the ungodly (Luke 17 : 28-30; 2 Pet. 2 : 6, N. g. Comp. 3
Mace. 2 : 5 : Si ■rovs . . . XoSofii-eai . . . xatiifKe^ai, jtapaSiiyfia,
toli iitiyivofiivoi; xafaatrjdas.), and, in so far at least and so
long (Ezek. 16 : 53, 55) as it shall be required for that purpose,
is perpetual and remediless (Is. 13: 19, 20; Jer. 50: 39, 40;
Zeph. 2: 9 [Sept. !t; t'oi' aiiira])- On these grounds we may
say with Beng. : 'poena, quam sustinent, est e.remplum ignis
aelenti, ut Cassiodorus loquitur,' without even forcing, as Beng.
does, SHyi*a and Slxtjv into apposition.
6S
THE EPISTLE OF JUDAS.
KING JAMES VERSION.
Moses, durst not bring against
him a railing accusation, but said,
The Lord rebuke thee.
10 But these speak evil of
those things which they know
not : but what they know natu-
rall3S as brute beasts, in those
things they corrupt themselves.
11 Wo unto them! for they
have gone in the way of Cain,
GREEK TEXT.
jU>7(TE xpiGiv sTtsvsyxEtv ^T^aa^^daq,
diX elnev, 'ETtirifinaai aoi Ki'ptog.
10 Ovtoi hi. baa fxsv ovx olSaGi
(3?.aa<pyii.iovaLV baa U ^vatxag, tjg
ra dloya ^wa, kiuatavtai, sv rov-
toig (pdeipovTai.
11 Oval airolg- bti Tvj bha tov
KdtV i7to^svQr,aav, xai trt TdAdvYi rov
REVISED VERSION.
Moses, "did not "dare to bring
against P/iim ** railing "[judgment,
but said : The Lord rebuke thee.
10 But these *rail at 'whatso-
ever things, "indeed, they know
not ; but 'whatsoever things they
^naturally, as '^the %rute beasts,
^understand, in those ^ they cor-
rupt themselves.
11 ^Woe '•to them ! for " in the
way of Cain they ""walked, and ""in
- Dodd., Wakef., Mack., Thorn., Scott, Barn., Murd.
° See 2 Pet. 2: 10, N. b. Guyse, Murd., Dav., Peile, (use
to venture), Dodd., Wakef., Scott, (presume), Mack, {attempt),
Thorn, (take the liberty), Pcnn (dared). Barn.
p The pronoun is supplied.
1 The article is not in E. V., 2 Pet. 2:11, nor here in any
of the older English verss. ;-It., Fr. G.,-M. ;-PeiIe.
' See 2 Pet. 2: 11, N. k (where, however, sentence should
have been credited to Fr. G. and M.).
• See V. 8, N. 1, &c.
I The indefinite or the distributive force of oaoj (quantus,
quicunque) is almost always expressed in E. V. (Matt. 7 : 12;
14 : 30 ; &c.), and, in the few instances where it is not expressed
(Matt. 13 : 44, 46 ; &c.), is equally apparent in the original. —
For one or the other or both cases, W. (xvhat ever ih.), R.
(what th. so ever) ;-Vulg. (qiiaecunque), It. (tutte le cose che).
Fr. G.,-M., (tout ce que) ;-Calv., Bez., (as Viilg.), Beng. (om-
nia, quae), Wesl. (all things which), Laurm. (quotquot), Stier
([alles] M-as;-and he remarks, though with an unnecessary
qualification : ' For oaa is scarcely ever, certainly not here, the
same thing as the simple oi.'), Arn. (toutes les choses que),
Kenr. (as above) Peile (all th. whereof).
" See V. 8, N. i. R. (certes) ;-Vulg. (qiddem) ;-Cocc. (as
Vulg.), Dodd., Mack., Laurm. ('•oaa fiiv et oaa U sibi invicem
opponuntur.'). Kenr.
' The Greek order is retained by R. ;-Latin verss., Syr., Dt. ;-
Dodd., Moldenh., AH., Gerl., De W., Stier.
* Foreign verss. ;-Dodd., Wesl., Scott, Clarke, Penn, Peile.
» See 2 Pet. 2 : 12, N. m.
y So E. V. distinguishes inlatafiai, from olha iu Mark 14 : 68.
Here also the two words are distinguished in R. ;-Latin and
French verss., Syr., German verss. (except Gerl., DeW.), It.;-
Beng. (' Subtilius quiddam notat nonmV — oiSaat), Newc, Ros.,
Sharpe.
' W.,
Bloomf.
R. ;-Dodd.,
Murd.
Wesl., Wakef., Mack., Thom., Penn,
" Oii(u aitolf is explained, 1., as simply declaratory of these
melius miserable condition, present or future, or both, by Calv.
(who makes it especially a forewarning for the sake of others),
Bez., Dt. Ann., Cocc, Guyse, Moldenh., Mack., Haenl., Peile ; —
2., as expressive of sympathy, by Par. (though he also calls
this oval particula graviter et severe increpandi). Grot., Pise,
Wakef. (Alas for them.' ;-and so Newc, Thom., Sharpe), Ros. ;
—3., as minatory, by T., C, G., ( fVo be unto them), Est.,
Wits., Beng. (' Uno hoc loco unus hie apostolus vae intentat.'),
Wesl., Scott, DeW. and Iluth. (who include the idea of strong
disapprobation). Gill allows any one of these interpretations,
and Carpz. appears to combine the second and third. But per-
haps the historical time (see N. h and v. 14, N. k) of the verbs
following (which are sometimes quite arbitrarily rendered into
the present or the future,) is best accounted for, if we view the
Oval avtoli as a ci'y of horror, on taking in at one glance, from
the mount of vision, the whole, dark, swift current of ungod-
liness, and its final plunge into the abyss. In Woe, the
Amer. Bible Soc. has restored the spelling of the original edi-
tion of E. V. It is now also the more common.
' W. ;-Wesl., Mack., Penn, Murd., Kenr.
= The Greek order is followed in all the three clauses by the
Latin verss., Syr. ;-Mey., De W., Stier :— in the first and third,
by Greenf , Gerl. :— in the second, by All. :— in the third by
Murd., Peile.
■i In the other four instances, in which Tioftvofiai occurs in
this Epistle and 2 Pet., and 5 times elsewhere, E. V. renders it
to walk ;-Peile. For the time, see N. a ;-W.
« By many (Dt., It., Fr. S. ;-Erasm., Pagn., Calv., Vat.,
Steph., Bez., Par., Est, Hamm., B. and L., Wolf, Moldenh.,
Laurm., De W., Arn.) tri 70.avri is rendered as a dative of cause
= by the deception, seduction, &c. (see N. f ). Others (Germ. ;-
Haenl., Mey., Ros., Penn, Sharpe, Huth. ;-Bretsch.) make it
= (is triv n%avriv. I prefer to conform it to o&^, as a dative of
the direction in which (Dodd., Mack., Thom., Scott, Stier, Peile ;
-Wahl, Rob.). For the order, see N. c.
THE EPISTLE OF JUDAS.
69
KING JAMES VERSION.
and ran greedily after the error
of Balaam for reward, and per-
ished in the gainsaying of Core.
12 These are spots in your
feasts of charity, when they feast
GREEK TEXT.
dvTi!A.oyia roi) Kops dTtuTcovTo.
12 Ovtoi sidLV sv tatg dydnaig
v^icov aniTudhEg, civv£vcd'](QVf.iEV0L, d^o-
REVISED VERSION.
the error 'of Balaam for ^hire
they ''rushed headlong, and 'in
the gainsaying of JCore they
''perished.
12 These are 'rocks in ""your
"love-feasts, "banqueting Ptogeth-
' AH the authorities first named in N. e (except Hamm.,
who before fiiaeoi would supply, not hixa, as Laurm. sa5'S, but
avti, with the sense : ' by way of reward or just ■punishment
from God'), together with G. ;-Cocc., Dodd., Mack., Thom.,
Ros., Sharpe, construe thus : tyj n%. ioi fivadoi Ba>.. ; to which
Trol. objects that ' the arrangement would then have been toi
fiiadov BaT^adu ; and the clauses on each side of the present join
the article with the proper name.' With the latter consider-
ation, Huth. mentions the 'scarcely tolerable harshness' of this
construction, and the 'arbitrary' sense which it attaches to
ifKdi'r] and i^exvSr^aav. He therefore adheres to the construc-
tion of E. V. (== ivtxa, fiiaSoi, or Oec.'s xifiSov; x^fii-v), which
appears also in AV., T., C, R. ;-Germ. ;-Grot., Cler., Wells.
Berl. Bib., Beng., Guyse, Wesl., Wakef , Haenl., Newc, Scott,
Clarke, Greenf., Penn, Trol., Bloomf., Stier, Kenr. ;-Leigh.
Bretsch., Win., Wahl, Rob., Schirl.
« See 2 Pet. 2 : 13, N. t. E. V., Matt. 20 : 8 ; Luke 10 : 7 ;
James 5 : 4;-Mack., Sharpe ;-Rob. Qhire or gain').
Beng. : ' Ut torrens sine aggere.' — W. (be shed out), R.
{have poured out themselves) ;-Latin verss., e.\cept Castal.,
{effii^i sunt), Dt. {zijn zij henen gestort), Fr. S. (se sont de-
bordes) ;-Engl. Ann. {were poured out), Hamm. (' have been
p. out or run out'). Wolf, {effusi ruerunt), Haenl., Ros., (effuso
impetu ruunt), Newc. {rushed), Laurm. (' effuso velut cursu
se . . . dederunt.'), Mey., Stier, (sturzen sie [dahin]), Greenf.
(inns), Penn {have run headlong), Trol., Bloomf. {impetuously
rush), De W. (haben sie sich ergossen), Barn, {rush tumult-
uously), Kenr. {have poured thetnselves out) ;-Bretsch. {effitse
mere), Rob. {to rush into . . . to give oneself up to ;-but the
into, to, is not in the verb). Green {to rush headlong &c.) ;
&c. For the time, see N. a. If the ran of E. V. stands for
the perfect, it is a grammatical impropriety at variance with
the uniform usage of that version elsewhere ; or if, as is more
probable, the imperfect was meant, there is then a change
of the time employed in the preceding clause.
' See N. e and, for the order, N. c.
1 I recommend that this form of the name, adopted from the
Sept., the popular version of the 0. T. in the apostolic age, be,
in this the only instance of its occurrence in the N. T., restored
(as has been done by the Amer. Bible Soc.) to its Hebrew
propriety : Korah, which appears everywhere else in the En-
glish Bible. See 2 Pet. 1 : 1, N. a, &c.
^ For the time, see N. a.
' Xrtaa's, in the N. T. iLrtat 'Kiy., occurs frequently elsewhere
(see the classical lexicons) in the sense of a rock in or by the
sea. Here that sense accords well with the other four meta-
phors of the series, all of them drawn from conspicuous natural
objects, and is retained (sometimes with the specification, hid-
den, sunken, &c.) by Oec., Phavor., Lightf., Er. Schmid, Whitb.,
Wetst., Pyle, Wakef., Haenl., Thom., Laurm. (see whose Com-
ment.), Mey., Ros., De W., Barn.. Dav., Peile, Huth. ;-Schleus.,
Wahl, Rob., Schirl. It is allowed also by Beng. and Carpz.
(Comp. 1 Tim. 1 : 19.) The other interpretation has in its
favour 2 Pet. 2 : 13, ajtl'Koi, (but on this much stress cannot be
laid against the prevailing use of a different word, especially
as the variations between Peter and Jude are quite as marked
as the parallelisms. Zeg., accordingly, thinks that srtiXaSfs is
perperam scriptum pro artAoi,.), Vulg., Syr., Hesych. (^s/iiad-
jUfVoi ;-Aug. maadati), &c. It is generally acknowledged,
however, that this is the only case where the word can have
this meaning, which is, therefore, either assumed, as by Stier,
out of Peter's ' kindred word' as more agreeable to the context,
or extracted from the proper meaning, rock, by a variety of in-
genious methods. Thus, Aret. (and Leigh) : ^OTiAa; non solum
est glarea, hoc est, terrae species quae maculas facile relinquif
(and it is true that ij artixd^. sc. yjj, is used by Theophrastus for
argillaceous earth, clay), ' sed est etiam concavum saxum in lit-
tore maris, seu lacuum ac fluminum, in quam concavitatem tan-
quam in commune receplaculum sordes aquarum confuunt ;' —
Mack. (Scott, Bloomf.) : ' The word dTtCKahii propeily .signifies
rocks in the sea, which, wheji they rise above its surface, appear
like spots;' — Arn. follows Junius in getting this sense from the
rocks as spotted with the sea-foam, Haenl., Lachm. and Tisch.
insert ol after dam (A. B., Syr., &c.). with Huth.'s approbation.
" For vjiCjv, Lachm. (in the small ed.) and Stier read aituv
(A., Vulg., Syr., &c.).
° Dt. (liefdemaaltijden), Fr. S. {repas d'amour) ;-Bens.,
Dodd., AVesl. {feasts of /oce ;-so Wakef., Barn.), Moldtnh. and
later German verss. {Liebesmahle), Mack., Newc, Thom.,
Clarke, Penn, Sharpe, Bloomf., Dav. ;-Rob., Green.
° Guyse, Dodd., Wesl., Newc, use this verb here (Wakef.,
regaling themselves; Peile, make merry), as Dodd., Newc,
Thom., do at 2 Pet. 2 : 13, where also I recommend that ban-
queting be substituted for feasting. For the participial con-
struction, see 2 Pet. 2 : 13, NN. u and a.
p W., T., C, R.;-De W. {zusammen), Kenr. A few MSS.
insert vulv after awivux-j no doubt from 2 Pet. 2 : 13. The
word is not adopted by Erasm., Mill, or any of the recent
editors, nor is it supplied by (in addition to those just named)
the Vulg. {convivatites), Syr. ;-Erasm., Calv., Vat., {inter se
conv.), Castal., Beng., {as Vulg.), Stier {Mitschmausende;-
' with one another and wherever there is any one like them-
selves.'). Huth. allows either sense: with you or with one
another. E. V.'s rendering of avvcvax- is from G., after Pagn.
and Bez. {dum vobisciim convivantur).
70
THE EPISTLE OF JUDAS.
KING JAMES VERSION.
with you, feeding themselves
without fear : clouds they are
without water, carried about of
winds ; trees whose fruit with-
ereth, without fruit, twice dead,
plucked up by the roots ;
GREEK TEXT.
/3(J5 tavtovc, TtoLfMaivovTEg- ve<pe2.aL
dvvSpoi, v7tb m'8i.th>v Ttepi^Epo^evac
Sei'Spa ^BivoTnopiva, axapna, big (XTto-
davovta, expi^uidevta-
REVISED VERSION.
er ivvithout fear, ■'tending *lhem-
selves ; clouds ' without water,
"carried about ^by winds ; trees
^whose fruit withereth, ^unfruit-
ful, twice dead, ^uprooted ;
1 All the recent editors, except Haenl. (though in the Com-
ment, he considers the matter doubtful) and Sch., connect
d4)o/3u5 with avpivax- i and so R. (the previous English yerss.,
by separating the adverb from the participles by a comma on
either side, leave the reference ambiguous.) ;-Vulg.. Germ. ;-
Vat., Casta!., Beng. ('colenda sunt convivia sacra. Convivari
per se nil vitii habet : ideo sine timore huic verbo annecti de-
bet.'), Wakef., AIL, Sharpe, De W., Am., Kenr., Peile. This
construction (which is allowed also by Oec. and preferred by
Huth., though the latter errs in citing Stier as in favour of it)
brings dijjd/3u{ into correspondence, as regards its relation to
cvvivt^X-^ with Peter's ivtpv^Cjv-fsi iv fatj d^atacj avtCjv. The
present clause then contains a charge of irreverent audacity
during the feasts ; iavtov; rtoi/iaivortes, of intense selfishness.
' This word occurs 11 times in the N. T., and in E. V. is
rendered 6 times, feed ; 4 times, rule ; once, feed cattle. In
every instance it answers to the Hebrew TW^ (the verb here
employed by Greenf., as its equivalent is by the Syr.), which
the Sept. frequently translate by Tioifiaiva, and of which Ges.
says that, when it is used in the sense of ruling, ' the image of
a fiock is often preserved.' It may be doubted, whether in the
case of the Greek verb that figure is ever wholly lost, while,
by restricting the sense to the feeding department of ' the
faithful herdman's art' (Milton, Lycidas. 121), serious damage
is not unfrequently done; e.g. Luke 17 : 7; John 21 : 16;
Acts 20 : 28 ; 1 Cor. 9 : 7 ; 1 Pet. 5:2. ' notftmVt tv,' says Ger-
hard, as cited by Leigh, ' non ad unam tantum pastoralis ofiicii
partem, sed ad reliquas omnes partes curandi gregem extendi-
tur.' So Alex., on the CVI of Ps^- 28 ; 9 (Sept. rtaiiiavov av-
rovf) : ' Feed them, not only in the strict sense, but in that of
doing the whole duty of a shepherd.' Comp. also his note on
Ps. 49 : 14, and see Rev. 2 : 27, N. r, &c. — German verss. (ex-
cept All.) and Dt. (use weiden) -j-Camph. (at John 21 : IG),
Sharpe (taking care of), Peile (being pastors of). Brown (at
1 Pet. 5:2: act as shepherds) ;-Schuttg. (foventes et alentes),
Schleus. (curam habentes, prospicientes), Wahl (nutrio, alo),
Rob. {feed, cherish, take care of). Green (flourish, promote
the interest of).
' Beng.: 'non gregem.' Ezek. 34: 2 may be cited in illus-
tration, though it does not appear that Jude referred exclusively
or especially to such as held ofiice in the Church. See N. q.
' See 2 Pet. 2 : 13, N. x, &c. ;-R. ;-Latin verss., Syr., It., Fr.
S. ;-Dodd., Wesl., Wakef, Mey., Greenf., Penn, Sharpe, DeW.,
Stier, Murd., Kenr., Peile.
" For rtfpit-! Mill prefers, and all the later editors adopt,
Ttapa^ipoixEvai (A. B. C, &c.). I recommend that this reading
be adopted, and translated: 6or«e along. Newc. (carried
aside), Penn (driven al.), Sharpe (carried al.), Peile (driven
past) ;-Rob. (' Pass. pr. to be borne along by. to be borne or
carried away, e. g. clouds, .Jude 12 . . . i. e. driven rapidly along.'
But neither by nor rapidly belongs to the word.), Green (to
be swept al).
" See 2 Pet. 2 : 19, N. 1.
™ Marginal note : 'Or, of late autumn.' The word occurs
only this once in the N. T., and very rarely elsewhere. Its
ambiguity arises from the double meaning of both the noun
and the verb in composition. According to Pass, (as translated
by L. and S.), ortiipa is, 1., 'the part of the year between the
rising of Sirius and of Arcturiis . . . not so much . . autumn,
as our dogdays or at most the end of summer ;' and then, be-
cause this was the season of fruit, it stands, 2., for ' the fruit
itself esp. tree fruit ;' — and hence also the verb oniupiifw is to
gather fruits, ^elvu, again, is used, 1., intransitively, to decay,
wither, and, 2., transitively, to corrupt, destroy. Joining the
two words, each in its first signification, we have ij>9wortupor
autumn, or, more commonly, senescens auctumnus et in hye-
mem vergens (Steph., Scap.), late autumn, the fall of the year
(L. and S.) ; and f Sirortupi^os, belonging to that season ; —
which are the only meanings of these compounds that the lexi-
cons recognize as classical. In that sense, accordingly, is the
adjective taken here, in connection with dxaprta, by W. (harvest
tr. without fruit), T., C, (without fr. at gathering time);-
Castal. (autumnales infructuosae), Thom. (autumnal tr. with-
out fr.), Dav. (aut. tr. stripped of their fruits) ; and, apart
from that connection, by R. ;-Vulg. and its followers generally,
Dt., Fr. S. marg. ;-Engl. Ann., Ilamm., Cocc, B. and L. marg.,
Beng., Moldenh., Haenl. (erroneously cited by Huth.), Mey.,
Gerl., Barn., De W., Peile (Hr. on the wane — "fallen into
the sere and yellow leaf"), Huth.;- Wahl, Rob., Green (au-
tumnal, sere, bare), Schirl. The same interpretation is allowed
also by Zeg., Wits., Gill, Laurm., Ros., Trol. ('without leaves'
[which is also Wesl.'s version], 'as trees are in autumn'),
Bloomf. ;- Schleus. The second significations of ^divu, and
orfcopa, however, appear combined in the use, according to
Phavor., of fBtvoXapov to denote rdsoj ^dCvovaa oTtupa; (hence
Clarke: galled or diseased tr.;-ari etymology and sense
allowed also by Wits., Laurm., Trol. ca?iA'ered;-Schleus.), and
in Pindar's use of r)ietpoxapii. L. and S. do, indeed, mark this
last word as a ' pecul. fem.' of ^dworcupivoi, which they explain
to mean autumnal. But in the passage referred to — Pyth. 5.
161, 162: ^Stvortapii avi/xav ;^ftj«£p(.'a xatartvod — ^Sivortupij evi-
dently does not mean that, but rather the blighting influence
THE EPISTLE OF JUDAS.
71
KING JAMES VERSION.
13 Raging waves of the sea,
foaming out their own shame ;
"wandering stars, to whom is re-
GREEK TEXT.
13 xv^iata ay^ia BaTAddrig, 87fa-
REVISED VERSION.
13 ^Wild waves of the sea,
foaming out their own ^shame ;
wandering stars, ''for "^which the
'■ This phrase, which is often in EngUsh poetry applied to
the sea or its waves (e. g: Shakspere, Tempest, i. 2: 'the wild
waves whist.'), suggests more readily the etymological and fa-
miliar sense of aypiof. — E. V., Matt. 3:4; Mark 1 : 6 (the
only other instances in the N. T.) ;-VuIg. (feri), German
verss. and Dt. (wilde) ;-Erasm., Pagn , Vat., Carpz.. (use ef-
ferus), Calv., Bez., Aret., (use efferatus), Castal. (as Vulg.),
Engl. Ann. (' Gr. wild. For the waves roar like wild beasts
in the wood.'), Bloomf., Barn, ('wild and restless'), Dav., Peile.
' Gr. shames. But this plural, though not uncommon in
the older English classics, is now disused.
^ See 2 Pet. 2 : 17, N. x. Here may be added Wesl., Sharpe,
Kenr.
' The analogy of the three preceding metaphors seems to
justify this dependence of the relative on aatifii. A common
reference, indeed (according to which the punctuation of E. V.
would still be in fault), is to the dsf/Sfif, and this, Laurm.
of these wintry blasts, and so it is explained by the best com-
mentators of Pindar. Heyne translates thus : 'fructibus-e.ri-
tialis ventorum hibernus flatus ;' and the most recent editor,
Prof. Schneidewin, has the following note : ' drtupa, upa, auctum-
nus, annus dicuntur pro iis quae gignuntur iis temporibus.
Jam sensus : Valeas viribus et consilio etiam in posterum, ne
ventvis 6ri«;ia& tibi perdat tempovis fruclus.' If it be said,
that the common version requires the noun to be taken in its
second signification and the verb in its first, it may be replied,
1., that this acknowledged secondary meaning of the noun is
its meaning in the only place where it is found in the N. T.,
Rev. 18 ; 14 ; — 2., that the intransitive use of the verb is by
far the more frequent ; — and, 3., that the verb retains this in-
transitive sense in other analogous cases of composition ; e. g:
$9cTOxoprtoj, applied by Pindar, Pyth. 4. 471, to an oak from
which the trees have been lopped ; and (feii-oxu^of , with wast-
ing limbs (L. and S.). While, therefore, our present form
fSivortuipifoi may not, in the one or two instances where it is
found elsewhere, bear the meaning here ascribed to it, I concur
nevertheless in the remark of Grot. : ' Si usum vocis re.«picias,
dicit arbores auctumnales. Sed raagis respicitur itvfi.o\oyla
vocis, ut dicat eos similes esse arboribus, quarum fructus perit
illico.' This sense, moreover, is more in harmony with the
design of the writer, which is to describe the charactei'istic.
and inward, spiritual desolation of these wicked men — (Laurm..
accordingly, thougli undecided in his interpretation, so far even
as to indulge in what Bloomf. considers the 'ingenious conjec-
ture, that by 4>9n'ortupii'ot' is denoted a sort of useless trees then
so called,' yet says he clearly perceives 'tale quid indicari, quod
proprie ita esse non debebat, et nemo sanus in autumno ad
hiemem vergente fruges aut folia m arbore quaesiverit ;'-a view,
in which Bloomf. himself seems dispo.sed to concur, though he
errs in attributing it to Hamm.) — and it lays a firmer basis for
the dreadful climax whereby he effects that object. Comp.
Matt. 13 : 22 ; Luke 8 : 14. Steph. : ' Insurgit autem ibi oratio,
et primum SivSpa ^Sivoyt. vocat quae proxime absunt a xoprto-
^dpots s. teT-ioxapTtovsi; deinde axaprta prorsus, tertio artoS., post-
remo ixpi^.' G. (comipt) ;-Syr. {= Murd. whose fr. hath
failed. The Syr. verb is the same as is used for a^avi,^onivri in
James 4 : 14), It. (appassati), Fr. G.,-M., (dont le fr. se pour-
rit), Fr. S. in the text (dont les fr. pourrissent) •,-'Piign., Bez.,
Pise, Par., (emarcidae), Aret., Carpz., (frugiperdae), Dt. Ann.
(as one explanation), Cler. (' a, corrumpetidis fructibiis, ut habet
Etymologicum Magnum.'), Er. Schmid, Wolf., (fructus per-
dentes), Wells, Newc, (as E. V. ;-which Gill also allows),
Berl. Bib. (wiirmstichige), B. and L.'s text (as Fr. G.). Dodd.
(whose early buddings are withered ;-so Scott), Wakef. (that
shed their fr.), Ros. ('potius arbores quae producunt marcidos
et corruptos fructics.') Greenf. (')2i ''""iD), Sharpe (withered),
Stier (obstverkummemde), Am. (fletris) ;-Steph. (first gives :
extremo autumno marcescentes ;-a combination of the two
ideas, which appears also in Erasm., Vat., Zeg., aut. marc. ;
Calv., autumni emarcidae; Suic. ; SchOttg., 'quae non nisi au-
tumno senescente fructus ferunt immaturos et nulli usui futu-
ros ;' Mack., withered autumnal tr. [to which he joins axaprta,
without fr., in one clause] ; Penn, that wither in the aut. ; —
and then adds: ' Vel potius, Quarum ij drtiipa ^Oivei, Quae
fructum quidem aliquem ferunt, sed corruptum et marcidum,
qui vel succo nutrimentoque deficiente, vel vermibus exedenti-
bus ante maturitatem decidit.'). Pas. (emarcidus, wurmstichig),
Leigh (as Pagn.).
^ Here perhaps may be intended, not the absence of good
fruit, implied in ^eivojt., but an utter incapacity to produce any-
thing fit to be called fruit. — E. V., everywhere else (6 times) ;-
R. ;-Vulg. (infructuosae), German verss., except Mey. and De
W., (unfruchtbare), Dt. (onvruchtbaar). It. (s/eriYj) ;-Erasm.,
Pagn., Calv.. Vat.. Bez., Par., Cocc, (infrugiferae), Castal.,
Beng., (as Vulg.), Engl. Ann.. Carpz. and Ros. (steriles),
Wakef. (takes gjj along with it: unfr. for two seasons -j-a, con-
struction which Haenl. also recommends), Newc. (barren),
Scott (' wholly unfruitful'), Arn. (steriles), Kenr. ;-Pas., Suic,
(as Carpz.), Rob. (unfr., barren), Schirl.
y Dryden, Ode for St. Cecilia's Day: 'And trees uprooted
left their place.' E. V., twice out of 4 times that ixpi^ou, oc-
curs, translates it, to root up ;-Latin verss. (eradicatae ;-except
Cocc, e.rstirpatae). Germ, (ausgewurzelte), Dt. (ontworteld),
It. (diradicati), French verss. (deracines) ;-Dodd., Thom., (to
be {utterly] rooted up), Wakef., Penn, Sharpe, Dav., (rooted
up), Mack, (rooted out), Mey. (entwurzelt), Greenf. (D^ttnil'C),
All., De W., Stier, (as Germ.), Bloomf.
72
THE EPISTLE OF JUDAS.
KING JAMES VERSION.
served the blackness of darkness
for ever.
14 And Enoch also, the sev-
enth from Adam, prophesied of
these, saymg. Behold, the Lord
Cometh with ten thousand of his
saints,
15 To execute judgment upon
all, and to convince all that are
ungodly among them of all their
■i See 2 Pet. 2 : 17, N. z. The ror before aiC^im is marked
by Bloomf. as ' Tnost probably, or certainly, an interpolation,'
and cancelled by all the other recent editors, except Hahn and
Theile.
' See 2 Pet. 2 : 17, N. a, &c.
f ' Not only I, now ; but &c.' See 2 Pet. 1 : 5, N. r.
' Syr. (= b), It. (a), Fr. S. (pour) ;-Erasm., Calv., Vat.,
Cocc, Wolf., Beng., (his [iis] ;-for the Yulg. de his), Engl.
Ann. ('Or, to'), Hamm., Wells, Whitb., Newc, Thorn., Bloomf.,
(to), Moldenh., May., Stier, (die.sen), Green, Peile, Huth. (fiir).
The demonstrative is given in this order, or at least before
the verb and its subject, by R. ;-Germ., Dt., It., French verss. ;-
Erasm., Calv., Yat., Castal., Wesl., Moldenh., Thom., Greenf.,
AH., Bloomf., De W., Am., Murd., Kenr., Peile.
'' See 2 Pet. 1 : 14, N. z, &c. Here the xai (overlooked by
some) is kept close to rovroii by Vulg.. Syr., German verss.
(except that Moldenh. omits it), Fr. S. ;-Pagn., Calv., Vat.,
Castal., Bez., Par., Cocc, AY ells, Beng. (' non modo antedilu-
vianis.'), Wesl., Carpz., Mack., Newc, Ros., Am., Murd., Peile :-
Green.
' The verb is given before its subject by R. ;-Latin verss.,
Syr., Germ., It. ;-Greenf., De W., Stier, Murd.
! ' Even so long ago were they rtpoyfypaujuirot' (v. 4). — There
is no article in It., Fr. G.,-M. ;-Greenf., Peile. Wakef. and
Mack, have the as a supplement.
'In vision.' Another prophetic past; comp. Jude 11, N.
a. — E. V. nowhere else makes ^j.9oi' = £p;j;o/tat (oomp. Rev. 1 :
7) ;-R. (is come) ;-Latin verss., except Castal.. (venit ;-explained
in the commentaries as praeteritum profutnro), Dt., It., French
verss. except B. and L., Beng., (= R.);-Sha,Tpe (as R.),
Bloomf., De W. (es kam), Peile (^hath come, or came.') ;-Green.
' The word saints is not readily understood as including
angels, who, on the other hand, are not (according to the com-
mon explanation) meant exclusively (2 Cor. 6 : 2, 3 ; 1 Thess.
4: 14; &c.). — 'Aytoj is translated as an adjective by E. V.,
wherever else it qualifies a substantive, and here, as qualifying
GREEK TEXT.
pf $ nXavTitai, die, o Zp^o^ tov ax&tovg
elg tav cucbva tetr^i^riTaL.
14 Y\^oe^r:t£vae hs xai tovroig
St^So^iog dno 'ASaft 'Evu^.^ ^^y^v,
'iSov nWs Ki'ptog iv ^vpuxoiv aytaig
avtoii,
1-5 noirssai xpldiv xatd Ttdvruv,
xou i^eT^y^ai Ttdvtag tovg dasf^slg
avtav Ttept TtdfTajv tov i^Qv dae-
EEVISED VERSION.
blackness of darkness '^for ever
*hath been reserved.
14 ''But sfor these ""also 'pro-
phesied Enoch, J seventh from
Adam, saying: Behold, the Lord
''came with 'his holy "myriads,
15 To "exercise judgment upon
all, and to "convict all Pthe un-
godly among them of all their
^vpidtjiv, by
Newc marg.
Latin verss.. It., Fr. S. ;-Hamm., Beng., Mack.,
, Thom., Sharpe, De W., Stier, Kenr. Guyse,
Dodd., Wesl., Bam., Peile, have holy ones. For jarp. dy., all
the recent editors (except Theile) read ay. ;uvp.
™ Fr. S. ;-Hamm., Cocc, Wolf., Beng., Guyse, Dodd., Mack.,
Newc. marg., Thom., Mey., Stolz, De W., Murd.. Peile. See
Rev. 5 : 11, N. v, &c
" Rob. : ' xpiaiv Ttoinv to do judgment, to act as judge, i. q.
xfilviiv, -John 5 : 27; Jude 15.' This idea, rather than that of
executing the judicial sentence, is presented in W., R., (do
doom [judgment]), T., C, G., (give j.);-Yn\^. (facere judi-
cium^, S>yT., German verss. (Gericht zu halten), Dt. (om ge-
rigt te hoiiden). It. (far giudicio), Fr. G. (doniier jugement),
Fr. M. (juger), Fr. S. (exercer j.) ;-Erasm., Calv., Vat., Cocc,
(facial j), Pagn., Bez., Par., (ferat j.), Castal., Pise, (j. ex-
erceat), B. and L., Am., (as Fr. M.), Carpz. (judicaiurus),
Mack, (pass sentence), Peile (bring j. to bear).
" The Greek verb occurs in the N. T. only here, and twice in
the Sept. for n''D"iri (Is. 2:4; Mic 4 : 3 ;-E. V. rebuke ; Alex.
decide). Here Barn, rejects convince, but errs in saying that
convict is 'synonymous' with it, in the sense of 'satisfying a
man's own mind of the fact that he has done wrong.' In mod-
ern use, at least, the idea of detection, eayosure, is much
stronger in the latter word than in the former. — Dodd., Wesl.,
Wakef (convict clearly). Mack., Newc, Thom., Penn, Sharpe,
Bloomf ('not to convince, or even merely to convict, but, in a
fuller sense, so to convict as to bring the convicted to judgment,
and the execution of judgment upon him.'), Murd., Peile (call
to strict account). For i^t^., Mey., Lachm., Tisch., read
fT-iyiot (A. B., &c.).
p Gr. their ungodly ones — Germ, ihre Gottlosen. The rela-
tive construction, introduced by Erasm., and adopted also by
T., C, G. ;-Pagn., Vat., Bez., Par., appears in no other foreign
vers., nor in W., R. ;-Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Mack., Newc,
Thom., Penn, Murd., Kenr. In his last edition Tisch. re-
stores the avruij', which is cancelled by Mey., Lachm., Hahn,
after A. B. C, Vulg., Syr., &c.
thinks, is required by the •foiiroij of v. 14. But it is better to I bus, arboribus, fluctibus, sic jam stellis errantibus sua additur
regard the demonstrative there as a resumption of the 011*01 ! descriptio.'), Wakef., Arn., Murd. In foreign verss. the rela-
of V. 10, which is twice again indignantly repeated in vv. 16, [ tive. like the 015, is in itself ambiguous ; but the punctuation
19. — W. ;-Castal. (gives ast. . . . titrfi. in one clause ;-and so ! generally corresponds to that of E. V. (as does that of nearly
the text of Lachm., Tisch., Theile), Hamm. ('and to such stars all other editions of the text), so favouring the construction
as these eternal darkness is reserved.'), Beng. ('Ut modo nubi- 1 proposed.
THE EPISTLE OF JUDAS.
73
KING JAMES VERSION.
ungodly deeds which they have
ungodly committed, and of all
their hard speeches which ungodly
sinners have spoken against him.
16 These are murmurers, com-
plainers, walking after their own
lusts ; and their mouth speaketh
greatswelling ?w/-J«, having men's
persons in admiration because of
advantage.
17 But, beloved, remember
ye the words which were spoken
before of the apostles Of our Lord
Jesus Christ;
IS How that they told yo\i
there should be mockers in the
GREEK TEXT.
(5eiag avTuv uv r.ai^Yiaav, xal Ttepl
xaT avroi) afiapToXot dcre/^Etg.
16 Ovtoi eldL yoyyvatai, [.tE[.i'^{-
lioipot, xara rag eTtidvfuag ahtcov
TtopEvoi^EvoL' xai to Gto^ia avtav
/la/lft vTt&poyxa, davficii^ovrEg Ttpoffo-
Tta, u<ps^iag %dptv.
17 v^tg he, ayaTtritoi, ^ivri06riTs
tutv pyj^dtov toiv 7tpoeipyi[j£vo)V Imb
tav aTtoarokdv roi Kup/'oi; %^v
'hqaov Xptaroi)'
18 or I ("ksyov vficv, an iv iaj^ata
Xpovoi iaovtai e^TtalxtaL, p^ara rag
REVISED VERSION.
"ideeds of ungodliness ''wherein
they "were ungodly, and of all
the hard 'things which ungodly
sinners ^spake against him.
16 These are murmurers, com-
plainers, walking "according to
their own lusts ; and their mouth
speaketh great swelling words,
^admiring '" persons ''for profit's
sake.
17 But yye, beloved, ^be mind-
ful of the words which were
spoken before *by the apostles of
our Lord Jesus Christ ;
18 How ""they told you, "=that
''in the last time there ^shall be
1 Except that aituv is sometimes (Vulg. [according to the
interpretations of W., R., Kenr., &c.], Germ. ;-Greenf., Sharpe,
Stier) put in regimen with aail3nas, and sometimes (It, Fr. S. ;-
Calv., B. and L., Arn.) neglected, the above construction is ob-
served by the verss. just referred to, and by Coco., JIack., All.
' For uv, by attraction for oi, see Win. § 32. 1. W. (by
which), R. (whereby) ;-Vulg. (quibus), Germ, (damit) ;-De W.
(womit). Stier (as Germ), Kenr. (as /?.).
See 2 Pet. 2 : 6, N. i. For the time of the two verbs,
see V. 14, N. k. Or the aorists of this verse might be given as
pluperfects ; see 2 Pet. 1 : 16, N. g.
' R. ;-It. (cose) ;-Dodd., Wesl., Mack., Thorn., Bloomf., Arn.
(choses), Kenr. The Latin and most German verss. and Greenf.
supply nothing, or give axXrifiuv by a substantive.
" See 2 Pet. 3 : 3, N. f.
' This or some other simple verb (such as icorshlp, fialler,
honour, respect, or their equivalents) is used, either in the
finite or participial form, by W., R ;-nearly all foreign verss. ;-
Guyse, Wakef., Mack., Newc, Sharpe, Murd., Kenr.: — a noun
(admirateurs, Schmeichler, admirers), by B. and L., Van Ess,
Rob.
^' There is nothing for men's in "W., R., (thoagh T.. C., G.,
translate rtpda. by niea) ;-any foreign verss. (Germ, makes
rtpdff. das Ansehen der Person; Pr. S., les personnes appa-
rentes ; B. and L., tout ce qui a quelque apparence ; AH., Stolz,
den Mensche7i [Leiden] ; DeW.,personlichem, Ansehen; Arn.,
les gens) ;-Guyse, Dodd., Wakef. and Newc. (have nf men as
a supplement), JIack., Thorn., Penn, Murd. (people), Kenr. ;-
Rob.
" See E. v.. Tit. 1 : 11 and Rom. 3 : 1 (the latter being the
only other instance of li^tXfta) ;-R. (for gaine safce) ;- Vulg.
(quaestus causa ;-for which other Latin verss. substitute utili-
tatls gratia [Cocc. causaY), Germ, (um Nutzens wiUen), Dt.
(om des voordeels wil), Fr. G.,-M., (use profit) ;-Dodd., Wesl.,
Wakef., Mack., Newc, Thom., Penn, Murd., Kenr., (for the
sake of gain [Peile, of what they gavi]), Moklenh., Stier,
([des] Nutzens halber), All. (umdes Gewinnes willeji), Sharpe
(for gaui's sake), De W. (des Vortheils uegen).
y See E. v., v. 20, and 1 John 2 : 20, N. p, &c. Here the
pronoun is kept in its Greek position by W., T., C, G., R. ;-
all foreign verss., except the Dt. ;-Dodd., Wesl., Thom. (as for
you), Penn, Murd., (do ye), Sharpe, Kenr.
' E. v., 2 Pet. 3 : 2 ; 2 Tim. 1 : 4 ;-W., R. ;-Latin verss., ex-
cept Castal. and Cocc, (memores estote [Erasm. estis ; which
Calv. allows]) ;-Moldenh., Stier, (seid eingedenk), Mey. (moget
ihr eing. bleiben), Kenr.
' See 2 Pet. 2 : 19, N. I.
>> Comp. 1 John 4 : 9, N. r. Here that is omitted by Wakef.,
Newc, Sharpe ;-how, by Mack., Penn.
' W., T., C, G., R. ;-Vulg. (qiconiam. Other Latin verss.
employ the future participle) and other foreign verss., except
Mey. ;-Dodd., Wakef. and later English verss., except Sharpe.
'' Mey., Lachm., Tisch., read in lojjaroD [tov] ;tpdvou (A. B.
C); Mey., with Huth.'s approbation, following B. C. in omitting
the article.
• R. ;-Vulg., Germ., Dt. ;-Hamm., Dodd., Wesl. and Penn
(will), Peile.
10
74
THE EPISTLE OF JUDAS.
KING JAMES VERSION.
last time, who should walk after
their own unafodlv lusts.
19 These be they who sepa-
rate themselves, sensual, having
not the Spirit.
20 But ye, beloved, building
up yourselves on your most holy
taith, praying hi the Holy Ghost,
21 Keep yourselves in the
love of God, looking for the mer-
cy of our Lord Jesus Christ unto
eternal life.
GREEK TEXT.
19 Ovtoi eloiv 01 mXjohio^CCpvtsq,
-^v')^Lx6i, nvev^ia (urj ^^(Qvreq.
20 v^ig hs, dyaTtrftoL, rfi ayia-
tdt'fi hficjv TUOtei sixoixoho^ioinneq
savrovg, h Hvsvuati 'Ayia vtpoaev-
XOfriSVOl,
21 iavtovc, iv dyaitri ©foij T'/7(wi-
(Tare, Ttpocr&^o^KVot to iksoc, tov
Ki;p('oi; 'f]^v ^Wiaov XpfffToi), hc, ^cot;!'
alw>iov.
REVISED VERSION.
mockers, ''walking ^according to
their own ''lusts of ungodliness.
19 These 'are they who -"sepa-
rate, ''animal, 'having no spirit.
20 But 3^e, beloved, building
up yourselves on your most holy
faith, praj'ing in the Holy ""Spirit,
21 Keep j'ourselves in the love
of God, "waiting for the mercy of
our Lord Jesus Christ unto eter-
nal life •°
<■ The participial construction is retained by E. V., 2 Pet. 3 :
3 ;-W., R. ;-VuIg., Syr., Fr. S. ;-Castal., Coco., Wits., Dodd.
and the later English verss., Carpz., Greenf.
^ See 2 Pet. 3 : 3, N. f.
'' Comp. V. 15, N. q. Here the grammatical relation between
iitidv/iias and dsf^fnov is preserved by Germ., Dt. marg., It.,
Fr. S. ;-Calv., Engl. Ann., Cocc, Scott, Greenf., Kist., Sharpe,
Stier.
' T., C, G., R. ;-Dodd. and the later verss., except Mack,
and Peile.
J Engl. Ann. : ' Themselves, as Heb. 10 : 25. Or, others, as
2 Pet. 2:1,2; Acts 20 : 30 ; 2 Tim. 3 : 6.' The former sense
is, of course, adopted by such as follow the reading of B. C.
and Vulg., drtoS. iavtovf (Griesb., Knapp, Ilaenl., Sch., Hahn,
Theilej-though Griesb. and Haenl. regard lavtovs as question-
able.). Even the reading of our Text (and of Beng., Wetst.,
Matth., Mey., Lachm., Blooraf , Tisch.) may be taken (as it is
by Grot., Schuttg., Moldenh., Huth.) with the reflexive force,
which transitive verbs do sometimes boar (see Win § 39. 1.).
But it more naturally suggests a more general interpretation,
which is given by T., C, G., (makers of sects) -j-Gevva. {Rotten
machen), Dt. marg. ;-the Alexandrian Clement, Oec, Erasm.,
Vat., Est. ('Potest absolute sumi, Separanies, id est. qui sepa-
rationem faciunt tarn in coetibus quam doctrina.'), Pjde (make
separations), Laurm., Mey. (die Trennungsstifter), Tro!., Van
Ess (Spallungen verursachen), Bloomf., De W. (Trennungen
verurs.), Dav., Peile (caiise separations) ;-Schleus. I pur-
posely use a phrase, which, like the original, admits of either
sense.
'■ 'i'vx^xos is ifl E. V. rendered sensual also in .James 3 : 15,
elsewhere (1 Cor. 2: 14; 15: 44, 46) natural. In every one
of these cases it marks the subject in its relations to the ■^xr,
anima (hence Fr. S. everywhere : de I'ame, ayant fame, ii'ayant
que Vame), as distinguished from to TCvivfio., and in all of them
it is translated animalis (animate, animal) by the Latin verss.
(except thatCastal. hashumana in James), It. (except here), Fr.
M. (except here and in James) ;-Hamm., Newc, (except 1 Cor. 2:
14 ; the only place where Fr. G. has it), Mack., Clarke, Penn,
Sharpe (except here). So Whitb. and Wakef. here and in 1 Cor.
15 : 44 46 ; Dodd. and Thom., in 1 Cor. 2 : 14 and 15 : 44, 46 ;
Wells, Schleus., Scott, Trol., Wahl, Bloomf, Murd., Kob., Green,
in 1 Cor. 15 : 44, 46. I recommend that .^vx^xoi be everywhere
rendered as above. Of German verss., Luth. here has Fleiscli-
liche ; others, Sinnliche, Seelische, Thierische.
1 This clause furnishes the condition (/*»j) and proof of that
which precedes ; g.d. they are ■^vxt-xoi, not being rivivjiatixoi '
(1 Cor. 2 : 15 ; 3 : 1 ; 14 : 37 ; Gal. 6:1). The Avi^it^a. thus
standing opposed to ■^xrf. and wanting the article, is best taken
subjectively, as the yiymrnxivov ix toy Tivii^iatoi 7<viv/xa (John
3 : 6). It may even include, according to Von Meyer's remark
(cited and approved by Stier), the rational spirit (v. 10, uj ra
a.7.oya fwa). E. V. follows G. and R. — W. (not having sp.),
T., C.;-Germ. (die da keitien Geist haben), Calv. ('Anima hie
spiritui, hoc est, renovationis gratiae opponitur.'). Grot. (■ Jac-
tant se miras habere inspirationes, at nullas habent.'), B. and
L. (qu'il n'y ait rien de spirituel en eux), Wakef, Penn,
([being^ without a sp.), Greenf. (HIT Dnb ]^N), Barn. ('The
Holy Spirit or the spirit of true religion'), Hengst. (see Offenb.
II. p. 45.), Stier (die Geist nicht haben), Am. (n'ayant rien
de spirituel). Peile (having no spirituality), Huth. ('the
higher spiritual life wrought by the Holy Spirit'). Comp. Rev.
11 : 11, N. z.
"■ See 2 Pet. 1 : 21, N. f.
» E. v., Mark 15 : 43 ; Luke 2 : 25 ; 12 : 36 ; 23 : 51 ; and to
these I recommend that Luke 2:38; Acts 23 : 21 ; Tit. 2 : 13
be conformed ;-German verss. (use aufwarten, erwarten, har-
ren), Dt. (vericachtende), French verss. ([en] attendant) ;-
Sharpe, Murd., Dav.
" Beng. : ' Qui sibi jam consuluit, consulat aliis.' This con-
nection (see also v. 22, N. s) between w. 20, 21 and vv. 22, 23.
is indicated as above by It. and Fr. G. A semicolon is employed
by Fr. S. ; a comma, by Castal. and Thom.
THE EPISTLE OF JUDAS.
75
KING JAMES VERSION.
22 And of some have compas-
sion, making a difleience :
23 And others save widi feai',
GREEK TEXT.
22 xat, org (.isv iT^esite Siaxpivo-
l-lSVOf
23 ovg 8s iv ^o^a aa^srs, ex tov
REVISED VERSION.
P22 And Ion some, 'indeed,
•have compassion, 'while con-
tending ;
P23 ''But others save "in fear.
V.
21) to
p It must be allowed that Dr. A. Clarke does but state the
truth, though he apjiears to do it somewhat impatiently, when
he says of ' this and the following verse,' that they ' are all
confusion, both in the MSS. and Versions; and it is extremely
difficult to know what was the original text. Our own is as
likely as any.' Beng. (in the Gnomon), Lachm. and Tisch.,
after A. B., Vulg., read thus; xai ovi fisv i^iyzm (B. ixeats)
Siaxptt'o/iifovf, ov; ii a^^efe Ix Ttvpoi aprtdCovtii. oi'j Sh i\tdtc
(Beng. i\iitri) ii ijio^S^j, /xiaoivtii xfji. ;-and so Huth., whose
criticism compare with that of Haenl., Laurm., De W., Stier
(note on pp. 114, 115) ; and see N. t.
t E. v., everywhere else;-T. ;-Dodd. and the later verss.
(except Penn, fur).
■• See V. 10, N. u, &c. Laurm.: 'oi; ixiv et oij U rite sibi
invicem opponuntur.'
• 'Deal with them in that spirit (ro txtoj tov Knp.,
which you yourselves are debtors.'
' Dr. Clarke's complaint about the perplexity of the readings
may be extended to the interpretations that have been given of
each several text. Thus, the reading Staxpn/o/icVou; is in the
Yulg., judicatos; Oec, d fiiv artoSuatavtai, iiiwv (so Gerl. :
indem ihr sie aussondert ; and Huth., who thinks it ' answers
to the previous drto5topi7ffni, taken intransitively.' The same
sense would be allowed to this reading by Bretsch., Ilaenl.,
Am.) ; Grot., qui se caeleris praefenmt ; Cocc, disceptantes
(a sense allowed, along with that of the Vulg., by Zeg. : si
disceptent vobisque resistant) ; Hamm., Wells, Beng., Wesl.,
De W., Dav., Schirl., wavering, doubting, hesitating (the other
sense allowed by Bretsch., Haenl., Arn.) ; Penn, who are to be
distinguished ; <S-c. ; — a variety, of which Clarke gives one or
two specimens, and then adds : ' or whatever else the reader
pleases.' By the larger number of verss. and commentaries,
however, (including three of the latest, Stier, Arn., Peile) the
textus receptus is adhered to, and in the sense attached to it by
E. V. The objection to this interpretation (even as modified
by Green and Peile : making a distinction mentally, in your
own minds) is, that no other satisfactory instance of this use
of Siaxfivofiai has been, or probably can be, produced ; "Whitb.
vainly referring to Acts 10 : 20 ; Rom. 14 : 23 ; and Stier, with
only more plausibility, to James 2 : 4. Bloomf., who formerly
had recourse to a writer of the third century (cited long ago
for the same purpose by Steph.), has in the Supplemental Vol-
ume deemed it advisable to append as additional confirmation
the following : ' Of this absolute use of the word another ex-
ample is found in Herodot. vii. 156, 4, niiiro . . . roij iv ^ixcUr;
tTtoir^ss, SiaxptVa; (for Siaxptvdfievof), "making a distinction,"
viz. of the people at large (the many) from the few, the rich,
the aristocrats.' Had Siaxpwdfuiiio; been used, on the contrary,
for StaxptVa;, it would have been a case in point; the fact being
that, wherever in classic or sacred Greek this sense is unques-
tionable, the verb is in the active voice. ' Nunquam sumitur,'
says Est., speaking of the middle form (in a note, cited by Leigh,
on Rom. 14: 23), 'pro discerncre, aut dijiidicare; .sed ubi
haec significatio occurrit, verbum activum est biaxfivnv, ut
Matt. 10:3; Acts 15 : 9 ; 1 Cor. 4 : 7 ; 11 : 29, 31 ; 14 : 29 ;'
and hence it is, we may suppose, that other explanations have
been sought :— Erasm., to Calv.'s amazement, taking Siaxpwo^s-
voi, in the passive, cum dijudicamini (and so Vat., du7n dijudi-
cabimini) ; Bretsch., "VVahl, and Rob., in the middle, and inter-
preting : vos ab lis separanles, separating yourselves wholly
from them. But, in the first place, this sense of the midd.
Smxpim/j^ai is rare, in the Sept. and N. T. without example ;
and, secondly, it is quite unsuitable to the context. It does not
harmonize with txiiire, and, in connection with v. 23, it implies
a discrimination in favour of the worse class of transgressors.
The new view proposed above (which since the former edition
I have found indicated by SchOttg. : ' imxpivo/xai, discepto. ju-
dicio contendo . . . Jud. v. 9. 22.') has these points in its fa-
vour : — 1., It takes the word in a familiar acceptation, as used
in classical Greek from the beginning ; - in the Sept., Jer.
15: 10; Ez. 20: 35; Joel 3 : 2 ;-in the N. T., Acts 11 : 2;-
and bj' the writer of this epistle himself, v. 9 (for although
Laurm. says : ' Siaxfiimi' hie alia venit potestate, quam v. 9,'
he assigns no reason for the opinion, and comes to no decision
of his own as to what the word does mean.) ; — and, 2., so under-
stood, the phrase serves at once as a remembrancer of the main
object of the epistle, v. 3 ; as a transition from the unmingled
denunciation of the previous context to these counsels of re-
lenting grace ; and as a warning against permitting even Chris-
tian compassion to abate the vigour and persistency of their
contention with sin.
" Not: by appeals adapted to produce fear (Barn., &c.),
but: in a spirit of fear, ' with conscientious solicitude for the
Church's salvation and your own' (De W.). So it is understood
also, or at least it is translated as above, by the Vulg. (in ti-
more) and its followers; by such other verss. generally, as
adopt the Vulg. reading (see N. p); and by Castal. (religiose),
Zeg. (•cum timore interim et circumspectione'), Dt. marg.. Engl.
Ann. (as an allowable interpretation ;-and so Hamm. ; Pric.
' Vel . . . festinantes et trepidantes, eorum ritu qui aliquid ex
fliamma rapiunt, salvate eos : Sattov, ut loquitur Artemidorus ;'
Haenl. [though he thinks iv fojScj, probably a gloss] and Ros.,
who, without naming Pric, help themselves to his note ; Scott),
76
THE EPISTLE OF JUDAS.
KING JAMES VERSION.
pulling them, out of the fire ;
hating even the garment sjjotted
by the flesh.
24 Now unto him that is able
to keep you Irom falling, and to
present you faultless before the
presence of his glorj^ with exceed-
ing joy>
25 To the only wise God our
Saviour, be glory and majesty.
GREEK TEXT.
Ttupc^ ap7td^0T"res, ^idovvtsg xal top
anb tng 'aapxog ityniTd^^dvov ^LTuva.
24 To & hwa^iva ^vTA^ai av-
tovc, dTttcuotovg, xai arriaaL xars-
vcaitiav T?[g ho^rig avvoii d^Q^ovg iv
dya'?L?Masi,
25 nova Go^ Qea Gaytripi r^iov,
86^a xal ^eyaAjuavvyi, xpdtog xal
REVISED VERSION.
''snatching them out of the fire,
hating even the garment spotted
by the flesh.
24 '"But unto him Hvho is able
to keep ythem from falling, and
to ^set ^tliem "in the presence of
his glory faultless with exceeding
py,
25 •'Unto the only Svise God
our Saviour, "^ glory "^and majes-
' Elsewhere (12 times) B. V. renders aprtafu to take by force,
catch, catch away, catch up, pluck i-hRtm verss. (rapientes),
Dt. (e?! grijpt), Fr. S. (ravissant -j-ior arrachant of the other
verss.) ;-Eng!. Ann., Haram., Berl. Bib. and the later German
verss. (use reissen --for Luth.'s riicken), Gujse {pluck), Dodd.
and the later English, Greenf. (uses the hiphil of the verb,
whose hophal is in the parallel Amos 4 : 11 and Zech. 3 : 2
translated by E. A'', plucked) ;-and see the lexicons.
" ' After all mj exhortations and your efibrts (alike vain
without the divine blessing), "not unto us, not unto us" (Ps.
115 : 1), but &c.' See 2 Pet 1 : 5, N. r. W.;-Latin and Ger-
man verss., Syr. ;-Peile.
' See 2 Pet. 1 : 1, N. c, &c. Guyse, Dodd. and the later
verss. (except Newc). See Rev. 1 : 5, N. v.
y Excepting Beng., Bloomf , Tisch., all the recent editors, for
avfoiJs, read vfia; (C. G., Vulg., Syr., <tc. — A. has riiJ.d;.). 1
recommend that this reading be adopted: you, but that the
margin contain this note: ' Or, according to some copies, i/iem.'
De W., indeed, insists upon avfotif as the harder reading, and
explains it thus : ' Them — the readers, from whom the author
soaring in devotion as it were turns away (just as at parting
he gives them no salutation), and speaks in the third person ;'
a view, which Hutli., who prefers vixai. deems 'very improb-
able,' but which is better than to take aitovf as standing for
tavfoi's (Bez.), or as referring ' ad improbos peccatores' (Par.:
ad seduclores ; Huth. himself : to the last named, ov; &i) 'eo
sensu, ut sint mali peccatores, tamen de emendatione non esse
desperandum quousque vixerint' (Aret.), or as used elliptically
for i^aj avT'ovf (Camerarius. Peile suggests that this — 'not
simply ifiai — may ' possibly' be the true reading : your selves.''),
or simply for ifiai (Beng.). Such a change of person, admis-
sible in any language, is common enough in Hebrew ; and in the
N. T. Rob. notes as instances of it the use of this pronoun
n Matt. 23 : 37 ; Luke 1 : 45 comp. 44; Rev. 5 : 10 comp. 9
(according to the reading of the recent editors; see there
N. o.) ; 18 : 24 comp. vv. 22, 23.— Wesl. has ihem after keep,
and supplies you after present.
' The only instance, out of 19, in which a transitive form of
listfini, is translated present in E. V. Generally, and always in
cases like the present, set is the word used ;-R. ;-Latin verss.
(constituere, statuere, sistere), Syr. (= Murd. establish), Ger-
man verss. and Dt. (stellen ;-except Moldenh.. machen, dass
ihr stehen kOiinet) ;-EngI. Ann. {make you stand), Laurm.
{stare facio), Greenf. ("l^oyn'?), Penn {as Murd.), Sharpe
{place), Peile ;-Rob. {cause to stand, set, place)..
^ Elsewhere (4 times) E. V. translates xativ., in the sight of,
before -j-Dt. {voor), It. {davanti), French verss. {devant -j-ex-
cept B. and L., en [sa glorieuse] presence) ;-Erasm. and other
Latin verss. {in conspectu ;-for the Vulg. ante conspectum,
which E. V. and the previous English verss. follow. Cocc,
Haenl., Ros., have coram.), Wesl., "Wakef., Newc. {before i-and
so Thorn., Murd.), Mey. {vor), Greenf (i^D'^J), Penn, Sharpe
{in the sight of), De W. {Angesichis), Barn. (= B. and //.),
Kenr. ;-Rob. {^before, in the presence of). Green {in the pr.
[sight] of). The immediate connection of xativ. with etijcsai,
is preserved by W. ;-Latin verss. (except Castal.), German
verss. (except All.), Dt, It., Fr. S. ;-B. and L., Sharpe.
>> As in v. 24. AY., R., {to . . . to ;-and so Guyse, Dodd.,
AVesl., Mack., Thom., Penn, Kenr.), "Wakef., Sharpe and Murd.
(do not repeat the preposition), Peile.
' The word 30419 (which probably came, as Mill thinks, from
Rom. 16 : 27) is marked by Beng. as plainly spurious, by
Bloomf. as ' most probably, or certainly, an interpolation,' and
is cancelled by all the other recent editors (A. B. 0., &c., nearly
all the ancient verss., &o.). I recommend that wise be omitted.
'' The reading, which inserts here the words, hia, 'iriaov
Xpifffoii *oi; xvpiov rifiiv (A. B. C, &c., A'ulg., Syr., Ar., &c.)
is marked by Beng. as per codices frmior, and is adopted by
all the other recent editors, except Bloomf. I recommend that
this reading be followed, and translated : through Jesus Christ
our Lord. For the omission of the supplemental be, see the
Latin verss. (except Bez., Par.), Syr., Fr. S. ;-Moldenh. (would
supply, if any thing, kommt zu. See N. h), Greenf, De W.,
Kenr. ;-also Rev. 1 : 6, N. d, &c.
' This xai is cancelled by Mey., Lachm., Tisch., Theile.
disease you endeavour to cure ;'-and so Clarke), Penn {with
dread), Sharpe, Bloomf. {anxiously), Arn., Peile {as filled
with apprehension for them), Huth.
Cocc. (' in timore, ut non simus securi, scientes Satanam vigi-
lare et in omnes nocendi occasiones intentum esse.'), Wesl.
{'with a jealous fear, lest yourselves be infected with the
THE EPISTLE OF JUDAS.
77
KING JAMES VERSION.
dominion and power, both now
and ever. Amen.
GEEEK TEXT.
s^ovcyia, xal vw xal sig Ttavtac, tovg
aiavag. d^rii'.
REVISED VERSION.
ty, 'strength and ^authorit}-, ''
both now and 'unto Jall the ages.
Amen.
' It is not doubted that xpdios and s^maia may often be
properly translated apart as they are in B. V. But here, com-
ing close together in one doxology, they should be allowed to
retain each its own leading significance. — E. V. translates »p.
8 times out of 12 by strength, might, power ;-Dt. (kracht),
French verss., except S, (/o/re) ;-Bez., Par., "Wits., Beng.,
(robur), Engl. Ann. ('Or, strength^), Gu_yse, Wesl., (might),
Mack., Greenf. {]■)]!), All., De W., {Machl), Stier {Kraft). See
Rev. 1 : 6, N. f.
^ See N. f. E. V. translates if. 29 times by authority ; twice,
right; once, jurisdiction; once, liberty ;-Vyi]g. (potestas). It.
(pudestd), Fr. S. (autorite) ;-Erasm., Pagn., Calv., Vat., Par.,
Cocc, Beng., (as Vulg.), Bez. (at first potestas; afterwards,
auctorilas), Engl. Ann. ('Or, auth.'). Grot. ('Addidit Judas
i%ovtsiav, agnoscens in Deo non potentiam tantum, sed et jus
imperandi .'' This phrase is employed also by Wits.), Pears.
(' auiho?ity, or power properly potestative'), Guyse, Wesl.,
Mack, (right), Greenf. (]1L3b'ii*)i All., DeW., Stier, ((?eTOa/«;-
for Luth.'s Macht). See Rev. 2 : 26, N. p.
^ Here the words, rtpo itavto; trn cUuvo; (A. B. C, &c., Vulg.
&c.), are inserted by Mey., Lachm., Sch., Hahn, Tisch., Theile ;-
an addition, which would require us, as De W. suggests, to
supply iati (1 Pet. 4 : 11. See N. d), and from which may be
derived the liturgical formula : as it was in the beginning.
' See 2 Pet. 3 : 18, N. o.
' Aiiiv, according to Aristotle's derivation of it from dti
ilvM (alsv uJv), strictly means nnlimited duration, eternity,
and is often used in that sense in the N. T. ; e. g. v. 13 ;
2 Pet. 2 : 17 ; 3 : IS ; &c. It is also employed to express a
specific period, and what pertains to it, as life, lifetime, gene-
ration, age, era ; and hence the frequent occurrence in various
combinations of the plural aiuvt^, as popularly equivalent, in
the ever incomplete sum of them — (Milton's ages of hopeless
end) — to the one infinite aiwr, which is then conceived of as
aiCov tuiv aiuvciv. But these meanings perhaps exhaust the
significance of the word as found either in sacred or classical
Greek ; it being at least very questionable, whether the sense,
material world, universe, which does not properly belong to it
(any more than to its cognates, the Latin aevum, the German
ewig, or the English ever), is required even in Heb. 1 : 2; 11 : 3.
It seems evident, moreover, that E. V. is not justified in so
generally — (for neither here is its practice uniform ; see Eph.
2:7; 3 : 21, which is still very confusedly rendered : and Col.
1 : 26, where the yiviai even are not, as in Eph. 3 : 21, made to
disappear) — substituting for the Scriptural representation of
ever-flowing aeons, or dispensations, the idea of an absolute,
undivided eternity. See 2 Pet. 3 : IS, N. p, and Rev. I : C,
N. g. — W. (all worlds of worlds ;-' worlds' being here, as in
R. all worlds evermore, = Wellzeiten, world-periods. See
Rich. s. V.) ;-Vulg. (omnia secula secidorum), Syr. (^ Murd.
in all ages), German verss. (alle Ewiglceit ;-except Stier,
alle Ewigkeiten), Dt. marg. (alle de eeuwen), It. (tutti i
secoli), French verss. (tons les siecles) ;-Erasm. and later Latin
verss. (omnia sec), Engl. Ann., Ilamm. (all ages ;-!md so
Dodd., Wesl., Mack , Newc, Sharpe, Kenr., Peile), Greenf.
(QV^)V-^3).
78
REVELATION.
•THE REVELATION OF JOHN THE DIVINE.
KING JAMES' VERSION.
CHAP. I.
The Revelation of Jesus Christ,
which God gave unto him, to
shew unto his sei-vants things
which must shortly come to
pass ; and he sent and signified
it by his angel unto his servant
John :
2 'Who bare record of the word
of God, and of the testimony of
Jesus Christ, and of all things
that he saw.
GREEK TEXT.
CHAP. I.
'AHOKAA rWIE 'Irjaod
Xpiarov, r]u eScoKei' avTco 6 Oeos,
Sei^ai TOLS 8ovXoi9 avrov a del
yevtaOaL Iv Toyfii, koI iarjfxavev
airoa-TeiXas 8ia tov dyyeAov avrov
fco 8ov\a> avTOu Iwavvrj,
2 OS ejxapTvpTqae tov Xoyov
TOV Oeov Koi TTju jxapTvplau Irj-
aov XpLaTov, oaa re et'Se.
REVISED VERSION.
CHAP. I.
The Revelation of Jesus Christ,
which God gave unto him, to
show unto his servants things
which must ^^ come to pass short-
\j, ^ and ""sending he signified ^
by his angel unto his servant
John,''
2 Wlio ^testified the word of
God and the testimony of Jesus
Christ, ''and '^whatsoever things
he saw -^
"■ It is agreed on all hands that this inscription, which varies
unpleasantly from the title assumed in the opening of the book
itself, is of no canonical authority. ' Antiquus ille quidem est,'
says Beng. of the titulus ab hominibus praejirus, ' sed dubita-
tiones de scriptore Apocalypseos, longo post seculum apostoli-
cum intervallo ortas; Theologique cognomen et in ecclesiam
introductum et Johanni tributum ; et alias Apocalypses nescio
quas, a quibus haec vera diseerneretur, praesupponit . . . Johan-
iiis nomine veteres Apocalypsin veram a tot apocryphis voluere
discernere.' Griesb., accordingly, prefixes simply AnOKA-
AT"*'I2 (Heinr. : ' Nam in hac una voce sibi constant, in reliquis
omnibus mirifice variant MSS.'), and so Sch., Treg., Words.
This example is followed also by Fr. S. (Apocalypse) ;-Sharpe
(The Rev.), Stu., Lord, (The Apoc), &c. I recommend that
the title be : REVELATION.
•» The indication of time here is emphatic, as appears from
its repetition in v. 3, and elsewhere, as well as from the arrange-
ment of the clause. Comp. Rom. 16 : 20. — The Greek order
is preserved in W., R. ;-Latin and French verss. (except Castal.),
Syr., It. ;-Greenf., Woodh., Treg., De W.
' The first two verses being designed mainly to announce the
divine origin of the prophecy, and the successive steps in the
process of its conveyance to the Church, the punctuation of our
Greek Text, which many (Beng., Lachm., Sch., Hahn, Treg.,
Words., Tisch., Theile) follow, is to be preferred. All the old
English verss., including the original edition of E. V., have a
comma at the end of v. 1.
' The participial construction is retained by W., R. ;-Vulg.,
It. (avendola mandata), Fr. G..-M.,-S. ;-Hamm., Cocc, Vitr.,
Dodd., Woodh., Stu., Lord, Treg. (having se7it), Murd. (by
sending), Kenr., Barn.
'^ Whether iarjfiaviv has its object expressed in rjv of this
verse, or in oaa clSt of v. 2, or whether the object is to be sup-
plied by a pronoun for artoxd'Kv^is, or for a &n yiviaSai, or,
lastly, whether the verb is used absolutely, are questions, some
of them at least, more difficult than important, into which we
need not enter. A translation, especially of the divine oracles,
ought not to be more explicit and determinate than the original.
—No object is supplied by W., T., C, G., R. ;-Vulg., Syr. ;-
Erasm., Vat., Castal., Cocc, Vitr., Ros., Greenf., Lord, Kenr.
' See 1 John 1 : 2, N. 1. E. V., ch. 22 : 16, 20, being the
only other instances in this book;-W. (bare witnessing to),
R. (hath given testimony to) ;-Brightm., Wesl., Newc, Thom.,
Treg., Kenr., (hath [thus] test.), Hamm. (had test.), "SVella
(has borne witness to). Daub, (witnessed), Dodd., Penn (bare
testimony to), Murd. (bore witness to).
' The tf, which is found nowhere else in this book, except
in a questionable reading of ch. 21 : 12, is wanting in ' A. B. C.
a 27. /3 7. y 8. Compl. Vulg. Copt. Aeth. Syr. Arm. Erp.
Slav.', and is cancelled by all the recent editors. I recommend
that, in accordance with this reading, the word and be omitted.
^ See Jude 10, N. t. A compound relative (wJiatsoever,
whatever, quaecunqiie) is employed by W., R. ;-Latin verss.
(except Castal.) ;- Wesl., Newc, Woodh., Stu., Lord, Treg.,
Kenr., Bam.
This punctuation suggests, as the main ground of the bless-
edness asserted in v. 3, all that has just been declared respecting
the origin and communication of the prophecy.
REVELATION.
79
KING JAMES VEKSION.
3 Blessed is he that readeth,
and they that hear the words of
this prophecjr, and keep those
things which are written therein :
for the time is at liand.
4 John to the seven churches
which are in Asia : Grace be
unto you, and peace, from him
whicli is, and whicli was, and
which is to come ; and from the
seven Spirits which are before
his throne ;
GREEK TEXT.
3 ixuKoipLOs o dvayivcoaKcov,
Koi ol oLKOvovTes Tovs Xoyov9 Trjs
■7rpo(l)y]T€ia9, koI TrjpovvTes to. iu
avTrj yeypa/xfxeva- o yap Kaipos
eyyvs.
4 'IcodvuTjs rat? iirra eKKXr]-
(rlais rah eV rfj Acria- X'^P'-^
vfiiv Koi elprjvrj diro rod o wv kul
6 TjV KCU 6 ipXPlXevOS' KCU OLTTO
Ta>v eVra Trvevp-arcov a ecmv evco-
wiou Tor) dpovov avTOV'
REVISED VERSION.
3 Blessed is he that readeth,
and they that hear, the words of
'the prophecy, and keep Jthe
things therein written; for the
time is ''near.
4 John to the seven churches
'which are in Asia : Grace " unto
you and peace from him, "who
is, and "who was, and "who
"cometh ; and from tlie seven
PSpuits "ithat are before his
throne ;
' T., C. ;-Germ., Fr. S. ;-Erasm., Vat., Castal., Cocc, Grell.
and Wesl. (mark the demonstrative as supplied), Beng., Herd.,
Woodh., Mey., Greenf., Sharpe, Lord, De W., Treg., Hengst.
E. V. and others follow the Vulg.
I Newc, Lord, (the th. wr. in it), Greenf., Sharpe and Stu.
(the th. wr. therein), De W. (das in ihr Geschriebene). Many
others, retaining the relative construction of the Vulg., drop
the demonstrative pronoun.
k E. v., Matt. 24 : 33 ; &c. ;-"W., R., (nigh) ;-Latin verss.
generally (jjrope), German verss. (nahe), Dt. (nabij). It. (vicino),
French verss. (proche) j-Bnghtm., Wesl., Newc, Woodh.,
Bloomf., Stu., Lord, Treg. (as IF.), Murd.
1 The words which are are not in the original edition of E. V.
"^ E. v., Rom 1 : 7; 2 Thess. 1 : 2; 1 Tim. 1 : 2; 2 Tnn. 1 :
2; Tit. 1: 4; Philem. 4;-W., R. ;-Vulg., Syr., It. ;-Erasm.,
Vat., Castal., Cocc, Vitr., Moldenh., Herd., Mey., Greenf., AH.,
Lord, De W., Murd., Kenr.
" See 2 Pet. 2 : 11, N. f. The ■foij before o uv was intro-
duced, Beng. says, by Erasm. It is cancelled by all the recent
editors, except iNIatth.
" As Stu. intimates, o £p;td;«fi'o; = {<2n ; but it is not neces-
sary in English any more than in Greek or Hebrew, in order
to get the future sense, to introduce the future form. And even
if, according to the assertion of De W. and others (which, how-
ever, Hengst. denies), these participles stand for 6 iaofiivo;, still
the idea of absolute futurity, the near as well as the remote, is
best given by the present Jense of the substitutes. See ch. 2 :
5, N. V and 1 John 2 : 18, N. e.— Syr., Germ., Fr. S.;-Brightm.
(' Cometh, or is in coHu'rag-, as if a present-future thing, that I
may so call it. For that which is coming is not yet present,
neither yet is it altogether absent. It is therefore far more
significant than if he had said, he that is about to come, as it is
commonly translated.' The first edition in English of Brightm.'s
work was printed at Amsterdam in 1G15, four years later than
E. v.), Cocc, Beng., Wesl., Herd, (kommt ;-which he illustrates
by adding ' kommt und kommt — cometh and cometh.' So on
T. 7 : ' Behold, He cometh ! He cometh ! is the substance of
the book, its innumerous trumpet-voice.'). Till., Kell., (the com-
ing one), Mey., Hengst.
p The Amer. Bible Soc. now prints this word, spirits (with-
out a capital), not because it was so printed in the original
edition of 1611, but as the result of the Society's application
of the following rule: 'The word Spirit . . . everywhere is
made to begin with a capital when it refers to the Spirit of God
as a divine agent ; but not when it denotes other spiritual beings
or the spirit of man' (Report on the History and Recent Col-
lation <^c., p. 24). My belief that the Society's interpretation
of the term in the present instance is erroneous, though it
agrees with Rob.'s (who does not even recognize any other
meaning as possible than that of ' the seven archangels'), and
that it weakens and darkens the sublimest formula of benedic-
tion to be found in Scripture, leads me, in accordance with the
same rule, to retain the orthography of previous editions. That
rue tTtta Ttvcvjxdtuv of this verse is a mystical designation of
the Holy Spirit, has been the prevalent opinion in the Church
from the beginning, except when the text has been perverted
to the uses of superstition. Nor, in very many cases, is it an
indication that a writer did not hold it, that he does not use
the initial capital. The older verss., e. g. W., T., C, paid little
or no regard to the above rule, nor is it strictly followed even
by liviog authors. Thus, Lord has ' spirits.' and his comment
is: ' The seven spirits are the Holy Spirit.' But in favour of
the capital, or of the view which justifies it, may also be cited
from the great cloud of witnesses the following : — G. ;-Dt. Ann.
(' By these seven Spirits must here be understood the Holy
Spirit.' See the entire note.). It., Fr. G.,-M. (It is true that
the Amer. Bible Soc.'s edition of 1852, which is the one that I
have used, has esprits, as the Romanist De Sacy also has. But
as it appeared unlikely that JI., who followed the Society's rule
in the printing of the word, had held the view thus indicated,
an opportunity has been sought of consulting the original
Utrecht edition of 169G, and there it is Esprits, with a note
appended in vindication.), Fr. S. ;-Aug. (' Septenarium numerum
Sancto Spiritui quodammodo dedicatum commendat Scriptura,
et novit Ecclesia.'), Bede (' Unum spiritum dicit septiformem,
quae est perfectio et plenitude.'), Junius, Laun.. Gom., Par. (to
80
REVELATION.
KING JAMES VERSION.
5 And from Jesus Christ, ivho
is the faithful Witness, and the
First-begotten of the dead, and
the Prince of the kings of the
earth. Unto him that loved us,
and washed us from our sins in
his own blood.
6 And hath made us kings and
priests unto God and his Father;
GREEK TEXT.
5 Koi (XTTO Irjaov XpiaTOu, 6
jJiapTVS 6 TTlCTTOf, 6 TTpCarOTOKOS
e'/c TU)v v€KpS)v, Kai o ap^cov rSiv
IBaaLXewv ti]s yrjs' rep ayairrj-
cravTL i^p-OLS, Kol XovaavTi rjjxas'
OTTO Tcov apapTLcou rjp.a>i> eV r«
ai/xaTL avTOv-
6 KOL i7roiT](T€u rjfjids /SacTiAety
KOL lepeis Tcp Oeo) kou Trarpl
REVISED VERSION.
5 And from Jesus Christ, the
faithful Witness, " the 'First-born
"from the dead, and the Prince
of the kings of the earth. Unto
him ""who ^loved us, and washed
us from our sins in his ^ blood,
6 And ''he ^ made us ^kings
and priests unto ""his God and
Nothing is supplied in Syr., It. Fr. S. ;-Castal., C'occ, Vitr.,
Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Woodh., Peun, Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg.,
De W. For the emphatic o . . . o, see 1 John 2 : 7, N. o.
Syr. (repeats the pronominal substitute for the article, as in
De D. : ilte testis, ille Jidelis. Murd. : the IF., (/w F.), Fr. S.
(le temoiii, le Jidcle). A demonstrative pronoun is employed
by Pagn., Castal., Bez., Brightm., Cocc, Vitr., Wakef., Ros.
The conjunction is not supplied in W., R. ;-foreign verss.
(except Luth., Hengst.) ;-Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Newc, Thom.,
Penn, Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg., Murd., Kenr.
' Ilpur 0*0X05 is the Sept. rendering of "1132 (Greenf 's word
here, as its cognate occurs in the Syr.), which in E. V. is never
Jirst-begotten. — E. V., in the parallel Col. 1 : 18 and every-
where else (6 times), except in this instance and Heb. 1 : G ;-
R. ;-German and French verss., Dt. ;-Zeg. (primus partus),
Brightm., Engl. Ann. (■ Or, Jirst brought forth''), Hamm.,
Daub., Dodd., Wakef, Newc, Woodh., Thorn., Till., Sharpe,
Stu., Lord, Treg., Murd., Kenr. ;-Leigh, Pass., L. and S., Rob.,
Green, Schirl.
" So E. V. in Col. 1 : 18, and the few verss. that here follow
this reading. But ix (probably introduced, as Mill and others
suppose, from Col. 1 : 18) is wanting in ' A. B. C. a 24. /3 6.
y 10. Vulg. Copt. Syr. Arr.', and is rejected by all the recent
editors, except Bloomf , who, though he says that there are
' strong grounds' against it, ' yet inclines to suspect that John
wrote' it, and so prints it in brackets. I recommend that it be
omitted, and that tuv mxpuv stand, as in E. V. : of the dead.
" See Jude 24, N. x, &c. R. ;-Brightm., Dodd., Wakef.,
Woodh., Thorn., Penn, Sharpe, Slu., Lord, Murd., Kenr.
" The original edition of E. V. had hath loved, and the same
tense is still retained in v. 6. But the reading a/yaHCivti, — ('ut
indicetur perpetua dilectio,' Grot.) — of A. B. C. ' a 22. /3 6. y 10,'
is adopted by all the recent editors. I recommend that it be
followed : loveth.
» See 1 John 3: 12, N. g. E. V., v. 6; &c.;-W., C, R. ;-
foreign verss. (except that Erasm. and Vat. change the Vulg.
suo into ipsius) ;-Brightm., Woodh., Thorn., Sharpe, Stu., Lord,
Barn., Murd.. Kenr. For %ovaavti drto, Lachm., Treg., Theile,
read7ivcjavf/('A. C. 6. 7. 12*. 28. 36. 69. Syr. Slav. MSS.')
ix (' A. C. 12 28. 36. 38. Er.' Also Beng.).
y ' A Hebraistic resolution of the participle into the finite
verb,' says De W. But this change of construction is not a
mere arbitrary, useless imitation (nor is it, indeed, exclusively
Hebraistic. See Tittm., pp. 213 — 216.), but serves to render
more direct and emphatic the solemn announcement to the
suffering Church of God of her high calling and marvellous
destiny. See ch. 2 : 20, N. j and 2 John 2, N. f— Sharpe, De
W., Treg.
' The entire result of Christ's mediation is viewed as already
become historical. See ch. 5 : 9, 10, NN. 1, n, p. — E. V., v. 5
(see there N.w);-W.,T.,C., G.;-Daub., Wakef, Herd., Mey.,
Sharpe, De W.
' Mill pronounces pamxilav, for j3aai%Hf, the genuina lectio ;
but, with the exception of Bloomf, who has paai-Kziav \_xa.i], all
the recent editors give fiatsiXilav instead of ^aaiXtli xai, and
this reading is supported by ' A. C. a 27. p 4. y 8. Compl.
(Vulg.) Am. Harl. Copt. Aeth. Syr. Ar. P. Slav. MSS.' I
recommend that the version be changed accordingly, thus : a
kingdom, priests.
^ Very many follow Grot, in taking xai as exegetical : God
even his Father ; and this is an allowable translation. 1 prefer
the other construction as conveying more fully the precious
truth, that the relations of the Church to God are not only
established by her Lord and Saviour, but have their ground
and security in his ow7i relations to God. Comp. ch. 3 : 21 ;
John 20: 17; 1 Cor. 3: 21-23; &c.— Fr. S.;-Hamm., Beng.,
Dodd., Wesl., Wakef, Newc, Goss., Penn, Gerl., Sharpe, Treg.,
Kenr.
whom De W. errs in attributing the opinion, ' septem virtutes
providentiae Dei ;' this being a modification which Par. censures
in another.), Engl. Ann., Durh., Cocc, Owen, Charn., Bp. Bur-
net, Grell., Pool, Marck, Braun., Budd., Vitr., SchOttg., Wolf,
Beng., Stapfer, Lowm., Guyse, Dodd., Wesl., Gill, Moldenh.,
Woodh., Scott, Crol., Allw., Jones, Pye Smith, Dr. John Dick,
Bloomf., Penn, Gerl., Ell., De W., Treg.. Words., Hengst., Kell.,
Murd. Others, who do not here recognize the personal Spirit,
yet avoid the introduction of inferior natures. Thus, Grot.
(' multiformem Dei providentiam'), Eichh. (' a Jehova, natura
perfectissima'), Heinr. ('virtutes seu predicata summi numinis'),
Ew. ('Vim divinam in terra se exserentem').
1 See 2 Pet. 2 : 11. N. f
REVELATION.
81
REVISED VERSION.
to him be glory and dominion for
ever and ever. Amen.
7 Behold, he cometh with
clouds ; and every eye shall see
him, and they also which pierced
him : and all kindi-eds of the
earth shall wail because of him.
Even so, Amen.
8 I am Alpha and Omega, the
beginning and the ending, saith
GREEK TEXT.
avTOV avTco rj
7 8o^a
Kai TO K par OS
eis Tovs aicofas rau aLcovwv. a/j.r]u.
7 'ISov
ep^erai pera rav ve-
(peXaii^, Kot oyjreTaL avrov iras
6(p8aXpos, Kol o'lTLves avrov e£e-
KevTrjaap- kol KO'^ovrat eV avrov
irdcrai. al 0i;Aat rijs y^s. vou,
apL-qv.
8 -Eyco elpi to A Ka\ ro f2.
REVISED VERSION.
Father, "^unto him'' *the glory
and ^the "jiower ^unto the ages
of the ages. Amen.
7 Behold, he cometh with ''the
clouds, and every eye shall see
him, and they ' who pierced him ;
and all J'the ''tribes of the earth
shall wail because of him : 'Yea,
amen.
8 "I am "the Alpha and ""the
Omega, ° beginning and " end,
' See Jude 25,^N. b.
<« See 2 Pet. 3 : 18, N. 1 and Jude 25, X. d. The supplement
assumes what is far from being certain, that the clause expresses
merely a wish, and not also an affirmation fcomp. Matt. 6 : 13 ;
1 Pet. 4 : 11 in the Greek), and it tends rather to obscure the
antithetical structure of vv. 4-6. ' Grace unto you and peace
from Jesus Christ : Unto him the glory and the power.' —
E. v., ch. 7 : 10; &c. ;-Latin verss. (except Bez., Par.), Syr.,
Fr. S. ;-Daub. (' to him belongs. This expression is only affirm-
ative, as all the rest before and after.'), Moldenh. (kommi zu),
De W. (t/iOT [ist, gehort]), Greenf., Hengst. (see his Comment.)^
Kenr. See also ch. 5 : 13, N. d.
' See 2 Pet. 3 : 18, N. m. Where the article occurs thus in
the doxologies of Scripture, it may be regarded as connecting
these raptures of adoration and J03' with their exciting cause, to
wit, the processes and issues of God's working in creation and
providence. Here the Church hastens to lay at the feet of her
Lord the very crown, which He has just placed on her head. —
Dt., It., French verss. ;-Berl. Bib., Beng., Wesl., Moldenh.,
Woodh., Thom. (omits the second article), Greenf., Kist., De
W., Ilengst. See ch. 7 : 10, N. g and 12, N. n.
' See Jude 25. N. f. E. V., ch. 5 : 13, and five times else-
where ;-Dt. (kracht), Fr. G.,-M., (force), Fr. S. (pouvoir) ;-
Pagn., Bez., Pise, Par., (robur). De D. (potentia), Engl. Ann.
(■Or, might, or strength''), B. and L. (puissance), Berl. Bib.
(Starke), Beng. (Kraft), "Wesl. (might), Greenf. (lb), Van
Ess, De W., (Macht), Sharpe, Bloomf.. Kell., Murd., Barn.
(' literally strength . . . here the strength, power, or authority
which is exercised over others.')
^ See Jude 25. N.j. Here also the original construction is
preserved by W. ;-Latin verss. (except Castal., who changes in
secula seculorum to in perpetua secula), Syr., It., French
verss. ;-Thom., Clarke, Greenf., Sharpe. I recommend, how-
ever, that for ever and ever, as being nothing more than the
familiar English equivalent of the Hebrew formula and its
Greek imitation, be retained throughout the book, while the
literal version may stand in the margin.
E. v., in the five other analogous instances of the use of
the plural vc^ixat,, even where, as in Mark 13 : 26 ; 1 Thess.
4 : 17, there is no article in Greek j-E. ;-foreign verss. ;-Daub.,
Dodd., Wakef., Woodh., Allw., Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Words.,
Kenr.
' In the original edition of E. Y. also was not marked as
supplied ; but nearly all other verss. are satisfied with trans-
lating xai as copulative, and, or as intensive, even. For who,
see 2 Pet. 2: 11, N. f.
i E. v., ]Matt. 24 : 30 ;-W., R. ;-It., French verss., Brightm.,
Wells, Daub., and the later English verss. (except Words.).
>■ E. v., 25 times out of 31 ;-R. ;-Latin verss. (except Castal.),
Syr., French verss. ;-Brightm. and later English verss. (except
Words.), Berl. Bib., Beng., Moldenh.. (Stdmme -j-iov Geschlech-
ier of the other verss.), Greenf.
1 B. V. has yea or yes 26 times out of 34 ;-W., R. ;-Latin
verss. (etiam), other foreign verss. (except Greenf. "BX) ;-
Dodd., Wesl., Thom. and Murd. (yes). Clarke, Stu., Lord, Kenr..
Barn. (' not the expression of a wi.-,h that it may be so. as our
common translation would seem to implj', but a strong affirm-
ation that it will be so.').
■" The grammatical rule about the emphatic pronominal sub-
ject (see 1 John 2 : 20, N. p, &c.) is not disregarded in this book,
nor should it be overlooked by the interpreter. The translator
has often no other convenient way of indicating it than by a
change of type — the expedient of Treg. and others. 'Eyii here,
and in v. 17, is plainly the "isx of Jehovah. Bloomf. : ' The
articles before A and Q, have, as Dr. Wordsworth observes, a
restrictive sense, showing that Christ is the only Author and
Finisher of all things.' They are preserved in all the modern
foreign verss. (except Greenf. Beng. omits the second) ;-Pears.
(' With the article so much elsewhere stood upon.' by the So-
cinians). Daub., Dodd., Wesl., "W'akef, Woodh., Thom., Scott,
Lord, Treg., Words.. Kenr.
° Of verss. that admit this clause, Fr. S.. Berl. Bib., Herd.,
have no article. For end, see E. V., ch. 21 : 6; 22: 13; &c.
(nowhere else has it ending) ;-W., R. ;-Brightm., Daub., Dodd.,
Wakef., Thom., Kenr. But the clause, dp;t)j xai ■tit.oi, is
wanting in ' A. B. C. a 23. /3 6. y 9. Compl. Aeth. Syr. Arm.
Slav. MS.'; is marked by Bloomf. as ^ most probably, or cer-
tainly, an interpolation ;' bracketed by Knapp among the e
rationibus criticis delenda; and rejected by all other recent
editors. I recommend that, in accordance with this reading,
the words beginning and e/id be omitted.
11
82
REVELATION.
KING JAMES VERSION.
the Lord, which is, and which
was, and which is to come, the
Almighty.
9 I John, -vvlio also am your
brother, and companion in trib-
ulation, and in the kingdom
and patience of Jesus Christ,
was in the isle that is called
Patmos, for the word of God,
and for the testimony of Jesus
Christ.
10 I was in the Spirit on the
Lord's day, and heard behind me
a great voice, as of a trumpet.
11 Saying, I am Alpha and
Omega, the first and the last :
and, "What thou seest, write in
a book, and send it unto the
GREEK TEXT.
a.p)(i] Kcu TeXos, Xeyet 6 Kvpios,
6 wv Kou 6 i)v Koi 6 ip')(pfxevos, 6
iravTOKpaToip.
9 'iiiyco 'Icoaufyg, o kul aSeX-
(po9 vpcau KCU avyKOLVwvos eV tyj
Okl'^eL, KCU eV TYj ISaa-iXeia koI
VTTopovr) Irjaov Xpiarov, eyevo-
p.T]v eV Trj VTjcrca rfj KaXovpevj)
ndrpca, 8ia rov Xoyov tov Oeov
KOLL Blol TTju paprvplav Ir]crov
XpLCTTOV.
10 lyevopfjv eV IIvevparL ev
Tr) KvpiaKYj rjpepa- /cat rjKOVcra
OTTicrco pov ({)coi'i]v peyaXrju coy
aaX-Kiyyos;
11 Xeyovcn]^, Eyc£> dpi to A
/cat TO f2, 6 TT/Jwro? /cat 6 €<r)(a-
TOS' KCU, ' O jSAeTretf ypa^ou els
REVISED VERSION.
saith the Lord," Pwho is, and
•"who was, and Pwho fcometh,
the Almighty.
9 ■'I John, your brother ^also,
and 'fellow-partaker in "the trib-
ulation, and ^in the kingdom
and patience of Jesus Christ,
was in the isle that is called
Patmos, for the word of God
and for the testimony of Jesus
Christ.
10 I was in the '"Spirit on the
Lord's day ; and ^I heard behind
me a "loud voice as of a trumpet,
11 Saying: 'lam the Alpha
and the Omega, the first and the
last ; and : What thou seest,
write in a book, and send '■ unto
" The reading xiipws 6 Oio; (not 6 Bco;, as Barn, supposes) is
sustained by 'A. B. C. a 24 i3 8. y 12. Compl. Vulg. Copt.
Syr. Arm. Arr. Slav. MS.', and received by all the recent
editors and commentators. I recommend its adoption: the
Lord God.
p See 2 Pet. 2: 11, N. f.
1 See V. 4, N. o, &c.
Here the iyjj (see 1 John 2 : 20, N. p, &c.) serves the pur-
pose of a more solemn identification, like the iix*3"t "'ix of
Dan. 8 : 15 ; &c. For the omission of who am, see W., T.,
C, R. ;-Vu!g., Syr., German verss. (Luth. and Moldenh., like
the Syr., express the article), Fr. S. ;-Erasm., Wesl., Wakef.,
Newc, Woodh., Greenf., Penn, Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg., Murd.,
Kenr. Others have it as a supplement.
» The xai is wanting in A. B. C. 'a 27. J3 5. y 11. Oompl.
Vulg. Copt. Aeth. Syr. Arm. Arr. Slav. MSS.' ; is bracketed
by Bloomf. ; and rejected by all the other recent editors. In
accordance with this reading, I recommend the omission of the
word also.
> In the three other places where this noun occurs (Rom. 11 :
17 ; 1 Cor. 9 : 23 ; Phil. 1 : 7) E. V. renders it partakest with,
partaker with, partakers ;-&. (paj-tafcer) ;-Vulg. (particeps),
Syr. (= particeps vester), Fr. M. (qui participe), Fr. S. (par-
ticipant) ;-Erasm., Vat., Aret., (as Vidg.), Cocc, Eiohh., Ew.,
(use consors), Daub., Penn, Kenr., (partner), B. and L. (as
Fr. M.), Dodd., Thorn., (as R.), "Wakef. (sharer with you).
Woodh. (fellow-sharer), Goss. (MiUheilnehmer), Stu. (in the
Comment.), Lord, Treg., Words.. Murd. (partaker with you) ;
-Wahl ('qui una cum aliis particeps est'), L. and S. (partaking
jointly), Rob. (joint-partaker, copartner). Green (one who
partakes jointly, a coparticipant, copartner). Here E. V.
and others follow Pagn., socius.
" If ttj Bxl^ii be not construed with 'irjaoi Xptaroti, the
article would still point to a particular trial, well-known to the
readers. But see N. v. — Foreign verss. ;-Daub., Wesl., Thom.
(this) ; and to those must be added all who follow the reading
referred to in N. v.
' The words h r J are wanting in ' A. B. C. a 23. /3 6. y 5.
Compl. Vulg. Copt. Erp.' ; are marked by Bloomf. as 'most
probably, or certainly, an interpolation ;' and rejected hy all
other recent editors. I recommend the omission, and that the
text stand : the tribulation and kingdom.
" See ch. 17 : 3, N. m. For the repetition of the pronoun
see W. ;-Dt., French verss. ;-Brightm., Daub., Wakef., Woodh.
and later English verss. (except Words.), De W.
' E. v., 13 times in this book, and always elsewhere, when
connected with voice ;-Wakef., Newc, Woodh., Thorn., Penn,
Stu., Lord, Barn.
y For the article before Alpha and Omega, see v. 8, N. m.
But the words, 'Eyii ti/ut to A xai to Q, o rtpuroj xai o
iaxatoi, xai, are cancelled by all the recent editors on the au-
thority of 'A. B. C. a 24. /3 5. y C. Compl. Vulg. Copt. Aeth.
Syr. Arm. Slav. MSS.' I recommend that this reading be
adopted, and that the words, / am . . . last ; and, be omitted.
' W., R. ;-Latin verss., Syr. ;-AyesI., Wakef., Woodh., Greenf.,
Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg., Murd., Kenr.
REVELATION.
83
KING JAMES VERSION.
seven churches which are in
Asia ; unto Ephesus, and unto
Smyrna, and unto Pergamos, and
unto Thj-atira, and unto Sardis,
and unto Pliiladelphia, and unto
Laodicea.
12 And I turned to see the
voice tliat spake with me. And
being turned, I saw seven goklen
candlesticks ;
13 And in the midst of the
seven candlesticks one like unto
the Son of man, clothed with a
garment down to the foot, and
girt about the paps with a golden
girdle.
GREEK TEXT.
/3t/3/\/oi', /cat Trifv^ov tols eVra
iKK\r](r[ai9 rais iv Acria, els
' J^cPecrov, koI et? Hixvpvav, kol
el? Uepyafjiov, koll ely Ovareipa,
Koi els ^dpSeis, kol els ^iAaSeA-
(jjeLav, Koi els AaoSLKeiau.
12 Kou eTreo-rpe-^'a fiXeireiv
rrjv (l)a>vrjv ijTis eXaXrjae jxeT
e/jLOV- KOL eiria-Tpe-^as eloov tVra
Xv^vlas xpvcras,
13 Kol iv fJ-icrcp Tcou eiTTa
Xv)(ViaU op.0LOV VIW dvdpCOTTOV,
ev8ehvp.evov TroSrjpi], Kat Trepi-
e^axjfxevov irpos tols p-aaTols
REVISED VERSION.
the seven churches ^which are
in Asia, unto Ephesus, and unto
Smyrna, and unto Pergamos, and
unto Th3'atira, and unto Sardis,
and unto Philadelphia, and unto
Laodicea.
12 And I turned to see the
voice that ''spake with me ; and
''having turned, I saw seven
golden "^lamp-stands,
13 And in the midst of the
seven "^lamp-stands 'one like '' a
son of man, clothed with a gar-
ment down to the ''feet, and girt
■"around *"at the ^breasts with a
golden girdle ;''
" The words tali iv 'Arsla. are wanting in ' A. 13. C. a 28.
P 7. y C. Compl. Am. Harl. Tol. Aeth. Syr. Ar. P.', and are
rejected by all tlie recent editors. (Hengst., indeed, recognizes
them in his translation, but probabl}' through an oversight ;
just as in the commentary he censures Ew. for rejecting the
iTtta of this clause, and yet omits it himself. Bloomf. also in-
cludes, in the allowable and universally received changes in the
reading of this verse, the exclusion of the tjfed before ixx%. ;
but in that he is mistaken.) I recommend that the words,
wJtidi are in Asia, be omitted.
*' Bloomf. : ' I am wholly unable to account for Griesbach's
retaining {■fji'Kyja^, except on the supposition of the same care-
lessness and inadvertence too observable in his editorial revision
throughout the Apocalypse.' All the other editors substitute
e^iKci, on the authority of ' B. C. a 26. /3 4. y G. Compl. ^.aXfi
A.' I recommend that this reading be adopted, and translated :
was speaking-. For having in the next clause, see Newc.
Penn, Stu., jMurd., (when J had turned), Lord, Treg.
' See 2 Pet. 1 : 19, N. s. Avzvia (the form is of the later
Greek for /v^i'sior or 7.vxvovxoi) is used by the Sept. for the
ri"ii3'2 (Greenf.'s word here) of the Tabernacle, on which rested
the seven nins, lamps. Among the Greeks also the lamp,
' when small and without a foot, was commonly set on a sup-
porter or lamp-stand, Xuxviov, Xvzi'hov' (Pass., s. v. 7>.vxvo{). So
Steph. : Basis lychni ; and Areth. : oxriiia. fiovov tov "kvxfov 5s
iX^'' ''° ^"i- The word may be everywhere rendered as above.
— Daub, (lamp-sconces), Dodd. (^ lamps on their stands'),
Clarke, Penn, Home, Ell., Stu., Dav., (lamps), Newc, Till.,
Woodh. and Allw. (lamp-bearers), Hengst. (Lampen), Barn.
(light-stands, lamp-stands) ;-Bloomf (in his N. T. lexicon),
L. and S. See ch. 18 : 23, N. y. It is not necessary to mark
one as supplied, any more than in Matt. 3:3; &c.
'' The ^into is omitted by Daub., Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Newc,
Woodh., Thom., Penn, Sharpe, Lord, Murd. The resemblance
asserted is not to ' the man Christ Jesus,' as John had known
him while on earth, but generally to the human form. 1. The
former interpretation implies a personal recollection and re-
cognition, that seems not to accord with the tone of the vision ;
— 2., we find that, with the exception of John 5 : 27, for the
peculiarity of which see Midd. in toe. in all the numerous in-
stances (upwards of 80) in which the Saviour assumes this
designation, as well as in the single undoubted instance (Acts
7 : 56) in which it is applied to Him by another, the Greek has
the article, o 11165 •rov drSpurton ; — and, 3., the case is strictly
parallel to Dan. 7 : 13. where no personal recognition can be
meant (comp. ch. 10: 5, 16, 18), although E. T. there also
adds the Christian comment by its way of printing Son. — E. V.,
Heb. 2 : 6 (the son) ;-Vulg. (fdio ;-in the case of u t'165 roii
av6. it has Filius), Germ., Dt. marg.. It., Fr. G. (nn honime;
-and so M., and the marg. of B. and L.), Fr. S. (jhj fits
d'homme) ;-Yat. (giving the Vulg. as Filio, changes it to Jilio,
and appends the note, 'i. e. humini.'), Engl. Ann. (' Or, a son of
man . . . that is, like a man.'), Cocc. (is doubtful), Vitr., AVolf.
(who also cites Calov and Gata'ker), Beng., Wesl., Moldenh.,
Sym., Campb., Eichh., Wakef. (a man), Thom., Ileinr. (homini;
-and so Ew., Ros.), Greenf., All., Penn, Stu., Ell. (at ch.l4: 14),
Lord, De W., Hengst., Barn. ;-Bretsch., Wahl, Rob., Schirl.
' C, G. ;-Brightm., Guyse, Sym., AVakef., Newc, Woodh.,
Thom., Penn, Bloomf., Stu. (in the Comment.), Lord, Kell.,
Murd., Barn. ;-L. and S., Rob., Green.
f Most verss. neglect either the rtifi or the jtpdj ; yet the two
are not synonymous (Bloomf; who says that ' rtpoj rot; fiaaioli
is for xcfsi to, arrfi);.'). Comp. ch. 15 : 6, N. g. — W. (girt at), R.
(about near to) ;-Latin verss. ([prae-]cinctiim ad), Syr. (= De
D. ju.Tta), Dt. (omgoord an), It. (a), Fr. G.,-M., (a I'endroit de),
Fr. S. (pres de) ;-B. and L. (au dessous), Beng. (iimgilrtet bei),
Wesl., Treg., (about at), jNIoldenh. (oben gegen), Greenf. (is),
Lord (at), De W. (iimg. an) ;-the grammars and lexicons.
5 Germ. (Brust), Dt. (borsteri) ;-Berl. Bib., De W., (Briisten),
Beng., Moldenh., Herd., 3Iey., All.. Hengst., (as Germ.), Wesl.,
84
REVELATION.
KING JAMES VEKSION.
14 His head and his hairs were
white like wool, as white as
snow ; and his eyes u-ere as a
flame of fire ;
15 And his feet like unto fine
GREEK TEXT.
14: rj 8e K€cf)aXr] avrov koI a'l
rpi^es XevKoi cocret epiov XevKov,
CO? ^Lav Kou ol 6(l)daXfiol avrov
(hs (l)X.o^ TTvpos'
15 KOU OL TToSes avrov o/xoloi
REVISED VERSION.
14 'But his head and J" hair
we7-e white as ''white wool, as
snow ; and his eyes ' as a flame
of fire ;
15 And his feet like ""bumish-
' See 2 Pet. 1 : 5, N. r. JMost verss. render Si, but treat it
as a simple copula, ■whereas it also serves to mark transition
to the supernatural features of the vision. — Latin verss. {autem),
Syr. (= De D. auiem), Germ, (after) ;-Moldenh., De W.,
Ilengst., {as Germ.). Daub.
1 The original edition of E. V. does not mark the pronoun
.IS supplied. It is omitted by R. ;-Latin verss., Syr., Dt. ;-
Brightm., Wells, Berl. Bib. {die Haare --so Beng., Moldenh.,
Stolz), Wes!., Wakef., Thorn, {the h.), Lord, Kenr. For the
translation of al tpix^S bj' a singular noun, may be cited E. Y.,
ch. 9 : 8 bis, and 5 times elsewhere ;-Germ., Syr., Dt. ;-"\Tesl.,
Wakef., Newc, Penn, Sharpe, Stu., Hengst., Murd. ;-Rob.,
Green.
'' Aivxov is attached to tptoK (comp. Ezek. 27 : 18), so as to
leave also <jj ;^nJi/ in direct connection with ?.ivxai. by W., T.,
0., G., R. ;-all foreign verss. ;-IIamm., Wells, Wesl., A^akef.,
Woodh., Ne«-c, Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg., Words., Murd.,
Kenr. ;-all the editors. E. Y. seems to have been misled by
the punctuation of Bez.'s earlier editions : candidi lit lana,
alba tanquam nix.
I The supplement is not repeated by W., R. ;-Latin and Ger-
man verss. (except Moldenh.), Dt. ;-Wesl., Wakef., Woodh.,
Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg., Words., Murd.
'» For the omission of unto, see v. 13, N. d. ^Xa.r.xo^i^a.vov,
a word which occui-s nowhere else but in this book, has been
variously interpreted as denoting, 1., some kind of %l^a,voi (Rob.
and Green err in making this an oxytone.), ;^a7i.xo£t6^s, frank-
incense of a deep colour. So a Greek writer cited by Salma-
sius, Hamm. (amber), Ew., L. and S. The same view is given
as a possible one by Areth., Engl. Ann., Lowm., Green; —
%, some kind of xa.'t-xoi: (1.), brass like xijiavoi. So Erasm.,
Aret., Pas.. Beng., Moldenh. (from the colour he translates, aes
album, Prinznietall), Ziill. (who finds in the word a sort of
enigmatical paraphrase of the Sept. ^xextpot/ of Ezek. 1 : 4, 27 ;
8:2; that being the name in Greek both of a gum, and of a
metal said to be compounded of four parts gold and one part
silver, or, according to Suid., of if'xijj xai, 7.i9im. The latter also
expressly defines xo-^xot.. as fKoj rfKixtfov tiniuiipov xpvsoi ;
and to this De W. assents as substantially correct.) ;-(2.), brass
from AifSai'Of, Lebanon-brass ; a derivation analogous to that
of orichalcum, mountain-brass, by which, or its equivalent
Sym., Newc, Thom., Sharpe, Stu., Barn., {breast), Wakef.,
Woodh., Penn, Bloomf., Lord, Treg., Kenr. ;-L. and S.
"■ The punctuation of the Text is not without its use in con-
veying an intimation of the rapidity of glance, with which the
aurichalcum (for the variation probably originated in miscon-
ception*), the Yulg. and some Latin commentators render our
word. So Areth. (as another meaning), Syr. (De D.: ' Yidetur
interpres xO'^xo'Kiliavov sumpsisse pro aere e monte Libano allato,
vel pro aere candidissimo et nitidissimo, quod fuerit instar men-
tis Libani, qui circa altis.sima juga media etiam aestate nivibus
teotus procul spectatur.'), Aeth., Steph., Brightm., Dt. (Ann. ;
for the vers, has blinkend koper), Daub, (as one derivation),
Schijttg., Jones -,-{0.), ficid, smelting brass, as if from \ti^u.
So Schwartz cited by Wolf, (who also leans to the same opin-
ion), Woodh. ; and akin to this is the derivation from x>.t'/3a:o{
(Salmasius, accordingly, writes xO'^xox^t^avov), as if furnace-
brass ■,-{4.), white ('alboque orichalco,' Yirg. Aen. xii. 87.),
bright, shining^ brass (which readily suggests the idea of in-
candescence, uj h xajiLvai riiTivpu/ihoi,), as if the term were a
hybrid, from 12b, njnb. So Suic, Bochart, Grell., Daub, (as
another derivation), Eichh., Bretsch.. Hengst. (who pronounces
this ' the only legitimate derivation.'), Barn, (somewhat inaccu-
rately : 'probably compounded of ;^aXxos, brass, and -Kiflavos,
whiteness, from the Hebrew )^'b, to be ichite.'). Heinr., who,
like Ziill., thinks that John made the word for his own use,
suggests several of the above sources, and adds : ' vel ab alia re
nescio qua, quae forte menti obversabatur.' On the whole,
notwithstanding Hengst.'s confidence, the etymology of j;a!ixo7L.
must be left as in doubt — a cru.v grammaticorum (Grell.) —
and for this reason, or to avoid periphrasis, tlie word itself has
been transferred by Erasm., Yat., Castal., Bez., It., Cocc. (whose
note is : ' ut aes candens et thus limpidum sive perspicuum'),
Vitr. ; or translated generally, with little or no attempt at spe-
cification, as in E. V., by W., R., {latten), T., C, {brass),
Germ., All., {Messing), B. and L. {I'airain le plus fin), Beng.
{lauterstes Erz), Stolz, Yan Ess, {Erz), Goss. {edelstes Me-
tall), &c. !Mean while, all agree that the phrase corresponds to
the b^J? nan? (Greenf.) of Ezek. 1:7; Dan. 10: C, or to the
* I find that Trench also ( On the Study of Words ; 'S>iffwr
York Ed. p. 102) mentions aurichcdcum as an example of false
orthography resting on a mistaken etymology. Suic, however
(and see Steph. s. v. tVoiypoj, p. 717 D.), derives both forms 'ex
obs. aijpdf splendor, ab iIk splendere, et j^axxof ;' and Gerl.,
Stier, and others, with reference perhaps to aurich., here give
Giildenerz, as Herd., Mey., Kist., had given Silbererz.
rapt seer realized the several parts of the ' glorious Apparition
(Milton, P. L. xi. 211). The same thing is further indicated by
the elliptical and participial construction of vv. 14-16.
2 Pet. 2: 13. N. u.
See
REVELATION.
85
KING JAMES VERSION.
brass, as if they burned in a
furnace ; and his voice as the
sovind of many waters.
16 And he had in his right
hand seven stars : and out of his
mouth went a shai-p two-edged
sword : and his countenance
was as the sun shineth in his
strength.
17 And when I saw him, I
fell at his feet as dead. And he
Uiid liis right hand upon me,
saying unto me. Fear not ; I am
the first and the last :
IS I am he that liveth, and
was dead ; and behold, I am
alive for evermore. Amen ; and
GREEK TEXT.
^aA/coA(/3az/co, wy eV Kafxivcp 7re-
TTvpcojxei'Of Kai rj (pcdVTj avTOU cos
(hoivr] vSarcov ttoXXcov'
1 (3 Koi e^cou iv rfj Se^ia avrov
X^i-pl aarepas eirra- kcu e/c tov
aTOfxaros avrov pofKpaitc Siaro-
p-os o^ela eKiropevop-evrj- /cat i]
o\\rLs avTOv, w? 6 tjXios (l)aLV€L ev
TTj 8vvap€L aVTOV.
1 7 Kai ore ei8ov avrou, eirea-a
vrpos Tovs TToSas avrov coy v€Kpos'
Kai eTTeOrjKe rrjv Se^iau avrov
X^^pc- fTJ"' eV^> X^ycov p-OL, Mrj
(f)ol3ov. iyco elpu 6 irpwros Kac o
eo"^aroy,
18 /cat 6 ^cov, Kou eyevop.i-iv
veKpos, KCLL l8ov ^q)p clpLL ety rouy
aXSivas row alcoucov apu^v Kaj,
REVISED VERSION.
ed brass, as if they "glowed in a
furnace ; and his voice as the
"voice of many waters ;p
16 And he had in his right
hand seven stars ; and out of his
mouth "iproceeded a ■'two-edged
shai-p sword ; and his coun-
tenance was as the sun shineth
in his strength.
17 And when I saw him, I
fell at his feet as dead ; and he
laid his right hand upon me,
saying ■'unto me : Fear not ; ■'I
am the first and the last,
IS 'And 'the living one, and
I was dead, and, behold, I am
alive "unto the ages of the ages ;
" nirtvpafiivoi (not jtvpoTo/j-cvm. 2 Pet. 3 : 12) iv xafiCiqi indi-
cates one eti'ect of the fire, as Ttsrtvpufiitov ix rtvpd;, ch. 3 : 18,
does another. — German verss. (use the word gliihen), Dt. (gloei-
den) ;-Engl. Ann., Thorn., Stu., Treg., (use the word to glow
[with fire]), Oocc, Vitr., (excand/facti), Woodh. (burned
brightly).
° E. v. has in like manner noise for the second bip of Ezek.
43: 2, but not in Dan. 10: 6. See also Rev. 14: 2; 19: 6;
Ps. 93 : 3 ;-W., R. ;-Latin verss. (except Cocc), Syr., Dt., Fr.
S. ;-Brightm., Berl. Bib., Beng., Dodd., Wesl., "Woodh., Greenf.,
Kist., Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg. See ch. 18 : 22, N. x.
p See V. 13, N. h.
1 E. v., 4 times in this book and 6 times elsewhere ;-R. ;-
Latin verss. (use exire or prodire), Syr., It. (iiscica), French
verss. (sortait) ;-Daub., Treg., (proceeding), Wakef., Guyse,
Stu., Murd., (use to issue), Woodh. (coining forth), Kist., De
W., (ging hervor). Lord, Words. (• proceedeth, present tense
. . . The objects described are eternal, and their actions contin-
uous.' But .John is not discoursing of eternal verities, but nar-
rating what he saw at that moment. See ch. 9 : 18, X. e). See
ch. 9 : 17, N. y. The Greek order of the adjectives is retained
by Dt., It. ;-Vat., Castal., Bez., Cocc, Bierra., Beng., Woodh.,
Greenf., Kist., De W., Hengst.
' The fiol is wanting in A. B. C. 'o 22. j3 8. y 9. Compl.
Vulg. Syr. Arm. Arr. Slav. MSS.', is bracketed by Knapp
among the e rationibus criticis delenda, and rejected by all
the other recent editors. 1 recommend that this reading be
adopted, and the words, rmto me, omitted. On nearly the same
evidence, all (except Bloomf.) substitute iBtjxi for irtie., and
all reject (except Knapp, who brackets) ;t£ipa. For iyu, see
v. 8, N. m, &o. ' I, who wear this human form ; I, and none
else.'
• I find no reading that warrants the omission of xai.
' R. (alive) y-YnXg. (viims), Syr. (= Greenf. Tin), German
verss. (der Lebendige), Dt. marg. (de levende) ;-Erasm., Vat.,
(as Vulg.), Aret. (ille vivens), Jones. Sharpe, Treg., Lord and
Kenr. (the Living).
" See V. 6. N. g, &c.
badn of Ezek. 1 : 4, 27 ; 8:2, the two being identified by most
though not by Hengst., who admits only the first reference ;
and who, because bij5 means primarily to be light as opposed
to heavy, infers that hhp^ in that connection means light as op-
posed to dark, and here translates, Lichierz. ' Das Lichte,' he
says, ' stellt sich als leichter dar als das Dunkle, wie das Scharfe
als leichter als das Stumpfe, Pred. 10 : 10.' While this can
scarcely be accepted as satisfactoiy, there still remains reason
enough to believe that ' these allusions are surer guides' — to
the meaning, if not to the etymology — 'than grammatical con-
jectures' (Daub.). The true notion appears to be that given
by Steph. in these words : ' Denique hoc esse creditur quod
Dan. 10. et Ezech. 1. hhp dicitur, i. e. Refulgens : a consequenti
tamen, cum proprie Politum ac tersum declaret ;' and in this,
as regards bbp, agree E. V. (burnished, polished), Gusset.,
Ges. (who explains the ba of baan in the same sense), Nork
(polirt, glatt, abgerieben j-bailJn, polirtes Erz), Stu., &c. ; and,
as regards x'>''>^xoxi^avov, Ges. (as if ';j;a^xo>.t'rtapoj' aes splendi-
dum'), Stu. (polished brass), Rob. ('lit. smooth or buriiished
brass.').
86
REVELATION.
KING JAMES VERSION.
have the keys of hell and of
death.
GREEK TEXT.
e^co ras kX^ls tov aSov kol tov
OavaTOV.
REVISED VERSION.
^amen ; and "I have the keys of
''hades and of death.
' The d,4j}v is wanting in A. B. C. ' 36. 38. Er. Vulg. Copt.
Aeth. Ar. P.', is bracketed by Bloomf.. and rejected by all the
other recent editors except Matth., though he too omits it in
the version. I recommend its omission.
- W. ;-Brightm., Daub., Dodd., Wakef., Woodh. and later
English verss. (except Lord).
' 'The English word Hell\ says Alex, (on Is. 14: 9),
' . . . corresponds in etymology ' — (being derived by Ges., like
the German IMle, from Hohle, hollow ; by others, from the
Anglo-Saxon helan, to cover) — ' and early usage, to the Hebrew
word ' iixui (here employed by the Syr. and Greenf., and
derived by Ges. from bx^a = bsv, to hollow out), for which
the usual Sept. equivalent is nSijj (commonly derived from a
privative and i&sli) ; and he explains bisa as ' meaning first
a grave or individual sepulchre, and then the grave as a gene-
ral receptacle, indiscriminately occupied by all the dead without
respect to character.' Ca.npb., on the coutrary, asserts and, as
I think, proves (Diss. G. P. 2.), that ' the word grave, or sep-
ulchre, never conveys the full import of the Hebrew sheol ' —
(that signification is not mentioned by Ges. or Nork)— ' or the
Greek hades, though in some instances ' — (those in which the
expression, the grave, might be emploj'ed tropically for the state
of the dead) — 'it may have all the precision necessary for giv-
ing the import of the sentiment.' Nor, setting aside what may
be alleged from the English versions of the Bible and the
Apostles' Creed, am I aware that any evidence has been pro-
duced, or can be, of the use of hell in either of the senses above
ascribed to bisui. But, even if the English word had been so
understood in ancient times, that would not justify its retention,
when, as Alex, says, and Lightf said the same thing nearly 200
years ago, it is ' now appropriated to the condition or the place
of future torments;' any more than the knave of the Lord (to
use Lightf 's own illustration), of some old translations, is now
to be preferred to servant of t/ie Lord, although of knave it is
true, not only, as of hell, that it is a ' strong and homely Saxon
form,' but also that it was used for servant as late as Dryden.
Again, it is said by Alex, (on Is. 5 : 14), when speaking of the
German Holle and the English hell : ' The idea of a place of
torment, which is included in their present meaning, is derived
from the peculiar use of oiSijs (the nearest Greek equivalent) in
the book of Revelation.' And so Hengst. (on ch. C : 8), after
asserting, in the face of Acts 2 : 27, 31 (not to mention v. 24,
where, however, D. Syr. Vulg. Erp. Copt. Polycaip, &c., read
aSov.) and (according to the common reading) 1 Cor. 15 : 55, that
' the word Hades in the N. T. occurs only in reference to dead
sinners,' adds: 'This usage' (Hades= the place of torment) 'pre-
vails especially in the Revelation ; comp. ch. 1 : 18 ; 20 : 13.' To
present the grounds, on which 1 dissent from these statements,
would lead farther into the region of interpretation and dogma,
than might here be proper. Be it only observed, that while, with
the single exception of 1 Cor. 15 : 55, E. V. always (10 times)
translates iiSrn by hell, it was judged proper at Rev. 20 : 13 (cited
by Hengst. as one of the strongest passages in favour of his view),
and nowhere else, to .set grave in the margin. Nor can it well
be supposed that in the next verse the word changes its mean-
ing. Yet to that verse Campb. appeals as ' another clear proof
from the New Testament, that hades denotes (he intermediate
state of souls between death and the general resurrection . . .
Whereas, if we interpret i^&r;;, hell, in the christian sense of the
word, the whole passage is rendered nonsense. Hell is represent-
ed as being cast into hell.' So Cam. (on Matt. 16: 18), having
said : ' Vocem oiSsjj nusquam in Scriptura (unions raodo locus
excipiatur ' — he refers probably to Luke 16 : 23, which yet is
no exception ; Ilengst.'s assertion. Die Offenb., I. p. 339, that
' to be in Hades and to be ia torment appear there as insepar-
ably connected,' being wholly unfounded. Much the better infer-
ence from that very passage is, that the two conditions are se-
parable.) ' infemum. signiflcare', observes that in Rev. 20 : 14 it
cannot be so taken without absurdity, 'quasi vero infcrnus in in-
fernum dejiciatur.' And the same objection is urged by others.
Finally, while vindicating the use of hell at Is. 14 : 9, Alex, re-
marks : • The modern English versions have discarded the word
liell as an equivocal expression, requiring explanation in order
to be rightly understood. But as the Hebrew word Sheol, retained
by Henderson, and the Greek word Hades, introduced by Lowth
and Barnes, require explanation also, the strong and homely
Saxon form will be preferred by every unsophisticated taste, &c.'
But, 1., it is no small advantage that hades does not at once,
and inevitably, convey an utterly false meaning. Hell does so ;*
and this, and not that it is equivocal, is the real objection ; —
2., the latter word, being thus readily and universally taken in
one sense, does not even suggest the necessity of explanation ; —
3., when an explanation of hades is wanted, it can be got in
Webst.'s English Dictionary : 'Hades. The region of the dead,
the invisible world, or the grave ' (the last phrase being added
as synonymous with the other two) ; — and, 4., as a familiar,
perhaps the prevailing sentiment in theological literature from
the beginning has been, that frequently, even in the New Testa-
ment, aS);; does not denote either the grave as the receptacle of
a dead body, or the place of torment, so not ' the modern
English versions ' merely, but English writers for more than
* Accordingly, religious bodies in this country find it neces-
sary, in printing the Creed, to interpret the article : He descend-
ed into Hell. Thus, the Prot. Episcopal Church : ' Any
Churches may omit the words, He descended into Hell, or
may, instead of them, use the words. He went into the place nf de-
parted spirits, which are considered as words of the same mean-
ing in the Creed ;' and the Presbyterian Church : ' That is, he
continued in the state of the dead, and under the power of
death, until the third day.'
REVELATION.
87
KING JAMES VEESION.
19 Write the things which
thou hast seen, and the things
GREEK TEXT.
19 rpay^rou a et'Sey, Kol a
REVISED VERSION.
19 Write y the things which
thou ^sawest, and "the things
y The oir, here inserted by A. B. C. ' a 25. (3 7. y 9. Compl.
Vulg. Copt. Aeth. Syr. Ar. P. Slav.,' is adopted by all the re-
cent editois. I recommend that this reading be followed :
Write therefore. Beng. : ' After John is raised up, the com-
mand to write is with emphasis repeated, and the interrupted
discourse of the Lord continued.' So De W. : ' Agreeably to the
above command, v. 11 ;' and Hengst. : ' Thy fear being now re-
moved, do what I have enjoined.'
' That is, at the first ; before his senses and spirit were over-
powered by the glory. — E. V., v. 20 6^s;-He^d., Mey. Most
English verss. follow E. V. in the rendering of ilSt( in vv. 19,
20. Of those that do not, Stu., Treg., Kenr., agree with R.,
Germ., Dt., It., French verss., Beng., Moldenh., All., Hengst.,
in giving it in both verses as a perfect ; Dodd. and Woodh., in
both as a present ; Wakef., sawest in v. 19, seest in v. 20.
" Hengst. : ' lie is to exhibit the inward condition of the
seven angels and of the seven churches, as is done in the seven
epistles.' Others (Laun., Eichh., Heinr., Ew., Stu., De W.,
Barn.) understand by d fist the interpretation of S iCSss, q. d.
' what thej' signify.' For this, saj'S De W., ' v. 20 and its con-
nection with V. 19 are decisive ; ' and so the rest. But as still
more decisive against it may be alleged, 1., the opposition be-
tween a ftfft and a fiixKii yiviaSai ; — 2., the embarrassment
thrown into the construction by making a U&is the subject of
Uai and not of niyKsi,; — 3., the consideration that the principal
object in the vision, the person of the Saviour, is not referred
two centuries, or so long as the E. V. has existed, have very
often in those instances preferred to employ the term hades,
or some periphrastic substitute, such as th£ invisible world, the
incisihle slate, the state of separation, the mansion of the dead,
that, especially, in which the soul exists, while the body is in
the grave. There is no dispute about this being the ordinary
classical, or at least post-Homeric, usage ; and that it was also
the Jewish idea in the days of the Apostles is plain from what
Josephus says {Bell. 2. 8. 14.) respecting the Sadducees :
9vx^S tt trjv Siafiovriv, xaC ta; xad' oiSot) tifiuflai xal ■ti/iai
aKaipoJat, and {Ant. 6. 14. 2.) of Samuel's soul being called
il ocSou, as well as from his formal discourse on this topic. The
patristic views may be seen in Pears. Art. 5. ' Neither of these
terms' (bisu) and aSjjj), says Knapp (Christ. TheoL, trans-
lated by Woods), ' is used in the scriptures to signify exactly
the grave, still less the place of the damned ; nor are they used
in this sense by any of the fathers in the first three centuries.'
As examples even of a later date, from the Latin and Greek
churches, may be cited Ambrose : ' "AtSij; significat locum invi-
sibUem defunctis praeparatum ' ; and Andreas : "AiSiys is rdrtoj
rjfiiv asiSri!, '/jymjv a^avrif xai ayi'usros, o i'd;4"^<*5 'rj/.i.uv ivtsvdiv
ixStifioiiaa; bixojxivoi. Of the many English writers, again,
who employ hades as an English word, for which we have now
no suitable counterpart of Latin or Saxon origin, may be named
Hamm. (see note on Matt. 11 : 23), Lightf. (who defines it:
the place and state of cdl souls departed), Jer. Taylor (' The
word f i; oiSou ' in the Creed ' signifies indefinitely the state of
separation, whether blessed or accursed ; it means only the in-
visible place.'), Howe (see Discourse on our text. ' Hades . . .
the unseen world . . . we, with a debasing limitation, and, as I
doubt not will appear, very unreasonably, do render hell.').
Daub., Whist, (in his translation of -Josephus), Wesl., Campb.,
Till., Bloomf , Ell., Stu., Treg., Kell., Barn. Very many others,
who do not retain the word, understand it here in the same
sense ; as Fr. S. (du lieu invisible) ;-Erasm., Pagn., Bez., Par.,
Vitr., (inferorum ;-for the Vulg. inferni), Castal., Eichh., Heinr.,
Ew., {orci), Grot., Ros., {status post mortem. See also Grot.'s
note on Luke 16 : 23.), Beng. (does not change Luth.'s Ilolle,
but explains ' the mild [glimpfliche] Greek word,' for which it
stands, as denoting 'generally the state of the dead, as to the
soul, whether they have gone thither in peace or under wrath.'),
Lowm. (separate state of departed souls), Dodd. (the unseen
world), Thom. (the inansion of the dead), Scott, Mey. (Schat-
tenreick), Stolz, Gerl., (Todtenreich), Kist. ( Unterreich),
De W. (Unter-welt), &c.; while it is rendered the grave, das
Grab, in the English Ann. (as one meaning), Moldenh., Wakef.,
Newc. (whose marginal note is: ' Gr. Hades, q. d. the invisible
state.'), Clarke, Jones, Penn, Lord, &c.,-Pas. (orcus,sepidcrum,
Satanas), Leigh (see his statement), Suie. (locus inferorum,
inferi, septdcrum, orciis), Schleus. (here and ch. 20 : 13, 14 :
' orcus, die L'nterwelt, das Schattenreich, das Reich der Tod-
ten.'), Bretsch. (' orcus. inferna, i. e. locus subterraneus, tene-
bricosus et tristis in infimis locis terrae positus, in quern ani-
mae post mortem omnes descendere, ibique inclusae teneri puta-
bantur, quem vere seriores Judaei in paradisum et geheunam
[vid. Luc. 16:23.] diviserant.' He excepts Rev. 6: 8, there
personifying hades into domimis inferorum.), Wahl (in his
general statement, and on Rev. 6 : 8, agrees with Bretsch., but
thinks that in Slatt. 11 : 23 the word means infima, and in
Matt. 16 : 18 and Luke 16 : 23, ' ex metonym. totius pro parte,'
hell.), Rob. (Mn later Gr. writers put for Pluto's domain, the
infernal regions. Hades, Orcus, the abode of the dead.' He
explains the Jewish usage as answering to this, and leaves the
reader to infer that the same general sense is found also in the
New Testament, though in that connection he says no more
than that ' in N. T. q.Sr;f is represented as a dreary prison with
gates and bars.' He personifies Hades in 1 Cor. 15 : 55 ; Rev.
6: 8; 20: 13, 14; and considers it 'put in antithesis with
o ovpavi; for the lowest depths, Matt. 11: 23; Luke 10: 15.
Once meton. the abyss of Hades, Gehenna, Luke 16: 23.'),
Schirl. (im N. T. das Todtenreich, der Aufenthalt der Todten
vor dem jiingsten Gerichte, Ofters das Bild der Vernichtung
und ZerstOrung.'). The reading toi Savd-tov xai toi aSov, of
A. B. C. ' a 24. 13 6. yS. Compl. Verss.,' is adopted by all the
recent editors. I recommend that it be followed : of death and
of hades. The first is the door, or inlet, to the second.
88
REVELATION.
KING JAMES VERSION.
which are, and the things which
shall be hereafter;
20 The mystery of the seven
stars which thou sawest in my
right hand, and the seven golden
candlesticks. The seven stars
are the angels of the seven
churches : and the seven candle-
sticks which thou sawest are the
seven churches.
CHAP. II.
Unto the angel of the church
of Ephesus write : These things
saith he that holdeth the seven
stars in his right hand, who walk-
GKEEK TEXT.
elai, Kol a /ze'AAet yiviaOaL jxera
Tavra-
20 TO ^VCTTllpLOV tS>V iTTTa
aaTepuiv a>v el8es eVt r^y Be^tas
fjLOV, Koi ras" eTrra Xvyvias ras
■^pvaas. ol eVra da-repes, ayyeXoL
TMV eTTTo. €KKXT]aia>u elcri- Kai al
eTTTa Xv^vML ks elSes, eirra eK-
KXrjalai elan.
CHAP. II.
Tf2 dyyeXco rrjs; ' Jicjyealirrjs
iKKXrja-las ypd^ov, TaSe Xeyei 6
KpaTU)v Tovs eTTTa daTepas ev Trj
REVISED VERSION.
which are, and the things which
shall ''come to pass ''after these ;
20 The mystery of the seven
stars ''which thou sawest ''on my
right hand, and "those seven
golden lamp-stands. The seven
stars are the angels of the seven
churches ; and ?the seven lamp-
stands which thou sawest are
■■seven churches.
CHAP. II.
Unto the angel of the "Ephe-
sian church write : These things
saith he that holdeth the seven
stars in his right hand, ''he that
1= See 2 Pet. 1 : 20, N. w, and comp. E. V., ch. 1 : 1. W., R.,
(be done), T., C, (6e fulfilled), G. {come) ;— Vulg. {fieri),
Germ, verss. {^eschehen), Dt. (geschieden), French verss. {af-
river) ;-Erasm., Vat., Cocc, Hoog. ad Vig.. (use fieri), Hamm.
{as G.), Vitr. {eventura), Gujse, Ell. {happen), Slu., Kenr..
{lake place), Treg.
' E. v., Luke 5 : 27 ; 10 : 1 ; &c. ;-'W". {after these things),
E. ;-Latin verss., except Castal. and Vitr., {post haec), Syr.,
Dt. {na dezen), Fr. S. {apres cellesci) ;-Hamm., Wells, Ell.,
Kell., {after them) , Wesl. (at ch. 9 : 12 : as W.), Moldenh.,
Herd., Mey., Stolz, Goss., De W., {nach diesein), Woodh.,
Lord, Barn, {as W.).
•^ For Civ, Beng., Lachm., Treg., Words., read oi'j (' A. C. 8. 12.
46. 80**. 88. Er.'j John's h tr; hi^tS. ai-roi at v. 16 suggests
the idea of iti his power, at his absolute disposal, or in the
shadow of his hand (Is. 51 : 16) ; whereas the Saviour's own
iTti t^i 6f|ws jtow (for which Laehin. alone substitutes h ty
Seli^i /iov) = resting on me, upheld by me. In ch. 2 : 1 iv ty
hi%ia. recurs as more suitable to the x^atCiv, and the authorita-
tive message. It. {sopra), Fr. S. {sur) ;-Cocc. {super), Clarke,
Stu., Treg.. Words., Barn., {upon), Sharpe {at), Hengst.
{auf) ;-WahI {auf), Rob. (' on or in the hollow of &c.). See
ch. 2 : 17, N. u ; 5 : 1, N. a ; &c.
' See V. 5, N. r, &c. Brightm. (in the last clause), Vitr.
{ilia), Wakef. {these ;-having rendered ilSts, seest.).
' See v. 12, N. c, &c.
^ Instead of at In-ta. %vxiio.i., ' A. B. C. a 9. /3 4. y 6.' read al
^.vxPMi, al erttd ; and the words as f JSsj are wanting in ' A. B. C.
a 21. (3 5. y 6. Vulg. Aeth. Syr. Arm. Ar. P. Slav. MS.' I re-
commend that these changes, adopted by all the recent editors,
be followed in the version, thus : those seven lamp-stands. For
those see N. e, &c.
"■ W. ;-Germ. ;-Beng., AVesL, Moldenh., Stu., De W., Words.,
Kell., Hengst. In like manner W. ;-Germ. ;-Beng., Wesl., Stu.,
Words., Hengst., employ no article in rendering ayysxoi, of the
preceding clause, while Newc. marks the article in both cases
as supplied, and Herd, and Lord omit it only in the former.
But, as ' the article can be omitted before a specifying genitive '
(De W.), so whatever we understand by the ayyfXot, the super-
scriptions of tlie epistles show that there was but one to each
church.
» Nearly all the Latin verss., that follow this reading, render
it Ephesinae. But h 'E^f'scj) is sustained by A. B. C. ' a 26.
/3 7. y 9. Vulg. (Syr. Arr.) ixxX. 'Efiaai Corapl.,' and adopted
by all the recent editors. I recommend that it be followed :
church in Ephesus.
'' E. v., ch. 3 : 7 ;-Latin and German verss. (except Moldenh.)
give the second o as they do the first ;-Dodd., Woodh., Thom.,
Penn, Stu., Lord, Kenr., {he who . . . who), Wesl., Newc,
{that), Treg., Murd.
to, except incidentally, in the explanatory v. 20 ; — 4., nor were |
the other ' things that John had seen — seven lamp-stands, and
seven stars in the hand of the Saviour — designed to represent
the condition of the seven churches . . . things then actually
existing in the seven churches ' (Barn.), but the churches them-
selves with their angels ; — and, 5., the fact that the two chap-
ters (2. 3.), intervening between the description of what had
been seen (vv. 12-16) and the symbolic future (ch. 4. to the
end), are occupied with things present. Aret., accordingly,
whom De W. cites as in favour of his view, hesitates between
it (' et quae sunt, h. e. typos visionis, et interpretationem prae-
cipuarum partium.') and the more common reference ('vel, quae
sunt scilicet ad candelabra, h. e. Ecolesias, scribenda.') De W.
himself feels the difficulty, but does not solve it by saying, that
under a dSss *<" « fiff' are included, not only ch. 1 : 12-20, but,
' in some measare as the sequel thereof,' the two subsequent
chapters also. It is better to regard the latter half of v. 20 as
merely the necessary link between the a tZStj and the a ciai..
REVELATION.
89
KING JAMES VERSION.
eth in the midst of tlie seven
golden candlesticks ;
2 I know thy works, and thy
labour, and thy patience, and
how thou canst not bear them
which are evil ; and thou hast
tried them which say they are
apostles, and are not ; and hast
found them liars :
3 And hast borne, and hast
patience, and for my name's
sake hast laboured, and hast not
fainted.
GREEK TEXT.
Se^ia avTov, 6 TrepnraTcoi^ ev jxeaco
2 Ol8a TO. 'ipya arov, kou tov
KOTTOV (TOV, KOU TtJV VTTOfXOl'ljU (TOV,
Koi OTL ou Svvrj ^aaraaai KaKovs,
KOU eTreipacro) tov^ (paaKovras
eivai cavocTToXovs kou ovk elcn,
Kol evpes avTov? yj/evSeL?,
3 Koi efiaaTacras kol v7ropoi>i]u
i'x^i9, KOU Sia TO bvofia pou keko-
TTiaKaf KOL ov KeKp.rjKa9.
REVISED VERSION.
"^the
walketh in the midst of
seven golden "=lamp-stands :
2 I know thy works, and thy
■"toil, and thy patience, and 'that
thou canst not bear *^evil men,
and s hast tried ''those 'who Jpre-
tend to be apostles, and JJthey
are not, and hast found them
liars,
3 And hast borne, and hast
patience, and for my name's sake
hast Hoiled, and hast not 'been
wearied out.""
' See 1 John 2 : 7, N. o, &c. ; and, for lamp-stands, ch. 1 : 12,
N. c, &c.
'' For xojtoj E. V. has weariness at 2 Cor. 11 : 27 ; for xartovi or
-ov itafixK'-f, always to trouble j-W. {travail); Syr. (= Greenf.
i^s), It. (/a^i"ca) ;-Piso., ('laborem cum sensu molestiae cou-
junctum '), Brightm. ('wearying or toilsome labour'), Par.
(' sudore et molestiis plenum '), Herd., Mey., Goss., Van Ess
All., Kist., De W., {Milhe ;-for Luth.'s Arbeit), Eichh. {[Novi,
quid praestitei-is], quibus sub molestiis), Ew. {laborem defa-
tigantem)./Ros. {^lahoTam, et quidem gravium'), Stu., Kell.,
Murd., Barn, (trouble) ;-Pas. (labor molestiis), Pass. (Anstreng-
ung, schwere Arbeit), and the other lexicons.
' yV., R. ; -foreign verss.;- Brightm., Daub, and the later
English (except Words.).
f W., R. ;-Latin verss. (ma/os), Syr., German verss. (die
Bosen;-T>e W. and Hengst. omit the article.), Dt. (de kwaden),
It. (i inalvagi), French verss. (les mediants) ;-Brightm., Wesl.,
Wakef. ('the icicked'), Woodh., Clarke, Sharpe, Lord (the
w. ;-and so Murd., Kenr.).
5 E. v., V. 3;-T., C, G., R.;-Germ., It.;-r)aub., Beng.,
Moldenh.. Herd., Wakef., Thom., Stu., Hengst. The comma
also, which in the original edition of E. V. stood at the end of
the preceding clause, is more favourable to this rapid enumera-
tion of particulars than the semicolon, or colon (Amer. Bible
Soc.'s late revision), of subsequent editions. For ijteipdau,
says Bloomf., srtf I'paoa; has been ' adopted by the recent editors
on the strongest authority of MSS.' (' A. B. 0. a 26. /3 6. y 8.
Compl.').
"■ See 2 Pet. 1 : 1, N. b. Brightm., Dodd., Wesl., Newc,
Penn, Stu., Treg., Kenr.
' See 2 Pet. 2 : 11, N. f.
) In the other three instances of the occurrence of ^aaxM,
Acts 24 : 9 ; 25 : 19 ; Rom. 1 : 22 (in E. V., saying, affirmed,
professing), it is not 'i. q. f-rjiil' (Rob.), but suggests, as often in
classical Greek, the additional notion of an ostentatious emphasis,
or else of alleging what is untrue. — Dt. (uitgeven) ;-Ca.stal.
(proJUentur), Bez. (dictitant), Thom. ;-Pas. (here dictito, jac-
tito, glorior), Suic. (aio, dictito, jacto me). That the word
often carries this force, most lexicons allow. But for fdax.
flrat art., Mey., Lachm., Hahn, Treg., Theile, read -Kiyovtai iav-
rois art. (-A. B.C. 18.25. Slav.'), to which Beng., Matth.,
Griesb., Knapp, Sch., Bloomf., Words., Tisch., add ilvai, ('a 24.
)3 8. y 7. Compl. Vulg. Aeth. Syr. Arm. Arr.'). I recommend
that this last reading be adopted, and translated : say that they
are. The word that is inserted after say by W. ;-Daub., Newc,
Penn, Stu. at ch. 3 : 9, Treg. at v. 9 and ch. 3 : 9. Kenr.
jj See ch. 1 : 6, N. y, ic. Dt. ;-B. and L., Moldenh., Mey.,
De W., Murd and Kenr. at v. 9.
K See V. 2, N. d. E. V., Matt. C : 28 ; Luke 5:5; 12 : 27 ;-
It. (faticato), Brightm. (been oppressed with trouble), Ilamtn.
(' undergone hard labour, or toiled^), Greenf. (n^B3»). But
see N. m.
E. v., Heb. 12 : 3 (wearied), James 5 : 15 (sick) ;-Germ.
(made geworden), Dt. moede geicorden), It. (stancato), Fr.
G.,-M.,-S., (fes lasse) ;-Castal. (indefessus), Bez., Par., Coco.,
Vitr., Wolf., (defatigatus), Engl. Ann. (weary), Barn. (' be-
come exhausted or wearied out.' In citing Stu., he fails to no-
tice that the latter followed another reading.) See N. m.
"> This verse is read thus : xa.1 vriofiovriv ix^'i xai ijidataaai
6ta fo bvoiid (iov, xai ou xfxorttaxaj., in all the recent editions,
except that Matth., Griesb., Sch., Tisch., have oix ixortlaaa.;. and
Lachm. has xcxortiaxi;. (Mill also thinks it certain that the
ov xixfirjxa; was introduced from a marginal gloss ; Prol. § 1109.)
The evidence stands thus :
For vrto/i. IX. X. i^dat., ' A. B. C. a 17. (3 5. y 7. Vulg. Copt.
Aeth. Arm. Slav. MS.'
For the omission of xai before Std, ' 17. 18. 25. 26. 27. 49. 88.
Compl. Arm.'
For the insertion of xai ou (or orx) after ftou, ' A. (B.) 0.
a 23. /3 8. y 9. Compl. Vulg. Aeth. Syr. Arm. Slav. MSS.'
For xsxortiaxas or -xf f, ' A. 0. 16. 37. 38. 69.' : — for ixortia.-
aas, ' B. a 23. i3 8. 79. Compl.' : — for one or the other, ' Vulg.
Aeth. Syr. Arr. Slav. MSS.'
I recommend that the above reading be adopted, and trans-
lated thus : And hast patience, and hast borne for my name^s
12
90
EEVELATION.
KING JAMES VERSION.
4 Nevertheless, I have some-
u-hat agaiust thee, because thou
hast left thy first love.
5 Remember therefore from
whence thou art fallen, and re-
pent, and do the first works ;
or else I will come unto thee
quickly, and will remove thy
candlestick out of his place, ex-
cept thou repent.
6 But this thou hast, that thou
hatest the deeds of the Nicolai-
tanes, which I also hate.
7 He that hath an ear, let
him hear what the Spirit saith
unto the churches ; To him that
GREEK TEXT.
4 '^AA e^w Kara aov, qtl
rrjv ayaTrrju aov ryu irpcoTrju
5 fJivr]fioveve ovv TVoOev eKireir-
TcoKa^, KaL fxeTavorjfTov, Kai ra
Trpoora epya TTOirjaov el Se fx.rj,
ep^opal (TOL ra^v, /cat Kivrjaca
TTjv Xv^viav aov Ik tov tottov
avTTjs, lav prj pLeravorjays.
6 ^ AXka TOVTo i'x^is, OTi p.iaeis
TO. epya TUiv NiKoXaCTCov, a Kuya
piau).
7 'O e)(a>u 0V9 oiKOvaaTco rl
TO Ilvevpa Xeyet tols eKKXrjaiais'
REVISED VERSION.
4 "But I have " against thee,
Pthat thou hast ilet go nhy first
love.
5 Remember therefore ^from
whence thou 'hast fallen, and
repent, and do the first works ;
"but if not, I " come unto thee
"quickly, and will remove thy
"^lamp-stand out of ^its place,
^unless thou repent.
6 But this thou hast, that
thou hatest the ^works of the
''Nicolaitaus, which I also hate.
7 He that hath an ear, let
him hear what the Spirit saith
unto the churches : To him that.
W., R. ;-foreign verss.,-Brightra., Wesl., WaUef., Woodh.,
Thorn., Clarke, Shaipe, Lord, Muid. {yet), Kenr.
° The object is not anything to be supphed, but the clause, 6Vt
xtr.. — Vulg., German verss., Dt., Fr. S.;-Erasm., Vat.. Brightm.,
Hamra., Cocc, Bierm., Vitr., Was!., Woodh., Clarke, Kenr. Sev-
eral supply this ; Lord, it. Pagn. introduced aliquid.
p All the verss. referred to in N. o, and others ;-B.ob., &c.
1 The word wyaTtriv here denotes not the object of love,
but the emotion itself. See Matt. 24 : 12. — Aret. (' a^ir^^i idem
est, quod remitto, indulgeo, laxo.'), Engl. Ann. (Jiast abated
somewhat &e.), Grot, (^niultuni remisisti). Hamm. (remiited),
Daub. (' not quite forsaken, but remitted and moderated &c.'),
B. and L. (eles reldche de), Dodd. (' lust the zeal and fervour of),
Wakef., Bloomf. ('lit. let go [pai-ted wilhy), Barn, {•remitted,
or let down') ;-Leigh (to abate of the fervency of &c.), Wahl
{ich lasse nach, minus intendo [ut chordam, habenas]'). Green
(to relax, suffer to become less intense).
' See 1 .John 2 : 7, N. o, &c. The commending grace of the
Saviour shines (as again in v. C) even in His rebuke. ' That
signal and by me well remembered first love of thine'; which is
thus also brought into sliarper contrast with the declension
that followed. Comp. v. 19, N. c. — Grot., Ros., (' illam adeo
ferventem'), Bierm. {tuam illam primam).
' This from might stand for the ix in composition, which
Bloomf., however, brackets as 'most probably, or certainly, an
interpolation.' Matth. says that it comes from Andreas. The
other reading, nirttaxai (A. B. C. 'a 21. /3 6. y 6.'), is marked
by Beng. as ' inprimis consideratu dignam, aequalera lectioni
textus ;' is said by Bloomf. to rest ' on very strong external
authority, confirmed by internal evidence ;' and is adopted by
all the other recent editors. I recommend that, in accordance
with this reading, the word from bo omitted. Brightm., Dodd.
and Thom. (from ichat), Wakef., Newc, AVoodh., Clarke,
Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg., Murd.. Kenr.
' W. ;-Brightm., Thorn., Penn, Stu., Lord, Treg., Murd.
° See 2 Pet. 1: 5, N. r and E. V., John 14: 2;-R. ;-Vu]g.
(sin autem), Syr., German verss. {wo [aber\ nicht), Dt. (en zoo
niet). It. (se nan). Fr. S. (si non) ;-Erasm.. Pagn., Vat., Bez.,
Par., Vitr., Eichh., (sin minus), Brightm., Wesl., Wakef., (if
not), Cocc. (sin vera), Bierm. (si auiemnon), Stu., Lord, Slurd.
(or if not) ;-Vig. ('communiter verti debet, sin minus.''), &c.
' See ch. 1 : 4, N. o, &c. W., R. ;-Vulg., Syr., Fr. S. ;-Cocc.,
Bierm., Vitr., Beng., Wesl., Herd., Wakef. (am coming ;-and
so Woodh., Treg.). Mey., Van Ess, Kist., Goss., Lord, De W.,
Kenr., Dav. Mey., Lachm., Tisch., cancel the faxv { A. C.
Vulg. [not Hark] Copt. Aetb.').
" See ch. 1 : 12, N. c, &c. — For its, see Hamm. and later
verss. (except Words.).
» R. ;-Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Newc, Woodh., Thom., Penn,
Sharpe, Stu. and Kenr. (at v. 22), Loid.
y See 2 John 11, N. i. E. V., 19 times in this book, out of
22 ;-Brightra., Daub., Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Woodh., Penn,
Lord; Barn. Most other verss. use the same word as in
vv. 2, 5.
' The name is so spelled in the original edition of E. V. ;-'!'.,
C, G. ;-most of the modern verss., and the Amer. Bible Soc.'s
revised edition.
sake, and hast not become weary. For this rendering of xixort.
(ixoTt.) in this reading, I refer to E. V., John 4 : C (being
wearied) -j-Vnlg. defecisti), Syr. (= Greenf rr^X^J ;-for which
Murd. h&s fainted; but De D.,fatigatus es.) ;-Brightm. (been \
w.), Berl. Bib. (ermattet), Beng., Moldenh., De W., Hengst.,
(milde [ge-'\worden), Woodh. (been w. out), Jley., Van Ess,
(ermiiden), Sharpe (art ii-eary), Stu. (art w. out), Treg. (hast
been 10.) ;-iexicons generally.
REVELATION.
91
KINO JAMES VERSION.
overcometh will I give to eat
of the tree of life, which is in
the midst of the paradise of God.
8 And unto the angel of the
churcli in Smyrna, write ; These
things saith the first and the
last, which was dead, and is
alive ;
9 I know thy works, and trib-
ulation, and poverty, (but thou
art rich,) and / know the blas-
GREEK TEXT.
Tco VLKmvTL Scocrco avrS (payelv
Ik tov ^vXov T7]S ^^f, o ianv
ev fxeam tov TrapaSeiaov tov
Oeov.
8 Kal TCp ayyeAw ttJ? eVfcA?;-
(TLa? Sfivpva'imv ypa'^ov, Ta^e
Xeyei 6 TrpcoTOS Kal 6 ta^aros, by
eyeveTO veKpos Kol eQf](rev
9 Oi8a (TOV Ta epya kou ttjv
OX'o^Lv Kcu rrjv irTco-^eiaf ttXov-
(Tios 5e er kol ttjv l3Xaa(f)r]iJ.[av
REVISED VERSION.
overcometh, ^^to him will I give
to eat of the tree of life, which
is in "the midst of the paradise
of God.
8 And unto the angel of the
church "=of the Smynieans write :
These things saith the first and
the last, ''who was dead, and
^lived :
9 I know 'thy works, and trib-
ulation, and poverty '' (but thou
art rich), and s the ''railing 'of
"■ • And to none otlier.' The advantage, in point of distinct-
ness and emphasis (Rob.), of this use of aOfof, is sometimos
preserved by E. X. (v. 26; oh. 1 : 6 ; Matt. 12. 36; &c.) and
sometime.s, as here, it is lost (Matt. 25: 29, &c.). John 15: 2
is an example of both methods. In the present instance ai-t^
is translated apart from, and after, t^ vix-, by Syr., German and
French verss., Dt. ;-Cocc., Vitr., Daub., Matth., Woodh. ; and
so by Stu. at v. 17.
' In.stead of fitaai tov TtafiaSsiaov, the reading rai TtapaSfiacji
(' A. B. 0. o 20. p 6. y 6. Vulg. Aeth. Syr. Slav. Ms'.') is adopt-
ed by all the recent editors, except Bloomf., who yet acknowl-
edges that the authority for it is 'very strong,' and, while he
mark.s /tt'soj as ' most probabh/, or certainly, an interpoli.tion,'
is smgular in connecting it with ta rtapaSftooj — an arrangement,
in favour of which he cites no evidence except what he calls,
without explaining his meaning, the 'internal.' I recommend
that the now gcnerall}' received text be followed ; m the par-
adise.
^ The addition of fxov after ©eoJ (' B. a 26. /3 5. y 7. Compl.
Vulg. Copt. Aeth. Syr Erp. Slav. MS.') is edited by Bcng.,
Matth., Griesb., Mey., Knapp, Sch., Words., Tisch. I recom-
mend that the words, of my God, be set in the margin as the
reading of many copies. Comp. ch. 3 : 2, N. g.
' G. {of the Smyrnians) ;-the Latin verss. that followed this
reading (Smyrnaeoruni), Brightm. But the reading, iv 'E/ivf^vvj
([A. iv XiJ.vpv^il B. C. ' a28. (3 7. y 8. Comp). Vulg. Aeth. Syr.
Arm. Arr. Slav. MS.'), is adopted by all the recent editors.
I recommend that it be followed : in Smyrna.
^ See 2 Pet. 2 : 11, N. f.
' The Speaker, in asserting the fact, intimates also the .spon-
taneous power, of His own resurrection; Acts 2: 24. Comp.
Rom. 14 : 9 ; especially according to the reading of nearly all
the recent editors, artidavB xai i^rjaev. Stu. : ' The shade of
meaning as well as the expression, in our text, assigns both the
death and the return to life to the past time.' — Germ, (ist le-
bendig geieorden), Dt. {\weder\ levend is geieorden), It. (e
tomato in vita), Fr. G..-M., {est retoume en vie), Fr. S. {a re-
pris la vie) ;-Vat. {vixit ;-addiug the note : ' vel, vitae redditus
est, aut revixit.'), Castal., Cocc, Grot., Bierm., {revixit), Par.
(r(.r)Y;-but errs in supposing it to express a life in death.).
Daub. ('f^j;5fi/ is put for dvt'f^fffi' ;'-and so Moldcnh., Ros.),
Beng., Hengst., {as Germ.), Wakef. {came to life again), Newc.
('/tcerf again'), Stu. {revived), Lord {has rev.); Treg. {hath
lived). See ch. 13: 14 (E. V. and N. w); 20: 4'; John 11:
25. Comp. the frequent use of fi;n, as in 1 Kings 17 : 22 ; Job
14 : 14. The inquiry of .Job in this place (where E. V. supplies
again) was answered in -John 11 : 25, and the answer is now
confirmed by the resurrection-life of the Lord himself.
' Beng., Lachm., Treg.. Ti.sch., cancel the words ■ta. Jpya xaL
(' A. C. 19. 47. Vulg. Copt. Aeth '), and for rtjiovs. Se all the re-
cent editors substi tul e atxii. HXova. (' A. B. C. a 28. |3 8. y 9. Compl.').
To this verse the Anier. Bible Soc. has applied the rule of
omitting parentheses not inserted by the Translators, where
' they only mar the beauty of the page, without adding any thing
to the perspicuity,' or where ' they have the forte of com-
mentary ;' the former consideration being that which probably
governed the decision in this instance. But the exquisite beauty
of the gracious undertone is thus impaired, if not destroyed.
Nearly all editions and verss. have the parenthesis. The Soc.'.s
insertion of a semicolon after rich, in place of the comma of the
original and many subsequent editions, serves merely to favour
the superfluous supplement of the next clause. There is not
even a comma in G. ;-Pagn., Castal., Par., Cocc, Herd., Mey.,
Words., Hengst. ;-or in the Greek text of Hahn, Theilc.
^ The verb is not repeated in any foreign version, nor by
Brightm., Daub., Wcsl., Wakef., or any later English version
(except Penn, Treg.).
'' Against, not God (Wahl, Rob.) but, the angel ; as is clear
from the reference and design of the whole verse. See 2 Pet.
2 : 10, N. e.— E. V., Ephes. 4:31; 1 Tim. 6:4; Jude 9 ;-Pro-
testant German verss. (Z/as<€n<ng-;-the Vulg. and its followers
using a verb), Dt. {laslei-ing), Fr. S. {paroles offensantes) ;-
Hamm. {contumely), Grot., Ros., {maledicta gravissima), Cocc.
' est calumnia ilia, &c.'), Ramb. {convitia, quibiis proscinderis),
Wesl. {reviling), Eichh. {malediceniiain et criminationes),
Thom. {slander), Sharpe {evil speaking). Stu. (in the Comment. :
' defamatory accusations'), Lord {false accusation), Murd., Kenr.
92
REVELATION.
KING JAMES VERSION.
phemy of them which say they
are Jews, and are not, but arc
the synagogue of Satan.
10 Fear none of those things
which thou slialt suffer. Behold,
the devil shall cast some of you
into prison, that ye may be tried ;
and ye shall have tribulation
ten days. Be thou faithful unto
death, and I will give thee a
crown of life.
11 He that hath an ear, let
him hear what the Spirit saith
unto the churches ; He that over-
conieth, shall not be hurt of the
second death.
12 And to the angel of the
church in Pergamos write ; These
things saith he which hath the
sharp sword with two edges ;
GREEK TEXT.
Toiv XtyovTwv lovSaiovs eivai
iavTOVf, Kol ovK elalu, dXXa
avvaycoyrj rou Sarava.
10 Mrjbev (f)oj3ov a fxeXXei^
irdcryeLv. l8ov ytie'AAei fiaXeiu i^
vfjicov 6 5fa/3oAos" e(? (^vXaK-qv, 'lvol
7reipaadi)re- Kol e^ere dXLy\nv
rjfxepau SeKa. yivov iriaTos ccy^pi
Oavarov, kcu Saxrco aoi tov are-
(jyavou TrJ9 {w^y.
11 '0 e^cou oi)? aKOvaarco tl
TO Jluevfia Xeyei. rais eKKXyaiais'
O VLKwv ov fJLrj d8iKr]drj Ik tov
OaVOLTOV TOV 8eVT€pOV.
12 Kal Tcp dyyeXcp rrj^ eu
Uepya/JLco eKKXrja-ias ypa\\fov,
7^d8e Xeyei 6 e^coi/ ttjv pop(f)aiai>
TTjv 8'L<rTopLOv TTJV o^elav
REVISED VERSION.
J'those jwho say Hhat they are
Jews, and J'they are not, but ^
the synagogue of Satan.
10 Fear 'not at all "the things
which thou shalt sufier. Behold,
the devil shall "cast some of you
into prison, that ye may be tried ;
and ye shall have "a tribulation
" of ten days. °Be faithful unto
death, and I will give thee Pthe
crown of life.
11 He that hath an ear, let
him hear what tlie Spirit saith
unto the churches : He that over-
cometh, shall ''not be hurt "iby the
second death.
12 And "'unto the angel of
the church in Pergamos write :
These things saith he *who hath
'the "two-edged sharj) sword :
' For those, see v. 2, N. h, &c. ; — for who, see 2 Pet. 2: 11,
N. f ; — for the insertion of that, see v. 2, N. j ; — for the inser-
tion of they, see v. 2, N. j j.
i" Syr. ;-Castal.. Bez., Par., Cocc, Biertn., Yitr., Beng., Wesl.,
Stu., Lord, De W., Words.
1 For firibiv, Lachm.. Trcg., Words., Hfngsl:., read ^^ (' A. B. C.
8. 49. Aeth.'). The former, if retained, is to be construed ad-
verbially, as often both in classical Greek and the N. T. E. V.,
the older verss., and some others, follow the nihil horum of the
Vulg. — Fr. S. {ne . . . nuUement) ;-Wakef., Stu. Castal., Cocc,
Bierra., Vitr., Daub., B. and L., Beng., Herd., Thorn., Mey.,
Penn, Sharpe, Lord, treat ij.r,hiv as an adv.
" Dt., It., Fr. G.,-M.,-S. ;-Castal., Cocc, Bierm.. Vitr., {quae),
Daub., Wakef , Thorn., Lord, {what), Beng., De W., Hengst.,
{was), Dodd, Greenf. (lirs-nx), Penn, Sharpe, Stu., Treg., Murd.
° For fiaXilv, Sch., Lachm., Treg., Words., Tisch., read ^dxKfiv
{'A. C. a 8. )3 2. y 3.'). The Greek genitive is not used in-
dependently to express duration. Dt., It. (has no article), Fr.
G.,-M.,-S. ;-Erasm. and subsequent Latin verss. (change die-
bus of the Vulg. to dieruin). More {the affliction of), Daub.
{affliction of), Bcrl. Bib., Wakef. (a distress of) ;-Schleus.,
Bretsch., Wahl, Rob. The reading ^;U£'pas (' B. a 17. /3 5. y 5.')
is edited by Beng., Matth., Wordi.
° Though no change is here required in the translation of the
imperative, this is not to be considered an exception to the gen-
eral use of yivonai, (see 2 Pet. 1 : 20, N. w). It is rather one
of its best illustrations. This angel had been, and was, faithful ;
but he had not become, or shown himself {Cocc. praesta te), faith-
ful unto death. See ch. 3 : 2, N. c. For the omission of thou,
see T., C, G. ;-foreign verss.;-Daub.. AVakef., Stu., Lord, Murd.,
Kenr. '«t^
p E. v., .James 1 : 12 ;-G., u.;-foreign verss. ;-More. Daub.,
Wesl., Wakef., Newc, Woodh., Thom.. Till., Sharpe, Stu., Lord,
Treg., Words., Murd., Kenr.
1 For oi iin, see ch. 3 : 12, N. j ;— for hy, see 2 Pet. 2 : 19,
N. 1.
E. v., in five out of the seven superscriptions ;-Treg. W.,
R., Dodd. and the later verss., have to throughout. In
the present instance of minute variation, E. V. follows T.,
C, G.
So the original edition of E. V. ; and see 2 Pet. 2 : 11, N. f.
' See 1 John 2 : 7, N. o. Bez., Par., Vitr., {ilium ancipitem,
acutum ilium).
" For the order, see ch. 1 : 10, N. q.
{art slandered). Barn. (' reproaches ; harsh and bitter revil-
ings') ;-SchOttg., Bretsch.
' The reading ix tuv Xiyortav (' A. B. C. a 21. /3 5. y 6.
Vulg. Copt. Syr. Arm. Slav. MSS.') is adopted by all the recent
editors, Bloomf. excepted, though he too now says of it, that it
' rests on very strong external authority, confirmed by internal
evidence. It is a peculiarly Hellenistic idiom for dn;6, on the
part of I recommend that this reading be followed, and that
ix be rendered as by Bloomf. Let it also be observed, that
this reading favours the construction of ■nji' jlXas^. with ooC {the
railing against tliee ; and hence the periphrasis of the Vulg.i
blasphemaris ab), and confirms what has been said above of
the propriety of the parenthesis, and the impropriety of the
supplement.
REVELATION.
93
KING JAMES VERSION.
13 I know thy works, and
where thon dwellest, even where
Satan's seat is : and thou holdest
fast my name, and hast not de-
nied my faith, even in those days
wherein Antipas was my faithful
martyr, who was slain among
you, where Satan dwelleth.
14 But I have a few things
against thee, because thou hast
there them that hold the doctrine
GREEK TEXT.
13 Ol8a Ta kpya aov kou ttov
KaroLKeis, ottov 6 dpovos tov ^a-
Tava, KCLL Kparets to bvojxa fiov,
Kou ovK rjpi'ijaco ttjv iricTTLV fiov
Koi ev TOLS i]fj.epaLS ev ais AvriTraf
6 jxaprvs p-ov 6 inaTos, b? aireK-
Tavdrj Trap vpitv, ottov KaroiKcl 6
Sarava^.
14 ^AA e^^w Kara crov oXlya,
OTt ^x^'^ ^'^^^ Kparovvras ttjv
REVISED VERSION.
13 I know ^thy works, and
where thou dwellest, " where "is
"the "throne of Satan ; and thou
"holdest ray name, and "didst not
deny my faith even in ^the days
wherein ^was Antipas Hhat faith-
ful ""witness of mine, who was
■"killed among you, where Satan
dwelleth.
14 But I have '' against thee
a few things ; 'that thou hast
there •'some that hold the doc-
' Beng., Mey., Lachm., Treg., Tisch., cancel the words to I'pya
ijoD xai, on the authority of A. C. 38. Vulg. Copt. Aeth. Slav
MSS.' Comp. V. 9, N. f. For the omission oi even, see W..
R.;-Yulg., Syr., German vcrss. (except Mey.). Fr. S. ;-Erasm.,
Vat., Castal., Cocc, Bierm., Vitr., Wcsl., Wakef., Sharpe, Lord,
Kenr. In the same clause, the verb is introduced as above by
It., French verss. ;-Cooe., Vitr., Penn, Kenr. : and the Greek or-
der of the substantives is retained by W., R.;-Latin vcr.ss. (ex-
cept Castal.), Syr., Dt., It., French verss. ;-Daub., Beng.. Dodd.
and later English verss. (except Sharpe, Stu., Words.), Greenf..
All., De W. For throne, comp. John 12: 31; 14: 30;
16 : II ; Eph. 2: 2; 6: 12; &c. ("High on a throne of royal state
. . . Satan exalted sat.' Milton, P. L. ii. I, 5.) E. V. 54 times
out of 61 ;-G. (the other verss. of this class follow the Vulg.
sedes) ;-Syr. (= Greenf. N&s), Dt., Fr. S. ;-Pagn. and later
Latin verss. (Castal. solium). Brightm., Engl. Ann. ('or,
thr.'), Hamm., Daub, and later Enghsh verss. (except Words.),
B. and L., Beng. and later German verss. (except Hengst.). See
ch. 4 : 4, N. m.
" E. v., frequently ; see especially vv. 1, 14, 15 ; Mark 7: 3,
4,8; Col. 2: 19; 2 Thess. 2: 15 ;-W., R. ;-Latin verss. (use
tenere ; except that Bez. at last substituted retinere). German
verss., except Moldenh. and Mey., {haltst [anj), Dt. (hotidf.);-
Sharpe and Kenr. (at ch. 3 : II), Lord.
^ W. (deniedsl) ;- Wakef., Newc, Penn, Lord {wouklst not
deny), De W. (verleugnetest).
y The demonstrative is not in Vulg. Am., German and French
verss., Dt., It. ;-Aret., Cocc, Bierm.. We.sl., Mattli., Woodh.,
Thorn., Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg. (marks those as supplied).
See N. z.
^ The omission of ijK (Moldenh. would supply iixaptvptjsi or
ovx jjpvjjffaro. The latter supplement is suggested also by Eichh.;
whose notion, however, about the ellipsis betraying intense grief
[gravissimi doloris]. the uttei-ance of the Speaker being inter-
rupted by a deep-drawn sigh [suspijiuni ex iino pectore diic-
tum], is utterly unsuitable and profane.), the form 6 fidptvi i^ov
TtiStoi, and the main purpose of the address, which is to de-
termine the character, not of Antipas, but of the angel, favour
the construction by apposition, q. d. ' in the days of Ant..
my &c.' And such is the construction of the Vulg., Ant. tpstis
mms fidelis (as explained by W., R. ;-All., Kist., Kenr.). and
other foreign verss. ;- Grot., Wakef., Woodh., Treg. Of these
verss. a few follow the reading adopted by Mey., Lachm., Treg.,
which omits the words Iv 0I5, on the authority of ' A. C. Vulg.
MS. Am. Harl. Copt.;' very many disregard the 65, so making
'Avt. the immediate .subject of drtExTaxSi;; Cocc, Bierm., Hengst.,
following the received text, supply no verb to 'Ave.
" The Speaker, as it were, lingers on the recollection. See
V. 4, N. r and I John 2 : 7, N. o,.ic.— T., C, {af. w. of mine) ;-
Syr. (following the reading, o rciatoi fim, of "A. C. 14. 92.', now
preferred by Treg., = De D. itle testis mens, ille Jidelis mens,
though compressed by Murd. into, myf. w.);-Pa2n., Bez., Par.,
{martyr ille metis fd.), Castal. {fidus ille t.meus). Vitr. {t. ille
meusjid.)
>> In 3 instances (Acts 22: 20; Rev. 2: 13; 17: 6), out of
34, E. V. has martyr; Bez. having sought to justify the change
of testis (Vulg., Erasm., Vat., Castal.) to martyr (Pagn., Par.)
on the ground of an alleged ' communis usus, ut Martyres pe-
culiariter dicantur, qui non oris modo confessione, sed etiara suo
sanguine Christi doctrinam sanciverunt.' But this usage belongs
to a later time than the N. T., where it may be doubted whether
in a single case ftapruj be equivalent to Blutzeuge — the eccle-
siastical naptvf. Subsequent Latin verss., accordingly, here
restore testis, as Wesl., Wakef, Newc, AVoodh., Thom., Penn,
Sharpe, Bloomf., Lord, Treg.. JIurd., Kenr., do the witness of
W., T., C, R. Syr. (as in Matt. 26 : 60), German verss. (Zeuge),
Dt. (getuige). It. (testimonio), Fr. S. {temoin);-Ti. and L. {as
Fr. S.), Greenf. (is).
' E. v., 55 times out of 75, and in (his book 11 times out of
15 ;-Lord (put to death), Treg, See ch. 9 ; 15, N. m.
■i The Greek order is retained by W., R. ;-Latin verss., Syr.,
Fr. S. ;- Woodh., Herd., Mey., All., De W.
' See V. 4, N. p. Here the 6ti, bracketed by Treg., is can-
celled by Lachm. and Tisch. (' C. Am. Tol. Harl.* Copt. Syr.').
f Not tavi xfa-eoxiveai. The diffei'ence is variously provided
for, in W. {men holding) ;-Latin and German verss. (All. Ei-
nige), Syr., Dt., It. {di quelli), Fr. G.,-M.,-S., (en as Id) ;-
B. and L. (des gens), Wakef., Newc, (such as), Bloomf., Stu.,
Words.
94
REVELATION.
KING JAMES VERSION.
of Balaam, who taught Balak to
cast a stumbling-block before the
children of Israel, to eat things
sacrificed mito idols, and to com-
mit fornication.
15 So hast thou also them
that hold the doctrine of the
Nicolaitanes, which thing I hate.
16 Eepent ; or else I will
come unto thee quickly, and will
fight against them with tlie sword
of my mouth.
17 He that hath an ear, let
him hear what the Spirit saith
unto the churches : To him that
overcometh will I give to eat
of the hidden manna, and will
GREEK TEXT.
diSa^rju SaXaa/uL, by iSiSaa-Keu
Tco JBaXaK (SaXelu aKavhaXov
ivamiov rav v'lwv lapayjX, ^ayeiv
elScoXoOvra kol iropvevaai.
15 ourcoy f'x^'? i^ou o-v Kpa-
Tovvras ryv 8LSa)(rjV rav Niko-
XaLTcov b fJiLcrS).
16 Meravo-qcrov ei he /xr],
ep^op-di croL Ta^v, kou TToXeprjam
fxer avTWV iu rfj pop(f)aia tov
(TToparo^ pov.
17 O ()(cop ov? aKovaaTca tl
TO Hvevpa Xeyei. Tois iKKXTjo-iaif'
TS) VLKOiVTL 8ma-co avTcp (^ayelv
airo TOV pavva tov KeKpvppevov,
REVISED VERSION.
trine of Balaam, who taught ^for
Balak to cast a stumbling-block
before the children of Israel, to
eat ''idol-sacrifices and ' commit
fornication.
15 So Jthou also hast ■'some
that hold the doctrine of 'the
'Nicolaitans, "which thing I hate.
16 Eepent ° ; "but if not, I
Pcome mito thee quickly, and
will fight iwith tliem with the
sword of my mouth.
17 He that hath an ear, let
him hear what the Spirit saith
unto the churches : To him that
overcometh, ■'to him will I give
*to eat of 'that hidden manna,
^ E. V. answers to the reading of the Received Text as usually
given, tbv Ba'K., for which the reading of our Text has been sub-
stituted by all the recent editors, except Matth., on the authority
of ' A. C. 11.' Erasm. and Mill had h ta Bax. (' 18. 02**.'),
in the matter or history of B. (T., C: in B.). Against the
common understanding of t^ Box. as a Hebraism (Hcinr., De
AV., &c.) for tov BaTL. it may be objected, 1., that this construc-
tion is exceptional also in Hebrew, though Deut. 33 : 10 and
Hos. 10: 12 show that Hengst. errs in cslling Job 21: 22 the
'only exception'; — 2., that it is without example elsewhere, in
the Sept. or the N. T. ; .John himself connecting hihaaxui with
the accusative Of the person taught in v. 20 of this chaptei',
thrice in his 1st epistle (ch. 2 : 27). and 5 times in the gcspel ; —
3., that the Jlosaic narrative does not intimate that this counsel
of Balaam was addressed per.=onally to Balak, but implies, as
Hengst. thinks, the contrary ; see jNTumb. 24 : 25 ; 31 : 16 ; — and.
4., that the dativus commodi is of peculiarly fi'equent occurrence
in the original story ; see Numb. 22 : C ; &c. Accordingly, the
tci Ba%. here has been .so taken by Grot, ('docuit Madianitas in
usum et ad preces Balaci regis.'), Beng. (dem Bal. zu lieh).
Moldenh. {dem Bal. zu gut), Storr {in gratiam Bal.), Van Ess
{zu Guiisten Bal.), Hengst. {filr den B.). Stu. allows that this
•makes a good sense,' and 'is not a strained exegesis.' Mod-
ern verss. gcuerallv, and the Amer. Bible Soc, have restored
the 0. T. form of the name. See ch. 7 : 6, N. o.
I" German verss. (der Gotzen Opfer, or more frequently,
Gotzenopfer), Dt. {afgodeimffer) ;-Bierm. (idolothyta), ATakef.,
Greenf. (n'^V^^X "^n?!)' Penn, Lord {offerings to idols), Murd.
{the sacrifices of idols) ;-Rob.
' R. ;-\Vakef., Penn, Lord.
1 See ch. 1 : 8, N. m, &c. ' Thou, as well as the Church in
Ephesus' — like Caesar's tu quoque! — Of English verss., the
above order is found in Wesl., Penn, Stu., Treg., Words. Lord,
Murd., {also thou hast).
" See V. 14, N. f.
1 See V. 6, N. z. The tiov is cancelled by Mey., Lachm.,
Treg., Words., Tiscli., Theile, on the authority of A. B. C.
■aVi.p 6. y 2.'
'" Instead of 5 fttcfw, the reading ofiolu; (A. B. C. 'a 27. p 7.
y 8. Compl. Vulg. Copt. Syr. Slav. MS.') is adopted by all
the recent editors. (For Beng., see the Gnomon and the German
vers. ; — though in both he connects bfioMi with nceaaiirjnov of
V. 10 : ' Similiter resipicere . . . ut Ephesius.' But this assumes
that the one angel should be aware of what had been written
to the other.) I recommend that it be followed, and trans-
lated : in like manner.
° After ni-tav. all the recent editors add ow (.A. B. C. "a 23.
/3 5. y 8. Aeth. Arm. Arr. Slav. MS.'). I recommend that this
reading be followed : therefore.
" See V. 5, N. u, &c.
p See V. 5, N. v, &c.
•J The fictd here answers to the Hebrew DS in a similar con-
nection, and implies reciprocal action, as in v. 22 ; &c. ' They
will then have to contend with me, and not merely with my
truth and my servants.' — W.;-Latin and German verss., Syr.,
It. ;-Brightm., Stu., Lord, Treg., Kenr. ;-Win., Wahl, Rob.,
Schirl.
See V. 7, N. zz.
' The words ^ayilv drto are by all the recent editors rejected
on the authority of 'A. B. C. a 18. /3 4. y 4. Vulg. Copt. Aeth.'
I recommend that they be omitted, and that the version stand :
■will I give of.
' See ch. 1 : 5, N. r, &c. T., C, G., {m. that is hid) ;-Syr.
(= De D. illo ahscondito), Dt. {het M., dat verborgen is), Ft. G.,-
M., {la ni. qui est cachee) ;-Pagn., Be?,., Par., Vitr.. Wakef. {the
m. thai is laid up), Thom. {the m. which was laid up), Greenf.
(repeats the ai-ticle), Lord {the m. which is hidden), De W.
{vom M. dem verborgenen).
EEVELATION.
9o
KING JAMES VERSION.
give him a white stone, and in
the stone a new name written,
which no man knoweth, saving
he that receiveth it.
18 And unto the angel of the
church in Thjratira write ; These
things saith the Son of God,
who hath his eyes like unto a
flame of fire, and his feet are lilie
fine brass ;
19 I know thy works, and
charity, and service, and faith,
and thy patience, and thy works ;
and the last to be more than the
first :
20 Notwithstanding, I have a
few things against thee, because
thou suflerest that woman Jeze-
GREEK TEXT.
/cat SoxTCD avTw ■yj/r](f)ou XevKrjv,
Kai. eiTL rrjv ■^r](j)ov ovofxa KaLvov
yeypa/x/xeuou, o ovSels eyvco el fxi]
6 Xafifiaucov.
18 KAI TU) ayyeXco rrj^ iv
OvarelpOLs eKKXy^aias ypdy^ov,
TaSe Xeyei 6 fto? rod Oeov, 6
e^cou Tovs 6(f)daX/Ji.ov¥ avrov o)?
(j)Xoya TTvpos, kolI o'l 7roSe9 avrov
b/xotot yaXKoXi^avco-
19 Oi8a (Tov ra epya kou rrjv
ayaTn-jv kcu tt]v SiaKoulav, kou
Trjv TTLaTiv Kai rrjv vrrop.ovi]u crov,
Koi ra ipya. crov, koI ra ka^aTa
TrXeiofa twv irpwrcou.
20 ^AA k')(a) Kara aov oXlya,
oTt eay rrju yvvaxKa, 'le^a^rjX,
REVISED VERSION.
and will give him a white stone,
and "upon the stone a new name
written, which no "one knoweth,
"but he that receiveth.^
IS And unto the angel of the
church in Thj-atira write : These
things saith the Son of God, ^he
that hath his eyes ^as a flame of
fire, and his feet are like "burn-
ished brass :
19 I know thy works and »love
and ''service and faith, and thy
patience, and "=thy works, and
the last to he more than the
first.
20 ■'But I have ^ against thee
% few things ; 'that thou ^sufter-
est Hlie woman, 'Jezabel, 'who
" See ch. 1 : 20, N. d, &c. and 7: 3, N. g. Sjr. (= Greenf.
bs), Dt., It. {in su), French verss. ;-Hamm., Wells, Daub.,
Beng. and later German verss., Wesl. (on ;-and so Newc, Thorn.,
Penn, Sharpe, Lord, Treg., Words., Kenr.j, Wakef., Woodh.,
Stu., Murd.
' See 1 John 4 : 12, N. y, &c. For tyva, all the recent
editors (except Bloomf.) substitute ol&iv (' A. B. C. a 28. J3 7. y 7.
Compl.').
" E. v., ch. 9 : 4, &c. ;-W., R. ;- Wells, Daub., Dodd. and
Stu. (ea-cept), Wesl., Wakef., Newc, Woodh., Thorn., Penn,
Sharpe, Lord, Treg. (save), Murd., Kenr. (unless),
' W.;-Latin verss., Sjr. ;-Greenf., Van Ess (der Empfang-er),
De W. (der Empfangende), Kenr.
)• See v. 1, N. b.
'■ E. v., ch. 1 : 14 ; &c. ;-W., R. ;-foreign verss. (except
Castal.) ;-Dodd., Wesl., Ne^^c., Woodh., Sharpe, Stu., Lord,
Treg., Kenr.
' For bunL^see ch. 1 : 15, N. m ; and for love, 2 Pet. 1 : 7, N. a.
'' The reading, xai triv 7ti,a-e. xal irjv imx. (A. B. C. [except
that C. omits the rTj'v before rttsr.] ' a 17. /3 7. y 9. Compl. Vulg.
MS. Copt. Aeth. Syr. Arm. Arr. Slav. MSS.'), is adopted by
all the recent editors, except Bloomf. I recommend that it be
followed : faith and service.
' The reading, ti, Jpya crov ta lax- (A. B. C. 'a 21. /3 7. y 7.
Compl. Vulg. Copt. Aeth. Syr. Arr. Slav. MS.') is adopted
by all the recent editors. I recommend that it be followed, and
translated: thy last works. Comp. v. 4, N. r &c.
■^ See V. 4, N. n. The Amer. Bib. Soc. would have done better
to retain the comma, of its own previous editions and of the
original edition, after notwithstanding, as it has done in Matt.
11 : 11 ; Luke 10: 11, 20 (though in the last place the original
edition wants it) ; Phil. 4 : 14. The same punctuation was to
be preferred also in 1 Tim. 2: 15 ; 2 Tim. 4 : 17.
« See V. 14, N. d.
f All the recent editors reject d?i,i,'ya on the authority of ' A.
B. C. a 27. |8 5. y 8. Compl. Harl. Tol. &c. Copt. Aeth. Syr.
Arr. Slav. MSS.' I recommend the omission, and that the text
stand thus : against thee, that. For that, see v. 4, N. p.
^ All the recent editors (except Matth. : a^irii) give a^h^ for
laj, ou the authority of 'A. B. C. a 22. /3 6. y 8. Compl.' The
variation, however, requires no change in the vei'sion. Comp.
E. v.. Matt. 3:15; Mark 5 : 19 ; &c.
^ W., R. ;-Latin verss., Germ., Dt., It., Pr. G. and -M. (mark
cette as supplied), Fr. S.;-Beng., Moldenh., Greenf, Treg.,
De W. (n-ho latterly approved of Treg. 's rejection of the read-
ing yvvaixa. ffov, adopted by all the recent editors, except Beng.,
on the authority of A. B. 'a 22. /3 5. y 5. Compl. Syr. Slav.
MS.'), Kenr.
' 'ififa^Sf^ (as all the recent editors, except Bloomf., print the
word, from 'A. B. C. a 17. /3 3. y 6. Er. Compl.') is the Sept.
for i3"/'X, which in E. V. is always Jezebel. The latter form
is, accordingly, introduced by E. V. in this the only place where
the name occurs in the N. T., instead of the Sept. and Vulg.
orthography, adopted by the previous English verss. I recom-
mend that the example of E. V. be followed. See ch. 7: 6,
N. o. For who, see 2 Pet. 2: 11, N. f. The reading ^ ^i-
yovaa ('A. C) is adopted by all the recent editors, except
Matth. and Words., who prefer ^ xiyn (' B. a. 26. /3 G. y 5. Compl.').
Neither change would afi'ept the version.
96
REVELATION.
KING JAMES VERSION.
bel, which calleth herself a pro-
phetess, to teach and to seduce
my servants to commit fornica-
tion, and to eat things sacrificed
unto idols.
21 And I gave her space to
repent of her fornication, and
she rejjented not.
22 Behold, I will cast her into
a bed, and them that commit
adultery with her into great trib-
ulation, except they repent of
their deeds.
GREEK TEXT.
TTju Xeyovaav eavTrji> 7rpo(j)rJTii',
8i8aarK€Li' /cat TrXavaaOaL i/xov^
SovXovf, TTopvevaai koI el8coX6-
dvra ^ayelv.
21 isTat eScoKa avrfj -^ovov
Iva fJi€Tavoi^crri e'/c tyjs iropveias
avTTjS, Kcu 01) /xerevoTjcrev.
22 Idov iyco /QaAAo) avrrjv els
KXl.vr]v, Kou Tovs fJiOi^evovras fx^T
airr/y ety QX'c^lv fJLeyaXrjv, iav
1X1) ixeTavorjcrcacnv e'/c twv epytav
REVISED VERSION.
calleth herself a prophetess, -"to
teach and Jdeceive my servants
to commit fornication and '' eat
'idol-sacrifices.
21 And I gave her "time "that
she might repent °of her forni-
cation, and she Prepented not.
22 Behold, il cast her into
a bed, and ^tliose ^who commit
adultery with her into great trib-
ulation, 'unless they repent "of
"their ''works ;™
1 All the recent editors adopt the reading, xai hi&aaxii. xai.
TfKavS. toii (' A. B. C. a 27. j3 8. y 8. Compl. Copt. Aeth. Syr.
Arr.') I recommend that it be followed; and treated as similar
cases of resolution of the participial construction (see ch. 1 : 6,
N. y, &c.) : and she teacheth and deceiceth. The subject of
hibaaxu is thus expressed by Beng., Sharpe, Treg., Words.,
Hengst. For deceiveth (which verb is employed elsewhere
[7 times] in this book), see 1 John 2: 20, N. n;-W., T., C, G.;-
Hamm., Treg.
' See V. 14, N. i. Newc, Penn, Lord.
1 See V. 14, N. h.
" E. V. renders j^pwoj, space, only here and in Acts 15 : 33 ;-
W. R. (a time) ;-Brightm., Woodh., (as R.), Daub., Dodd.,
Wesl., Sym., Wakef., Newc, Thom., Jones, Penu, Sharpe, Stu.,
Lord, Murd. (a season), Kenr. ;-Eob.
° Such was the gracious purpose for which time was allowed ;
Kom. 2 : 4. — The telio force of the i'ua is brought out by means
of a conjunction and subjective mood in "W., R. ;-foreign verss.
(except It., Fr. S. ;-B. and L., Greenf.) ;- Woodh., Stu., Lord.
° iMarginal note : ' Gr. /rom.' Repent of, it is true, does not
adequately express iji,ita,voiiv ix, a construclio praegnans found
only, but repeatedly, in this book, and similar to that in Acts
8 : 22 ; Heb. 6:1. I prefer, however, the marginal expedient
here suggested to the circumlocutory repetit [and tiirii] from
(Beng. bussfertig ablassen von; De W. sich bessern [und ab-
lassen'] von), or to any phrase, as Campb.'s reform (adopted in
this place by Thom. and Lord, reform from. Dt. zich bekeeren
van ; Castal. recedere ab ; Herd, umkehren von ; Mey., Van Ess,
All., Goss., sich bekehren von), that sinks the ground-meaning
of the Greek verb {change of mind, Sinnesdnderung). But
the reading, which omits ix trj Hofvilat airiji from this clause,
is sustained by ' A. B. C. a 27. p 8. y 8. Compl. Vulg. Copt.
Aeth. Syr. Arr. Slav. MSS.,' and adopted by all the recent
editors, except Bloomf , who acknowledges that ' the strongest
external authority', including ' nearly all the ancient versions',
is 'against the authenticity' of the words in question ; but, be-
cause he thinks that ' internal evidence is rather in their favour,
since they may have been cancelled for the purpose of removing
a tautology,' he is satisfied with marking them ' as most prob-
ably, or certainly, an interpolation.' I recommend that the
change of reading be followed in the version : repent, and.
P I recommend that the reading, ou 6i'Ki(. fiitavoijaai, ix t^t
Ttopviia; avrr;;, sustained (except that A. has jjSt'^jjdEj') by the
authorities cited in N. o, and adopted by all the recent editors,
be followed, and translated thus : ^D^U not repent of her forni-
cation. So ov eixti (Vulg. 7ion rutt) is rendered by R. and all
the modern English verss. that follow this reading, except Lord
(chooses not), Treg. (willeih not), Kenr. {is not willing). JIurd.
{is not disposed), For repetit of, see N. o.
1 The emphatic iyu (see ch. 1 : 8, N. m, &c.), which, though
not without significance as it here stands, cannot well be given
in English, except by the tone in pronunciation, is omitted by
all the recent editors, on the authority of A. B. C. ' a 27. (3 6.
y 8. Compl. Vulg. Copt. Aeth. Syr. Slav. MSS.' The Sixtine
Vulg. has ego.
■• See ch. 1 : 4, N. o, &c. The Elzevir text of 1G24 has /3a?.u ;
but j3o>.5iw (Vulg. Am., mitto) is translated as a present by W.;-
Syr., Germ., Dt., It., Fr. G. {vais la reduire). Fr. JI. (with a
still greater feebleness and inaccuracy of periphrasis : vais la
reduire d garder), Fr. S. {jette);-ETasm., Vat., Aret., Cocc,
Bierm., Grell., Vitr., B. and L. (?«'e« vai^ la red ), Herd.,
Matth., Wakef. {am going to throw), Woodh., Thom. {am
about to cast), Mey., Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg., Words., De
W., Hengst., Dav.
' For those, see v. 2, N. h, &c. ; — for who, see ch. 1 : 5,
N. V, &c.
' See V. 5, N. x.
" See V. 21, N. o.
' All the recent editors adopt the reading, aOr^j (' B. C. a 27.
(3 7. y 6. Compl. Vulg. MS. Am. Tol. Harl.* Aeth. Syr. MS.
Erp. Slav. MS.'). I recommend that it be followed : her.
For works, see v. 6, N. y, &c.
" The continuity of the threatening ought not to be broken
up, as in B. V. Comp. v. 27, N. w.
REVELATION.
97
KING JAMES VERSIOX.
23 And I will kill her chil-
dren with death ; and all the
churches shall know that I am
he which searcheth the reins
and hearts : and I will give unto
every one of you according to
your works.
24 But unto you I say, and
unto the rest in Thyatira, As
many as have not this doctrine,
and which have not known the
depths of Satan, as they speak ;
I will put upon you none other
burden :
25 But that which ye have
alreadij, hold fast till I come.
26 And he that overcometh,
GREEK TEXT.
23 Kcu Ta TiKva avrrjs olttok-
Teva> iv davarcp- kcu yvaxrovraL
Trdarai at eKKX-qaiaL on iyco elfxi
6 Ipevvwv ve(ppovs kcu Kap8ia^-
KCU Bataoi V/J.IU eKaarco Kara ra
kpya v/xcof.
24 'Y/xIu Se Xeyco kol XoittoIs
Toly eV Ovareipoif, ocroi ovk
ey(OvaL rrjv ^i^ay^i-jv Tavrrju, kol
OLTives OVK tyvcuaau ra fiaOrj rod
Saraua, coy Xeyovaii^, Ov /3aA«
i(j) vpas aXXo (Sapos-
25 irXrjV o e^ere KpaTrjcrare,
oiyjiis ov kv rj^ct).
26 Kai 6 VLKWV kol 6 rrjpuiu
REVISED VERSION.
23 And ''her children I will
kill ^with death ; and all the
churches shall know that ^I am
he ""who searcheth * reins and
hearts ; and I will give unto
you, "every one, accoi'ding to
your works.
24 But unto you I say, ""and
unto the rest in Thyatira, "^as
many as have not this doctrine,
''and ''who have not known the
depths of Satan, as they 'say :
I Bwill ^cast upon you ""no other
burden :
25 But, 'what ye have J , Maold
till I come.
26 And he that overcometh.
» The Greek order is preserved by R. ;-foreign verss. (except
It., Fr. G.,-M.,-S.);-Woodh., Murd.
y Newc.'s by the pestilence and Stu.'s by deadly disease not
only weaken, but unwarrantably restrict, the Hebraism, which
rather includes whatever is deadly. See ch. 6 : 8, N. o.
' ' I, whom so many in them despise and dishonour.'
ch. 1 : 8, N. m, &c. For who. see 2 Pet. 2: 11. N. f.
See
' The universality of the prerogative is strengthened by the
omission of the article ; q. d. ' even hearts, all hearts.' W. ;-
Syr.;-Beng., Herd., Thorn., Mey., Grcenf., All., Stier, De W.,
Murd. AVakef. and Newc. use the article before each noun (as
do also It, French verss., Stu.), but in both cases as a supple-
ment. ' For vjxiuv ixaatcji^ says Bloomf. ; and so most others.
But the one dative conveys the idea of a general retribution ; the
other (forming a distributive apposition with the first), that of
an individual application. E. V., ch. 20: 13; &c.;-Syr., Dt..
Fr. S. (at the same time employing for the vfiCiv following a pos-
sessive pronoun of the third person singular = av-tov, which is
read in ' B. 38. Vulg. ed. [.4;». vestra]') ;-Casta]., Greenf., De
W., (as Fr. S.), Aret., Cocc, Daub, {you every man), Beng.,
Wesl., Jloldenh., Sharpe {you each), Stu. {to you . . . to each
one) ;-Win. (§ 47. 1. a.) on John 16: 32: 'exaato; for greater
precision is put after ;' and he refers also to Acts 2 : 6 ; II : 29 ;
Rev. 20 : 13). See ch. 6:11, N. b.
*> Instead of xai Koiriol;. all the recent editors adopt the read-
ing, roii xoiTtoU (A. B. C. 'a 22. /3 7. y 7. Compl. Vulg. MS.
Am. Copt. Aeth. Syr. Arr.'). I recommend that it be followed,
and translated thus, in connection with the second ■rots : unto
the rest that are. E. V., ch. 1 : 4, II, &c.
° This being not the commencement of what was to be
said, but a further determination of the ijilv, the Amer. Bible
Soc. has properly restored the small letter of the original
edition.
'' This xai is cancelled by all the recent editors, on the au-
thority of ' A. C. o 26. )3 7. y 8. Compl. Vulg. MS. Am. Harl.
Copt. Aeth. Syr.
omitted.
Arm. Slav. MS.' I recommend that and be
• See 2 Pet. 2 : II, N. f.
' W., T., C, R. ;-Latin verss. (diciint or aiunt), Syr. (uses
the same verb as in the first clause, but, according to the text
of De D. and Greenf., in the I pors. phir. of the pret. ; while
that of P. and Lee =: Murd. they say.), German verss., except
Herd, and Mey., (use sagen), Dt. {zeggen), Fr. S. (disent) ;-
Brightm., Penn, Sharpe, Stu., Words., Kenr.. Barn.
E The reading /SdjiAu (' A. C. a 20. )3 6. y 8.' Comp. v. 22)
is adopted by all the recent editors, except Beng. and Griesb.
(both of whom, however, mark it as of equal authority. Theile
even cites Gnesb. as having adopted it.) and Bloomf., who
thinks that jia7.ui ' may be the true reading.' I recommend that
fiiixxu be followed: I cast. E. V., vv. 10, 14, 22, and gen-
erally elsewhere, renders fiaXKa, to cast. Comp. Ps. 55 : 22 ;-
W. {shall send), R. ;-VuIg. (mittam), Germ, (werfen), Fr. S.
(jetterai) ;-Erasm., Vat., (as Vulg.), Moldenh., Herd., Mey.,
Hengst., {as Germ.). '
" Brightm., Wells, Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Thom., Penn,
Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Murd., Kenr.
' Castal., Cocc, Vitr., {quod;-foT Vulg. id, quod), Wells
Dodd., Wesl., Herd., Wakef., Newc, Thom., Mey., Greenf.,
Sharpe, Stu. (at ch. 3 : II), Lord, De W., Murd.
' No foreign vers, has any supplement, and, of English verss.
besides E. V., only T., C, G. ;-IIamm., A\'ells, Words.
!■ See V. 13, N. w.
13
9S
REVELATION.
KING JAMES VERSION.
and keepeth my works unto the
end, to him will I give power
over the nations :
27 (And he shall rule them
with a rod of iron ; as the vessels
of a potter shall they be broken
to shivers :) even as I received
of my Father.
28 And I will give him the
morning-star.
29 He that hath an ear, let
him hear what the Spirit saith
unto the churches.
CHAP. III.
And unto the angel of the
church in Sardis WTite ; These
things saith he that hath the
GREEK TEXT.
a^pi re'Aouy ra epya p.ov, Scocrco
^^'
dvav
27 Koi TTOLfxavei avTOVs eV
pafiSo) aiSr]pa' w? ra aKevrj ra
KepapiKa avvrpifieraL, wy Kayca
elXrjcpa irapa tov TTarpos p-ov
28 Kol Scocrco avTw tov darepa
\ .• f
TOV TrpCOLVOV.
29 O e^cov 0V9 oLKovcraTco tl
TO Jlvevfia Aeyei tols eKKATjaiacs.
CHAP. III.
Kal Tm ayyeXca ttjs iv Sdp-
Seaiv iKKXr]aias ypa^ov, TdSe
REVISED VERSION.
'even "he that keepeth " imto
the end my works, " I will give
him Pauthoi-ity over the nations ;
27 1 And he shall ■'tend them
with 'an iron rod, as the vessels
of 'the potter "are shivered ; ^as
I also ^have received of my
Father f
28 And I will give him the
morning star.
29 He that hath an ear, let
him hear what the Spirit saith
mito the churches.
CHAP. III.
And unto the angel of the
church in Sardis write : These
things saith he that hath the
1 There being but one and the same party in question, the
repetition of the article shows that xal is not copulative, but
epexegetical. To keep Christ's works unto the end is equivalent
to victorj. Comp. 1 John 5 : 4, 5.
■° See V. 1, N. b.
° The opposition of ipyat (im to spyur avT^j of v. 22 is sug-
gested by the Greek order, which is preserved by W. ;-Latin
verss. (except Castal.), Syr., It., Fr. S. ;-B. and L., Woodh.,
Stu.
"> The avf9 is retained in its place by R. ;-Latin verss. (ex-
cept Castal.), Syr. ;-Brightm., Dodd., Lord, Treg., Kenr.
P ' As a rightful king.' See Jude 25, N. g.— Latin verss.
{potestatem), Syr., It. (podesid), Fr. S. (autorite i-foT puis-
sance of previous verss.) ;-Berl. Bib., DeyV., (Geiealt), "Wakef.,
Newc. marg., Greenf. (ni'ii^?]), Penn, Stu., Treg., Murd.
1 'And, in the exercise of that i^ovaia, &c.' The Amer.
Bible Soc. has properly abolished the parenthesis.
' In this way, among others, shall these jtoifiivif xaur be
employed under the Chief Shepherd. Comp. Ps. 149 : 5-9 ;
&c.— For itotfiaii'o, see ch. 7 : 17, N. 1 ; 12 : 5, N. w ; Jude 12,
N. r. ' Significat non simpliciter regere, sed pascere, et regere
quomodo pastor gregem' (Jansen, cited by Leigh). And on
Ps. 2:9, to which the reference here is obvious, and where
Messiah receives of the Father the promise, which He now ex-
tends to His saints, Alex, remarks : ' By a slight change of
pointing in the Hebrew, it may be made to mean, thoic shall
feed them (as a shepherd) with a rod of iron, which is the
sense expressed in several of the ancient versions, and to which
there may be an ironical allusion, as the figure is a common
one to represent the exercise of regal power. (See for example
2 Sam. 7 : 7, and Micah 7 : 14.)' Syr. (same word as in Jude
12; which here also De D. renders, pascet), Germ, (weiden),
Dt. (hoeden), Fr. S. (paiira) ;-Calv. (Matt. 2 : 6, pascet), Vat.
('reget, \e\, pascet, vel, instar pastoris reget.'), Castal, Cocc,
Vitr., (u.^e pascere), Engl. Ann., Hamm., Scott, (feed), Berl.
Bib. (als ein Hirl regieren), Beng., Moldenh., De W.. Hengst.,
{as Germ.), Wakef., Greenf. (oyi^). Brown (1 Pet. 5: 2, act
as shepherds). (Jlilton, P. L. xi! 489, 490 :
' Despair
' Tended the sick, busiest from couch to couch.')
' The adjective is retained by W. ;-Latin and German verss.,
Dt.;-Newc. (at ch. 9 : 9), Stu., Lord, Kenr.
' Daub, (the potter's vessels).
° E. V. follows the reading, owfptiS^fftf <u, for which there is
very large authority of MSS. and ancient verss. (B. 'a 24. (3 6.
y 8. Compl. Vulg. Copt. Aeth. Syr. Arm. Arr. Slav, ed.'),
though of recent editors Matth. alone (not, as Bloomf. says,
' Lachm., Tisch.' [in his last edition], 'and Words w.'), adopts it.
According to our Text, axevr; is the subject of the verb, and the
sentence becomes brachylogical == (he shall tend them (and
shiver them), as &c. 2v^f pi'/3u is a common Sept. term for
laa. In the parallel Ps. 2: 9, Alex, substitutes shiver for dash
in pieces, on the ground that the latter ' weakens the expression
by multiplying words.' Sharpe (shattered) ;-Green.
' W. (as also I), R.;-Latm verss., Syr., Dt., It., Fr. G.,-M.,-
S. (which also exhibits the emphasis of the tyii by moi je-. as
the Latin verss. do by an expressed ego, and Greenf. by a final
1JX. See ch. 1 : 8, N. m, &c.) ;-Hamm., Beng., Dodd. (as I have
also), Wesl., Moldenh., AVakef., Greenf., All., Penn, Treg.,
Stier, De W., Hengst., Murd., Kenr. See ch. 3 : 21, N. h and
6 : 11, N. g. For have, see £. V., ch. 3 : 3 ; 11 : 17 ; Matt.
25 : 24 ; Acts 16 : 24 ; 1 Cor. 10 : 13 ;-R.;-foreign verss. (except
Herd., Mey.) ;-Brightm., Guyse, Dodd., Wesl., Newc, Woodh.,
Thorn., Penn, Stu., Lord, Treg., Murd.
'" See V. 22, N. w. The same objection lies against the colon
of V. 26, especially when the parenthesis of v. 27 is removed.
REVELATION.
99
KING JAMES VERSION.
seven Spirits of God, and the
seven stars ; I know thy works,
that thou hast a name that thou
livest, and art dead.
2 Be watchful, and strengthen
the things which remain, that
ai'e ready to die : for I have not
found thy works perfect before
God.
3 Remember therefore how
thou hast i-eceived and heard,
and hold fast, and repent. If
therefore thou shalt not watch,
I will come on thee as a thief,
and thou shalt not know what
hour I will come upon thee.
GREEK TEXT.
Aeyei 6 k^cov ra iirra Trvevfxara
Tov Oeov Kol rovf eVra da-repaf
OlSa (TOV Ta (pya, on to ovofxa
e'^^ei? or£ ^17?, kol veKpos el.
2 rluov ypr]yopu)v, kol arrjpL-
^ov TO. XoiTTOL a /xe'AAet caroOavilv
ov yap fvprjKa crov ra ipya 7re-
7rk7)pcop.eua iucoTriou tov Oeov.
3 fivrjixoveve ovv Trays eiXr)(j)as 1
Kal TjKovaas, kcll TTqpei, kou p.eTa-
vorjaov. 'Eav ovv firj yp-qyopi]-
(Trjs, rj^co eirl ae coy KAevrr?;? , koI
ov fXT] yvws TToiav copau rj^co eVt
o-e.
REVISED VERSION.
seven ^Spirits of God, and the
seven stars : I know thy works,
that thou hast ""the name
thou livest, and art dead.
that
2 "^Be watchful, and strengthen
the things ''remaining that "are
ready to die : for I have not
found thy works ^fulfilled before
s God.
3 Remember, therefore, how
thou hast received and heard,
and '■keep, and repent. If, there-
fore, thou 'dost not watch, I will
come J'upon thee as a thief and
thou shalt Jnot know what hour
I will come upon thee.
' Here also the Amer. Bible Soc. interprets and prints as in
ch. 1 : 4 (see N. p), and, in doing so, again departs from the
general sense of the Church.
b On the authority of A. B. C. 'a 19. /3 7. y 6. Compl.', the
to is cancelled by all the recent editors, except Bloomf., who
brackets it as being ' considered, with some probability, an in-
terpolation.' In the Stcpp. also, he says that the other reading
rests 'on very strong external authority,' but adds: 'yet in-
ternal evidence is in favour of the word, and the use here of the
article would be very suitable, considering that tivofia here de-
notes, not name, i. e. appellation, but attribute, what is ascribed
to a person or thing as a quality. And such is the sense of the
t.erm in Herodot. iii. 8 [80], oiiojua ttdrcuv xaXKiatov ix^h iooi'O"
^I'lji'.' Evidently, however, in Herodot. the 7iame is used for
the thing, which is, therefore, put in apposition with it;
whereas it is not the attribute or quality, to wit, life, that is
ascribed to the angel, but the name of it, and this concession is
instantly followed by a denial that he had aught beyond the
name, that is, the credit, reputation ; or a personal name (such
as Zosimus, Vitalis, &c.) that might ' be derived from life'
(Beng.) ; or the name of Christ, the Prince of life (Gerl.), or
the 'significant ofBcial name' (Hengst.), either of which carried
with it a presumption, that whosoever bore it must be ' alive
unto God.' There being thus no internal evidence whatever to
oppose to the external, I recommend that the version stand as
E. V. : o name.
' See ch. 2: 10, N. o, &c. Castal. (praesta te), Cocc. (e.Tnste),
Beng., Gerl., De W., Hengst., (werde), Scott (become). The
Syr., Grell., Ew., Greenf., and several of the Germ, verss., as
Moldenh., Herd., Mey., (De W. in 1839), &c., translate by the
imperative of the main verb ; = axoake.
^ Woodh., Lord. The circumlocution by means of a relative
and finite verb is avoided by "\T., R. ;-foreign verss. ;-Hamm.,
Wakef., Thom., Penn, Sharpe, Kenr.
° Except Beng. [iji.A'Kiv), and Matth. (JftiXKii drto/SaXXtiv. B.
and many cursive MSS. The Compl. has tiic7.ei.), all the recent
editors give Xijuvkm (' A. C. 12. 28. 34. 35. 36. 38. Vulg. Copt.
Syr. Erp.' I recommend that this reading be followed : were
ready ; that is, ' when I interposed.'
< See 1 John 1 : 4, N. q. E. V., Matt. 3 : 15 ; Acts 14 : 26 ;
2 Cor. 10 : 6 ;-W., E., {full) -.-Latin verss., except Castal.,
(plena), Dt. (roZj-marg. vervull), Fr. S. (accomplies) ■,-QaTnm.,
Beng. (erfilllet), Dodd., Clarke, (filed vp), Sharpe, Lord (per-
fectly performed), Kell. (filed), Kenr. (as IF.).
^ All the recent editors add fiov after ®ioi, on the authority
of A. B.C. 'a 27. /3 7. y3. Compl. Tulg. Copt. Aeth. Syr.
Erp.' I recommend that this reading be followed: my God.
Comp. ch. 2 : 7, N. b.
See Jude 1, N. g. While in this book the word occurs
11 times, and, except in this instance, is always in E. V. to keep,
nowhere else is it, as here, to hold fast ;-AV., R. ;-Latin verss.
(lob-]serva), Syr. (as in Matt. 19 : 17), Dt. (bewaar). It. (serva),
French verss. (use garder) ;-Beng., AH., De W., Hengst., (be-
wahre), Wakef., Newc, Treg. (observe i-smd so Murd., Kenr.),
Words. Of these and other verss. many follow Bez. in render-
ing the preceding rtcij by a compound relative (quae) and here
supplying a demonstrative (ilia).
' The present is employed by E. V. for the aor. subj. with
iav fi^. ch. 2 : 5, 22 ; &c. ; and here by W., R. ;-Dt., It., French
verss. ;-Guyse. Dodd., Wesl., Herd., Wakef., Mey., All., Penn,
De W., Kenr.
i E. v., last clause ;-Dodd., Woodh. Most others have the
same form of the preposition in both cases. See ch. 10: 2,
N. g. This first irti ai is bracketed by Knapp, Treg., and
cancelled by Lachm., Tisch., on the authority of ' A. C. 12. 28.
Vulg. MS. Harl.* Tol. Copt. Arm. Slav. MSS.' For the em-
phatic ov ftij, see V. 12, N. j.
100
REVELATION.
KING JAMES VERSION.
4 Thou hast a few names even
in Sardis which have not defiled
their garments ; and they shall
walk with me in white : for they
are worthy.
5 He that overcometh, the
same shall be clothed in white
raiment ; and I will not blot out
his name out of the book of life,
but I will confess his name be-
fore my Father, and before his
angels.
G He that hath an ear, let him
hear what the Spirit saith unto
the churches.
7 And to the angel of the
church in Philadelphia write ;
These things saith he that is
holy, he that is true, he that hath
the key of Dand, he that open-
eth, and no man shutteth ; and
shutteth, and no man openeth :
8 I know thy works : behold,
I have set before thee an open
door, and no man can shut it :
for thou hast a little strength.
GREEK TEXT.
4 " E\eLS oXlya ovofxara koI eu
HapbecTLV, a ovk i/xoXvvav ra
IfidrLa avTcov Koi Trepuwarrjaova-L
IX€T e/JLOV iu XeVKOLS, OTL a^LOL
5 viKCov, ovTos irepi^aXei-
Tai iv ifxaTiois Aeu/coty /cat ou
pi] i^aXel'^a) to bvopa avrov f'/c
rj/f /3(/3Aoi; rrj? C^'??, Koi i^op,o- 1
XoyrjcropaL to ovopa avTov iuco-
TTiov Tov iraTpos p-ov Kat tvwiriov
tS)V ayy^Xviv avTov.
6 O €)(cov oi)y aKOva-aTO) t'i
TO Uuevp-a Xeyei tols iKKXrjalais.
■7 Kal Tw ayyeXw ttj? iv 0i-
XaSeX(f)eLa eKKXyjaias ypa^|rov,
Ta8e Xeyei 6 ayios, 6 aX-rjOiPos,
6 e')(U)V TTjV KXeiSa tov AajSlS, 6
avolyoov kol ovSeis KXeUi, koI
kXcUl Kol ovSeh avoiyer
8 OiSa crou Ta epya- ISov 8e-
8coKa Ivairiov aov Ovpav aveco-
yp.evr]v, kcll ovbtis BvvaTai KXeicrai
avTTjv OTL p.LKpav '^X'^ts 8vvap.Lv,
REVISED VERSION.
4 '' Thou hast a few names
■even in Sardis, which have not
defiled their garments ; and they
shall walk with me in white : for
they are worthy.
5 He that overcometh, "the
same shall be clothed in white
"'garments ; and I will ""not blot
out his name "from the book of
life, "and "I will confess his name
before my Father, and before his
angels.
6 He that hath an ear, let him
hear what the Spirit saith unto
the churches.
7 And "unto the angel of the
church in Philadelphia write :
These things saith he that is
holy, he that is true, he that hath
the "key of David, he that open-
eth and no Pone shutteth, and ^he
shutteth and no Pone openeth :
8 I know thy works : behold,
I have "■jj-iven before thee an
'opened door, 'and no 'one can
shut it ; for thou hast a little
^ All the recent editors commence the verse witli aXK (Tisch.
axxa), on the authority of A. B. C. 'a 28. /3 5. Compl. Vu!g.
Copt. Aeth. Syr. Arr. Slav. BISS.' I recommend that this read-
ing be adopted : But.
1 All the recent editors omit xal, on the authority of A. B. C.
' o 28. /3 0. y 4. Compl. Vulg. Copt. Aeth. Syr. Arr.' I recom-
mend that this reading be followed : names in S.
" For of-roj, Lachm. and Treg. read oiVuj ('A. C. a 15. j3 2.
Vulg. Copt. Syr. Arm. Ar. P.'). For garments, see E. V.,
V. 4, and 29 times elsewhere ;-R.;-Penn, Sharpe, Stu. (vestments),
Lord. Treg. Several have clothes or robes. For ov fir;, see
v.l2,N.j.
" For from, see W. ;-Dodd., Wakef. and Lord (who also omit
the first out), Newc, "VYoodh., Penn, Stu., Murd., Kenr. R. ;-
More, Wesl., Sym., Thom.. Sharpe, Kell., omit the first out.
For and, see 1 John 2 : 20, N. j, &c. For i^ofio%oyr,aonai., all the
recent editors have oixoxoyt-aa (A. B. 0. 'o 2G. /3 7. y 3. Compl.').
" See ch. 2 : 12, N. r. For xXf iSa, all the recent editors
have xXilv (A. B. C. ' a 25. p 3. Compl.').
p ' No hand whatever, of man or angel.' See ch. 5 : 3, N. e and 1
John 4 : 12, N. y. — Foreign verss. generally ;-Howe, Wesl., Newc,
Thom., Scholef. at v. 8, {none), Wells, Wakef., Woodh., Penn (no
one . . . none), Sharpe. Stu., Lord, Treg. Among the other va-
rieties in the reading of this verse, on which MSS. and editions
are divided, A. B. C. and 38 cursive MSS., for the first xT-tUi, have
xwdati (Matth., Lachm., Treg., Words., Tisch.) ; B. and 30 cur-
sive JISS., for amiyu, have avoliii, (Matth., Words., Tisch.).
■! See ch. 1 : 6, N. y, &c.
A word rather of grace, than of power; the latter being
specially implied in a.ricjr/iiivr,i: — W. (gave), R. ;-Vulg., Sjt.,
Germ., Dt.;-Erasm., Vat., Aret., Hamm., Cocc, Bierm., Vitr.,
Daub., Beng., Wesl., Greenf., Lord, De W., Hengst., Kenr.
(Pagn. introduced propositi ; T., .set.).
' 'Opened in the exercise of my oificial prerogative' (v. 7).
Comp. Acts 7: 50. I recommend that aviayjj.. be always rend-
ered as a participle. — The participial form is preserved by W., R.,
(adoor opened) -j-Dt. ;-Bcrl. Bib., Beng., Wesl., Woodh., Greenf..
Kist, Lord and Words, (as W.), De W. Others (Fr. G.,-M.j
Heinr., All.) make BsSaxa avecfyji. = I have opened.
' All the recent editors have r-v instead ofxai, on the authority
of A. B. C. ' a 28. i3 8. y 4. Compl. Vulg. Copt. Aeth. Syr. Arm.
Arr.' I recommend that this reading be adopted, and in con-
nection with the Hebraistic addition, avtr-v, translated: which.
For one, see v. 7, N. p, &c.
REVELATION.
101
KING JAMES VERSION.
and hast kept my word, and hast
not denied my name.
9 Behold, I will make them
of the synagogue of Satan, which
say they ai-e Jews, and are not,
but do lie ; behold, I will make
them to come and worship before
GREEK TEXT.
KoX iTrjpT](raf jxov rov Xoyov, Kai
ovK -qpvrjaco to ovofxa /j-ov.
9 l8ov 8l8q}ij.l e/c r?;? crwayco-
yrJ9 Tov Sarava rwv Xeyovrcov
eavTovs ' Iov8aiov? elvai, kol ovk
elcriv, aXXa ■^evdovrar l8ov
thy feet, and to know that I have TroLrjau) avTovi iva tj^oxtl kol
loved thee. TrpoaKwrjacocriv Ivwitlov Ta>v tto-
8a>v aov, Kol yvSycTLv on iyco
T]ya7rrjcra ere.
10 Because thou hast kept the 10 "Otl err^prja-as rov Xoyov
word of my patience, I also will ^^^^ {nropovrjs p.ov, Kuyco ae ttj-
keep thee from the hour of / , „ r/ „ ^
, ^ , , . , . 1 111 pricrco €K rrif copa? rov ireipacraov
temptation, which shall coxae y^ i ', ' „ , v -
upon all the world, to try them ^V^ p.eXXovar)s epx^o-Oat €7rc r?;?
olKOvpeviqs oXi-jS, Treipaaat rovs
KaroLKOvvras iin ttjs y^s.
that dwell upon the earth.
REVISED VERSION.
strength, and hast kept my word,
and hast not denied my name.
9 Behold, I "give out of the
synagogue of Satan, ''those ''who
say '"that they are Jews, and
^they are not, but do lie ; behold,
I will make them to come and
ydo homage before thy feet, and
^ know that ^I have loved thee.
10 Because thou hast kept the
word of my patience, I also will
keep thee irom ''that hour of
"^trial, which shall come ''on the
whole world, to try '^those 'who
dwell ''on the earth.
" The Saviour withholds no good thing from His faithful str-
vant, but opens the riches of His liberality, to him that hath
still giving (comp. ch. 11: 3, N. i), grace before, now glory ; even
the necks of his enemies (comp. Josh. 10: 24; Ps. 18: 40;
Is. 45: 14; GO: 14.). 'The very synagogue of Satan, whence
issues nothing but contempt and threatenings, I give to be. and
will yet make, a source' (ex. Comp. the "-a of .ludg. 14: 14)
' of triumph.' It is questionable, whether the promise regards
the conversion of some of these deceivers (according to the com-
mon understanding, on which mainly rests the partitive con-
struction of Ix rijs aw. . . . ■tCav %iy-), and not rather simply
the humiliation of them all. — W. (shall give to thee of), R.
(will give of) ;-Vulg. (dabo de), Syr. (= De D. do ex), Germ.
(werde geben aus), Dt. (geef [?« eenlgeii] uit), Ft. S. ([i'eii]
donne rfe) ;-Erasm., Vat., Bierm., (as Vidg.), Pagn., Bez., Par.,
(praebebo eos qui sunt ex), Aret. (do eos qui sunt), Brightm.
(give out of), Cocc. (do quosdam ex), Vitr. (do e.v), Berl. Bib.,
Beng., Jloldenh., (gebe aus . . . etliche), B. and L. (m^en vais vous
donner quelques uns de), Guyse ('will give you victory over'),
Dodd. (vill give those [icho are] of), Wakef. (am giving [thee
some] of), A7oodh. (give [unto thee] those of), Thom. (give
thee some of). Greenf. {h )r]X [nxt] = this will 1 give to, or in
respect to, the synagogue &c.), All. (will dir etliche geben).
Penn (will give [to thee] them, of). Lord (give of). Hengst.
(gebe aus), Murd. (will give them of), Kenr. (as i?.). Barn.
(give). A present tense is used for 6i6u^t by others (as Herd.,
Mey.).
' Here tuv xiy. stands in apposition with r^j aw. See
ch. 2 : 1, N. b. For who, see 2 Pet. 2 : 11, N. f.
" See ch. 2 : 2, N. j.
» Seech. 2: 2, N.jj, &e.
' For ij^uai, rtpoaxuvjjuMjH'j Lachm., Treg., Tisch., have rj^ovai,
rtpocrxvi'jJffoiiffH' (A. 0. and a few cursive jNISS.). Our word
wo?-ship, by which E. V. uniformly renders Ttpoaxmia, is not
now in common use to express maiks of respect (particularly
the oriental ninnirn [Greenf.], bowing down, prostration, mak-
ing or doing obeisance. Wherever this last phrase occurs in
E. v., the Sept. has Ttfionxwia.) paid to our fellow-men. — Syr.
(= Murd. do obeisance), It. (s'inchineranno), Fr. G.,-M., (se
prosterner) ;-Castal. (veneratum), Berl Bib. (fussfallig ehren),
B. and L. (se jetter), Moldenh., Herd., Mey., (nitderfallen),
Campb., Alf., &c., (at Matt. 2 : 2), Wakef. (pay homage), Bos.
(prosiemi). All., De W., (fallen), Stu., Lord (fall), Barn.
( fall prostrate) ;-Bretsoh., Wahl, Rob. The adorent of the
Latin versions answers well to jtposx.
' Wesl., Wakef., Newc, Thorn., Stu., Treg.; of whom all
except Stu. and Treg. omit also the previous to.
* 'I; although, and all the time that, they have hated thee.'
See ch. 1 : 8, N. m, &c.
'' Gr. the hour of the trial. But the dependence of tf,i /iix-
f.ov<!t;s on upas is in English more strongly indicated, and the
loss of the second article at the same time compensated, by
means of the demonstrative. So Wakef. All the modern for-
eign verss. express the second article.
■= E. v., 1 Pet. 4: 12;-Wells, Wakef., Newc, Woodh., Thom.,
Penn, Sharpe, Lord. Most other verss. use a word cognate
with the subsequent verb ; e. g. W., T., C, R., Hamm., (tempt-
ation . . . tempt).
^ For on, in one or the other or both instances, see R. ;-N'ewc.,
Thom., Penn, Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Murd., Kenr. See ch. 5. 7,
N. a. For tlie whole, see E. V., ch. 12 : 9 ; 16 : 14 ; &c. ;-R. ;-
German verss. (der [dera] ganzen), Dt. (de geheele);-'Vt'es\.,
Woodh., Thom., Penn, Sharpe, Lord, Treg., Kenr.
' See ch. 2 : 22, N. s, &c.
102
REVELATION.
KING JAMES VERSION.
11 Behold, I come quickly:
hold that fast which thou hast,
that no man take thy crown.
12 Him that overcometh, will
I make a pillar in the temple of
my God, and he shall go no more
out : and I will write upon him
the name of my God, and the
name of the city of my God, xchich
is new Jerusalem, which cometh
down out of heaven from my
God: and I will write vjion him my
new name.
13 He that hath an ear, let
him hear what the Spirit saith
unto the churches.
14 And unto the angel of the
church of the Laodiceans write ;
These things saith the Amen, the
faithful and true Witness, the
beginning of the creation of God;
GREEK TEXT.
11 I8ov ip^ofiai Ta-)(y Kparei
e'x^^^J '^" firjSels XajSrj tov (TTe-
(j)avov (TOV.
12 O viKcou, Troirjao) avTov
arvXov ev rco i>a(o tov Oeov /lov,
Koi e^co ov ixrj i^eXOrj^ 'in, koli
ypayJACo eV avrov to buo/jia tov
Oeov fjiov, Kou to bvofxa ttjs tto-
Xecos TOV Oeov jxov, tyjs Kacurj^
lepovcraXrjfi, rj KaTafiaivovaa Ik
TOV ovpavov airo tov Oeov p.ov,
Koi TO bvopa /jlov to Kaivov.
13 e)((ov oi)y aKOvaaTco tI
to Uvevpa XeyeL Tois eKKXTjaiaiy.
14 Kou Tcp d-yyeXa> tt]9 eKKXr)-
crias AaoSiKecov ypa'^oi', Ta8e
Xeyei 6 'Api]v, 6 papTvs b ttkttos
Koi aXrjOLvos, rj OLPXV "^V^ KTLaecos
TOv Oeov-
REVISED VERSION.
11 'Behold, I come quickly:
^hold ^what thou hast, that no
•■one take thy crown.
12 'He that overcometh, I will
make 'him a pillar in the temple
of my God, and he shall Jnever
go out more ; and I will write
upon him the name of my God,
and the name of the city of my
God, ''of Hhe new Jerusalem,
which ■'''descendeth out of heaven
from my God, and ' my new
name.
13 He that hath an ear, let
him hear what the Spirit saith
unto the churches.
14 And unto the angel of the
church ""of the Laodiceans write :
These things saith the Amen,
°tlie faithful and true Witness,
the Beginning of the creation of
God:
' The iSov is cancelled by all the recent editors, on the au-
thority of A. B. C. 'a 20. fi 6. Compl. Vulg. JIS. Am. Tol.
Copt. Syr. Erp. Slav. MS.' I recommend that Behold be
omitted.
^ For hold, see ch. 2 : 13, N. w :— for what, see ch. 2 : 25, N. i.
>" See V. 7, N. p, &c.
' Comp. ch. 2 : 7, N. zz. ' Per ilium hiatum constructionis,
lectori quasi expendendum relinquitur. quanti a Deo aestimetur
animus masculus, et hostibus spiritualibus superandis intentus'
(Ramb.). ' By the construction : He that overcometh. to him.,
the overcoming, being set free from immediate connection with
what follows, stands prominently out, and appears as the indis-
pensable condition of participation in the promise' (Hengst. at
ch. 2 : 7). Comp. E. V., Prov. 19 : 21 ; 20 : 10, 12; &c.— The
force of the absolute nominative is preserved.and the personal
pronoun retained in the second clause, by E. V., ch. 2 : 26 ;-R. ;
-foreign verss. ;-Brightm., Wesl., Woodh., Stu.
' "W. (no more go out), R. {go out no more) ;-It. {non iiscird
mai piu fuori), Fr. S. (ji^en sortira plus jamais) ;-Brightm.
(iieither shall he go forth any more), Daub., Dodd., Wesl.,
Newc, Thom., (as R.), B. and L. (n^en sortira jamais),
Wakef. (go thence no more), Woodh. (out of it he sfiall never
more depart), Clarke (go no more out for ever), Penn (not go
out from [it] any more), Stu. (as fV.), Lord, Treg., (iiever
more go out), Kenr. (not go out any more). But no version
combines the terseness and the energy of the Greek emphasis,
which carries with it an absolute negation (w) of the idea, first
suggested as it were independently in the I'Sw. that in any pos-
sible contingency (^ij) Christ's conqueror should go out ever-
more (tti). Comp. ch. 18 : 7, N. g and 14, N. e.
^ Nothing is supplied by W., T., C, R. ;-Latin verss. (except
Pagn., Bez., Par. : id est), Syr., Germ, verss., It., Fr. S. ;-B. and
L., Wesl., Wakef., Newc, Woodh., Thom., Greenf., Penn,
Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg., Lee, Kenr. — The article is expressed
by W., G. ;-Brightm., Daub, and later English verss., as well
as all the foreign ; — the case also, by W. ;-foreign verss. (except
Fr. G.,-M.) ;-Newc., Woodh., Stu., Murd.
" E. v., ch. 21: 10; &c.;-R.;-Lord (descends), Treg.,
Murd. See ch. 10 : 1, N. a. The reading ^ xata^alvovaa is
substituted by Mill and all the recent editors for ^ xatajSalt'ii,
of the textus receptus.
I Nothing is supplied by W., R. ;-foreign verss. (except B.
and L.) ;-Daub., Wesl., Woodh., Thom., Penn, Sharpe, Stu.,
Lord, Murd., Kenr. The main emphasis is not on the ^oij
(Thom., Van Ess, Penn : mine own), but on to xaiviv. See
1 John 2 : 7, N. o. Syr. (= De D. nomen meum illud novum ;-
not, as Murd. : my own new Jiame), German verss. (meinen
Namen, den neuen).
■» All the recent editors adopt the reading, iv AooScxtio, re-
ferred to in the margin of E. V., and sustained by A. B. C.
'a 28, )3 9. y 2. Compl. Tulg. Aeth. Syr. Arr.' I recommend
that it be followed : in Laodicea.
' See ch. 1 : 5, N. r, &c.
REVELATION.
103
KING JAMES VERSION.
15 I know thy works, that
thou art neither cold nor hot :
I would thou wert cold or hot.
16 So then, because thou art-
lukewarm, and neither cold nor
hot, I will spue thee out of my
mouth :
17 Because thou sayest, I am
rich, and increased with goods,
and have need of nothing ; and
kuowest not that thou art
wretched, and miserable, and
poor, and blind, and naked :
18 I counsel thee to buy of
me gold tried in the fire, that
GREEK TEXT.
16 Oi8a crov to. kpya, otl
ovre \j/v)(fi09 ei, ovre ^earos'
o(p€Xou y^v^os ilyjf, rj ^ecrrof
16 ovTcos oTi •)(XLapos el, kol
ovre yj/V)(^po9 ovre ^earoy, fieWco
ae epeauL e'/c tov (rTO/xaTOf /xov.
17 OTL Aeyetf, Otl nXovaLOf
(l/XL, Koi TrerrXouTTjKa, kol ov8e-
V09 ■)(j)€Lau ix^y '^"' ^^'^ oiSa^ otl
(TV el 6 TaXaiTTCopos kol e'Aeeti'os',
KoX TTTCO^^OS KOL TV(l)XoS KOU yVjJLVOS.
18 (Tvp-ISovXevco (tol ayopaaai
Trap' ep.ov ■)(fivaLov TreTrvpw/xevov
REVISED VERSION.
15 I know thy works, that
thou art neither cold nor hot :
I would thou "wert cold or hot.
16 "So, because thou art luke-
warm, and neither cold nor hot,
I Pam about to Pvomit thee out
of my mouth.'!
17 Because thou sayest : I am
rich, and ''have become rich, and
have need of nothing ; and know-
est not that ^thou art 'the
wretched and "pitiable one, and
poor, and blind, and naked ;
18 I counsel thee to buy of
me gold ^purified ''by fire, that
° For lir;!, all the recent editors have rjs (' C. a 23. (3 7. y 2.
Compl.'). Nowhere else does E. V., in rendering oiruj, in-
troduce then (comp. Rom. 1 : 15 ; Heb. C: 15) ;-nor is there
anything for this addition in Syr., It., Fr. S. ;-Cocc., Beng.,
Wesl., Greenf., Sharpe, Lord, De W., Treg. {thus), Murd. Many
follow Vulg. Sed quia. Newc. marks then as supplied.
p For am about, see E. V., ch. 10: 4 (comp. ch. 3:2); Acts
3:3; 18 : 14; 20: 3; Heb. 8: 5 ;-S7r., Fr. S. (vais) ;-Pagn.,
Bez., Par., Cocc, Vitr., (futunim est, ut), Brightm. {it will
come to pass that), Wakef. (am going), Newc. (will soon),
Woodh., Thom., Sharpe, Lord, Treg., Murd. The Vulg. has
incipiam.^ For vomit see R. ;-Latin verss. (use the verb,
evomo), It. (vomitero), French verss. (use the verb, vomir) ;-
Stu., Murd., Kenr. Comp. Mdton ( Of Reformation in Eng-
land) : ' That queazy temper of lukewarmness, that gives a
vomit to God himself.' Others quite unnecessarily soften the
expression into cast (W. ;-Dodd., Newc, Lord), nauseate
(Woodh.), spit (Sharpe).
■! This punctuation, lately adopted by the Amer. Bible Soc,
sets off V. 17 as the protasis to v. 18. Hengst.'s objections, that
' so long a sentence does not suit the excitement proper to the
discourse here. And this sort of periodical diction is in general
little adapted to the Hebraistic style of the Apocalypse,' are not
valid. The structure of Prov. 1 : 24-31 (vv. 29, 30 being sim-
ilarly connected with v. 31.) is a sufficient answer to both. On
the other hand, the construction which Hengst. adopts, and
which makes v. 17 the ground of the charge in v. 15, is too in-
tricate, while it also breaks up a parallelism of equal solemnity
and force.
He prides himself, not only in his present prosperous con-
dition, but also in the course of conduct that has so resulted.
That the second clause is nothing more than a Hebraistic repe-
tition of the first for the sake of emphasis (Daub., Stu., Hengst.,
Barn.) is not proved by Hos. 12 : 9 (8), to which Hengst. ap-
peals as decisive. For, even though iniilir be taken as equi-
valent to the Sept. 7tin7.Qvtri»<x (E. V, / am become rich ;
Hengst. ich bin reich geworden ; &c.), and not to 7O.0va1.0i sifn,
(Luth. ich bin reich; &c.), it is still true, that what immediately
follows : ■^i "jis irxS'!: (E.V. / fiave found me out substance),
has special reference to the personal skill, by which Ephraim
claims to have secured these advantages. Comp. Ezefc. 28 :
4, 5. — R. (enriched) ;-Vulg. (locupletatns), Syr. (= De D.
ditatus sum). Dt. (verrijkt geworden), It. (so7io arrichito),
Fr. S. (mes richesses se sont accrues) ;-Erasm. and subsequent
Latin verss. (as De D.), Daub., Woodh., Newc, Penn, ([am]
grown wealthy), Berl. Bib.. Gerl., (bin reich geworden), Beng.,
De W., Hengst., (habe mich bereichert), Dodd., Wesl., (have
enr. myself). Wakef., Thom., ([am] become wealthy), Stu.
(have become w.), Lord, Barn., (am enr.), Treg. (have become
enr.), Kenr. (hare grown w.) For oihcvoi in the next clause,
Lachm., Treg., Tisch., have oiUv ('A. C. 12.').
• 'Thou, the boaster; thou thyself, and not that neighbour
whom thou dost secretly despise.' See ch. 1 : 8, N. m, &c. —
Latin verss., using a finite verb, express the pronominal subject;
Beng. and Treg. indicate the emphasis by the way in which
they print the pronoun ; Stolz (selbst).
' ' All the distinction thou hast among thy brethren, lies in
quite the opposite direction.' — It. (quel) ;-Grot. (' idque in summo
gradu, quod indicat appositus articulus.'). Daub., Berl. Bib.,
Beng., Herd., Goss., Mey., Bloomf., De W., Hengst., Treg.,
Words. All the recent editors, except Matth. and Bloomf.,
insert 6 also before ixtuvif (A. B. 'a 17. (3 3. Compl.'), and
Beng., Stolz, Treg., De "W., Words., translate accordingly.
I recommend that this reading be adopted : the pitiable.
" ' A fit object of pity ; not, as thou dost vainly fancy, of ad-
miration and envy.' — Brightm., Daub., (pitiful), Haram. (pit-
eous). Grot., Ros., ('ut omnium misericordiam commovere de-
beas.'), Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Newc, Lord, Bloomf., Barn.
» See ch. 1: 15, N. n. Germ, (durchldutert). It. (affinato);-
Hamm., Treg., (refined), B. and L. (purifie), Beng., Hengst.,
104
REVELATION.
ItlNG JAMES VERSION.
thou mayest be rich ; and white
raiment, that thou mayest be
clothed, and that the shame of
thy nakedness do not appear;
and anoint thine eyes with eye-
salve, that thou mayest see.
19 As many as I love, I re-
buke and chasten : be zealous
therefore, and repent.
MO Behold, I stand at the door,
and knock : If any man hear my
voice, and open the door, I will
come in to him, and will sup with
him, and he with me.
21 To him that overcometh
will I grant to sit with me in my
throne, even as I also overcame,
GREEK TEXT.
e'/c TTvpos, iva TrXovrrjcrr]?, koI
Ifiaria XevKa, 'iva TrepifiaArj, kol
/XT] (f)ai>€pcodfj rj alcT'^vvr] rrjs yv/x-
voTrjTOS (Tov Kol KoXXovpiov ey-
')(jpLaov Tovs o(j)6aXp.ov$ aov, Iva
^Xeirr)^.
19 e'yo) haovs iav (fyiXa, iXey
■)(a) KOL irai^evcd- ^rjXuxrov ovv
Kou p-eravorjcrov .
20 'I8ov ecTTrjKa eVt rrju dvpav
KOU Kpovco- lav Ti9 CLKOVcry rrjf
(^covrji p.ov, Kal avol^rj ttjv dvpav,
elaeXevcropaL irpos avTov, Kal Sei-
TrvTjcrco p.€T avTOv, Kal avros peer
ep.ov.
21 VLKcav, hcoaco avToi Ka-
dlcrai p.€T ipLOv iv to dpovco /xov,
wf Kayco ivLKTjaa, Kal eKaOiaa
REVISED VERSION.
thou mayest be rich ; and white
"garments, that thou mayest
5'clothe tliyself, and ^ the shame
of thy nakedness "not be mani-
fested ; and ^anoint thine eyes
with eye-salve, that tliou mayest
see.
19 ''I, as many as I love, I
rebuke and chasten : ''be zealous,
therefore, and repent.
20 Behold, I stand at the door,
and knock : if any "^one hear my
voice, and open the door, I will
come in to him, and will sup
with him, and he with me.
21 ""He that overcometh, I will
"give unto him to sit ^own with
me ^in my throne, '' as I also
» See V. 5, N. m.
' IIfpt)3o7.jj is translated as a middle verb by all the German
verss. (except Moldenh.), B. andL., Wakef., Greenf. (da^n), Stu.
' Nothing is supplied by Syr., German verss., Dt., It. ;-Cocc.,
Vitr., Wesl., Wakef., Penn, Sharpe, Stu., Kenr.
' ' In the day of manifestation.' Comp. Mark 4 : 22 ; 1 Cor.
4: 5; &c. ; and see 1 John 2: 28, N. y, &c. — Germ, {nkhl of-
fenbar werde), Dt. (niet geopenbaard worde), Ft. S. (ne soil
pas manifeslee) ;-Bez. (changed appareat of previous verss.
and of his own previous editions to manifestafiat ;-and so Cocc,
Vitr.), Beng., Gerl., Hengst., {n. offenbaret werde), Moldenh.,
Mey., All., De W., {as Germ.), Penn {not be made manifest),
Treg. {may not be manifested). For iyxjMsov in the next
clause, all the recent editors read iy;^p(,'3at or -laai (A. C. and
6 cursive MSS.), except Matth. and Bloomf, who give iVa
'V^P''*B (1^ cursive MSS. B. has i'va iyxp^aii-).
^ See ch. 1 : 8, N. m, &c. ' Such is my way of dealing with
those / love;' so different from the Laodicean self-flattery.
Thus graciously also does the Lord seek to save His servant
from misinterpreting the severity of the previous address, as
well as to enkindle the zeal of reformation. The emphasis of
the tyii belongs to the statement as a whole, not, as Treg. marks
it, exclusively to the latter clause. For fjjTiuiroj., Matth.,
Mey., Lachm., Bloomf., Treg., Tisch., Theile, read Sr;%cv£ (A. B. C.
• a 17. 3 4 y i.').
' See 1 John 2 : 1, N. b, &c.
■i See V. 12, N. i, &c.
' E. v., ch. 2: 7, 17, 26, 28 ; Matt. 20: 23, &c. (in this book
alone Siiufii is found 57 times, and only here and ch. 19 : 8 is
it in E. Y. to grant) ;-W., R. ;-Dodd., Wesl., Woodh., Stu.,
Lord, Treg., Murd., Kenr.
f E. v., in the last clause ; and often elsewhere ;-Dodd.
^ The German, French, and modern English veri^s. (except
Treg. and Words.), translate h ti^ flpwij) as if it were tTti tov
9f>6vov. But the mvariable occurrence of the latter phrase in the
same connection elsewhere (13 times in this book. In Matt.
19 : 28, E. V. renders it once improperly, in the throne.) is sufficient
reason, besides the h /ieaai tov 6p6vov of ch. 4 : 6 ; 5 : 6, for pre-
serving the present peculiarity. Nor, even according to English
idiom, is the expression of E. V. ' a strange kind of language,'
as Sym. alleges, but may be regarded as more strongly indi-
cative of rest, security, and fulness of possession. (Comp.
Shakspere, 3 Henry VI. i. 1 : ' Shall I stand, and thou sit in my
throne V and iv. 3 : ' See him seated in the regal throne ;' &c.)
!■ See ch. 2 : 27, N. v, &c.
{as Germ..), Wesl., Herd, {getaiitert ;-and so Mey., All., De W.),
Newc, Woodh., Greenf. (r]>i-isj, Penn, Lord, Kenr.
" Or, out of. ' That ix never stands for h is certain' (Win.).
Here it is taken to denote the meatis, by Germ. It. French
verss. ;-Pagn., Castal., Bez., Aret., Brightm., Par., Hamm.,
Grot., Vitr., Wolf, Beng., Wakef., Ew., Penn, Stu., Lord, De W.
(though he allows the other sense), Hengst., Kenr. ;-Bretsch.,
Wahl, Rob. :— the source, by Syr. (= De D. e.r), Dt. ;-Erasm.,
Vat, Cocc, Bierm., {ex), Treg. {from).
REVELATION.
105
REVISED VERSION.
KING JAMES VERSION. GREEK TEXT.
and am set down vrith my Fa- ! jicto. tov irarpos jxov eV ra Opovw overcame, and 'sat down with
ther in liis throne. avTou. '"" ^'^"^^"" "'" '"~ ^^ "
22 O k')(cov ovs aKOvcraTco tl
TO Uuevfia Aeyec rals eKKXr}<TiaLS.
22 He that hath an ear, let
him hear what the Spirit saith
unto the churches.
CHAP. IV.
After this I looked, and be-
hold, a door vas opened in
heaven : and the iirst voice whicl
CHAP. IV.
META ravra elSov,
Ovpa jjuecpYfievrj
Kai
ISov
€v Tco ovpavco,
1 heard, was as it were oi a trum- 1 ' \ . 1 '
coy aaXTTiyyos AaAovarjf jxeT
my Father ^in his throne.
22 He that hath an ear, let
hira hear what the Spirit saith
unto the churches.
CHAP. IV.
After "these things I ''saw,
and behold a door "^ set open in
heaven, and ''that first voice,
which I heard "^ as of a trumpet
i E. v., Matt. 13 : 48 ; Luke 4 : 20 ; &c. ;-W. {sat), T., C, R.,
(have sitten) ;-Erasm., Vat., Casta!., Cocc, Bierm., Vitr., (con-
sedi ;-for the Vulg. sedi), Wesl. (in connection with, have over-
come). Lord (ok (F.), Treg. {have taken my seat), Murd. G.;-
Pagn.. Bcz., Par., Wakef., Nen-c, Thorn., use the present : sit,
sedeo, am sitting. Woodh., Sharpe, Stu., have am seated.
' All that he had seen and heard, up to this point. — E. V.,
oh. 7 : 1 ; 18 : 1 ; &c. ;-W., R. ;-Vulg., Syr., Dt., It., Fr. G., -M.,
-S. ;-Erasm., Pagn., Vat., Par., Daub., Dodd., Wesl., Newc,
Woodh., Till., Allw., Stu., Lord (omitting things), Treg., Kenr.,
Barn.
' 'More lit.,' says StM., ' I perceived ; ^xi^tu more appro-
priately means to look. Yet the sense here seems evidently
to require an expression, which indicates the action of looking
in order to perceive.' It may rather be said, that this idea of
active, inquisitive curiosity is excluded, and that less by the
word used than by the whole spirit of the occasion. The thing
asserted is, the continued exercise of the power of ecstatic vision,
as in the Hebrew ,i:ni ''n''3>"i (Greenf.'s phrase here). — W. ;-
Latin verss. {vidi ;-except Castal.. who also omits xai ihov : ani-
madverti), German verss. (sahe ;-except Moldenh., halte ein
Gesicht), Dt. {zag). It. {vidi) ;-Hamra., Daub. ('John uses it
[fJSor] upon a fresh sight of some matter somewhat different
from the former, as a mere transition.'), B. and L. (but omitting
xai iSov : vis), Dodd., Wesl., Treg., Barn.
' The construction is the same as that of fisn with an absolute
noun, the noun being sometimes, as here, accompanied by a par-
ticiple (so Greenf. here), and merely points, as it were, directly
at the object in question. Comp. ch. 6 : 2, 5, 8 ; &c.— The sub-
stantive verb is not supplied by R. ;-Vulg., Syr., It., Fr. S. ;-
Erasm., Pagn., Vat., Daub., Beng., Wesl., Herd., Wakef., Till.,
Mey., Stu., Lord, Treg., Words. ; and of these the following also
translate ^viifiyti. (Beng., Matth., Griesb., Sch., Lachm., Bloomf.,
Words.: aviaiyij..) not as an adjective (T., C, G., R. ;-Newt.,
Herd., Wakef, Mey., Bloomf, Ell.), but as a participle, suggest-
ing that the door, instead of being accidentally open, or always
open, had now been opened for a special purpose : Daub., Beng..
Wesl., Till, {set o^en;-which obviates the ambiguity in, a door
opened.). Stu., Lord, Treg.. Words. See ch. 10: 2, N. d.
"■ See eh. 1: 5, N. r, &c. E. V. assumes that the voice is
called the first, in reference to other voices that followed ; and
this interpretation Barn, defends as ' the most obvious and
probable,' while he allows that 'it is certainly possible that the
Greek would admit of the construction indicated above. But,
1., John had as yet no reason to expect that other voices were
to follow ; — 2., that some unknown voice sounded like a trumpet,
is something by no means so suitable to form the main thought,
as that the person, by whom John was now to be introduced
to the heavenly region, was none other than He, on whose glory
he had already gazed, and whose names of majesty and power
had been proclaimed in his hearing-. The trumpet-voice (ch. 1 :
10) was the means of this identification ; — 3., the easiest and
most natural, and therefore, in connection with the preceding
remarks, the only admissible construction is that, which, dis-
pensing with the necessity of supplying the copula, brings
r] ^lAvrj . . . xiyavaa, by means of xai, into the same dependence,
in which dvfa rivECj,yfiivrj stands, on the i&ov. Comp. ch. C: 2,
and Matt. 3 : 17. — This reference of ^ rtpuii-}; appears distinctly
(often by translating ^'xovcro as a pluperfect,) in Syr. (= vox
prima ilia), German verss. (except All.), Dt., It. {ancora
quella), Fr. G.,-M. ;-Castal. (vo.vqiie ilia pr.), Bez., Par., Engl.
Ann. (' Or, and the former voice'), Grot, Cocc, Ros., (ilia),
Wells, Vitr., Daub., B. and L., Dodd., Wes!., Eichh., Wakef.,
Woodh., Thom., Till., Allw., Bloomf., Ell., Stu., Lord, Kell.
The copula is not supplied before ij, by G. ;-foreign verss.;-
Wells, Daub., AVesI., Wakef., Woodh., Thom., Allw., Sharpe,
Bloomf, Stu., Lord. Nothing is supplied before xeyovaa (or,
according to A. B. 'a 20. j3 4.' and all the recent editors, %iyav)
by G., R. ;-Latin verss., Dt., It., Fr. G. and -M. {[me] dit), Fr.
S. ;-Wells, Daub., B. and L, {as Fr. (?.), Beng. and later German
verss. (except Hengst.), Wesl., Wakef., Newc. and Words, (have
and as a supplement), Woodh., Thom., Allw., Greenf., Penn,
Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg., Kenr. : and, of these, R. ;-Vulg., It.,
Fr. S. ;-Erasm., Vat., Cocc, Daub., Newc, Woodh., Allw.,
Lord, Treg., Words., Kenr., also retain the participial form.
For as, see ch. 2 : 18, N. z. E. V., ch. 1:10; &c. ;-W. ;-Dodd.,
Wesl., Woodh., Till., Allw., Penn fas thaV), Sharpe, Bloomf.,
Stu., Lord, Murd., Kenr. See ch. 6 : 1, N. d.
14
106
REVELATION.
KING JAMES VERSION.
pet talking with me ; which said,
Come up hither, and I will shew
thee things which must be here-
after.
2 And immediately I was in
the Spirit : and behold, a throne
was set in heaven, and one sat
on the throne.
3 And he that sat was to look
upon like a jasper and a sardine
stone : and there was a rainbow
round about the throne in sight
like unto an emerald.
4 And round about the throne
were four and twenty seats ; and
upon the seats I saw four and
GREEK TEXT.
€fiov, Xeyovaa, 'AvajSa coBe, koI
Sei^co aoL a Bel yevecrOai fiera
Tavra.
2 Kal evdeco? iyevofx,r)v iv
-TruevfiaTr kol l8ov dpovo9 eKeiro
iv rw ovpavcp, kcu eVi tov Opovov
Ka9rjp.ev09'
3 KCU 6 KaOrjixevos r\v opLOiOs
opaaei XiOta lacnrLdt kol aapdn'co'
KOL ipLS KVKXoOeV TOV OpOVOV
» ' ' J,/
op.oios opacrei crfiapayoLvoo.
4 Kol KVKXoOev TOV dpovov
OpovoL elKoac kol Tecraapes' kolI
€7ri Tovs Opovovi elSov tovs e'lKoai
REVISED VERSION.
"speaking with me, ""sajang :
Come up hither, and I vsdll shew
thee things which must be 'after
these.
2 And immediately I was sin
the Spiiit : and, behold, a throne
shad been set in heaven ; and
•■on the throne 'one Jsat ;
3 And he that sat was ''
pearance like a jasper
m ap-
and a
sardine stone ; and thej-e was a
rainbow round about the throne,
Mn appearance like ' an emerald.
4 And round about the throne
were ""four and twenty "thrones ;
and upon the "thrones °I saw
' E. v., ch. 1 : 12 and generally elsewhere ;-W., R. ;-foreign
verss. (as in ch. 1 : 12) ;-Daub., Dodd., Wakef., Woodh., Thom.,
Till., Penn, Bloomf., Stu., Lord, Treg., Kenr. See ch. 17 : 1.
N. c. (Comp. Shakspere, Macbeth, v. 6 : ' Make all our trump-
ets speak]' and Milton, Hymn on the Nativity: 'The trumpet
spake not to the armed throng.')
f See ch. 1 : 19, N. c.
^ For the expression in the Spirit, see ch. 17 : 3, N. m.
' Besides its simple signification, this verb [xcljiai,. Hie] must also
be regarded as a Perfect Passive of tierjiit,' (Buttm.) ; and in
this view ixflnr,v becomes a pluperfect. Comp. John 2:6;
19: 29 ; 20 : 12 (E. Y. had tern).— Latin verss., except Castal.,
(use the plup. pass, of pono), Dt. (er was een troon gezet) ;-
Castal., B. and L., Till., Greenf., Lord, Words., (render Xxato
by a perf. part, pass.), Brightm. {tliere was a throne set), Mol-
denh., Herd., Mey., Van Ess., All., Goss., De W., {stand),
Hengst. (?aD-, --the word denoting, he thinks, that the throne
rested on the Cherubim).
This order is retained by the Latin and German verss.,
Syr.. It., Fr. S.;-Daub., Woodh., Sharpe, Treg., Kenr.
Beng., Matth., Lachm., Treg., Tisch., read ittt, tov epwov (A. B.
'a20. /3 5.').
' See ch. 1 : 13, N. c.
) The participial form is retained by very many ; but often
at the expense of the resonance in v. 3.
' Daub., Dodd., Wesl., Sym., Wakef. {appeared . . . with
[the] appearance), Newc, Woodh., Thorn., Allw., Penn {to
sight . . . in sight), Stu., Lord, Treg., Murd. {like the app.),
Kenr. {in sight). Barn. ;-Rob., Green {appearance, aspect).—
The preceding ^v is cancelled by all the recent editors (except
Mey., Knapp, Hahn, Theile), on the authority of A. B. and
7 cursive MSS. ; and for the subsequent sapSiv^, all (except
Bloomf.) read sapai'^j (A. B. 'a 26. /3 6. y 3. Compl.' Some of
these have aapSii<f.).
' E. v., in the first clause ; and see ch. 1 : 13, N. d.
■^ Excepting Matth. and Bloomf, all the recent editors cancel
the xai before tiaa. {bis) on the authority of A. B. 'a 12. J3 5
Compl. xB.' Er. (and several MSS.).' Bloomf. inconsistently
brackets only the first xai, as being ' absent from most of the
best MSS. and probably from the margin.' The evidence is the
same in both cases. I recommend that the now generally re-
ceived reading be adopted, and that in both cases ilx. tiaa. be
translated: twenty-four. Beng., Griesb., Knapp, Mey., Hahn,
Theile, write the two numbers in one : ilxoeiiian. Lachm. fol-
lows A. : ^pdvotjj tlxooi tsaaapa^' xai frtt tov^ ^Ixoac •? iffffapaj
^f)6pms rtpfffj3. x*^. See ch. 5 : 8, N. e.
° See ch. 2: 13, N. v. The injurious variation in rendering
Opovos in this verse began with some of the old verss., as Vulg.
{sedis . . . sedilia . . . thronos ;-W., R. : seat . . . [snail] seats
. . . thrones) and Syr. But the spirit, which may have led
to it, (avowed apparently by Vat. : diversa voce usi sumus
propter evidentiam.') of cautious limitation in describing the
'eternal glory' of the redeemed, is quite foreign to Scripture.
In the promises and disclosures of this book especially, they are
even set forth as the a-iivB fovoi 0£oi. — Thronus or a derivative
is employed throughout by Dt., It., Fr. S. ;-Bez., Brightm., Par.,
Hamm. and later English verss. (except Words.), Cocc, Vitr.,
B. and L., Beng., Moldenh.. Herd., Mey., Gerl., De W. ; and
many others at least observe uniformity.
" All the recent editors reject il&ov on the authority of A. B.
' a 20. (3 3. Er. Vulg. Copt. Aeth. Syr. Arm. Arr. Slav. MSS.'
I recommend that this reading be followed, but, in order to
mark the change of construction, would leave I saw in italics,
as a supplement, extracted from the iSov of v. 2. See Win.
§ 64. 3. 1. The fovs following is also cancelled by all the
recent editors, except Matth. and Bloomf., on the authority of
'A. a 11. Er.' and the ancient verss. already cited in this note.
I recommend that, in accordance with this reading, the word
the be omitted.
REVELATION.
107
KING JAMES VERSION.
twenty elders sitting, clotlied in
white raiment ; and they liad on
their heads crowns of gold.
5 And out of the throne pro-
ceeded lightnings, and thunder-
ings, and voices. And there were
seven lamps of fire burning be-
fore the throne, which are the
seven Spirits of God.
6 And before the throne there
was a sea of glass like unto
crystal : And in the midst of the
throne, and round about the
GREEK TEXT.
Koi rea-aapas irpeafivTepovi Ka-
Oi-jpievovs, 7repifiel3Xi]pei'ov? Iv
LfxaTiOLS XevKot^- Kol ka-^ov eirl
Tas K€(j)a\af avrau arecpaj/ovs
)(^pV(TOVS.
5 Kal e'/c rod dpouov eKiro-
pevovraL aa-rpairou kclL ^povrou
Kol (pcoval- KCil eirra Xa/xTraSe? ttv-
pos KULopevai ivcoivLov tov Opovov,
at elai ra eVra Tn'evp.ara rod
Oeov-
6 Kfxl iuCOTTlOU TOV Opovov 6a-
Xaacra vaXlvrj, op.OLa KpvaraXXco.
Kai ev peacp rod dpovov kou kv-
kXo) tov dpovov reaaapa ^coaye-
REVISED VERSION.
"the four and twenty elders sit-
ting, clothed in white ^garments ;
and ithey had ''upon their heads
■■golden crowns.
5 And out of the throne 'pro-
ceed lightnings and 'thunders and
voices ; and there "are seven lamps
of fire burning before the throne,
which are the seven "Spirits of
God ;-
6 And before the throne '^ a
^glassy sea like ^ crystal ; and in
the midst of the throne, and
^around the throne, "' four "living
p See oh. 3 : 5, N. m.
1 All the recent editors cancel the laxov, on the authority of
' A. a 28. /3 8. Compl. Er. Viilg. Aeth. Syr. Arm. Arr. Slav.
MSS..' except Bloomf., who marks it as ' most probably, or cer-
tainty, an interpolation,' adding in the Supp. that • internal evi-
dence is quite against it, though external authority is not strong.'
I recommend that it be omitted, and that atifdvov; be construed
as 7(p£5)3vrf pons, without, however, repeating the supplement:
and upon tfieir heads c^-c. Nothing is supplied by any of the
verss. that follow this reading, except Penn and Kenr. {having),
Sharpe and Murd. {were). For upon, see eh. 3 : 3, N. j, &c.
W. ;-Latin and German verss., Dt. ;-Brightm., Daub., Dodd.,
Penn, Sharpe, Lord, Kenr.
The present tense remains in Vulg. Cod. Am., Syr., Fr. S.;-
Cocc, Daub., Beng., Wesl., Herd., Newc, Woodh., Thom., Stu.,
De W., Treg., Words., Hengst.
1 All the recent editors give ^uvtu, xai ^fwta,!, (A. B. 'a 23.
i3 6. y 2. Compl.'-to which might have been added, of the old
verss., at least the Vulg., Syr. = De D. vox toiiitnmm, and Ar.),
except Bloomf, who says that, while the change rests on ' strong
external authority . . . internal evidence seems rather in favour
of the other order. But this needs explanation, which is not
given. See ch. 11 : 19. I recommend that the transposition
be made : voices and thunders. For thunders, see E. V.,
6 times out of 10 in this book ;-R. ;-Brightm., Daub., Dodd.,
Wesl., Wakef , Thom., Scott, Stu. (voices of thunder), Lord,
Murd., Kenr., Barn. ;-Rob., Green.
" Here, as in vv. 3, 4, the time of the verbal supplement is
best determined by that of the finite verb immediately pre-
ceding.— All the Latin verss. (except Par., stabant), Syr., Fr.
S. ;-nerd., Woodh., Greenf., Words., supply nothing. Berl.
Bib., Wesl., De W., Hengst., translate xamiavai, as a present
finite verb. Comp. v. 7, N. b.
' Here also the Amer. Bible Soc. has removed the capital let-
ter. Comp. ch. 3 : 1, N. a, &c.
" The semicolon at the end of v. 5 preserves the continuity of
what pertains especially to ' the throne,' and saves the necessity
of multiplj'ing supplements in v. G. — These supplements are
avoided by W., R. ;-Vulg., Syr., Fr. S. ;-Erasm., Vat., Cocc,
Daub., Herd., Woodh., Greenf., Treg., Words., Hengst. Jlany
others have only the first; Stu. and Murd., only the second.
All the recent editors insert uj before Bokaaaa., on the authority
of A. B. ' 28. (3 6. y 2. Compl. Vulg. Copt. Syr. Erp.,' except
Bloomf, who, while acknowledging that it ' is probably gen-
uine,' adds as usual, that ' internal evidence is rather against it.'
But see ch. 15 : 2. If Bloomf meant to sugge.st that the word
might have been introduced here from the latter text, the ob-
jection is of no force against the admitted preponderance of ex-
ternal authority, joined to the fact, that a plentiful use of this
particle is one of the most marked characteristics of the book.
I recommend that the reading be adopted, and that the words,
as it were, be inserted after throne.
" The adjective is retained here by Latin and German verss.,
Dt. ;-Wakef , Woodh., Thom., Ell., Lord ; and at ch. 15 : 2, also
by W., T., C, G. ;-Brightm. (who has it here in the Comment.).
(Comp. Hor., Carm. iv. 2 : ' Vitreo . . . ponto ;' and Milton, P. L.
vii. 619 : ' The clear hyaline, the glassy sea.')
y See ch. 1 : 13, N. d.
'■ Woodh., Thom., Penn, Sharpe (round), Stu. (at ch. 5 : 7),
Treg., Murd.
" Syr. (= Greenf. ni''n), Fr. S. (i}lres vivants) ;-Engl. Ann.
(■■ or, living wights'), Hamm., Wells, Daub, (weights), Berl. Bib.
(lebendige Dingen), Lowm., Gujse, Dodd., Wesl.. Gill, Newt.,
Moldenh. (leh. Personen), Herd., Stolz, Van Ess, Kist., Mey.,
(Lebendige), Sym., Wakef, Newc, Thom. (animate beings),
Clarke, Scott, AUw., All. (lebende Wesen), Jones, Penn, Sharpe,
Bloomf, Ell., Stu., Lord, De W. (' Thiere oder lebendige We-
sen'), Treg., Words., Lee, Scholef, Kell., Barn, (living beings).
lOS
EEVELATION.
KING JAMES VERSION.
throue, ivere four beasts full of
eyes before and behind.
7 And the first beast ivas like
a lion, and the second beast like
a calf, and the third beast had
a face as a man, and the fourth
beast was like a flying eagle.
8 And the four beasts had
each of them six i^dngs about
Mm; and they were full of eyes
within : and they rest not day
GREEK TEXT.
fxovra o(p9aXfJL(av efnrpoadei' Kou
binaOev.
7 /cat TO ^S)OV TO TrpCOTOV OfXOlOV
XeovTi, KOL TO SevTepov ^a>ou op-OL-
OV p6a')((p, Koi TO TpLTOV ^u>ov
e^^oj^ TO TrpoacoTTOu a>? avOpwiros,
Koi TO TerapTOu ^coov opoiov deTco
TreTcopei'a).
8 Kol Tecraapa ^coa, ev Kaff
eavTO, ei^ou ava TTTepvyas c^
KVKXoOev, KOU eacodev yepovTa
6(f)6aXpcov, Kol avairavaiv ovk
REVISED VERSION.
creatures full of eyes before and
behind.
7 And the first ''living creature
^is like a lion, and the second
''living creature like a calf, and
the third ''living creature ''hath
■^the face as a man, and the fourth
''living creature ^is like an eagle
flying.
8 And ' four '^living creatures,
^each one by itseli', shad six
wings ;'' round about and within
Hheij ivere full of eyes ; and they
•^ For living creature, see v. 6, N. a. For the present
tenses, see v. 5, N. u. Syr. (though De D. has habebat for
= est iUi; and Murd., the preterit throughout.) ;-BL'rl. Bib.
(isl), Wesl. (is, 3 times . . . hath). Nothing is supphed, and
cX"' is rendered by a particip'e, by W., R. ;-Vulg., Fr. S. ;-
Erasm., Vat., Cocc, "Woodh., Words.
' Tlie article limits the resemblance to that part. — Dt., It.,
French verss. ;-Beng., Woodh. (the aspect), Allw., Treg., Kenr.,
(the face as of a man ; according to the reading, ij dfSpiorfou, of
' A. 11. 13. 36. Vulg. Copt. Syr. Arr.,' and edited by Lachm.,
Hahn, Treg., Words., Tisch., Theile.), Jones, Pcnn, Sharpe, {the
face of a man ; according to the reading. a.v6^<Jinov, of B. and
'a 15. /3 5.' and edited by Matth., Griesb., Mey., Sch.), De W.
(=Treg.). Bloomf. ('would now edit [us] di'SpuTtov ;' thus
leaving of recent editors only Beng. and Knapp for wSfuTto;.
■' Tlitunipcj, (or, as all the recent editors read, here and else-
where, Tiitoji..) is not merely 'epith. ornans, quod aquila volatu
eminet' (Eichh. ; and so Barn.), but indicates that the wings
were ' outspread,' as in the act of flying, in accordance with the
cherubic posture in the tabernacle and temple (Ex. 37: 9;
Is. 6: 2. Comp. Ezek. 1 : 9, 11, &c.).— W., K. ;-Latin verss., Syr.
(^ aquilae qui volat j-Mmd. an eagle when flying). Fr. M.
{un aigle qui vole), Fr. S. (un aig. qui etend les ailes) ;-B. and
L. (u)u aig. qui v.), Greenf., Lord, Kenr.
• All the recent editors, except Bloomf., insert fa, on the au-
thority of A. 9. /3 5. Syr.' I recommend that this reading be
followed : the.
' See V. 6, N. a.
^ For the order, see R. ;-Latin verss. (except Castal.), Syr. ;-
Daub., Herd., Mey., Stu., De W., Treg., Words. For by itself,
see Dt. (voor zich zeloen), Fr. G. {d part) ; Pagn., Bez., Par.,
Grell., (per se), Cocc, Vitr., (pro se), Berl. Bib. {filr sich
selbst). But the reading 'iv avtuv (' A. B. a 10. j3 3. y 2. Compl.
Vulg.- Copt. Aeth. Syr. Arm. Arr. Slav, ed.') is substituted for
avti by all the recent editors, except Matth. (he has simply
iv ' a 15. /3 5.,' and, according to Words., B.) and Bloomf. Also
the reading tx°v (Treg. and Tisch. give £';kuv, on the authority
of A. and 6 cursive MSS.), instead oi -dxov; is sustained by
' B. a 15. /3 2. y 2. Comp'.,' and adopted by all the recent editors,
except Bloomf. I recommend that the readings, tv wituv and
txov or 'ix'^" be followed, and, in connection with the distributive
and, translated : each one of them having. For each one, see
T., C, G., R. ;-Stu. : — for translating 'ixov by a participle, see
Fr. S.;-Woodh., Stu.. De W., Words. This last 'change, in
connection with that recommended in N. i, requires a comma
after wings.
^ For this reference of xvx7M6iv, it may be said, 1., that, as-
suming f;i;ov or 'ix^v and yi/xovaiv (N. i) to be the true readings,
the structure of the whole verse is simplified ; — 2., that the
other arrangement does not harmonize with the cherubic ap-
pearances before referred to, v. 7, N. d ; — 3., and might have pre-
cluded the Seer's minute observation of the other features
(vv. 6, 7), which first caught his eye; — while. 4., the construc-
tion proposed is apparently required by the t^rtpoaSf r xai brttaBiv
of V. 6 ; — and, 5., is that adopted by Vulg. (according to the text,
senas, et in circnitu, followed by W., All., Kenr. ;-R. having
prefeiTcd the reading, senas in circuitu, et, which appears also
in the Sixtine edition of 1590), Fr. S.;-Grot. ('Alae enim sex
. . . non possunt esse in circuitu.'), Hamm., Beng. and the later
editors, except Matth. (though he follows it in his version), Sch.,
Words. Even if xvx'^.. were construed as in E. V., it would be
well to omit the supplemental him, and so leave room for
Areth.'s understanding of the word, as describing the position,
not of the wings, but of the living creatures themselves (oi rHv
rtf Epiiyior, d>,to iuv tsaadjiav atdai-v). For round about, see
E. v., vv. 3, 4; 5: 11 ;-W. (all about), R. ;-Hamm., Daub.,
Dodd., Wesl., Newc, Treg., Kenr.
' I recommend that the reading yijx.ovai.v, adopted by all the
recent editors on the authority of ' A. B. a 20. /3 7. y 4. Compl.,'
be followed, and translated : they are full ; but, if the changes
recommended in NN. g and h be made, then that the version
stand thus : are round about and within fidl of eyes.
REVELATION.
109
KING JAMES VERSION.
and night, saying, Holy, holy,
holy, Lord God Almighty, which
was, and is, and is to come.
9 And when those beasts give
glory, and honour, and thanks to
him that sat on the throne, who
liveth for ever and ever,
10 The four and twenty elders
fall down before him that sat on
the throne, and worship him that
liveth for ever and ever, and cast
their crowns before the throne,
saying,
11 Thou art worthy, Lord,
GREEK TEXT.
e'xovo-iu rjfjLepaf Koi vvktos, Ae-
yovra, AyLO?, ayios, aycos Kv-
pios o Oeos 6 TTavTOKparcop, 6 rju
Kou 6 av Kou 6 ip^Ofxevos.
9 Kou orav Scoaovo-i ra ^wa
Sogau Koi TLfxi]v Koi ev^apLarlav
Tcp Kadrip.evai eVt tov dpovov, tco
^covTt ei? Tovf aloivas rwv alcoucou,
10 TreaovvraL ol e'lKoai kou
Tecrcrapes TrpecrfivTepoi IvcaTTLOv
TOV KaOrjjxevov iirl tov Opovov,
KOU TTpoaKwovcrc Tw ^avTL et?
Tovs alavas Tmv alwvayv, kou /3aA-
Aoi;o"£ TOVS aTe(pai'ovs avTcav iva-
TTLOV TOV Opovov, XiyOVT^S,
11 ' A^ios el, KvpLe, Xafielv
REVISED VERSION.
Jhave no rest day and night, -"say-
ing : JHoly, holy, holy, ''the Lord
God ''the Almighty, 'who was,
and 'who is, and 'who ™cometh.
9 And when "the living crea-
tures "shall give glory, and
honour, and thanks to him that
I'sitteth on the throne, who liveth
•"unto the ages of the ages,
10 The 'four and twenty elders
■"shall fall down before him that
'sitteth on the throne, and ''shall
worship him that liveth 'unto
the ages of the ages, and "they
cast their crowns before the
throne, saying :
11 Thou art worthy, ''0 Lord,
1 This work of praise being itself their sabbatism. — E. V.
marg. ; ch. 14 ; 11. Here also the Greek construction by means
of a verb and an accusative is retained by W., T., C, R. ;-VuIg..
German verss. (except Moldenh.), Dt., Fr. G. ;-Erasm., Vat.,
Aret., Engl. Ann., Cocc, Daub., Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg.,
Murd. ;-Rob. For Xfyofra all recent editors (except Bloomf.)
read 7.iyoveii (A. B. 'a 21. /3 5. y 2. Er.'). The oiytoj is re-
peated 9 times in ' B. a 17. /3 3. Compl. Arm.'
'' Syr. (= De D. Domiims Deus iUe Omnipotens), Germ.
(Gott, der Herr, der Allmdchlige). Dt. (de Heer God, de Al-
magtige), It. (il S ignore Iddio, I'Oninipotente), Fr. G.,-M.,
(le Seigneur Dieu tout-puissant), Fr. S. (/e Seigneur Dieu, le
Tout-Puissant) -j-Bcz., Grell., Titr., (as De D.), Hamm. (L.
G. the ruler of all things), Daub., Thom., Treg., Words.. Kenr.,
(L. G. the Aim.), Beng., Moldenh.. (der H., G., der Allm.).
Wesl., Herd. (G. der H., der Allbeherrscher •-a.-ai. so Mey., ex-
cept that he inserts a comma also after Gott), Wakef. (marking
the first article as supplied). Woodh., All. (as Germ. ;-and so
De W., Hengst.), Lord (L. the G. Aim.).
1 See 2 Pet. 2 : 11, N. f. For the double repetition of the
relative, see E. V., ch. 1 : 4, 8 ■,-^V., R. ;-Vulg., Syr., German
and French verss.. Dt., It. ;-Erasm., Vat., Castal., Grell., Daub.,
Wesl., Wakef.. Woodh., Thorn., AIlw., Lord, Treg., Kenr.
" See ch. 1 : 4, N. o, &c.
" The ilia of the Vulg. has been followed by the Syr. ; the
old English verss. ; the Latin verss. (except Ca.stal., Cocc.) ;
and in later times, excepting Roman Catholic verss., only by
Wells (these), Daub., Newo. For living creatures, see v. 6,
N. a.
° The finite verbs of vv. 9, 10 are commonly explained as in
the Hebraistic future of customary action, and translated into
the past or present time; which is better than Win.'s reference
of them to the subsequent visions. But the future form is to
be retained, as further intimating, that this accordant and simul-
taneous worship is the blessed and unchangeable law of the
eternal sanctuary. Thus it ' ever shall be.' — Syr., Fr. S. ;-
Hamm. (shall give), B. and L. marg., Thom. (are to prostraie
themselves ... and to worship). Daub., Greenf. (ii^Qi), Sharpe
(shall give . . . will fall down . . . will worship), De W., Dav. ;-
Win.
P R.;-Syr., Fr. S. ;-Daub., Beng., Dodd. and Lord (sits),
Wesl., Herd, and later German verss., Wakef., AVoodh., Thom.
(is seated), AUvr., Penn, Sharpe, • Stu., Treg., Words., Murd.
E. V. follows Pagn., Bez., &c. (insidehat).
1 See ch. 1 : 6, N. g, &c.
' Here also (comp. v. 4, N. m) all the recent editors, except
Matth. and Bloomf, cancel the xot after dx., on the authority
of A. B. 'a 8. /3 4. Compl. x6.' Er.' I recommend that, in
accordance with this reading, the word and be omitted, and
that eIx. tsaa. be translated : twenty-four. For shall, see
V. 9, N. o.
See V. 9, N. p.
' See ch. 1 : 6, N. g, &c.
" Other C'litions of the received text, and all the recent editors,
have j3a%ov(si. I recommend that this be adopted : shall cast.
' For Kuptf (Griesb., Knapp, Mey., Sch.), Beng. has KiJpie
o ^£05 sj^w (' a 5. 3 3. Vulg. Copt. Aeth. Arm. Erp. Slav. MSS.'),
and Matth., Lachm., Hahn, Treg., Words., Tisch., Theile, have
o KiJpto{ xai 6 ®f6{ ijfiuv ' A. B. a 23. /3 5. y 4. Compl. Am.
Syr. Ar. P.'). Bloomf. also now thinks that the authority for
the common text is ' too slender to be relied on.' If, however
neither of tl;e variations is adopted, I should still recommend
that the margin contain this note : ' Or, as many copies read :
oiir Lord and God.' It deserves to be noticed, that ' a 24.
p 5. y 4. Con pi. Syr. Ar. P.' add o iytoj, and for this Words,
cites also B.
no
REVELATION.
KING JAMES VERSION.
to receive glory, and honour, aud
power : for thou hast created all
things, aud for thy pleasure they
are and were created.
CHAP. V.
And I saw in the right hand
of him that sat on the throne a
book written within and on the
back side, sealed with seven
seals.
2 And I saw a strong angel
proclaiming with a loud voice,
Who is worthy to open the book,
and to loose the seals thereof?
3 And no man in heaven, nor
in earth, neither under the earth,
GREEK TEXT.
8vvafJLLV OTL av kKTiaas to. iravra,
kolI 8ia TO deXrjfia aov elai kol
iKTicrOyjaav.
CHAP. V.
KAI el8ov iiil rrjv Se^iau tov
Kadr]fiei>ov eVt tov Opovov ^l^Xlov
yeypafifjievov eacodeu kou ottl-
adeu, KaTeaCppayLO-fJLeuou cr([)pa-
yZcTLV (.ITT a.
2 Kai eiSou ayyeXou LO~)(Vpov
Kr]pvcrcrovTa (pcovrj peyaXr), Tis
icTTiv a^LOS duol^aL to ^l^Xlov,
Koi Xvaac tols a(f)payt8a9 avTov ;
3 KOU ovO€is rjSuuaTO iv tw
ovpavu), ov8e eVt ttj^ yrjs, ovSe
REVISED VERSION.
to receive "the glory, and "the
honour, and "the power : for
"thou ^didst create all things,
and ^because of thy ^will they
^are, and were created.
CHAP. V.
And I saw "upon the right
hand of him that sat on the
throne a book written within and
on the ""back, sealed ""up with
seven seals.
2 And I saw a ''mighty angel
proclaiming ''with a loud voice :
Who is worthy to open the book,
and to loose the seals thereof'?
3 And no "^one %as able in
heaven,'' nor ^on ""the earth, 'nor
™ For the articles, see ch. 1 : 6, N. e, &c. ' Thou, the Crea-
tor ; Thou, and none else.' See ch. 1 : 8, N. m, &c.
• '^ The temporal reference of ixnaas and ixtiaSriaav is the
same, and both have been often translated by the perfect. But
it is better to preserve the historical force, as E. V. does in the
latter instance.— E. V., ch. 10 : 6 ; Mark 13 : 19 ; &c. ;-W.
(^madest) ;-Pr. S. (creas) ;-Sharpe (createdsi), Lord.
>■ ' The sole ground of the existence of the universe is the
existence of a divine volition.' This is commonl}', but unneces-
sarily, regarded as one of the exceptional cases, in which Sid
with the accusative denotes the means. — E. V., Matt. 13 : 21 ;
&c. ;-T., C, G., (for thy wiWs sake) ;-Vulg. (propter), Syr. ;-
Erasra., Pagn., Par., Cocc, Ros., (as Vulg. ;-Daub. censuring
those who, as Bez. and Vitr., changed this into per), Beng. (oow
deines Willcns wegen), Treg., Murd. ;-AVin. (' On closer in-
spection on account of [um . . . willeii] suits quite well.').
' E. v., always so elsewhere (63 times), except Eph. 2 : 3,
where the plural is, desires ;-W., T., C, G., R. ;-foreign verss.;-
Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Newc, Woodh., Thorn., Scott, AUw.,
Penn, Stu., Lord, Kenr., Barn.
' All the recent editors have ^eav ('A. B. a 17. ^ 4. y i.
Vulg. Copt. Arr. Slav. MS. Georg.'). I recommend that it be
adopted: were. 'God willed, and the universe was; was, as
a creature? For ix'tic6f;isai> does not denote continuance in
being (Beng., Wesl.), nor is it synonymous with r^aav (Eichh.),
but ' explains and renders more intensive the affirmation' (Stu.).
" Beng. : ' He presented it openly, to give it to whosoever
should be worthy.' Comp. ch. 1 : 20, N. d, &c.— Syr. ;-Pagn.,
Casta!., Bez., Aret, Grot., (arf;-but see v. 7, ix), Brightm.
(' at or upon'). Daub, (on), Beng. (auf), Wakef., Sharpe,
JIurd., (at), Stu., De W. (' iai may here and 20 : 1 be taken
strictly'-o!*/"), Hengst. ('Properly: toward the right hand.
Comp. the ini in like manner in ch. 3 : 20 ; 15 : 2 ; 20 : 1 ;
JMatt. 27 : 29, where the other reading h> ty ht^ia, is merely ex-
planatory.') ;-Wahl (-cm, bey, zu, Lat. ad'), Rob. {'upon,
i. e. in').
^ W., R., (without) ;-Daub., Dodd., Wesl., Newc, Woodh.,
Penn, Kenr., (as W.), Wakef., Thorn., Scott and Allw. (on the
outside), Sharpe, Stu., Lord ;-Rob.
' German verss. (versiegelt), Dt. (verzegeld) ;-Pagn. and
later Latin verss. (ohsignalum ;-for the A^ulg. signatum),
Woodh., Bloomf. {sealed down), Treg. {firmly sealed), Words.;-
L. and S., Rob., Green. Of these, it is true, the foreign verss.
and Woodh. make no distinction between the compound verb
here and the simple one at ch. 10 : 4.
'' E. v., 5 times out of 7 in this book ;-Hamm., Wells
Daub., Dodd., Wakef, Woodh., Thom., Allw., Jones, Penn,
Stu., Lord, Treg. Before fur^. all the recent editors insert
h (A. B. ' a 20. 3 5. 7 2.').
« Grot. : ' Nulla res vivens.' See ch. 3 : 7, N. p ; &c. W. ;-
foreign verss. generally ;-and modern English, from Daub,
down ;-here avoid the restriction of E. V.
•■ The verb is translated before iv *9 oif. by R. ;-Latin verss.
("except Castal.), Syr., Fr. G.,-M.,-S.;-Beng., Moldenh., Woodh.,
Greenf, Treg., DeAV^., Words. After ovpoi'^, Matth., Knapp,
Mey., Sch., Words., add S.vu (B. ' a 18. (3 5. Copt. Syr. Ar. P.').
^ Syr., German and French verss., Dt., It. ;-Brightm., Daub.
(upon ;-and so Dodd., Wakef., Woodh.), Newc, Thom. and the
later English verss.
^ Dt., It, French verss. ;-Daub., Beng., Moldenh., Wakef.,
Newc, Thom., AUw., Greenf., Penn, Lord, Treg., De W., Murd.
' R. ;-Daub., Wakef , Woodh., Thom., Penn, Sharpe. Stu.,
Lord, Murd. (or), Kenr.
REVELATION.
Ill
KING JAMES VERSION.
was able to open the book,
neither to look thereon.
4 And I wept much, because
no man was i'ound worthy to
open, and to read the book,
neither to look thereon.
5 And one of the elders saith
unto me. Weep not : behold, the
Lion of tlie tribe of Juda, the
Root of David, hath prevailed
to open the book, and to loose
the seven seals thereof.
6 And I beheld, and lo, in the
midst of the throne, and of the
four beasts, and in the midst of
the elders, stood a Lamb as it
had been slain, having seven
horns, and seven eyes, which are
GREEK TEXT.
vTTOKarco r^r yv^j avol^ai to fSc-
^Xlov, ouSe ^XiireLv avro.
4 Kou iyw €KXaiov ttoAAk,
OTL ovo€i9 a^L09 evpeoTj auoi^ai
Kol avayvSyvai to (Sl^Xlov, ovt€
/SAeTreif avTo.
5 Koi el? eK tS)v Trpea-fivTtpGiv
Aeyet (jlol, Mr] KXaie- \8ov evi-
Krj(rev 6 Xecou 6 6)u €k rj^f (pvXrj^
'lovSa, rj pi^a. Aafi\8, avol^at to
(Sl^Xlov, Kol Xvcrai. Tas kiTTa
cr(ppayL8as avTOV.
G A'at elSof, Koi l8ov ev pecrco
Tou Opovov Kai tS)v Teaaapoov
^cocou, /cat iu p.^(rco twv TTpeajSv-
Tepcou, apvLOV eaTiqKos a3S eacpa-
ypevov, k^ov KepaTa eVra koi
6(j)daXp.ov^ eTTTU, ol elaL ra eVra
REVISED VERSION.
under the earih, to open the
book, neither to look thereon.
4 And J'l, I wept much, be-
cause no ''one was found worthy
to open 'and read the book,
neither to look thereon.
5 And one of the elders saith
unto me : Weep not : behold,
the Lion ""that is "from the tribe
of °Judah, the Root of David,
hath prevailed to open the book,
and Pto loose the seven seals
thereof.
6 And I %aw, and ''behold, in
tlie midst of the throne * and
of the four 'living creatures, and
in the midst of the elders, "a
"Lamb "'standing ^as if it had
been slain, having seven horns, "
and seven eyes, which are the
J ' As for me.' See ch. 1 : 8, N. m, &c. — Latin verss. {ego),
Fr. S. (moije) ;-Treg. (marks the pronoun as emphatic).
!■ See V. 3, N. e, &c.
1 All the recent editors cancel the words, xai avayvilivai, on
the authority of • B. a 23. /3 6. Vulg. Copt. Aeth. Syr. Arr.'
I recommend that, in accordance with this reading, the words
and read be omitted.
» E. v., John 18 : 37 ; &c. ;-T. (being) ;-Syr^(= De D. ille
qui [est]), Germ., Dt., It. (marking the verb as supplied), Fr. G.,
-M.,-S. ;-Pagn. {ille ;-and so Bez., Par.), Vat., Castal., Brightm.
{(hat), Cocc, Vitr., (ille, qui est), Beng., Dodd. (u-ho is ;-and
so Woodh., Thom., Allw., Lord), Moldenh., Greenf, Treg.,
De W., Hengst. Of these many follow the reading adopted by
all the recent editors, which cancels the Civ, on the authority
of A. B. 'o 28. ^ 7. V 3. Compl. Vulg.'
■" Comp. John 7 : 41 ; &c. Syr. (= Greenf. -a), Dt. (uil) ;-
Pagn., Castal. and later Latin verss., (e.r;-for the Vulg. de),
Beng., Moldenh., Gerl., Stier, De W., (aus ;-for Luth.'s von).
" E. V.'s Greek genitive has been exchanged for the Hebrew
name by Guyse, Dodd. and the later English verss. (except
Treg., Words.), and the Amer. Bible Soc. See ch. 7 : 6, N. o.
P All the recent editors cancel the xioat, on the authority of
' A. B. a 27. /3 8. y 3. Compl. Verss. exo. Vulg. ed. and Slav.
MS.' I recommend that this reading be followed, and that the
version stand thus : book and the &c.
1 Seech. 4: 1, N. b.
' E. v., 25 times, out of 30, in this book ;-R. ;-Wakef ,
Thom., Kenr.;-and so, at ch. 6: 5, Dodd.. TVesl., Newc, Penn,
Sharpe, Stu. But Bloomf. brackets, and all * the other recent
editors cancel, the words xai. iSov, on the authority of B. ' a 26.
/3 8. Copt. Aeth. Syr. Arm. Arr. Slav. MSS.' I recommend
that this reading be followed, and that the words, and behold,
be omitted.
' The comma has been removed by the Amer. Bible Soc.
' See ch. 4 : 6, N. a.
" The Greek order is retained by W., R. ;-Latin verss. (except
Castal.), Syr., Dt., It., French verss. ;-Brightni., Daub., Beng.,
Wesl., Moldenh., Sym., Newc., Woodh., Mey., Greenf., Jones,
Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg., De W., Words., Hengst.. Kenr.
" Berl. Bib., Beng., Herd., Mey., (Lammlein), Wakef. (little
lamb). But this etymological strictness is not favoured by
ch. 13 : 11, and the Sept. Jer. 11 : 19 (for on?).
" The participle is retained by W., R.;-Latin verss., Syr.,
Dt. ;-Brightm., Daub., Beng., Wesl., Jloldenh., Newc, Woodh.,
Greenf., Penn, Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg., Words., Hengst.,
Kenr.
^ For as if, see Buttm. § 144, n. 14; Kuhn. } 312. 6; Rob.
s. V. (ij, 2. a ; &c. T., C, G., (as though) ;-Latin verss., except
Cocc. and Vitr., (tanquam) ;-Brightm., Sharpe, (as T.), Wesl.,
Wakef., Newc, Woodh., Thom., Allw., Penn, Bloomf., Stier
(;wie wenn), Murd., Kenr.
J This comma, which the Amer. Bible Soc. has removed, is
justified by the gender of the subsequent relative, without even
insisting on the more common interpretation, which restricts
the relative clause to the 6<f9aXix.ovi.
* In the 2d ed. of his Translation, Treg. adopts the reading
of A., which, omitting xai diov, gives xai Hov xai.
112
REVELATION.
KING JAMES VERSION.
the seven Spirits of God sent
forth into all the earth.
7 And he came and took the
book out of the right hand of
Mm that sat upon the throne.
8 And when he had taken the
book, the four beasts, and four
and twenty elders fell down be-
fore the Lamb, having every one
of them hai-ps, and golden vials
full of odours, which are the
prayers of saints.
GREEK TEXT.
Tov Oeov TTvevfJiaTa ra ccTreaTaX-
fieva ely Trdaav ttqv yrji^.
7 KcLL TjXOe, Koi €t\r](j)e to
fii^Xlov e'/c TYjs Se^ia9 tov Kadrj-
fievov eVt TOV Opovov.
8 Kcti 0T€ eXafie to ^l^Xlov,
Ta Tecraapa (^(oa Kai ol eiKOcri-
Teaaape^ 7rpe(r/3vT€poL eTvecrov
evwTTLOv TOV apvlov, k^ovTes eKa-
cTos KiOapas, Kai (fjcaXaf •^vaas
ye/jLOvaa? 6vfxiap.aTCdv, a'i ela-iv
ai Trpocrev^aL twv ayioiv
REVISED VERSION.
seven "^Spirits of God sent forth
into all the earth.
7 And he came and ^took 'the
book out of the right hand of
him that sat "on the throne.
8 And when he ''took the book,
the four ""living creatures and
■•the '^twenty-four elders fell down
before the Lamb, ha\ang every
one ' hai'ps, and golden ^bowls
full of ''incense, 'which are the
prayers of Jthe saints.
* Here also the Amer. Bible Soc. now interprets and prints
as in ch. 3 : 1 (see there N. a, &c.).
' This ft7.)j$f is mentioned by Win. (§ 41. 4) as the only example
in the N. T. of a perfect used precisely as the narrative aorist.
But see ch. 7: 14; 8: 5. Bloomf brackets, and Matth., Mey.,
Lachm., Treg., Tisch., Theile, cancel, the words to j3(.j3f.iov, on
the authority of 'A. a 24. /3 C. y 2. Had* Am* Aeth. Arm.'
For on, see ch. 3 : 10, N. d. E. V., ch. 4 : 2 ; &c. ;-Brightra.,
Thom., Penn, Sharpe, Lord, Words., Murd., Kenr.
'' The same tense as in v. 7 appears in Syr.. Germ. ;-Castal.,
Beng., Dodd.. AVesl., Herd., Thom., Mey., All., Sharpe, Stu.,
Lord, Treg., Words., Hengst., Murd.
' See ch. 4 : 6, N. a.
■i E. v., ch. 4 : 10 ; &c. ;-R. ;-foreign verss. ;- Wells and later
English verss. (except Sharpe). The E. V. is somewhat relieved
in the revised edition of the Am. Bible Soc. by the removal of
the comma after beasts (so Ilamm., Kenr.).
' See ch. 4 : 4, N. m. T., C, (xxiiii.) ;-Daub., Dodd., Newc,
Woodh., Sharpe, Stu., Treg., Words., Kenr.
<■ E. v., ch. 20 : 13 ;-G., R. ;-foreign verss., except Syr. and
Greenf. ;-Dodd., Wes!., Wakef. (eac7t;-and so Sharpe, Stu.,
Treg.), Lord, Kenr. For xiddpa;, Bong., Matth., Lachm.,
Treg., Words., Tisch., Theile have xi,edt>av (A. B. 'a 19. /3 5. y 2.
Aeth. Syr. Arm. Erp.').
^ In classical Greek ^idxt; is ' a broad, flat, shallow cup or
bowl, esp., a drinking bowl or bowl for libations, the Lat.
patera'' (L. and S.). In the Sept. it commonly stands for p^n
(Greenf.'s term here), which is defined b}' Ges., Fiirst, &c., ' vas
unde spargitur (sanguis victimarum), phiala s. patera sacri-
fl,ca' (Rob. : a sacrificial bowl, basin). ' . . . De cratere vini
Am. 6 : 6' (Rob. : a wine-bowl) ; and is always in E. V. rendered,
bowl (Num. 7: 13, &c.) or basin (Ex. 27 : 3 ; &o.). To this
usage our English vial (.Johns., Rich. : ' a small bottle') does
not answer. — Latin verss. (phi al as j-the ph. being described by
Facciolati and Forcellini as ' poculi genus in superior! parte
latius : et fere ex auro, aut alia pretiosa materia.' Grot. : ' Hie
autem intelliguntur paterae' [the word used also by Ew., Ros.],
' in quibus erat thus et suffimenta alia.' Aret. thuribula), Syr.
(transfers the Greek word, and Murd. renders it, ciips ;-which
is objectionable only as suggesting the ideas of smallness, and
a shape 'more deep than wide' [-Johns., Webst.]), German
verss. (Schalen), It. (coppe) ;-Engl. Ann. (■ an allusion to the
censers of perfuming pots used in the tabernacle and temple.'),
Daub., B. and L. (coupes), Lowra. (has censers and cups ;-and
so Guyse, Dodd., Scott), Newc. Thom. {cups), Jones (' a kind
of goblet or basin'), Bloomf. (' Not vials, but cups, pateras,
something like our dishes'), Stu. ('bowls or goblets, having
uore breadth than depth.' He has boicls in the version.), Treg.,
Kell. (• cups, or basi7is'), Bonar, Comment, on Leviticiis, (' bowls
of the altar, or the like'). Barn. (' The idea is always that of a
bowl or goblet.') ;-Rob. ('o bowl, goblet, broad and shallow,
Lat. patera''), Green (a bowl, shallow cup, patera), &c.
'■ ©v/ti'a^a, by which the Sept. habitually render the n"iap
(Greenf.'s word here, and this in E. Y. is always incetise ; except
in three instances, perfume) of the 0. T.. and which, in the
N. T., occurs four times in the plur. in this book, and twice in
the sing, elsewhere (Luke 1: 10. 11), is always, except here
and ch. 18: 13, translated in E. V. by incense. The plural
(more common also in classical Greek) may in this case, and in
the parallel ch. 8 : 3, 4, correspond to the variety of spices (Qiaft,
Ex. 30 : 34 ; &c. Comp. 1 Tim. 2 : 1), that entered li; trjv avv-
etaiv toil evfiidfia-tos (Sept. Ex. 25 : 6). In number and etymo-
logy, profumi (It.), parfums (French verss.), perfumes (Dodd.),
answer well ; but, like odours (Vulg. odoramentorum), they
do not so readily suggest a religious use, and the re-appear-
ance in the heavenly sanctuary of the Levitical symbol (Ps.
141: 2; Mai. 1: 11; Acts 10: 4). So Areth. (hinks that 9i,^io-
fiata, not aput^ar'a, is used as i^atfj-i^ovta to Lafia tr^^ xad' rjfidv
Sixai'aj tov 6ioi opyijs. — E. V. marg. ;-Gerraan verss. (Rauch-
werk) ;-Beng. (mancherlei jR.), Dt. (reukwerks) ;-Pagn., Bez..
Par., (sufiituum.), Castal., Cocc., Vitr., (use siiffimenta), Lowm.,
Wesl., Wakef., Newc. marg., Woodh., Thom., Ew. (thuribus),
AUw., Jones, Penn, Stu., Lord, Treg. ;-Rob.
' The antecedent is the ^tci^aj, as John saw them, yi/jLovaai
Sv/judfiatav, and so representing the prayers of the saints, not
only as abundant, but as united. This reference is adopted by
REVELATION.
113
KING JAMES' VERSION.
9 And they sung a new song,
saying, Thou art worthy to take
the book, and to open the seals
thereof: for thou wast slain, and
hast redeemed us to God by thy
blood out of every kindred, and
tongue, and people, and nation ;
10 And hast made us unto
our Grod kings and priests : and
we shall reign on the earth.
11 And I beheld, and I heard
the voice of many angels round
about the throne, and the beasts,
and the elders : and the number
of them was ten thousand times
GREEK TEXT.
9 Kca a8ovaLv (pdrjv KaLvr]V,
XiyovTes, ' A^ios el Xafieiv to /3f-
fiXiov, Kcu duoL^aL rag a(^payl8as
avTOV' on icrcpayrjs, kcu -qyopa-
aas TW Oecp rj/nds' iv rm aifxarl
<Tov, Ik ■JTaar]s (f)uXfjs /cat yXaxr-
<Tr]s Kou Xaov kcu eOvovs,
10 KCU eiroLrja'as rjjjids tco Oea
rjfiwv fiaaiXels Koi Upeis' kou
l3aaLX€V(T0fi€v eVi rijy yrjs.
11 Kal eiSou, koi -qKOvaa (l)co'
vr]v dyyeXwv ttoXXwv KVKXodeu
rov dpovov Kol TCOU ^cocov Kol Tcav
REVISED VERSION.
9 And they ''sing a new song,
saying : Thou art worthy to take
the book, and to open the seals
thereof; for thou wast slain, and
'didst redeem us to God by thy
blood out of every "tribe, and
tongue, and people, and nation ;
10 And "thou "didst make "us
unto our God Pkings and priests,
and Pwe shall reign PPover the
earth.
11 And I isaw, and I heard 'a
voice of many angels 'round
about the throne ' and the "living
I" Vulg. Am., Syr., Fr. S. ;-Erasm., Vat., Aret., Wells, Daub.,
Berl. Bib., Beng., Wesl., Herd., Wakef., Woodh., Allw., Sharpej
Stu., Lord, Treg., De W., Words., Hengst. The old English
verss. follow the common text of the Vulg.
' ' In dying.' See ch. 1 : 6, N. z ; and comp. 2 Pet. 2 : 1.
W. {again boughtesl) ;-Herd., Kist., Mey., De W. Others, as
Wakef., Thorn., Treg., and many foreign verss., make the change
on the previous verb : thou hast been slain, and hast &c.
■" See ch. 1 : 7, N. k.
° Not only deliverance, but glory. Comp. ch. 1 : 6, N. y. The
pronoun is repeated by Dt., French verss. ;- Wakef., Newc,
Treg., Murd., Kenr. For didst make, see v. 9, N. 1, &c.
° All the recent editors have avtovf for ^/taj, on the authority
of 'A. B. a 27. /3 8. y 5. Compl. Vulg. MS. Am. Copt. Aeth.
Syr. Ar. P. Slav. MS.' I recommend that this reading be
followed: them. 'The intentional change,' remarks Hengst.,
' is to intimate, that the elders come into view, not as individuals,
but merely as representatives of the church.' Perhaps it may
even be said, that, reverting to the scene of the redemption,
and looking out thence over the ruined earth, they lose, as it
were, the sense of their own personality in the wide and effi-
cacious purpose of the Saviour. Comp. Jude 24, N. y.
P For ^aaCKili, Lacbm. and Tisch. have ^aaiXiiav (• A. Vulg.
Copt.'). Comp. ch. 1 : G, N. a. The reading jSaaatuao^Er
is given up by all the recent editors, of whom Matth., Lachm.,
Bloomf., Treg., Words., Tisch., adopt fiaai-Kiiovaiv, on the author-
ity of A. B. ' a 9. |3 4. y 2. Compl. Syr. Copt. Ar. P. Slav. MS.;'—
Beng., Griesb., Knapp, Mey., Sch., Hahn, Theile, fiaaVKt<>ama>.v,
on the authority of 'a 12. j3 4. y 2. Am. HarV The internal
evidence, as well as the external, being in favour of the prophetic
present, as the more difficult reading, and as a natural explana-
tion of iTioirjaai aitov; (SoaAftf, I recommend that ^aaiXtvovaiv
be followed in the text : they reign ; and that the words : ' Or,
according to some copies, they shall reign,'' be set in the margin.
pp So, after words of authority and rule, iTti always may,
and often must, be rendered.— E. V., ch. 2: 26; 9 : 11 ; 11 : 6 ;
14: 18; 16: 9; 17: 18; &c. ;-Vulg. (super tovajft) ;-Erasm.,
Pagn., Vat., Bez., Aret., Par., {as Vulg. ;-changed by Castal.,
Cocc, Vitr., into «i terra), Beng., Van Ess, Hengst., {Uber ;-
and so De W., Win., &c., at Matt. 2 : 22 ; &c.), Wesl., Stu.,
KeU. ;-Rob. (at Matt. 2: 22; &c.). See the grammars and
lexicons generally on irti in this relation.
1 Seech. 4: 1, N. b.
German verss. (except that Herd, and Mey. have no ar-
ticle), Dt., Fr. S. ;-Wesl., Wakef.
All the recent editors read xiixji^ (A. B. ' a 24. (3 9. y 4.
Compl.'). I recommend that this reading be followed, and
translated : around. See ch. 4 : 6, N. z.
' The genitives, tuv ^laav xal iuv jtp£ff/3., are under the
government, not of ^avr,v (W., R. ;-Castal., Dodd., Bloomf.,
Stu., Kenr. ; of whom W., R., Kenr., probably misapprehend
the Vulg.), but of xvx\(f. In vv. 9, 10 we have the song of the
redeemed; here, the angelic antiphony ; followed, v. 13, by the
general chorus. — The commas are removed by Wakef., Woodh.,
Thom., Sharpe, Treg., Words.
« See ch. 4 : 6, N. a.
Aret., Par., Wells, De W., Kell., Hengst. ; but the last errs in
asserting for it a grammatical necessity, against the familiar
rule of both the Greek and the Latin grammar, that the relative
may be drawn into the gender and number of the explanatory
substantive in its own clause; e. g. Mark 12: 42; Gal. 3: 16.
' Foreign verss. ;-Brightm., Daub, and the later English.
15
114
REVELATION.
KING JAMES VERSION.
ten thousand, and thousands of
thousands ;
12 Saying with a loud voice,
"Worthy is the Lamb that was
slain to receive power, and riches,
and wisdom, and strength, and
honour, and glorj', and blessing.
13 And every creature which
is in heaven, and on the earth,
and under the earth, and such
as are in the sea, and all that are
in them, heard I saying, Bless-
ing, and honour, and gloiy, and
power, he unto him that sitteth
upon the throne, and unto the
Lamb, for ever and ever.
14 And the four beasts said,
Amen. And the four and twen-
ty elders fell down and wor-
GREEK TEXT.
mv.
12 Xeyovre? (l)0)vrj /xeyaXr],
A^iov iari to apviov to i(T(f)a-
Yjievov Xa^elv ttjv Bwufxiu kou
ttXovtov kou cro^iav kou l(r)(yu
KOLL TLfxrjv Koi Bo^au /cat evXoylav.
13 ICai TTOLV KTicTfxa h iaTLv iv
Tw ovpavcc, Koi iu tyj yrj, kou
VTTOKaTCO TTjS y^?j KOU eVi TTji
OaXaacrrjs a iaTi, kou to. eV avTols
TvavTa, TjKOvaa XeyovTU?, Tm
KaOrjpeuco iwl tov Opovov kou tco
apvLoy 7] evXoyia kou rj tl/xtj kou
rj So^a Kol TO KpaTos fir tovs
alaivas twv aloyvoav.
14 Kal TO. Teacrapa ^a>a eAe-
yov, A/xr]v KOL OL eLKOcnTecraa-
pes TrpeajBvTepoi eTrecrav, kol
REVISED VERSION.
creatures * and the elders, " and
thousands of thousands,
12 Saying with a loud voice :
Worthy is the Lamb that "hath
been slain to receive ''the power,
and riches, and wisdom, and
strength, and honour, and glory,
and blessing.
13 And every creature ^that
^is in heaven, and ^in the earth,
and under the earth, and such as
are ^on the sea, and all ^things
that are in them, heard I sapng:
''Unto him that sitteth ""on the
throne, and unto the Lamb,"* *the
blessing, and *the honour, and
^the glory, and ^the power, Imto
the ages of the ages.
14 And the four ^living crea-
tures said : Amen. And the
■"twenty-four elders fell down,
" I recommend that the reading of the Elzevir text, and of
all the recent editors, which here inserts the words, xtU ijv 6
aptdfibi avtiLv /ivfiidSis [ivpidSav, he followed, and that the ver-
sion stand thus: elders; and the number of them was myriads
of myriads, and thousands of thousands ; . For myriads, see
oh. 9 : 16, N. s, &c.
" It., French verss. ;-Beng. (das sich hat schlachlen lassen),
Moldenh., AH., Treg., De W. For the, see v. 13, Is. e and
eh. 1 : 6, N. e, &c. ;-Dt., It. and Fr. S. (have the article before
each noun), Daub., B. and L. (as Fr. S.), Beng., Wesl.,
Woodh., Allw., Words., Hengst.
* After every, E. V. commonly has that ;-W. (each creature
that), R. The itstlv is cancelled by Matth., Lachm., Bloomf.,
Treg., "Words., Tisch., on the authority of A. B. 'a 18. |3 5.
Vulg. MS. Tol. Copt. Arr.'
y All the recent editors read itd •tijs yiji, on the authority of
A. B. 'a 27. p 7. Compl. Vulg.' I recommend that this read-
ing be adopted : on the earth.
' E. v., eh. 7 : 1 ; 10 : 2 ; &c. ;-Fr. S. ;-Wesl., Moldenh., Newc,
Woodh., All., Treg., Stier, De W. ('The sea-creatures are
thought of, that live more on the surface than in the deep ;'-
a better suggestion than that of Rob. after Wahl : ' on the bottom
of the sea, in the deep.'). But neither is it necessary to exclude,
as De W. intimates, those sailing on the sea ; especially as the
following clause, xai ra iv cwrotj ndvta, makes up what had
been left deficient by the double iTti Hengst. supposes that
clause to have been added for the purpose of including, in this
choir of the universe, the smaller along with the greater parts
of creation.
' The gender of rtdvta is expressed by Germ., Dt., It., French
verss. ;-Erasm. and later Latin verss., Brightm.. Dodd., Moldenh.,
Herd., Wakef., Newc, Woodh., Allw., Sharpe, De W., Treg.,
Words. The reading ndvta; ('a 16. j3 3. Compl.' — to which
may be added the Vulg.) is edited by Beng., Matth., Knapp,
Mey., Tisch. ; while that of B., rtdvta xai jtdvra;, appears only
in Words.
'' The Greek order is retained by E. V., ch. 1 : 5, 6 ; Jude
24, 25 ; &c., and here by W., R. ;-foreign verss. ;-Dodd. and the
later English, except Newc. and Penn.
' See V. 7, N. a, &c.
^ See ch. 1 : 6, N. d, &c R. ;-Latin verss. (except Vitr.),
Fr. S. ;-B. and L. (appartient), Wesl. (is), Moldenh. (kommt
zu), Greenf., Lord, De W. ('sei, oder ist, gebuhrt'), Kenr.
' See V. 12, N. w, &c. Dt, It., Fr. S.;-B. and L., Berl.
Bib., Beng., Wesl., Moldenh., Wakef., Woodh., Thom., Greenf.,
Allw., De W., Words.
f Seech. 1:6, N.g,&c.
^ Seech. 4: 6, N. a.
•■ See V. 8, N. e, &c. But Knapp brackets, and all the other
recent editors cancel, lixomriaaapit, on the authority of 'A. B.
a 28. ^ 8. y 3. Compl. Vulg. MS. Am. Tol. Copt. Aeth. Syr.
Ar. P. Slav. MS.' I recommend that this reading be followed,
and twenty four omitted.
REVELATION.
115
KING JAMES VERSION.
shipped him that liveth for ever
and ever.
CHAP. VI.
And I saw when the Lamb
opened one of the seals, and I
heai'd, as it were the noise of
thunder, one of the four beasts,
saying. Come and see.
2 And I saw, and behold, a
white horse : and he that sat on
him had a bowj and a crown
was given unto him : and he
went forth conquering, and to
conquer.
3 And when he had opened the
second seal, I heard the second
beast say, Come and see.
4 And there went out another
GREEK TEXT.
irpoaeKwrjaav Cjmvtl eLS tov9 aico-
vas Tcav ala>ucoi>.
CHAP. VI.
KAI el8ov ore rjvoi^e to
apvLOv fJLLav e/c tcov a<ppayiScoi',
Koi rjKovcra evos (k rau reaaapcov
^wcou XiyovTOs, U)i (pavrjs ^pov-
TrjS, .Epxpv Kol fiXeTTE.
2 Kai eiSou, kol iSov "nnros
\evK09, Kcu 6 Ka6rip.evo9 eV avrco
e)(cou To^ov KOL iSoBrj avrco are-
(pavo9, KOL i^rjXde vlkcov, kcu Iva
VLKTrjcrrj.
3 KoU, 0T€ ■^VOL^e T1]V 8evT€-
pav (r(ppayi8a, TjKOV(Ta tov Seure-
pov ^coov Xeyovros, ' Ep^ov kou
fiXeire.
4 Kai i^rjXBev aAAo? 'iTnros
REVISED VERSION.
and worshipped 'him that liveth
'unto the ages of the ages.
CHAP. VI.
And I saw when the Lamb
opened one of the " seals, and I
heard ''one of the four ""living
creatures saying, ""as the ^voice
of thunder : "Come and see.
2 And I saw, and behold a
white horse, and he that sat
•"upon him "^having a bow : and
sthere was given unto him a
crown : and he w^ent forth con-
quering, and ''that he might con-
quer.
3 And when he ' opened the
second seal, I heard the second
Jliving creature ''saying : 'Come
and see.
4 And there went ""forth ano-
' See ch. 1 : 6, N. g, &c. But here also Knapp brackets, and
all the other recent editors cancel, the words ^dvn ttj tovs
aiuva; tuv cuiirur, On the authority of ' A. B. C. a 27. j3 8. y 3.
Compl. Vulg. MS. A7n. Tol. Harl* Copt. Syr. (Arm.) Ar. P.
Slav. MS.' I recommend that this reading be followed, the
verse ending thus : and worshipped.
' All the recent editors insert irtta, on the authority of 'A. B.
C. a 25. j3 3. Compl. Vulg. Aeth. Syr. Ar. P. Slav.' I recom-
mend that this reading be followed : seven seals.
^ The order, ijxovBa hoi, is retained by all other verss., except
Newc.
" See ch. 4 :
^ See ch. 4 :
6, N. a.
1, N. d, &c.
W. ;-Hamm., Wells, Daub., Dodd.,
Wesl., Wakef , Newc. (marks it were as supplied), Woodh.,
Thom., AUw., Stu. (like), Lord, Kenr.
• See ch. 1 : 15, N. o, &c. For ^avijs, all the recent editors
read ^wvij (except Treg. ^wiij, who cites ' A. C. a 25. /3 7. Compl.
[Syr. Arr.].' Words., for fuvr,, cites A. B. C). For pxerte,
Beng. (who also omits xal), Matth., Griesb., Knapp, Mey., Sch.,
Bloomf., Words., edit ISb (B. ' o 17. (3 7.'), while Lachm., Hahn,
Treg., Tisch., Theile, add nothing after "Efizov, on the authority
of ' A. C. a 9. /3 2. Compl. Vulg. MS. Am. Erp.'
f E. v., ch. 19 : 14; &c. ;-R. ;-Daub., Guyse, Woodh., Allw.,
Stu., Kenr. For irt ait^, here and in w. 4, 5, all the recent
editors (except Bloomf. at v. 4) and the Compl. have ivt avtov
(A. B. C. and from 26 to 34 cursive MSS.). For having, see
ch. 4:1, N. c.
^ E. v., V. 4 ; &c. The Greek order is followed closely by
Vulg., Syr., It. (gli fu data &c.), Fr. G.,-M.,-S., (i7 ltd fut
donne &c.);-Pagn., Bez., Aret., Par., Cocc, Bierm., Vitr., Dodd.,
Greenf., Stu. and Treg. (at v. 8) ; — and with different degrees
of approximation by many others.
^ The form of the original is preserved by W., R. ;-foreign
verss. (except B. and L., Herd., Mey., Greenf., AH., De W.) ;-
Scott, Allw., Stu., Lord, Words., Kenr. The E. V. might be
taken to mean simply, that he was about to conquer ; whereas
he went forth for that purpose. See ch. 8 : 6, N. p, &c.
' E. v., V. 1 ;-Syr., German verss. (except Moldenh.), Fr. S. ;-
Castal., Cocc, Daub., Dodd., Wes!., Wakef., Newc, Thom.,
Allw., Penn, Sharpe, Bloomf., Lord, Treg., Words.
) Seech. 4: 6, N. a.
t E. v., V. 1 ; &c. ;-W., R. ;-Latin verss., Syr. ;-Daub., Dodd.,
Wesl., Newc, Woodh.. AUw., Greenf., Treg., Kenr.
1 The words, xcU p^-sttc, are bracketed by Bloomf, and omitted
by all the other recent editors, on the authority of ' A. B. C.
a 25. |3 7. y 2. Compl. Vulg. MS. Am. Syr. Arm. (Erp.).'
I recommend that, in accordance with this reading, the verse
end with. Come.
"■ E. v., V. 2; &c. ;-R. ;-Brightm., Wesl., Wakef., Newc,
Woodh., Thom., Allw., Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg., Murd., Kenr.
116
REVELATION.
KING JAMES VERSION.
horse that ivas red ; and power was
given to him that sat thereon to
take peace from the earth, and
that they shoukl kill one another :
and there was given unto him
a great sword.
5 And when he had opened the
third seal, I heard the third heast
say, Come and see. And I beheld,
and lo, a black horse ; and he that
sat on him had a pair of balances
in his hand.
6 And I heard a voice in the
midst of the four beasts say, A
measure of wheat for a penny,
GREEK TEXT.
TTvppos' Koi TW KadrjfJLevcp eV
avTm iSoOrj avr^ XafSelv Tqv el-
prjvrjv diro rrjy yrjS, kcu \va aXXr]-
Xovs a(j)d^cocri' kou idodrj avTco
fia^aipa /xeyaXr].
5 -STai ore rjvoi^e rrjv Tpirrjv
a(Ppa-yi8a, rjKOvaa rod rpirov
^coov XiyovTos, ' jEp\ov kcu /SAeVe.
KcCl eiSov, Koi l8ov Imros jxiXas,
Kol 6 KaOrjfievos eV avra ey(U)v
^vyov Iv ry x^'P' avrov.
6 /cat TjKOvaa (f)copi]U iu /J-ecrcp
tS>v Teaadpcov ^cocov Xeyovcrav,
REVISED VERSION.
ther, ° a red horse ; and "to him
that sat Pujjon him. Ho him "Jit
was given to take peace ifrom
the earth, and that they should
■■slay one another ; and there was
given unto hhu a great sword.
5 And when he ^ opened the
third seal, I heard the third 'liv-
ing creature "saying : "Come and
see. And I ''saw, and ^"behold
a black horse, and he that sat
^upon hun ^having a ^balance in
his hand.
6 And I heard a voice in the
midst of the four living crea-
tures, ^saying: A ''choenix of
° Nothing is supplied by W. (^another red horse), R. (another
horse, red) ;-Latin verss., Syr., Fr. S. ;-Brightm. and Kenr.
(as W.), Herd., Wakef.. Thorn., Jley., Greenf., All., Sharpe
(as /?.), Lord, Treg., De W., Murd.
" The participle is kept first by R. ;-foreign verss. (except
Fr. G. and M.) ;-Daub., Wesl., Woodh., Thorn., Allw., Sharpe,
Stu., Lord, Treg., Murd., Kenr.
P For upon him, see v. 2, N. f. For expressing the air^,
see ch. 2 : 7, N. zz. R. (he that sat thereon, to him) ;-Syr. ;-
Erasm., Vat. in the SchoL, Cocc, Bierm., (sedenti . . . ei),
Beng., Woodh., Allw., Stu.
1 Nothing is supplied by W., R. ;-Latin verss., Syr., German
verss. (except Herd., Mey.), It., Fr. S. ;-Wells, Daub., Dodd.,
"Wesl., Woodh., Thorn., Allw., Greenf., Sharpe, Stu., Lord.
Treg.. Words., JIurd., Kenr. For ano, Matth., Griesb., Knapp,
Sch., Lachm., Hahn, Bloomf., Treg., Words., Tisch., have ix
(B. C. 'a 26. (3 6. Compl.'); while Beng., Mey., Theile, admit
neither preposition (A. and 4 cursive MSS.).
' E. v., always (9 times) elsewhere, except ch. 1-3 : 3 ;-W.;-
Dodd., Wakef., Woodh.. Thorn., Penn, Stu., Treg., Kenr. Lachm.,
Treg., Tisch., read a^dimaiv (' A. C).
• See v. 3, N. i.
' Seech. 4: 6, N. a.
° See V. 3, N. k. For ^xitti (which Bloomf. alone of recent
editors retains), Matth., Griesb., Sch., Words., have Ihi (B. ' o 15.
/3 6.' Matth. also omits the subsequent xtd ilSov, on the au-
thority of B. 23 cursive 3ISS. [the same, with two exceptions, as
those which read i&i.] Vulg. Aeth. Slav. MSS.) ; while Beng.,
Knapp, Mey.. Lachm., Hahn, Treg., Tisch., Theile, have simply
"Epzov (' A. G. a 11. (3 2. [& 80.] Compl. Copt. Arm. Arr.
Slav. MSS.').
' See ch. 4 : 1, N. b.
» See ch. 5 : 6, N. r.
' See V. 2, N. f.
y See ch. 4 : 1, N. c.
' E. V. often uses this word so in the 0. T., as in Job
31 : 6 ; &c. ;-W., R. ;-Brightm., Hamm., Stu. and others, (in
their notes), Wakef., Woodh. (yoke ;-and so Crol., Jones),
Thorn., Allw., Penn, Lord, Murd. ;-L. and S., Rob., Green.
» For living- creatures, see ch. 4 : C, N. a ; — for saying-, see
v. 3, N. k.
'' ' Into the common version of the Old Testament, several
oriental and other foreign names' of weights, measures and
coins 'have been admitted, which are explained in the margin.
Hence we have shekel, ephah, bath, homer, cor, and some others.
This, however, (for what reason I know not.) has not been
attempted in the New Testament' (Campb.). And on our pre-
sent passage he remarks : ' It is evidently the intention of the
writer to inform us of the rate of this necessary article, as a
characteristic of the time whereof he is speaking. But our ver-
sion not only gives no information on that head, but has not even
the appearance of giving any, which the word choenix would
have had, even to those who did not understand it. But to say
a measure, without saying what measure, is to say just nothing
at all. The word penny here is also exceptionable, being used
indefinitely, insomuch that the amount of the declaration is,
a certain quantity of wheat for a certain quantity of money.
This suggests no idea of either dearth or plenty ; and can be
charaoteristical of no time, as it holds equally of every time. In
this case, the original term, notwithstanding its harshness, ought
to be retained in the text, and explained in the margin.' With
regard to the penny, however, Dodd.'s remark is the juster, but
it only strengthens the case against the common version : ' This
may seem, to an English reader, a description of great plenty ;
but it certainly intends the contrary' — the chcenix being a
man's daily allowance of food, and the dmarius his day's wages
(Matt. 20 : 2). I recommend that the explanations be given
in the margin thus : ' A chceni.r is about one quart ; a denarius,
about fifteen cents.' — Both terms are transferred by Syr. ; and
so It., Fr. G.,-S., (though it is true that danajo, and denier
REVELATION.
117
KING JAMES VERSION.
and three measures of barley for
a penny ; and see thou hurt not
the oil and the wine.
7 And when he had opened
the fourth seal, I heard the voice
of the fourth beast say, Come
and see.
S And I looked, and behold,
a pale horse : and his name that
sat on him was Death, and hell
followed with him. And power
was given unto them over the
fourth part of the earth, to kill
GREEK TEXT.
Xdtvi^ CTLTOV Srjvaplov, kou rpets
■^OlULKEf KpLOrjS 8T]Vap[oV KOU TO
eAaLOv Kol rou oivov p,r] dBiK-qcrrj^.
7 Kai ore rjvoL^e T-qv cr(f)pa-
yiSa TTjv TerapTijp, rjKOva-a (^wvrjv
Tov TirapTOV Q£)OV Xeyovaav,
' Ep\ov KOU /3Ae7r€.
8 KoH eiSoi', KOU ISoV iTTTTOy
X^oopos, KOL 6 KaOrjpievos eiravoi
avTov, ovojjia avrcp 6 Oavaroy,
KOL 6 "ASrjs oLKoXovOa. /xeT avTOv-
Koi iSoOrj avTols i^ovaia airoKTel-
REVISED VERSION.
wheat for a ''denarius, and three
''choenixes of ""barley for a ''dena-
rius ; and ""the oil and the wine *
hurt thou not.
7 And when he ^ opened the
fourth seal, I heard ''the voice of
the fourth Hiving creature ""say-
ing : sCome and see.
S And I ""saw, and behold a
pale horse, and 'he that sat Jupon
him, 'his name ' Death, and ''Ha-
des 'followeth with him. And
■"there was given unto ""them
power "to kill over the fourth
' The Greek order is retained by T., C, G., R.;-Latin and
German verss., Syr. ;-Daub., Woodh., AUw., Stu., Lord, 'Words.
•1 Nothing is supplied by W., R. ;-foreign verss. ;-Daub. (Jliou
shalt not hurt), Wesl., Thom., Sharpe, Kcnr., (huTt not),
Wakef. {hurt not thou), Newc, Woodh. and Lord {Ihou mayest
not injure), AUvr. {shalt thou not injure), Penn {harm not),
Stu. {thou must not injure). Words.
• See V. 3, N. i.
' For living' creature, see ch. 4 : 6, N. a. For saying; see
V. 3, N. k. Instead of ■Kiyavaav, all the recent editors read
jLf'yotro; (A. B. C. 'a 20. ,3 6. y 3. Compl. Yulg. Copt. Syr.
Arr. Slav. MSS.'), and Beng., Matth., Griesb., Tisch., at the
same time cancel, as Treg. also now brackets, favriv, on the
authority of B. C. ' a 20. |3 4. Copt. Syr. Arr. Slav. MSS.'
' For ISxixs (which Bloomf. alone of recent editors retains),
Matth., Griesb., Sch., Words., have lie (B. 'a 18. j3 4.' Matth.
also omits the xai slSov of v. 8, on the authority of B. 21
cursive MSS. ["the same, with 3 exceptions, as those which here
read ISe.] Vulg.) ; while Beng., Knapp, Mey., Lachm., Hahn,
Treg., Tisch., Theile, have simply "Kpa;ou (' A. C. a 8. (3 4. Compl.
Am. Brp.').
" See ch. 4 : 1, N. b.
' See ch. 4:1, N. c, and ch. 3: 12, N. i. The two clauses,
o xa$. xt%. and ov. avt. xfK., are kept distinct, and in the Greek
order, by R. ;-Vulg., Syr., Germ., Dt. ;-Erasm., Vat., Cocc,
Jlor., Bierm., Vitr., Dodd.. Wesl., Woodh., Allw., Greenf.,
Lord, De W., Hengst. ; — and, of these, Vulg., Syr. ;-Erasm..
Vat., Cocc, Mor., Bierm., Vitr., Greenf., supplj' no copula be-
fore o &av. The very abruptness of the construction may not
be without significance. (Milton, P. L. ii. 787-789 :
' I fled, and cry'd out Death ;
' Hell trembled at the hideous name, and sigh'd
'From all her caves, aud back resounded Death.')
1 R.;-Daub., Woodh., AUw., Stu., Kenr.
t See ch. 1 : 18, N. x.
1 The reading f^xoXmOii, ('B. C. a 20. /3 7. y 2. Vulg. Aeth.
Arr. Slav.') is edited by Matth., Griesb., Knapp, Mey, Sch.,
Lachm., Hahn, Treg., Words., Theile. But a.xo-Kov6il is retained
(on the authority of 'the larger part of the MSS. [including the
Alexandrian], confirmed by the Pesch. Syr. Version,' says
Bloomf. ; who speaks everywhere of the Peschito as includ-
ing this book, the Second Epistle of Peter, and Jude.) by
Beng., Bloomf., Tisch. ; and it is translated as an historic present
by Erasm., Vat., Castal., Aret., Hamm., Cocc, Daub., Beng.,
AVesl., Newc, Allw. There may even be a farther propriety
in the use of it here, where the relation symbolized is Bot inci-
dental, but one existing by an unchangeable divine appoint-
ment, like that in Hebrew 9 : 27 : oirtal aitoSavclv, fit-ra 61 •tovto
xpt'ffi;. I recommend, however, that the following note appear
in the margin : ' Or, as many copies read, foUotoed.'
■» For the order, see v. 2, N. g. For avtois, Beng., Matth.,
Griesb., Knapp, Me}"-., Sch., Bloomf., Tisch., read avt^ (' B. a 2.5.
J3 6. y 3. Compl. Vulg. Copt. Aeth. Syr. Arm. Arr. Slav.').
" All the recent editors read, ijti *. ret. t. y^f drtoxr'., on the
authority of A. B. C. a 28. (3 8. y 3. Compl.' I recommend
that this order be observed in the version : over the fourth part
of the earth to kill.
[which last is employed also by M., B. and L.], like the Denar
of Berl. Bib., Herd., Stolz, Kist., Goss., Mej'., Van Ess, Win.,
De W., Hengst., are living words, and, as such, not strictly
equivalent to their original, denarius) ;-Erasm. and later Latin
verss. (use ch. along with the Vulg. den.), Moldenh., Woodh.
and Lord (with chanices for the plural), Thom. {deniar), Ell.,
Iilurd. ;-Rob., Green, and the other lexicons. Clianix is trans-
ferred also by More ; — denarius, also by Newc, Greenf., Sharpe,
Kenr. ; — while the former is variously rendered by W., bilibre ;
R., tioo ■pounds ; Kenr., two measures ; after the Vulg. bilibris ;-
Hamm. {quart), Berl. Bib. {Masschen), Beng. ( Vierling),
Newc. {small measure), De W. {Metze) : and the latter, by
Beng. and All. {Zehner). For xpiS^j, Lachm., Treg., Tisch.,
Theile, have KptSuv ('A. C. 12. Syr.').
lis
REVELATION.
KING JAMES VERSION.
with sword, and with hunger,
and with death, and with the
beasts of the earth.
9 And when he had opened
the fifth seal, I saw under the
altar the souls of them that were
slain for the word of G-od, and
for the testimony which they
held:
10 And they cried with a loud
voice, sajnng. How long, Lord,
holy and true, dost thou not
judge and avenge our blood on
them that dwell on the earth ?
11 And white robes were giv-
GREEK TEXT.
vaL eVt TO rerapTov ttjs yrjs eV
f)op.^aia. Koi ev Xi/xo) koL eu 6a-
varco, Kca viro rav drjoloiv ttjs
9 Kai ore rjvoL^e rrjv iriyLirnqv
(TCppaylSa, eiSov viroKUTCo tov dv-
(TiacrTrjpiov ras •^\rv)(as tmv ia(f)a-
y/xeucov 8ia tov Xoyou tov Oeov,
Koi 8ia TTju pxipTvpiav ijf ^Ixov,
10 /cat eKpa^ov (pcovrj fieyaXj],
XeyovTes, Eoa^ Trore, 6 oecnroTrjs
6 ayLOs Kcu 6 olXtjOluos, ov Kpiveis
Kou iK8iK€L9 TO al/xa rijxav airo
tS)v KaTOiKOvvTOiv IttI Trj9 yrjS ;
11 kcCl e8o6r}(Tav eKaaTOis crro-
REVISED VERSION.
part of the earth with sword,
and with hunger, and with "death,
and Pby the iwild beasts of the
earth.
9 And when he ' opened the
fifth seal, I saw under the altar
the souls of ^those ' slain for the
word of God, and for the testi-
mony which they "had.
10 And they ^cried with a loud
voice, saying : ^Until when, O
'^Lord ^the holy and ^the true,
dost thou not judge and avenge
our blood ^on ^those that dwell
on the earth ?
11 And ^there 'were given
" Many (Wakef., Newc, Woodh.. Thorn.. Herd., Mey., Allw.,
AH., Bloomf., Ell., Stu., Kell.. Rob., &c.) render edparoi here,
pestilence. Pest. But see ch. 2: 23, N. y, and Hengst. iii loc.
p E. v., ch. 9: IS; &c. The change of preposition i.s ob-
served by Syr., Germ., Dt., It. ;-Erasm. and later Latin verss.
(except Castal.), Hamm., Beng., Wesl., Wakef., Woodh. and
A\\w. (under), Thora., Sharpe, Bloomf. (by the means or in-
strumentality of), Stu., Lord. Treg., De W., Word.s. (by means
of), Hengst.
1 The specific sense of ej-pi'ov (comp. Sept. Deut. 28 : 26 ; Ps.
79: 2; Is. 18: 6; Jer. 7: 33; &c.) is given by Syr., Dt, It.,
Fr. G.,-M. ;-Pagn., Castal. and later Latin verss., B. and L.,
Dodd., Wesl., Moldenh., Wakef., Newc, Thom., Mey., Allw.,
All., Penn, Ell., Stu., Lord, De W. (in the note), Murd., Barn.
' See v. 3, N. i.
See ch. 2 : 2, N. h, &c.
« The participial form is retained by W. (men slain) ;-Vulg.,
Syr. (with a relative prefix), It. (degli uomini uccisi) ;-Erasm.,
Vat., Castal., Aret., Cocc, Bierm., Herd, and Mey. (der Ge-
schlachteten), Greenf. Other verss. variously determine the
relation of time : were, have been, had been, slain.
" The testimony was Christ's (ch. 1 : 2, 5, &c. ; John 3 : 32,
&c.) ; they had it in trust (1 Cor. 9 : 17 ; Gal. 2 : 7 ; 1 Thess,
2:4; &c.). There is even large authority. ' B. a 24. |3 6. y 2,
Compl. SjT. At. P.,' for the reading fnaptvpiav tov ayviov.
followed by It. ;-Andr., Areth.. Matth. and Words. — E. V., ch
12 : 17 ; 19 : 10 ; &c. ; 1 John 5 ': 10 ;-W., T., C, R. ;-Vulg., Syr
(= testimonium Agni quod illis erat ; not, as Murd., testimony
to the Lamb which was with them). Germ., Dt., It.. Fr. S. ;-
Erasm., Vat., Castal., Aret., Hamm. (had had), Cocc, Bierm.,
Vitr., Beng. (gehabt hatten), Greenf. (cnb ill'X), De W.,
Hengst. The tuebantur of Pagn., Bez., Par., (G. maintained)
seems to have given currency to the other view, which is, in-
deed, held by some, as Vitr., who do not allow it to modify the
version.
' For tzpa^'oc, all the recent editors read ixpa^av (' A. B. C
a 25. p 5. Compl.'). The iuj 7(6i£ = njx—is of Ps. 13 ; &c. ;
and is here answered by the juj of v. 11. Latin verss. (usque-
quo or quousque ;-except Castal.'s Ciceronian quousque tandem),
Syr. (= Greenf. Ttt'lS = De D. usque quando), Dt. marg.
(tot wanneer toe), It. (infino a quando), French verss. (jusques
d quand) ;-Lord, Kell.
" See 2 Pet. 2 : 1, N. g.
^ Syr., It. ;-Wells, Thom., Allw. But all the recent editors
reject (except that Bloomf. merely brackets, as ' most probably,
or certainly, an interpolation') the o before d>.)jS., on the au-
thority of A. B. C. 'a 17. J3 6. Compl.' I recommend that this
reading be followed : and true. Daub., Woodh., Penn, Lord,
Treg., Words., express the first article ; and the want of it, or
of both, is in the German verss. and Murd. compensated by
means of the personal pronoun (du — thou), and in Fr. G.,-M. ;-
Pagn., Vat., Bez. and later Latin verss., Brightm., B. and L.,
by a relative construction (qui es, which art).
y For alio, Matth., Mey,
Tisch., read ix (A. B. C
see ch. 2 : 2, N. h, &c.
Lachm., Bloomf., Treg., Words.,
a 26. fi 4. Compl.'). For those.
' For the order, see v. 2, N. g.
' For tSoSjjdav . . atoTjai ■kivxai, all the recent editors read
iSdSij . . a-coXri ■Kivxi] ('A. B. C. a 28. /3 7. [(3 8. for uroT-jj -Ktvxri]
y 3. Compl. Syr. Arm. Erp.'). I recommend that this reading
be followed: viai given ... a white robe.
REVELATION.
119
KIXG
VERSION.
en unto every one of them ; and
it was said unto them, that they
should rest yet for a little season,
until their fellow-ser^^ants also
and their brethren, that should
be killed as they were, should be
fulfilled.
12 And I beheld when he had
GREEK TEXT.
Aat XevKol, Koi eppeOrj airrois iva
avairavaoiVTCu eri ■)(povov fUKpov,
eo)? ov TrXijpcocrovTaL Kai ol crvv-
BovXoi avrdu Koi ol a8eX<poi av-
Ta)v, o't fieXXovres aTTOKreiv^a-dou
coy Kou aiTOL. j
12 jSTai elSov ore rjuoi^e Tr]v\
REVISED VERSION.
unto ''every one of them "white
robes, and it was said unto them
that they should rest yet "= a little
•^time, until their fellow-servants
also and then" brethren ^shall ful-
fil )>, ^who 'shall Hoe killed as they
?also '•themselves.'
12 And I Jsaw when he ^
' The reading liooroij is rejected by all the recent editors,
of whom Matth.. Griesb., Sch., Bloomf. . Tisch., give ovrois ("B.
a 14. ,3 3. [& SI] Compl. Arm.") : Beng.. Knapp, Mey., Lachm.,
Hahn, Treg.. AVords.. Thcile, axnois ixdsr^ C" A. C. a 11. .3 4. y 3.
[Vulg.]'). I recommend that the latter reading be followed, and
translated: them every one. Comp. ch. 5 : 8. and see ch. 2: 23,
N. a ;-W. (for each soul . . .to them) ;-German verss. (except
Herd.). French verss. ;-Castal., Wesl. (to them, to every one).
Treg. (them seterally).
« For the omission of for, see E. T.. ch. 20: 3 ; &c. --W., R. ;-
Daub., Dodd., Wakef., Woodh., Thom., Sharpe, Stu., Lord,
Kenr. The ft«pd»'. rejected by the other recent editors (' B.
a 25. 3 6. y 2. Compl. Ar. P.'), is retained by Lachm., Hahn,
Treg.
■i E. v., John 5:6; Ac. :~Vr., K ;-Brightm., Daub., Wesl.,
Newc, Woodh., AUw., Penn, Lord.
• Greek writers, it is true, often employ the future middle,
especially of pure rerbs, in a passive sense. But whether this
usage is found in the X. T. (Acts 15 : 22 ; 1 Cor. 10 : 2 ; Gal. 5 :
12) is doubtful. Here it is not necessary. • The martyrs should
rest yet a little time, until their brethren also, still left on the
field of conflict, shall fulfil it for themselves — in their own ap-
pointed way — not resting, but sufiering.' And. accordingly.
Luth. (roUends dazu kame/i), Cocc. (plene accedajil -j-^iid in
the Comment., ' implerent, nempe suum agonem, vel, se plene
associarent^), Stu.. Rob. (■ jt>.ijp«ffoirai so. rov xaipdv v. ;^pdio»'').
retain the active or the middle force. This reading, however,
is almost destitute of manuscript support, and has been rejected
by all the recent editors, of whom Beng., Knapp, !Mey., Hahn.
Lachm., Bloomf, Treg., Words., Theile, give rtX;rpuS.ifft ('A. C.
29. Compl. Vulg. Copt. Aeth. Syr.') ; Matth.. Griesb. (to whom
Rob. errs in assigning jtxijpuswrot, as he does in citing ajjjpu-
$^01 as the Rec.), Sch., Tisch., TOj-^pJm^ai (' B. o 28. ;3 5. Erp.').
The former is with reason objected to by Hengst., as scarcely
yielding a satisfactory sense ; the common explanation both of
tliis reading and of ttxr^fx^aovrat. until the completion of their
number (Steph., Engl. Ann., Grot., Grell., Daub., B. and L.,
Wolf., Beng., &c.). and that of Vitr., — of their afflictions, being
hairsh and unexampled. De TV.'s note is : ' rtxr^foisScu either
simply rita deftms-i, comp. fjXftovj9at Wisd. 4: 12 (13), or
with the additional sense of a moral perfecting, comp. Heb. 11 :
40 ; 12 : 23 ;' and, while the place referred to in TVisd. gives no
countenance whatever to the first of these interpretations, the
second is suggested also by Areth.. after Andr. : fwuepoevfwir
ojirp' *rj tuy aSiXfCJr tcXiu^Btus xtXsvovfai, iiiE ft^ Z<^S ai-rutv
TfXfuaSwBt, xara Tov 6iioy 'ArtouroXoi- (in allusion to Heb. 11 :
39; 40). But. besides the substitution here of jfXfioj for
rfXrpoj. the place just cited, taken strictly, shows, not that
departed saints are to rest till the living are perfected, but that
they themselves do not attain their TfXfi«5cj apart fiom the
latter, but, as the apostle speaks. ric<; versa, in 1 Thess. 4 : 17,
o/m aiiv avtoii. On the other ha:id, Bloomf 's objection to
jOjrptijuirt. (to which he allows 'very strong external authority,')
that one may justly require some proof that such an idiom as
this use of the active jixrp. in a passive sense ever existed,' is
readily obviated by ta'sing the word in its own active sense,
as Matth. thinks may be done (' Quid, si post .-oujpuBuaw ex
superioribus intelligatur ov*6r. ifyow tor xpo'''"' ''o'' y-^xfov, ut
sit usque dum conservi eonim compleant tempus illud parvunu
Nee enim hoc adeo absurdum videtur.'). and as is done by
Bretsch. (' intellige toy Sfofiot; vel toi- jfpdior.'), Wahl (• abest
Toi' xotpoi' aifui'.'), De W. ('ihren Lauf vollendet htiben ic&r-
rfeji'), Hengst, (• we are to supply : their course or their work.').
But the ellipsis assumed by De W. and Hengst, is abrupt and
without example, whereas the xai subjoined to AXi^p. (the verb
being necessarily changed.) sufiiciently justifies the supplement
proposed above. I recommend, therefore, that the rc.iding
rc\);f>J>Bu,ai be adopted, and translated thus : ' should fulfil it ;'
and that the margin bejir the following note : • Or. as other
copies read, should be fulfilled,' This change would require,
should be killed, in the nest clause. — The verb rtJujp. is tiuns-
lated in connection with its subjects by W., R,;-nearly all
foreign verss. ;-Daub., Wesl., Woodh., AUw., Stu,
f For who, see Dodd., "Wesl., Wakef , Xewc, Woodh., Thorn,,
Allw.. Penn, Stu., Lord, Murd., Kenr. Excepting Beng.,
Matth., Bloomf., all the recent editors have ajtoxritnaeat.
^ For tins idiomatic repetition of the xai, see Win, § 57. 4,
and ch. 2 : 27, X. v, &c. W. ;-Latin verss.. Sjt. ;-Engl. Ann.
('Or, as iliemselves also were'), Beng., Herd., Mey., Lord,
IVeg!, De W.
" See IJohn 1: 7, X. x. ic. Pagn., Castal., Bez.. Par.,
Cocc,. Bierm., Vitr,, (ipsii-iov the Vulg. illi). Engl. Ann. (see
X. g), Wakef., Tr^. (marks they as emphatic), De W.
' Xothing is supplied by W.. R.;- foreign verss. ;-Daub.,
Wakef, Thom., Penn, Lord, Kenr.
1 Seech. 4:1, X.b.
k See v. 3, X. i.
120
REVELATION.
KING JAMES VERSION.
opened the sixth seal, and lo,
there was a great eaithquake;
and the sun became black as
sackcloth of haii-, and the moon
became as blood :
13 And the stars of heaven
fell unto the earth, even as a fig-
tree casteth her untimely figs,
when she is shaken of a mighty
wind.
14 And the heaven departed
as a scroll when it is rolled to-
gether ; and everj^ mountain and
island were moved out of their
places.
15 And the kings of the earth,
and the great men, and the rich
men, and the chief captains, and
GREEK TEXT.
(T^paylha tttjv (KTtjv koi l8ov
a€ia-fxo9 fxeya? iyevero, kou 6
■r]\i09 iyeuero fxeXas co? aaKKOs
Tpl-^LVos, KOU rj aeXrjUT) iyeuero
coy aifia,
13 Kol ol acTTepes tov ovpavov
eirea-au els tjjv yrjv, co? avKrj
fidXXeL TOVi oXvudovs avTrjs, vtto
p.eyaXov avefxov a-eiop-evr]-
14 KOL 6 ovpavos airey^cop 10-07]
<w? fiifiXiov elXLo-ao/xeuou, kol ttolv
bpof KOL vrjaos en Tcav tottcov
avTciv eKLvrj6T}crav
15 KOL OL jSacnXels ttjs yrjs,
KOL 01 fxeyLCTTaves, kou ol ttXov-
(TioL, KOL ol yiXiapyoi, Kat ol 8v-
REVISED VERSION.
opened the sixth seal, and, 'be-
hold, there was a great earth-
quake, and the sun became black
as sackcloth of hair, and the '°
moon became as blood,
13 And the stars of heaven
fell unto the earth, " as a fig-tree
casteth her "untimely figs, Pbeing
shaken "iby a 'great vdnd ;
14 And the heaven 'was part-
ed as a scroll 'rolling up ; and
every mountain and island were
moved out of their places ;
15 And the kings of the earth,
and the great men, and the "rich,
'' and the chief captains, and the
> See ch. 5 : 6, N. r. But all recent editors cancel L&ov, on
the authority of B. C. ' o 26. /S 8. y 2. Compl. Vulg. MS. Am.
Tul. Haii* Copt. Aeth. Syr. Arr. Slav. MS.'— = very strong
authority,' says Bloomf., who thinks the word ' was probably
introduced from the parallel passages.' I recommend that it be
omitted : and there was.
° The reading, which inserts 6%ti after }j aiXr^vti. is marked
by Beng. as one ' quae per codices firmior sit lectione textusj
nee tamen plane certa,' but all subsequent editors have adopted
it, on the authority of ' A. B. C. a 17. /3 8. y 2. Vulg. Copt.
Aeth. Syr. Arm. Arr. Slav. MS.' I recommend that it be
followed, and translated : whole moon.
° W., R. ;-Syr., Dt., It, French verss. ;-Cocc. {ut ;-for sicut
of others), Daub, and later English verss. (except Allw., Treg..
Words.), Beng. and later German verss. (wJe;-for Luth.'s
gleichwie, and De W.'s sowie).
" Or, winter-jigs. See the lexicons, in voc. ; also Rob., s. v.
avxT). The Sept. have the word in Cant. 2 : 13 for disb.
p Dodd. The participial construction is retained also by It..
French verss. ;-Oocc., Bierm., Vitr., Herd., Wakef., AYoodh.,
Mey., Van Ess, Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg., Hengst.
•! See2Pet. 2:19, N.I.
E. v., John 6 : 18, and generally elsewhere ; always in this
book, except in connection with sepavyjj or ^ukj ;-W., R. ;-
Daub., Penn, Sharpe, Lord, Kenr.
" Not necessarily d?t' o^eus (Schleus. and Ros. after Grot.).
Bretsch.'s explanation also, paries discissae et convolutae hie
describunlur (and so Bloomf. : ' the heaven . . . was parted off,
or separated in the midst, and the part removed ;', and Rob. :
' the heavens parted asunder . . . i. e. the heavens were rent
and the parts rolled away') is needlessly specific, and possibly
erroneous; the word expressing nothing more than that the
heavenly expanse was sundered (in old English it might have
been, with the same meaning, was departed) from — perhaps
its fastenings, like a tent (comp. Job 9 : 8 ; Ps. 104 : 2 ; Is. 40 :
22; 42: 5 ; 44: 24). or as when an outstretched scroll is let go.
— Vulg. {recessit). Syr. {= De D. separati sunt), German
verss. generally (entwich --All. wich zuriick), Dt. {is weg ge-
weken), It. {si ritiro), French verss. {se retira) ;-Erasm., Pagn.,
Vat., Castal., Steph., Aret., {as Vulg. ;-which is better than
Bez. and Par. abscessit, or Cocc. and Bierm. amoiiim est),
Wakef. {ran up), Thom. {recoiled), Treg. {was separated from
its place), Murd. {separated). Comp. N. t.
' The comparison is not. as it has been frequently explained,
to the disappearance, either of the contents of a scroll that has
been rolled up, or of the scroll itself, but to the process of
rolling. Comp. N. s. — Dt. {dat toegerold wcn-dt), Fr. G.,-M.,
-S.. {que Von [^u'ow] roide) ;-Erasm., Vat., {qui circumvolvi-
tur ;-for the Vulg. involutus), Pagn., Steph., Bez., Par., Cocc.,
Grell, Vitr., {qui convolvitur), Castal. {convolvatur), Berl. Bib.
{zusammen gerollt wird;-foT Luth.'s eingewickeltes), Beng.
{das vian zus. wickell), All. {das man zusammenrollt), Treg.
{when it rolleth itself together), De W. {die zvsammenge-
wickelt wird;-in 18Z9, zusammengerolltes).
" Instead of jtJtoiJaiot xai ol ;t'^-, all the recent editors have,
%a. X. oi TiX. (A. B. C. 'a 22. ;3 7. Compl. Vulg Copt. Aeth.
SjT. Arm. Arr. Slav. MS.'). I recommend that this order be
followed: chief captains, and the rich.
W., R. ;-foreign verss. ;-Wesl., Wakef., Newc, Stu., Lord,
Kenr.
REVELATION.
121
KING JAMES VERSION.
the mighty men, and every bond-
man, and every free-man, hid
themselves in tlie dens and in
the rocks of the mountains ;
16 And said to the mountains
and rocks. Fall on us, and hide
us from the face of him that
sitteth on the throne, and from
the wratli of the Lamb :
17 For the great day of his
wrath is come ; and who shall
be able to stand ?
CHAP. VII.
And after these things I saw
four angels standing on the four
corners of the earth, holding tlie
four winds of the earth, that
the vdud should not blow on the
earth, nor on the sea, nor on any
tree.
GREEK TEXT.
varoL, K€u iras BovXos kol ttols
iAevdepo! kKpv^^av eavrovs els ra
(nrrjX.aia kul els ras Trerpas T(i>v
6p€(x)V,
16 Kol Xeyovai Tois opeai koI
Tois Trerpais, Ueaere €0' rjp.as,
KUL Kpuyj/are r/p-ds airo TrpocrcoTrov
Tov KaBrjpeuov eVi tov dpouov,
KOL avro r?^? opyrjs tov dpvtov
17 OTL rjXdev ?; r]p.epa tj pie-
yaXrj Trjs opyrjs avrov, kcCl t'ls
8vvaTaL o-TaOrjvaL ;
CHAP. VII.
KAI p-era ravra elBov reaaa-
pas dyyeXovs iarcoTas eVt ras
reacrapas ywvlas rrjs yrjs, Kpa-
Tovvras rovs recraapas dvip.ovs
TTjs yrjS, iva p.i] Trverj dvepos eVt
TTjs yris, p-^T€ eVi Trjs daXaaarjs,
pLTjre €7ri wdv SevSpuu.
REVISED VERSION.
"'mighty, " and every bond man,
and ^every li-ee man, hid them-
selves in the 'caves and in the
rocks of the mountains ;
16 And Hhey say to the mount-
ains and Ho '■the rocks : Fall
''upon us, and hide us from the
face of him that sitteth on the
throne, and from the wrath of
the Lamb :
17 For "^that great day of his
wrath is come, and who ''is able
to stand?
CHAP. VII.
"And after 'these things I saw
four angels standing ^aipon the
four corners of the earth, holding
the four winds of the earth, that
"no wind should blow on the
earth, nor on the sea, nor ''upon
''•'any tree.
" The reading iaxvpoi (A. B. C. 'a 27. /3 7. Compl.') is
adopted by all the recent editors in the place of bvnatoi but
requires no change in the version.
» The authority of A. B. C. 'a 19. /3 7. Vulg. Aeth. Syr.
Arr. Slav. MS.' is against this second naj, which, however, is
retained by Griesb., Knapp, Mey., Sch.. and Bloomf. (though
he thinks it may be an interpolation).
y Dodd., Wesl., Woodh., Thoin., Allw.. Penn, Shaipe.. Stu.,
Lord, Treg., Murd.
'■ The present tense is retained by W., R. ;-Vulg., Syr., Fr.
S. ;-Erasm., Vat., Aret, Cocc, Bierm., Daub., Berl. Bib., Wakef.
and Xewc. (say), Alhv., Sharpe, Stu.. Treg., De W., Words.,
Hengst., Kenr. Comp. ch. 7 : 10, N. f. Here the past time
was introduced by Pagn., and adopted by Bez., &c.
' The sign of the dative is repeated by W. ;-Syr., Dt., It.,
French verss. ;-Daub., Beng., Dodd., AVesl., Moldenh., Herd.,
Woodh., Mey., Allw., Greenf., Penn, Stu., Lord, Hengst., Murd.
^ The article is repeated by R. ;-Dt., It., French verss. ;-
Daub., Beng., Dodd.. Wesl., Moldenh., Herd., Woodh., Thorn.,
Mey., Allw., Greenf., Penn, Stu., Lord, Treg., Hengst., Murd.,
Kenr. For upon, see ch. 3 : 3, N. j^ &c. R. ;-Dodd., Wakef.,
Thom.
' ' Dies irae, dies ilia ; the issue and consummation of all
preceding days of vengeance ; the day, of which we were so often
warned.' See 1 John 2: 7, N. o, &c.— Syr. ;-Pagn., Bez.,
Brightm., Par., Grell., Vitr., Wakef.
^ Sjr., Germ., Dt., Fr. S. ;-Vat., Castal., Cocc, Vitr., Daub.,
Beng., Dodd., Wesl., Moldenh., Herd., Wakef, Newc, Woodh.,
Thom., Mey., Allw.', AH.. Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg., De W.,
Words., Hengst., Murd. E. V. and others follow the Vulg.
' The Kai is cancelled by Lachm. and Treg., on the authority
of ' A. C. Vulg. Copt.;' and toito (A. B. C. 'a 22. ^ G. y 2.
Compl.') is substituted for -taita by Matth., Sch., Lachm.,
Treg., Words., Tisch. For no wind (= ' not a blast,' Milton,
Lycidas, 97). see 1 John 1 : 8, N. z. Protestant German verss.,
Dt., It. (non . . vento), Fr. G,,-M.,-S., (aucun venl ne) ;-Daub.,
Wakef., Woodh. {not a wind), Thom., Allw. (a wi7id . . nol),
Penn, Sharpe, Lord (wind . . neither). Words.
'' See ch. 6 : IG, N. b, &c. In the last clause, as an indication
of a change in the construction, Vulg. substitutes in with the
ace. for the previous super (and by this R. is led into the va-
riation, icfon . . . on) ; Dt. changes op to ieg-en ; Fr. S., sur to
centre ;-Erasm., Pagn., Vat.. Bez., Par., (as Vulg-.). Cocc, Vitr.,
(change in with the abl. to in with the ace), Beng. (makes
the same change with iiber). Comp. ch. 13 : 1, N. dd.
'''' Literally: '•Every tree; — as would at once bo the case,
but for the angelic restraint.' Comp. ch. 9 : 4; Is. 2 : 13 ; Joel
1: 12, 19;-namm., Cocc, Greenf., Ziill., Heng.st. ('eig. a/Ze?i
Baum'). But in English the literal expression might occasion
ambiguity. There is also another reading, ti, SevSpov (B. C.
■o 22. p 6. Vulg. Ar. Copt.'), adopted by Wetst, Matth.,
Lachm., Treg., Words., Tisch.
16
122
REVELATION.
KING JAilES VERSION.
2 Aud I saw another angel
ascending from the east, having
the seal of the living God : aud
he cried with a loud voice to
the four angels, to whom it was
given to hui-t the earth and the
sea,
3 Saying, Hurt not the earth,
neither the sea, nor the trees,
till we have sealed the sei-vants
of our God in their foreheads.
4 And I heard the number of
them which were sealed : and
there were sealed an hundred and
forty and four thousand of all
the tribes of the children of Is-
rael.
5 Of the tribe of Juda were
GREEK TEXT.
2 KaL elSou aWou ayyeXov
dvajSai^ra airo dvaToXrjs rjklov,
k-^ovra acppay^Sa Oeov ^covtos'
Kol eKpa^e (jjcovrj fxeyccArj rols
recraapaiv ayyeXois, ol? iSoOr]
avTOLS dScKT]arat, Tr)v yrju kcll tyjv
daXacrcrav,
3 Xeycov, Mr] dSiKrjarjre ttjv
yrjv, fjir]Te ttjv OaXaaaav, jJirjTe
Ta Sevdpa, axpi9 ov a(j)payl^cop.eu
TOVS BovXoVS TOV OeOV rjfJLU)!^ fVt
Tcoi' percoircov avTcav.
4 Kal rJKOvaa rov api6p.ov
Tcov icr(f)payi(rp.eu(oi'' pp.o )(^LXid.-
5ey i(T(f)payt(rp.€i>oi e'/c iraarji (j)v-
XtJs v'lcou I(Tpai]X'
5 e'/c (fjvXrjs 'lovSa, i(B -x^iXtd-
REVISED VERSION.
2 And I saw another angel
'ascend from the ''sunrising, hav-
ing the seal of the living God :
and he cried vnth a loud voice
to the four angels, to whom it
was given to hurt the earth and
the sea,
3 Saying : Hurt not the earth,
•nor the sea, nor the trees, till
we 'seal the sen^ants of our God
^on their foreheads.
4 And I heard the number of
•■the sealed : 'a hundred 'and
forty - four thousand ' sealed, of
''eveiy tribe of the children of
Israel ;
i5 Of the tribe of "Judah,
' T., C, G. ;-Geim., Dt., It. (che saliva). French verss. (qui
montait) -j-Gocc. (following this reading, changes ascewtZewiewi
of the other Latin verss. into qtd ascendebat. But I recommend
that the reading of all the recent editors, ava^aivovta. (A. B. C.
' o 27. |3 7. Compl.'), be followed, and translated : ascending.
^ The periphrasis of the text is preserved by W., T., C, G..
R. ;-the Latin and German verss., Dt., It., Fr. S. ;-Daub., B. and
L., Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Woodh., Thorn., Clarke, Greenf.,
Stu., Lord, Treg., Words., Kell., Murd., Kenr.
• E. v., V. 1 ;-Dodd., Wesl. (neither . . . neither), Wakef.
{or . . . or), Newc, Thom., Allw., Penn, Sharpe, Stu., Lord,
Treg. Foreign verss. generally render the jxriti of both clauses
by the same word.
' The present tense is used by W., R. ;-Vulg., Germ. ;-Erasm.,
Pagn., Vat., Castal., Aret., Cocc, Beng., Herd., Thom., Mey.,
Kenr. But of these several read, as do all the recent editors,
B^fiaylaoifisv. For the present of our Text Treg. cites no au-
thority but Erasm. I recommend that o^poyttr. be adopted,
and translated : have sealed.
e See ch. 1 : 20, N. d, &c. Syr. (= Greenf. is), German
verss. (an), Dt., It., Fr. G.,-M.,-S. ;-Daub., Wakef., Woodh.,
AUw., Stu., Treg., Murd., (upon), Wesl., Newc, Thom., Penn,
Sharpe, Ell. (at ch. 9 : 4), Lord, Kenr.
>■ Latin verss., It., Fr. G.,-M. ;-Berl. Bib. and later German
verss. generally, Wakef., Woodh., Greenf., Lord, Treg.
' Vv. 4-8 are not so much a historical statement of what
John saw, or even of what took place, as an echo of wliat he
heard. And this, together with the blessedness and the solem-
nity of the act, is best brought out by the construction and ar-
rangement of the original ; which are, accordingly, adopted by
W., R. (except that it turns the Vulg. signati of v. 4 into a
finite verb) ;-Vulg., Syr., Germ, (nearly as R.), It. (except
that it supplies ch'era di after the first clause of v. 4), Fr. G.,
-M., (nearly as Germ.), Fr. S. ;-Erasm., Pagn. (except that
he supplies erant to obsignata in v. 4 ;-and so Bez., Par., B.
and L.), Cocc, GrelL, Vitr., Beng., Woodh. (as R.), Greenf.
(except that he reverses the order in vv. 5-8), May., All., De
W., (treating the participle throughout as a noun), Treg.,
Hengst. (as Germ.). For the form of the indefinite article
in V. 4, see 2 Pet. 2: 14, N. f.
1 It is not necessary, in rendering the numeral sign of the
Text (which all recent editors, except Matth. and Bloomf., ex-
change for numeral words) into our most common verbal ex-
pression, to mark and as supplied. (Treg., indeed, adopts the
reading of 'C. a 7. Compl.,' which inserts xai after ixatov.). —
R., Wells, Daub., Wesl., Lord, (omit and in both cases), Dodd.,
Wakef., Woodh., Thom., Allw., Sharpe, Treg., Kenr. Comp.
ch. 4 : 4, N. m and 14 : 1, N. g.
' The singular is retained by W. (every lineage), R. ;-Vulg.,
Syr., Fr. S.;-Erasm., Vat., Cocc, Vitr., Daub., Dodd., Wakef.,
Stu., Lord (tlie whole race), Treg., De W., Words., Murd.,
Kenr.
1 See V. 4, N. i. In vv. 5-8 ig^fioyiafiivoi is cancelled, in
every instance except the first and last, by Matth., Lachm.,
Treg., Words., Tisch., on the authority of A. B. C. ' a 22. 6.
y 3. Compl. Vulg. BIS. Harl.* Copt. Aeth. Syr. Erp. ;' and in
the two exceptional cases Matth, has ia^fiayiafiiK).!, (B. 'o 12.
3 4.' and in v. 5 'y 2.').
" See ch. 5 : 5, N. o, &c.
REVELATION.
123
KtJfG JAJrES VERSIOX.
sealed twelve thousand. Of the
tiibe of Reuben iccre sealed
twelve thousand. Of the tribe
of Gad were sealed twelve thou-
sand.
6 Of the tribe of Aser u-crc
sealed twelve thousand. Of the
tribe of Xephthalim u-cre sealed
twelve thousand. Of the tribe
of ilanasses were sealed twelve
thousand.
7 Of the tribe of Simeon were
sealed twelve thousand. Of the
ti-ibe of Levi were sealed twelve
thousand. Of the ti-ibe of Is-
sachar icerc sealed twelve thou-
sand.
S Of the tribe of Zabulon irerc
sealed twelve thousand. Of the
tribe of Joseph were sealed
twelve thousand. Of the tribe
of Benjamin were sealed twelve
thousand.
9 After this I beheld, and lo,
a great multitude, which no man
GREEK TEXT.
8(9 €o-(f)payi(rixei^of (k 0i'A?;f
Pov^i]v, i/3 y(iXLa8es €a-(ppayL-
cTfievor eK (f)v\rJ9 PaS, ifi ^Lkid-
Sey eo-ippayKT/xevor
6 eK (pvXrJ9 Aai]p, i/3 •)(i.Xia-
Se? la-cppayicrpevoL' (k ^uAJjy
jS^e(p6a\ei/x, ip ■^(^iXia.Ses i(T(Ppa-
yiapfi'Of iK (pvX7]s 3Tavaa(rfj,
lI3 ^iXiaSef ia(l>payiapevoL'
7 €K (PvXrj9 ^vfiecoi', i(3 )^tXid-
Se? iacppayia-p-euor €k (pvXijs
Aevi, ijB ^iAfaSes" io-cfypayia/xe-
VOL' €K ({)vXi]9 'laa-^ap, //3 y(i-
XidSes ia({)payi(Tp.evor
8 €Ac (^uAJ;? Za^ovXav, i0 ^i-
XiaSef e(r(f)payia-peiJor e'/c (f)vXrj9
Ia)cn](f), i^ ■)(iXia8es iacppayL-
(TfJLtvor (K (j)vXrJ9 BevLapuv, 10
•^iXidBei ia-(ppayio-p.€uoi.
9 JIjEIA Tavra elSou, koL
ISov o^Ao? TToAuy, ov dpiOfirjaai '
REVISED VERSIOX.
twelve thousand sealed ; of the
tribe of Reuben, twelve thousand
sealed; of the tribe of Gad,
twelve thousand sealed ;
"6 Of the tribe of ^Aser, twelve
thousand sealed ; of the tribe of
pXephthalim, twelve thousand
sealed ; of the tribe of "^ilauas-
ses, twelve thousand sealed ;
'7 Of the tribe of 'Symeon,
twelve thousand sealed ; of the
tribe of Levi, twelve thousand
sealed ; of the tribe of 'Isachar,
twelve thousand sealed ;
-S Of the tribe of "Zabulon,
twelve thousand sealed ; of the
tribe of Joseph, twelve thousand
sealed ; of the tribe of Benjamin,
twelve thousand sealed.
9 After "these things, I ^saw,
and -^behold a great multitude.
° See V. 4, N. i and v. 5. N. 1.
" ' It is to be regretted,' remark the Amer. Bible Soc's Com-
mittee on Versions, in their Report on the )ate Revision, ' that,
in respect to persons atreatly knoicn in the Old Teslament,
the translators did not retain their names in the form in which
they had thus become familiar. Instead of this, thej have often
introduced the personages of ancient Jevrish history imder
names modified, and sometimes disguised, by transmission
through the Greek tongue. . . The principle adopted in such
cases has been the following : "VThen such names occur singly
in the narrative, and there would arise no marked difference in
the pronunciation, the form in the Old Testament has been
restored,' In the spirit of this rule, and as irx became 'Aa>;p
by necessity, there being no Greek representative of v. sh. I re-
commend that here and at Luke 2 : 36 the Hebrew form be
restored : Asfier. — T,, Daub,, Moldenh,, Gerl., Lord, Hengst.,
(Asser), Guyse, Dodd,, WesL, Campb. (in Luke), Newc.
Woodh., JIurd. {Ashur) ;-Rob.
p See N. o. Ne$9a>.£t^ (Gen. 35 : 25) being but one of sev-
eral Sept, forms {'Si^SaAii Gen, 30 : 8 ; Xf^SoXt Gen, 46 : 24 ;
Nf^^aXijtt 1 Kings 4: 15) for •'ipiSJ, I recommend that the 0. T,
name be restored here and Matt. 4: 13, 15: AhphlaJi. — Dodd,,
Wesl,, Campb, (in Matt,), Newc, Lord, Murd. German verss.,
Guyse, Woodh,, Penn, (Naphthali).
1 See N. 0. The Sept. uses two forms of the nominative,
Mavaua^ (Gen. 48: 5) and Mwasa^s (2 Kings 20: 21) for
nis_5«. Here, though not at Matt, 1 : 10, the Amer, Bible Soc.
has restored Manasseh- I recommend that it be done in both
places, — W,, Daub,, {^fallasse). Dodd,, 'Wesl., Campb, (in
Matt,), "Wakef,. Newc, AVoodh.. Penn, Lord, Murd.
' See v. 4, N, i and v, 5, X, !,
• See 2 Pet. 1: 1, N. a, &c. W,, T., C,;-Fr, S,;-Erasm.,
Cooc., Mey. All others, including E, V., apply tlie principle
cited inv. 6, N. o; which I also recommend to be done: Simeon.
< See V. 6, N. o. This name is given with one s by 'W.. T.,
C, ;-Erasm,, Bez, (in some edd,), "Whist., AVells, Beng,, Lowm,,
Wakef., AUw,, Gcrl,:— Germ,, Dt.. Cocc, Moldenh,, Mey,. De
W„ Hengst,, follow the Chethibh (Issaschar or Isaschai-): —
all others, including E, V. here and in the 0, T,, take the Kcri,
which I also recommend : Issachar.
" See V. 4, N. i and v. 5, N, 1.
' Both here, and at Matt. 4: 13, 15, the Amer. Bible Soc.
has restored Zebuhin, in accordance with the principle of v, 6,
N, o. I recommend that the change be adopted in both places, —
G., Lowm., Guyse, Wesl., Newc. Lord, Trog.. (Zebulon), Dodd,,
Campb. (in Matt), De W. and Hengst. {Sebulon).
" Seech. 4: 1, N. a.
» Seech. 4: 1, N. b.
r See eh. 5 : 6, N. r.
124
REVELATION.
KING JAMES VERSION.
could nuiiiber, of all nations,
and kindreds, and people, and
tongues, stood before the throne,
and before the Lamb, clothed
with white robes, and palms in
their hands ;
10 And cried with a loud
voice, sapng, Salvation to our
God which sitteth upon the
throne, and unto the Lamb.
11 And all the angels stood
round about the throne, and
about the elders and the four
beasts, and fell before the throne
on their faces, and worshipped
God,
12 Saying, Araen : Blessing,
and glory, and wisdom, and
thanksgiving, and honour, and
GREEK TEXT.
avTOV owSeiS" rj^vvaro, Ik TravTos
eOvovs Kca (pvXav kcu Xacov kou
yXaaaSyv, eartoTes Ivwiriov tov
OpOVOV KCU ipCOTTlOP TOV apVLOV,
TrepilBe^XTj/jLevot aroXaf XevKUf,
Kol (hoLVLKeS iv TOLS ^epolv OLVTOiV
10 /cat Kpa^ovTE^ (f)cour) fxe-
yaXrj, XeyovT^s, H ao)T7]pia t<S
KaOrjjJievca eVi tov Opovov tov
Oeoi) Tjp.an', kol tw apviw.
11 Kou TTavTes OL ayyeXoL
earrjKeaav kvkXco tov Opovov kol
tSu TTpecT^VTepatv kol tcou Tecraa-
pcov ^(oav, Kcd eirecrov evairiov
TOV Opovov eVt TrpoacoTrov avTwv,
KCU irpoaeKWiqaav t<3 0€(S,
12 XeyovTey, A/xrjv rj evXo-
yia Kcd rj So^a kol rj (ro(f)ia kol
Tj ev-^apiaTia kcu tj TLp.r] kcu r/
REVISED VERSION.
which no "one "could number,
of 'every nation, and 'tribes, and
■'peoples, and tongues, "standing
before the throne, and before
the Lamb, "-clothed with white
robes, and palms in their hands ;
10 And fcrying with a loud
voice, saying : ^The salvation
'■unto him ''who sitteth on the
throne of our God, and unto the
Lamb.
11 And all the angels stood
'around the throne ' and ' the
elders and the four ''living crea-
tures, and 'they fell before the
throne "'upon their ""face, and
worsliipped God,
12 Saying: Amen. "The bless-
ing, and "the glory, and "the
wisdom, and "the thanksgiving.
' See ch. 3 : 7. N. p, etc.
» For ^Svv., Beng., Matth.. Lachtn., Treg., Words., Tisch.,
read i&vv. (A. B. C. 'a 10. p 4. Compl.').
^ The variation in the number oViOvovs and ^vxHn. in which
Ben,?, and Ilongst. find something worthy of note, is observed
also by Syr., Dt, Fr. S. ;-IIamm., Cocc, Vitr., Thom., Stu.,
Lord, Treg. Others, as B. and L., Dodd., Wakef., Words.,
make all the four nouns singular. The rest follow the Vulg.
= See ch. 1 : 7, N. k.
■i E. v., ch. 10: 11; 17: 15. Elsewhere, by disregarding the
nuiflber, B. V. sometimes hides or obscures the meaning. Thus,
comp. Luke 2: 10 (Ttat-el, t^ ^ap, to all the people = Israel) with
V. 31 (rtdvtuv tuv %aZ,v, of all the peoples, i. e. on earth, includ-
ing the two divisions specified in v. 32) ; Acts 4 : 25 {tmoL, peoples),
27 (jiaots 'icrpa^^,, peoples of Israel = the tribes gathered to-
gether at the Passover) ; &c. An oversight of kindred influence
pervades the common English version of the 0. T. — W., R. ;-
foreign verss. (except B. and L.) ;-Daub., Thom., Allw., Sharpe,
Lord, Treg., Kenr.
" See ch. 4: 1, N. c. &c. W., R. ;-Vulg., Syr., Germ., Dt. ;-
Erasm., Vat., Cocc, Vitr., Daub., Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Newc,
Woodh., Thom., Allw., Greenf., Stu., Lord, Treg., De W.,
Hengst., Kenr. Matth. and Words, edit lorura; (B. 'a 14.
(3 4.'). Bloomf. marks 7t£fii,^sj5XfifihM as ' a reading thought
to need alteration,' and all the other recent editors do alter it
to ?f£pt(3£^^»2i""'ovs, on the authority of A. B.C. 'a 21. /3 5.'
The case would then depend on the lUov. See Win. § 35. 3,
andch. 14: 14, N. o.
"■ Castal., Cocc, Dodd. But all the recent editors, except
Mey., read xpd^ovai,, on the authority of A. B. 0. ' a 27. |3 7. y 4.
Compl. Vulg. Aeth. Arm. Arr. Slav.' I recommend that this
reading be followed : ihey cry. See ch. 6 : 16, N. z.
^ ' That which has been wrought for us.' See ch. 5 : 13, N. e,
&c. — Dt., It., French verss. ;-Berl. Bib., Beng., Wakef. (thi^;-
and so Thom., Penn), Newc. (our), Wciodh., Allw., Stolz, Ell.,
Lord, De W., Kell., Ilengst.
'' E. v., in the next clause ; &c. But, instead of this Erasmian
reading (comp. v. 3, X. f ), the Elzevir text and all the recent
editors have, t^ @!^ ijjj.uiv i^ xa6r]iA.iv<f irti *. 6. I recommend
that this be adopted, and translated : unto our God who sitteth
on the throne. For v:ho, see 2 Pet. 2: 11. N. f. — For ore, see
ch. 3 : 10, N. d, &c.
I See ch. 4 : 6, N. z.
' The xvx-Kcji is not repeated in W., T.. C, G., R. ;-Latin and
French verss. (except B. and L.), It. ;-Beng., Dodd.. Wesl.,
Herd., Wakef, Thom., Mey., Sharpe, Stu., De W., Kenr. In
English it is sufficient, with Thom. and Stu., to remove the
comma after throne.
^ See ch. 4 : 6, N. a.
1 W., R. ;-Fr. G.,-M.,-S. ;-Dodd., Wesl., Herd., Mey., Penn,
Stu., Treg., Murd.
"> For upon, see ch. 6: 16, N. b, &c. For to itfoa. all the
recent editors give fa rtpodurta (A. B. C. 'a 27. |3 7. y 2. Compl.
Vulg. Syr. Arm. Arr.'). I recommend that this reading be
followed: faces.'
° See V. 10, N. g, &c. To the English authorities, cited in
the various notes referred to, may here be added Dodd.
EEVELATION.
125
KING JAMES VERSION.
power, and might, he unto our
God for ever and ever. Amen.
13 And one of the elders an-
swered, sa3ang unto me. What
are these which are arrayed in
white robes ? and whence came
they?
14 And I said unto him, Sir,
thou knowest. And he said to
me. These are tlie}^ which came
out of great tribulation, and have
washed their robes, and made
them white in the blood of the
Lamb.
GREEK TEXT.
Svvafiif KCLL -I] la^vs tc3 Oec3
rjfjLa)V eis rovs alwvas twv alcofoiv.
afxrjv.
13 Kai mreKplOr] ely e'/c tS)v
irpecr^vTepcou, Xeycov /jloi, Ovtol
ol ir€pL^€^Xrjix€V0L ras (rroXas
Ta9 Aeu/cay, rife? elor)., kol iTodev
TjXdov ;
14 Koi e\pr]Ka avrco, Kvpie,
(TV ol8as. Kai eiire /xoi, OvToi
el(TLV OL ip\op.evoL (k rrjs dXlyjrecos
Trjs peyaXrjs, kol kirXwav ra?
aroXa^ avrav, koI iXevKavav crro-
Aa? avTwv iu rep alparc rod ap-
VLOV.
REVISED VERSION.
and "the honour, and -the power,
and "the -strength, p unto our
God lunto the ages of the ages.
Amen.
13 And one of the elders an-
swered, saying unto me : "-These
"tliat are 'clothed »with "the
white robes "who are they, and
whence came they ?
14 And I said unto him : 'Sir,
>thou knowest. And he said
ninto me : These are they "who
"come out of 'the great tribula-
tion, and "^they = washed their
robes aud made "^ their robes white
in the blood of the Lamb.
° See 2 Pet. 2: 11, N. g. E. V., oh. 5: 12, &c.;-W., R. ;-
Germ. (Starke), Dt. (sterkte), It. (forza), French verss.
(force) ;-Ca.sta!. (vires), Pagn., Bez., Par., Cocc, Vitr., (robur),
Bang., Moldcnh., Herd.. Mej., De W., Ilensst., (as Germ.),
Doiid., Wesl., Kenr. Grot., Hcngst., and others, note how
nearly identical the nouns here are with those in the doxology
of ch. 5 : 12. The only change is the substitution of cixapiatia
for rtJ-oifoj, and this was done, Hengst. thinks, for the sake of
independence ('zur Bewahrung der Selbststandigkett'). Or it
may be, that the effect is here put for the cause, the riches
of the divine liberality being answered by the thanksgivings of
the creature.
p See ch. 1 : 6, N. d, &c.
1 See ch. 1 : G, N. g, &c. The final a/.tr,v is bracketed by
Knapp, Treg., and cancelled by Mey., Lachm.. Tisch., Theilc,
on the authority of ' 0. 28. 36.'
The Greek order is preserved by R. ;-Latin and French
verss., Syr., Dt. ;-Daub., Beng., Dodd., Herd., Woodh., Stolz,
Goss., Mey., AUw., AH., Stu., Lord, Treg., De W., Murd.
• See 2 Pet. 2: 11, N. f. W., R. ;-Brightm. (wAoj-and so
Dodd., Thom., Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Murd., Kenr.) Wells, Daub.,
Wesl., Wakef., Newc, Penn, Treg.
« E. v., V. 9, and 9 times in this book, out of 12;-W., R. ;-
Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Newc, Woodh., Thom. (dad), AUw.,
Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Blurd., Kenr.
" E. v., V. 9 ; &c. ;-W. ;-Dodd., Stu., Kenr. See ch. 11 : 3.
N. k.
' 'Those that are thus distinguishable.'— R. ;-Syr. (= De D.
hisce), Dt, ;-Vitr. (illis), Daub., Beng,, Wakef. (those), AUw,,
Greenf, De W.
" E. v., Matth. 12 : 48 ; &c. ;-W., R. ;-foreign verss. ;-Wells
and later English verss,. except Sharpe and Treg.
» Excepting Bloomf. and Theile, all the recent editors insert
(Lachm., in brackets) ftoi after Kvptf, on the authority of B. C.
o 26, p 6. y 2. Compl. Vulg. Copt. Syr. Ar. P. Slav. MSS.'
I recommend that this reading be adopted, and translated : My
lord. In this address Beng. sees a step to the unlawful worship
of ch. 19: 10 and 22: 8. But it is not necessary, with Hengst.,
to regard it as equivalent to the divine name, "iJ^ix, in which
sense the use of it, if so understood, would have been checked
by the elder. Greenf.'s ijnx is sufficient, and the like discrim-
ination nppears in the Syr.
y ' Thou, who askest these questions ; thou, not I.' See ch. 1 :
8, N. m, &c.
' E. v., in the first clause; &c. ;-T. ;-Woodh., Allw.
" See 2 Pet. 2 : 11, N. f.
>" Syr., Dt., Fr. S.;-Castal., Aret., Coco., B. and L,, Beng.,
Wesl., Moldenh., Wakef. (are coining), Greenf., Ell. (are to
come), Stu., Lord, Treg., De W., Words., Kell., Hengst. E V.
and others follow the Vulg.
' See 1 John 2: 7, N. o, &c. Dt., It., French verss. ;-Steph.,
Aret., Vitr,, (ilia), Berl. Bib.. Daub., Beng,, Moldenh., Herd.,
Wakef (that), Woodh,, Scott, Mey., Allw,, Penn, Sharpe, Ell.,
Lord, Treg. (though with a hesitancy, which is not justified by
the reference to ' iTto/twri and all similar words.' Comp. the
anarthrous use. Matt. 24: 21; Mark 13: 19; &c.), De W.
Words, (who also cites TertuUian's 'es ilia pressura magna.')
Scholef., Kell., Hengst.
^ See ch. 1: 6, N. y, &c. Dt., Fr. S. ;-Brightm., Beng.,
Wesl., Penn, Ell., Murd.
= ' Before entering into it.' — The aorist form is observed by
W., T., C, G. ;-Brightm., Herd., Mey., Sharpe, EU., Lord;-all-
of them, however, except the last two, turning ipxofiivoi into
the same tense. E. V. follows R.
<■ The words, atoXas avtuv (ta; si!, aim. B., according to
Treg.) are cancelled by all the recent editors, except that
Bloomf. would merely bracket them. In their place, Beng.,
126
EEVELATION.
KING JAMES VERSION.
15 Therefore are they before
the throne of God, and serve him
day and night in his temple :
and he that sitteth on the throne
shall dwell among them.
16 They shall hunger no more,
neither thirst any more ; neither
shall the sun light on them, nor
any heat.
17 For the Lamb which is in
the midst of the throne shall
feed them, and shall lead them
GREEK TEXT.
15 dia TOVTO elcriv evcoTnov
TOU OpOVOV TOV 0€OU, KOI Att"
Tpevov(TLv avTm 7]p.epa? kol vvktos
eu tS vaw avTov' /cat o Ka$7]/j,e-
vos inl TOV dpovov (TK-qvaxreL eV
avTOVS.
IG ov ireLvaaovaiv en, ovSe
SL-^TjaovcTLU en, ov8e pi] Trecrrj
eV avTOVS 6 7]Xlos, ovSe irav
KaupLW
17 hn TO apvLov to avap.e<TOv
TOV dpovov TroLp,avel avTOuy, koll
oBijyrjcrei avTOVs eiri ^coaas; Trrjyas
REVISED VERSION.
15 Therefore are they before
the throne of Clod, and sei-ve
him day and night in his temple :
and he that sitteth on the throne
shall ^tabernacle 'over them.
16 They shall hunger no more,
neither thirst anj'^ more ; 'neither
shall the sun 'fall on them, nor
any heat ;
17 For the Lamb ''that is in
the midst of the throne shall
'tend them, and shall lead them
^ Sscjjj'ou (from irxjjr^, which in E. V. is always in this book,
ch. 13 : 6 ; 15 : 5 ; 21 : 3. rendered labemacle ; and so elsewhere,
17 times, except Luke 16: 9.) is, 1., to pitch a tent; and, 2., to
dwell in a tent, or, as in a tent. The Jirst sense is here, and
nowhere else (except in Fr. S., which uses the phrase, dresser la
tente, throughout), adopted by It., Fr. S. ;-Engl. Ann. (as one
meaning), Dodd., Thom., Goss., Sharpe, Stu. But this use is
unexampled in the Sept. Qaxrji'aaiv iv XoSo/xoi,; in Gen. 13 : 12.
to which Schlcus., Bretsch., and Rob., appeal, not being equi-
valent to nnp-n? inx;^. The attoaxr^v^ga; of V. 18 would be
a better, though an indirect, reference.), and, as is generally
agreed, elsewhere in the N. T. ; whereas in the second sense
oi dwelling &c. it is found in Sept. Judg. 8: 11, in the other old
Greek veiss. (Aquila, Symmachus, Theodotion) of Ex. 24: 16 ;
25: 8; Job 11: 14; 38: 19, and, according to general consent,
wherever else it occurs in the N. T. (.John 1:14; Rev. 12 : 12 ;
13 : 6 ; 21 : 3). The Dt. overschaduwm {marg. : ' Of, hywonen,
Gr. ene hut, of, tabernakel over hen zijn, of, maken.') ; Aret.
ohumhrabit ; Engl. Ann. (as one meaning) overshadow, Grot.
erit vice Taberiiacidi, proteget ; Vitr. ■u.mbraculo suo proteget ;
B. and L. couvrira comme un Pavilion ; Herd., Mey., Hiltte
sein; Van Ess ist das Zelt; Treg. be a covert (which he con-
siders the only 'admissible' rendering); are inferences, not
translations. The word tabernacle is proposed not only as
being more literal, but also as suggesting the idea of the fulfil-
ment of the O. T. type ; Ex. 25 : 8, 9 ; 29 : 43, 45 ; 40 : 34 ; &c.
Comp. 1 Kings 6:13; 8 : 27 ; Ps. 68 : 18 ; Ezek. 37 : 27 ; &c.
— Wesl. Qiave his tent), Kist. {in seinem Heiligthum wohnen).
Lord {dwell in a lent, Kell., Ilengst. {zelten), Barn. ('The
meaning here is, that God would dwell among them as in a
tent, or would have his abode with them.') ;-Rob. (' In N. T.,
to dwell as in tents, to tabernacle').
i" ' For shelter and defense' — the tTtl here answering to the
Matth., Griesb. (according to Theile), Knapp, Mey., Tisch.,
Theile, Bloomf. (in case at. ait. were rejected), insert nothing,
on the authority of B. (according to Words.) 'a 19. (3 6. Aeth.
Arm. Erp. ;' — Griesb. (according to my ed.), Hahn, Sch.,
Heb. h-J after ■;5'j, ■jjs, &c. Comp. Ex. 40: 35, 36, 38; Deut.
33 : 12;" Is. 4 : 5" 6 ; 25 : 4, 5 ; Ezek. 37, 27 ; &c. ; also 2 Cor. 12 :
9; 1 Pet. 4: 14.— W. (on) ; R.;-Vulg. {super), Syr. (= fe ■jS'^.
Here also De D.'s proteget, and Murd.'s protect, are merely
inferential. The verb is the same as in John 1 : 14, where
Murd. renders it, tabernacled.), German verss. {ilber), It. {so-
pra), Fr. S. (sur) ;-Era3m., Vat., Cocc, (as Vidg.), Daub.,
Dodd. {upon), Wesl., Wakef., Newc, Woodh., Thom., Heinr.
(•pro fiff' avtCiv c. 21, 3. fortius h. 1. dicitur in' aitoii.''),
Sharpe, Stu., De W. {^ over them, as the sublime object of their
worship, and as their mighty guardian'), Treg., Kell., Kenr.;-
Wahl (ire vel super''), Rob. {as Dodd.).
' For the force of ovhi iiri, see ch. 3: 12, N. j.
i W., R.;-Vulg. {cadet), Syr., German verss., Dt., It., Fr. S.;-
Erasm., Vat., Aret., Cocc, Vitr.. {as Vidg.), Pagn., Bez., Par.,
Grell., {incidet), Daub., Dodd., Penn, Stu.. Kell., Murd., Kenr.,
Barn.;-Wahl, Rob. The n?:^ of Ps. 121: 6; Is. 49: 10, has
here been imitated by Fr. G.,-M., {frappera) ;-Castal. {feriet),
Wakef., Newc, AVoodh., Allw., Sharpe, Lord, {strike), Greenf.
>■ E. v., ch. 5: 12;-W.; Brightm., Dodd., Wesl., Thom.,
Stu., Lord., Kenr., {who), Newc, Sharpe, Treg. For amiisaop,
all the recent editors have dvi /lieov.
1 See ch. 2: 27, N. r, &c. W. {govern), R. (rM?e) ;-Vulg.
{reget), German verss. and Dt. (wei'den) ;-Erasm. (with the
note: 'sive reget more pastor um^) and Vat. (with the note:
'vel, instar pastoris, diriget'), {as Vidg.), Hamm. {'rule them.,
or be their shepherd''), B. and L. {sera leur Pasteur), Berl.
Bib. {als ein Hirt weiden), Wakef. {tend them like sheep),
Newc marg., Treg., {be their shepherd), Woodh. {rule them
like a shepherd), Thom., Penn, Sharpe, Stu. {lead ;-translating
the next verb, guide). Lord {guide). Kenr. {as R.), Barn.
{e.vercise over them the office of a shepherd).
Lachm., Treg., Words., insert aitai, on the authority of ' A.
10. 12. 19. 37. 46. 49. 91. Oompl. Vulg. Copt. Syr. Ar. P.
Slav. MS.' I recommend that this last reading be adopted :
them.
REVELATION.
127
KING JAMES VERSION.
unto living fountains of waters :
and Grod shall wipe away all
tears from their eyes.
CHAP. VIII.
And when he had opened the
seventh seal, there was silence
in heaven about the space of
half an hour.
2 And I saw the seven angels
which stood before God ; and to
them were given seven trumpets.
3 And another angel came
and stood at the altar, having
a golden censer ; and there was
given unto him much incense,
that he should ofler it with the
GREEK TEXT.
vSaTcov, /cat e^aXev^ei 6 0eo9
irav SaKpvou airo rmv 6(f)6aXfx.coi'
avT(ov.
CHAP. VIII.
KAI ore rjuoL^e ttjv ai^payl^a
ovpava o)? yfxicopLOV.
2 Kal eiSou tovs eirra dyye-
Xovf, Oi ivaiTLOv rod Oeov earr]-
Kaai, Kol i860i]aav avrols kivTo.
craXTTiyyef.
3 /cat a'AAoy ayyeXos rjXde, /cat
io-rddi] eVt TO dvcnaarrjpLou,
e^cov XijiavoiTov 'xpvaovi'- /cat
e8odi] avTcS dvp-iafiara iroXXa,
Iva Saxrrj rals Trpoaev^ais rcav
REVISED VERSION.
unto "living fountains of waters,
and God shall wipe away "every
tear "from their eyes.
CHAP. VIII.
And when he ' opened the
seventh seal, there was silence
in heaven '•about half an hour.
2 And I saw the seven angels
'who ''stand before God, and
'there were given funto them
seven trumpets.
3 And another angel came,
and stood at the altar, having
a golden censer, and there was
given unto him much incense,
that he should ^give it ^-to the
" With the exception of Matth., all the recent editors read
ifu^;, on the authority of A. B. 'a 25. /3 7. y 2. Corapl. Vulg.
Aeth. Arm. Erp.' I recommend that this reading be adopted,
and, with nrjyas vSdt<^p, translated : fuunla'ms of waters of
life. Comp. ch. 21 : 6 ; 22 : 1, 17.
" The singular is retained by W. ;-Latin verss.. Syr., It., Fr.
S. ;-B. and L., Dodd., Herd., Wakef., Woodh., Thom., Mcy.,
Allw., Greenf, Penn, Stu., Lord, Treg., Words., Murd., Kenr.
For drto, all the recent editors (except Matth.) read ix
(A. B. 0. ' a 14. ^ 5.').
« See ch. 6 : 3, N. i.
^ This u; is in W., as ; in R., Woodh., Lord, Treg., as it
were; in Daub., WesL, Penn, Stu., Barn., about; in Bodd.,
Wakef., Thom., Scott, Sharpe, for about.
' See 2 Pet. 2:11, N. f.
d E. v., ch. 3 : 20 ; &c. ;-(W., T., C, G., R., follow the Vulg.
villi . . . stantes) ;-French verss. ;-Pagn., Vat., Bez., Par., Oocc,
Grell., Vitr., Beng., Moldenh., Newc, Mey, Stu., Treg., De W.,
Words., Hengst. ;-the grammars and lexicons on the use of
tflT'jjxa and iatrixiiv as an intransitive present and imperfect.
See Dan. 10 : 13 ; Luke 1 : 19 (Greek and E. V.) ; &c., and
comp. Tobit 12 : 15.
' See ch. 6 : 2, N. g. Here the main point is, the giving
of the trumpets to these angels ; not, the distinction thereby
conferred on them. Comp. ch. 19 : 8, N. j.
' E. v., ch. 6 : 8 ; &c. ;-Treg.
' E. v., in the previous clause ;-W., R. ;-VuIg., Syr., Germ.,
It. ;-Erasm., Vat, Hamm., Cocc, Vitr., Daub., Beng., Moldenh.,
Herd., Mey., Bloomf , Stier., Treg., Hengst., Barn. The E. V.
variation is after Pagn., Bez., (offerret), T., C, G.
^ 1., The dative of companionship with avv omitted, here
assumed by E. V. and many others after Pagn. and Bez., is
found more readily in the classics (especially in military nar-
ratives, with such words as aifiat^, vavtsi. &c. ; or when accom-
panied by avioi in the same case), than in the N. T. An
instance in connection with a verb of giving has not been
produced from any quarter. 2., The dative of manner (Stu.,
Rob.) or circumstances (Stu.) cannot here be anything differ-
ent from the dative of companionship. 3., The dative of ad-
vantage is applied by Vitr. (■ in gratlam precum sanctorum . . .
ut orationibus sanctorum bonum conciliaret odorem et fragran-
tiam'). Wolf., Wakef. (/or ;-and so Thom., Treg.), Ew. (in
commodum precum), Mey., De W., (filr). Hengst. objects,
(1.), that, according to ch. 5:8,' the incense is the prayers.' But
it is not said, that the Svindfiafa of ch. 5 : 8 is the same
thing as the evfLidfiata rioVKa, here given to the angel, and the
absence of the article rather implies the contrary ; — (2.), that
'the juxtaposition of the incense and the prayers is suitable to
the earth! jr, not the heavenly, sanctuary.' To this the answer
is, that the description of the latter rests on the arrangements
of the former ; Luke 1 : 10 ; — (3.), that it is ' unscriptural to re-
present the pra3'ers of the saints as needing the recommenda-
tion of angels.' But this assumes, what is very questionable,
and is not at all required by the construction, that the angel
does not act representatively, or that he represents angels
(Hengst. himself understands the angel of ch. 7 : 2 to be
Christ; and so at ch. 10: 1; 14: 17; 18: 1 ; 20: 1.), and that
the much incense given to him is the incense of ch. 5 : 8. or
denotes angelic intercession. — A better objection than any of
these would be, that, in the present connection, this ex-
planation is somewhat forced and artificial. 4., Hengst.'s
own assertion, that, but for the necessities of the vision, tdf
123
REVELATION.
KING JAMES VERSION.
prayers of all saints upon the
golden altar which was before
the throne.
4 And the smoke of the
incense, which came with the
prayers of the saints, ascend-
ed up before God out of the
angel's hand.
5 And the angel took the
censer, and filled it with fire of
the altar, and cast it into the
earth : and there were voices,
and thunderings, and lightnings,
and an earthquake.
6 And the seven angels which
had the seven trimipets prepared
themselves to sound.
GREEK TEXT.
ky'uov Travrcav IttI to Ovaiaarr)-
ptOV TO ■^pVaOVV TO iVCOTTLOU TOV
dpovov.
4 Kcu avelSrj 6 kuttuos twv 6v-
jJLiafiaTCov Tois 'irpoaev)(als tcov
aylcov, £/c )(^eipo9 tov dyyeXov,
evcoTTLOv TOV Oeov.
5 /cat elXy](l)ev 6 ayyeXos to
Xt.j3avcoTou, Koi iyefitaeu avTo e'/c
TOV TTVpOS TOV 6vaLa(TTr]pLov, Koi
i^aXeu els Tijv yrjv kou lyevovTO
(pcoval Kol ^pouTcu Koi aaTpaTTcd
KOU ceto'/xo?.
6 Koi ol eiTTa ayyeXoi ky^ov
re? Tai eiTTa (raXinyyas, i/TOipa-
(Ttxv iavTOVs tva craXTrlo-axri.
REVISED VERSION.
prayers of all 'the saints upon
the golden altar which 'is before
the throne.
4 And the smoke of the in-
cense i<for the prayers of the
saints ascended ' out of the an-
gel's hand ""before God.
5 And the angel took the cen-
ser, and filled it "from "the fire
of the altar, and cast p unto the
earth : and there were voices,
and ''thunders, and lightnings,
and an earthquake.
6 And the seven angels 'hav-
ing the seven trumpets prepared
themselves, 'that they
sound.
might
' It., French verss. ;-Dodd., WesL, Wakef., Newc, Woodh.,
Thorn., Allw., Greenf., Penn, Sharpe, Bloomf., Ell.,, Stu., Lord,
Treg., De W., Murd., Kenr.
i This is not so much information respecting what was now
seen, as an additional specification of the altar, and rests on
Lev. 16 : 12, 13 ; &c.— B. V., ch. 9 : 13 ;-W., G., R. ;-Latin and
French verss., Dt. ;-Brightm,, De D., Beng., WesL, Moldenh.
(stehet), Thorn., All., Kenr. E. V. follows T., C.
!■ ' Incense belonging to, designed for ;'-the case here answer-
ing to p with the latter of two nouns in construction. Hengst.
refers to Gen. 9 : 5. But neither the preposition there, nor the
dative here, is intended, as he thinks, to express or imply iden-
tity. In the present instance Win. and Rob. find a dative of
advantage. See v. 3, N. h. — No such supplement as that of
E. v. is found in W., R. ;-foreign ve-rss. (except that It. has
dati out of V. 3) ;-Daub. and the later English.
1 R. ;-Brightm., Dodd. and the later English verss. genei-ally,
either have no iip, or use went in connection with it.
"■ This is put last by W., R. ;-foreign verss. ;-Dodd., Wakef..
Woodh., Thorn., Allw., Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg.
" It is true that verbs of filling are sometimes followed by ix
and the genitive of the thing with which = -,3 x^a. But that
is not the common construction in either language, and is not
elsewhere employed by John after yf/tifw (ch. 15 : 8 ; John
2 : 7 ; 6 : 13) or y£>o,.-W., R., (of) ;-Vulg. (de), Syr. (= •)» ;-
De D. ex) ;-Erasm., Vat., Aret., Zeg.. Cocc, {as Vidg.), Bez.,
Vitr., (e.r), Brightm. (out of), Engl. Ann. (' Gr. of. Or, out
ff), Haniui., Daub., Woodh., Allw., Penn, Sharpe, Stu., Lord,
Treg.
" W., R. ;-Dt., It., French verss. ;-Brightm., Engl. Ann.,
Hamni., Daub., Berl. Bib., Beng., Wesl., JVIoldenh., Herd.,
Wakef., Newc, Woodh., Thom., Allw., All., Kist, Penn, Sharpe,
Stu., Lord, Treg., De W., Kenr.
P The grammatical ambiguity is not relieved by it, and Stu.,
accordingly, supplies tlie fire. But no supplement is needed,
and none appears in W. ;-Latin veiss., Syr. ;-Woodh., Lord,
Kenr. See ch. 14 : 19, N. j. For unto, see E. V., ch. 1:11;
6 : 13 ; 12 : 13 ; &c. ;-R. (on) ;-German verss. (ai(/;-except
Kist., zu . . . hin), Dt. (op), French verss. (s!(r);-Castal. (ad),
Ilamm., Wells, Daub., Dodd.. Wesl., Wakef., Newc, Thom.,
Allw., Sharpe, Stu., Ell., Murd., Kenr., (on or upon), Woodh.,
Penn, Lord, (to), Greenf. (is). See ch. 18 : 13, N. i.
1 See ch. 4 : 5, N. t.
Cocc, Allw. But, instead of the Erasmian reading of our
text, all the recent editors have ol tx°>'*ii- ^ recommend that
this reading be followed, and translated : who had. For who,
see 2 Pet. 2 : 11, N. f.
See ch. 6 : 2, N. h and 9 : 15, N. 1. The form of the original
is here preserved by W. ;-Latin verss., Syr. ;-Beng., Dodd.,
Allw., Stu., Lord.
Tifioatvzds might have stood for tcu; jtfioasvxius, is altogether
arbitrary. 5., By far the most obvious and natural translation
is that of E. V. inarg. (to) ;-Germ. (zu), Dt. (marg. '■den ge-
beden.' The text has met, but as a supplement.), It. ;-Cocc.,
Hamm., Daub., Bloomf., Words., Moldenh. (as Germ.), Allw.
(as the literal rendering). Herd., Stolz, (den Gebeten ;-and so
Hengst. in his version), Penn (that he should incense the
prayers).
REVELATION.
129
KING JAMES VERSION.
7 The first angel sounded,
and there followed hail and fire
mingled with blood, and they
were cast upon the earth : and
the third part of trees was burnt
up, and all green grass was
burnt up.
S And the second angel sound-
ed, and as it were a great mount-
ain burning with fire was cast
into the sea : and the third part
of the sea became blood ;
9 And the third part of the
creatures which were in the sea,
and had life, died ; and the third
part of the ships were destroyed.
10 And the third angel sound-
ed, and there fell a great star
from heaven, burning as it were
a lamp, and it fell upon the third
jjart of the rivers, and upon the
tountains of waters ;
11 And the name of the star
is called Wormwood : and the
GREEK TEXT.
7 Kai o irpoiTOs ayyeXos ecraX-
TTicre, Koi eyev^ro ^dXa^a koll irvp
fie/xiy/xeva al/j-ari, kol i^X-t-jO-r] els
TTju yrjv KOL TO TpiTOu Ttav 8ev-
Bpcov KareKarj, Koi iras -)(opTOs
•)(Xcopos KareKur}.
8 Kai 6 Sevrepos ayyeXos
ia-aX-JTiae, kol w? opos p.eya rrvpl
Katopevov ifiXrjOrj eh rrju OaXacr-
crav KOL eyevero to rpiTOv rrjs
OaXaararjS alp.a.
Koi airedave to TpiTov tS)v
KTLapaTCov tu)v ev Trj OaXacrcrrj,
to. e-)(0VTa "^v^as, kolL to Tpirov \
TViv ■kXq'lwv 8ie(f)0ap7].
10 Kai 6 TpLTOs ayyeXos
icraXTTiae, kol eireaev e'/c tov ov-
pavov dcTTrjp peyas Kaiopevos d)s
Xapiras, kol eiveaev eirl to TpiTOu
TCOU TTOTapcou, Kol eiTL Tas TTTjyas
Twv vhaTOiv,
11 Kcu TO bvopa TOV daTepos
XeyeTai ' Ayf/ivdos' kol yipeTai to
REVISED VERSION.
7 'And the first "angel sound-
ed, and there 'was hail, »" and
fire, " mingled >^with blood, and
''they were cast ^unto the earth :
' and the third 2>art of "the trees
was burnt up, and all green grass
was burnt up.
8 And the second angel sound-
ed, and as it were a great mount-
ain burning with fire was cast
into the sea : and the third part
of the sea became blood ;
9 And the third part of the
creatures which were in the sea,
and had life, died ; and the third
part of the ships "was destroyed.
10 And the third angel sound-
ed, and there fell 'from heaven
a great star, burning as '^ a lamp,
and it fell upon the third part of
the rivers, and upon the fountains
of 'the waters :
11 And the name of the star
is called 'Wormwood : and the
' I find ijo otliei- Text that omits the copaia. E. V. follows
T., C.
" All the recent editors cancel (except that Kcapp merely
brackets) this ayye^oi. on tlie authority of A. B. 'a 27. /3 5.
Compl. Vulg. MS. Harl* Tol. Syr. Ar. P.' I recommend
that, in accordance with this reading, the word angel be
omitted.
' E. v., vv. 1, 5 ; &c. ;-Fr. S. ((7 y eul) ;-Hamm., Daub., B.
and L. {as Fr. S.), Dodd., Wesl., Newc, Woodh. (were --und
so AUw., Lord, Treg.), Thorn., Penn. Stu., JIurd., Kenr. For-
eign verss. retain the singular.
" This punctuation, which is that of It.;- Vat., Bierm.,
Moldenh., JIurd., serves on the one hand to justify the pre-
ceding was as singular by position, and, on the other, to indi-
cate the reference of the participle to both nouns.
» All the recent editors insert h before ai>. The number
of i^-Krfiri answers to the subject in the neuter plural form sug-
gested by /isixi^fiem. Or : ' It, the horrid mixture, was cast.'
y See V. 5, N. p, &c.
• Here all the recent editors insert the words, xal to ipitov
tV 7>75 xa.tixa.7i (A. B. 'a 26. ;3 7. y 5. Compl. Vulg. Aeth.
Syr. Arm. Ar. P. Slav. MSS.'). I recommend that this read-
ing be adopted, and translated : and the third part of the earth
was burnt up , .
* In the apocalyptic earth. See v. 10. N. e. — Foreign verss. ;-
Brightm., Hamm., Daub, and the later English verss.
" E. v., V. 7, &c. The singular is used also in Vulg., Dt.,
It., French verss. ;-Erasm., Vat., Casta!., Cocc, Bierm.. Vitr.,
Daub., Beng., Herd., Wakef., Newc, Woodh., Thom., Greenf.,
Stolz, Kist., Goss., All., Van Ess, Gerl., Ell., De W. The other
reading, St.ef0dp7jaa.v ('A. a 5. (5 2. Compl.'), is approved b}'
Mill, and edited by Beng., Knajip, Mey., Hahn, Lachra., Treg.,
Tisch., Theile. But E. V. probably followed T., C, G.
' The Greek ordiT is retained by Latin verss., It., Fr. G.,
-M.,-S. ;-Daub., Beng., Dodd., Wesl., Woodh., Thom., Mey.,
Allw., Stu., Treg., De W., Words., Murd.
1 Seech. 4: 1, N. d, &c.
« See v. 7, N. a. Dt., It., Fr. G.,-M.,-S. ;-B. and L. 7narg.,
Thom., Greenf., Penn, Sharpe, Stu., Words. The article is
omitted by Erasm., Mill, Treg.
f Before "A^,. the article i (A. B. 'a 23. (3 4. y 3. Compl.') is
inserted by all the recent editors, except Bloomf., though he
also thinks it ' probably genuine.' The Elzevir Text and all
the recent editors insert tCiv vBdtuv after to tfltov. I recom-
mend that the reading be followed : of the waters.
17
130
REVELATION.
KING JAMES VERSION.
third part of the waters became
wormwood ; and many men died
of the waters, because they were
made bitter.
12 And the fourth angel sound-
ed, and the third part of the sun
was smitten, and the third part
of the moon, and the third part
of the stars ; so as the third
part of them was darkened, and
the day shone not for a third
part of it, and the night like-
wise.
13 And I beheld, and heard an
angel flying through the midst
of heaven, saying with a loud
voice. Wo, wo, wo, to the inhab-
iters of the earth, by reason of
the other voices of the trumpet
of the three angels, which are
yet to sound !
GREEK TEXT.
rpiTov els a\\nvdov, koll ttoXXoL
avOpanrav aireOavov eK tS)v v8a-
Tcov, oTt eTTLKpavdrjaav.
12 Kca 6 TerapTOs ayyeXos
eaaXTTiac, Koi iTrXrjyr] to Tpirou
Tov rjXiov Kol TO rpiTov Trjs ere-
Xrjvrjs Kca to TpiTOv Totv aaTepav,
Iva (TKOTLO-dfj TO TpLTOV aVTCOV,
KOL 7] rj/xepa fxrj (f)aivr) to Tphov
avTTjS, Koi 7] vv^ opolcos.
id A.aL eLoov, Kat ijKOvaa evos
dyyeXov TreTCopevov iu pecrovpa-
vrjpaTL, XeyovTOs (j)coufj peyaXy,
Oval) ovai, oval tois KaToiKOvaiu
inl Tr]9 yrJ9, Ik Tcav Xoittcov (pco-
vwv TYjs aaXinyyos tcuv TpLUiv
ayyiXav tcov peXXovTCov aaX-
TTL^eiv.
REVISED VERSION.
third part' ^becomes wormwood,
and many '' men died of the
waters, because they were made
bitter.
12 And the fourth angel sound-
ed, and the third part of the sun
was smitten, and the third part
of the moon, and the third part
of the stars, 'that the third part
of them 'might be darkened, and
the day 'should not shine for
'the third part of it, and the
night likevdse.
13 And I ""saw, and 'I heard
an "'angel "flying °in "mid-heav-
en, saying with a loud voice :
pWoe, Pwoe, Pwoe, to "those who
dwell on the earth, '^from the
■remaining voices of the trumpet
of the three angels <who "are
about to sound.
^ The present tense is employed by Fr. S. ;-Vat., Newc.
•marg-., Woodh., Allw., Stu. The other reading-, iyhito (A. B-
' a 26. )3 6. y 2. Compl.'), is edited by Bang., Matth., Lachm.,
Treg., Words, (though probably through oversight, as he has
the present in his note, and in his version.), Tisch.
i" All the recent editors insert tuv before a.v6p., on the au-
thority of A. B. ' a 19. /3 6. Compl.' I recommend that this
reading be followed, and translated : of the. See v. 7, N. a, &c.
It., Fr. G.,-M. ;-Beng., Woodh., Thorn., Allw., Penn, Lord,
DeW.
' The proper telle force of the if a is presented by Dt. (opdat
. . . zou . . . zou), Fr. S. {ajin que) ;-Daub. (that . . . might . . .
might), Woodh. (so that . . . should . . . might), Allw., Words.,
(so that . . . should . . . shoidd), Penn (that . . . might . . . shone),
Stu., Treg., (in order that . . . might . . . might). Lord (that . . .
shoidd ... shoidd), De W. ('damit [Zweck des Schlagens;
nicht so doss, Vitr.] es verjiiistert wuide . . . der Tag nicht
scheinef). The reading ^avy {fdvrj) is edited by Matth.,
Bloomf, Lachm., Treg., Words., Tisch., on the authority of
A. B. ' a 20. |3 4. y 4.'
1 E. v., 4 times in this verse; &c.;-W., T., C, G., R. ;-
Germ., Dt, It., French verss. ;-Hamm., Daub., Wesl., Moldenh.,
Herd., Wakef., Woodh., Thorn.. Kist., Mey., Allw., Lord, Treg.,
De W., Hengst., Murd., Kenr.
K See ch. 4 : 1, N. b.
I E. v., ch. 5 : 11 ;-Dt. ;-Daub., Woodh., Allw., Stu., Lord.
■» For dyyf'^ov, all the recent editors have dfroi (of which
Mill also approved), on the authority of 'A. B. a 23. J3 3. Compl.
Vulg. Copt. Aeth. Syr. Arm. ed. in m.' I recommend that this
reading be adopted, and translated : eagle, and that the follow-
ing note appear in the margin : ' Or, as a few copies read,
angel.' See ch. 4: 7, N. d.
" E. v., ch. 14, 6;-Dt., It.;-Engl. Ann., Cocc, Bcrl. Bib.,
Beng., Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Newc, Woodh., Thorn., Allw.,
Greenf., Penn, Stu., Lord, Treg., Words.
° Berl. Bib. {Mittel-Himmel), Wakef., Stu., (mid-air), Newc,
Thom., Penn, Sharpe, Bloomf. and Treg. (the m.), Ell., Lord,
Words. ;-L. and S., Green, (mid heaven, mid-air).
p See Jude 11, N. a.
1 Elsewhere in this book (10 times) the participle xar'otx.
with its article, and in connection with ijtl or iv, is in E. V.
rendered : them (they) that (which) dwell. ;-W. (men that
dwell) ;-Dodd., Allw., (those that d.), Woodh., Stu., Lord
(those dwelling), Treg., Kem\
Syr. (= Greenf. •ja ;-De D. a), Dt. (raw) ;-Erasm., Vat.,
(e;-for the Vulg. de), Pagn. and later Latin verss. (a), Engl.
Ann. ('Or, from'), Hamm., Woodh., Penn, Lord, De W. ('eig.
her von').
' Comp. E. v., ch. 3 : 2 ;-Dt. (overige) ;-Pagn., Castal. and
later Latin verss., (reliqtiis -j-foT the Vulg. ceteris), Ilamm.,
Treg., Kenr., (rest), Beng., Moldenh., Herd., Mej., AH., Stier,
De W., (iibri gen --for Luth.'s andem), Dodd., Wakef., Woodh.,
Thom., Allw., Penn, Stu., Lord, Words.
' See 2 Pet. 2: 11, N. f.
° For are about, see ch. 3 : 16, N. p and 10 : 7, N.
Vulg. (uses the fut. participle), Syr. (= Greenf. Qilins.'),
(fonZ) ;-Erasm., Vat., (as Vulg.), Hamm. (ready), Newc,
Thom., Penn, Sharpe, Lord, Treg.
. y, &c
Fr. S.
REVELATION.
131
KING JAMES VERSION.
CHAP. IX.
And the fifth angel sounded,
and I saw a star fall from heaven
unto the earth : and to him was
given the key of the bottomless
pit.
2 And he opened the bottom-
less pit ; and there arose a smoke
out of the pit, as the smoke of a
great furnace ; and the sun and
tlie air were darkened by reason
of the smoke of the pit.
3 And there came out of the
smoke locusts upon the earth :
and unto them was given power,
as the scorpions of the earth have
power.
4 And it was commanded them
that they should not hurt the
grass of the earth, neither any
green thing, neither any tree ;
but only those men which have
GREEK TEXT.
CHAP. IX.
KAI oTrefXTTTOs ayyeXos ecraA-
TTtcre, Kcu ei8ov darepa e'/c rod
ovpavov TreTTTCOKora els rrjv yrjv,
Kot iSodrj avT<a rj KXeis tov (ppea-
Tos TTjS a^va-crov,
2 Ktti rji/OL^e TO (ppeap rrjs
djSvtraov. kcu dvefi^-j Kairvos e'/c
TOV (Ppearos cos Kmrvos Kapnuov
IJ.eydXi]9, Koi iaKOTicrO-q 6 rjXiof
Koi 6 drjp e'/c tov Kairvov tov
(f)peaTOs.
3 Kal eK tov Kairvov i^jjXdou
oLKpiSes €19 TTjv yrjv, K(U iSodt]
avToIs i^ovala, m? e^ovaiv i^ov-
crlav 01 (TKopiTLOL TTjs yrjS'
4 Kou eppedrj avTols lua pn]
d8cKr]<TCoai tov ■)(opTOV ttjs y'rjS,
ovSe Trdu ^copop, ov8e irdv 8ev-
Spou, el p,r] Tovs dvOpayirovs /xo-
vovs o'lTLues ovK e^ovai tt]U a<j)pa-
REVISED VERSION.
CHAP. IX.
And the fifth angel sounded,
and I saw a star "fallen from
heaven unto the earth : and
■■there was given '^unto him the
key of the ^ pit of the i-abyss.
2 And he opened the ' pit of
the ^abyss : and there ""ascended
' smoke out of the pit, as the
smoke of a great furnace, and
the sun 'was darkened, and the
air, ''by the smoke of the pit.
3 And 1 out of the smoke there
came "forth locusts '-unto the
earth, and "there was given unto
them power, as the scorpions of
the earth have power.
4 And it was °said unto them,
that they should not hurt the
grass of the earth, pnor "any
green thing, pnor "any tree, but
■■the men ^only 'who have not
» Not : while ' falling' (Wesl.). The force of rtiTttux. is more
or less clearly expressed, sometimes by means of a finite plu-
perfect, in W., R. ;-foreign verss. (except Greenf., All.) ;-Engl.
Ann., Hamm., Daub.. Lowm., Guyse, Dodd., Newt., Wakef.,
Thom., Scott, Allw., Bloomf., Ell., Stu., Lord, Treg., Words.,
Kell. E. V. follows T., C, G.
I' See ch. 8 : 2, N. e, &c.
' See ch. 8, 2, N. f.
'' The Greek order and construction are preserved by W.,
R. ;-foreign verss. ;-Hamm., Daub., Newc, Woodh., Thom.,
Scott, AUw., Ell., Lord, Treg., Kell., Murd.
' Latin verss. (a6j/ssi ;-except Castal., iartari), It. (abisso),
French verss. (abime) ;-Hamm., Newc. marg., Campb. and
Alf. (at Luke 8: 31; Rom. 10:7), Scott, Allw., Ell., Lord,
Treg., Kell., :Murd. ;-Rob. (explains a.^. to mean : ' the abyss,
the place of the dead. . . Spec. Tartarus^). I recommend that
the word be everywhere rendered as above.
' See V. 1, N. d.
^ See V. 1, N. e.
" E. v., ch. 8: 4; 14: 11; &c.;-R.;-Dodd., Wesl., Thom.,
Lord. See ch. 13 : 1, N. d.
' Dt. ;-Herd., Woodh., Mey., All., Lord, De W.
1 The verb is retained in the singular, and in immediate con-
nection with 'ij'K., by W., R. ;-AVakef., AYoodh., Allw., Stu.,
Lord, Kenr. Foreign verss. (except the French, Herd., All.)
have a singular verb.
^ W. (of), R. (with) ;-Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Newc, Woodh.
Thom., Penn, Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg. (from), Murd., Kenr.
(as R.).
1 The (X Tiov xaTivov retains its place in R. ;-foreign verss.
(except B. and L.) ;-Brightm., Dodd. and later English verss.
(except Words.).
■" See ch. 6:4, N. ra. R.;-Wesl., Woodh., Thom., Allw.,
Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg., Keni-. {out ; the other ix, from).
For wito, see ch. 8 : 5, N. p, &c.
" See ch. 8 : 2, N. e, &c.
° Syr., Protestant German verss. (others, with the old Eng-
lish verss., &c., following the Vulg. praeceptum est), Dt., It.,
Fr. G.,-M.,-S. ;-Bez., Aret., Par., Hamm., Cocc, Grell., Bierm.,
Wells, Vitr., Daub., Beng., Dodd., Greenf., Stu., Lord, Treg.
P R. ;-Brightm., Dodd., Wakef., Newc, Woodh., Thom.,
Allw.. Penn, Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Murd., Kenr.
1 See ch. 7:1. N. bb; and comp. Ex. 10: 5, 12, 15; Deut.
28: 42.
The demonstrative is not used in W., R. ;-any foreign ver-
sion, except Cocc. and Vitr. ;-Brightm., Dodd., Wesl., Woodh.,
Thom., Penn, Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg., Words., Murd. E. V.
follows T., C, G.
' All the recent editors cancel fidj-ovs, on the authority of
A. B. ' a 24 (3 6. Er. Copt. Syr. Arr.' I recommend that this
reading be followed, and that otdy be omitted after men.
' See2Pet. 2:11, N. f.
132
REVELATION.
KING JAMES VERSION.
not the seal of God in their
foreheads.
5 And to them it was given
that they should not kill them,
but that they should be tor-
mented five months: and their
torment ivas as the torment of
a scorpion, when he striketh a
man.
6 And in those days shall men
seek death, and shall not find it ;
and shall desire to die, and death
shall flee from them.
7 And the shapes of the locusts
were like unto horses prepared
unto battle ; and on their heads
were as it were crowns like gold,
and their faces u-ere as the faces
of men.
8 And they had hair as the
hair of women, and their teeth
were as the teeth of lions.
9 And they had breast-plates,
as it were breast-plates of iron ;
GREEK TEXT.
ylSa rod Oeov eVt Ta>v fieTQyjrcov
avTcoi'.
5 Kol iSodr] avTcus iva firj
aTTOKreivwaLv avrovf, aXX 'iva
^acravLaOuxTL fxrjvas Trevre* /cat
o I3acravicrfji09 avTwv ws ^aaavia-
fxos aKopiTLOV, orav Tralarj av-
Opom-ov.
G KOil kv Tois rjfxepais eKeii^ais
(^rjTrjaovaLV o'i apOpcoTTOi rov 6a-
vaTOv, Kol Oi^x evprjaovcrii' avrov
KOL iiVLOvpirjaovaLV ajroOaveiv, Kai
(^ev^eTai 6 davaros air avToav.
7 Kai Ta ofxouo^iaTa twv OLKpi-
8cou ofxoia tTTTTot? r]Toipa.apevo>s
el? TToXepov, koI eVt ras KecpaXa^
avTCou coy are^avoi ofioioi )(pv(rcp,
KOL Ta TrpoacoTra avTcov as Tvpoa-
oiira auOpcoTTCov'
8 Kai ei)(ov rpl^as i>s rpt^as
yvvaLKOiv kcu ol oSovres avrcov
QiS XeovTcov r\(Tav
9 Koi i.h)(Ov OcopaKas coy Ocopa-
Kas (TL^iqpovs' Kai rj (pcovrj tS>v
REVISED VERSION.
the seal of God "on their fore-
heads.
5 And ' it was given "unto
them that they should not kill
them, but that "'they should be
tormented five months : and their
torment was as the torment of
a scorpion, when "it striketh a
man.
6 And in those days shall >the
men seek death, and shall 'not
find it ; and »they shall 'long to
die, and death '■shall flee from
them.
7 And the "^likenesses of the
locusts were like ^ horses prepar-
ed unto battle ; and "iupon their
heads, ' as it were crowns 'like
gold ; and their faces, = as the
faces of men ;
8 And they had hair as the
hair of women ; and their teeth
were as ' of lions ;
9 And they had breastplates
^as •'iron breastplates; and the
" See ch. 7 : 3, N. g, &c.
• ' See ch. 8 : 2, N. e, &c.
* See ch. 8: 2, N. f. For poffancrSwdt. Lachm., Treg.,
Words., Tisch., read ^a.rsi3.vi,aQrflovca.i, ('A. 12. 30. 38.').
» Dodd., Wakef. and the later English verss. (except Stu.,
Treg.).
y 'Thus tormented.' Here, and throughout the rest of this
ch., the article before axd. refers to those specified in v. 4, and
should therefore be allowed to retain its definite force. — E. V.,
at V. 20;-modern foreign verss., except Greenf ;-Wesl., Woodh.,
Thorn., AUw., Ell., Lord, Murd. (at v. 18) ;-Rob. Comp. ch.
16 : 8, N. 0.
' All the recent editors, on the authorit}' of A. B. ' a 26. |3 6.
Compl.', substitute for avx the emphatic negative oi ^»J ^ hy
no possible memis. See ch. 3: 12, N. j, &c. For fipijaoDSu',
Beng., Lachm., Habn, Treg., Words., Tisch., read fiipuow (A.
and 8 cursive MSS.).
• W., R. ;-Dt., French verss. ;-Dodd., Jloldonh., Thorn.. All.,
Penn, Stu., Lord, Murd., Kenr.
^ 'Set their mind on it, as their only refuge.' — German
verss., except De W., (begehren), Dt. {hegeeren) ;-Castal.,
Vitr., {cupient ;-for the Vulg. desiderabunt). Cocc. (concupis-
cent), Thorn, {earnestly desire), Stu., Murd. For ^sv^itai,,
Lachm., Treg., Tisch., read ^siiyn (A. and 4 cursive MSS.).
» Jlilton, P. L. i. 673 : ' The likeness of a kingly crown.'
I recommend that ofiotujua be so rendered at Rom. 1 : 23 ; 5 : 14.
— E. v., Rom. 6: 5; 8:3; Phil. 2: 7;-W. (KAereess) ;-Dodd.
(as W.), Penn, Treg. Other verss. have form, forms, figures,
appearances, thus dropping the etymological relation (pre-
served in Vulg., Syr., Erasm., Vat.. Bierm.) between the noun
and the following adjective.
^ For the omission of unto, see E. V., in the next clause ;
and ch. 1: 13, N. d. For upon, see ch. 6 : 16, N. b, &c.
• W., R.;-Vulg., Syr., Germ. ;-Erasm., Vat., Pagn. (wants
the second copula ;-and so Bez., Par., Lord); Hanim., Wakef.,
(want the first), Cocc, Bierm., Vitr., Beng.. Herd., Woodh.,
Mey., Greenf., Stu., De W., Hengst., Kenr. For 6/toiot j;pDff9,
Matth. reads 6>. ;^pvffot; Griesb., Knapp, Mey., Sch., Words.,
simply xfveol (B. ' 25. /3 5. y 3. Oompl. Ar. P. Slav. MS.').
f R. ;-Syr., Germ. ;-Erasm. and later Latin verss., Brightm.,
Daub., Beng., Woodh.. Greenf.. Lord, Hengst. Others (Fr. S.,
Penn, Stu., De W., Murd.) supply a demonstrative pronoun;
while others, as E. V., follow the Vulg.
^ E. v., in the next clause; and see ch. 4: 1, N. d, &c.
!■ See ch. 2 : 27, N. s.
REVELATION.
133
KING JAMES VERSION.
and the sound of their wings
was as the sound of chariots of
many horses running to battle.
10 And they had tails like
unto scorpions, and there were
stings in their tails : and their
power ivas to hurt men five
months.
11 And they had a king over
them, which is the angel of the
bottomless pit, whose name in
the Hebrew tongue is Abaddon,
but in the Greek tongue hath
his name Apollyon.
GREEK TEXT.
TTTepvycov avrau «? (pcovr] ap/ia-
Toiv livjrcoi' iToXXiav Tpe')(ovT(ov et?
TToXeixov.
10 Kcu e^ovcrtv ovpas ofioias
(TKopinoLS, Kal icevrpa rjv eV tol?
ovpais avTcov koI rj i^ovala
avTcou a^LKYjaaL rovs duOpanrovf
firivas Trevre.
11 Kai k-)(ov(TLV i(f) avrcov
fiaaiXea tov ayyeXou rrjs dfiva-
(Tov bvopa avTW EfipdiaTL
'Al3addcov, koL kv ry SJXXrjviKrj
bvofxa ey(€L AiroXXvatv.
REVISED VERSION.
sound of their wings was as the
sound of chariots of many horses
running to battle ;
10 And they 'have tails like J
scorpions, and •■stings were in
their tails ; and their power was
to hurt 'the men five months.
11 "And they "have "over
them °a king, ■= the angel of the
"abyss ; ■'his name 'in Hebrew, <■
Abaddon ; "and in the Greek'
^'he hath ''the name Apollj'on.
' Syr.. Fr. S. ;-Erasin., Cocc, Bierm., Vitr., Daub., Beng;..
Wesl., Herd., Wakef., Newc. marg., Woodh., Tliora., Jley.,
Allw., Penn, Sharpe, Stu.. Sticr, Lord (at v. 11), Treg., De W.
Words., Ilengst. E. V. and others follow the Vulg.
1 See ch. 1 : 13, N. d.
' Of the verss. which follow this reading, the Greek order is
observed by the Vulg. and its translators, Fr. S. ;-Erasm., Vat.,
Cocc, Bierm., Vitr., Beng. (though he omits ^k, and supplies
sind), Dodd., Wesl., Newc, Woodh., Allw., Stu., Lord. Pagn.
introduced erantqiie actdei. But, for the reading of our
Te.xt, xai xcvtpa . . . aSixijaai,, Matth. has xai xevtpa. xai h tali
oifali avtCiv txovsiv i^ovaiav roi d5. ; Sch., Laclim.. Treg.,
Words., Tisch., Theile, have xai xivtfia- (xii'tpa,) xai iv tali
ovpali airi^v ij i^ovaia avtuiv (Sch. ■tov) aS. Treg. presents the
evidence thus : ' xai in place of ^r, and the following xai omitted,
A. 17. Vulg. MS. Syr. Erp. {xai a 4. (3 2.) xn:- xai h t. oip. oAi.
i%oveiav f;(;oi"" (tov) B. a 21. /3 5. Compl.' I recommend that
the margin contain this note: ' Or, as many read, and slings \
and in their tails [is] their power &c.'
1 See V. G, N. y, &c.
'" The xai, is bracketed by Bloomf, and cancelled by all the
other recent editors (except Beng.), on the authority of A. B.
' a 2.3. p 7. y 2. Compl. Copt. Ar. Slav. MS.' I recommend
that, in accordance with this reading, the word and be omitted.
For £;^ovffK'. Matth., Mey., Sch., Tisch., read ix°vaai, (B.
'a 21. 3 3. Compl.' For have, see v. 10, N. i.
The Gieek order is found in W., R. ;-Latin and German
verss., Dt. ;-WesI., Woodh., Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg., Kenr.
For if' ait., Beng., Matth., Treg., Words., Tisch., read
irt' ait. (A. B. 'a 16. /3 4. Er. Compl.').
° Many (Dt., &c., Fr. S.. Hengst.) translate this as = for a
king, as king ; and the only objection to this is that, according
to Prov. 30 : 27, the presence of a king in the case would rather
be mentioned as another peculiarity, than as .something that
might be taken for granted.
p There is no supplement in W.. R. ;^any foreign version ;-
Wells, Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Newc, Woodh., Thom., Penn,
Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg., Murd., Kenr.
1 See V. 1, N. e.
•■ The relative construction, introduced by the Vulg., is
avoided in Dt., Fr. S. ;-Cocc., Beng., Wesl., Herd., Woodh.,
Mey., Allw., Greenf., Sharpe, Stu., De W.
• E. v., John 19 : 20. In the same chapter E. V. has twice,
in the Hebrew ; elsewhere, in the H. tongue ;-W. (by H.). R. ;-
Latin verss. and Syr. (use an adverb), Germ, (auf ebraisch),
Dt. (in het H.), It., French verss. ;-Beng., Herd., Mey., Greenf.,
AH., (use an adverb), Wesl. (in the H.), Jloldenh., De W.,
Hengst., {as Germ.), Woodh., Thorn., Pi-nn, Sharpe, Stu., Lord,
Treg., Murd. ;-Rob., Green.
' There is no copula in the Latin verss. (except Casfal. and
Vitr.), Syr. ;-Greenf., De \^.
" See'lJohn2: 20. N. o, &c
' Of the verss., that do not translate h ty 'E?.^. by an ad-
verb, the following do not supply the omitted noun, though
several neglect the article : W., G., R. ;-Syr., Germ., It., French
verss. ;-Cocc., Daub., Beng., Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Woodh.,
Thom., Mey., Allw., Sharpe, Stu., Stier, Lord, Treg., Hengst.,
Murd., Kenr.
™ The solecistical construction of E. V. is found nowhere
else, and may have been at first but an error of the press,
though it is still retained by the Amer. Bible Society.
" The possessive pronoun is not found in the older English
or in the foreign verss. (except Greenf.) ;-Dodd., Wesl., Wakef.,
Newc, Woodh., Thom., Allw., Penn, Stu., Lord. In the
Vulg. this verse is enlarged by the addition of the words, laline
habens nomen E.vterminans; to which W. again adds as a
supplement the English explanation, that is a destroyer. C,
omitting, of course, the Latin clause, imitates it (that is to say:
a destroyer) ; as do also, though commonly by way of marked
supplement, Fr. S. ;-Erasm., Pagn., Bez., Par., Herd., Newc,
De W. Instead of thus appending the interpretation, Lord
substitutes it for the Greek name. I recommend that it be
given in the margin : ' That is, Destroyer.'
134
REVELATION.
KING JAMES VERSION.
- 12 One wo is past ; and be-
hold, there come two woes more
hereafter.
13
And the sixth angel sound-
ed, and I heard a voice from the
four horns of the golden altar
which is before Gfod,
14 Sajdng to the sixth ange],
which had the trumpet, Loose
the four angels which are bound
in the great river Euphrates.
15 And the four angels were
loosed, which were prepared for
an hour, and a day, and a month,
and a year, for to slay the third
part of men.
GREEK TEXT.
12 'H oval T] /j.la dirrjXOev
ISov ep^ourat ert 8vo oval fiera
Tavra.
13 KAI 6 eKTOs ayyeXos
iaaXiriae, kcu rjKovaa ^covrjv
jxiav tK TU)V Tecraapcou Keparcou
Tov Bvcriaa-TripLOv tov )(pvaov tov
ivwTTLOv tov Oeou,
14 Aeyova-aiJ rep eKTCo dyyeXco
Of ei^e TT]V aaXnnyya, A-vaov
T0V9 Teaa-apaf ayye'Aow tov9 Se-
Se/xeuovf eVi Tq> TroTa/xco rm fie-
yaXco jEiXJyparrj.
15 Kal iXvOrjaav ol riaarapes
ayyeXoL ol rjTOLpaapevoL els tt]v
(opav Kal Tjpepau Kal prjva Kal
evLavTov, tva aTroKTeivcoai to Tpl-
TOU t5)V dvOpOOTTCOV.
REVISED VERSION.
12 >The first ^woe is past: '
behold, there 'come "yet two
woes 'after these things.
13 And the sixth angel sound-
ed, and I heard a voice from the
four horns of the golden altar
which is before God,
14 Saying to the sixth angel
'who had the trumpet : Loose
the four angels "that 'have been
bound ^by ^that great river Eu-
phrates.
15 And the four angels were
loosed, '■that 'had been prepared
for 'the hour, and ' day, and "
month, and • year, 'that they
should "kill the third part of
"the men.
^ For this Hebraistic use of t J; as an ordinal (corap. ch. 11 :
14), see E. V., Matt. 28 : 1 ; &c. ;-It., Fr. S. ;-Hamm., Wells,
Daub., B. and L., Berl. Bib., Moldenh., Wakef., Woodh., Thorn.,
Allw., Penu. Stu., Lord, "Words. For woe, see Jude 11, N. a.
' The conjunction (introduced by the Vulg.) does not appear
in the Syr., German verss., Dt., It., Fr. S. ;-Castal., Cocc,
Wells, Vitr., Daub., Wesl., Wakef., Newc, Woodh., Thorn.,
Allw., Greenf., Penn, Sharpe, Ell., Stu., Lord, Treg., Words.,
Murd. For £p;fo»'fot. is substituted cp;^ffat ('A. a, 16. p 5.
Oompl. Copt.') by Matlh., Lachm., Treg., Words., Tisch. ; not,
as Bloonif. says, 'by all the recent editors.'
" E. v.. Matt. 12: 46; &c. ;-W., C, R. ;-foreign verss. (ex-
cept B. and L.) ;-Daub., Dodd. {yet oiAer), «Wesl., Wakef. {two
more are yet}, Woodh., Thorn., Allw., Penn, Stu., Lord, Murd.,
Kenr. {still).
^ See ch. 1 : 19, N. c. Words, reads, 6vo oiai- xai ncta
T'atiT'a 6 ixto; xfK. (B.).
' See 2 Pet. 2 : 11, N. f. For 05 slx^ all the recent editors
read ''ix<^v ('A. B. a 27. |3 6. y 3. Compl.'). But, instead of
construing this as a vocative, Thou that hast (Words.), we
should class it with the other, and kindred grammatical ano-
malies of this book, and still translate as above.
■» See ch. 7 : 13, N. s, &c.
= Ell., Lord, Treg., Words. Comp. v. 15, N. i.
"■ Drus. : ' Hie ini valet ^s super, i. e. juxta, secus, prope.'
E. v., John 5: 2;-Syr. (= Greenf. is), German verss. {an;-
except Moldenh., hei), Dt. {bij), It. {in su), French verss. {sur),
Pagn., Castal., Bez., Aret., Par., Cocc, Grell., Vitr., {ad;-ioT
the Vulg. in), Hamm., More, Daub., Wakef., Newc, Woodh.,
Thom., Allw., Penn, Sharpe, Lord, Treg., Words., Kell., Murd.,
(at), Dodd., Ell., Lee {upon), Stu.
^ Gen, 15: 18; Deut. 1:7; Josh. 1: 4. See 1 John 2: 7,
N. o. E. v., ch. 14: 8 ; 17 : 18, &c. ;-Dt. {de groote rivier den
Eufraat), Fr. S. {le grand fieuve de P Euph.) •,-'Bez., Par.,
(ilhid), Brightm., B, and L. (as Fr. S.), Words.
" See ch. 7 : 13, N. s, &c.
' Comp. V. 14, N. e. Here the participle is translated as a
pluperfect by Vulg. ;-Erasm., Vat., Castal., Cocc, Grell., Vitr.,
Moldenh., Lord, Treg., Words.
i ' The precise period set.' — Dt., It. {quell' ora), French
verss. ;-EngI. Ann. (' Or, at the time appointed by God'), Beng.,
Wesl., Moldenh., Wakef., Crol., Allw., Greenf., Gerl., Sharpe,
Ell., Stu., Lord, Treg., De W., Words., Lee, Kell., Hengst.,
Kenr.
'' The repetition of the article before each noun (French
verss., Moldenh., Greenf., Gerl., Stier), is grammatically allow-
able, but in English unnecessary.
1 See ch. 8 : 6, N. s, &c Cocc, Eichh., Heinr., connect this
clause with cYiSfljjcrcw; Aret., Wells, Ew., Ell., Stu.. De W., with
rj'toijjio.aiA.ivoi, which I prefer ; Allw., with wpav. — R. {that they
might) ;-Dt. (opdat zij . . . zouden) ;-Bez., Par., {ut occidant;-
for ut occiderent of Vulg., &c.), Dodd., Thom., Allw., Lord, (as
R.), Stu. {are prepared . . . that they may), Treg.
" See ch. 2: 13, N. c R.;-Dodd., Wesl., Newc, Treg.,
Kenr.
» See V. 6, N. y, &c.
REVELATION.
135
KING JAMES VERSION.
16 And the number of the
army of the horsemen ivere two
hundred thousand thousand : and
I heard the number of them.
17 And thus I saw the horses
in the vision, and them tliat sat
on them, having breast-plates of
fire, and of jacinth, and brim-
stone : and the heads of the
horses were as the heads of
lions ; and out of their mouths
issued fire, and smoke, and brim-
stone.
18 By these three was the
GREEK TEXT.
16 Kol 6 dpi.d/ji09 crrparev^a-
TCOV TOV LTTITLKOV 8vO /jLVpiaSeS
fjLvpiaScov Koi rjKOvaa rov dpiO-
p,ov avTwv.
17 Kou ovTcos eiSov tov9 tir-
TTOVS iv TTj opacrec, kou tovs KaOrj-
/xevovs eV avrcou, ey^ovras Ocopa-
Ka9 TTVpiVOVS KOU vaKivOivovs Kai
deicoSeiS' KOU al Ke(j)aXai rau
'lttttcou CO? Ke(paXa'i XeovTcou, Kol
iK Tcou aroparcou avTcov eKTTo-
peverat. irvp kol Kairvos kol Oelov.
18 VTTO tSjv Tpiu)v TOVTCov dire-
REVISED VERSION.
16 And the number of "the
parmies of the "cavalry 'was two
'myriads of myriads : 'and I
heard the number of them.
17 And thus I saw the horses
in the vision, and "those "who
sat on them, having breastplates
'fiery, and "hyacinthine, and
"like brimstone : and the heads
of the horses were as the heads
M lions, and out of their mouths
yproceedeth fire, and smoke, and
brimstone.
IS 'By these three "were '■kill-
" Before arpar ., all the recent editors insert tCiv (A. B. ' o 23.
)3 6. Compl.')-
p Dt., It., Fr. S.;-Aret., Oocc, Vitr., Daub., Berl. Bib.,
Beng., Wakef., Newc, "Woodh. (troops), Thom., Allw. (forces).
Greenf., Ell., Stu., Lord, De W. (Schaaren), Treg. E. V. and
others follow the Vulg.
1 Dt. (ruilerij), It. (cavalleria), Fr. S. (cavalerie) ;-Daub.,
Penn. (horse), Herd., Mey., De W., (Reiterei), Woodh., Thorn.,
Allw., Lord.
W., R. ;-foreign verss. ;-Daub. and the later English.
• See Jude 14, N. m, &c. Syr. (= Greenf. nias"! tiinni),
Fr. S. ;-Cocc., More, Daub., Dodd., Newt., Herd., Newc. marg.,
Woodh., Thorn., Clarke, Mey., eIi., Stu., Lord, Treg., De W.,
Words., Barn., Murd., Kenr. Comp. Ps. 68 : 17, in the Heb.
For &V0 fivp; Matth. reads fivp. (B. 'a 25. (3 4. y 2. Corapl.
Ar. P. Slav. MSS.') ; Lachm., Treg., Tisch., read Si,a-(Sva-)
l^vprnSs; (' A. 11. 12. 36.').
t All the recent editors cancel this xai, on the authority of
A. B. ' a 25. )3 4 Oomp!.' I recommend that, in accordance
with this reading, and be omitted. (' / ifie number heard.'
Milton, P. L., vi. 769.)
" For Ihose, see ch. 2: 2, N. h, &c. ; — for who, see ch. 1 : 5,
N. V, &c.
' IXupiVous is translated by an adjective in W., T., C, G. ;-
Latin and German verss., Syr., Dt. ;-Brightm., Hamm., Wakef
and Barn, (red), Ell. (of Jire-colour, Jire-like), Bloomf. (Jlain-
ing, flashing fire, radiant), Stu., Lord;-Rob. (fiery, flam-
ing, glittering), Green (shining, glittering).
■" ' taxivBivma is translated by an adjective in the Latin and
German verss., Syr., Dt. ;-Brightm. (of purple colour), Hamm.,
Wakef., (blue), Stu. (dark-red). Lord, Barn. ;-the lexicons
(all of which explain it as an adj. of colour). (Milton, P. L.
iv. 301 : ' hyacinthin locks').
* As the other two epithets, so esuiSst;, compounded of Stiov
(always in B. V., brimstone) and JSoj, desciibes, not the ma-
terial of the breastplates (Rob. made of sulphur), but their
appearance. AVoodli., accordingly, renders, of the colour of
fire, (f hyacinth, of brimstone. And so Fr. M. : de coideur
de feu, ^c. — T. (brimstony; — the word used also by Ben
Jonson, in a passage formed on the above description, and cited
by Rich., s. v.:
' his habergions
Brimstony, blue, and fiery;' —
habergions being the phrase here for Siipaxaj, of the older
English verss.) ;-Germ. (schwefelichte), Dt. (sidferverwige) ;-
Brightm. (cf brimstone colour), Beng., Moldenh., Hengst.,
(as Germ.), Herd., Mey., All., (schwefelfarb), Hamm., Wakef.
and Stu. (yellow), Van Ess (schwefelfarbige), Stolz, De W.,
(schwefelgelbe). Ell. (sidphur-Uke), Stu. (of a sulphureous
hue), Treg. (like unto brimstone) ;-L. and S. (brimstone-like).
y For the verb, see ch. 1 : 16, N. q, and E. V., ch. 11 : 5 ; —
in which last place the present tense is retained by E. V., as it
is here by W., Kj^Vulg., Syr., Fr. S. ;-Oocc., Vi^ Beng.,
Wesl., Herd., Newc. marg., Woodh., Thom., Mey., Allsv., Penn,
Bloomf, De W., Treg., Words., Hengst., Kenr. ^omp. v. 18,
N. e.
^ For vHo, all the recent editors read ani (A. Bt,G. 'o27.
;3 6. y 3. Compl.'). After rptui/ they all insert jtTDjywi'
(A. B. C. ' a 22. /3 7. Compl. Vulg. Copt. Aeth. Syr. Erp. Arm.
Slav.'). I recommend that this reading be adopted, and trans-
lated : plagues.
' A plural verb is given in connection with the word part, by
E. v.. Acts 23 : 6 ; 1 Cor. 15:6; and is here retained with the
same, or a similar, collective noun in the singular, by Syr. ;-
Cocc, Lowm.. Wesl., Woodh., Allw., Penn, Stu., Lord, De W.,
Murd.
'' For this order, see R. ;-foreign verss. generally ;- Woodh.,
Allw., Stu.
136
REVELATION.
KING JAMES VERSION.
tliird part of men killed, by the
fire, and by the smoke, and by
the brimstone, which issued out
of their mouths.
19 For their power is in their
mouth, and in their tails : for
their tails ivere like unto serpents,
and had heads, and with them
they do hurt.
20 And the rest of the men
which were not killed by these
plagues j'et repented not of the
works of their hands, that they
should not worship devils, and
GREEK TEXT.
KTcivdrjaau to rplrou tS>v avOpw
TTUiv, Ik tov irvpos kol e'/c tov
Kairvov KOL ck tov deiov, tov
eKTTopevofJievov e'/c tcov (rTop,aTU>v
avTwv.
19 a.1 yap i^ovaiai avTcov ev
TM aTop-aTi avTwv elcrr al yap
ovpai avTCOv ofxoiaL 6(j)€a-Li>, e^ou-
aai K€(j)aXas, /cat eV avTois dSi-
Kovai.
20 Kcu OL XoiTTol Ta)v avOpco-
TTCov ol ovK oareKTavdrjcrav iv tols
irXi-jyah tuvtul^, ovte /xeTei'orjo-av
e'/c T(2iu epycov twv )(^eipcoi^ avrcau,
Iva fxrj TTpoaKVvi^acoaL Ta Sai/xo-
REVISED VERSION.
ed the third part of 'the men,
by the fire, and ''by the smoke,
and ''by the brimstone, which
'proceeded out of their mouths.
19 For 'their 'powers ^are in
their mouth^ : for their tails ^are
like '■ sei-pents, and ""have heads,
and with these ""do they hurt.
20 And the rest of the men,
'who were not killed by these
plagues,' yet repented not '■of
the works of their hands, 'that
they 'should not worship ■"the
&c.
' See V. 6, N. j.
^ All the recent editors, except Bloomf., cancel the second
and third ix, on the authority of A. B. (C. wants the third)
' a 25. /3 7. Compl.' I recommend that, in accordance with this
reading, by be omitted in both instances.
' For the verb, see ch. 1 : 16, N. q, &c. Words., with
Bloomf.'s approbation, uses the present issueth, as being 'much
more expressive here and in ver. 17, as shewing the perpetual
agency and the divine power of Holy Scripture.' But this is to
subject the version, not to the grammatical construction, but to
an unusual (and, as I suppose, a strangely erroneous) inter-
pretation. The ixTtofscvitav of v. 17 is simply the historical
present, and for that reason, and no other, should be so rendered.
But the relation of ■tov ixxofuvofiivov to arttxtavSriaav requires,
that the participle be allowed, what it so often carries in it, the
simultaneous force of the imperfect. Comp ch. 1 : 16, N. q.
' Vatij Cocc, Zeg., Vitr., (potestates i-though the last three
reject this reading), Dodd., Thom., Scott, Allw. But for
at . i^ovaiai'aitioii, all the recent editors, (except that Bloomf.,
apparently through oversight, retains avtuv,) read ;; . i^ovaia
tuv irtrtuv, on the authority of • (ioTtuv A.) B. C. o 27. /3 7.
Compl. Vulg. Copt. Aeth. Syr. Arr. Slav.' I recommend that
this reading bo followed, and translated: the power of the
horses.
° For (itii,{v), all the recent editors read ian. xai iv tcui
oifal; avruv (' the MSS. &c. just cited [exc. 2.]'. See N. f.).
I recommend that this reading be adopted, and that the version
stand thus : is in their mouth, and in their tails.
^ The finite present precedes and follows are and have.
W., K.;-Syr., Dt., Fr. S. ;-Pagn., Bez., Par., Vitr., B. and L.,
Beng., Dodd.. Wesl., Herd., Wakef., Woodh., Thom., Mey.,
Alhv., All., Penn. Sharpe, Stu., Lord, De W., Words., Hengst..
Kenr. Many of these, indeed, give a participial rendering of
i;Kou(jot ; but this in English makes the reference doubtful, un-
less we at the same time adopt Thom.'s transposition : tlieir
tails having- heads are like serpents; which, again, might seem
to limit the resemblance, more strongly than the original does,
to the fact of the tails being headed. For the omission of
unto, see ch. 1 : 13, N. d. For do they hurt, see W. {they noien),
G., R., (they hurt) ;-Brightm., Newc, Penn, Kenr., (as (?.),
Dodd., Woodh., Lord, (they injure), Wakef., Thom., (they do
[the] mischief), Allw. (do they inj.), Stu. (they do harm).
' See 2 Pet. 2: 11, N. f.
1 The original edition of E. V. has a comma here ; and so
have other verss., that yet follow the reading oiiti (for which
Matth., Griesb., Knapp, Mey., Sch., Laohm., Treg., Words.,
Tisch., read ov (' C. a 20. /3 4. Compl.'). The omission of the
comma tends to prolong the relative construction, and to intro-
duce an anacolouthon at v. 2L Lee, indeed, regards ol xomoi as
a nominative absolute. But for ova followed by xaL see Mark
5:3, 4; John 4: 11; 3 John 10.
k Seeob. 2: 21, N. o.
1 'Whatever effect these plagues had on them (see v. 6), it
was not such as to involve a change of practice.' On the other
hand. Win. and De W., and perhaps Dodd. and Stu. (tliat they
might not ^c), regard the Iva as telic, not ecbatic; as express-
ing the design, not the result, of the fi.ita,vodv.
'" All the recent editors repeat the article before dSa-Ka, on
the authority of A. B. C. 'a 18. /3 5. Compl. Er.', and in both
instances it is expressed by Dt., It., French verss. ;-Beng.,
Moldenh., Woodh., Thom., Greenf., All., Gerl., Bloomf., Lord,
Treg., De W., Words, (their), Hengst. ;— in the first instance,
by Germ., Herd., Mey., Allw.
REVELATION.
137
KING JAMES VERSION.
idols of gold, and silver, and
brass, and stone, and of wood :
which neither can see, nor hear,
nor walk :
21 Neither repented they of
their murders, nor of their sor-
ceries, nor of their fornication,
nor of their thefts.
CHAP. X.
And I saw another mighty
angel come down from heaven,
clothed with a cloud : and a rain-
bow was upon his head, and his
face was as it were the sun, and
his feet as pillars of fire :
2 And he had in his hand a
little book open : and he set his
GREEK TEXT.
via, Kol e'lSwXa ra -)(pvaa /cat ra
apyvpa kol ra ^aA/ca kou ra XiOiva
KOL TO, ^vXiva, a ovre ^Xeireiv
Bvvarai, ovre aKoveiu, ovre irepi-
Trartiv
21 /cat ov ixerevorjcrav e'/c tcov
(povcov avrcdv, ovre e'/c tcoi> (^appa-
KeLcou avTU)v, ovre e'/c Trjs iropveLas
avTU)v, ovre e'/c riov KXefxparcov
avTU)v.
CHAP. X.
KAI elSou aXkov ayyekov
layypov KaTa^cLLvovra Ik tov
ovpavov, irepifiefiXripevov ve(^e-
Xr]v, KOU ipLS ijrl rrjs K€(pa\rjf,
/cat TO Trpoacoirov avTOV &>$• 6
TjXiof, /cat ol TTodes aurov co9 (ttu-
Aot TTvpos'
2 /cat €t>(ei' iu tyj ^eipl avrov
fii/SXaplSLOv avewypievov /cat eOrj-
/ce TOV TToSa avrov rov Se^iou im
REVISED VERSION.
"demons, and "the idols of gold,
and "of silver, and "of brass, and
"of stone, and °of wood, which
pcan neither see, nor hear, nor
walk;
21 Neither repented they "of
their murders, nor ''of their sor-
ceries, nor lof their fornication,
nor 'of their thefts.
CHAP. X.
And I saw another mighty
angel "descending from heaven,
clothed with a cloud, and *'a rain-
bow ivas i-on his head, and his
face ims as ■= the sun, and his feet
as pillars of fire :
2 And ""he had in his hand
a little book ""opened : and he
set his right foot 'ujjon the
" The plural of 6io,3o^o; is not found in the N.T. in connection
■with the article, or as synonymous with SaijA-oma. See Mede's
Apostasy of the Latter Times (Birks' edition, London, 1845) ;
More's Mystery of Godliness, B. iii. 17, 18, and Synopsis Prophe-
tica, B. ii. 10, 11 ; Campb.'s Diss. vi. P. 1 ; Ell.'s Horae Apoc,
vol. 2, Appendix; Kitto's Cyclopaedia, s. v.; also Schleus.,
Bretsch., Wahl, Green (a demon, evil spirit). — Latin verss.,
Syr., It., Fr. M.,-S. ;-Daub.. E. and L., Beng., Dodd., Newt.,
Moldenh. (Geisler), Herd., Campb., Wakef., Xewc, Woodh.,
Thorn., Orol. {'demons or dead men^), Stolz, Mey., AUw., Van
Ess, Penn {false gods), Sharpe, Bloomf. {spirits, i. e. those of
departed heroes or benefactors'), Ell., Stu., Lord, Treg., De W.
{bO.Kn Geister), Hongst.. Murd.
° The repetition, if not required in order to prevent ambi-
guity, is the most convenient compensation for the omission of
the article.— It., French verss. ;-Daub., Newc, Woodh.. Murd.
(before Silver). Many foreign verss. use adjectives, and be^
fore each of them Beng. repeats the article.
p Daub, and the later English verss., except Words.
Matth., Lachm., Words., Tisch., read hivarcai, (Words.: 'A. C.
JiJra'fai. ex corr. B. sed ut videtur a p. m.' For the plural,
which Bloomf. is -disposed to receive,' Treg. cites also 'a ".').
1 Seech. 2: 21. N. o.
' For the verb, see ch. 3 : 12, N. kk ;-R. ;-Dodd., Stu., Lord,
Treg., Murd. For the participial form, see E. V., ch. 7 : 2 ;
21: 10; Ac. ;-W., R. ;-Latin verss., Syr., Dt. ;-Daub. and the
later English verss. (except Penn, Kenr.), Greinf. See v. 5,
N. r.
i" Before Jpt; all the recent editors insert ij ('A. B. C. o 22.
(3 4. y 2. Comp!.'). I recommend that the leadin;; be adopted:
the rainbow — whether defined as the natural object, or as that
previously mentioned, ch. 4: 3. W., T., C, G. ;-It.. Fr. G.,
-M.;-Beng., Ilrd., Stolz, Mey., AIL, Sharpe, Bloomf., Ell., Lord,
Treg., De W., Words., Lee, Hengst. For on, see ch. 5: 7,
N. a, &c. For r^; xi^., Lachm., Treg., Words.. Tisch., read
triv xi^. (' A. C. 8. 9. 12.') ; and, excejiting Bloomf., all the re-
cent editors add aitoi (' A. B. C. a 27. /3 G. y 2. Compl. Tulg.
Copt. Syr. Arm. Arr. Slav.').
' E. v., in the next clause; and see ch. 4: 1, N. d, &c.
'^ For 4x1"^ ^'1 the recent editors (except Beng.) read ixuv
('A. B. C. a 16. /3 5.'). For opened, see ch. 4: 1, N. c. W.,
R. ;-Germ., Dt. {dat geopend uy/s) ;-Berl. Bib., Beng., Wesl.,
Herd., AVoodh., Scott {having been op.), Allvv., Kist., Ell.,
Stu., Lord, Treg., De W., Words, {that had been op.), Lee,
Kell., Hengst.
' For iipon {ini governing the r.ccusative), see ch. 6: 16,
N. b, &c. ; and here E. V. in the first instance. But, for triv
dd7.aaaav . . . Trji> yr^v. all the recent editors read 7^5 SaT-daar^i . . .
rrj{ yr;s ('A. B. C. a 28. j3 7. y 4. Compl.'). I recommend that
this reading be adopted, and that in each instance irtC be trans-
lated : on. See ch. 3 : 10, N. d, &c.
18
138
REVELATION.
KING JAMES VERSION.
right foot upon the sea, and his
left foot on the earth,
3 And cried with a loud voice,
as when a lion roareth : and when
he had cried, seven thunders ut-
tered their voices.
4 And when the seven thun-
ders had uttered their voices, I
was about to write : and I heard
a voice from heaven saying unto
me. Seal up those things which
the seven thunders uttered, and
write them not.
5 And the angel which I saw
stand upon the sea and upon
the earth, lifted up his hand to
heaven,
' 6 And sware by him that liv-
eth for ever and ever, who creat-
GREEK TEXT.
TTjv OaXaaaav, tov Be ivwvvfxov
eVt TTjv yrjv,
3 Kttt eKpa^e (J)covt] /xeydXr)
wairep Xeav /JLVKarar kcu ore
eKpa^ev, iXaXr^aav at eVra fipov-
Toi TO? iavTav (pcouas'
4 /cat ore eXaXrjaav al eirra
fipovTou Tas (pcova^ iavrcou, e/xeX-
Xov ypd^eiv kcu rJKOvaa (f)(ovr}u
€/c TOV ovpavov, Xeyovaav /xoi,
S(j)payi(rou d eXaXrjaav at eirra
^povTol, Kol p.!] Tavra ypa^lrrj^.
5 Kal 6 ayyeXos, ov elSou
earcira eVt rrj^ OaXaaarjf, kol
iwl TTji yr}9, Tjpe TTjv x^^P^ avrov
els TOV ovpavov,
6 KCU a>p.oaev ev tco ^iovti. eh
Tovs alcovaf tcov alcovcov, by eKTiae
REVISED VERSION.
'upon
the
sea, and '^the left^
earth,
3 And cried with a loud voice,
'"even as ' a lion roareth : and
when he had cried, Jthe seven
thunders i-spake with their voices.
4 And when the seven thun-
ders had 'spoken with their
voices, I was about to write :
and I heard a voice from heaven,
saying ">unto me : Seal ° "the
things which the seven thunders
pspake, and wiite pfhem not.
5 And the angel, ''whom I saw
'standing 'on the sea and ■'on the
earth, lifted up his = hand to
heaven,
6 And sware by him that liv-
eth 'unto the ages of the ages.
' The pronoun is not repeated by W. ;-any foreign version
(except Greenf.) ;-Dodd.. Wakef., Treg., Kenr.
^ The noun is not repeated by R. ;-any foreign version (ex-
cept B. and L.);-Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Thorn., Penn, Sharpe,
EU.. Stu., Lord, Treg., INIurd., Kenr.
" E. v.. Matt. 5 : 48 ; 20 : 28 ;-Dt. {gelijkerucijs), It. {nella
maniera che) ;-Treg., De "W. (so wie).
' The supplement in E. V. came from the Vulg. (quemad-
modum cum). There is nothing for it in Syr., German verss.,
Dt., It, Fr. S. ;-Pagu., Castal., Bez., Aret, Par., Cocc, Grell.,
Vitr.. Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Thom., Greenf., Penn, Sharpe,
Ell., Stu., Lord, Words.
1 All the recent editors, as well as our Text, have the article
<u. which is wanting, here and in v. 4, only in Erasm. and three
cursive MSS.
^ This verb occurs very often in the N. T., and is generally
rendered in E. V., to speak ; never, to utter, except in these two
verses; and that the thunder-voices were articulate, is plain
from V. 4. The construction is that of a verb with a cognate
accusative. Oomp. Matt. 2 : 10 ; Mark 3 : 28, in the Greek and
in E. V. — W., T., C, G., R., (spake their voices) ;-Latin verss.
(locuta sunt . . . voces suas), Syr. (^= Latin verss.), Germ.
(redeten . . . ihre Stimmen), Dt. (spraken . . . hunne stemmen ;)-
B. and L. (use parler), Beng., Moldenh., De W., Hengst., (as
Germ.), Herd., Mey., All., (sprachen . . . ihre St.), Sharpe (as
W.), Words.
1 See V. 3, N. k. But all the recent editors cancel, except
that Knapp merely brackets, the words ■tas 4>uwi5 lavtuv, on
the authority of 'A. B. C. o 28. jS 5. y 2. Compl. Vulg. MS.
Am.. Tot. Copt. Aeth. Syr. Arm. Arr. Slav. MSS.'— evidence,
Bloomf. acknowledges, 'so strong' as to obviate the suspicion,
which he would otherwise ' be inclined' to entertain, ' that the
words were cancelled for the sake of removing a tautology.'
I recommend that this reading be adopted, and that the words,
with their voices, be omitted.
" All the recent editors cancel fioi, on the authority of
'A. B. C. o 23. |8 6. y 2. Compl. Vulg. MS. Am. Harl. Tol.
Aeth. Syr. Arm. Ar. P. Slav. ^MSS.' I recommend that, in ac-
cordance with this reading, the words, unto me, be omitted.
■> Comp. ch. 5 : 1, N. c. E. V., ch. 22 : 10, and 21 times else-
where ;-Wakef., Lord, (though they do not distinguish the
compound verb at ch. 5:1), Words.
° E. v., ch. 1: 19, &c. ;-W. (what things), R.;-Latin verss.
(quae), German verss. (was). It., Fr. G.,-M.,-S. ;-Dodd.,
Sharpe, Lord, (what), Wesl., Wakef. (as W.), Penn (tJie [words}
which), Ell., Murd., Kenr.
P See V. 3, N. k. For foifa, Matth., Knapp, Mey., Lachm.,
Treg., Words., Tisch., Theile, read aitd (A. B. C. 'a 20. /3 5.').
See2Pet. 2:11, N. f.
See V. 1, N. a. E. V.. ch. 7 : 1 ; &c. ;-W., R. ;-Latin verss.,
Syr., Fr. G.,-M. ;-Brightm., Engl. Ann., Daub, and the later
English verss. (except Words), B. and L., Greenf. For on,
see ch. 5 : 7, N. a, &c.
" All the recent editors insert trjv hi^Mv after airoJ, on the
authority of 'B. C. a 27. |3 6. y 3. Compl. Copt. Aeth. Syr.
Arm. Arr. Slav. MSS.' 1 recommend that the reading be
adopted, and that the word right be introduced before hand.
t See ch. 1 : 6, N. g, &c.
REVELATION.
139
KING JAMES VERSION.
ed heaven, and the things that
therein are, and tlie eai-tli, and
the things that therein are, and
the sea, and the things which
are therein, that there should be
time no longer :
7 But in the days of the voice
of the seventh angel, when he
shall begin to sound, the mystery
GREEK TEXT.
Tov ovpavov KOL ra ev avTco, Kai
T-qv yrju kol ra iu avrrj, kou tjji'
daXaaaav kou ra Iv OLVTy, On
-^ovos ouK ecrraL err
7 dkXa if TOLS rj/xepaif TrJ9
(hcovrjs rod ijBSofiov dyyeXov, orav
/te'AAjj aakiri^eLv, /cat reXeadr]
REVISED VERSION.
who created "the heaven and the
things " in it, and the earth and
the things " in it, and the sea
and the things " in it, that "the
time shall not be yet,
7 But in the days of the voice
of the seventh angel, when he
"should >be about to sound, "and
" E. v., ch. 20 : 11 ; &e. ;-Dodd., Wesl., Thorn., Allw., Sharpe
(the heavens). Ell., Stu., Treg.
' The relative supplement (that are) of E. V. is after the
Vulg. (quae sunt), &c. There is nothing for it in Wakef.,
Woodh., Thom., Sharpe, Lord, Murd. For in it, see W., R.;-
Dodd., Penn and Lord (in the second instance: upon [^on^ it),
Murd., Kenr. (in the second instance).
" Xpovo; here has been understood to mean, 1., time as op-
posed to eternity (Areth., Ribera, JLarck, &c.). But nowhere
else, in sacred or profane authors, does the woi'd carry this idea,
nor does it accord with the subsequent representations of the
prophecy (ch. 11: 15; 20: 7): — 2., a mystical period nf
1111 ( % ) years (Beng., WesL), or of 360 (Bickersteth, Birks),
or of the full ' 1260 days,' ' time, and times, and half a time,' or
' forty-two months,' of ch. 11 : 3 ; 12 : 6, 14 ; 13 : 5 ; Dan. 12 : 7
(Gill). But this also is entirely without precedent, and does
not rest securely on the analogous use of xatpoj (ch. 12: 14;
Sept. Dan. 7 : 25 ; 12: 7) : — 3., = 6 z?"""!! *°d ^^^''^ «*' must be
rendered yet, as yet, (Fr. S.;-Daub., Lowm., Newt., Newc,
Scott [as one meaning] , Crol., Ell. [who explains the omission
of the article by Midd.'s rule, P. 1. ch. 3. ^ 3., respecting cases
of construction with the substantive verb] , Lord, Barn.) ; the
time, whose approach is proclaimed, or assumed, throughout
this book and by the whole strain of prophecy from the
beginning, and for which all creatures wait with earnest
expectation: — 4., delay (Brightm.. Par., Grot., Hamm., Coco.,
Vitr., B. and L., Gill [as allowable], Moldenh., Herd., Eichh.,
"Wakef, Thom., Clarke, Heinr., Ew., Mey., Allw., Ros., Jones,
Gerl., Scholef., Bloomf, Stu., Treg., De W., Words., Kell.,
Hengst.). The third interpretation is favoured by the readings
of our Text, according to which t'eJ.eoS^ in v. 7 most naturally
depends, with fiiM-y, on iitav. But all the recent editors have
here oixiii saiai, (A. B. C. 'a 24. (3 7. y 3. Oompl.') and, in the
next verse, itiTAaSri ('A. C. a 22. /3 5.'). I recommend that
these readings be followed, in which case the fourth interpreta-
tion oi xfovoi, (though rather implied in the whole clause in its
connection with other parts of the book, such as ch. 2 : 10, 21 ;
6: 10, 11 ; 9: 5, 12, 15, than immediately expressed by the noun
itself,) is to be preferred, as furnishing a sense more suitable to
the splendour and majesty of the scene, as well as illustrative
of the gracious condescension of the Lord toward the weakness
of His suffering servants. The version might then stand thus :
time there shall no longer be; But in the days of the voice of
the seventh angel, when he should be about to sound, is also
finished the mystery of God, &c. The xai may be considered
Hebraistically redundant (comp. Luke 2: 15 ; James 4: 15) or
conversive, and so xai, tA. or xal iti%. =^ ti\io8r,att:ai, (the
reading of Areth.) or tote ■rsXsaSriattai (Pise, Grot., Vitr.,
Moldenh., Eichh., Midd., Heinr., Ew., Ros., Bloomf, Ell.,
Hengst.) ; or, as indicated in the version proposed, xai may
retain its familiar emphatic sense, q. d. ' Whensoever the long-
deferred, long-looked for, blast of the seventh angel is just
about to complete the series of trumpets, then also is completed
c&c. ;' and the aorist will be used, also in accordance with Greek
idiom, for prophetic time, the more strikingly to mark, not only
the certainty of the event (comp. ch. 15:1; 16 : 17 ; 21 : 6 ; &c.),
but, in this case, the truth of the previous negation. The xai
is recognized by T., C, G.. {even) ;-Syr. (according to De D.
and the London edd., = l), Germ, (so), Dt. (zoo), Fr. S. (et);-
Castal. {-que). Par. (in the Comment. : etiam). Coco, (et),
Daub , Newc, Woodh., Crol., Allw., Lord, Murd., (and), Beng.,
Hengst., {as Germ.), Wakef., Ell., Stu., {then), Gerl. {so ist
auch), De W. (' dann aucK) ;-Win. {dann). For is in the
rendering of iii^iaSr;, see E. V., ch. 15:1; &c. ;-Syr. (uses the
preterit, according to De D. and "the London edd.);-Newc.,
Treg., {hath been), Woodh. {was), Gerl., Win., De W., Hengst.,
(ist), Stu.
" The subjunctive mood is indicated by the It. ;-B. and L.,
Moldenh., Ew., Ell., Lord, Treg. The Erasmian jA-iXKii. is found
only in 2 cursive MSS.
y See ch. 8 : 13, N. u, &c. It has already been remarked
(2 Pet. 2 : 6, N. h), that nix%o>, construed with the infinitive of
another verb, is in E. V. often merged in the simple future of
that verb. On a careful examination, however, of all the pas-
sages, it will appear that in this m.atter N. T. usage corresponds
quite closely with the classical. The latter is thus explained
by Buttm., § 137, N. 11 : ' As a periphrase for the Future, we
find fiiVKiiv with the Infinitive; yet with this difference, that
the Fut. form places the action in the future indefinitely, while
the periphrase at once marks the point of time from or after
which the action is regarded as a future. Thus 7tonjcfu simply
I will do; fiiM.a ttoinv lam (now) about to do; ejx^xxov Ttouiv
1 was (then) about to do. — This verb marks elsewhere also the
idea of intention, might, could, should; as 5 ijfitVKov ttdaxH'V,
" what I shoidd suffer," what it was intended I should suffer.'
Similar is Herm.'s statement, ad Vig. p. 753, though his lang-
140
REVELATION.
KING JAMES VERSION.
of Grod should be finished, as he
hath dechired to his servants the
prophets.
8 And the voice which I heard
from heaven spake unto me
again, and said, Go, and take
the little book which is open in
the hand of the angel which
standeth upon the sea and upon
the earth.
9 And I went unto the angel,
and said unto him. Give me the
GREEK TEXT.
TO fivarrjpioi' rod 0eov, coy
evrjyyeXta-e tols eavrov 8ovXoi9
Tols 7rpo(j)r)Tais.
8 Kal rj (pcoi^T] rjv rjKOvaa c'k
Tov ovpavov, iraXiv XaXovcra jxeT
i/jLOV, /cat Xeyovcra, Ywaye Aa/3e
TO ^L^Xapi^Lov TO rjvecoypevov eV
Tr) X'^'-P'' ^yy^^ov TOV iaTCOTOf
eVi Trjs 0aXaacn]s Kai eiTL Trjs yrjf.
9 Kal a.TTrjXOoi' rrpos tov ayy€-
Xov, Xiyoav avrm, Aos p-oi to ^l-
REVISED VERSION.
the mystery of God should be
finished, as he '■ declared ^the
glad tidings "to his servants the
prophets.
8 And the voice, which I heard
from heaven, "again spake '■with
me, and said : Go, ' take the
■'little booli which is ''opened in
the hand of "the angel, 'who
standeth =on the sea and 'on the
earth.
9 And I went unto the angel,
f saying unto him : ^Give me the
' Historical time (as if it were added : ' when He gave the
prophets their message.') appears in W., T., C, G. ;-Herd.,
Thorn., Crol., Jley., Penn, Sharpe, Lord, Words., Murd.
The etymological force of iva^yiXt^a, which it nowhere loses
(see Camp., Diss. Yl. 5. 14), is here admitted, and variously
expressed, by R. ;-Yulg., Fr. S. ;-Erasm., Vat., Engl. Ann..
Berl. Bib., Beng., Lowm., Dodd., Newt., Moldenh., Herd.,
Wakef., Newc, Woodh., Thorn., Heinr., Scott, Crol., Mey.,
Penn, Ell., Lord, Treg., De W., Words. ;-tlie lexicons. E. V.
and others follow Pagn., Bez., {annimtiavit) and 6. {doclared).
For ■foil I. 6oiJj.oij tols TtpofTiTfais, Beng. mentions as per
codices firmior nee tamen plane certa, and all the other recent
editors adopt, the reading -tov; I. 6ov7.oi; r oij Hfio^tjtdf (' A. B. C.
14. 17. 36. 38. 92. roij 5. aitoi tov; itpo(f . a 23. j3 5. Compl.'
The latter form Words, assigns to B.).
' The adverb is retained in its place by W., R. ;-Latin verss.,
Syr. ;- Wakef., All., Stu., Lord, Treg., De W., Kenr. For
JioJioticTa . . . 'Kiyovaa, Lachm., Treg., Words., Tisch., read TMXoiaav
. . . %iyovaav (A. B. C. 4 cursive MSS. and Vulg.), which Treg.
would make dependent on ^xovaa understood.
^ E. v., oh. 4:1; &c. ;-W., R. ;-foreign verss. (except the
French, Moldenh., Greenf. ;-Wes!., Sharpe, Stu., Treg.
' E. v.. Matt. 8:4; John 4 : 16 ; &c. ;-Syr., Germ., Dt., It., Fr.
S. ;-Yat., Castal., Oocc, Wells, Daub., B. and L., Beng., Dodd.,
Wesl., Herd., Wakef., Woodh., Thorn., Mey., Allw., Greenf.,
Penn, Sharpe, Ell., Stu., Lord, De W., Treg., Hengst., Murd.
E. Y. and others follow the Yulg.
■" For (3i/35i(»pi.Sto>' (Matth. and Tisch.: /3t/3>.t5opioK B. 'a 25.
3 5. Compl.'), Lachm., Treg., Words.. Theile. read /3i/37ic,w ('A. C.
14. 92.'). For opened, see v. 2, N. d, &c.
' Before dyy. all the recent editors insert tov (A. B. C. ' a 18.
3 3. Compl.'). For who, see 2 Pet. 2: 11, N. f ; — for on, see
V. 2, N. e, &c.
' The participle is retained by R. ;-Latin verss. (except
Castal.), Syr., Dt., It, Fr. S. ;-Daub., Wesl., Newc, Woodh.,
AUw., Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg., Murd., Kenr.
^ For 5ds, all the recent editors have Sowat (A. B. C. 'a 20.
j3 4. Yulg. Syr. Slav. MSS.'). I recommend that this reading
be followed, and, in connection with \iyav ait^, translated thus :
saying unto him that he should give : — a construction (comp.
Matt. 5: 39; Acts 21: 21) which is adopted by the Yulg. (lit
daret) and such as follow it, Fr. S. ;-Grot., Eichh., Newc,
Woodh., Sharpe, Stu., Lord, De W., Heng.st., Murd.;- Win.
This is not a case (see Win. § 45. 7) in which it is best to regard
the infinitive as standing for the imperative (Beng., Moldenh.,
Mejf., Treg., Words.).
uage is stronger : ' Yerbura ^liMM non servit periphrasi futuri,
sed a futuro diversissimum est. Nam rtowjuw, ut faciam, fu-
turum est aoristum, i. e. indeflnitum, ea indicans, quae ali-
quando, quandocunque id sit, eventura sint. MixTM rtoiilv
autem, facturus sum, futurum est praesens, significans nunc
aliquem in eo esse, ut quid facturus sit.' He also refers to cases
where ' (j-iiAew banc fere vim liabet, quae apud nos verbis,
icerden, sollen, miissen exprimi potest.' (Corap. Campb.'s notes
on Matt. 3 : 7 and 17 : 22.) These distinctions there is no dif-
ficulty in carrying through the N. T., and generally with
marked advantage to the sense ; e. g. Matt. 2:13,' Arise and
flee; for Herod is about to seek &c.;' 16: 27, the certainty and
imminence of the coming judgment are presented in /ieXTui yap
as, in like manner, the ground of the previous challenge ; Rom.
4 : 24, ' But for us also, to whom, according to the divine pur-
pose and constitution, it is to be &c. ;' &c.* — Syr. (= Greenf.
Iinsn), Fr. S. (devra) ;-Hamm., Lord, (be ready), Cocc (buc-
cinaturus est), Dodd. (was about quickly), Wakef. (is going),
Woodh., Sharpe, Murd. marg., (is about), Ew. (canturus sit),
Penn (shall be about), Ell. (for hermeneutical reasons, would
put this clause in a parenthesis, and translate: whensoever he
may be about to sound), Treg. The Yulg. cum coeperit
(followed by E. V. and the older English and French verss.,
Erasm., Pagn., Yat., Wells, Gill, Scott, Jones, Words., Kell.,
Barn.) cannot be justified. See ch. 12 : 4, N. p.
* For the passages affected by the above view, but in which
it has in the previous pages been overlooked, see the table of
Errata.
REVELATION.
141
KING JAMES VERSION.
little book. And he said unto
me, Take it, and eat it up ; and
it shall make thy belly bitter,
but it sliall be in thy mouth
sweet as honey.
10 And I took the little book
out of the angel's hand, and ate
it up ; and it was in my mouth
sweet as honey : and as soon
as I had eaten it my belly was
bitter.
11 And he said unto me,
Thou must prophesy again be-
fore many peoples, and nations,
and tongues, and kings.
CHAP. XI.
And there was given me a
reed like unto a rod : and the
angel stood, saying. Rise, and
GREEK TEXT.
^Xapi&LGv. KaL Aeyet /xoi, yla/3e
Koi Karaipaye avro' Koi TTiKpavel
crov Trjv KoiXiav, aAA eV rw
(TTO/xarl aov ecrrai yXvKV 0)9 /xeXi.
10 Is^al eXa^ov to ^ifiXapi^Lov
e/c TTjs )(ei.po9 Tov dyyeXov, Kai
Kare(f)ayoi> avro- Kol i)v iu rm
(jTopaTL fxov coy /xeAt, yXvKV koi
ore ((payou avro, eTriKpavBi] -q
KoiXia fiov.
11 Kai Xeyei p.oi, Ael ere ira-
Xlv TvpocprjTevaai. iirl Aaot? KaL
eOvetTL Kou yXaxraais Kal fiacre-
XevcTL TToAAoif .
CHAP. XI.
iTai iSodi] fioL KaXafiof opiOLOs
pajSScp, Xeycou, Eyeipai, /cat yu,e-
Tp-qaov TOV vaov tov Oeov, kcu
REVISED VERSION.
little book. And he "saith unto
me : Take, ' and eat it up ; and
it shall make Jbitter thy belly,
but ''in thy mouth it shall be
sweet as honey.
10 And I took the little book
out of the 'hand of the angel,
and ate it up ; and it was in my
mouth sweet as honey ; and,
"■when I had eaten it, my belly
was "made bitter.
11 And he "saith unto me:
Thou must pagain prophesy 'of
many peoples, and nations, and
tongues, and kings.
CHAP. XI.
And there was given me a
reed like ^ rod, ^lie sajdng : Rise,
and measure the temple of God,
'> Vat., Castal., Cocc, Beng., Wesl., Wakef., Newc, Woodh.,
Allw., Penn, Sharpe, Ell., Stu., Treg., De W., Words. E. V.
and others follow the Vulg.
' E. v.. Matt. 26 : 26 ; &c. ;-Syr., Germ. ;-Pagn., Cast.al., Bcz.,
Par.', Cocc, Grell., Wells, Vitr., Beng., Wesl., Herd., Wakef.,
Woodh., Mey.. Allw., Greenf., Sharpe, Ell., Lord, De W., Hengst..
Murd.
J The Greek order is kept by Latin verss. (except Castal.),
Syr., It, Fr. G. ;-B. and L., Dodd., Wakef., Woodh., Greenf.,
Lord, De W., Kenr.
^ The Greek order is kept by W., K. ;-foreign verss. (except
Fr. G.,-M., Herd.) ;-Daub., Dodd., Woodh., Thorn., Allw..
Penn, Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg., Words., Jlurd,, Kenr.
1 R. ;-Danb., Dodd., Wakef., Woodh., Thorn., Allw., Penn,
Stu., Lord, Treg., Murd., Kenr.
" W., R, ;-foreign verss, ;-Dodd. and the later English (ex-
cept Newc, Words.). Nowhere else does E. V. render 6tt as
soon as, except Luke 15 : 30.
" The verb is translated as such (^ was made or became
bitter, was imbittered, &c.) bj' E. V., v. 9; ch. 8 : 11 ;-R. ;-Latin
verss., Syr., Germ., Dt, It., Fr. M.,-S. ;-Daub., Beng., Herd.,
Wakef., Newc, Woodh., Mey., Allw., Greenf., Stu.. Lord, Treg,,
De W., Words., Hengst., Kenr., Barn.
See V. 9, N. h. For ^.iyci, Matth., Lachm., Treg., Tisch.,
read jiiyovfft (A. B. 'a 18. /3 4. Am. Ha.rl'').
P The Tia.%iv is given before the verb by W., R. ;-foreign verss.
(except Fr. G.,-M.,-S. ;-Castal., Greenf.) ;-Dodd., Newc, Lord,
Jlurd.
1 The sense of apud, with, among (not coram, as Pagn.,
Bez., followed by E. V. and others), might rest upon Acts
28: 14. But it is more obvious, and has a larger usage to
sustain it, to regard the clause as indicating the ohject, the wide
range, of the prophecy itself. Comp. John 12: 16; Heb.
11: 4; the Hebrew construction, 1 Kings 22: 8, 18, hs N3_5!-ri
(to which the Syr. and Greenf. here correspond) ; Is. 37 :
22; &c So here Fr. S. (s!<r) ;- Castal., Ilomb., (super), Grot.,
Ew., Ros., (de), Hamm. (of), Wells, Wesl., Wakef., (concerning),
Beng., Moldenh., Herd., Mey., Stier, De W., Hengst., (iXber),
Stu. (respecting), Murd. {upon) ;-Wahl, Win., Rob., Schirl.
=> See ch. 1 : 13, N. d.
■i 'The giver.' The reading, xal clair,xei b ayyt^-oj (B. [xal
la-i. o ciyy.] 'oT. [and 14.] Compl. Syr. Arm.'), followed by
E. V. and others, is rejected by Mill and all the recent editors,
and was perhaps introduced from Sept. Zech. 2 : 3 ; 3 : 6 (5).
Areth. construes xiyuv with xd^a/io;. But the participial usage
of the book justifies us in treating it as a nominative absolute, —
W., T,, C, R,, and others, follow the Vulg. ei dictum est mihi
(though the Cod. Am. has dicens), Germ, (und sprach) ;^Vat.
(a dicente mihi), Wells, Wesl., Sharpe, (and he said). Beng.,
Hengst., (as Germ.), Moldenh., Mey., (mit d n Worten), Herd.
(die Slimme sprach), Newc. ([the angel] saying), Woodh.,
Penn, Stu., Lord, Treg,, Words., (saying), Ew. (fiisce cum ver-
bis), Stolz (mit dem Befehl), Ell. (and the angel said), Stier
(sprechend), De W. (indem man sagte), Ebr. (und gesagt).
142
REVELATION.
KING JAMES VERSION.
measure the temple of God, and
the altar, and them that worship
therein.
2 But the court which is with-
out the temple, leave out, and
measure it not ; for it is given
unto the Gentiles : and the holy
city shall they tread under foot
forty and two months.
3 And I will give power unto
my two vntnesses, and they shall
prophesy a thousand two hund-
red a)id threescore days, clothed
in sackcloth.
4 These are the two olive-
ti'ees, and the two candlesticks
standing before the God of the
earth.
GREEK TEXT.
TO OvaLacTTrjpiov, kolL tovs irpocr-
Kvvovvras eV avTco-
2 Koi TTjv avXrjv rrjv eacoOev
Tov vaov eK^aXe e^co, kcu firj
avT-qv fi€Tpr]crrj9, otl eSodrj rols
edvecrr koI rrjv ttoXlv Trjv ayiav
Trarrjcrovai. ptrivas recraapaKOVTa
8vo.
3 Kal dcocrco tols Svctl fiap-
Tvai p-ov, Kol ■?rpo(f)T]Tev(Tov(nu
■qp.epas yiXlas SiaKOcria^ e^rjKOU-
ra, TrepLJSejSXrjp.ei'oi aaKKOVS.
4 OvroL elcnv al 8vo iXaiai,
KCU 8vo Xv^viat al iucoTTiov rou
Oeov TTji yrjs kcrrSicrai.
REVISED VERSION.
and the altar, and 'those 'who
worship therein :
2 ''And the court which is
'within the temple 'cast out, and
measure it not ; for it is given
unto the Gentiles : and the holy
city shall they ^tread forty - two
months.
3 And I will give ' unto my
two witnesses, and they shall
prophesy a thousand two hund-
red and, Jgixty days, clothed '■with
sackcloth.
4 These are the two olive-
trees and • two "lamp-stands,
"which 'stand before the 'God of
the earth.
' For those, see ch. 2: 2, N. h, &c. ; — for who, see ch. 1: 5,
N. T, &c.
^ SeelJohn2:20, N. o, &c.
' I recommend that the reading t'lueEv, which the Elzevir
Text and all the recent editors substitute for the Erasmian
"taaOiv. be adopted, and translated : without.
f 'As profane.' Comp. the ^>irn of Dan. 8: 11.— This full
force of the word appears in E. V. mar^., and often elsewhere ;-
W., T., C, G., R. ;-Vulg. (ejice), Syr. (using the same word as
in Matt. 8 : 16), Germ., Dt. marg., Fr. S. ;-Erasm., Vat., Par.,
Heinr., (as Vulg. ;-one of the rare occasions on which Par. dif-
fers from Bez., who had here adopted Castal.'s exclude),
Brightm., Engl. Ann., Hamm., Cocc. and Yitr. (prnjice), Wells,
Daub.. Beng.. Dodd. (throw), Wesl., Moldenh., Herd., Woodh.,
Crol., £w., Greenf , Goss., All., Ell., Stu., Treg., Words., KelL,
Hengst., Kenr., Barn., Ebr.
^ 'Both as occupants and oppressors.' Comp. the Sept.
Is. 1: 12; 16: 10; 26: 6.— Latin verss. (calcabunt i-except
Castal., conculcahunt). It. (cakheranno) ;-Wesl., Eichh. (pro-
fanis pedibits permearunt), Campb. (at Luke 21 : 24), Woodh.,
Ew. (■ rtariiv, D'al, de gressu festuoso et strepente sanctitatem
loci baud curantium.'). Greenf. (uses the verb San of Is. 1 : 12),
Lord, De W. (treten ;-for the zertreten of other German verss.),
Words,
>> See ch. 5 : 8, N. e. Daub., Dodd., Wesl., Newc, Woodh.,
Thom., Sharpe, Lord, Kenr. Before Svo Lachm. and Tisch.
insert xai' (A. B. ' a 10. p 3.').
' Not power merely, as in v. 6, but all that is needed for the
efficient discharge of their perilous office. Whatever they are
called to spend for their Lord, their Lord will i3rst supply ; and,
in consequence of that, and on the strength of that, they shall
prophesy. The streams of grace shall be ever flowing in on
them from the divine fountains, and, out of the abundance of
the heart, they shall speak. Comp. ch. 3 : 9, N. u. Many, in-
deed, (Castal., Grot., Vitr., &o., Ebr.) suppose that we have here
a simple Hebraism = Iwill give, command, cause them to pro-
phesy. But the form of the original is preserved by W., R. ;-
Vulg., Syr. (though the sign of the dative serves also for the
accusative, that is no reason for supposing, vcith De D. and
Murd. [dabo duos testes meos; I-will give my two witnesses;
so Luth., ich will ineirie zween Zeugen geben], that the inter-
preter meant to change the Greek construction.), It. (supplies
di profetizzare) ;-Erasra., Vat., Aret. (' Dabo non atrium, nee
templum, sed officium docendi, &c.'), Brightm., Cocc, Vitr.
(to whom Ebr. errs'in assigning the supplement, civitatem.
That is Bez.'s interpretation [dabo illam']. which Vitr. rejects
as not to be endured— ^erenda non est.), Beng., Herd., Woodh.,
Thom., Greenf.. Gerl., Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Stier, Treg. (with
endow for Surnu), Hengst., Kenr.
1 W., T. and C. (Ix.), R. ;-Daub., Guyse, Dodd., Wesl.,
Newc, Woodh., Thom., Penn, Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg., Murd.,
Kenr. E. V. follows G.
I-' See ch. 7: 13, N. u. W., R. ;-Latin verss. (the ablative
without a preposition), German verss., Dt., It. (di), French
verss. (de).
' Before 5vo all the recent editors insert at (A. B. C. 'a 19.
ji 6. Compl.'). For iatusai, they all (-perhaps rightly,' says
Bloomf) have Jsriifcs (A. B. C. 'ol9. j3 4.'), and all change
®fo; to xvfim (A. B. C. 'a 27. /3 5. y 2. Compl. Vulg. Copt.
Syr. Arr.'). The second of these variations presents a con-
structio ad sensum, that does not affect the version. The other
two I recommend for adoption : the . . . Lord.
" Sec ch. 1 : 12, N. c, &c.
° The at refers both to Jxiuat and f.vxfiai,, not exclusively to
the latter, as E. V. may seem to intimate : but the original
REVELATION.
143
KING JAMES VERSION.
5 And if any man will liurt
them, fire proceedetli out of tlieir
mouth, and devoureth their ene-
mies : and if any man will hurt
them, he must in this manner be
killed.
6 These have power to shut
heaven, that it rain not in the
days of their prophecy : and
have power over waters to turn
them to blood, and to smite the
earth with all plagues, as often
as they will.
7 And when they shall have
finished their testimony, the
GREEK TEXT.
5 Kai el rt? avrovs OeXrj aSi-
KTjaai, TTvp iKTropeverai (k tov
(TTOfjiaTos avTwv, Kol Karea-QieL
Tovs i)(6pov9 avTcov Koi el riy
avrovs OeXrj ddcKrjaai, ovtco 8ei
avTov aTTOKTavdrjvai.
6 OvTOi e^ovcrtv i^ovaiav
KXelarai rov ovpavov, Iva p-rj /3/je-
^rj veros eV rjfiepais avrcov rrjS
7rpo(j)r]Tetas' koI l^ovaiav e^ov-
(TLV eVt Toiv vSarau, aTp€(f>eLv
avTO. €Ls alfj-a, Koi Trara^ai ttjv
yrjv Traarj TrXrjyr], baaKLS eav 6e-
Xrjcrcoa-L.
7 Kou orav TeXecrwcn rrjv fxap-
Tvplav avTwv, to d-r]piov to ava-
RE VISED VERSION.
6 And if any "one "will hurt
them, fire proceedeth out of their
mouth, and devoureth their ene-
mies ; and if any "one °will phurt
them, 'thus 'must he be killed.
6 These have power to shut
heaven, that =no rain fall 'in the
daj's of their -prophesying ; and
"they have power over "the
waters to turn them to blood,
and to smite the earth with
'every plague, as often as they
will.
7 And when they shall have
finished their testimony, the
° See 1 John 2 : 1. N. b, &o. For Ae^ij, all the recent edi-
tors (except Mey.) read ei'Kit. ([A. in the first instance] B.C.
more than 20 cursive MSS. Compl.).
p De W. pronounces this an ' intolerable (imertraglicK) re-
petition,' and at once substitutes Beng.'s ajtox-e iXvai. But as
this reading is almost utterly destitute of authority, so it really
subverts the structure and meaning of the whole verse, intro-
ducing (and that only in one contingency-) an application of the
lex talionis, in place of the stern justification, by means simply
of an emphatic reiteration, of the severity by which the Lord
would shield the inviolable sanctity of His witnesses (1 Chron.
16: 22; Zech. 2: 8), and of which they themselves had just
been, and are now again (oiVu), represented as the instruments.
1 See 2 Pet. 3 : 4, N. g. E. V., ch. 9 : 17 ; 18:21; &c. ;-W.,
R. (so) ;-Latin verss. {sic or ita), Syr., Germ, (also), Dt. (alzoo),
French verss. (ainsi) ;-Beng., De W., Hengst, (as Germ.),
Dodd., Lord, (as R.), Wesl., Wakef., Woodh., Penn, Sharpe,
Treg., Murd. The adverb is kept in its place by W., T., C,
G., R. ;-Latin verss., Syr. ;-Dodd., Woodh., Thorn., AIlw., Stu.,
Lord, Treg., Murd., Kenr.
' The Greek order is preserved by W., T., C, G., R. ;-Latin
verss., Syr. ;-Dodd., Woodh., Mey., Allw., All., Treg., De W.,
Murd., Ebr.
• See ch. 7 : 1, N. a, &c. All the recent editors read ;ti^ itros
Pfiixv C -^^ B. C. a 20. j3 6. Compl.'). Dt. (geen regen regent) ;-
Berl. Bib. (kern Regen regiie), Beng. (es keinen R. gebe), Dodd.
(no rain shall be showered down), Wakef. (no r. shall come
down), Stolz (k. R.fallt), De W. (k. R.falle). In addition to
these, the following translate inoi fipixv by a noun and per-
sonal verb : Syr. (= pluvia pluat) ;-Castal. (pluat imber), Cocc.
(pluat pluvia), Vitr. (riget (erram pluvia ;-and, bating the
supplement, this is closest to the Greek), Woodh. (rain may
not fall), Penn (r. fall not), Sharpe (the r. rain not), Stu.,
Murd., (the r. shall not fall), Ebr. (nicht R. sich ergiesse).
E. V. and others follow the Vulg.
< For iv riiiipais all the recent editors substitute T'a; ijiiijia;
(' A. B. C. a 25. /3 5. y 2. Compl.'). I recommend that this read-
ing be adopted, and translated: during the days. So for
airiov trjs rtpo^. all, except Bloomf., read trj xpof. aituiv
('A.B.C. al5. /3 5. Compl.').
" E. v., 1 Cor. 14 : C, 22 ; 1 Thess. 5 : 20 ;-Dt. (profetering) ;
Castal., Cocc, (vaticinationis), Wesl., Wakef. (teaching), Thorn.,
Scott, Greenf. (tixini, the word in Ezra 6: 14, and there
rendered by the Sept., jtpo^jjrfi.'a, and by E. V.. prophesying) ;-
Bretsch., Wahl, Bob.
' W., R. ;-Syr., Dt., French verss. ;-Brightm., Dodd., Herd.,
Wakef., Newc, Woodh., Thorn., Mey., Allw., Penn, Stu., Treg.,
De W., Murd., Kcnr., Ebr. E. V. follows T., C, G.
" R. ;-foreign verss. ;-Brightm., Hamm., Daub, and later
English verss. (except Lord). See ch. 14: 18, N. a.
' A singular form is employed by W., R. ;-foreign verss.,
except Moldenh. and Gerl. ;-Dodd., Wakef, Newc, Woodh.,
Thom., Allw., Penn, Stu., Lord, Treg., Kenr. Before TtdoYj
all the recent editors insert h (' A. C. a 21. /3 6. y 2. Compl. Er.').
edition has a comma after candlesticks, as well as after trees. —
The definite participial construction is here (as generally else-
where in E. V.) replaced by the relative, in R. ;-Dt., It., French
verss. ;-Cocc., Daub., Beng., Dodd., Moldenh., Wakef, Woodh.,
Thorn., Allw., All., Penn, Gerl., Stu., Lord, Treg., De W.,
Hengst., Murd., Kenr., Ebr.
144
REVELATION.
KING JAMEs' VERSION.
beast that ascendeth out of the
bottomless pit shall make war
against them, and shall overcome
them, and kill them.
8 And their dead bodies shall
lie in the street of the great city,
which spiritually is called Sodom
and Egypt, where also our Lord
was crucified.
9 And they of the people, and
kindreds, and tongues, and na-
tions, shall see their dead bodies
three days and an half, and shall
GREEK TEXT.
fialvov Ik TTJ^ afivcrcrov Troirjaei
TToXefiov fj-er avTcoi', kcu VLKrjaei
avTOVS, Koi cciroKTevel avrous.
8 Koi ra TrTco/jiara avTcov ewL
rrjs irXareias TroAeo)? tyjs fxeyaX-qs,
rjTLS KaXeiTUL irvevfxaTLKfas So-
8ofxa Koi A'lyvTrrog, ottov koi 6
KvpLOS rjfjiaiu iaravpcoOr].
9 Koi ^Xl'^ovcTLv e'fc TOiv Xau>v
kolI (bvXcou Kol yXayaacov kul
lOvwv TO. TTTCofJ-aTa avTcou rjfxepa?
rpels /cat jjixiav, koI ra TTTCo/j-ara
REVISED VERSION.
J^beast that ascendeth out of the
•abyss shall make war "with
them, and shall overcome them,
and '^^shall kill them.
S And their 'remains shall '^be
'on the 'broad place of 'the great
city, which is ^called spiritually
Sodom and EgA'pt, where also
"our Lord was crucified.
9 And 'men of the 'peoples
and ''tribes and tongues and na-
tions 'shall see their "'remains
three days and -a half, and "shall
y Here, and throughout the remainder of the book, 6tipiov
answers to the min of Dan. 7. (Sept. Sjiplov). As neither term
always bears the specific sense which the former retains in
eh. C : 8, so, in the case of the apocalyptic ejjpi'a, the name seems
to intima.e tlieir general bestial appearance, rather than their
ferocity. Comp. Tit. 1:12; and Heb. 12 : 20 with Ex. 19:13.
= See ch. 9 : 1, N. e.
» See ch. 2 : 16 : N. q.
t W.;-Germ., Dt.;-Beng., Ell., Lord and Murd. (will),
Hengst. Many express the auxiliary only in the case of
' In the N. T. ttiwixa occurs only in this context, JIatt.
24: 28 (E. V. carcase), and Mark 6: 29 (E. V. corpse). Its
radical meaning, that which is fallen, ruin, wreck, explains the
reading t'o !tt:,na (A. B. C. a 19 [21, at v. 9]. jS 5. Copt. [Slav.,
here]), which has been adopted here, and in the first instance
of V. 9, by all recent editors. This reading Lord and Words,
render, dead body, which, however, the English idiom does not
allow ; whereas the term proposed above, while it comes nearer
the etymological idea, suits equally well the singular and the
plural forms. It is employed by Woodh.
•^ Fr. S. ;-Grot., Berl. Bib., Beng., Wesl. ('perhaps hanging
on a cross'), Woodh., Thorn., Stu., Ebr. (ist). E. V. and many
others follow the Vulg., jacebunt.
« Syr., German verss., Dt., It., Fr. S. ;-B. and L.
' Always, except in this book, riXatiia is in the N. T. found
in the plural, and means streets. But here where the singular
is used (not, as Vulg. &c., in plateis), with the definite article,
and that in connection with a great city, it is equivalent to the
Sini (Greenf.'s word here, and for which TfKattta often stands
in the Sept.) of Neh. 8 : 1 ; Job 29 : 7 ; Is. 59 : 14 ; &c., the forum
or open place of public resort. — Syr. (= De D. vicum latum,
except that vicum is supplied. The Syr. term is a form of that
used in Matth. 7: 13 for wide.). Dt. marg. (rui'm7e;-and see
the note). It. (piazza). Fr. S. (grande place) ;-Casta]., Cocc.
(foro), Daub, (great place), B. .and L. (place), Beng. (Platz).
AVoodh., Alhv., Sharpe (open square). Ell., Lord (at ch. 21 : 21 ;
22 : 2), Words, (broad-way). The lexicons commonly define
the word by via latior, to which Schleus. adds latum spatimn.
Rob. 'a broad way, wide street in a city.' Before rto^suj,
Beng., Matth., Lachm., Bloomf., Treg., Words.. Tisch., insert
t^sCA. C. ol9. /3 6. Compl.').
^ The Greek order is retained by W., R. ;-Latin (except
Vitr.) and French verss., Syr., Germ. ;-Wesl., Wakef , Newc,
Woodh., Greenf., Trcg., Hengst., Kenr.
'' For iifnuv, all the recent editors (except Bloomf.) substitute
aituv, 'A. B. 0. a 24. /3 G. Compl. Vulg. Copt. Aeth. Syr. Arm.
Ar. P. Slav. MSS.' — evidence much larger than what Bloomf
very often, and twice already in this verse, deems sufficient.
I recommend that the change be adopted : their. In death, as
in life, the witnesses arc conformed to their Lord. Matt. 10 : 25.
Comp. V. 12, N. f
' The E. V. they may have come from the Erasmian ol before
ix tuv iev^v. — W. (some) ;-Vu1g. and Syr. (supply nothing),
Germ, (etliche), Dt. (de menschen), It. (gli uomini), Fr. S.
(il y en aura . . . qui) ;-Pagn., Castal., Bez., Par., Vitr., homi-
lies), Engl. Ann. (' Or, some ... for all could not come to see
them ; see ch. 5 : 9 and 7 : 9.' This supplement of rivis is
adopted also by Grot., Cocc, Beng., Wesl., Moldenh., Wakef,
Thorn., AH., Sharpe, Bloomf, Treg., Murd. marg.), Dodd. (per-
sons). Herd., Jley., De W., (viele), Greenf, Lord, Kenr., Ebr.,
(as Vulg.).
J See ch. 7 : 9, N. d.
k See ch. 1 : 7, N. k.
1 All the recent editors read ^•Kirtoveiv (A. B. C. 'a 26. (3 6.
Compl.' I recommend that this reading be adopted, and that
the word, shall, be omitted.
" See V. 8, N. c.
- See 2 Pet. 2: 14, N. f.
» Lachm., Treg., Words., read a^iovai, (Tisch. a^iovaiv) on
the authority of A. C. and 3 cursive MSS. But the change of
tense might imply tliat, as the refusal of the rites of burial was
intended to put yet more dishonour on the Lord's 'slaughtered
saints,' so it sprang also from the satisfaction felt by their
enemies in gazing on their remains.
EEVELATIOX.
145
KING JAMES VERSION.
not suffer their dead bodies to
be put in graves.
10 And they that dwell upon
the eiir-tli shall rejoice over them,
and make merry, and shall send
gifts one to another ; because
these two prophets tormented
tliern that dwelt on the eartli.
11 And after three days and
an half the Spirit of life from
God entered into them, and they
stood upon their feet ; and great
fear fell upon them which saw
them.
12 And they heard a great
voice from heaven, saying unto
GREEK TEXT.
avTOiv ovK a(l)y]aov(ri T^Orjvai et?
10 Kou o'l KaroiKovuTes iTn. rrjs
yiis xapovaLU eV avroi^, Koi ev-
(PpavOi^aovTar kol Saipa irefx\j/ou-
(TLV aXXrjXoLS, OTi ovtol ol 8vo
7rpo(priTai i^aaavL(rav roi;? kutol-
Kovvra? irrl Tr]9 y^S".
1 1 Kal pera ra^ rpeh i]pepas
KOL 7]ptav, TTi'evp.a ^corj^ €/c tov
Oeov eicrrjXOiv eV avTovs, kou
eaTTjaau eVl rouy noSas avTwv,
Koi (f)o(3of peyas eTrecrei' cttI tov^
Oecopovvras avTOVs.
12 /cat T]Kovaav (pcavrjv peya-
Xrjv (K TOV ovpavov, Xeyovcrav
REVISED VERSION.
not suffer their ^remains to be
put 'into ■'sepulchres.
10 And they that dwell -on
the earth 'shall rejoice over
them, and "shall make merry,
and shall send gifts "to one an-
other ; because these two pro-
phets tormented "those that
dwelt on the earth.
11 And after 'the three da3's
and 'a half the 'spirit of life
from God entered -into them,
and thej' stood upon their feet ;
and great fear 4'ell upon Hhose
who 'beheld them.
13 And they heard a ''loud
voice from heaven, saying unto
p Here, again, the chanj^e of number suggests the di-ccnt
respect to be paid in buiial to the individual bodies, which, in
that relation, are no longer thouglit of as a promiscuous tttufia-
1 Daub., Newc. Alhv.. Sharpe, Treg.
For fivr^iMta all the recent editors substitute ^vr.ixa (' A. B.
o 20. (3 5. Compl. Copt. Aeth. Syr. Arr. Slav, ixvr^/^iiov C. 30.'
Words, cites ihe uncials thus: • fipfifui, 1>. in A. lacuna est inter
■Cfdrimi et xai octo fere literaruni. fn'rifiiov C). I recommend
that this reading be adopted, and translated : a sefulchre. E. V.
uses grave for fii/fif^a only tliis once out of 7 times, and for
jxpiiixiiov 8 times out of 42 ; in the other instances, tomb or
sepulchre -j-li. (^iiwimments) -j-llAmm. (tombs, monuments),
Daub, (the sepulchre), Wakef. (tombs), Newc. Penn, Sharpe.
(a tomb), Woodh., Stu., Lord, Treg., Words, (a monument).
• See ch. 5 : 7, N. a, &c.
' All the recent editors give ^aipovai-v ("A. B. C. a 25. /S 7.
Compl.') I recommend that, in accordance with this reading,
the word, shall, be omitted.
" See V. 7, N. b. Lachm., Hahn, Blooraf., Treg., Words.,
Tisch., read li^paivoptai, ("A. C. 12. 28. 36. ci^pavoivtai. 14. Er.').
But comp. Phil. 1 : 18. Here as in v. 9, the change of tense
intimates that the second thing mentioned is the result of the
one preceding. The making merry and sending gifts to one
another are the ways, in which the}' shall proceed to manifest
their joy.
' Dodd., Wakef., Stu., (each other), Daub., Wesl., Thorn.,
Lord, Treg., Murd.
» Sec ch. 2 : 2, N. li, &c.
' Syr. (= De D. has), Dt., Fr. G. and -M. (ces). Fr. S. ;-
Engl. Ann. (' Or, those'), Coco, (iltus), Wells, Beng., Wesl.,
Herd., Wakef, and Murd. (these), Newc. Woodh., Thorn.. Mej'.,
AUw., Penn, Geil., Sharpe, Ell,, Treg., Stier, De VV^, Hengst,,
ICenr., Ebr.
y See 2 Pet. 2: 14, N. f.
' See -Jude 19, N. 1. Tliat ifsv^ia fu^s is here = n"i''n Plill,
Gen. 0: 17; 7: 15; (.so S>'pt. in both places, and Greenf. here)
&c., appears from the effect that followed. That it di;es not
designate the Holy Spirit, is the view of the Latin verss. (at
least Vitr. alone gives Spin'tus, with a capital S. Castal. vitali,
spirilu), Syr. (= Greenf), Dt. (een geest), Fr. S. (nn esprit) ;-
Engl. Ann., Beng. (ein Lebensodem), Moldenh. (der Atliem),
Herd., Jley., De W., (Lehensgeist), Wakef., Treg., (Ihe breath),
Woodh. (a sp.), Thorn, (a breath), Heinr., Crol., Alln-., Penn,
Gerl. and Ebr. (ein G.), Ell., Stu., KcU., Murd,, Barn., the
Amor. Bible Soc. ;-the lexicons.
» The reading ift avtoiis is rejected by all the recent editors,
of whom Beng., Treg., give aOroij (C. and 4 cursive MSS.) ;
Matth., li; avT'oij; (' B. a 17. /3 4.') ; Giiesb., Knapp, Mej'., Sch.,
Lachm., Hahn, Bloomf., Words., Tisch., Theile, iv aitois (A. and
2 cursive MSS.).
■> For tjteaev, all the recent editors (except Matth., Griesb.,
Knapp, Mey., Sch.) read ('perhaps rightly,' .says Bloomf)
iniiiiaiv (' A. C. a 12. [& 13.] Compl.'). For those who, see
ch. 2: 2, N. h, &c and 2 Pet. 2 11, N. f
' E. v., V. 12 ; &c. ;-Dt. (aanschouwden) ;-Pagn., Castal., Bez.,
Par., Cocc, Vitr., (use speclare;-(oi- the Vulg. ridcre). Berl.
Bib. (anschauelen), Beng. (at v. 12, schaueten), Dodd. (looked
upon), Wakef (the beholders), Woodh., Lord, (those beholding),
Thorn., Allw., Ell., Stu.;-the lexicons.
" See ch. 1 : 10, N. x.
19
146
REVELATION.
KING JAMES VERSION.
them, Come up hither. Aud
they ascended up to heaven in a
cloud ; and their enemies beheld
them.
13 And the same hour was
there a great earthquake, and
the tenth part of the city fell,
and in the earthquake were slain
of men seven thousand : and the
remnant were affrighted, and
gave glory to the God of heaven.
14 The second wo is past ;
GREEK TEXT.
avTOLS, AuajSrjre code. Kal avi-
I3i](rav els tov ovpavov ev rfj ve-
(peXrj, Kol iOewprjaav avrovs ol
i)^0pol avrap.
io Jlat eu eKeivrj tyj cjpa eye-
vero aeiapos fieyas, kol to 8eKa-
Tov TrjS TToXecos eireae, ical arre-
KTav6r]<rav iv tco aeicrfia ovopara
avOpaiToyv ^iXiaSes eTTTo.' icai ol
AoiTTOi ep(poj3oi eyevovTO, koI eda>-
Kav Bo^au T(S Oea tov ovpavov.
14 H oval T] SevTepa dirrjX-
RE VISED VERSION.
them : 'Come up hither. And
they 'went up to heaven in 'the
cloud ; and their enemies beheld
them.
13 And ^in that hour was
there a great earthquake, and
the tenth part of the city fell,
and •'there were 'killed in the
earthquake Jnames of men seven
thousand : and the 'rest 'became
"'afraid, and gave glory to the
God of heaven.
14 The second "woe is past ; '
• The verb is the same in both cases ; but our idiom scarcely
allows, Ascend hilher [here]. And they ascended (Woodh.,
Lord). Still it is desirable to retain something of the resonance
of the original, the ascent itself being the exact and instanta-
neous response, as it were the echo of the voice. — R, ;-foreign
verss. use the same word, except Dt. (komt herwaarts op. En
zij voeren op) ;-Wesl., Wakef., Newc, Penn, Kenr. For
avdjir^ri. Lachm., Bloomf., Treg., Words., Tisch., read awipart
('A. C. 26. 36. 42.').
' As before (v. 8, N. h) in their life and death, so no-.v in their
glorification, the witnesses are as their Lord, Acts 1 : 9. For
them He sends His own chariot. Or, if the reference, which
Midd. required, must be found in this book, it will be ch. 10: 1.
— Dt., It., Fr. S. ;-Daub., Berl. Bib., Herd., Wakcf , AVoodh.,
Thom., Moy., Allw., Greenf, Ell., Lord, Treg., De W., Words.,
Hengst., Ebr.
^ For that, see W., R. ;-Latin verss. (except Castal.), Syr.,
It., Fr. S.;-Dodd., Wesl., Herd., Wakef. {that very), Newc,
Thom., Greenf., Penn, Treg., AVords., Kenr., Ebr. Most of
these also express the h.
^ The verb is kept in its place by R. ;-Latin verss., Germ.,
Fr. G.,-S. ;-Beng., Wesl., AA'oodh., AUw., Greenf., Stu., De W.,
Hengst,, Ebr.
' See ch. 2 : 13, N. c, &c.
) AVhether names of men be here equivalent to heads of men,
persons of men, men (Castal., Bez., Drus., Daub., AYolf., Beng.,
De W., Ebr., &c. ;-Schottg., Schlcus., Bretsch., Rob.) ; or to men
of name (Grell., Wells, Vitr. [who also cites Mede and Laun.],
Newt., Allw., Lord, &c.) ; or to titles, orders, of men (Goodwin,
More, &c.) ; or whether ' it is a very significant manner of speak-
ing, teaching us that God doth not strike men after the manner
of those that play with swords winking, but that He doth set
them down certainly .ind by name, whom He will have beaten
with His rods' ( Brightm. — and there is probably an emphasis
analogous to this in ch. 3 : 4, where the pure in Sardis are re-
ferred to as ovojiara, even their names being well-known and
very dear to the Saviour. Ex. 28 : 9, 21 ; Ps. 147 : 4 ; Is. 40 : 26 ;
John 10 : 3.) ; or whether there bo in it, as connected with
jjatoSfj tTitd, some other, and more recondite, meaning (see
Cocc. and Ell.) ; are questions for the expositor, r.ither than
the translator. The latter must consider himself only the more
bound, by reason of this very diversity, to exhibit the precise
peculiarity of a phraseology and construction, which are not
more unusual in English than in Greek. — The word oro/taro is
literally rendered, and that either as the nominative to the verb,
or in apposition with ;tt!t. as the nominative, by E. V. marg.;-
W., T., C, G., R.;-A'ulg., Syr., Germ., Dt., Fr. S.;-Erasm.,
Pagn., \^at., Engl. Ann., Cocc, More, Vitr., Daub., Beng.. Newc.
marg., AToodh., Thom., Allw., Greenf., A'an Ess, Penn, Sharpe,
Ell., Treg., Kell., Hengst., Kmr., Ebr.
t R. ;-Brightm., Dodd., AVesl., Sym., Wakef., Newc, Thom.,
Penn, Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg., Kenr.
" Dt.;-Berl. Bib., Woodh., Allw., Kist., Stu., Lord, De AT.,
Kenr., Ebr.
" Neither bj- composition, nor by usage (comp. Sir. 19 :
24 [20] with Sept. Deut. 9 : 19 : and Luke 24 : 5 ; Acts 10 : 4 ;
22 : 9 ; 24 : 25 [not, trembled, but, becoming afraid] with Mark
9:0; Heb. 12 : 21), is £ju$0|3oj quite as strong a word as tie(}>of3oj,
nor is it (as commonly explained) a panic frenzy that is here
described, but a religious awe and salutary dread, leading to
repentance. E. V., therefore, errs, not only in changing the
Greek construction to a passive verb, but in making more in-
tense the renderings of the older verss. — AV. (icere sent into
dread), T., C, G., (^were feared), R. (were cast into a fear) ;-
A^ulg. (in timorem sunt missi), Syr. (:= De D. timidi facti
sunt), Fr. S. (fureni saisis de crainte;-ior furent epouvantes
of Fr. G. and M., and effraye of B. and L.) ;-Berl. Bib., De AV.,
Ebr., (voll Furchl;-hr Luth.'s ■wurden . . . erschraken), Beng.
{kamen in Fitrcht), Dodd., AA''esl., Thom., Penn, Stu., {terrified),
Herd., Mi-y., (fiirchteten sich), Woodh., Greenf. (IN"!);), Kist.
(bange). Lord (fearful), Murd., Kenr.
" For woe, see Judu 11, N. a. E. V. and the older verss.
follow the Vulg. in supplying the conjunction, which is omitted
by Syr., Protestant German verss.. Dt., Fr. S. ;-Castal., Cocc,
WelLs, Daub., B. and L., AVesl.. Wakef., Newc, Woodh., Allw.
and the later English verss., Grcent
REVELATION.
147
KIXG JAMES VERSION.
and behold, the third wo Cometh
quickly.
15 And the seventh angel
sounded ; and there were great
voices in heaven, saying, The
kingdoms of this world are be-
come the kingdoms of our Lord,
and of his Christ ; and he shall
reign for ever and ever.
16 And the four and twenty
elders, which sat before God on
their seats, fell upon their faces,
and worshipped God,
17 Saying, We give thee
thanks, Lord God Almighty,
which art, and wast, and art to
come ; because thou hast taken
to thee thy great power, and
hast reigned.
GREEK TEXT.
dei^- ISov Tj oval rj rplrT] €p)(^ETat
15 KAI 6 e^Sofios ayyeXos
ecraXTTLcye, kou lyivovro ^covou
fieya\ai iv rco ovpavco, Xeyovaai,
EyevovTO a\ ^acriAelai tov ko-
(TflOV, TOV KvploV rjpCOV, Koi TOV
XpLCTTOV avTov, Kui jBaaiXivcFei
els Tovs alavas tcov alcovcov.
16 Kai. OL eiKocri kou Teaaa-
pes irpecrlBvTepoL ol ivcoTnop tov
Oeov Kadrjfievoi eVi tovs dpovovs
avTwv, kirecrav iTU Ta wpoacoTra
avTcov, Kol Trpoo-eKvvrjaau tco
Oeco,
1 7 XeyovTef, J^v^apio-TOv/xev
aoi, Kvpie 6 Oeoi 6 iravTOKpa-
TCOp, 6 COU Kol 6 TjV KCU 6 €p)(OfJi€-
V09, OTL e'LXi](j)a9 ttju bvvajxiv aov
TTjv p.eyaXrjv, koi i^acnXevaas.
REVISED VERSION.
behold, the third "woe cometh
quickly.
15 And the seventh angel
sounded ; and there were "loud
voices in heaven, °saying : pThe
kingdoms of ithe world i-are be-
come ' our Lord's and his Christ's,
and he shall reign 'unto the ages
of the ages.
16 And the 'four and twenty
eldei's, "who 'sit before God
"upon their 'thrones, fell upon
their faces, and worshipped God,
17 Saying : We give thee
thanks, 6 Lord God >the Al-
mighty, ^who art, and 'who wast,
"and 'who 'comest ; because thou
hast taken '' thy gi-eat power,
and
reigned.
» See ch. 1 : 10, N. x. For %iyovaa.i., all the recent editors
(except Matth.) read xiyovtis (• A. B. a 12. J3 2.').
P For iylfovTo al ^aai^dai, all the recent editors read cyiirro
i) fiaaCKiia. (' A. B. C. a 27. /3 6. Compl. Yerss.'). I recommend
that this reading be adopted, and translated : the kingdom . . .
is become.
■J See 1 John 3: 17. N. ii. E. V. and the older verss. follow
the Vulg. hvjus, which is unsuitable for voices in heaven, and
is not imitated by Syr., Protestant German verss., Dt., It., Fr.
G.,-M.,-S. ;-Pagn., Castal. and later Latin verss., Brightm.,
Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Woodh.. Thorn., Allw., Grecnf., Penn.
Sharpe, Lord, Treg., Murd.
The noun is not repeated by any of the older English
verss. ;-any foreign version (except B. and L., Fr. S.) ;-Brightm..
Hamra. and Daub, (adopt the form above from the older verss.),
Woodh. {Anointed' s), Lord (Messiah's), Kenr.
• See ch. 1 : G, N. g, &c.
' The xai before titsa. is omitted by all the recent editors,
except Matth., ou the authority of A. B. C. ' o 10. /3 5. Compl.
Er.' I recommend that this reading be followed : twenty-fuur.
See ch. 5 : 8, N. e, &c.
" See2Pet. 2:11, N. f.
' Comp. ch. 8: 2, N. d. T., 0., G., R.;-Latin verss. (except
Cocc.), Syr., Dt., French verss. ;-Daub., Berl. Bib. and later
German verss., Treg., '^^ords., JIurd., Kenr. For xae-fi^nvoi,
Matth. and Treg. read xdSr^vtai (B. C. aud more than 20 cursive
MSS. Arm.).
" E. v., next clause. See ch. C : 16, N. b, &c.
* See ch. 4 : 4. N .n, &c.
' Seech. 4: 8, N. k.
' For who, see 2 Pot. 2: 11, N. f; — for the repetition of the
relative, see ch. 4 : 8, N. 1 ; — for comest, see ch. 1 : 4, N. o, &c.
" All the recent editors cancel the words xai i ipxo^iivos, on
the authority of A. B. C. (except that C. has xal) ' o 23. ;3 5.
Compl. Vulg. MSS. Am. Harl. Tol. Aeth. Syr. Ann. ed. Yen.
Ar. P.' I recommend that this reading be adopted, and that
the words, and who comest, be omitted. "' Ncquaquara sub-
jungunt, ut solcbant, et qui ventiirus es ; praesentem jam de-
monstrant' (Ansbert; cited, with others, by Beng.). Comp.
ch. 16: 5, N. z.
*" Our idiom does not require either the E. V. addition of to
tliee, or the equivalent for it, which many provide in rendering
(I'Kritpa.i, accepisti (Vulg., &o.), adeptus (Castal., &c.), received
(T., &c.), assumed (Thom., &c.), resumed (Stu.). The word
simply declares, that the Lord God had now laid hold of the
rod of Ilis strength, which He has ever by Him. Comp. Deut.
32: 41. (Milton, Animadcersions upon the Remonstrant's De-
fense against Sineciymnims, Sect. iv. : ' Take up that unlimited
sceptre, which thy Almighty Father hath bequeathed thee.') —
W. ;-Tt. (presa in mano), Fr. G. (pris), Fr. S. (pris en main) ;-
B. and L. marg. (as Fr. G.). Bcng., Moldenh., Herd.. Stolz,
Kist,, Van Ess, Mej-., (ergriffen)-ioT Luth.'s nngenommen),
148
REVELATION.
KING JAMES VERSION.
IS And the nations were an-
gry, and thy wrath is come, and
the time of the dead, that they
should be judged, and that thou
shouhlest give reward unto thj'
servants the prophets, and to
the saints, and them that fear
thy name, small and great ; and
shouldest destroy them wiiich
destroy the earth.
19 And the temple of God
was opened in heaven, and there
was seen in his temple the ark
of his testament ; and there were
lightnings, and voices, and thun-
deringf^ and an earthquake, and
great hail.
GREEK TEXT.
18 Kou Ta kOvi-j aypyiaOrjCTav,
Kcu rjXOdv 1] opyr] <rov, Kai 6 Kai-
poS TWV VeKpoiv, Kpl6?]Vai, KCU
Sovvai TOV pL(j6ov Toiis SovXoLS
aov Tois 7rpo(l)i]Tai9, kol rois
dyioi9 Kol Tols (Po^ovpevoi? to
ovopa aov, T0I9 piKpols kcu rolf
peyakoLS, kou SiacftdeLpai rovs
8ia(l)6eipovTas T-qv yrjv.
] 9 KAI rjvoiyr) 6 vaos tov
Oeov iv rep ovpavm, kou cocpOi] 7;
KlficOTOi T1]S 8La67]Kl]S avTov iv
T(S vaw avTov- kol iyevovTO
aaTpairai koI (^covai Kai ^povrai
KCU aiLcrpos koll ^dXa^a peydXr].
REVISED VERSION.
IS And the nations were
''wroth, and thy wrath 'came,
and the time of the dead that
they should be judged, and ^to
gi\'e °the reward unto thy serv-
ants, " the prophets '■ and '■ the
saints, and '■unto 'those 'who
fear thy name, Jfhe small and
Jthe great, and 'to destroy 'those
'who destroy the earth.
19 And the temple of God
was opened in heaven, and there
was seen ^ the ark of 'his 'cov-
enant in ''his temple : and there
were lightnings, and voices, and
'"thunders, and an earthquake,
and great hail.
■^ The verb, indeed, is strictly passive = were angered (not
softened and subdued. Thorn., Stii., trere enraged; Treg.,/iai-e
been angered; &c.; see ch. 12: 17, N. p.) by the tokens, ever
multiplying and growing ever darker, of the divine intervention
and control and judgment to come. But, wralh being the word
for opyjj in the next clause, the passive form has been yielded
for the sake of preserving the marked opposition between the
wrath of the nations and the wrath of God. — W. ;-Latin and
German verss. (except Herd, and De \V.), Syr., Dt., It., Fr. S.;-
Dodd., Wesl., Nenc. and Murd. (angry . . . anger). Woodh.,
AUw., Penn, (wrnt/iful), Ell., Greenf.
• ' No more heralds and precursors.' Comp. Jude 14, N. k. —
The aorist form is retained by W. ;-IIamm., Dodd., Thorn.,
Kist., Van Ess, Stu., De \V.
' W.. R.;-Vulg., Syr., Germ., Dt., Fr. G.,-M,;-Beng., Wesl.,
Herd., Woodh., All., Stu. (in the last instance), Lord, Treg..
De W., Hengst., Kenr., Ebr. Many of these retain the infini-
tive in the case of xftiSrjpai also. But this in English gives rise
to an ambiguity, which is not perfectly remedied by (R., Treg.)
a comma after dead.
^ ' Their reward, promised of old, and in the hope of which
they toiled and suflered ' — Germ., Dt,, It,, French verss. ;-
Daub., Beng,, Lowm,, Moldenh. {ihren), Wakef., Woodh,, Thom.,
AUw., All,, Ptnn, Lord, Treg., De W., Words, (their), Hengst.,
Ebr.
^ I punctuate according to the view, which regards rotj
Jov^otf and toij fo^ov^lipo•,s as two general designations, each
comprising the two classes appended to it. — The sign of the
dative is omitted before rotj ay., by T., C, G., R. ;-Wesl.,
Stu., Murd.: and repeated before rotj fo^., by T,, C, G., R. ;-
Wells, Daub., Dodd., Wcsl., Wakef., Newc, Woodh., Thom.,
Allw., Penn, Sharpe, Ell., Stu., Murd.
' For those, see ch. 2: 2. N. h, &c.; — for trho, see ch. 1: 5,
N. V, &c. and 2 Pet. 2 : 11, N. f.
' Germ, (omitting the second article ;-and so Herd., All.,
De W.), Dt., Fr. S. ;-Daub,, Beng., Moldenh., Wakef, Woodh.,
Mey., AUw., Greenf., Treg., Hengst., Murd., Kenr., Ebr. See
ch. 1.3 : 16, N, b.
^ In the repetition, t^ foci, (which B. and L. seem to have
reckoned an inelegance, as they at once exchange it for y )
there is an emphasis, which both the position and the airoi
.strengthen. 'In God's innermost sanctuary, where He himself
abides, there is laid up the ark of His covenant.' — r^ roy is kept
in its place by W., R. ;-Latin verss., Syr., Dt., It., Fr. G..-M.,
-S. ;-Beng., Dodd., Moldenh., Heid., Newc, Woodh., Mey.,
AUw., Greenf., Penn, Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg,, De W.. Murd.,
Kenr., Ebr.
1 For covenant, see G. ;-Dt., It., Fr. G.,-M. ;-almost all the
verss. and commentaries belonging to this division of the au-
thorities, together with the lexicon.^. Of the English verss.
Words, alone retains testament ; and Hengst., while he adopts
the same word from Luth., vindicates the sense of Bund.
For the avroi after Sto9., Matth., Griesb., Sch., read toi xupi'ov,
which, or simply xvpiov, is sustained by B. ' a 26. /3 5. Compl.
Aeth. perhaps.'
'" For thunders, see ch. 4: 5, N. t. The words xai ecta/iof
are cancelled by Tisch., on the authority of • B. a 20. j3 4. CompL
Arr,'
Dodd, (adding to thyself us a supplement), Wesl., Wakef. (for
taking), Sharpe, Treg., Kenr., Ebr. (genommen).
• 'Shown Thyself as King, begun to reign.' See ch. 19: 6.
N. d; and comp. Ps. 93: 1; 96: 10; 97: 1; 99: 1, in all of
which places the Heb. has 'nia ; and the Sept., ijiaai^tvae. —
Stu. and Lord do not repeat the hast.
REVELATION.
149
KING JAMES \-ERSION.
CHAP. XII.
And there appeared a great
wonder in heaven ; a woman
clothed with the sun, and the
moon under her feet, and upon
her liead a crown of twelve stars :
2 And she, being with child,
cried, travailing in birth, and
pained to be delivered.
3 And there appeared another
wonder in heaven ; and behold,
a great red dragon, having seven
heads and ten horns, and seven
crowns upon his heads.
4 And his tail drew the third
part of the stars of heaven, and
did cast them to the earth : and
GREEK TEXT.
CHAP. XII.
Kai (rrj/xeLOv fxeya uxpdi] ev rw
ovpavw, yvw] Trepi^e^Xij/xevij tou
rjAiou, Koi rj creXiivr] VTroKarco tu)v
TToScoi' avrrj'i, kou (ttI ttj? KecfyaAij^
avrr^S arli^avos aarepcov SaySeKa-
J, Kai if yacTTpL i^ovaa, Kpa-
^iL (JoSivovaa, kol fiaaavL^ofievrj
3 Kai a)(p0r] aXAo a-rj/xeioi' Iv
T(o ovpavu), KOL l8ov 8paK(ou fjie-
ya's TTvppos, k^ci)u K€(f)aXa9 iirra
Koi Kepara BeKa- koi eVt ra? /c«-
(jyaXas' avTOv SiaSrj/xaTa eVra"
4 KOL rj ovpa auTOV avpei to
Tpirov Tav aarepuiv rov ovpavov,
KOU efiaXeu avrovf els Trjv yrju.
REVISED VERSION.
CHAP. XII.
And • a great "sign 'was seen
in heaven ; a woman clothed with
the sun, and the moon under her
feet, and 'on her head a crown
of twelve stars ;
2 And '' being with child she
'crieth, 'travailing, and pained
to ^bring forth.
-3 And there "-was seen an-
other 'sign in heaven; and be-
hold a great red dragon, having
seven heads and ten horns, and J
upon his heads seven *diadems ;
4 And his tail 'drags the tliird
part ot" the stars of heaven, and
■"it " cast them ninto the earth.
• The Greek order is kept by W., R. ;-Vu1g.. Syr., Fr. G.,
-M.,-S. ;-Erasm., Vat., Hamm., Cocc, Vitr., Daub., Wesl.,
Herd., Wakef., Newc, AVoodh., Thotn., Mey., Penn, Sharpe.
Stu., Lord, Treg., De W., Murd., Kenr., Ebr.
'' E. V. marg.; ch. 15: 1; and generally ;-AV., R. ;-foreign
yerss. (except Castal., B. and L. In the margin the latter have
signe.) ;-Brightra., Ilamm., Daub., Dodd., Wesl., Woodh..
Thorn., Scott, All(v. marg.. Sharpe, Ell., Lord, Trench (see
Notes on the Miracles, pp. 10-13.), JIurd., Kenr.
' For was seen, see E. V., ch. 11 : 19 ; 1 Cor. 15 : 5-8 ;-Dt. ;-
Hamm., Daub., Beng., Wesl., Woodh., Thorn., AlUv., Sharpe,
Lord, Treg., Murd., Ebr. For on, see ch. 5 : 7, N. a, &c.
■' Of those who retain the participle, the subject is put next
to its verb by R. ;-WesI., Woodh., Thorn., Penn, Stu., Lord,
Treg., Murd.. Kenr., Ebr.
' The present tense is employed by W. ;-Fi-. S. ;-Erasm.,
Tat., Brightm., Beng., Wesl., Matth., Woodh. {cries out).
Thom., Treg., (crielh out), Sharpe, Lord (cries), Words., Ebr.
Matth., Sell., Lachm., read tVpaf f r (■ txpa^iv B. a 7. ;3 2. Ixpaiftf
C. a 20. 13 3. Coinpl. Vulg. ed.' [Am. has : et damans . . . cru-
ciatiir.] 'Syr. Aeth.'). Lachm. also prefixes xai, ('A. C).
"■ For travailing, without in birth, see R. ;-Brightm., Hamm.
and Dodd. (in travail). Xewe. (being in t.), Sharpe, Treg.,
Murd. (and travailed).
' E. v., vv. 5, 13; &c. ;-Brightm., Newc, Wood., Lord (de-
liver), Murd. (bringing f.) ;-Rob.
'' See V. 1, N. c.
' See V. 1, N. b.
J The Greek order is retained by W., R.;-foreign vers.s. ;-
Daub., Dodd., Wakef., Woodh.. Thorn., Alhv., Penn, Sharpe,
Ell., Stu., Lord, Treg., Murd., Kenr.
'' The distinction, which some regard as of symbolical signi-
ficance, between 6ia8);f<a and orsfaioj, is here observed in trans-
lation by W., R. ;-Latin and French verss., Syr., Dt.. It. ;-Daub.,
Berl. Bib., Beng., Wesl., Jloldenh., Herd., Wakef., Woodh.,
Mey., Stolz, Van Ess, Ell., Lord, Treg., De W., Murd., Kenr.;-
the lexicons.
1 On Acts 14: 19 Valckcnaer has this note: '■'it.xii.v est Quo-
raodocunque trahere, avftiv vero ^laiMj h.xuv.'' And Tittm.,
p. 58: 'Simplex ovprir raris.sime reperitur apud scriptores grae-
co.s, nisi ubi notio violcntiae in trahendo adjuncta sit.' E. V.
retains the proper force of the word in John 21:8; Acts 8:3;
and should have done so also in Acts 14 : 19 ; 17 : 6. — It. [slras-
cinaca), Fr. M. (enlrainait);-^. and L. (entraina), Berl. Bib.,
Beng., (use schleppen), Wakef., Thom., (dragged), Woodh.
(draweth along), Penn (swept away), Stu., Murd., (drew
along), De W. (raffte), Words, (siveeps). Barn. (' the main
idea here is undoubtedly that of power.'), Ebr. (rafft). The
present tense is retained by Syr., Fr. S. ;-Erasm., Vat.. Daub.,
Beng., Wesl., Newc. marg., Woodh., Treg., Words., Hengst.,
Ebr.
° The pronominal nominative is inserted by Fr. S. ;-Woodh.
(he), Kenr.
" The auxiliary did is not found in W., T., C, G., R. ;-Dodd.,
Wesl. (casteth), Wakef., Newc, Woodh., Thom., Penn, Sharpe,
Stu., Lord, Murd., Kenr.
» For untn, see ch. 8 : 5, N. p, &c. ;— for who. see 2 Pet. 2:11,
N. f.
150
REVELATION.
KINO JAMES VERSION.
the dragon stood before the wo-
man which was ready to be de-
livered, for to devour her child
as soon as it was bom.
5 And she brought forth a
man-child, who was to rule all
nations with a rod of iron : and
her child was caught up unto
God, and to his throne.
6 And the woman fled into
the wilderness, where she hath
a place prepared of God, that
GREEK TEXT.
KciL O BpOLKCOV e(TTr)K€V ivCOTTlOU
Trjf yvvouKos Trjs fii\Xovcn)f T€-
Kilv, iva OTaV TiKY], TO TiKVOV
avTTjf Karcifpayrj.
•5 /cat tTiKev v'lou clppeva, os
fieXXei woinalveiv iravra ra kdirq
€v pa^?xo cTit-qpfj.' kcil rjpTrafTdr)
TO TtKvov avTrji Trpos TOV Otov
KfU TOV dpovop avTov.
6 KCIL T) yvin) iCpuyiu (Is ttjv
iprjpiOV, (fiTOV f-XiL TOrjTOV rjTOL-
p/i(Tp^vov uiro TOV Oeov, Ivrx (Kel
REVISED VERSION.
And the dragon stood before the
woman "who was fabout to
ibring forth, 'that, -when 'she
''brought forth, 'he might devour
her child.
5 And she brought forth a
'male child, who 'is to 'tend all
'the nations with J-an iron rod :
and her child was caught 'away
"to God and " his throne.
6 And the woman fled into
the wilderness, 'where she hath
a place prepared ■'by God, that
i> See ch. 10: 7, N. y, &.C. Dwld,, Wakef. (going), Newc,
Woodh., ADw.. Penn, Ell , Sto., I»rd, Treg., Murd.
1 See T. 2, X. g.
' The Grck constmction is retained by Vi ., R. ;-Latin and
German rerss. (except All.), Syr., Dt.. It.. Fr. S. ;--Daa>.., Dodd..
WeHl.. Wakef., Newc. W'cxjdh., Thom.. All'^r., Penn, Stu., Lord,
MurJ., Kcnr.
• The Grcfk order is retained hy W., P». ;-T>atin and German
yerss". (except All.), Syr., It., Fr. S. ;-Daub., Dodd., We.sl.,
"VVakef., Newc, Woodh., Thorn., Allvr., Penn, Stu., Lord, Murd.,
Ke,,,.. — Por wlien. sec W., R. ;-forcign verss. ;-TJodd. and the
later English (except Sharpc, Words.). Nowhere else does
E. V. render iytav (i» sorm (US. except John 16; 21. Comp.
ch. 10: 10, N. m. There, as here, E. V. follows T., C, G.
« The stiVjstitiition of a passive verb for rixs, in whicli E. V.
follows T., C, O., appears nowhere else, except in Hamm.,
Wells, Sharpe, Word.i.
" Lit. a ttoti. a male. Comp.. in the Hebrew, Is. C6: 7 and
Jer. 20 : 15. Tne -isT ',2 of the latter place i« here followed by
the Syr. and Greenf.— I.Alin Terss. (^/t'ttOT itmmcm/wot ;-cxcept
CaHfal., Cocc, V'itr. f. margin), (jKTTa. {einen Sohn, ein
Kri/thUin). l)l.(maitm(ijken zorni), \i.{figliwil maschvi). Fr. G.
{mfanl m&le), Fr. M. (//«), Fr. S. (/.. m&U) ■,-!&. and L. (as
Fr. G.), Ijeng. (m&nnlichen Sohn), Moldenh., De W., (H.),
Herd., Mey., (S., den Knaben), Wakef. (sm), Newc, Woodh.,
Thom. (masctdine son), Stolz (S., da» m&nnliche Kind),
Kis'. (K., einen S.). Goss. (m&nnl. K.), All. (.»., ein M&nn-
lein). Penn, Lord, Ileng.Kt. (as Germ,), Mard., Kenr., Ehr.
(in his Comment, follows the text. rec. ; but in the ver.sion,
einen S., ein Msmnliches, he adopts Lachm.'s reading, wm ifnitv
['A. C.'i);-Rob.
» The present tense of fii'txii h retained by It., Fr. 0.,-M.,
-S. ;-Daub., Benj., Woodh., Thom., Allw., Lord, Treg., De W.,
Kell., Ebr.
• See ch. 2 : 27, N. r, &c. Uerigit. : ' Instead of the bruising
the geer, after the LXX,, has tending. Not at all throagh
mistake or caprice. In the original passage itself alltwion is
made to the tending, the word which signifies: Thoti icilt
bruise, differing not in the cbn.sonants, but only in the pronnn-
ciation, from: Tluni will tend. By means of this significant
allasion. as if it were. Thou will tend to pieces (zer-ueiden), it
is intimatef] that the profxrr office of the Anointed is to tend
(Pf. 78; 71, 72). but that upon their smful ffiid pro quo,
refractoriness inatcail of joyful obedience, there ensues a right-
eous quill pro fpio on the part of tlie Anointed. The twofold
expression could in Greek be rendered only as a single one, and
the tenrling, i;.sed with a certain irony, is in the main quite
suitable.'
' Syr., Dt., It., French 7ersg. ^Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Newc,
Woodh., Thom., Allw., Greenf., Penn, E!!., Stu., Treg., Kcnr.
y See ch. 2: 27, N. s.
• On 2 Cor. 12: 2 Campb. properly remarks, that ofndl^u ia
'expressive more of the suddenness of the event, and of his
(the apostle's) own passivenes.s, than of the direction of the
motion.' Nor is the word so rendered as to indicate direction
in E. v.. Matt. 13: 10 ; Acts 8 : 3f) ; &c. ;-W. ;-any foreign rer-
sion, except perhaps the French, whose ambiguous enleri is,
howerer, exchanged by the Fr. S. for rati ;- Wakef,, Thom. }-
the lexicons.
• W.. R. ^Brightm., Dodd. and later rerss. (except Allw,_
Sharpe, Words.)
*> Before tin 9fov., all the recent erlitors insert jtpoj (.\. B. C.
'a 24. 3 3. Cornpl. Vulg. Copt. Aeth. Syr. Arm. Arr. Slav.
MSS.'). I recommond that this reading be adopted : to.
' After txti, all the recent editors (except Lachm.) insert
(Treg. in bracket*) the word ixtl (A. B. 'a 25. 3 5. Compl-
Slav. MSS.'), thus forming a Ilebrai.stic pleonasm similar to
that in v. 14 ; ch. 3 : 8 (N. t) ; 7 : 2, 9 ; 17 : 9 ; 4c.
'» Sec 2 Pet. 2: 19, N. 1.
REVELATION.
151
GRBEIx TEXT.
REVISED VERSIOX.
KING JAMES VERSIOX. I
thov sliould tlwi her there a Tpffjxoatv airrijv ijfif'pas X'^'*'"' 't''*"'"'^ '''»T should 'nourish her
thousjxnil two hundred <7«</ three- ^,<jjjO(;./„j. ('C,J^.o,T-a a ihousjind two hundred and
score day
7 And there was war in heav-
^sixty days.
7 And there was war in heav-
en : " Mieliael and his angels
'fought against the dragon, '
and the drasou fouffht and his
7 Kai eytVero TroAf juof eV r^
en: Miehael and his angels fought ovpaixo- 6 .l/ivo»;A Kai o't ayy«Aot
asrainst the drasjou ; and the , ~', . / ' v ~ ^ '
,- X- 1 "J 1 • 1 avTov (TroAfiiriiTav Kara tov opa-
drasou tousrht and his angels, , " ' , , , ^
" I KOjTOf , Kai opCLKCoi' i7roA(pi)iT€, augels.
/ j Koi 01 ayyeAot avrov,
S And prevailed not : neither S Kat ovk itrxucrar, oure t6~os \ ^ And nhey prevailed not,
was their place touud any more fiW^„ a{rr^i> (ti (v rm ovpaici. ■*u<^"l>'^'»- ^\«^\ their place found
in heaven. v r i j^j^^. ,,^j^,.j, „, jjoavon.
9 And the great dragon was koi e,dAv^>; 6 ^ipoKwi' o fxi- "i> And 'that great dragon was
c-Ksr our tli-ir ol.l sernent c-»lled ' *" jk • " - ' „\,' 'cast, that old serpent, "'wilich is
castour.ui.il oiu m ipini. i.tiuu y^^, ^ ^y0^^ ^ ap\aiof, o kclAov- ,, . , , •, i o i
the Devil, and Satan, which d,- '^ , ^ , , ^-k- - called the .Wil. and ^atan. -who
ceiveth the whole world: he was ff^^o,^ -^tjtpoXo',, Kat o^aravaf, decciveth the whole world, he
\ o irXavaiv -njv otKOvixeinjv oAj;i',
• The adverb is kept In-ibrv tho wrl> by K. ;-L*tin and Oor-
ra»n Tcrss., Syr., Dt., Fr. S, ;-W<XHlh. (/*<•« should Iheiv)
Sliarpo, Stu. (thty miifhi thfirX Lord. Trejr. Otliers, n-ndorins
r,M^v'ir by a jvv<sivi< onistruotion. inUvdiice tho adverb be-
tween the auxiliary und the main verb.
' E. v.. V. U : Acts 12 : iW ; .lames 5 : 5 ^-tAerman verss. (use
eriiAhrfii). It. (,<i<i nudritii). Fivnch vorss, (u-:e HOi/rnV) ;-
Castal.. Bei.. Drus., Grot , Kos.. (use ij.Vif for tlie Vulg. p<jiVii\
Coco.. Vitr., (use mitriir). DixU., AVakof. (/o bt supported).
WovMih., Thoui., Stu., Lonl, Treg., .Miir»I,. Rirn.
« Stiech. 11: 3, N.j.
» Exoeiit Matth., who has nAiuisat ("B. ail. (S5. .\cth.
Syr. -Vrr.'). all tlie nwnt editors, for iH<i>.ini;3ar. give toC
ff<A(,u^tia<- on tho auiliovity of A. C, nine cursive MSS., and
Coiiipl. ; and this latter rtadini; 1 rocviinmend for adoption.
E«\ and Zull. tind in it an imitation ol" a Hebrew use of the
inliuitivo with 5 prctLxeil to denote apftMiitnitDi. oblig-iition
= p:ig-iutndiii)i erat; and with this Stu. agrees; his own alter-
native (to supply u^*^ from vt. 1, 2) yielding no light. Bong,
and Ilcinr. supply ifuai- = onuifs ft toti iiUmti erant in pu^-
nam; Lacke, iyircrto (out of i-^Utro) = a/ipeitrwi, came.
AViii. thinks it prvilwWe, De W. cortain, tliat tho tejit is cor-
rupt; tlie former. indec<l. suggestinsr. th.it Michafl <i:u{ his
(Ut^ls might possibly be rvgnixlol as intrvviuci\l parenlhotioally,
and iy»nTo HoXiuoi as then t:iki>n up again in tlie fonn toi «ox.
Assnming the corrx.vtness of the text, I prefer to construe u M.
xai « o')-7'. derov as absolute nominatives, with the jwrtieiplo of
the substantive verb iniderstoiul ; .Michael and his a»irels
belonging- to. beintr on thg'side oj'. roC .tox. xrX. = Michail
and his aiisels lighting-. &c.. which 1 projuwe for tho version:
and in that c.ise 1 recommend that tho pune(u»tion W i-h;inge»l
to a i-omm-v ador hearen and a semicolon after tho lirsl
dragon. — Syr. (has tho llcb. construction, to which Ew. n^
fers) ;-Bcng. (halten zii stiviten), Wiwdh. (for to Jight).
Sharpe, Lord, (jii'A/ui^), Trcg. {to irar).
' Exceptutg Bloomf.. all the rectnit etlitors, for xoroi hare
utra (• .\. B. C. o 26. .3 5. Oomp!.'). 1 rtcommend ihat this
reading be adopteil. and iranslatetl: vilh. Si-e ch. 2: U>, N. q.
1 The change of number is ni.wkerl in \V„ R,;-I^lin verss.
(oxivpt Castal.). Germ.. Dt„ Fr, S. ^Brightm., Engl. Ann.,
B. and L.. Do<id., llonl.. Newc, Givcnf.. All., ronn. Kenr.,
Ebr. The rojiding i.-<xv3!<r (' A. a 22. ,a 3. Compl. Copt. Acth.
Erp.') is adopter! by all tho recent eililors, escv>pt BIoomfT
L,«lira., Tisoh. Fi\r ovr». all the recent editors give oiii
(A. B.C. -a IS. .3 5. Compl.').
» See 1 John 2: 7. X, o. Ac. E. V., next clause j-W., R,;-
Utin verss., Syr. ;-\Vakef., All. (jentr). Kenr.
I Exivpt in (his verse, E, V, nowhere adds out to tho proper
me.iniiig of .3axx..i. Si-e v. IS; .'ic. ;-Syr. (as in ch. 19: 20;
Malt, 17:27). Dt,. It., Fr, S. ;-U.imm., l\xv, (coi)Jfi-tus;-toT
ptvjixtus of tlie other verss,), Berl. BiK, Bong., Kist., De AV.,
llengst., (ivifoiyiii ;-for Luth.'s aj/.'t.cciror/cii), Xowc, (marks
out as supplioil), Ebr, (I'l-jf/ilr:*) )-Rol»'! *«• Comp, ch, IS:
21, X. >i. Hero tho lirst «3>j;«r does not of itself form a com-
plete statement, tho announoument of the direction in wh-ch tho
dragon was c;vst being su<pendod, \inlil his j>erson:>!ity is dotcr-
mint-<l. and the idea of coming peril (V. 12) enh:U>cotl, by refer-
onco to his namo.s, and former history, and present working
among men, llengst,, indee>l, cites v. 10 as evidence of tho
completeness ami indeiKUideniV of tho first clausiN assuming
that tho true n-ading there is i,3>j;r>r (• .\. B, C. a 22. )3 (J,") J
which, however, h.vs not been received by tJriesb. or Sch.
■" The relative c\'»nstruolion is adopted by E. V. in the next
clause; ,'tc. :-\V., U. :-foreign verss. (except Fr. G..-M.,-S.,
Bong.. Greenf.);-\Vesl., Woodh., Tliora., .\llw., Penn. Stu.,
Lorxl. Treg., Muni,, Kenr.
Sec 2 Tot, 2: 11, X. f.
152
REVELATION.
KING JAMES VERSION.
cast out into the earth, and his
angels were cast out with him.
10 And I heard a loud voice
saying in heaven, Now is come
salvation, and strength, and the
kingdom of our God, and the
power of his Christ : for the ac-
cuser of our brethren is cast
down which accused them before
our God day and night.
11 And they overcame him
by the blood of the Lamb, and
by the word of their testimony ;
and they loved not their lives
unto the death.
12 Therefore rejoice, ijc heav-
GREEK TEXT.
ifiXi^Orj et? TTjv yrju, kol o'l ayye-
A.OL avTov /xer avTov ifiXi]6rjaav.
10 Kcu TjKovaa (f)covr]v fieya-
Xrjv Xiyovaav iv tco ovpavw,
'Apri iyevero r] (rcoTrjpia kou
Tj Suva/jLif KOL rj l3aa-iXeLa rod
Oeov rifxcov, kcu i) e^ovaia rov
Xpiarov avTOv- on Kare^Xijdi]
6 Karrjyopos toov a5eA(^wi' i)p,wv,
6 KaTrjyopu)v avTwu ivcoTTLOv rov
Oeov i]pu)v y fie pas Koi vvktos-
11 KOL avTol evLKrjcrav avTov
8ia TO aipa tov apviov, kcu Sia
Tov Xoyov TYjs p.apTvpias avTcov,
Kol ovK r^yairrjcrav ti]v y^V)(r]v av-
tS)v a^pt^ Oavarov.
12 8ia. TOVTO ev^ppaivecrBe o'l
REVISED VERSION.
was 'cast "unto the earth, and
his angels were 'cast with him.
10 And I heard a loud voice
I'saying in heaven : Now is come
■"the salvation, and ^the '■power,
and the kingdom 'of our God,
and the 'authority »of his Christ :
for tiie 'accuser of our brethren
'is cast down, 'who accused them
before our God day and night.
11 "They, "too, overcame him,
""because of the blood of the
Lamb, and ""because of the word
of their testimony ; and they
loved not their 'life unto " death.
12 Therefore rejoice, »ye heav-
» E. v., V. 13; &c. See ch. 8: 5, N. p^ Sic.
p All the recent editors have iv r^ oip. xiy. (A. B. C. 'a 17.
(3 6. Compl. Verss.'). I recoumioml tliat this reading be
followed : in heaven saying-: .
"> Foreign verss. ;-Daub., Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Woodh.,
Thorn, and Murd. (have only the second article), AUw., Penn.
Sharpe and Stu. (have only the first), Ell., Lord, Treg., Words.
See 2 Pet. 2: 11, N. h. E. V. generally, and always else-
Tvhere in doxologies;-Daub., Dodd., Wakef., Woodh,, Penn,
Stu., Lord, Treg., Murd.
Or the genitives tov &iov and rov 'Kpi.atoi may be con-
strued with iyt'i/ffo, as in ch. 11: 15. For aulkorily, see
ch. 2: 26, X. p, &c. Latin vers?., except Castal., (poiesias).
Syr. (= De D. potestas = Greenf. n'sd'S'a); It. (^podcstd),
Ft. S. (^autorite) ;-Berl. Bib., Beng., Moldcnh., Stolz, Van Ess,
Kist., Mey., De W., Ebr., (GewaU;-ror Luth.'s jl/ac7iO, Dodd.,
Wakef., Woodh. (rule), Thorn., Penn, Ell., Stu. and Muid.
{dominion). Lord, Treg.
' The form xa-r»;yup (" A.'), which Beng. marks as plane
genuina, is adopted by other recent editors, except Jlatth.,
Bloomf , Words. For xatifir-rfirj, see v. 9, N. 1. For who,
see 2 Pet. 2: 11, N. f.
n 'Even they, whom Satan accused, were themselves made
partakers of the divine triumph.' See 2 Pet. 1 : 14, N. z, ifcc,
and 1 John 1 : 7, N. x, &c. — Vulg. {et ipsi), Syr. (= et iUi),
It. {ma essi) ;-Erasm., Vat., Aret., Cocc. Vitr., {as f'ulg.),
Pagn., Bez.. Par., Eichh., {sed ipsi), Castal. {illi), Brightm.,
Wakef., Newc, {but ihey), Herd., Mey., {Sie selbst), Treg.
{and they).
"° E. v., Matt. 13 : 21 ; 17 : 20 ; &c. ; and in this book comp.
all the places, in which Sid is followed by the accusative (as
ch. 1: 9; 2: 3; 4: 11; 6: 9; &p.). except the present text, and
ch. 13: 14;-W. (/or) ;-Vulg. {propter), Syr., Fr. G..-M..-S.,
(d cause rfe) ;-Erasm., Pagn., Vat., Drus., Par., Giot., Cocc,
Giell., Ros., (as Viilg.). Engl. Ann. ( Or, fur'). Daub, (in the
Comment.), Beng. (von wegen;-to which Hengst. assents as
more exact than durch, and also cites Beng.'s note : ' This blood
purified the brethren from all sin, and so the accus^er could in
nothing more gain an advantage over them . . . The word they
believed, and, because they believed, they also spoke and gave
testimony to it and suffered all for it ; 2 Cor. 4: 13.'), Treg. ;-
Win. § 53. c, Rob. See ch. 13 : 14, X. n. Here E. V. follows
T., C. G., R. ;-Bez. {per).
' The singular is found in Vulg. Cod. Am., Syr., German
verss., Dt., It., Fr. S. ;-Era.sm. and later Latin verss. ;-Daub.,
B. and L., Wakef., Woodh., Thom., AUw., Bloomf., Stu., Lord,
Treg., Jlurd.
" ' To the last extremity, death, the love of the disciple and
the fidelitj' of the witness overcame the love of life, and of all
its interests.' — Wells, Daub., Wakef., Xewc, Woodh., Thorn.,
Midd., AUw., Penn, Sliarpe, Ell., Stu., Lord, Treg.. Murd.,
Kenr. ' Unto the death,' may no doubt be defended against
Midd. as an English idiom (Bloomfy) ; but it is not required as
a translation of o;^pt Bavdrmi.
* The ye ought not to be marked as supplied, it being no
more than an equivalent for the idiomatic article. Only Matth.
and Treg. omit this first ol, on the authority of B. C. ' a 15. /3 4.'
— E. v., next clause ; &c. ;-German verss., Dt. ;-modern English
verss., except Penn and Words. Comp. ch. 15 : 3, X. o.
REVELATION.
153
KING JAMES VERSION.
ens, and ye that dwell in them.
Wo to the inliabiters of the
earth, and of the sea ! for the
devil is come down unto you,
having great wrath, because he
knoweth that he hath but a short
time.
13 And when the dragon saw
that he was cast unto the earth,
he persecuted the woman which
brought forth the man-c/iikh
14 And to the woman were
given two wings of a great eagle,
that she might fly into the wild-
erness, into her place, where
she is nourished for a time, and
times, and half a time, from the
face of the serpent.
15 And the serpent cast out
of his mouth water as a flood,
GREEK TEXT.
OVpaVOL KUL OL tV aVTOLS (TKrjVOVV-
res. ovai tol^ KaroiKovcri ttji' yr]v
Kou. TTju OaXaacrav, on Kare^rj 6
8iaj3oXof irpos v/jlo.^ e-^cov Ovfxov
€\8u)S
on
bXiyov
Kaipov
fieyav,
13 Kou 0T€ eiSeu 6 SpaKcov on
i^XrjOr] els ttju yr]v, eStcw^e nqv
yvvaxKa r]ns ercKe tov appeva.
14 KaL eSodr/aav rfj yvvaiKL
8vo TTTepvyes tov aerov tov fie-
ydXov, Iva TTiTrjTUL et? T7]u eprj/xou
ety Tou TOirov avTrjs, oirov Tpecpe-
TUL €Kei Kaipov, KaL Kaipov9, Kai
rifiLcrv Kaipov, airo Trpoa-coirov tov
6060)$" :•.
15 Kal elSaXeu 6 t>0iy ottictco
TTjS yvvaLKOi e/c tov CTToJiaros
REVISED VERSION.
ens, and ye >\vho 'tabernacle
"therein. 'Woe to "those "who
"inhabit the earth and the sea !
for the devil is 'gone down unto
you, having great wrath, "know-
ing that he hath • little time.
13 And when the dragon saw
that he was cast unto the earth,
he persecuted the woman 'that
brought forth the ^male chihl.
14 ^nd '•there were given to
the woman ' two wings of "the
great eagle, that she 'should fly
into the wilderness, into her
place, where she is nourished for
a time, and times, and half a
time, from the face of the ser-
pent.
15 And the serpent cast ^ after
the woman out of his mouth
y Dodd., Thorn., Stu., Lord, Kenr.
' See cli. 7 : 15, N. g, and 13 : G, N. a. Fr. S. (dressez vos
tentes) ;-Engl. Ann. {dwell as in a tent). Cocc. [tabertiaculmn
incolitis), Berl. Bib. (Hiitten habt), Ew. ('verbum libro huic
peculiare de iis qui securo in coelo commorantur ; in coelo enim
dci numen praesens tugnrii instar est ipsos in tuguriis niino-
ribus habitantcs tegentis et muuientis.'). Kell., Heng.st. ('eig.
Zelten^), Ebr. (Hiitten haben). Others, as Brightm., advert
in like manner to the etymological meaning.
' E. v., ch. 13: 12; &c. ;-R. ;-Germ., Dt., Fr. G. (j/:-and so
M., S.);-Berl. Bib., Herd., Woodh., May., All., Sharpe, Stu..
De W., Hengst., Murd. {there). For woe, see Jude 11, N. a.
" See ch. 8: 13, N. q, &c., and 17: 2, N. k. But all the re-
cent editors cancel the words, toli xatoixovai, on the authority
of A. B. C. ' Vulg. Copt. Aeth. Syr. Arm. Arr. Slav. MSS.,'
and (except Treg. and Lachm.) change trjv yr^v xal trjp ed7.aaaav
into f^ yjj xai ty 6a\aaarj (' B. a 22. j3 G. y 3. Compl.'). I re-
commend that the words, those who inhabit, be omitted, and
that the sign of the dative be repeated before the sea.
■= The voice was in heaven. Comp. E. V., ch. 4: 1; 11: 12.
— ^.{descended) ;-Latin verss. (descendit), Syr., It. {disceso),
, French verss. {descendxi) ;-Wakef., Thorn., Van Ess and Kist.
{hinab fiihr), Mey., De W., {hinabgestiegen), Greenf. (I'l"'):
Lord.
^ The participle is retained by W., R. ;-Vu!g., Dt., It., French
verss. ;-Erasm., Vat., Castal., Cocc, Daub., Wakef., Newc,
Woodh., Thorn., Allw., Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg., Kenr., Ebr.
' There is nothing for but in W., R. ;-foreign verss. generally ;-
Hamm., Daub., Newc. and Alhv. (mark it as supplied), Woodh.,
Stu., Murd. ; — nor is the indefinite article found in W. ;-German
and French verss., It. For i/«/e, seeE.T., Janies4; 14; &c.;-
W., R. ;-foreign verss., except Castal. ;-namra.. Daub., Wesl.,
Thorn., Penn. Also, at ch. 17 : 10, Dodd., Wakef., Woodh.,
Stu.
' See 2 Pet. 2: 11, N. f.
^ See V. 5, N. u.
■^ See ch. 8 : 2, Jf . e, &c. Here the Greek order is retained
by R. ;-Latin verss. (except Castal.), Syr., It. ;-B. and L., Dodd.,
Wesl., Greenf, Treg., Ebr. Others put first the subject of the
verb.
' Before ivo, Beng., Lachm., Treg., Bloomf , Words., Tisch.,
insert ai ('A. C. 12. 27*. 28. 36.'). I recommend the following
marginal note: 'Or, as some read, the two wings.' For the
definite article before great eagle, see Syr., It., Fr. S. ;-Cocc.
{itlius), Daub., Berl. Bib., Beng., Wesl., Moldenh., Wakef.,
Woodh., Thorn., Midd., Clarke, Stolz, Penn, Bloomf., Ell., Stu.,
Lord, Treg., De W., Words., Hengst., JIurd., Kenr., Ebr.
) W. ;-Dt. ;-Pagn., Par., Grell., (volet;
other verss.), Lord, Words, (may).
-for rolaret of the
If Bloomf. marks the reading here as needing alteration, and
all other recent editors do change the order to ix tov aio^. avt.
ore. trji yvv. (A. B. C. 'a 20. /J 7. Compl. Verss.'). I recom-
mend that this reading be followed : out of his mouth after the
woman.
20
154
REVELATIO^T.
KING JAMES VERSION.
after the woman, that he might
cause her to be carried away of
the flood.
16 And the earth helped the
woman ; and the earth opened
her mouth, and swallowed up
the flood which the dragon cast
out of his mouth.
17 And the dragon was wroth
with the woman, and went to
make war with the remnant of
her seed, which keep the 'com-
mandments of God, and have the
testimony of Jesus Christ.
CHAP. xin.
And I stood upon the sand
GREEK TEXT.
avTOv v8a>p a>9 TroTafiov, 'lua rav-
TT]V TTOTa/XOCJjoprjTOl' TVOLIfCrrj.
16 Kcu ejBorjOrjaev i) yij rfj
yvvaLKi, KCU rjvoL^ev rj yrj to
a-TO/xa avrrjs, kcu KareTTie rou iro-
Tafxov 'ov e^aXev 6 SpaKcav Ik tou
(TTOIXaTOS avTov.
17 Kcu copylcrdr] 6 SpaKcov eiri
rfj yvvaLKL, kcu aTrrjXOe TroirjcraL
iroXep-ov fiera twv XomcLv tov
airepparos avTrjf, rcov Tiipovvrcxiv
Tas ivToXas tov Oeou, kcu l^ov-
Tcou Trjv p-apTvpiav tov lyaov
XpcaTOv.
18 Kcu icrTaOrjv iirl ttjv ap,-
p.ov T-Qs '^aXacrarjs.
CHAP. XIII.
Kal elSov €/c r^y OaXacrcn'js
REVISED VERSION.
water as a 'river, that he might
cause "her to be carried away
"by the -river.
16 And the earth helped the
woman, and the earth opened
her mouth, and swallowed up
the "river which the dragon cast
out of his mouth.
17 And the dragon was fen-
raged "iabout the woman, and
went 'away to make war with
the 'rest of her seed, -who keep
the commandments of God, and
have the testimony "of Jesus
Christ.
'18 And 'I "was set upon the
sand of the sea.
CHAP. XIII.
'And '■I saw a 'beast ■'ascend-
" E. v., 6 times in this book out of 8 ;-T., C, G. ;-fore!gn
verss. ;-Hamm., Daub.. Newc, Woodh., Thorn., Sharpe, Stu.,
Lord, Words., Murd., Kenr. (in the last clause, and in the next
VBTSe).
" For tavtriv, all the recent editors (except Bloomf.) read
aiiiiv (-A. B. C. a 25. (3 5. Compl.'). For by, see 2 Pet.
2:19, N.I.
° See N. ]. Many here unnecessarily change the word.
• See V. 15, N. 1.
P See ch. 11 : 18, N. d. Fr. G.,-M., {irrite) ;-Daub. ^angered),
Dodd., Newc, Woodh., Thorn., Jley. (firg-rimmie;-and so
Kist., De W.), Penn, Stu., Murd.
1 The inl (wanting in C.) presents the woman as the ground
and occasion, not as the immediate object, of the dragon's
wrath. Comp. Matth. 18 : 13 ; Mark 3: 5 ; &c. ; and see Win.
\ 52. c. — Syr. (= ^s), German verss. (liier ;-except Moldenh.,
auf), Dt. (op) ;-Wakef., Thom. and Stu. {at).
' See Jude 7, N. c. Foreign verss. (except Castal., who
changes ahiit to m«) ;-Dodd., Wesl. and Sharpe {forth).
Wakef. {back), Newc. {departed), Woodh., Allw., Penn {away
from [Aer]), Stu., Lord {on), Words., Kenr., Ebr. (unneces-
sarily changes hin of the other verss. into fort).
• See ch. 11 : 13, N. k.
t See 2 Pet. 2: 11, N. f.
° All the recent editors cancel the words ■rou and Xpiutov,
on the authority of A. B. C. ' o 25. 3 6. y 2. Compl. Vulg. MS.
.4m. Copt. Syr. Ar. P. Slav. MS.' I recommend that this read-
ing be adopted : of Jesus.
' The arrangement of this verso, as an independent statement
belonging to ch. 12., arose from the readin.:; intdSij. approved
by Mill, and edited by Lachm., Trcg., Words., Theile, on the
authority of 'A. C. 92. Vulg. Aeth. Syr. Arm. Ar. P.' The
other editors retaining iatdStjv, which is approved also by Ew.,
De W., Hengst., Ebr., I recommend that the words be attached
to the first verse of the next chapter, as in E. V.
" Germ, {trat), It. {mi fermai), Fr. G.,-M.,-S., {me tins);-
Engl. Ann. (• Or, / was set'). Coco, {constituiiis sum), B. and
L. {m'ai-retai), Berl. Bib. {wurde geslellet), Beng., De W.,
{as Germ.), Eichh. ('Joannes in littore maris collocatur.'),
Wakef., Thom., {was placed), Woodh., Allw., Stu. in the
commentary, {was stationed). All. {stellle sich), Hengst. {ward
gesiellt), Ebr. {stellte mich). Comp. ch. 17: 3; 21: 10.
' Seech. 12:18, N.v.
' Of English verss. that read iatderjv, the following repeat
the pronoun : T., C, G. ;- Wakef., Woodh., Thom., Allw.. Sharpe,
Stu., Lord.
' See ch. 11 : 7, N. y.
^ See ch. 9:2, N. h. E. V., ch. 17 : 8 ; &c. ;-Latin verss. ;-
Daub, {ascending up), Dodd., Lord. For the participial form,
see ch. 10 : 1, N. a, &c.
REVELATION.
166
KIXG JAMES VERSION.
of the sea, and saw a beast rise
up out of the sea, having seven
heads and ten horns, and upon
his horns ten ci'owns, and upon
his heads the name of blasphemy.
2 And the beast vrhich I saw
was like unto a leopard, and his
feet were as the fret of a bear,
and his mouth as the mouth of
a lion : and the dragon gave him
his power, and his seat, and
great authority.
3 And I saw one of his heads
as it were wounded ,to death ;
and his deadly wound was heal-
GREEK TEXT.
BrjpLOV a.va(3aLP0u, e';)(oi' /ce^aAa?
eirra koI Kepara 5e/ca- kou eVt
Tcou Keparoiv avrov 8eKa StaSr]-
fxara, Koi evrl Tas KeipaXas avrov
6vo/xa l3Xa(T(l)T]/J.[a^.
2 Kol TO Otjp'lov b eiSov rjv
hpLOLOv TrapSaXei, Kai ol iroSe^
avTOu ft)? apKTOV, Kai to aro/xa
avTOV coy (TTo/xa Aeoz^roy. kol
eScoKiv avra 6 SpaKCou Trjv bvva-
fiip avTOv, KCLi Tov Opovov aVTOV,
Kca i^ovaiau fxeyaXrjV
3 Kol eiSou jxlav Tav K€(j)a\cou
avrov d)s iacfyayp^evrju el? 6ava-
TOV Kai 7] rrXrjyq rod Oavarov
REVISED VERSION.
ing out of the sea, having '"'seven
heads and ten horns, and ■'■'on
his horns ten 'diadems, and upon
his heads ^a name of blasphemy.
2 And the beast which I saw
was like ^ a leopard, and his
feet ■• as ' of a bear, and his
mouth as the mouth of a lion :
and the dragon gave him his
power, and his 'throne, and great
authority.
3 And il saw one '■of his heads
'as if it "'had been "slain to death ;
and "the stroke of his death was
'•'' All the recent editors (except Bloomf.) read, xifiata hixo,
xai xt^aXas iTttd (A. B. C. 'o20. p 7. Compl. Ilarl.* Copt.
Aeth. Syr. Arr. Slav. MSS.'). I recommend that this reading
be fullowed : ten horns and seven heads. The horns appear
first. For 07i see ch. 3 : 10, N. d, &c., and comp. cb. 7 : 1,
N. b, &c.
• Seech. 12:3, N.k.
' Dt., It., French verss. ;-BerI. Bib., Beng., Wesl., Moldenh.,
Wakef., Thom., Scott, Clarke. Most follow the reading ovd^iara
(A. B. 'a 2G. (3 6. Compl. Vulg. Syr. Ar. P. Slav.'), which is
received by all the recent editors except Beng. Hcinr. also
mentions it as the superior reading. But Ew., Ziill., De W.,
disapprove of it, (the last considering it an accommodation to
ch. 17 : 3.) and llengst. regards the question as one of difficult
decision. I recommend that the marg. note of E. V. be re-
tained : ' Or, names.''
« See ch. 1 : 13, N. d.
i" The copula is not supplied by W., R. ;-Latin and German
verss. (except Moldenh.), Syr., Dt., Fr. S. ;-Daub., Woodh.,
Thorn., Greenf., Penn, Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg., Murd., Kenr.
' See ch. 9 : 8, N. f.— The form opxov (A. B. C. 'o 15. ^ 3. y 2.')
is adopted by all the recent editors.
) Seech. 4:4, N.n,&c.
k All the recent editors omit lUov, on the authority of A. B. C.
' o 23. /3 7. y 2. Compl. Vulg. MS. Am. Tol. Copt. Aeth. Syr.
Arm. Ar. P. Slav. MSS.' I recommend that the words, I saw.
be printed in Italics, as a supplement. All the recent editors
insert ix before tuv, (except Bloomf. ; though he now thinks
that he 'ought perhaps' to have done so.) on the authority of
A. C. et B. ex s. m. 'a 26. /3 5. Compl. Vulg. Aeth. Syr. Arm.
Slav.'
' For as if, see ch. 5 ; 6, N. x. The uj does not, as Bloomf.
supposes, qualify edvatov, nor does it imply here, any more
than in ch. 5 : 6, that death had not actually ensued. Rather,
in both cases, it expresses, in connection with the pluperfect
participle, the seer's inference from the still visible ' marks of
recent slaughter' (Hall) to the /ac< itself.
"• John did not see the wounding, as E. V. might be under-
stood to intimate. See N. 1. — E. V., ch. 5 : 6 j-Woodh. {having
been), Penn, Ell.
° It is merely an arbitrary device for taming down an un-
usual expression, for Schleusn. and the later N. T. lexicons to
teach, that o^afu is here used by hyperbole for ivoiivding,
a sense which it certainly bears nowhere else; Bloomf. erro-
neously appealing to Eurip. Iph. Aid. 1515-17, and Sept. 1 Kings
15 : 33, for proof that ' even the strong term hf^ar/. . . . does
not always denote death.'' Just as well might it be said that
in the analogous phrase, a-Tioxtiivziv iv Bavatcf, the verb means
to wound, instead of adopting the other expedient (see ch. 2:
23, N. y, &c.) of reducing the force of the noun. Corap. NN. 1,
m, 0. — E. v., always elsewhere (9 times), slay, or kill ;-'\V.,
R. ;-Vulg. (occismn), Syr., Dt. marg: {' Gr. geslacht'). Fr. S.
(egorgee) ;-Erasm., Vat., (as Vidg.), Engl. Ann., Cocc. and Ew.
mactatum), Beng.. De W., Hengst., Ebr., (geschlachtet), Wakef.
(slaughtered), Treg., Kenr. ;-Pas., Leigh, Suic, Schottg. ; and
the general lexicons.
° ' The stroke of his death,' says Hengst., ' can only be the
stroke, which resulted in his death. The assumption, that the
stroke of his death stands Ilcbraistically for his deadly stroke,
is without certain analogy in the N. T.' He refers also to
V. 14; ch. 17: 8, 11; and adds in a note: 'rtXijyjj, which occurs
so often in the Apocalypse, means always stroke, plague, never
wound. The simple rtXiiyij here answers to the nT-r^y^ r^j
naxalfias in v. 14.' Comp. Is. 30 : 2G. E. V.. except in this ch.
and Luke 10: 30, has always (17 times) stripe or plague ;-
W., R.j (wound of his death) -j-X nig. (pla^a mortis ejus), Syr,
156
REVELATION.
KING JAMES VERSION.
ed : and all the world wondered
after the beast.
4 And they worshipped the
dragon which gave power unto
the beast : and they worshipped
the beast, saying, Who is like
unto the beast ? who is able to
make war with him ?
5 And there was given unto
him a mouth speaking great
things and blasphemies ; and
power was given unto him to
continue forty and two months.
GEEEK TEXT.
avTOV idepaTrevdrj, koX (.davfxaaOr]
ev oArj TTJ yfj oiricrov tov drjpiov.
4 Kou TrpoaeKVUTjcrav tov Spa
Kovra
plco, Kol irpoaeKvvrjaau to Orjplov,
XeyovTes, T'ls ojJiOLOi t(S OTjpiw;
Tis SvvaTaL TToXefxrjaaL /xer' avTOv;
5 KOL eBodr] avTca cTTO/xa Xa-
Xovv fieyaXa kol l3Xacr(pr)fx[a9'
Koi ISoOtj avTcp i^ovaia TTOirjcraL
fxrjvas TecTcrapaKOUTa Svo-
REVISED VERSION.
healed ; and pthere was a won-
dering in pthe whole dearth after
the beast.
4 And they worshipped 'the
&9 edcoKev l^ovaiav to (^t?- d^gon 'which gave " authority
' unto the beast, and they wor-
shipped ithe beast, saying : Who
is like ' the beast ? ° who is able
to make war with him ?
5 And there was given unto
him a mouth speaking great
things and 'blasphemies ; and
'there was given unto him power
to "do forty - two months.
p Eiasm., Vat., {admiratio fait in imiversa terra). But
for our Erasraian text only 3 cursive MSS. are cited, and,
aceordinj:!}', all the recent editors have, oT.-/] rj yri ('A. C). and,
alon? with that, ieav^aasp of B. and the Elzevir (except Lachm.
and Treg., ieavjiasOri A. C. tSav/aautue)?). I recommend that
these readings be adopted, and that the version stand thus:
the whole earth wondered. For the whole, see E. V., ch. 12: 9;
16: 14; &c.;-Yulg. (wirversa), German verss., Dt. ;-Castal.,
Aret., Cocc, Vitr., (use tolus -j-the rest, as Vulg.), Hamm.,
Dodd., WesL, Wakef, Woodh., Thoin;, AIlw., Penn, Bloomf.,
Stu., Lord For earth, see all verss., English and foreign
(except T., C, G. ;-Brightm., Wells, Newc, Words. Hamm.
and Stu. land).
1 All the recent editors have r^ hpaxovti. (' A. B. 0. a 26. (3 6.
y 3. Compl.'), and all, except Beng., ti^ etjficf, (B. C. 'a 26. ^ 6.
Compl.'). Comp. v. 8, N. h.
' For i>i, all the recent editors (except Matlh., who gives
t<^ ScSuxort, on the authority of ' B. a 25. ;3 3. Compl.') have
bti (' A. C. 12. 34. 35. 36. 46. Vulg. MS. Am. Aeth. Syr. Arm.
Erp. Slav. MSS.'). I recommend that this reading be adopted:
because he gave.
• All the recent editors insert the article, triv (' A. B. C. a 24.
/3 6. Compl.'). I recommend its adoption: the. For au-
thorily, see E. V., v. 2; &c., and ch. 12: 10, N. s, &c.
' See ch. 1 : 13, N. d.
" All the recent editors, except IMatth. and Bloomf., here in-
sert x<u. (A. B. C. 'a 11. ^ 3. Compl. Vulg. Copt. Aeth. Syr.
Erp. Slav.'). I recommend the adoption of this reading: And
who.
" For li'KaB^rifiiai, Beng., Matth., Tisch., read ji%a<sfr;ij.lai>
(B. 'a 20. 3 6. Compl. Vulg. MS.') ; Lachm., Treg., ji\da^t;iia
(= Vulg.), Dt. marg. ('Gr. de slag of wonde van zynen
dood') ;-Erasm., Vat., Cocc. (as Vulg.), Brightm. {his deadly
blow). Berl. Bib. {todll. Schlag), Herd., Stolz, ICist., Mey.,
(• A. 12. 28. 34. 47.'). For the order in the next clause, see
E. v., in the first clause ; &c., and ch. 8 : 2, X. e, &c.
" ' As he spake' Verse 6 explains the speaking ; v. 7, the
doing. This elliptical use of rtoiiu, where the object is to be
supplied from the context, Hengst. (and so Cocc. and others)
compares to that of nas in Ps. 22: 31 ; 37 : 5 ; 52 : 9 ; Dan. 8 :
12, 24; 11: 7, 30, to which passages of Dan. he thinks there is
here an allusion. Comp. also 2 Cor. 8: 10, 11; Eph. 3: 20.—
W., T., C, G., R. (u'orfc) ;-Vulg. {facere), Syr. (= lasb),
Dt. {om {zulksl te rfoen) ;-Erasm., Vat, Cocc, Vitr., ( fa-
ciendi), Pagn., Castal., Bez., Par., Grell., {agendi), Brightm.
(' So much of the honour of the beast ; now of his power of
blaspheming and doing. Of both which it is first said that
there was power given him, and then followeth the execution
thereof in blaspheming at the sixth verse, and in doing at
the seventh.'), Moldenh. (• [solches] zu thun [oder, es zu trei-
ben]'). Eichh. (supplies toito), Woodh. (bracketing noiijaai,,
renders it, to continue in action), Scott (practise), Stolz, Mey.,
{wirken), Kist. (schalten), Goss., Van Ess, (sein Wesen zu
treiben), Allw. (translates as fVoodh.), All. {so zu thun), Penn,
Ell., Treg., Kenr., {act), Sharpe, Stu. {do [his own will]), Lord
(do [it]), De W. ('sein Wesen zu treiben, oder zu handeln
iiberhaupt'), Hengst. {thun ;-and this, he thinks, stands opposed
to the -KaXoiv), Murd. (r/pem/e) ;-Bretsch. (-potestas agendi ;
licuit t^ er;picj> efficaci esse.'), Wahl (who cites also Matt. 8:9;
Luke 7 : 8), Rob. (regards the word as used intransitively, ' i. q.
to be active, to work,' and cites also Matt. 20 : 12). The E. V.
construction of rtoiijaai with fitjras, in the sense of spending
time (see Acts 15 : 33 ; 18 : 23 ; 2 Cor. 11: 25 ; James 4:13;
Sept. Prov. 13 : 23), has been adopted by Germ, {dass es mit
ihm wahrete). It. (durar), Fr. G.,-M., {accomplir) ;-Hamm.,
Wells, Ew., Ebr. The difficulty of the expression led in some
MSS. to the omission of rtoiijaai ; in others, to the insertion of
ndXEfiov (B. Elzevir. Matth.).
- See ch. 11 : 2, N. h, &c.
De W., Ebr., {[die] seine Todeswunde), Wakef. {that deadly
stroke), Newc. {his deadly stroke), Greenf (risn nsp). Lord,
Kenr., {his death-wound), Hengst. {der Schlag seines Todes).
REVELATION.
157
KING JAMES VERSION.
6 And he opened his mouth
in blasphemy against God, to
blaspheme his name, and his
tabernacle, and them that dwell
in heaven.
7 And it was given unto him
to make war with the saints, and
to overcome them : and power
was given him over all kiudi'eds,
and tongues, and nations.
8 And all that dwell upon the
earth shall worship him, whose
names are not written in tlie
book of life of the Lamb slain
from the foundation of the woi'ld.
GREEK TEXT.
G Kol rjvoi^e TO arofxa avrov
€£? ^Xaa(j)7]/xiav irpos rov Oeoi',
l3\a(r(j}ijfj.Tiaat to bvofxa avTOv,
KOL TTju (TK-qv-qv aVTOV, Kol TOVS
eu tS ovpavw cricrjvovi'Tas.
7 Kal eSodt-i avTcp iroXefxov
TvoLTjaaL /xera twv ayimv, kol vl-
KrjcraL avTOVf- Kal iSodrj avTW
e^ovaia eVt ivaaav (pvXrjv kcu
■yXaxraav koll edvof.
8 ICal TTpoaKwrjaovo-LV avTco
iravTes ol KaTOLKovvres eVt Trji
yrjf, wv ou yeypaTTTai tu ovojxaTa
iv Trj (S/jQAft) r?;? ^corjs tou dp-
VLOV €a(l)aypeuov, diro KaTa^oXrjs
Koap-ov.
REVISED VERSION.
6 And he opened his mouth
yfor ^blasjihemy against God, to
blaspheme his name, and his tab-
ernacle, and 'those »who "tab-
ernacle in heaven.
7 "And it was given unto him
to make war with the saints, and
to overcome them ; and 'there
was given «unto him "authority
over 'every ftribe, ^ and tongue,
and nation.
8 And all >■ that dwell 'on the
earth shall worship "-him, whose
''names 'have not been written,'
in J'tlie book of life of tlie Lamb
Jslain, ' from the foundation of
the world.
' W. {into). T., C, G., R., (unto) ;-Latin verss. {in, with the
ace. ;-except Pagn., Bez., Par., ad), Syr. (= De D. ad), German
verss. {zu), Dt. {tot) ;-Brightm. {as 7'.). B. and L. {pour
blasphemer), Dodd. {to niter bl.), Wakef., Woodh., Thom.,
Alhv., Stu.
» Lachm., Bloomf., Treg., Words., Tisch., read ^■Kaaftni.iai
(' A. C. 18. 34. 35. Vulg. ed.'). For those who, see ch. 2 : 2,
N. h, &c., and 1 : 5, N. v, &c.
' See ch. 12: 12, N. z, &c. There E. V. renders axriv^, ta-
bernacle. (Spenser, Epithalamion, 421, 422, of those who
should mount up to high heavens' haughty paloces :
'And, for the guerdon of their glorious merit,
' May heavenly tabernacles there inherit.')
' The words, Kot IS. . . . vix'^atu ainloii', are cancelled by
Lachm. after 'A. 0. 12. 14. 92.'
' For the order see ch. 6 : 2, N. g. For unto, see B. Y.,
first clause, &c. ;-W. {to) ;-Daub., Dodd., "VVoodh., Penn, Lord,
{as W.), Ell., Treg.
<■ See ch. 12 : 10, N. s, &c.
' See ch. 7 : 4, N. k.
' See ch. 1 : 7, N. k.
^ All the recent editors here insert xai \a6v (' A. B. o 23.
|3 5. y 2. Vulg. Aeth. Syr. Ar. P. Slav. MSS. [C. xal xaoiJs]').
I recommend that this reading be adopted: and people.
For ra ord/tara, all the recent editors have to iivofia ('A.
B. C. a 20. /3 4. y 2. Compl. Copt. Syr. Arr.'). I recommend
that this reading be adopted, and that, in order to prevent am-
biguity, the version stand thus : shall worship him that dwell
on the earth, whose name hiilh &.c. Of those who thus render
moina, by a noun singular, Penn translates npoaxw. air. at the
end of the verse; Woodh. and Sharpe interpose they before
whose ; Lord has the order here proposed ; Treg., now adopting
the reading of C, ov ov yly., edited also by Lachm. and Ti.=ch.,
supplies he before whose. For aitiji. all the recent editors
read ait6v (A. B. 0. 'a 18. (3 5.'). Coinp. v. 4, N. q. After
6>'o/ja, Lachm. and Tisch. add avrov ('A. C).
' For on, see ch. 5 : 7, N. a, &c. For hare {hath) been,
see B. and L., Wakef. at ch. 17 : 8, Treg. The construction
by hyperbaton of artb xatajSo'Krji xotsixov with ytypartTat, is fa-
voured by a comparison of ch. 5 : 12 with 17 : 8, and such texts
as Eph. 1 : 4, and is adopted by Syr. (according to the punctua-
tion of all the editions), Dt. (according to the punctuation.
The note mentions both references, without deciding between
them.), Fr. S. marg. ;-Areth., Castal., Zeg., Est., Grot., Haram.,
Morus, Vitr., Daub., B. and L., Beng., Dodd., Wesl. (in the
note), Moldenh., Wakef, Newc, Thorn., Scott, Heinr., Ew.,
Ros., Jones, Gerl., Bloomf., Ell., Stu., Treg., De W., Kell.,
llengst., Ebr., the Amer. Bible Soc. Others, as Engl. Ann.,
Cocc, Wolf, (whose note mentions other names on either side),
follow the example of the Dt. Ann.
J For trj |3i/37.9, all the recent editors read toi fii.p%la, Q A. B.
o 16. (3 2. Compl. jSiji-Kitf C). Before hfaryix. all the recent
editors insert (Bloomf, in brackets) roi (A. B. C. 'o 25. /3 5.
y 2. Compl.'). I recommend that this reading be adopted, and
translated : that hath been slain. See ch. 5 : 12, N. w. Here
the participle is rendered by a finite verb by Vulg., Germ., Dt.,
It. ;-Erasm., Vat., Hamm., Daub., B. and L., Beng., Dodd.,
Wesl., Wakef., Newc, Woodh., Thom., Scott, AUw., AIL, Penn,
Ell., Stu., Lord, Hengst., Kenr.
16S
REVELATION.
KING JAMES VERSION.
9 If any man have an ear, let
him hear.
10 He that leadeth mto cap-
tivity shall go into captivity :
he that killeth with the sword,
must be killed with the sword.
Here is the patience and the
faith of the saints.
11 And I beheld another beast
coming up out of the earth, and
he had two horns like a lamb,
and he spake as a dragon.
12 And he exerciseth all the
GREEK TEXT.
9 Et TLS e3(ei oils, aKovaarco.
10 El TL9 al')(iJLaXcoo-iai' crvva-
yei, €is aiy^ixaAcocnav virayer ei
TLS fV fjLa')(aipa airoKTivel, 8ei av
TOP eV fxa^alpa mroKTavOrjvav
(bSe iariv tj VTTOjxovr] kul ij TTiaTLS
Ta>i> ayicov.
11 Kai elSov aXXo drjpLOv
ava^alvov e'/c rfjs yrjf, Kol et^e
Kepara Suo op.oia apvLop, kul eAa-
Aei w? SpaKCOv.
12 /cat Trju i^ovcrlau rou Trpco-
REVISED VERSION.
9 If any ''one 'hath an ear, let
him hear.
10 ""If any °one »gathereth "a
captivity, pinto captivity he
■Jgoeth : "if any "one 'shall kill
with the sword, "with the sword
'must he be killed. Here is the
patience and the faith of the
saints.
11 And I "saw another 'beast
"ascending out of the earth, and
he had two horns like a lamb,
and he spake as a dragon.
12 And 'all the ^authority of
k See 1 John 2 : 1, N. b, &c.
I W. ;-foreign verss. (except Vitr.) ;-Wclls, Daub.. Dodd.,
Thorn., Penn, Stu., Lord. Treg., Murd. See cTi. 14 : 9, N. t.
" The Greek construition is retained by E. Y., v. 9 ; &c. ;-
Syr., Protestant German verss., Dt., It., Fr. G. -M.-S. ;-Pagn.
and later Latin verss., Brightm., Hamm., Daub., Dodd., Wesl.,
Newc., Woodh., Thorn., Ew., AUw., Penn, Sharpe, Stu., Lord,
Treg., Murd. E. V. and others follow the Vulg. (Qui in cap-
tivilatem).
" See 1 John 2 : 1, N. b, &c.
' The verb amdya occurs 62 times in the N. T., and, except
in 12 instances, is alvrays in E. V. rendered, gather, gather
together, assemble, assemble together. The noun aixua.T.aai.a
is found only here and Eph. 4 : 8, in which last place the ex-
pression, 5;^ftaXu>f£vtTE>' alxiM'Kuaiav, is taken from the Sept.
translation of Ps. 68: 19 (18), 130 r^^~^, where, again, as
commonly explained, -laa (E. V. captivity) is used collectively
for a body of captives. • Thou hast captured a captivity, i. e.
taken captive a multitude of enemies' (Alex.). In the same
concrete sense, "la'd, like nVl5 and ^:lB^. is of frequent occurrence
in the Hebrew Scriptures,. and in the Sept. ot;^^"''-"'"-'''! ^^ their
Greek equivalent ; e. g. Numb. 21 : 1 ; Is. 20 : 4, in both of
which places E. Y. has prisoners in the text, but captivity in
the margin of the second. Comp. also E. V. Jer. 29 : 22, and
especially Hab. 1 : 9 they shall gather the captivity = tpi<^^
12B = Sept. ffuKJjft aixti(Au:aiav. — Dt. Ann. (' Gr. leads to-
gether the captivity, i. e. a multitude of captives') ;-Erasm.
(note : captivitatem contrahit), Yat. {capiivitatem contraxerit),
Castal. (captivos abigit), Steph. ('Adver. Captivitatem con-
gregal: i. e. quos ducat captives'), Hamm. {gather together a
captivity), Cocc. {captivitatem colligit). Daub, {gathers into
c), Berl. Bib. {Gefangene zusammentreibt), Beng.. Hengst.,
{Gefangene zusammenbringt), Wakef. {gathereth prisoners
together to enslave them), Newc. marg., Bloomf., {collect a
number of captives), Thom. {gathereth [prisoners'] for c),
Heinr. {' Aixi^a^^alav prius pro ot;j;/taXwrovs, qui , ovvciyovrat,
congregantur, coguntur in carcerem. ut uno die ad suppliciura
duci possint.'), Ew. ('caplivorum turbam [hoc cnim est aixfta-
7.u5i'a ex hebraismo, quera nonnuUi cvitaturi ft; inseruerunt ante
aixfi-] cogit.'), Pvos. {• Alxi^- hie dicuntur captivi. ut Tttptro^^
circiimcisos significat.'), Stu. (• Literally, leads or conducts
away an assemblage of exiles.'), De W. (• tig. zusammen-
treibt) ;-the lexicons. For aixii'>'^.<^aiav amdyii, it; aixi'a.'K'^-
eiav vTiayii, Matth. reads t;^Ei aixti-, ire. ('a 17. (3 3. Compl.
Slav. MS.') ; Lachm., Treg., Tisch., read lif aix/i-, lii a-ixi^- i'f-
(' A. Slav. MS. di aix- it. B. 28. 38.'). There are many other
variations. Bloomf.: 'The true text can only be obtained by
a more careful collation of MSS. Meanwhile, I think it will
turn out to be what is found in a few cursive MSS., confirmed
by the Pesch.' (?) ' Syr. and Vulg. Yersions, as also Irenaeus
and Primasius, Ei' rt; f ij ai;t/"»^"<"'<i'' ajtiiyf ', f'S o'^irf'- itdyti.'
p The Greek order is retained by Latin verss., Syr. ;-Woodh.,
Thom., Greenf., Bloomf, Lord.
1 The present tense is retained by R. (Vulg. Am. has vadit) ;-
Dt, Fr. S.;-Erasm. and later Latin verss. (except Pagn., Par.),
Hamm., Daub., Beng., ^Tes!., Woodh., Thom., Ew., Allw.,
Bloomf., Lord, Treg., De W., Words., Hengst., Ebr. E. V. and
others follow the Vulg. ed. {vadet).
' The future tense is retained by R. ;-Latin verss. (except
Cocc), Dt.;-Daub., B. and L., Newc, Woodh., Thom., Allw.,
Treg., Kenr. JIatth. and Tisch. cancel arloxtini (' o 10. j3 4.
Slav. MS.'). Lachm. reads aHoxtalvzi.
' ' ATioxtavQr^vai. is translated last by the Latin and German
verss., Syr., Dt. ;-Thom., Lord, Treg.
t See ch. 11 : 5, N. r.
» Seech. 4: 1, N. b.
' Seech. 11: 7, N. y.
" Seech. 13:1, N. d, &c
* The Greek order is retained by R. ;-Latin verss., Syr. ;-
Stu., De W., Ebr.
' See v. 4, N. s, &c.
REVELATION.
159
KING JAJIES VERSION.
GREEK TEXT.
REVISED VERSION.
power of the first beast before tov Orjplov Tracrav TTOiel ivcairiov \ the first beast he exerciseth be-
him, and causeth the earth and
them which dwell therein to
worship the first beast, whose
deadly wound was healed.
13 And he doeth great won-
ders, so that he maketb fire come
down from heaven on the earth
in the sight of men,
14 And deceiveth them that
dwell on the earth by the means
of those miracles which he had
power to do in the sight of the
beast ; saying to them that dwell
on the earth, that they should
make an image to the beast,
avTov Kai TTOtec rrjv yrjv kul tovs
KaroiKOvvras eV avrfj iva Trpoa-
Kuvija-axTL TO Otjp'lov to 7rpu)T0V,
ov idepaTrevdi] -q irXijyr] tov da-
vaTOv avTou-
13 Koi TTOiel cnjfieLa /jieyaXa,
iva. KCLL TTvp TTOirj KaTa^aiueiu e/c
TOV ovpavov els Tr/u yrjv ivcoiriov
T<X)U avOpairaiv.
14 KCLL TrXava tovs KaTotKovv-
Sia
fore him; and 4ie Mnaketh the
earth and ''those "who dwell
therein to worship the first beast,
whose 'stroke of death was
healed.
13 And he doeth great ''signs,
''so that 'even ''fire ''he niaketh
°to "descend from heaven 'unto
the earth Jbefore men.''
14 And 'he deceivetli "those
■"who dwell on the earth, "be-
cause of "the psigns which ■sit
„ , , „ „ ( was given unto him to do 'before
TOV drjpLOV, Xeyav tols KaToiKov- \ the beast, saying to "those -who
(TLV iwl TTjS yyjS, TTOirjarat elKQva dwell on the earth, that they
I should make an image to the
Tas eTTL T7]s yr]S, Oia Ta arj/xeia
a iSoOr] avTW TroiTjaai ivunriov
' The pronoun is repeated by W., T., C, G., R. ;-Gerra., Dt.,
Fr. S. ;-Brightm., B. and L., Dodd., AVesl.. Herd., Wakef.,
Mey., Stu., Lord, Treg., Kenr.
E. v., ch. 3:9; &c. ;-W., R., (made) ;-Dodd. (makes),
Stu.
•■ For those who, see ch. 2 : 2, N. h, &c., and 2 Pet. 2 : 11, N. f.
' See T. 3, N. o.
^ See ch. 12: 1, N. b. For iVa xai rtup, Matth., Griesb.,
Sch., Words., Bloomf., read xai, nip lia (B. 'a 21. /3 3. y 2.
Compl.' Bloomf. errs in calling this ' the te.xt. reo.').
• W., R., (aZso) ;-Latin verss. (eZia?« ;-except Cocc, Vitr.,
et), Syr. (= Do D. etiam). Germ, (aitch). Dt. (onk). It. (an-
cora), Fr. G.,-M., ( wenie) ;-Beng., Moldenh., Herd., Mey.,
Hengst., Ebr.. (as Germ.), Wesl., Wakef., Woodh., AH. (so-
g-ar ;-and so Tan Ess, Kist), Penn, Stu., Lord, Treg., Murd.,
Kenr. (as R.).
' The word nvp is translated in its place before the governing
verb, by the Latin verss., Syr., Dt. ;-Beng., All., Ebr. For
Ttoiy . . . oi;pa^ov, Matth., Sch., Words., Bloomf., read ix tov
ovp. xata.?a,ivrj (B. [-ft] 'a24. ^4. Compl. Vulg.' This ref-
erence to the Vulg., however, is erroneous ; as Bloomf. also
errs in calling this reading 'the text, rec.') ; Griesb. reads ix tov
oip. xa-tafiyj ; Knapp, Lachm., Hahn, Treg., Tisch., Thcile, read
rtotij ix tov oup. xatafiaiviiv ("A. C. 28. 34. 35. 38.').
' E. v., ch. 3: 9; &c.;-W., R. ;-Brightm., Daub., Wesl.,
Newc, Woodh., Allw., Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg., Kenr.
I- See ch. 10 : 1, N. a, &c.
' See ch. 8: 5, N. p. W. (into), R. ;-Latin verss. (in with
the ace. ;-except Castal., ad), Fr. G. (en) ;-Dodd., Wesl.,
Wakef., Sharpe, Stu., Lord, (to). The reading ijti (B. ' o 18. /3 4.
Compl.') is adopted only by Matth.
) E. v., 32 times out of 36 in this book ;-Gcrm. (ror), Dt.
(voor), Fr. G.,-M..-S.. (demnl) ■,-Cocc.,\\iT., (com;» ;-instead
of the Vulg., in conspeclu), Beng., Herd., Mey., Hengst., Ebr.,
(as Germ.), Dodd., Woodh., Lord, Murd.
I" According to the punctuation of our Test, and that of all
the recent editors, except Theile, the construction with iVa
cannot extend into the next verse. The verss. also in general
restrict it to ttoif/.
I See V. 13, N. k.
■» Seech. 2:2, N.h,&c.,
and 1
W.
(um .
5, N. V, &c.
(/o?-);-Latin verss., except
. . willen), Fr. G.,-M.,-S.,
» See ch. 12: 11, N. uu.
Castal., (propter). Germ.
(a cause de) ;-Daub. (by reason of), Bong., Hengst., (as Germ.),
Treg. (in consequence of), De W. (wegen).
The demonstrative is not found in W., R.;-any foreign
version ;-Dodd., Wesl., Woodh., Thorn., Allw., Penn, Sharpe,
Stu., Lord, Treg., Kenr.
p Seech. 12:1, N.b.
1 E. v., V. 7, &c. To the Church of God it is no small con-
solation to be thus frequently reminded, that the power of her
mightiest enemies to deceive and to destroy is precisely — neither
more nor less than — that which is allowed them by her own
Almighty Friend, and that, like the waves of the sea, they live
and move under the strong control of that divine word: Thus
far, and no farther. Comp. 1 Kings 22 : 22 ; Job 1 : 12 • 2 : C •
Luke 4:6; John 19 : 11. — The common sense of 6i5u/it is given
here by W., R. ;-all foreign verss. (except Moldenh., B. and L.) ;-
Dodd., Wesl., Newc, Woodh., Greenf., Penn (are granted),
Sharpe, Ell., Stu., Lord, Treg., Kenr.
■• See v. 13, N.j. For 6, Lachm.. Words., Tisch., read 6;
(A.B. 0. '28. 34 35. [36?]92.').
160
REVELATION.
KING JAMES VERSION.
which had the wound hy a sword,
and did live.
15 And he had power to give
life unto the image of the beast,
that the image of the beast
should both speak, and cause
that as many as would not wor-
ship the image of the beast
should be killed.
16 And he causeth all, both
small and great, rich and poor,
free and bond, to receive a raai'k
in their right hand, or in their
foreheads ;
GREEK TEXT.
rw drjpicp b e^ei rr]u 7r\r]yi]V rrj^
jxayaipas kou e^rjcre.
15 Kai iSodr] avTcp Sovvai
TTvevfia rrj (Ikoui. tov dijpiov, tva
/cat XaXrjarj rj elKcoi> tov Oiipiov,
Kat TroLTjcrr), oaoi av pi] TrpoaKV-
vrjcraxTi tt]i> eiKova tov drjpLOV,
Iva airoKTavOaxTi.
16 Kai TTOLei TTavTas, tovs
pLKpovs Kol tov? peyaXovs, kcCI
Tovs irXova-LOVs kcu- tovs tttco-^ovs,
Kcu T0V9 eXevdepovs koI tov?
SovXovf, Iva Scocrrj avTolf ^(apay-
pa eVt T^y ^eipos avT(x>v Trjs 5e-
^ids, 7] iirl Tu>u p€Tmr(ov avTcov,
REVISED VERSION.
beast, 'which -hath the 'stroke
°of 'the sword, and "lived.
15 And 'it was given unto
him to give ^breath unto the
image of the beast, that the im-
age of the beast should both
speak, and cause 'that as many
as 'should not worship) 'the im-
mage of the beast 'should be
killed.
16 And he "causeth all, ^ the
small and '•the great, 'and Hhe
rich and 'the poor, 'and ''the free
and Hhe bond, ■'that ''he should
give them a mark 'on their right
hand or ''on their 'foreheads,
• 'The scar still remaining.' See v. 3, N. m. — W., R.;-Vulg.,
Syr., Fr. S. ;-Erasni., Vat., Beng., Woodh., Sharpe, Lord {has),
Treg., De W., Words., Hengst., Kenr., Ebr. The reading dxs
(B. 'a 25. (3 5. y 2. Compl.') is, among the recent editors, adopted
only by Beng. and Matth.
I See V. 3, N. o.
" W., T., C, G., R. ;-VuIg., Syr., It, French verss.j-Erasm.,
Vat., Cocc, Vitr., Dodd., Woodh., Thom., Mey., Allw., Stu.,
Lord, Kenr., Ebr.
» E. v., V. 10; &c. Hengst. thinks that there is even a
special reference to ch. 12 : 7 — ' the sword of Jlichael' (Milton,
P. L. vi. 250). R. ;-foreign verss. (except B. and L.) ;-Daub.,
Dodd., Wes!., Wakef., Woodh., Allw., Penn, Sharpe, Stu., Lord,
Words., Kell., Kenr.
" See ch. 2: 8, N. e. W.;-Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Newc,
Thom., Penn, Sharpe, Stu. {revived), Lord.
» See V. 14, N. q.
J E. V. ?)!arg-. ;-Vulg. {spiritum), Syr. (= Greenf. ni^).
Germ, {den Geist), Dt. (eenen geest), It. {spirito), Ft. G.,-M.,
{line ame), Fr. S {un esprit) ;-Erasm., Vat., Castal., Cocc, Vitr.,
(use spiritus) ;-Engl. Ann., Hamra., Daub., Beng. {einen Odem),
Dodd., Wesl., Gill (' Or, breath'), Moldenh. {Atheni), Wakef.,
Thom!, All., Stier, (einwi G.), Ger!., De W., Hengst., Ebr., {G.),
Penn, Sharpe, Ell., Stu. {vital spirit), Lord, Treg.
» The Iva. is cancelled before anoxt. (A. B. 'a 12. (3 7. y 2.
Vulg. Syr. Arr. Slav .ed.'), and inserted before ocrot ('A. 11.
26. 36. Vulg. Syr. Ar. P. Slav, ed.'), by Beng., Lachm., Treg. ;
while by Matth. and Tisch. it is omitted in both places. For
should worship, see R. {shall) ;-foreign verss. (of which no one
has the force of would) ;- Woodh. For irjii six-, Matth.,
Griesb., Knapp, Sch., Words., read ry lixovi. (B. 'o 24. /3 6. y 2.
Compl.').
» Hengst.: 'He makes all, is the same as : He brings all into
such a position, so far works upon all (comp. v. 12) — a He-
braistic use of noitlv ; comp. Gesenius on nos.' Hence Castal. :
eo adigebat; Brightm.: 'he driveth every one to this;'
Moldenh. : brachte . . . dahin ; &c.
^ There is nothing for both in W., R. ;-any foreign version ;-
Wakef, Allw., Stu., Lord, Treg., Murd., Kenr. E. V. follows
T., C, G. For the articles, see ch. 11 : 18, N. j. Here they
are retained, some or all of them, by Germ. ;-Beng., Moldenh.,
Wakef., Woodh., Allw., Penn, Stu., Lord, Treg., De W., Hengst.,
Kenr., Ebr.
' The conjunctions are retained by W., R. ;-Vulg., Syr., Dt. ;-
Erasm., Vat., Cocc, Wes!., Wakef., Woodh., Thom., Allw.,
Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg., Hengst., Kenr., Ebr. E. V. follows
T., C, G.
■i For that, see N. a ; E. V.. vv. 15, 17 ; &c. ; and below.
Excepting Matth. (Suffovow), all the recent editors, for i^aYjf
have Swffiv (A. B. C. ' o 8. j3 3. Compl. Si^aaaiv a, 14. /3 3.').
I recommend that this reading be adopted, and translated : they
should give them ; = qii'on leur donne. E. V. marg. (' Gr. to
give'') ;-Germ. {dass es . . . gab), Dt. {dat het . . . geve) ;-Vat.
(note: ut det), Brightm. {that he giveth), Engl. Ann., Hamm.,
{tliat he may give), Cocc. {ut daret), Beng. {dass man . . .
gebe), Moldenh. {dass sie . . . geben liessen), Newc. marg.
{that men shoidd give), Woodh., Allw. marg. {that he should
give), Stier {dass es . . . gibt), Ebr. {dass man . . . giebt).
Others, retaining the common sense of SJSu/ii, adopt a passive
construction = id detur (Syr., Fr. S. ;-Mey., Greenf., Hengst.),
or a reflexive = give themselvesJ_D&uh., Sharpe, Lord, Words.).
E. v., T., C, G., &c., follow Erasm. (accipere) ; W., R., &c.,
the Vulg. {habere). The grammatical ambiguity, however, in
the proposed literal version is not greater than in the Greek.
' See ch. 7 : 3, N. g, &c.
' For on, see ch. 7 : 3, N. g, &c. But for irti twv /itruTtov,
all the recent editors have ini to y.iturtop ('A. a 19. j3 5. Copt.
Arm. [foj fitti^rtov C). I recommend that this reading be
adopted : upon their forehead. See ch. 7 : 1, N. b, &c., and
comp. ch. 14 : 9.
REVELATION.
161
KING JAMES VERSION.
17 And tliat no man might
buy or sell, save he that had the
mark, or the name of the beast,
or the number of his name.
18 Here is v^dsdom. Let him
that hath understanding count
the number of the beast : for it
is the number of a man ; and his
number is Six hundred three-
score a?id six.
CHAP. XIV.
And I looked, and lo, a Lamb
stood on the mount Sion, and
with him an hundred forty and
four thousand, having his Fa-
ther's name written in their fore-
heads.
GREEK TEXT.
17 Kot tW ixrjTLS Swyrai. ayo-
paaai rj TTCoXrjaai, el /.u] 6 e^cou
TO ^apayi^a, rj to buofia tou Or}-
piov, rj TOV dpid/JLOU TOV OVOfXaTOS
avTov.
18 'fiSe ■)] aocpia eaTLv. 6 €)(cov
TOV vovv, "^(pKraTco tou apiOp-ov
TOV drjpiov dpidfxoy yap dvOpca-
TTOV €o-t], Kol 6 dpiOpos avTov
CHAP. XIV.
KAI elBov, Kcu Ihov dpvLOv
ecTTTiKos iiri to bpos Sluiv, kou
/xer avTOv eKaTov reaaapaKOUTa-
Tecraapes ^iXiaSes, e-)(ovcraL to
ovopa TOV Trarpos" avTOv yeypapr
p.evov eVt TU)V neTcoTTCou avTcov.
REVISED VERSION.
17 And that no ^one '■should
be able to buy or sell, 'but he
that -"hath the mark, i-or the
name of the beast, or the num-
ber of his name.
18 Here is wisdom. Let him
that hath 'the understanding
count the number of the beast :
for it is ""a man's number ; and
his number is "666.
CHAP. XIV.
And I 'saw, and '■behold 'a
Lamb ""standing 'upon the mount
'Sion, and with him 'a hundred
^and forty - four thousand, having
"■the name of his Father written
'on their foreheads.
' See 1 John 2 : 1, N. b, &c.
'' Latin verss. (possit or posset ;-except Castal.), Sjt., Ger-
man verss. (kann or /conw* ;-except Moldenh.), It. (potesse),
Ft. G.,-M., (pouvait), Fr. S. (puisse) ;-Brightni., Kenr., (can).
B. and L. (put), DodJ.. "NVakef. and Words, (may be able),
Newc, Woodh., AUvr., Stu., Murd., (anight be able), Lord,
Treg. (6e a6/e.) See ch. 14: 3, N. o.
i Seech. 2: 17, N. w.
1 The time is that of noul in t. 16. W., R. ;-Latin verss.
(except Casta!, and Cocc, who in the previous verse had intro-
duced the imperfect), Syr., German verss., Dt., Fr. S. ;-Brightm.,
Dodd., Wakef., Woodh., Thom., Allw., Penn, Sharpe, Stu.,
Lord, Treg., Words., Kenr.
^ This rj is marked by Bloomf. as ^most probably, or cer-
tainly, an interpolation,' and cancelled by all the other recent
editors, on the authority of A. B. C. ' a 25. ^ 6. y 2. A7n. Tol.
Syr. Ar. P. Slav. 5IS.' I recommend that this reading be
followed, and the word or omitted. Laclim. also, for to ov.,
reads toi ovoftatoi (' 0. Vulg. MS. Tol. Syr.').
1 The Tor, bracketed by Bloomf., is rejected by all the
other recent editors, on the authority of A. B. C. 'a 20. (3 5.
Compl.' I recommend that this reading be adopted, and the
omitted.
" Germ, (eines Menschen Zahl), Dt. (een getal eens -men-
schen), It. (numero d'ziomo), French verss. (im nomhre
d7iO?n??ie) ;-Beng., Moldenh., All., Hengst., {as Germ-), Herd.
(Menschenzahl), Woodh., Crol., Allw., Lord, (a number of a
man), Stu., De W. (eine Menschen- Zahl), Ebr. {eine Zahl
eines Menschen).
° Treg. : ' We know from Irenaeus that this number was
expressed in Greek letters, xii' •'' Hengst. : ' It appears also
from this, that, where the number is written out, the gender
of the numerals is given differently, sometimes l^axotriot, some-
times ilaxiaia.^ (C. tfaxofftat hixa. it [xh]-) The letters are
given in B., and in the editions of Griesb., Mey., Bloomf., Hahn,
Tisch. ; and this is imitated, as above, by Fr. S. ;-Cocc., Vitr.,
Herd. {• xi,';' [660]'), Woodh., Thom., Greenf. (in Hebrew let-
ters), Ell., Stu., Treg., De W., Lee.
• Seech. 4:1, N.b.
" See ch. 5 : 6, N. r.
' All the recent editors insert t-o (A. B. C. ' a 19. /3. 4. Copt.
Syr. Arr.' I recommend that this reading be adopted : the.
■".See ch. 5: 6, N. w. For ta-cr^xoi, Beng., Treg., Tisch.,
read sanij (7 cursive MSS.) ; Lachm.. Words., Bloomf., Esrdj
('A.C. Er.').
' For upoyi, see ch. 3: 3, N. j, &c. 1 recommend that the
Hebrew form of this name be adopted throughout. See ch. 7 : 6,
N. 0.— Germ. ;-Engl. Ann., Moldenh., Mey., Ell., Stu., Lord,
De W., Hengst., Murd., Amer. Bible Soc, Ebr.
f See 2 Pet. 2: 14, N. f.
^ See ch. 7 : 4, N. j, &c. Here the and is inserted as above,
by T., C. ;-Daub., Wakef., Newc, Woodh., Thom., Scott, Allw.,
Penn, Sharpe, Kenr.
^ Brightm., Dodd., Wakef., Thom. But all the recent edi-
tors for to ovojxa, have to oro^ua avtov xai To ofo^a ('A. B. C.
o 20. (3 7. y 4. Compl. Vulg. Copt. Aeth. Syr. Arm. Ar. P.
Slav. MSS.'). I recommend that this reading be followed, and
translated: his name and the name. Comp. ch. 3 : 12 ; 22 : 4.
' Seech. 7: 3, N. g, &c.
21
162
REVELATION.
KING JAMES VERSION.
2 And I heard a voice from
heaven, as the voice of many
waters, and as the voice of a
great thunder : and I heard the
voice of hai"pers harping with
their harps :
3 And they sung as it were a
new song before the throne, and
before the four beasts, and the
elders : and no man coukl learn
that song but the hundred and
forty and four thousand, which
were redeemed from the earth.
4 These are they which were
not defiled with women ; for
they are virgins. These are they
which follow the Lamb whither-
soever he goeth. These were
redeemed from among men, heing
the first-fruits unto God and to
the Lamb.
GREEK TEXT.
2 /cat rjKovaa (^xavrju e'/c rov
ovpauov CO? (f)covr]u vSaTcou ttoA-
AcSt", Koi o)? (pcoi'Tjii ^povTrjs fJLe-
ya\7]f Kol (jycovTji' rjKovcra KiOa-
pcpdioi' Ki6apL(^ovT(ov iv tols Kida-
pULS aVT(x)V.
3 Kou a8ovaiv cos coSrju Kaivrjv
evunrioif tov Opovov, ko.l evcomov
Ta>v Tecrcrdpcou ^(ocov koL tcov irpe-
tT^vrepcov koI ovSeis ySwaro
piaOeiv TTjv cobrjv, el prj al eKarov
TeaaapaKOVTaTicraapes ^tAtaSef,
ol rj-yopaa/xeuoi oltto Trjs yT]S'
4 OvTOL elaiv oi fieTO, yvuai-
Ku>v ovK ipoXwOrjcrav irapOivoi
yap elaLV. ovtol elaiv ol olkoXov-
dovvres tco apvia ottov au virayrj.
OVTOL Tjyopaadrjcrai' mro Tcav av-
dpmirwv, uTrap)^!] rw OeS Kai rcS
apviai-
REVISED VERSION.
2 And I heard a voice from
heaven, as the voice of many
waters, and as the voice of ■>
great thunder : and ^& voice I
heard of liarpers harping with
their harps :
3 And they 'sing 'as it were a
new song before the throne, and
before the four "diving creatures,
and the elders : and no "one 'was
able to learn pfhe song, but the
hundred and forty - four thou-
sand, nvho "had been redeemed
from the earth.
4 These are they iwho were
not defiled with women ; for
they are "virgin. These 'are
tliey 'who follow the Lamb,
whithersoever he goeth. These
were redeemed from among men,
" a firstfiTiit unto God and " the
Lamb.
) E. v., ch. 6 : 1 ;-R. ;-It., Fr. S. ;-Dodd., Wakef., Woodh.,
Thorn., Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg.. Hengst., Murd., Kenr., Ebr.
k For a, see E. V., first clause ;-Dt., Fr. G.,-M. ;-B. and L.,
Wakef. But, instead of ^uviiv rjxovaa. all the recent editors have
ij $uK)j )jv rjxovaa, uj (A. B. C. 'a 28. /3 6. y 2. Conapl. Vulg.
Copt. Syr. Arm. Arr. Slav. MSS.'). I recommend that this
reading be adopted, and translated : the voice which I heard
[was] as.
' See ch. 5 : 9, N. k. The lif, bracketed by Bloomf., is
cancelled by Beng., Matth., Griesb., Knapp, Mey., Sch., Words.,
Tisch., on the authority of B. 'a 24. /3 4. Compl. Copt. Aeth.
Syr. Arm. Arr. Slav. MSS.'
"> See ch. 4 : C, N. a.
" ' No angel even.' See ch. 5 : 3, N. e, &c.
" See ch. 13 : 17, N. h. Wakef., Woodh., AUw., Penn, Lord,
Treg., Murd.
p AV., R. ;-Vulg., Syr., German verss. (except Moldenh.,
dieses), It., Fr. G.,-M.,-S. ;-Erasm., Vat, Dodd., Wesl., Wakef.,
Woodh., Thorn., AUiv., Greenf., Sharpe. Stu., Lord, Treg.,
Kenr.
1 See ch. 7: 4, N. j, &o.
' See2Pet. 2:11, N. f.
' According to a previous vision.' See ch. 7 : 4. — It. {sono
staXi), Fr. G.,-M.,-S., {ont ete) ;-Cocc., Moldenh., Thom., All.
{^warden sind), Stu., Treg. {hare been).
I See 2 Pet. 2: 11, N. f.
" Neither in the N. T. nor. in the Sept., but only in the late
and ecclesiastical usage, does itafOivoi occur as a noun mascu-
line ; and, therefore, Bretsch. (yirgineus), Wahl {castus, iin-
maculatus), Rob. (though in translating he retains the phrase
of E. v., and merely appends as explanation: 'i. e. chaste,
■pure'), Green (chaste), Schirl. (jungfraidich), regard it here
as (what it often is in classical Greek) an adjective, = map-
eirtof. A similar latitude obtains in the case of the Latin
virg-o, the Italian rergi7ie, and the French vierge — the words
here employed by the verss. But as E. V. virgins cannot be
an adjective, so the old English use of the term as a noun mas-
culine is now quite obsolete. Syr. (here forms the plural with
a masculine termination, instead of the more usual feminine ;
= ■'^'ina instead of nibina. Ew., indeed, asserts that ' vel a
n^^ra serins masculinum bins Judaeis Syrisque formatum
est.') ;-Beng. (junge GeseZ/en),' Wakef., Thorn., (pure as vir-
gins), Mey., Kist., De W., Ebr., (as Schirl.), Sharpe (have
never been married). Lord (pure).
' The liaiv before oi ax. is cancelled by Beng., Lachm.,
Treg., Words., Tisch., Theile, on the authority of ' A. C. Br.
Vulg., Arm., Slav.' None of the foreign verss. and few of
the English supply a participle at drtapa;^. The following
supply nothing : W., R. ;-Latin verss., Syr. ;-Wakef., Woodh.,
Thorn., Allw., Greenf., Stu., Lord, Treg., Words., Murd., Kenr.
'AMfxri is translated by a singular noun with the in-
detinite article by Hamm., Daub., Berl. Bib., Beng., AYakef.
(a firstfruils), "Woodh., Penn, Lord (a first offering), Treg.
" R. ;-Dt. ;-Daub., Wesl., Wakef., Thorn., Allw., Stu., Murd.,
Kenr.
REVELATION.
163
KING JAMES VERSION.
5 And in their mouth was
found no guile : foi" they are
without fault before the throne
of God.
6 And I saw another angel
fly in the midst of heaven, hav-
ing the everlasting gospel to
preach unto them that dwell on
the earth, and to every nation,
and kindred, and tongue, and
peojjle,
GREEK TEXT.
5 /cat ei^ Tcp (TTOfxaTi avTwv
ov^ evpe$7] 5oAof a/j-conoi yap
elcriu ivcoTTLOv rov Opovov tov
Oeov.
G KAI elSov aXXov ayyeXov
TreT(ap.€vov iu iJieaovpavi]p.aTL,
tyovra evayyiXiov alcouioi', euay-
yeXia-ai tovs KaTOLKOvvras iir\ rrjs
yr]f, Koi irav edvos koI (f)vXT}u koX
yXaxTcrav Kai Xaov,
REVISED VERSION.
5 And
found no
'iaultless
God.
in their mouth was
'guile ; 'for they are
'before the throne of
6 And I saw another angel
"flying in ''mid-heaven, having
'ail everlasting gospel, to ■'declare
the glad tidings ''unto "^those
'wlio 'dwell on the earth, and
funto every nation, and ^tribe,
and tongue, and people.
• For 80^05, all the recent editors have 4jii5o5 (A. B. C. ' a 28.
jS 7. y 4. Compl. Vulg. Copt. Aeth. Syr. Arm. Arr.')- I le-
commend that this reading be adopted, and translateil : lie.
The yap is cancelled by Lachm., Treg., Words., Theile, on the
authority of ' A. C. 12. 17. Vulg. MS. HarV .
y E. v., Jude 24;-Daub., Dodd., Penn, Sharps, Stu., (blame-
less), Newc, Woodh., Lord, (spotless). Most foreign verss.
use an adjective.
» All the recent editors cancel the words, ivJiTttov foi 9f>6vov
tov @iov, on the authority of 'A. B. C. a 27. /3 7. y 2. Compl.
Vulg. MS. Harl. Tol. Copt. Aeth. Syr. Ar. P. Slav. MSS.' I re-
commend that this reading be adopted, and that the words,
before the throne of God. be omitted.
* See ch. 4: 7, N. d. For the participial form, see ch. 10: 1,
N. a, &c.
" Seech. 8; 13, N. 0.
" The gospel, namely, recited in v. 7. That there is an hour
of judgment appointed, and that 'God,' the Creator, 'is Judge
himself (Ps. 50: 6), this, accompanied as it has ever been with
the call to repentance, and the provisions of grace, is good
news; has been proclaimed as such from the beginning (.Jude 14;
Gen. 18: 25; 1 Sam. 2: 10; Ps. 75 : 7; 94: 2; 90: 10-13;
98: 7-9 ; Eccl. 3:17; Joel 3 : 12 ; Matt. 25 : 31, &c. ; John 5 : 22;
Acts 17: 31 ; Rom. 2: 10 'the day when God shall judge . . .
according to my gospel ;' James 5 : 7-9 ; &c.) ; and pervades,
with its issues and influences, the ages to come. It may well
be called, therefore, tiayyiMov atuvtoi/. — W.. T., G. ;-German
verss. (except Herd.) ;-Wesl., Campb. ('What the angel had
to promulgate is not called to liayy.. as the word is almost
uniformly used when referring to the Christian dispensation,
but simply tvayy. ; not the gospel, the institution of Christ —
not that which is emphatically styled the good news, but barely
good news. It is styled aiuviof everlasting, with the same
propriety, and in the same latitude, as things of long duration,
or of permanent consequences, are often in Scripture so deno-
minated.'), Wakef., Woodh., Thom. (everl. glad tidings),
Midd., AUw., Greenf., Blooraf. (though his translation of oiiiiHor,
universal, is peculiar to himself, and finds no warrant in the
more common mistake respecting aiuv. See Jude 25, N. j.),
Ell., Ebr. (understands tiayy. <o mean the general gospel of
salvation, and explains the indeflniteness on the ground that
this gospel was now for the first time preached to these heathen
nations.).
^ See ch. 10: 7, N. z. After fOayy. (not, as Bloomf. says,
'before'), the preposition ircl is inserted by Lachm., Hahn,
Treg., Words., Tisch., Theile, on the authority of A. B. C. 34.
' For those who, see ch. 2 : 2, N. h, &c., and 1 : 5, N. v, &c.
For xaioix., Mill approves, and all the other recent editors
(except Hahn) read xae-ijiiivovi (B. C. ' a 20. 3 4. Compl. Vulg.
Slav. MSS. t. xaStj. t. xatoix. Er.'). I recommend that this
reading be adopted: sit. Comp. Matt. 4: 16. Here also the
expression, Daub, thinks, ' shews the present state of the idola-
trous nations. To sit upon the earth, is to be in a state of
great affliction.' Ebr. 'The expression xatoixowtif fiji' yrjp is
avoided.'
f B. v., previous clause ;-Newc., Treg. But all the recent
editors (except Bloomf.) here insert irtC (A. B. C. 'a 27. /3 5.
Compl. Vulg. Syr. Slav. MSS.'). Assuming the correctness
of this reading, De W. considers that the principle of uniformity
requires the same preposition before tovs xaStjfi. ; and on no
other principle, it would appear, Bloomf. remarks: 'I should
prefer to receive it either in both cases, or, as I have heretofore
done, in neither.' But, 1., the evidence is far stronger for the
second f rti than for the first ; stronger even than for xaBr^fiivmi,
of which Bloomf., however, approves ; — and, 2., in this book
uniformity of construction seems to be rather shunned than
sought; comp. w. 9, 11 with ch. 20: 4. See also v. 19, N. k;
ch. 13 : 16, according to the reading recommended in N. f ;
14: 9; 18: 12, N. o; &c. Bloomf. adds, but without explana-
tion : ' And, indeed, internal evidence is strongly against each
insertion.' It is true that nowhere else is fvayyf>.t'fu construed
with frti, but always with the simple dative or accusative of
the person to vhom. Twice (Gal. 1: 16; Eph. 3: 8) it is
followed by £i', among ; twice (2 Cor. 10 : 16 ; 1 Pet. 1 : 25 ; —
as sometimes also xj-piJtfdw) by tij, marking e-rtent, or local
direction. If, therefore, the ijtl, before nav be genuine, (and
I recommend that it be adopted as such,) it is not to be
regarded as redundant, but as denoting the local relation of tho
angel, and the downward direction of his proclamation. It may
164
REVELATION.
KING JAMES VERSION.
7 Saying with a loud voice,
Fear God, and give glory to him ;
for the hour of his judgment
is come : and worsliip him that
made heaven, and earth, and
the sea, and the fountains of
waters.
8 And there followed another
angel, saying, Babylon is fallen,
is iallen, that great city, because
she made all nations drink of
the wine of the wrath of her
fornication.
9 And the third angel fol-
GREEK TEXT.
7 Xiyovra eV ^wvr^ fjLeyaXr],
$ol3i']di]Te Tov Oeou, /cat Sore
avTcp So^au, on rjXOev ?} u>pa Trj9
Kplcrecof auTov- Koi irpoaKVUi]-
aare tco iroLrjcravTi tov ovpavov
Koi Trjv yrju Kol daXaaaav Koi
Trrjyas vSarcop.
8 Kal aAAo? ayyeXof rjKoXov-
drjcre, Xeycov, JEireaev kir^ae Ba-
fivXcou ?} TToAi? rj p-eydXr]' on e'/c
TOV o\vov TOV Ovjxov Trjs TTopveias
avTijs TreTTOTLKe TrdvTa eOirrj.
9 Kai Tp'iTO? a'yyeAo? -qKoXov-
REVISED VERSION.
7 '■Saying with a loud voice :
Fear God, and give ''him glory ;
for the hour of his judgment is
come : and worship him that
made 'the heaven, and 'the earth,
and J sea, and J fountains of
waters.
8 And " another angel follow-
ed, saying : 'Fallen, fallen is Ba-
bylon, "^that great city ; "for °of
the wine of the wrath of her
fornication, she phath ''given all
I nations to drink.
9 And ' a third angel followed
^ For •kiyovta, all the recent editors read %iyav (A. B. C.
'a 25. (3 6. y 4. Compl. Tulg. Copt. Slav. MSS.'). In the
next clause the Greek order is retained by W., R. ;-foreign
verss. generally ;-Daub., AVakef., Woodh., Lord. Kcnr.
' E. v., ch. 6: 14; 20: 11; &c.;-Dt., It., and French verss. ;-
Beng. and later German verss. (except Herd.), Wcsl., Woodh.,
Thorn., AUw., Greenf., Penn, Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg.
' T., C, (have only the first article) ;-Germ. (only the
second) ;-Daub., Beng., Wesl., Ilengst., (as T.). Dodd. (as
Germ.), Wakef., Lord, Treg., Ebr. Beng. and the later editors
(except Lachm., Ilahn) have ■r^v before ddiaaaav, on the
authority of A. B. -a 21. /3 7. Compl.'
'' The Greek order of the verb and its subject is followed by
"W., R. ;-Latin, German (except Moldcnh.), and French verss..
Syr. ;-Brightm., Daub, and later English verss. (except Words.).
The word Sfii-z-fpo; is inserted before, or after, ayyAos, by
all the recent editors (except Griesb., Sch., Bloomf ) on the
following authority : ' A. B. o 17. j3 5. Syr.' have it before wyy. ;
' C. a 8. /3 2. Compl. Copt. Arm.' have it after. I recommend
that the margin bear this note : ' Or, as many read, another,
a second angel.' Comp. v. 9, N. r.
1 The verbs (or verb :-JIatth. and Treg. omitting the second
(H., on the authority of ' B. C. a 18. (3 6. y 2. Copt. Aeth.
Ar. P. Slav. MSS.') are translated before Ba/3., by G. (It is f.,
it is f.), R. ;-foreign verss. (of which the It., De W., Ebr., have
the form proposed above : Caduta. caduta £ ; Gef alien, gef alien
ist. Herd, and Mey. : gefallen ! gefallen .') ;-Hamm., Daub., (She
>.?/, she isf.). Dodd. (as G.), Woodh. (She isf. ! B., the great
[B.], isf. !), Thorn. (It isf. !—B. isf. .'), Lord (She hasf, great
B. hasf), Treg., Words., Murd. Comp. the Ileb. Is. 21 : 9.
" All the recent editors reject (except that Bloomf. merely
brackets) the words jj jtdj.ts, on the authority of ' A. B. C. a 25.
pl.yo. Compl. Vulg. Copt. Syr. Arm. Arr. Slav. MSS.' I re-
commend that this reading be followed, and that the version
stand : Babylon the great. See ch. 16 : 19, N. 1.
" "Ori. is in E. V. treated 51 times in this book as a causal
conjunction, and in 39 of these it is rendered by for. In
other cases, as where bti, introduces the protasis (ch. 3: 10, 16,
17; lie), our /or will not answer; nor should I here adopt it,
except for the sake of avoiding an ambiguity that otherwise
arises out of the subsequent transposition (N. o). — T., C, G.;-
Woodh., Stu. Beng. and Matth. cancel the oVt (B. 'a 15. /3 6.
y 3. Compl. Arm. Ar. P. Slav. MSS.'), and, instead of it,
Lachm., Hahn, Treg., Word.s., Ti.sch., Theile, read ij ('■ A. C. 26.
33. 34. 35. 38. 50**. Vulg. Aeth. Syr.').
" The.se genitives are translated before rtfrtdr., by R. ;-Latin
verss., Syr., Dt. ;-Brightm., Beng. and later German verss.,
Woodh., AUw., Stu.
P The Greek time is retained by the foreign verss. (except
De W.) ;-Wesl., Woodh., AWw., Penn, Stu.
1 Eight times out of 15 this verb is in E. V., to give drink
or give to drink, and only in 1 Cor. 12: 13 is it rendered as
here ;-W. (gave d. to) ;-Vu1g. (potavit), Syr. (as in JMatt. 25 :
35), German verss. (g-efroHAreJ ;-except Moldenh. and De W.,
who use the phrase, geben zu trinken), Dt. (gedrenkl). It.
(dato here), Fr. S. (doiine a boire) ;-Erasm., Vat., Aret.. (use
potare), Pagn., Bez.. Par., (potandum praebuil), Vitr. (potan-
dum dedit), Kenr. (gave . . to dr.). The idea of compulsory
drinking does not belong to the word. See the lexicons.
Excepting Griesb., Knapp, Mey., Sch., all the recent editors
insert to, before iev?; (A. B. C. 'a 16. p 3. y 2. Compl.').
For ■ypttoj oiyyfXos, all the recent editors have axxo? ayy£7.oj
*ptVo5 (A. B. C. ' o 24. |3 6. y 3. Compl. Vulg. MS. Tot. Copt.
Syr. Arm. Ar. P. Slav. MS.'). I recommend that this reading
be adopted, and translated: another, a third angel. Comp.
V. 8, N. k. — For a, see Dt., It., French verss. ;-Daub., Wells,
Xewc, Stu., (another third), Beng. and later German verss.,
Wesl. and the later English.
be translated, over. — B. V., ch. 13; 7 ;-W. (on), R. (upon) ;-
Vulg. (super), Syr. ( hv) ;-Herd., Mey., Hengst., (uber.
Ilengst. cites Job 36: 33 as analogous.), Ew. (as Vulg.):
Kist., Van Ess, (unter). Stu. (a>Mon£-) ;-Wahl (per, unter),
Rob. (upon, over, towards).
' See ch. 1 : 7. N. k.
REVELATION.
165
KING JAMES VERSION.
lowed them, saying witli a loud
voice, If any man worship the
beast and his image, and receive
his mark in his I'orehead, or in
his hand,
10 The same shall drink of
the wine of the wrath of God,
which is poured out without
mixture into the cup of his in-
dignation ; and he shall be tor-
mented vdth fire and brimstone
GREEK TEXT.
drjaev avrol?, Xeycoi' ev ^covfj
/xeyaXr], El tl9 to drjplov irpocr-
Kvvel Kol rrjv elKova avrov, koI
Xafi^avei -^apayfia iiii rov ix^tco-
TTOV avrov, i] eVi ryu X^^P'^ avrov,
10 Kal avros Trierat eK rod
o'ivov rov 6v/jLov rov 0eov,
KeKepao'/j.ei'ov aKparov Iv
TTor-qpLW r-qs opyrjs avrov,
REVISED VERSION.
them, saying with a loud voice :
If any 'one 'worshippeth the
beast and his image, and 'receiv-
eth °a mark ^on his forehead, or
'upon his hand,
10 ^^Even he shall drink of
Tov j the wine of the wrath of God,
.•; ! which »hath been s-mixed un-
! mixed 'in the cup of his indigna-
'^f ^ j tion, and he shall be tormented
rw
^aaavia-O-i^a-eraL Iv Trvpl Kal deicp >, with fire and brimstone 'before
• See 1 John 2 : 1, N. b, &c.
• See ch. 13 : 9, N. 1. Here applies the common rule re-
specting ft with the indicative in the protasis, followed also by
an indicative in the conclusion ; e.g. Matt. 19: 10, where the
disciples do not formally express any sceptical doubt, but,
taking for granted (since such is the case) the truth of their
Lord's doctrine, venture on a practical inference. So here ; not :
In case he should, but: As sure as he does. \V. (taketh);-
German verss., Dt., It., Fr. S. ;-Castal., Cooc, B. and L., Treg.
For T'. Or^f. Tifoax., all the recent editors read rtpocjx. t. 6rjf.
(A.B.O. 'ol9. |3 8. Compl.').
" ' However slight or secret ;' or simply : ' one of the many.' —
W., R., (use the definite article) ;-Latin verss. (supply nothing
to the noun). Germ., Dt., {as W.) ; Fr. S. ;-Beng., Dodd. {as
fr.;-and so Mey., Greenf, All., De W., Ebr.). Woodh., Sharpe,
Stu., Lord, Hengst.
' See oh. 13 : 16, NN. c, f, &c.
' The xaL does not belong to riUtai, he shall also, or even
drink (so at least it is transposed in the Dt., Fr. G.,-M.,-S. ;-
Brightm., Beng., Wesl., Lord, Ebr.); nor to ix ■toi otVoti, of
this wine as teell as of that, v. 8 (Par., Moldenh. The former,
after Pagn. and Bez., transposes thus : Bibet hie quoqite, and
remarks : ' Biberunt vinum illud : bibent etiam vinum hoc' But,
though the antanaclasis is evident, it is not effected by the xai.) ;
nor yet, in the proper connection with aOrd; (see 2 Pet. 1 : 14,
N. z, &c.), does it imply, he as iiiell as others (Wells, as well as
the Romish idolaters; B. and L., anssi-bien que la Bete; Ew.,
non minus quain Roma; De W., wie Babel und die Volker).
It is used, as the Hebrew ^ often is, to introduce a certain
result of the protasis, and it strengthens the already emphatic
aitoi (see 1 John 1 : 7, N". x, etc.) ; q. d. ' In the very person of
each particular transgressor shall this sin meet its inevitable
doom.'— Vulg. (et hie), Syr. (= De D. etiam ille), It. (anch^
eg-Zi) ;-Erasm., Vat., (as Vtdg.), Aret., Ew., (et ipse), Cocc,
Vitr., (etiam ipse), Daub, (and the same), Herd., Mey., AH.,
(auch er [rfe?-] wird trinken), Wakef. (tiien shall he), Dodd.,
Treg., Words., Murd., Kenr., (he also ;-Tieg. maiking the pro-
noun as emphatic), Woodh., Allw., Greenf. (sin C3 Nin), Stu.
(•the very same, xai adverbial and intensive.'). Ell. (he too).
• 'God's judgments, like the portion of His children, are
already prepared' (Matt. 25 : 34, 41 ; Ps. 7 : 12, 13 ; &c.). See
ch. 5 : 12, N. w and 2 Pet. 2 : 17, N. a.
■' 'Judgment without mercy; mixed with all wrathful
ingredients for the sake of increasing — unmixed with aught
that might reduce — its strength ;'— an allusion (which, together
with the oxymoron, is lost in E. V.) to the two ancient methods
of treating wine. The description rests on Ps. 75 : 8, as the
peculiarity of the phraseology does on the Sept. version : "Oft
Ttotrfiiov iv ajEipi Kupiou, oivou axfidrm rtX^psj xipdafiatos. The
senses given in E. V. to xipavvvfn, here and ch. 18: G, the only
places where it occurs in the N. T., find no warrant in the
Sept. (see Prov. 9 : 2, 5 ; Is. 5 : 22 ; 19 : 14), and very little, if
any, in classical usage (see Steph., Scap., Pass., L. and S.).
SchOttg., therefore, in defining by misceo alone, is more ac-
curate than the later N. T. lexicons.— W., E,., (mingled with
clear [pwre] iriwe) ;-Vulg. (mistum . mere), Syr. (= De D.
mixtum . merum), Dt. marg. (ongemengd ingemengd). It.
(mesciuto tutto puro) ;-Erasm., Vat., (as Vulg.), Casta!, (mi.r-
tum, merumque), Aret. (merum mi.vium). Grot. ('Hie potest
proprie sumi, ut intelligatur merum mixtum herbis veneni-
feris.'), Hamm., Wells (unmi.ved [with water and] mived
with [gall]). Daub, (mixed s/rong- ;-adding in the Comment:
'literally mixed U7imixed'), Dodd. ('tempered with various
ingredients of wrath, without any mi.vture of mercy'). Gill
Newc. marg., Kell., (mi.ved without mixture), Newt., Wakef.
(pure wine tempered with drugs), AVoodh. (the imbittered
powerful wine), Thorn, (mixed up unadulterated), Greenf.
(-0^ xia Tjioan), All. (stark geniischt), Ell., De W. ('unge-
mischt . . . eingeschenkt ist, eig. gemischt'), Words, (mixed
without water), Hengst. (gemischt unvermischt. In a note
he says: 'Even if mix could really stand for pour out this
would still be improper here on account of the axpatov follow-
ing. For the mi.ved and unmixed evidently form an enig-
matical contrast. Finally, in the parallel 18: G, the signi-
fication to pour out is not suitable.'), Kenr. (mingled with pure
wine), Ebr. (ungemischt gemischt). For in, see nearly all
the same authorities.
' For before, see ch. 13: 13, N. j. For rZv iy. dyy..
Lachm. and Treg. read dyy. dy. (' C. 38.'), and Tisch. reads niv
dyy. (' A. 26. Vulg. MS. Copt.').
166
REVELATION.
KING JAMES VERSION.
in the presence of the holy an-
gels, and in the presence of the
Lamb :
11 And the smoke of tlieir
torment ascendeth up for ever
and ever : and they have no rest
day nor night, who worship the
beast and his image, and whoso-
ever receiveth the mark of his
name.
12 Here is the patience of tlie
saints : here are they that keep
the commandments of God, and
the faith of Jesus.
13 And I heard a voice from
heaven, saying unto me. Write,
Blessed are the dead which die
in the Lord from henceforth :
Yea, saith the Spirit, that they
may rest from their labours ; and
their works do follow them.
GREEK TEXT.
ivcaiTLOv Twv ayiwv dyyeXcou, kol
evoDTTiov Tov apviov
11 Kcu 6 KaiTvos TOV ^aaa-
VKTjxov avTU)V dvaj3aLi>€i eh alcova^
almvoyv kcu ovk e^ovaiu dvavav-
(TLV rj/xepaf kol vvktos o'l Trpoar-
KVvoiivTes TO 6r]piov kcu tjjv elKova
avTov, Kal el Tif Xa/j.^avei to
y^apayp-a tov ovopaTos avrov.
12 ' f28e vTTopiovi] Tcov dyloiv
ecTTiv dSe o'l TrjpovvTes Tas ev-
ToXas TOV Oeov koI TTjU TTlCrTLU
Irjo-ov.
13 Kal TjKovaa (fycovrjf Ik tov
ovpavov, Xeyovarjs p-OL, Tpa^^ov,
3IaKapiot ol veKpol ol ev Kvpiu)
diroOvrjaKOVTes dirapTi. Nou,
XeyeL to lJvevp,a' \va avairav-
(TwvTai e'/c Tcav kottcov avTcov ra
8e epya avTwv uKoXovdel p.eT
avTcav.
REVISED VERSION.
the holy angels and 'before the
Lamb ;
11 And the smoke of their
torment "ascendeth " unto ages
of ages ; and they have no rest
day ^and night, who worship
the beast and his image, and 'if
any one receiveth the mark of
his name.
12 Here is "ithe jjatience of
the saints; "^here, they 'who keep
the commandments of God, and
the faith of Jesus.
13 And I heard a voice from
heaven, saying funto me : Write :
Blessed are the dead ^who die
in the Lord ^ henceforth. Yea,
saith the Spirit, that 'they may
rest from their 'toils, Jbut their
works ^ follow 'with them.
» For dva^. E15 aiuii'ttj aiuvav, all the recent editors (except
Bloomf.) read lif ai. al. ava^. ('A. C. a 10. (3 6. y 2. Compl.'
fi5 aiuia aiui'oj a. C). For the omission of up^ see ch. 8: 4,
N. 1. For unto ages of ages, see ch. 1 : 6, N. g, &c.
i" E. v., ch. 4: 8 ;-R. ;-Vulg., Syr., German verss., Dt. ;-
Erasm., Yat., Aret., Cocc, Vitr., Daub. (or;-and so Wesl.,
Wakef., Newc, Thorn., Allvr., Sharpe, Murd.), Stu., Lord,
Treg., Kenr. E. V. follows Pagn., Bez., &c.
' The form of the original is preserved by E. V., v. 9; &c. ;-
W., R. ;-Latin yerss., Germ., Dt. ;-Beng., Moldenh. {wenn
einer), Newc, Woodh., Stu., De W., Hengst.
^ Before rrto^., Beng., Matth., Lachm., Treg., "Words., Tisch.,
insert ri (A. B. C. 'a 21. j3 2.'). The second uSi is rejected
by all the recent editors on the authority of 'A. B. C. a 20.
/3 C. Vulg. Copt. Aeth. Syr. Erp. Slav, ed.' I recommend
that, in accordance with this reading, the word here be omitted.
Of those who follow the common text, the substantive verb is
not supplied by Fr. S. ;-Erasm., Pagn., Vat., Bez., Par., Cocc,
Vitr., Thom., AUw.
' Dodd., Wesl., Newc. and later verss.
' All the recent editors cancel the noC, on the authority of
' A. B. C. a 20. (3 5. Vulg. MS. Am. Copt. Aeth. Syr. Arr.'
I recommend that, in accordance with this reading, the words,
unto me, be omitted.
« See2Pet. 2:11, N. f.
"■ T., C, G., (hereafter) i-Dodd., Wakef., Newc, Woodh.,
Thom., Sharpe, Lord (as T.), Kell., ]Murd., Kenr. ;-Rob. {from,
now on ;-Iike the von nun an of the German verss.).
' For arartavauriai, Lachm. and Tisch. read drajtaijaorfat
('A. C Bloomf. regards this as 'evidently a mere .slip of the
pen.'); Treg. and Words., avartavaovtai (B. '16. 28. 30. 32. 36.
50. Er.' This, Bloomf. thinks, is 'not improbably the true'
reading.). For toils, see ch. 2: 2, N. d. On Hesych.'s 'ex
xoriuv. IX ruv dStxtcoi',' Ernesti's note is: 'cf. Apoc 14: 13 et
Mai. 2 : 13. Eodem modo glossae MS. in 12 proph.'
' 'Their toil (1 Cor. 15 : 58, xoTtoi) has not been in vain in the
Lord, though nothing now remains of it but its results (rd, spya)
and reward.' See 2 Pet. 1 : 5, N. r.— T., C. ;-Erasm., Vat.,
Cocc, Moldenh., Woodh., Ew., Allw., Stu. (moreover), De W.
For 6£, Lachm., Treg., Words., have ydp 'A. C. 18. 26. 38.
Vulg. Syr.').
k W., T. (shall), C, G., R. ;-Daub., Dodd., Wesl., Wakef.,
Newc, Woodh., Thom., Penn, Sharpe, Lord, Kenr.
I ' As an attendant train ; so speedy is their recognition and
reward.' (Comp. Milton's xiv. Sonnet: —
' Thy works, and alms, and all thy good endeavour,
'Stay'd not behind, nor in the grave were trod,'
[or, as it originally stood in MS.,
' Straight follow'd thee the path that saints have trod,']
' But, as Faith pointed with her golden rod,
' Follow'd thee up to joy and bliss for ever.')
REVELATION.
167
KING JAMES VERSION.
14 And I looked, and behold,
a white cloud, and upon the
cloud one sat like unto the Son
of man, ha\ang on his head a
golden crown, and in his hand a
sharp sickle.
15 And another angel came
out of the temple, crying with
a loud voice to him that sat on
the cloud. Thrust in thy sickle,
and reap : for the time is come
for thee, to reap ; for the harvest
of the earth is ripe.
16 And he that sat on the
GREEK TEXT.
14 KaX el8ov, kolI l8ov u€(j)€Xr]
XevKrj, Koi eVt Tr]u vecpeArju KaOi]-
fxevos ofJiOLOs v'lw avOpMirov, e^wv
eTTL Trjs Ke(f)a\i]s avTOV <Tre(j)auoi>
'^pvaovv, Kol Iv rf] X^'P' clvtov
Speiravov o^v.
15 /cat a'AAo? ayyeXos e^rjXdev
e'/c Tov vaov, KpaQav iv peyaXrj
(f)(oi>fj T(S KaOrj/jLevcp iirl rrjs uecpi-
Xr]^, Uefx^ou to Bptiravov crov,
KOLL OepLaov, OTL rjXde croL rj copa
TOV Beplaai, otl e^rjpavdr] 6 6e-
piajxos Trji yrjs.
IG Kou e^aXeu 6 KaOi-jpLevos
REVISED VERSION.
14 And I "saw, and behold a
white cloud, and upon the cloud
"one °sat like p a son of man,
having on his phead a golden
crown, and in his hand a sharp
sickle.
15 And another angel came
"iforth out of the temple, crying
with a loud voice to him that
sat on the cloud : 'Send thy
sickle, and reap ; for the 'hour
•of the reaping is 'for thee come :
for the harvest of the earth it
"dried.
16 And he that sat ^upon the
■o See ch. 4: 1, N. b.
" Seech. 1: 13, N. c.
» See ch. 4 : 2, N. j. All the recent editors have xaBrni-tvov
ofioiov (A. B. C. 'a 19. /3 7.'), except Bloomf. ; though in his
Supp. he says, that the change is made ' perhaps rightly, since
internal evidence' (in addition to 'many MSS., Versions, and
Fathers,') ' is rather in its favour.' Even this reading Win. is
inclined to take for a nominative neuter = somethiilg like a
man. But it is much better to class it with the other mixed
constructions of this book. See ch. 7 : 9, N. e.
p See ch. 1 : 13, N. d. For r^s xiq^axris, Lachm., Treg.,
Tisch., read r^v xs^a^rii^ (' A. o 6. [& 28. 29.]').
' For forth, see ch. 9 : 3, N. m, &c. The verb, iti/ntu,
occurs 81 times in the N. T., and, except here and in v. 18, is
always in E. V. rendered, to send, just as the parallel Mark
4: 29 is the only instance, out of 133, in which djtoo-f £>.>,« is
rendered otherwise than by send, send out, forlli, away. In
the exceptional cases it was supposed necessary to assume, that
in the action described the immediate object was still retained
in the hand. But the assumption is not necessary, and greatly
injures the sense. As the rod in Ps. 110 : 2, and the sword in
Matt. 10 : 34 ; Jer. 9 : IC ; &,c., so here the sickle is conceived of
as a missile, a messenger, executing a commission (Ps. 148: 8;
Is. 55 : 11. Comp. also Matth. 24: 31 with Joel 3 : 13).— W. ;-
Latin verss. (vni'Mej-Castal. and Ew. immitte), Syr. (lacks the
address of the angel in this verse, but in v. 18 uses the same
word as in Matt. 10: 16), Dt. (zend), Fr. G.,-M., (jette), Fr. S.
(eyivoie) ■,-'B. and L. marg. {envoyez). Daub., Allw., {send in),
Berl. Bib., Mey., Ilengst., Ebr., (sende), Beng. (Schick), Woodh.
(send forth), Greenf (nVa. the word in Joel), Ell. ;-the lexi-
cons generally' (Rob. explains the word here by to send forth,
though he adds: 'i. q. to thrust in').
See 1 John 2: 18, N. b, and comp. Matt. 24: 36.
" It. (del miefere) ;-Castal., Bez., Aret., Cocc, Vitr., (me-
tendi). Daub., Wakef , (<f reaping), Dodd., Woodh., (nf thy
reaping; including the aoi), Sharpe. Matth., Griesb., Sch.,
Bloomf., retain the -tov, which the other editors, on the author-
ity of A. B. C. ' a 9. ,3 5. Er.,' omit.
' The trot belongs as a dativus commodi exclusively to ^■k9s,
and is so construed by Dt., Fr. S. ;-Erasm. and the later Latin
verss., De W. (in 1839). But the pronoun is marked by
Bloomf as ' most probably, or certainly, an interpolation,' and
by all the other recent editors it is cancelled, on the authority
of A. B.C. 'a 24. (3 5. Compl. Vulg. Copt. Aeth. Arm. Arr.
Slav.' I recommend that this reading be followed, and the
words, for thee, omitted.
" The verb, |j;poi,Vu, occurs 16 times, and in E. V. is trans-
lated in ch. 16: 12; Mark 5: 29; 11: 20, to dry up; elsewhere,
except in this instance, to pine away, wither, wither away.
Comp. Luke 23 : 31, and, in the Sept. and E. V., Job 18: 16;
.Jer. 23 : 10; Ezek. 20 : 47 ; Hos. 9 : IG ; Nah. 1:10; Luke 23 : 31.
Ebr. here renders by gereift ist, but acknowledges that the
word nowhere else bears that sense. — E. V. marg. ;-R. (dry) ;-
Latin verss. (aruiV ;-except Cocc, .sjccato). Germ, (dilrre ge-
worden), Dt. marg. (dor, droog geworden), It. (secca) ;-Engl.
Ann. ('Or, dried; or, withered'), Ilamm., B. and L. marg.
(seche), Beng. (as Gerin.;-a.nd so De W., Ilengst.), Herd.,
Mey., All., Goss., (diirr), Newc. marg., Stu., Kenr., (as R.),
Ell. The idea of ripeness is an inference, and is not expressed
in any lexicon, except Schleus., Bretsch., Rob., Green.
' E. v., V. 14; &c., and see ch. 7: 1, N. b, &c. For tijv v.,
Lachm., Treg., Words., read rijs •'fft'J.Jjs (' A. 16*. 36. 47.' ry
vt^i'^yj B.).
— Syr. (= adhaerent cum. The verb is that used in Acts
8: 29, Join thyself; Rom. 12: 9, Cleave; &c.), Dt. ;-Castal.,
Cocc„ (eos comitantur), Hamm., Daub., B. and L. ('accom-
pagnenl. Gr. sidvenl avec eux'), Wakef, Woodh., Thorn, and
jMurd. (accompany), Allw., Penn, Sharpe, Lord, Words.,
Hengst., Ebr. E. V. and others follow the Vulg.
168
REVELATION.
KING JAMES VERSION.
cloud thrust in his sickle on the
earth ; and the earth was reaped.
17 And another angel came
out of the temple which is in
heaven, he also having a sharp
sickle.
18 And another angel came
out from the altar, which had
power over fire ; and cried with
a loud cry to him that had the
sharp sickle, saying. Thrust in
thy sharp sickle, and gather the
clusters of the vine of the earth ;
for her grapes are fully ripe.
19 And the angel thrust in
his sickle into the earth, and
gathered the vine of the earth.
GREEK TEXT.
eVi rrju ve(j)eXr)u to ^piiravov
avTOV eVt Tr]u yrjv, Koi ideplad^]
V yv-
17 Kal ccAAo? ayyeAof eg>?A-
Oeu e'/c Tov vaov rov iv t<S ovpavw,
e-^oiv kcCl avTos Spenravov ogv.
18 Koi a\Xo9 ayyeXos i^rjXdev
e'fc TOV 6v(TiaaT7]pLOV, e^cou i^ov-
crlav iirl tov 7rvp09, kcu icprnvrjo-e
Kpavyfj jxeyaXrj t(S e-^ovTL to 8pe-
iravov TO o^v, Xeycou, He/jAJrou
(TOV TO Spewapof to o^v, koI Tpv-
yrjcrov tovs jioTpvas r^? yi??, otl
■qKjJiaaav al (rTa(j)vXal avTrjs.
1 9 Koil efiaXev 6 ayyeXos to
opeiravov avTov ei9 Trjv yr]v, kcll
iTpvyijae ttju a/xireXov tyjs yris,
REVISED VERSION.
cloud "cast his sickle 'upon the
earth, and the earth was reaped.
17 And another angel came
'•forth out of the temple which
is in heaven, he also having a
sharp sickle.
IS And another angel came
^forth 'out of the altar, "having
power over "the fire, and ""he
'called with a loud 'cry to him
that had '^t\ie sharp sickle, say-
ing : 'Send ■'thy sharp sickle,
and gather the clusters of ' the
earth ; for 'her grapes are fully
ripe.
19 And the angel ^cast his
sickle ""unto the earth, and gath-
ered 'the fruit of the vine of the
" In contrast with the 7ii^4.or, t/JaXtv marks the ready and
strong assent of the Angel-reaper to the call and representations
of V. 15. Comp. V. 15, N. q and ch. 2 : 24, N. g— W. {sent) ;-
Latin verss. (misit ;-except Castal., immisit ; CocC;, conjecit),
Syr. (same word as in ch. 19 : 20), Dt. (zund), Ft. G.,-M. -S.,
(jeta);-Daub. (cast in), Woodh., Ell. {threw).
» See N. V, &c. Daub., Wesl., Woodh., Allw., Stu.
J See ch. 9 : 3. N. m, &c.
For forth, see ch. 9: 3, N. m, &c. For out nf, see E. V.,
vv. 15, 17, 20; ch. 16: 7; &c. The same phrase is used as in
T. 15, by R. {forth from), Vulg. {exivit de), Syr.. Germ.
{atis), It. {usci fuor del) Fr. G.,-M. -S., {sortit de) ;-Erasm.,
Vat., {exivit de), Castal. {ex), Brightra. (censures Bez.'s ab
[which Bez., as usual, adopted from Pagn.], and explains out of
by ch. 6:9), Moldenh., Wakef. (here only has, out of), Woodh.
{as R.), Penn {out from), Ell. ('observe ix, not drtd'), Hengst.
(•ascending from the base, where, according to ch. 6., lie the
souls of the martyrs. . . . Vain is Ewald's attempt to substi-
tute von [from\ for aus {out o/"].'). E. V. follows W., T.,
C, G.
' For haring, see E. V., vv. 14, 17 ; &c. ;-Fr. G.,-M.,-S. ;-Bez.,
Par., Cocc, Vitr., Dodd., Wakef., Woodh., Thorn., Allw., Sharpe,
Stu., Lord, Murd. E. V. and others follow the Vulg. The
reading o tx^v (A. C.) is adopted only by Lachm. and Tisch.
For the article before ^ire (whether the iire of the altar,
ch. 8 : 5, N. o ; or the element of fire, comp. ch. 11:6, N. w),
see R. ;-foreign verss. ;-Brightm., Daub, and later English
ver.^s. (except Wesl., Newc, Treg.).
>■ W., R. ;-Genn., Dt., French verss. ;-Dodd., Wakef., Woodh.,
Thom., Mey., Allw., All., Penn, Stu., Lord, Treg., De W., Murd.,
Kenr.
' When ^avta has the accusative after it, it is always in
E. V. to call, or call for. The present is the only instance of
its being followed by the dative of the immediate object.
Protestant German verss. {rief), Fr. S. (paWa) ;-Daub., Dodd.
{called out ■,~a.n^ so Woodh., Allw.), Newc, Stu. JIany others
avoid using a cognate verb and noun for j^uik. xpauyjj. In
having the same verb for fcfiii'jjBt here and xfdi^uv in v. 15,
E. V. and the older verss. follow the Vulg. For xpavyrj,
Lachm. and Treg. read ^avrj ('A. B. 38. Vulg. Aeth. Arm.
Ar.').
^ See 1 John 2: 7, N. o, &c.
' See V. 15, N. q.
f The Elzevir Text and all the recent editors insert the
words, trii anTti'Kov, before I'^j y^j. I recommend that this
reading be adopted: of the vine. For av-f^s, Tisch. reads tru
y^s (B. 'a 17. (3 7. Aeth. Syr.'). Bloomf. also is 'now in-
clined to receive' this reading ; but he errs in attributing it to
Lachm.
^ See V. 16, N. w, &c.
" See ch. 8 : 5, N. p, &e.
' This is not a supplement, but is involved in the Greek
verb, the specific sense of which is given in the Latin verss. by
vindemiavit ; It., vendemmio ; French verss., vendangea ; Daub.,
reaped; Stu. (including the noun), harvested the vineyard-
fruit; De W. and Ebr., herbstete.—W. {grapes of), T., C, G.,
{the gr. o/");-Dt. {de druiven ;-ma.Tkmg this as supplied) ;-
Dodd., Wakef, Woodh., Thom., Allw., Penn, {as T. ;-Dodd.
and Penn marking as supplied), Moldenh. {die Trauben).
REVELATION.
169
KING JAMES VERSION.
and cast it into the great wine-
press of the wrath of God.
20 And the wine-press was
trodden without the city, and
blood came out of the wine-press,
even unto the horse-bridles, by
the space of a thousand a?id six
hundred furlongs.
CHAP. XV.
And I saw another sign in
heaven, great and marvellous,
seven angels having the seven
last plagues ; for in them is filled
up the wrath of God.
2 And I saw as it were a sea
of glass mingled with fire : and
them that had gotten the victory
GREEK TEXT.
Koi e^aXev et? tt]!/ Xiqvov tov
Ovjxov TOV Oeov Tr]v jxeyaX-qv.
20 Kou iTraTrjdr) rj Xr)vos e^co
rri^ TroAewf, /cat ii^rjXOev a'lfxa Ik
Trjs Xrjvov ol^l tuiv yaXivSiv tcoi>
tinrcou, OLTTO aradlcoi' -^lXlcou i^a-
Koalcou.
CHAP. XV.
KAI el8oi> aXXo (nqfielov iv
Tco ovpavu) jieya kol Oav^aarou,
ayyeXovf eirra, k-)(OVTas TrXrjyay
eTTTo. ray ea^ras, on iv avrals
ireXecrdT] 6 6vfxo9 tov Oeov.
2 Kol el8ov 6)s OaXacraav
vaXLvrjv fxe/xLyixeinju irvpi, kou
TOVS VLKWVTaS e'/C TOV OrjpLOV KOU
REVISED VERSION.
earth, and cast ' into '■the great
winepress of the wrath of God.
20 And the winepress was
trodden 'without the city, and
'there came "forth blood out of
the winepress " unto the "bridles
of the horses, p a thousand "> six
hundred furlongs pofi".
CHAP. XV.
And I saw another sign in
heaven, great and "wonderful,
seven angels having the seven
last plagues ; for in them '■was
'finished the wrath of God.
2 And I saw as it were a
■■glassy sea mingled with fire,
and '■those 'who 'were victorious
' Not the vine, but the tfvyt). Comp. cb. 8 : 5, N. p. No-
thing is here supplied by W. ;-Latin verss. (except Castal.)
Syr. ;-Greenf., Sharpe, Lord, Hengst., Ebr.
It See 1 John 2 : 7, N. o, &c. For tiiv ^iiyaxr^v, all the recent
editors read tov fiiyav (A. B. C. 'o 20. p 5. Compl.'). See v. C,
N. f.
' For £?u, all the recent editors read tfuSfi- (A. B. C. 'a 24.
3 8. Compl.'). In the next clause, the Greek order of the
verb and its subject is retained by the Latin and French verss.,
It. ;-Berl. Bib., Beng., Moldenh., Woodh., AUvr., Greenf., Stu.,
De W., Hengst., Ebr.
"• See ch. 9 : 3, N. m, &c.
" E. v., ch. 2 : 10 ; &c. ;-W. (till to), R. (up to) ;-Brightm. (to),
Sym., Wakef., Newc, Thom.. Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Murd., Kenr.,
(as R. ;-and so Words., who also retains even. But the direc-
tion is determined, not by the preposition, but by the nouns
following.).
° W. {the br. of h.) ;-Brightm., Daub, (horses bridles),
Dodd., Wesl. (horses' bridles ;-and so Sharpe, Lord, Murd.,
the Amer. Bible Soc, Kenr.), Sym., Wakef., Newc, Woodh.,
Thom., Allw., Penn, Stu., Words.
P The drtd in this construction marks distance from. Comp.
John 11 : 18; 21 : 8, and see Win. 5 65. 4. and the lexicon.'?.—
R- (for) ;-Beng., Herd, and later German verss., (tausend
sechshundert Stadien weit), Dodd., Stu., (at tlie distance),
Wakef., Thom., Lord, Murd., Kenr., (as R.), Newc, Woodh.,
Allw., Words., (for the space), Penn (to the distance).
' R.;-foreign verss. (except Syr., Moldenh., Greenf ) ;-
Brightm., Daub., Dodd., Wesl., Woodh., Sharpe, Lord, Words.,
Kenr.
« W. ;-Brightm. (admirable), Daub., Dodd., Wesl., Wakef.,
Newc, Woodh., Thom., Lord, Barn., Jlurd., Kenr.
^ Syr. ;-Hamm., Wakef., Newc, Woodh., Thom., Mey.,
Kist., Sharpe. Treg. (hath been), De W.
' E. Y., ch. 10: 7; 11: 7; 20: 5; John 19: 30; &c;-W.
(ended), T., C, G., (fulfilled), R. (consummate) ;-Haram.
('or, finished'), Daub., Dodd. (completed -j-und so Woodh.,
Allw., Treg.), AVesI. (as T.), AVakef., Thom., Penn, Stu. (ac-
complished). Lord, Murd. and Kenr. (consummated).
J Seech. 4: 6, N. x.
' See ch. 2 : 2, N. h, &c., and 1 : 5, N. v, &c.
'' As often used, nxij = I am a victor = I have conquered.
But vixuvtai here is not t}ie participle of the present (Par. ' vic-
toriam reportant ;' Hengst. ' den Sieg behalten.' The latter
adds: 'It is the conquering, not such as have conquered, that
are spoken of, with reference to the present of the Seer, when
the victory is still in progress ;'-and so Ebr.), but of the imper-
fect, with reference to il&ov. Grammatically, therefore, E. V,
can be defended. But it is better to come closer to the form
of the original— W., R., (overcame) -j-Dt. (de overwinning
hadden), Fr. S. (etaient vainqueurs) ;-Bez., Cocc, Vitr., (toc-
toriam reportabant), Beng. (siegeten), Dodd., Kenr., (as IV.),
Wesl. (gained the victory), Wakef. (escaped unconquered),
Thom., Stu. (came nff conquerors), Bloomf. (came off victors),
Lord. Castal., Mey., Win., Sharpe, De W., &c., treat Toij »ix,
as a substantive, without regard to time.
22
170
REVELATION.
KING JAMES VERSION.
over the beast, and over his
image, and over his mark, and
over the number of his name,
stand on tlie sea of glass, having
the harps of God.
3 And they sing the song of
Moses the se.vaut of God, and
the song of the Lamb, saying.
Great and marvellous are thy
works, Lord God Almighty ; just
and true arc thy ways, thou
King of saints.
4 "Who shall not fear thee, O
Lord, and glorify thy name '? for
thou only art holy : for all nations
GREEK TEXT.
e/c rrjf etKouos avTou Kat e/c rov .
-^apayixaros avTov, e'/c tov apiB/jLov
Tov bvoixaros avrov, iaTwras ^ttL
TTjv OaXaacav rrjv vaXivrjv, e^ou-
ras KiOdpas rov Oeov.
3 /cat aSovcri rrjv w8r)v JHco-
aems SovXov tov Oeov, kou rrjv
d)8rju TOV apviov, Xeyovre?, J/e-
yaXa kcu Oavfiao'Ta tu epya aov,
Kvpte 6 Oeos 6 TTavTOKpaTap-
SiKatai Kol dXrjdii'ai ai 68oi crov,
6 fiaaiXevf Tmv kyiwv.
4 TLS ov p-y] (po^Tjdfj ere, Kvpie,
Koi So^acrr] to bvopia aov ; oti
pibuos bcnos' otl iravTa Ta iOvr]
REVISED VERSION.
'from the beast, and ^from his
image, and ''from his mark, "from
the number of his name, 'stand-
ing Jby the '^glassy sea, having
|<harps of God.
3 And they sing the song of
Moses 'the servant of God, and
the song of the Lamb, saying :
Great and 'wonderful are thy
works, "0 Lord God "the Al-
mighty; "righteous and true are
thy ways, "thou King of pthe
''saints.
4 Who shall not fear 'thee,
Lord, and glorify thy name?
for tho:i only art holy : for all
^ The construction vixu ix. unexampled elsewhere, is com-
pared by Grot, to Victor ab Atirorae popidis ; by Wahl and
■\Vin. to the common victoriam ferre ex. But it is better
taken for a Hebraistic construciio prae^nans. including de-
liverance and victorious separation from ; and hence several
of the translations in N. f. — Syr. (= -ja), Dt. (ra?i) ;-Erasm.,
Yat., Cocc, Vitr., (<fe), Pagn.. Castal., Bcz., Par., (e.r), Newt.
([had escaped victors] from) Ew. ([sujieriores recedunt]a).
Stu., Lord, De AV. and Ebr. (von), Bloomf., Treg., Hengst.
(• strictlj- : out of the beast. This construction, quite unusual
elsewhere, points to tiie circumstance that, before the victor3',
they were in the beast's power, and is explained by ch. 11 : 7.'
He also cites Ps. 22 : 22 [21].) ;-Rob.
'' Bloomf. brackets, and all the other recent editors cancel,
the words ix roD j;apay^aT'os avtoi, on the authority of ' A. B. 0.
a 24. p 4. Compl. Vulg. Copt. Aeth. Syr. Arr.' I recommend
that this reading be adopted, lind the words, from his mark,
omitted.
\ Seech. 10: 5, N. r, &c.
1 Whether the historical parallel is 'the molten sea' of the
temple (Mede, Cuninghame. &g.) or, as is more commonly and,
I think, correctly supposed, the triumph at the Red Sea,
Ex. 15., frti must here be used as at ch. 3: 20; 8: 3; &c. —
G. (at) ;-Ar. (= prope). Germ, (an ;-not avf as Moldenh.,
Goss., AH., after the Vulg. super), Dt. (aan ;-not op) ;-Pagn.,
Bez.. Par., (apud), Brightm., Engl. Ann. and Scott (Or, af),
Grot, ('sicut monies stant circa mare'), Daub., Beng. (as
Genre. ;-and so Mey., De W., Hengst., Ebr.), Dodd., Wesl. (as
G.;-and so Wakef., Thorn.), Gill and Ell. ('or rather, bf),
Newc, Bloomf., Scholef. ;-SchOttg. (apud, prope ;-and so
Schleus., a.ddingjuxta), Bretsch. (ad), Wahl (an, bei). Others
(Stu., &c.) explain the sea as denoting the pavement or floor,
on which, they think, rested ' the throne itself of God,' together
with the surrounding worshippers. And, the case being a
doubful one, T recommend that the words : • Or, 7ipon,' be set in
the margin.
" Pr. S. ;-Brightm., B. and L., Jloldenh., Wakef., Newc.
(marks the as supplied), Woodh., All., Sharpe, Stu., Ell., Stier,
Lord, De W., Words., Kenr.
1 Before SavXov. all the recent editors (except Jlatth., Griesb.,
Sch., Bloomf., TischO insert toi (-A. a 8. [& 12.] Compl.').
For wonderful, see v. 1, N. a.
" E. v., ch. 11 : 17; &c.;-lt., Fr. G.-M.;-B. and L., Daub.,
Dodd., Wakef., Newc, Woodh., Lord, Treg., Words., Kenr.
° For tlie, see ch. 4 : 8, N. k. For righteous, see 2 Pet.
2: 7, N. j, &.C. E. V. elsewhere (4 thnes) in this book ;-Dodd.,
Wesl., Newc, Treg.
» An allowable compensation for the Greek idiom, = 5; tl
5 ?a.a. See ch. 12 : 12, N. x.
p See ch. 5 : 9, N. j and 12 : 5, N. x.
1 For dytuv, all the recent editors (except Theile) read iBviliv
('A. B. a 27. /3 9. y 3. Compl. Copt. Aeth. Arm. Ar. P. Slav.
MSS.' Theile errs in citing this as the text. rec). Matth.,
indeed, has dyi'u^, but evidently by an oversight, as in his note
he concurs in Beng.'s strong condemnation of that reading,
which arose, Matth. also thinks, from the scholium of Andr. :
■tCiv • • . offt'ws rto^itivaaiiivav. I recommend that the reading
iSvuv be followed, and translated : nations. Still another read-
ing, which Mill regarded as omnino genuinam, is aMvuv
(' C. 18. Vulg. Syr. Arm. ed. in m. Erp.').
' The Of is cancelled by Lachm., Hahn, Mey., Treg., Tisch.,
Theile, on the authority of ' A. B. C. 12. 14. 36. 47. 92. Er. Vulg.
MS. Am. Tol. Aeth. Arm.'
REVELATION.
171
KING JAMES VERSION.
shall come and worship before
thee ; for thy judgments are
made manifest.
5 And after that I looked,
and behold, the temple of the
tabernacle of the testimony in
heaven was opened :
6 And the seven angels came
out of the temple, having the
seven jjlagues, clothed in pure
and white linen, and having
their breasts girded with golden
girdles.
7 And one of the four beasts
gave unto the seven angels seven
golden vials lull of the wrath of
GREEK TEXT.
■^^ovcrt, Koi irpo(TKVvrjaov(TLV iuco-
TTiov crov on ra SLKaicop.ara crov
icpavepaBrjaau.
5 JKai iiera ravra eloov, koll
ISov rjvoiyrj 6 vaos rrjs cTKrivrjs
rod [xapTvpiov Iv r« ovpavm-
6 Kcu e^rjXOov ol eirra ayyeXot
i-^ovTei Ta9 eTTTa irXrjya^, Ik tov
vaou, ivSeSvp-evoi Xlvov Kadapov
KCU Xap.irpov, koi irepieC^axrp.euoi
irepl TO. a-TTjOr] ^cavas ■)(pv(Ta9.
7 KCU. 'kv eK TUiv recrcrapcov ^(ocop
eScoKe Tois eivra ayyeXots eVra
(pLaXas ^vaas, yepiovaas tov
REVISED VERSION.
■the nations shall come and wor-
ship before thee ; 'because thy
"judgments "were "manifested.
5 And after 'these things I
^saw, and, 'behold, the temple
of the tabernacle of the testi-
mony in heaven was opened :
6 And the seven angels 'hav-
ing the seven plagues came
'■forth 'out of the temple, clothed
in ""linen pure "and "^bright, and
fgirt ^round ^about '■the breasts
with golden girdles.
7 And one of the four 'living
creatures gave imto the seven
angels seven golden -"bowls, full
For oaioj. Matth. reads ayiof (• B. a 26. (3 7. y 2. Compl.') ;
and, for Ttdvta ■ro iOvij. he reads rtoi'ffs ('B. a 21. j3 7. Ar. P.').
For the article, sec ch. 12 : 5, N. x.
' This clause seems to present the manifestation of God's
judgments as the occasion and cause of the universal worship
(comp. Is. 26 : 9 ; itc). rather than of the confident anticipation
regarding it just expressed; whereas what God is in himself,
ftoKoj offioj, is the immediate ground of the interrogative chal-
lenge in the beginning of the verse. — Castal. {quod ;-instead of
nam, which he uses in the two previous clauses ; and the reason
of the change is still more clearly determined by his changing
also the indicative mood of other Latin verss. into the sub-
junctive, palefacta sint.), Moldenh., De W., (arei7;-for the
deiin of the other clauses), Stu. (also rendering the second oti.
truly), Lord, Murd. (since ;-in the previous clauses, because),
Kenr., Ebr. (renders the triple 6ri,, denn . . . also d^ss . . . well).
° ' Judicial acts' = DiaQlTia, Is. 26 : 9.
' See N. t.
" Seech. 3: 18, N. a. &c.
» See ch. 4 : 1, N. a.
y Seech. 4: 1, N. b.
' All the recent editors cancel i&tn, on the authority of
' A. B. C. a 27. (3 9. Compl. Aeth. Syr. Arm. Slav. MSS.' I
recommend that this reading be aiiopted, and that the version
stand thus : and the temple.
* The participial clause identifies the angels ; which is yet
more clear in the reading, ot ixoptei (' A. C. a 2. ^ 8. Compl.'),
adopted by all the recent editors. I recommend that this read-
ing be followed, and translated : who had. — The participle is
kept in immediate connection with its noun, by W., R. ;-foreign
verss. ;-Dodd. and the later English (e.\cept Words.).
" See ch. 9 : 3, N. m. &c.
» Matth. and Tisch. cancel the words ix tov taoii, on the
authority of ' B. a 19. j3 4. ;' Matth. also inserting the words ol
risav, on the authority of ' B. o 17. S 7. y 2. Compl.'
" The Greek order is observed by W. ;-Latin verss. (except
Castal.), Syr., It., French verss. ;-Daub., Greenf. But all the
recent editors cancel the xai before Xa^rfpdr, on the authority of
• A. B. C. a IC. p 7. Er. Vulg. JIS. 4m. Tol. Copt. Syr. Arr.
Slav. MS.' I recommend that this reading be adopted, and
that the version stand thus : pure, bright linen. For -kCvov,
Lachm. reads %leov (' A. C. 38**. 48. 90. Vulg. MS. Am. Slav.
MSS.'). Comp. Ezek. 28: 13; and Milton: -Zeal, whose sub-
stance is ethereal, arming in complete diamond, ascends his
fiery chariot.' (Apol.for Smect. sect. I.). And again in P. L.
vi. 109, 110 :
•' Satan, with vast and haughty strides advanc'd,
' Came towr'ing, arm'd in adamant and gold.'
« E. v., ch. 22 : 16 ; Acts 10 : 30. This idea of lustre is given
by T., C, G.;-Syr. (see Michaelis ad CastelL), Protestant
German verss. (the Vulg. having candido) except Herd., Dt.,
It., Fr. S.;-Casta!., Brightm., Bez., Grot., Cocc, Vitr., B. and
L., Daub., Dodd., Woodh., Sharpe. Stu., Lord, Treg., Murd.
f The participle is kept in its place, and translated as de-
pendent on ayyfXot, by ^V., R. ;-foreign verss. generally ;-Daub.,
Dodd., Newc, Woodh., Allw., Penn, Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg.,
Murd., Kenr. For the form of the participle, see E. V.. ch.
1 : 13 ;-Daub., Wesl., Woodh., Stu., Kenr.
^ Comp. ch. 1 : 13. AH the verss. referred to in the first
half of N. f express one of the Greek prepositions ; only the Dt.
(omgord om), Moldenh., Mey., De W., Ebr., (umgilriei icvi),
express both.
^ E. v., ch. 1 : 13 ; &c. ;-W., R. ;^Latin verss., Dt., It, Fr. S. ;-
Daub., Berl. Bib., Moldenh., Herd., Mey., Allw., All., Stolz,
Kist., Sharpe, Stu., Lord, De W., Kenr., Ebr.
' See ch. 4 : 6, N. a.
1 Seech. 5: 8, N. g.
17i
REVELATION.
KING JAMES VERSION.
God, who livetli for ever and
ever.
8 And the temple vpas filled \
with smoke from the glory of
God, and from his power ; and ,
no man was able to enter into ;
the temple, till the seven plagues
of the seven angels were ful-
filled.
CHAP XVI.
And I heard a great voice out
of the temple, saying to the
seven angels, Go your ways, and
pour out the vials of the wrath
God of upon the earth.
2 And the first went, and
poured out his vial upon the
earth ; and there fell a noisome
and grievous sore upon the men
which had the mark of the beast,
and uiwn them which worship-
ped his image.
GREEK TEXT.
Ovfiov rod Oeov tov ^auTOs els
rovf alwvas twv alavcov.
8 /cat iyef^Lcrdr] 6 vaos Kairvov
e'/c rrjs do^rjs tov Oeov, kcll eK
r^f dwa/jLems avrov- kcu ovSelf
rjSvuaTO elaeXdeiu ety tov paov,
a)(pL TeXecrdcocTLV al eVra TrXrjyal
T&v eVra ayyiXcav.
CHAP. XVI.
KAI rjKovaa (f)coi>rJ9 fj.€ya\r]9
€K TOV vaov, Xeyova-qs roi? eiTTa
dyyeXoLf, YirayeTi, /cat tKyeaTt
TOLS ^(.aXas TOV Ovfxov tov Oeov
els Trjv yy]v.
2 Kai airrjXOev 6 TrpaiTOs, /cat
e^e^ee Trjv (piaXr]u avTov cVt Trjv
yrjv KCU eyeveTO eXKOs KaKov kou
TTOvqpov et? Tovs avBpwjrovs tovs
e^ovTas TO ^apayfxa tov Orjpiov,
/cat T0V9 TT) eLKOUL avTov irpoa-
KWOVVTaS.
REVISED VERSION.
of the wrath of God who liveth
'unto the ages of the ages.
S And tiie temple was filled
with smoke from the glory of
God, and from his power ; and
no 'one was able to enter into
the temple, till the seven plagues
of the seven angels "'should be
"finished.
CHAP. XVI.
And I heard a "loud voice "out
of the temple, saying to the
seven angels : "Go, and pour out
the ' bowls of the wrath of God
•'into the earth.
2 And the first went *away,
and poured out his ''bowl 'upon
the earth ; and there ^came an
"■evil and grievous sore 'upon the
men 'who had the mark of the
beast, and ' who worshipped his
k See ch. 1 : 6, N. g, &c.
1 See ch. 5 : 3, N. e, &c.
" It. (fossero). French verss. (fiissent) ;-Hamm., Beng. and
•De "W. (waren), Woodh., Allw,, Lord.
° See V. 1, N. c.
' See ch. 1 : 10, N. x. JIatth. and Tisch. cancel the words
Ix rov voMv, on the authority of ' B. a 18. /3 5. Syr. (in some
copies). Ar. P. Slav. MSS.'
•> Except in this instance, irtdyu is always (5 times) in this
book, and generally elsewhere, rendered in E. V., to go ;-W.
((to ye), R. ;-Latin verss. (Ite), It. (Andate), French verss.
(Allez) ;-Daub. (g-o on), Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Newc, Woodh.,
Thom., Penn (as W.), Sharpe, Stu.. Lord, Treg. and Murd. (g-o
forth), Kenr.
' Before ^lojiaj, all the recent editors (though Bloomf. thinks
that ' internal evidence is rather against it') insert Ertf a ' A. B. C.
o 20. p 7. Vulg. Syr. Arm. Arr.' I recommend that this read-
ing be adopted : seven. For bowls, see ch. 5 : 8, N. g.
■1 Comp. ch. 13 : 13, N. i, &c., and v. 3, N. 1. W. ;-Latin
verss. (_in, with the accusative), Syr. (^ Greenf. a). It. (7ie);-
Sharpe {on to). Treg.
' Seech. 12: 17, N. r, &c.
f See ch. 5 : 8, N. g. For luC, Matth., Sch., Lachm., Hahn,
Treg., Words., Tisch., read Us (A. B. C. ' o 19. |3 7. Vulg. Syr.
Ar. P.'). I recommend that the words: 'Or, as many read,
into,' appear in the margin.
^ Comp. 2 Pet. 1 : 20, N. w. E. V. rather excludes the idea
of an eruption from within. — W., E., {was made) ;-Latin verss.
{factum est ;-except Castal., affecti sunt homines), Syr.
(= Greenf. in^). Germ, {ward), Dt. {werd), Fr. G. {fut faite),
Fr. S. {y eut) j-Daub., Words., {became), Berl. Bib., Beng.,
Van Ess, Goss., {kam), Dodd., Stu., Treg., Murd., {was),
Wesl., Wakef., Woodh., Thorn., Mey. {as G'er7re.;-and so All.,
Hengst.), Ew. {ortum est, venit). Ell. {broke out). Lord, De W.
and Ebr. {enlstand), Kell. {ensued), Kenr. {as R.).
^ E. v., generally; never, as here;-Syr., Protestant German
verss. (use 66se;-except Ebr., schlimmer), Dt. {kwaad), Fr. G.,
-S., {mauvaise) ;-Erasm. and later Latin verss., except Castal.,
{malum. ;-for the Vulg. saevum), Engl. Ann., Wakef. and Newc.
{bad), Woodh., Lord, Barn, (evil, bad).
' Here the more suitable proposition is Erti (A. B. C. "a 21.
(3 C. Syr. Arm. Arr.'). adopted by Beng., Matth.. Sch., Lachm.,
Hahn, Treg., Words., Tisch. For who, see 2 Pet. 2: 11, N. f.
) The worshippers of the image are not a distinct class from
those who bear the mark ; ch. 13 : 15-17; 14 : 9. — Neither the pre-
position nor the demonstrative is repeated by the German verss.,
Dt. ;-B. and L., Daub., Wesl.. Stu., Lord, Murd. Castal., Cocc,
Vitr., retain the participial construction in both clauses; Bez.,
Par., Bierm., Dodd., Matth., omit only the preposition. E. V.
and others follow the Vulg. For who, see 2 Pet. 2: 11, N. f.
REVELATION.
173
KING JAMES VERSION.
3 And the second angel pour-
ed out his vial upon the sea;
and it became as the blood of a
dead man ; and every living soul
died in the sea.
4 And the third angel poured
out his vial upon the rivers and
fountains of waters: and they
became blood.
5 And I heard the angel of
the waters say, Thou art righ-
teous, O Lord, which art, and
wast, and slialt be, because thou
hast judged thus.
GREEK TEXT.
3 KcLL 6 SevTepos ayyeXos
e^e)(€^ T^]v (j)ia^r)v avrov ei? rrji^
OaXaa-aav kcu lyevero aijxa co?
ueKpov, Kol Trdaa "^v^ ^aaa
aireOaveu iv rfj daXaararj.
4 Kal 6 rpLTos ayyeXos f ^f'x^^
Tr]v ^idXyjv avrov els rovs Trora-
fiovs Kol els TOLS Tri]yas rav v8a-
Tcov KOL iyevero alfxa.
5 Kal rJKOvaa tov dyyeXov
Tcav vbdroov XeyovTOs, AiKaios,
Kvpte, el, 6 cbv Kal 6 r/v Kal 6
ocrios, OTL ravra eKpivas'
REVISED VERSION.
3 And the second "angel pour-
ed out his "bowl 'into the sea ;
and it became " blood as of °one
dead ; and every "living soul
died in the sea.
4 And the third "angel poured
out his pbowl 'iinto the rivers
and 'into 'the fountains of 'the
waters ; and 'they became blood.
5 And I heard the angel of
the waters "saying: ''Righteous,
"O Lord, art thou, ^who art, and
^who wast, 'even 'the Holy One,
because thou "didst adjudge
■■tliese things.
" Knapp brackets, and Beng., Mey., Lachm., Treg., Words.,
Tisch., cancel, the word ayyfTio;, on the authority of 'A. C. 18.
Vulg. MS. Am. Tol. Aeth.' For boui, see oh. 5 : 8, N. g.
1 See V. 1, N. d, &c. W. ;-Latin verss. (in, with the ac-
cusative), Syr. (= Greenf.'s a), Germ., Dt., It., Fr. S. ;-Daub.,
Beng., Moldenh., Herd., Mey., Stu., Treg., Hengst.
"' Not" in appearance merely. — The uj is kept in its own
place, and aXjio. translated without an article, by W., R. ;-Latin
verss. (except Pagn., Bez., Par.), Syr., German verss. (except
All.), Dt, It, Fr. S. ;-Daub., Dodd., Wesl., Newc, Woodh..
AUw., Sharpe, Lord, Treg., Kell., Murd., Kenr.
° For om, see ch. 1: 13, N. c. E. V., Mark 9: 26;-R.;-
German verss., Dt, Fr. S. ;-Thom., Penn (marking it as sup-
plied). Lord. For fiiao (which Sch. cancels, according to
' a 19. (3 4. Slav. MSS.'), Grie.sb., Knapp. Mey., Lachm., Hahn,
Treg., Words., Tisch., Theile, read W^i ('A. C. Syr.') After
drtt'9., Lachm., Treg., Words., Tisch., Theile, insert to, (' A. C.
Syr. Slav. MS.').
" Kn. brackets, and all the other recent editors cancel, the
word oyyfXof, on the authority of A. B. C. 'a 18. (3 6. Vulg.
Aeth. Ar. P.' I recommend that, in accordance with this read-
ing, the word angel be omitted.
P See ch. 5 : 8, N. g.
1 See V. 3, N. 1, &c. Lachm., Treg., Words., cancel the
second tij, on the authority of 'A. C. 10. 43. 49. 91. Compl.
Copt.'
' E. v., ch. 8 : 10 ; &c. ;-W., R. ;-foreign verss. (except Herd.,
Mey.) ;-Daub., Dodd., Wakef., Woodh., Thom., Allw., Sharpe,
Lord, Treg., Murd., Kenr.
• Seech. 8: 10. N. e, &c.
t Notwithstanding De W.'s negative, a comparison of vv. 3, 4
with ch. 8:8-11 demands this construction. The singular
iyiviio is no objection, it being quite common, both in Greek
and Latin, for the verb to take the number of a predicative
substantive. The reading lyivovto ('A. 36.') is edited by
Lachm.
" See ch. 6 : 3, N. k.
" The adjective retains its emphatic position in W. ;-Latin
verss., Syr. ;-Daub., Beng., Dodd., Wesl., Herd., Woodh.,
Thom., Mey., Allw., Greenf., Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg., De W.,
Words., Murd., Ebr.
" The word KiJpts is marked by Bloomf. as ' most probably,
or certainly, an interpolation,' and caacelled by all the other
recent editors, on the authority of A. B.C. 'a 25. )3 6. y 3.
Compl. Vulg. MS. Am. Tol. Copt. Syr. Ar. P. Slav. MSS.'
I recommend that this reading be adopted, and that the version
stand thus : Righteous art thou.
- See2Pet2:ll, N. f.
y Allw. But all the recent editors cancel the xal, on the
authority of ' A. B. C. a 25. |3 7. y 3. Compl. Vulg. Arm. Slav.
MS.' I recommend that, in accordance with this reading, the
word even be omitted.
' Of Bez.'s reading, o {do/tfi'oj, followed in E. V., Words.
says: 'In nuUo quod ,?ciam Codice invenitur o f ff., quam lec-
tionem' [quae lectio T\ ' e.x Bezae recensione in Versionem
Anglicanam immigravit.' Comp. ch, 11: 17, N. a. The
o before ooioj is bracketed by Bloomf, and cancelled by Matth.,
Lachm., Hahn, Treg., Words., Tisch., (not, as Bloomf. says,
'by all the recent editors;') on the authority of 'A. B.C.
a 19. /3 5. Syr. Arm.'
" Moldenh. (gerichtlich beschlossen hast), Penn, Lord, (hast
adjudged), Sharpe (judgedst), Ebr. (Urtheil gesprocheii
AasO;-Wahl, Schirl., {\decerno'], beschliessen, verordnen),
Rob. (to determine on, to decree), Green (to resolve on, to
decree).
" Seech. 4: 1, N. a.
174
REVELATION.
KING JAMES VERSION.
6 For they have shed the
blood of saints and prophets,
and thou hast given them blood
to drink ; for thej' are worthy.
7 And I heard another out of
the altar say, Even so. Lord God
Almighty, true and righteous
are thy judgments.
8 And the fourth angel pour-
ed out his vial upon the sun;
and power was given unto him
to scorch men witli fire.
9 And men were scorched
■with great heat, and blasphe-
med the name of God, which
hath power over these plagues :
GREEK TEXT.
6 oTt ai/xa aylcdv koll 7rpo(j)T]-
rav e'^e^eaj', kcll a'lixa avTois
e'BcoKas TTieiv a^ioi yap elai.
Y Kal rjKOvaa aWov iic rod
OvcnaaTrjpiov, XeyovTO?, Nai,
Kvpie 6 Geo? o TrapTOKparcop,
aXr}6t.vai ical BiKaiai al KpLaeL^
crov.
8 Kal 6 rirapros ayyeXos
i^e^ee ttjv (^LaXr]v avrov eVt tov
fjXiov Kcu iSodr] avTm KavjxaTia-aL
TOVS dvdpCOTTOVS iv TTVpi'
9 KOL f.Kavp.aTL(r6rjaav o'l av-
OpcaTTOi Kavp-a p-^yct, Koi e^Xaar-
(j)rjp.-)](Tav TO ovofia rov Oeou
Tov eyjiVTO? e^ovalau eVt ra^
REVISED VERSION.
6 For they 'poured out the
blood of saints and prophets,
and thou ''gavest them blood to
drink ; =for they are worthy.
7 And I heard 'another out of
the altar ^saying: '■Yea, 'O Lord
God 'the Almighty, true and
righteous are thy judgments.
S And the fourth "angel pour-
ed out his 'bowl upon the sun ;
and "it was given unto °him
to scorch "the men with fire.
9 Aud fthe men were "scorch-
ed with great 'scorching, and
'they blasphemed the name of
God, 'who 'had " power over
' Comp. E. v., Jcr. 18 : 21 ; Zeph. 1:17. ' Their sin furnished
the type of its own punishment.' Comp. ch. 18 : 6; Gen. 9 : 6;
Is. 49 : 26; Ezek. 35 : 6 ; 2 Cor. 5 : 10. This affinity between
the offence and the retribution is vividly suggested in the Greek
by the use of the same verb in describing both, as well as by
the correspondent position of either alfia. And thus, through-
out the ch., W. employs the phrase, to shed out (so T., C, in
vv. 3, 4, 6) ;-Latin verss., effundere (except Matth., who has
here the s\mi>\e fuderunt), Syr., = Chald. ai'ti; Fr. S., verser;-
Dodd., Woodh., to pour forth or out; Thom., Sharpe, to pour
out. German verss. change giesseii or ausgiessen to vergies-
sen ; and similarly the Dt. The historical time is retained
by W., T., C, G.;-Brightm., Wakef., Thom., Sharpe. See
ch. 17:2, 17, NN.j, w.
'' Sharpe, Ebr. Lachm., Treg., Words., read iiSaxa;
('A. C).
' All the recent editors cancel the ycip, on the authority of
A. B. C. 'a 25. ^ 8. 7 3. Compl. ToL Copt. Slav. MS.' I re-
commend that, in accordance with this reading, the word for
be omitted.
<■ All the recent editors cancel the words, aX7.ou ix, on the
authority of ' A. B.' (Words, says that B. has ix, not aXKmi)
' C. a 26. )3 7. 7 2. (Compl. ix). Vulg. MS. Copt. Syr. Ar. P.
Slav. MSS.' I recommend that this reading be adopted, and
the words, another out of, omitted. The altar itself is then
personified, as a spectator stirred with sympathy in the joy
and adoration of its own avenged martyrs.
s See ch. 6 : 3^ N. k.
'' See ch. 1 : 7. N. 1.
' Seech. 15: 3, N. m.
1 Seech. 4: 8, N. k.
' All the recent editors cancel the word oyytjioj, on the au-
thority of A. B. C. 'a 12. 13 3. Vulg. MS. Tol. Aeth. Syr.
Ar. P.' I recommend that, in accordance with this reading,
the word angel be omitted.
1 See ch. 5 : 8, N. g.
■" See ch. 6 : 4, N. q. There E. V. marks power as supplied.
" Dt. ;-Hamm., Cocg., Marck, Vitr., Daub,, Dodd., Moldenh.,
Thom., CroL, Lord, Treg., De W., Barn., Ebr., refer ait^ to
jjTiioi' ; Beng. objecting, that iSoBtj is more appropriate to the
angel, and Hengst. appealing to ch. 7 : 2 and 4 (6) : 8, as still
more decisive. But the point is a doubtful one, and I recom-
mend that the note : ' Or, it,' be set in the margin.
" Comp. ch. 9: 6, N. y. Here the reference is to those de-
scribed in V. 2. — Foreign verss. ;-i Wells, Wesl., Woodh., Thom.
(at V. 9), AIlw., Penn. Ell., Lord.
p See V. 8, N. o, &c.
1 A noun cognate to the preceding verb is employed by Latin
verss. (except Castal.), Syr., Dt., It. ;-Hamm. (scorched
greatly or a great scorch'), Berl. Bib., Herd., Stolz, Mey.,
Sharpe (scorched with a great scorch), Treg. (as above),
De W., Ebr.
French verss. ;-Beng., Moldenh., Wakef., Thom., Sharpe,
Stu., Ell., Lord, Kenr. After il3}.aa<f., Matth., Sch., Tisch.,
repeat ot a,v8purtoi, (' B. a 22. /3 6. Compl. Syr. Ar. P. Slav.
MS.').
• See 2 Pet. 2: 11, N. f.
' The participle here does not state a general truth didacti-
cally, but assigns the historical reason of the blasphemies. The
men were conscious that God was the Author of their suffer-
ings. Comp. Is. 8: 21. Hence Castal.'s qui haberet. — T. ;-
Beng., Dodd., Wesl., Newc, Woodh., All., BU., Kenr.
" Before i^ovaiav, the Compl., Beng., Lachm., Treg., Words.,
Tisch., insert tr-jV (A. and 6 cursive MSS.).
REVELATION.
175
KING JAMES VERSION.
and they repented not to give
him glory.
10 And the fifth angel poured
out his vial upon the seat of the
beast ; and his kingdom was full
of darkness ; and they gnawed
their tongues for pain,
11 And blasphemed the God
of heaven, because of their pains
and their sores, and repented not
of their deeds.
12 And the sixth angel poured
out his vial upon the great river
Euphrates ; and the v/ater there-
of was dried up, that the way of
the kings of the east might be
prepared.
13 And I saw three unclean
GREEK TEXT.
irXrjyas ravTas, kcu ov jxenvor]-
aav Sovvai avrto 8o^av.
10 KoLi 6 Tre/xTTTO? ayyeXos
i^e)^e€ rr]v <pLaXr]v avrov eVi rov
dpovov Tov diiplov Kcd iyepero
Tj ^aaiXeia avrov ia-KOTCoixevq-
Kol ejxaaaSiVTO ras yXuxraas av-
TWV Ik tov ITOVOV,
11 KOL ij3Xaa(j)rifir]o-au rov
Oeov TOV ovpavov e'/c twv irovwv
avTu>v Kol e/c Totv eXKOiv avra>i',
Kol ov fx^Tevorjo-av eK toju epycov
avT&v.
1 2 Kai 6 eKTOs ayyeXos e^e'x^^
TrjV ^LaXt^v avTov eVt tou iroTa-
pov TOV p.iyav tov Ev^paTTjV
Kai k^TipavQrj to vScop avTov, Iva
iT0ip.aa6fj 1] 68o9 Tav ^acnXeav
TU)V UTTO avaToXotv i]Xiov.
13 Kai elBov e'/c tov crropiaTos
REVISED VERSION.
these plagues, and they repented
not to give him glory.
10 And the fifth 'angel poured
out his "bowl upon the ^throne
of the beast ; and his kingdom
^became ^darkened; and they
'gnawed their tongues for "the
pain,
11 And blasphemed the God
of heaven because of their pains
and ''because of their sores, and
repented not 'of tlieir ''works.
12 And the sixth 'angel pour-
ed out his fbowl upon ^that great
river, ""the Euphrates ; and the
water thereof was dried up, that
the way of the kings 'who are
jfrom the "rising of the smi might
be prepared.
13 And I saw, ' out of the
' All the recent editors cancel the word oiyyt^os, on the au-
thority of A. B. C. ' a 18. i3 C. \u\g. JIS. Am. Aeth. Syr.
Ar. P.' I recommend that, in accordance with this reading,
the word cmgel be omitted.
" See ch. 5 : 8, N. g.
» See ch. 2: 13, N. v, &c., and comp. P.s. 94 : 20.
' W., R., (loas made dark), T., C, G., (waxed dark) ;-
Vulg. (factum est tenebrosum), Syr. (= Vulg.), German
Ter.ss. (xeard [wijrrfe] verfinstert), Dt. (is verdiiisierd gewor-
den), It. (divenne tenebroso), French verss. (devint [B. and L.,
tout\ lenebreux) --CsiSlSil., Titr., (obscuratum esi;-other Latin
verss., as Vidg., except that Cocc. has tenebricosum), Daub.,
Newt., (became full of d.), Dodd., AYes!., "VYakef., Thom.,
Sharpe, Stu., Ell., Lord, Treg., (was darkened). Newc, Woodh.,
Allw., Penn, Words, (was filled with d.), JIurd. (became
darkness), Kenr. (became dark).
' The imperfect (kept gnawing) is expressed by Syr.. It.,
French verss. ;-Pagn., Bez., Par., Cocc, Bierm., Vitr.. Wakef.
(kept biting). For e/iasa., Beng., Lachm., Words., Tisch.,
Bloomf., read tfiaaivro ('A. C. a 7. p 2. Er.').
• It., Fr. G.,-M. ;-Beng._. Woodh., Allw., Penn, Ell., De W.,
Words.
^ The second ix is expressed by Syr., Germ., Dt., It.;- Vat.,
Cocc, Daub., Beng., Wesl., Moldenh., AYoodh., Thorn., Allw.,
All., Lord, De AY., Hengst., Ebr.
' See ch. 2: 21, N. o.
■^ Seech. 2: 6, N. y, &c.
' All the recent editors cancel the word (iy7£>.05 on the au-
thority of A. B. C. ' a 19. p 4. Er. Vulg. MS. Am. Tol. Aeth.
Syr. Ar. P.' I recommend that, in accordance with this read-
ing, the word angel bo oniiUed.
f See ch. 5 : 8, N. g.
5 See ch. 9: 14, N. g, &c AY. (that ilk), R. ;-Latin verss.
(except Castal.), Syr. ;-Wakef., Words., Kenr.
>■ Dt., Fr. S. ;-B. and L., AYakef., Treg., De W., Ebr.
This tov is wanting in B. and is cancelled by Beng., Matth.,
Griesb., Knapp, Mey., Sch.
' Dt. (die [komen zullen]), It. (che [vengonc]), Fr. S.
(tenant) ;-Castal. (qui essent), Pagn., Bez., Par., (adventan-
tium), Hamm. (which are), Daub, (which come), Berl. Bib.,
Beng., (die . . . sind), Allw., Lord, Treg., AYords. (wlio come),
Ebr. (die [kommen']).
1 W., R. ;-foreign verss. (except Fr. M., B. and L.) ;-Hamm.,
Daub, and the later English verss., except Sharpe.
k See ch. 7: 2, N. d. Matth., Mey., Treg., Words., edit
avaiox^i, On the authority of B. C. 'a 22. /3 C This reading
is approved by De AY., but condemned by Hengst., who also
imitates in his version the received text : Aufgdngen.
1 According to the Erasmian reading of our Text, (xrtopiviaeai,
(recently edited only by Beng. and Mey., though approved by
Ew. as unice veruin). the construction must proceed as indicated
above : ilSov ytvi-ii^uata ixttopivtsSat ix tov ufo^aroj, and the
clause slai yap . . ar^/iua is a parenthetical explanation or jugti-
176
REVELATION.
KING JAMES VERSION.
spirits like frogs come out of tiie
mouth of the dragon, and out
of the mouth of the beast, and
out of the mouth of the false
prophet.
14 For they are the spirits of
devils, vForking miracles, which
go forth unto the kings of the
earth, and of the whole vs^orld,
to gather them to the battle of
that great day of God Almighty.
15 Behold, I come as a thief.
Blessed is he that watcheth, and
keepeth his garments, lest he
walk naked, and they see his
shame.
GREEK TEXT.
TOV 8paKOVT09, Koi e'/C TOU (TTO-
jxaTos TOV drjpiov, /cat e'/c tov
(TTOfxaTos TOV \j/ev8o7rpo(f>vTOV,
TrvevjxaTa Tpia aKaOapTa bfxoia
fiaTpdyoLS'
14 elcri yap 7ru€v/xaTa dai/xo-
pcou TTOLOvi'Ta arjpela eKiropev-
eaOaL eVt tovs fiaa-LXels ttjs yrjs
Kcu Trjs olKOvp-evris hXrjf, avva-
yayelv avTOVs 'els TroXejxov ttjs
rj/xepaf iKeLvrjs ttj? p.eyaXr]s tov
Oeov TOV TravTOKpaTopos.
15 I8ov kp')(op.aL as KXeivTrjs.
jxaKapios o yprjyopwv, kol Trjpiiop
Ta LpaTia avTOu, Lva fxrj yvp.vos
TrepLTraTrj, koI ^Xeircocn ttjv d(r)(r]-
jxoavvTjv avTov.
REVISED VERSION.
mouth of the dragon, and out of
the mouth of the beast, and out
of the mouth of the false pro-
phet, three unclean spirits ""like
frogs,'
14 '(For they are ° spirits of
"demons, ''doing psigns,) ' go forth
unto the kings 'of the earth and
of the whole world, to gather
them ^together to «the battle of
'that great day of God, 'the Al-
mighty.
15 '(Behold, I come as a thief ;
"blessed is he that watcheth, and
keepeth his garments, 'that he
walk "not naked, and they see
his shame.)
"' All the recent editors have i>s ^dtpaxoi (' A. B. a 25. (3 7.
y 2. Compl. Vulg. Aeth. Arm. Ar. P. Slav.'). I recommend
that this reading be followed, and translated : as frogs.
° W. ;-foreign verss. ;-Brightm., Daub., Wesl., Wakef.,
"Woodh., Thorn., Sharpe, Stu., Ell.. Lord, Treg., Words., Kenr.
" See ch. 9: 20, N. n. All the recent editors, except
Beng. and Bloomf., read Saifioviav (A. B. a 17. |3 6.').
p For signs, see ch. 12 : 1, N. b. E. V., John 20 : 30, &c. ;-
W. (making sigyis), R. {working s.) ;-Vulg. (facienles signa).
Germ, verss. (use Zeichen than ;-esccpt Herd., IVunder ih. ;
and De W., Z. verrichten), Dt. {en zij doen teekenen), It.
(i quail f anno segni). French verss. {mbfaire des prodiges;-
except Fr. S., qui font des signes) ;-Erasm., Vat., Cocc, (as
Vulg.), Pagn., Bez., Par., Vitr., (use edere s.). Daub., Sharpe,
{as R.), "N^akef. {shewing s.), Woodh., Lord, {working won-
ders), Thom. {as W.;-m ch. 19: 20, did s.), Murd. {who work
'prodigies), Kenr. {doing wonders).
1 The words, fjjs. 7^5, xal, bracketed by Bloomf., are can-
celled by the other recent editors, on -the authority of ' A. B.
a 28. /3 8. y 2. Compl. Vulg. (Copt.) Aeth. Syr. (Arm. Erp.)
Slav.' I recommend that this reading be adopted, and the
words, of the earth and, omitted.
See ch. 13: 10, N. 0. E. V., v. 16, and elsewhere in this
book, except ch. 13 : 10 ;-Brightm., Dodd. {[bring'] together),
Wakef, Woodh., Thom., Allw., Penn, Stu., Ell.
' Before n6%., all the recent editors insert tot (A. B. 'a 18.
/3 6. Compl.') Mey., Lachm. (who adopts the reading of A..
■r^j fjLtyaxrii jjfif'pas), and Treg., cancel ixtlvr^i. on the authority
of ' A. 14. 38. 92. Vulg. Copt. Aeth. Arm. Erp.' For the
before Aim., see ch. 4 : 8, N. k.
• This verse is inclosed in a parenthesis by It. ;-Bez., Engl.
Ann., Grot., Wells, B. and L., Beng., Wesl., Moldcnh., Newc,
Griesb., Woodh., Thom., Lachm., Murd., Theile. Its interjec-
tional character is otherwise indicated by Mey. and Hahn.
" ' Blessed in his relations to my coming ;' — the proclamation
of which, therefore, it is better not to separate by a full period ;
nor is it so separated by R. ;-It., Fr. G. ;-Cocc., Dodd., Woodh.,
Thom., Sharpe, Ell. ;-or in the editions of Beng., Griesb., Sch.,
Bloomf, Treg., Words., Tisch., Theile.
' W., R. ;-Syr., German verss., Dt., It., Fr. S. ;-Daub., Dodd.,
Woodh., Thom., Allw., Stu., Ell., Lord, {that he may not),
Wakef, Penn.
fication of the immediately preceding dxd9ap-ra ofi. /3aT'p. This
closeness of connection between the two verses is favoured by
the fact, that ixrtopfvo^ai, is always (8 times) elsewhere in this
book construed with ix, and in 6 of these instances ix is
followed by a-tofia. Some, accordingly, (as Stu., Hengst.) who
prefer the reading S ixrtopivctai, (which rests, indeed, on much
larger authority of MS.S., and is adopted by the Elzevir and all
the other recent editors; except that Bloomf and Lachm. omit
the a. B. and 3 cursive MSS. have a ixnoficvovtai., while in
2 copies ix7(of>ivdivta is found in v. 13 after /Sarp.), yet, regard-
ing that as substantially {der Sache iiach; Hengst.) supple-
mental to ix tov etajx., punctuate as above. And this is done
also by Wesl. (who, however, translates ixTiofiiitsSai before
the parenthesis), and is thus tempted to overlook the yap)
Heinr. (except that he has no comma after the parenthesis),
Mey. and Bloomf (except that they have not even a comma at
the end of v. l.'J). The parenthesis is employed by Griesb.
Ebr., reading a ixn., construes it with eial yap rtvev^.
REVELATION.
177
KING JAMES VERSION.
16 And he gathered them to-
gether into a place called in the
Hebrew tongue Annageddon.
17 And the seventh angel
poured out his vial into the air ;
and there came a great voice
out of the temple of heaven,
from the throne, saying. It is
done.
18 And there were voices, and
thunders, and lightnings ; and
there was a great earthquake,
such as was not sitice men were
upon the earth, so mighty an
earthquake, and so great.
GREEK TEXT.
16 KoiX avvr]yayev avrov^ ety
Tou TOTTOu Tov KaXovfxevov ' Efipai-
OTL Ap/jLayyeSSai'.
1 i Kcd 6 e/35o/^o? ayyeAoy
i^e^ee ttjv (j)idXrjv avrov els tov
depa- Kol i^rjXde (J)ci)vi] fxeydXr]
diro TOV vaov tov ovpavov, diro
TOV Opovov, \eyov(ra, Teyove.
18 Kou lyevovTO (j)couai kol
fipovToi KOU daTpairou, kou aeia-
pos eyeveTO p,eyas, olos ovk iye-
veTO a0 ov ol dvOpooiroL eyevovTO
eVi TYjs y'Tji, TrjXLKOVTOs aeicrpos
ovTco peyas.
REVISED VERSION.
16 And "they gathered them
together into "the place ywhich
is called in ^ Hebrew «Armag-
geddon.
17 And the seventh 'angel
poured out his 'bowl ""into the
air ; and there came "forth a
'loud voice ^from the temple ^of
heaven, from the throne, saying :
It is done.
IS And there were '•voices,
and thunders, and lightnings, and
tiiere was a great earthquake,
such as was not since ''men were
'■on the earth, 'such an earth-
quake, J so great.
•^ To wit, the rcvivnata. of v. 14, who there went forth for
the purpose which they here accomphsh. Only in the interval,
while they are plying their arts, and hastening the crisis, the
gracious Lord interposes his sudden, short word of warning
and cheer, and again withdraws. — Syr., Dt., It. ;-Pagn., Par.,
Engl. Ann. (as one construction), Grot., Hamm., Vitr., B. and
L., Daub., Wesl., Gill, Newt., Moldenh., Sym., AVakef., Newc,
Woodh., Ew., Stu., Ell., Lord, De W., Words., Kell., Barn,
('perhaps better'). The note, ' Or, Ae,' might, however, be set
in the margin, the reference then being to God the Almighty
(v. 14). This construction Hengst. and Ebr. prefer, and the
former would justify by Joel 3:2; Ezek. 38 : 4, 16 ; 39 : 2, and
by the plural slai (v. 14) ; though the last point should be
allowed very little weight by one, who follows, as Ilengst.
does, the reading di ixrtoptvffat.
' 'The place already famous in history and in prophecy.'
(Judg. 5: 19; 2 Kings 23: 29; Zech. 12: 11.)— Dt., Fr. G..
-M.,-S. ;-Cocc., Bicrm., (ilium), Beng. and the later German
verss., Guyse (' that famous place'), Wesl., Woodh., Thom.,
Greenf., Penn, Stu., Lord, Trcg., Kenr.
' This relative construction, which E. V. often employs in
similar cases, is here adopted by the Latin and German verss.,
Syr., Dt., Fr. G.,-M. ;-Daub., Wesl., Woodh., Thom., Allw.,
Stu., Lord, Treg., Kenr.
• Seech. 9: 11, N. s.
' This name is written by Matth., apfiayiSSuv ; Lachm.,
Tisch., 'Ap/taysSiii' ; the other recent editors, 'Apjioyi&iiv ('A.
a 11. 13 3. Compl. Eras. MoycSwi- B. a 14. j3 3. Vulg. MS.
Slav. MSS.'). The double y I find in no other edition, nor in
any lexicon except Wahl, who also aspirates the A, though in
Latin he renders the word, Armageddon ; which form (whether,
as commonly explained, = i'Tijij [Zech. 12: 11, "i'thSt:] "in,
whence the aspirate; or, as Ebr. suggests, i'n5a-"iy) I recom-
mend for adoption.
^ All the recent editors cancel the word oyyfXos, on the au-
thority of A. B. 'a 19. 13 C. Vulg. MS. Am. Tul. Syr.' I re-
commend that, in accordance with this reading, the word angel
be omitted.
' See ch. 5 : 8, N, g.
^ For fij, all the recent editors road Irtl (A. B. 'a 22. ;3 5.').
1 recommend that this reading be adopted, and translated :
upon.
' See ch. 9 : 3, N. m, &c.
' Seech. 1:10, N.x.
^ Daub., Dodd., Wakef., Newc, Woodh., Sharpe, Stu., Ell.,
Lord, Stier, Murd. For drto, Beng., Lachm., Treg., read ix
('A. 12. 18. 36. 38. 46. Er.'). The words roi oip., bracketed
by Knapp and Hahn, are cancelled by Mey., Lachm., Treg.,
Tisch., on the authority of ' A. 10. 14. 92. Vulg. Copt. Syr.
Erp. Slav. MS.'
'' For Renvoi xai ppovtcd xai aatpaTtai, Matth. reads aat. xai
|3p. xai 41. ('a 16. fi 5. Compl.'); all the other recent editors,
dff-r. xai $. xai j3p. (A. and 9 cursive MSS. B. has aa-i. xai ^.,
omitting xai /3p,). I recommend that the latter reading be
adopted: lightnings, and voices, and thunders.'' For ol av$.
ky., Lachm., Treg., Tisch., have ('perhaps rightly,' says
Bloomf.) ivBfattoi iyivtto (' A. 38. Copt. Arm.') ; Words.
omits the article from the common reading (B.). For on,
see ch. 5 : 7, N. a, &c.
' W., R. ;-Vulg. (talis), German verss. (except Herd.,
Mey.), Dt. ;-Erasm., Vat, Bierm., (as Vulg.), Hamm., Dodd.,
Wesl., Woodh., Allw., Stu., Ell., Lord, Murd., Kenr.
) W., R. ;-Vulg., Syr., German verss. ;-Erasm., Vat., Hamm.,
Cocc, Bierm., Wesl., Woodh., Thom., Allw., Sharpe, Stu., Ell.,
Lord, Kenr.
83
178
REVELATION.
KING JAMES VERSION.
19 And the great city was di-
vided into three parts, and the
cities of the nations fell : and
great Babylon came in remem-
brance before God, to give unto
her the cup of the wine of the
fierceness of his wrath.
20 And every island fled away,
and the mountains were not
found.
21 And there fell upon men a
great hail out of heaven, every
stone about the weight of a tal-
ent : and men blasphemed God
because of the plague of the
hail ; for the plague thereof was
exceeding great.
CHAP. XVII.
And there came one of the
seven angels which had the seven
GREEK TEXT.
19 KOil iyevero rj TroAty i] fxe-
yaXr] eh Tpia ^uprj, koI al TroAei?
Twi' iOvwv eireaov kou BafivXav
rj jxeyaXij ejivrjo-Or] ivwniov rov
Oeov, SoviiaL avrrj to iTOTrjpLov
Tov OLVov Tov dv/J-ov Trjs opyrjs
avTOv.
20 Koi iraa-a vrjao9 e(f)vye, koI
opt] on^ evpedrjcrau.
21 KOL -^aXa^a peyaXrj wy Ta-
XavTLala KarafialveL e«: tov ov-
pavov eTTi Tovs dudpcoirov^' Koi
ilBXa(r(j)rjpir]aav ol avdpcoTTOi tov
Oeov, e'/c TTj^ irXiiyrj^ Tr]9 )(aXa^r]9'
OTL fxeyaXy ecTTiv ?} TrXijyi] avrrjs
(7(f)68pa.
CHAP. XVII.
KAI rjXdev els eK t5>v eirra
ayyeXav tSjv i^ovTcov Tas eiTTU
REVISED VERSION.
19 And the great city 'be-
came three parts, and the cities
of the nations fell ; and 'Baby-
lon the great '"was remembered
before God, to give unto her the
cup of the wine of the fierceness
of his wrath.
20 And every island "fled, and
"> mountains were not found.
21 And p great hail las of a
talent's weight '•descendeth out
of heaven upon 'the men ; and
=the men blasphemed God be-
cause of the plague of the hail ;
for 'great "is the plague thereof
'exceedingly.
CHAP. XVII.
And there came one of the
seven angels "who had the seven
i- E. v., ch. 8: 11 ; Matt. 21: 42; &c.;-W., R., {uas made
into) ■-Ya]^- {facta est in), Syr. (= b nn^n), Germ, (changes
the construction of the clause : aiis tier grossen Sladt wiirden
drei Theile), It. (marks divisa as supplied ;-and so Fr. S. with
partagee) ;-Erasm., Vat., Aret., Cocc, Bierm., (as Vulg.),
Engl. Ann. (' Gr. made. Or, became'), Ber). Bib. (isi geuor-
den), Beng. {ward zii), Wesl. {uas \fplit\ into), Moldenh.,
Hengst., (as Germ.), Woodh., Allw., {became divided into),
Penn {was [reduced^ to), Stu. (in the Comment.), Treg. {was
[divided] into), De W. {wurde in), Murd., Kenr. {as i?.), Ebr.
{wurde zzi). Comp. Gen. 2 : 10. Here E. V. follows T., C, G.
' E. v., ch. IT : 5 ; 18 : 2. The article is here expressed by
all the foreign verss. (Bez., Cocc, Bierm., Vitr., use ille i-axid
so Brightm., that) ;-Hamm., Daub, and the later English verss.,
except Lord.
™ The passive form is preserved by Syr., German verss.
(except Herd., Mey.), Dt., Fr. S. ;-Wesl., Wakef., Newc,
Woodh., AWw., Sharpe, Blooraf., Stu., Ell., Lord, Treg., Murd.,
Kenr. E. V. and the older verss. follow the Vulg., venit in
memoriam.
" *fijyu occurs .31 times in the N. T., and is only here and
in ch. 20: 11 translated in E. Y. Jlee away; in three instances,
escape; in all the rest, ^ee ;-R. ;-Latin verss. (use the simple
fiigere). Dt. {is gerloden), It. ;-Berl. Bib. and later German
verss. (use fliehen ;-liir Luth.'s entfliehen), Thom., Sharpe,
Stu., Lord.
» = ' No mountains were found.' See 1 John 1 : 8, N. z.
The clause is given in this form by Germ.;-'\Vakef. {no m.
could be discovered). Hengst. The article is not introduced
by W., R. ;-Fr. S. (/'ora ne Irouva plus de montagnes) ;-B. and
L. ((7 ne se trouva plus de ?».), Beng., Moldenh., Herd.,
Woodh., Thom., Mey., Lord, De W., Ebr.
p The indefinite article is not introduced by TV., R. ;-Thom.,
Mey., Allw., Stu., Ell., Lord, Kenr. The Greek order is re-
tained by W., R.-Latin and German verss. (except Moldenh.),
Syr., Dt., Fr. S.;-Hamm., Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Woodh. and
the later English.
1 The uj rax. is thus rendered by Sharpe, Stu. There is
nothing for the E. V. supplement, every stone, in any preceding
version, or in any subsequent one, except Dt. ;- Wells, Daub.,
Wesl., Words.
■• For the verb, see ch. 10 : 1, N. a, &c. The present time is
given by Hamm., Beng., Wesl., Newc. marg., Woodh., Thom.,
Allw., Ell., De W., Ebr.'
See V. 8, N. o, &c.
' The Greek order of this clause is retained by Vulg. (omit-
ting, however, i; jtxijyrj tmtrjf. The ait^i is wanting in B.),
Syr. ;-Erasm., Vat., Bez. and Bierm. (only transposing plaga
ejus), Cocc, Daub., Woodh. (except that he translates ofdSpa
immediately after jufyo>.>j), De W., Ebr., {as Bez.).
" Germ., Fr. S.;-Daub., Beng., "Wesl., Wakef, Woodh.,
Allw., Penn, Treg., De W., Words., Hengst., Ebr.
' Daub., AToodh., Allw., Stu., Treg.
« See 2 Pet. 2: 11, N. f.
REVELATION.
179
KING JAJIES VERSION.
vials, and talked with me, sapiig
unto me. Come hither; I vs'ill
shew unto thee the judgment of
the great whore that sitteth upon
many waters :
2 With whom the kings of
the earth have committed forni-
cation, and the inhabitants of
the earth have been made drunk
with the wine of her fornication.
3 So he carried me away in
the spirit into the wilderness :
and I saw a woman sit upon
a scarlet -coloured beast, full
of names of blasphemy, having
seven heads and ten horns.
4 And the woman, was array-
GREEK TEXT.
0iaAa?, Koi iXaXrjcre fxer ifxov,
Aeycov jjlol, Aevpo, Sel^co croi to
KpifXa TTjS TTOpVTjS TTji ix€ya\r]s,
Trjs KaOr]ju.ei^i]f eVt rcSf vSarcop
TCOl> TToXXmr
2 ixeO rjs ^TTopvevaav o'l /3a-
CTiAetf TTj^ yv^i '^«' efiedvaOijaai'
€K Tov oluov Trj9 TTopueias' avTrjs
o'l KaroLKOvvref ti]u yrji'.
3 JCai aTTrjveyKe /xe et? (prj/xov
eV TTfev/xaTr Koi ei8ov yvvaiKa
KaOj^fxivrjv liii drjpiou kokklvov,
ye/jioi> ovopaTccv ^\a(r(p7]fj.ias,
k^ov KecpaXas eirra kol Kepara
8€Ka.
4 Kol rj yvvrj rj TrepL/SelSXrjfxei'r)
REVISED VERSION.
■■bowls, and 'spake with me, say-
ing ''unto me : «Come, I will
shew f thee the judgment of the
great ^harlot, that sitteth '■on
'the many waters ;
2 With whom the kings of the
earth •* committed fornication,
and 'they who inhabit the eai-th
Jwere made drunk with the wine
of her fornication.
3 'And he carried me away in
the '"Spirit into "a wilderness ;
and I saw a woman "sitting upon
a ''scarlet "beast, '^full of names
of blasphemj', having seven heads
and ten horns.
4 And the woman, -who was
" See ch. 5 : 8, N. g.
• See ch. 4 : 1, N. e. W., R. ;-Daub., Dodd., Wakef., Woodh.,
Shai'pe, Stu., Kenr.
'' All the recent editors omit the fioi, on the authority of
A. B. 'a 26. /3 6. Compl. Vulg. Copt. Syr. Ann. Arr. Slav.
MSS.' I recommend that this reading be followed, and the
words, uiilo me, omitted.
• E. v., 6 times out of 9 ;-TV. (come thou), T., C, G., R. ;-
Vulg. (veni), S3 r., German yerss. (except Moldenh., Ebr.), It.,
French verss. ;-Erasm., Vat., Cocc, Vitr., (as Vulg-.), Castal.
{ades), Pagn., Bez., Par., {heus tu), Dodd., Thom., AUw.,
Greenf. (nSh), Sharpe, Stu., Lord. Barn, (here), Murd., Kenr.
f E. v., ch. 4 : 1 ; 21 : 9 ; &c. ;-T., C, G., R. ;-Daub., Dodd.,
"Wesl., Wakef., Newc, Woodh., Thom., Penn, Stu., Lord, Murd.,
Kenr.
» E. v., 8 times out of 12 ; and see v. 5 ;-R. ;-Dodd., Wakef.
and the later yerss. (except Stu., Words.) ;-Rob.
■" See ch. 5 : 7, N. a, &c.
' Fr. S. ;-B. and L., Wakef. (those), Woodli., Thom., Scott,
Penn, Sharpe, Ell, Lord, De W., Words., Hengst., Ebr.
Treg. brackets, and Beng. and Lachm. cancel, both the articles,
on the authoritj' of A. 5 cursive 5ISS. Er. But the angel,
speaking according to his own knowledge, might properly use
them, as in the previous clause, tijt it. tr^i fi.
1 See V. 17, N. w, &c. Herd., Mey., Sharpe, Lord and Words,
(in the first instance), De W., Ebr. (in the second instance).
k For this rendering of oi xat., see ch. 8 : 13, N. q and 12 : 12,
N. b. W. (they that dwell in), R. (they which inh.) ;-Stu.,
Lord (theij who dwell on), Kenr. For Ik tov oiVov x*!i., all
the recent editors read ot xat. trjv y^v ix tov oiV. *. rt. avt.
(A. B. 'ol7. /3 7. Compl.').
' W., T., C, G., R. ;-Latin verss. (except Castal., Bez., Par.),
Syr., German verss. (except Moldenh.), Dt., It., Fr. S.;-Daub.
and the later English verss. (except Newc).
" The h Ki'ivfiati, here, and throughout this book (ch. 1 : 10 ;
4: 2; 21: 10), is not etiuivalent to the ixto; toi owjuaToj of
2 Cor. 12: 2, but denotes the spiritual, supernatural, prophetic
state, produced by the immediate operation of the Holy Spirit ;
and this in our idiom is best indicated, as above, b}' a re-
ference to the cause. E. V., ch. 1 : 10 ; 4 : 2 ; and here also,
in the original edition ;-Castal. (divinu adjlatn), Pagn., Bez.,
Par., (per spiritum), Hamm., Daub., Wesl., AVoodh.. Lord
(in Sp.).
" Comp. E. v., ch. 21 : 10. Dt., It, French verss. ;-Brightm.,
Beng. and later German verss. (except Ebr.), Wesl., Wakef.,
Woodh., Thom., Allw., Penn, Stu., Ell.. Lord, Barn.
■> Seech. 10: 1, N. a, &c.
p E. v., 4 times out of 6;-W. (red) ;-Dodd., Wesl., Newc,
Thom., Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg., Murd. (as W.). See v. 4,
N. V.
1 Seech. 11: 7, N. y.
For yifiov, Lachm. reads yc/iovta (A.) For ovojidtav,
JIatth., Lachm., Treg., Words., Ti.'^ch., edit the Hebraistic accu-
sative 6v6fia.ta (A. B. and 24 cursive MSS. Comp. v. 4, N. y),
to which Treg., Words., Tiscli., also pref5i td A. 7. 8. 9. 13.').
• According to our Text, £;toiioa must be used, as the par-
ticiple often is in this book (ch. 1:10; <tc.), for the finite verb ;
and so the It. construes : quella donna, ch' era vesiita . . .
avea. But all the recent editors have rjv for ^, on the author-
ity of ' A. B. a 20. p 3. Compl. Vulg. Aeth. Syr. Arm. Arr.
Slav.' I recommend that, in accordance with this reading, the
word who, together with the preceding comma, be emitted, and
that had be changed into having.
ISO
EEVELATION.
KING JAMES VERSION.
eel in purple and scarlet-colour,
anil decked with gold and pre-
cious stones and pearls, having
a golden cup in her hand full of
ahominations and filthiness of
her fornication :
5 And upon her forehead ivos
a name written, MYSTERY,
BABYLON THE GREAT, THE
MOTHER OF HARLOTS AND
GREEK TEXT.
7rop(l)vpa. Koi kokklvcd, koI Ke\pv-.
crw/xeV?; ^vaco kol XlOco tljx'lw
Kcu fxapyapLTais, e^ovtra \pvaovv
7rori']piov Iv rrj X^'P' avrrjs, yepov
fiheXvyparcov kcu ocKadapTyros
TTopvela? avTTj^,
5 Kal iirl TO piTCOTTOV aVTYjS
ovopa yeypappevov, Mvcrr-ijpiov,
Saj3vXcou 7] ptyaXi-j, -q prjrrjp rav
REVISED VERSION.
'clothed "with j)urple and 'scar-
let, and "gilded with gold, and
precious 'stone, and pearls, 'had
'a golden cup in her hand, full
of abominations and ^uncleanness
of her fornication,
5 And upon her forehead ' a
name written : " Mystery, Babylon
the great, the mother of "the 4iar-
• Ste ch. 7: 13, N. t.
" Comp. ch. 7 : 13, N. u. &.Q. For nof^v^ci. xai xoxxiv<^, all
the recent eilitors read jiof^vfovv xai xdxxi^oc (' A. B. a 20. ^ 6.
jtop^upai' xai xoxxi^oi" al. jio. y2. Compl.').
' See V. 3, X. p. W. (red). G. (crimson). R. ;-Erightm.,
Daub, and later English verss. (except Words.).
" E. v., marg. ;-W. (overgilt), G., R. (gilted) ;-Latin verss.
(inaurata;-Ca.its\. deaurala). Syr., Geim. (iibergoldet), Dt.
marg. at ch. 18 : IG (• Gr. rergoudl, of, vergidi') ;-Engl. Ann.,
Beng. (as Germ. ;-and so Herd., i\Iey., De W., Ilengst.),
Sharpe, Murd., Ebr. (vergoldet). See Rob. and the other
lexicons. (Shaksperc, Merch. of Veil. ii. G:
I will . . . gild myself
' With some more ducats.') For X9'"<'9. ^'1 'ho
recent editors read xpvsia ('A. B. a IG. fi 5.').
^ W., T., C, R. ;-Vulg. ;-Erasm., Vat., Gocc, Woodh., Allw.,
Lord, De "W., Ebr. For zpva. itot., Beng., Matth., Lachm.,
Sch., Hahn, Treg., Words., Tisch., read not. xe^a. (A. B. ' a 17.
P 5.').
y E. V. renders dxa'Sapro; by unclean, 28 times out of 30;
and axaeapffi'a, which occurs everywhere else as the noun,
always (10 times) hy uncleanness -j-W . But for dxafla'pt'jyT'oj
(a form found only in this instance), all the recent editors read
to. axdOapta i^s (" A. B. o 26. (3 8. y 3. Compl.'), thus com-
bining (see ch. 14, 6, N. f) the Hebrew construction (v. 3,
N. r) with the Greek. Wolf., indeed, would govern va axde.
by t;t™5» immediately ; Stu., through an apposition with
rtoT^pior ; while Words, would supply ilSov. I recommend
that the reading be adopted, and that to. axd9apta be trans-
lated: tli£ uncleannesses — a plural which occurs in E. V., Ezek.
36: 29. It. {deW immondizie) ;-Beng.. Van Ess, Goss., De W.,
([den] Unreinigkeiten), "Woodh., Stu., Lord, (the impurities),
Penn (the fllhinesses), Gerl., Hengst., Ebr., ([den] Unsauber-
keiten).
• This construction, which connects ro oc. with the ixovtsa of
V. 4, appears (or, at least, nothing is supplied) in W., R. ;-Latin
verss., Syr., Germ., Fr. S.;-Berl. Bib., Beng., Moldenh., Newc,
■Woodh., Greenf., Sharpe, Lord, Treg., Words., Ilengst., Ebr.
" Many, as Fr. G.;-Areth., Vat. (in the version). Arct.,
Brightm., B. and L., Eichh., Woodh., Heinr., Bloomf.. Treg.,
De W., Barn., Ebr., put Mvatr^pwp in apposition with ovofia,
= a mysterious name. This is much better than Stu.'s con-
nection of it as an adverbial accusative with yiypajiiiivov,
= mysteriously written (though Bam. allows that also). But,
1., while the Apocalypse is full of ^nDsr^pia, in no other instance
does the narrator h^'rald one as such : — 2., supposing the in-
scription to have included Mvatrjpwv, an explanation was thus
formally' invited, which is furnished in v. 7 ; and the interpret-
ing angel is then to be considered as taking up the very word,
and as personally (tyci) confronting the difficulty which it an-
nounced : — 3., as the angel u^es it, the term is attached not to
the name, but to the woman herself and her equipment : —
4., in that reference it might yery well characterize her origin,
nature, history, and destination. Graciously to know the evil —
'the depths of Satan' (ch. 2: 24) — 'the mystery of iniquity'
(2 Thess. 2: 7) — this, not less than the knowledge of good,
requires heavenly teaching, and ' an unction from the Holy
One' (1 John 2 : 20) : — and, 5., even if not intended to be thus
itself descriptive of the woman, Mufffifpiof might yet stand in
the inscription as a sort of prelude or index to her name ; some-
what like 'n&i ij ao^ia, ia-tiv in ch. 13: 18. The capital letters
of E. V. here, and in ch. 19 : 16 ; Matth. 27 : 37 ; Mark 15 : 26 ;
Luke 23 : 38 ; John 19 : 19, were adopted, Barn, thinks, by our
Translators ' for the sole purpose of denoting that it was an
inscription or title.' But they may have meant also to re-
present to the eye the probable uncial form of the original. No
such imitation, however, is found here in any edition of the
Greek text ;-the older English verss. ;-foreign verss. (except
B. and L.) ;-Brightm.. Ilamm., Daub., AVesl., Wakef., Sharpe,
Ell.. Lord, Murd., Kenr.
•i R. ;-foreign verss. ;-Daub., Wakef, Thom., Allw., Penn,
Sharpe, Treg., Words.
' The marginal variation of E. V., fornications, rests on the
Vulg.j Ar., and the text of Areth. (xoftviii^v), but is of no
manuscript authority. What Sch., again, mentions as the
Constantinopolitan reading, rtopi'uf, fornicators, has been re-
ceived by Matth. alone of the recent editors, and followed by
Daub, and Fr. S.
REVELATION.
181
KING JAMES VERSION.
ABOMINATIONS
EARTH.
OF THE
6 And I saw the woman
drunken with the blood of the
saints, and with the blood of the
martjTs of Jesus : and when I
saw her, I wondered with great
admiration.
7 And the angel said unto me.
Wherefore didst thou marvel ? I
will tell thee the mystery of the
woman, and of the beast that
carrieth her, which hath the
seven heads and ten horns.
8 The beast that thou sawest,
was, and is not ; and shall as-
cend out of the bottomless pit,
and go into perdition : and they
that dwell on the earth shall
wonder, (whose names were not
written in the book of life Irom
the foundation of the world,)
GREEK TEXT.
REVISED VERSION.
iTopvwv Koi Tcov j3Se\vyfjiaT(oi^ r^y lots and ■'of
of the earth.
6 Kai eiSov ttjv yvvaiKa fxe-
dvovaav e/c tov ai/j-aTo^ T(av
ayicav, Kou €k tov ai/xaTos rail'
fxapTvpmv ' Irjaov- kcll idaufxacra,
iScau avTTjv, Bavfxa jxeya.
7 Kou etVe' fxoL 6 ayyeXos,
Aiari idau/xaaaf ; iyco aoL epco
TO nvaTrjpiou tyjs yvvaLKOS, Kai
TOV drjpLOV TOV iSacTTa^ovTog av-
Ty]v, TOV i^ovTos Tas iiTTa Kecpa-
Aay /cat ra SeKa KepaTa.
8 Orjpiou etSef, rji/, Kai ovk
€(TTi, KOU fieXXet avafiaiveiv e/c
TTjs dlBvcrcrov, /cat et? aTrcoXeiau
V7rayeii>- kou davfiaaovTac ol /ca-
TOLKOvuTe^ iiri tyjs yr/^t <iv ov
yeypaiTTai ra 6vop.aTa lin to /8t-
^X'lov TYji ^»?? o.iro KaTa^oXrjf
'the abominations
6 And I saw the woman
drunken with the blood of the
saints, and with the blood of the
I 'witnesses of Jesus ; and ^ I
i wondered, when I saw her, with
i great '■wonder.
' 7 And the angel said unto me :
Wherefore didst thou 'wonder?
JI will tell thee the mysteiy of
the woman, and of the beast
that i-beareth her, which hath
the seven heads and 'the ten
horns.
8 "'The beast "which thou
sawest, was, and is not, and
"is to ascend out of the "abyss,
1 and go into perdition : and
they that dwell on the earth,
I'wliose "inanies ""have not been
written ■'in the book of life from
the foundation of the world,
j I'shall wonder, 'seeing the beast,
^ W. ;-Xewc., Woodh., Allw., Penn, Stu., Murd., Kenr.
• R. ;-Dt., It., French verss. ;-Beng., Wakef., Newc, Woodh.,
Thorn., Allw., All., Penn, Sharpe, Tieg., De W., "Words.,
Ilengst., Murd., Kenr.
' Seech. 2: 13, N. b.
' The idav/i. is kept first by R. ;-Latin (except Castal.) and
German verss., Syr., Dt. ;-Dodd., Wakef., Woodh., Greenf.,
Lord, Treg., Keni'.
i" A noun cogn.ite to the preceding verb is employed by W. ;-
such Latin and German verss. as do not use an adverb, Syr.,
Dt., It., Fr. S. ;-Ne\vc., Greenf., Sharpe, Lord, Treg., Kenr.
' E. v., vv. 6, 8; eh. 13: 3 ;-W. ;-Wells, Daub., Dodd.,
Wesl., Newc, Woodh., Allw., Penn, Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg.,
Murd., Kenr.
) See 1 John 2 : 20, N. p, &c. The pronominal subject is
expressed in the Latin verss., Syr., Greenf., and marked as em-
phatic by Treg. For what the emphasis involves, see v. 5,
N. a.
k E. v., 23 times out of 27 ;-W., T., C., G. ;-Stu., Lord
(bears). Murd.
1 R.;-Syr. (= De D. ilia), Dt., It, Fr. S. ;-Beng., Dodd.,
Wesl., Moldenh., Newc, Woodh., Allw., Treg., Hengst., Murd.,
Ebr.
■" All the recent editors prefi.-? to (A. B. 'a 24. (3 7. Compl.').
° W., R. ;-Brightm., Daub., Dodd., Wesl., AV.ikcf., Newc,
Woodh., Thorn., Allw., Stu., Lord, Murd., Kenr.
" For is to, see ch. 10: 7, N. y, &c, and 12: 5, N. v. For
abyss, see ch. 9 : 1, N. e.
P This order is followed in R.;-It., French verss. ;-Dodd.,
Wesl., Wakef.. Newc, Thorn., Penn, Lord, Murd., Kenr. The
parenthesis, by which E. V. (after T., C, G.), and most of the
English verss. that follow the same order, seek to avoid a slight
imbiguity thence arising, has been removed by the Amer. Bible
Soc Most of the foreign verss. are able to adopt the Greek
inversion, and in that way bring the antecedent and relative
clauses together. For Oaviidaoytai. Lachm. and Tisch. read
9avfiaa6riaoiit(u ('A.').
"i For ra ovofiata, Matth., Lachm., Sch., Treg., Words.,
Tisch., re:id tb bmfia ('A. B. a 15. )3 5. Copt. Syr. Brp. Slav.
MS.'). Comp. ch. 13 : 8, N. h. For have been, see ch. 13 : 8,
N. i. Lachm. has oix iyiyftaitto (A. ovx lyiypajtiat).
' This ypdfiiv ini (=i5" ana Is. 8: 1. &c) is imitated by
Syr. ;-Berl. Bib., Beng., Ebr.
For the change of verb see E. V., 13 times in this book out
of 16 ;-^7., R. ;-foreign verss. (except Bez., who at first had the
Vulg. videntes, but afterward changed it into cernentes) ;-
Brightm., Dodd., Wakef, Thom., Allw., Penn, Stu., Lord,
Murd., Kenr. For the participial form, see W., R. ;-Latin and
French verss., Syr., Dt. ;-Brightm., Dodd., Wakef (at seeing),
Woodh. (beholding), Lord, Kenr. But all the recent editors
have ff7.i7(6i'Tuv ('A. B. a 21. 13 7. y 3.') — a genitive, not de-
pendent, as Win. suggests, on the previous uv, but (which he
also allows) absolute, as in Matt. 1:18; Luke 8 : 20). I re-
commend that this reading be adopted, and translated : when
Ihey see.
182
REVELATION.
KING JAMES VERSION.
when they hehold the beast that
was, and is not, and yet is.
9 And here is the mind which
hath wisdom. The seven heads
are seven mountains, on which
the woman sitteth.
10 And there are seven kings :
five are fallen, and one is, and
the other is not yet come ; and
when he cometh, he must con-
tinue a short space.
GREEK TEXT.
KocrfJLOv, /SAeTTOi'res' to Brjpiou on
i]v, ical ovK e(TTi, Kalivep icTTLV.
9 tt)5e 6 vovs 6 e^cov aocf)^^.
al ewra KecpaXai, opy elcrlv kirra,
oiTQV T) yvvT] Ka6r}Tai tV avrav.
10 Kou ^acnXels eirra elaiv
o\ irevre kirea-av, kol 6 et? iariu,
6 aAAoy ovirco ■>)\de- kol hrav
(Xdr), oXiyov avTou del fxeivai.
REVISED VERSION.
'that he was, and is not, "though
he is.
9 ' Here is the "mind "that
hath wisdom. The seven heads
are ^seven mountains, ^on which
the woman sitteth ;
10 And 'they are seven kings ;
"the five are fallen, "and "the one
is, ' the other is not yet come ;
and, when he ''is come, he must
continue a kittle 'while.
• E. v., the older verss. generally, and a few of the modern,
follow tlie Vulg. in treating on as a pronoun ; but, of recent
editors. Bloomf. alone prints it as such, 6, n. It is translated
as above, that is, as a demonstrative conjunction, by Germ. ;-
Beng., Wesl., Sloldenh., 'Woodh., Stu., Lord, Hengst., Ebr.;-
AVahl, Rob. : — as a cau.i^al conjunction, by Vulg. Am. (^qida) ■-
Fr. S. (parce que) ;-Thom., Treg., (becaitse). 'B. a 18. /3 6.'
have 6rt ^i- to Sr^piov (edited by Matth.), and to this correspond
the verss. of Castal. {vidmies helluam fuisse). Wakef. {that
the beast uas), De W. {dass das Thier war.).
' E. V. so renders xairttp everywhere else;-6erm., Dt.,
Fr. G.,-S. ;-Castal., Aret., Hamm. (although it be), Cocc,
B. and L., Dodd., Eichh. (would so render this reading ;-and
so Woodh!, Ew.), Thorn, {although indeed it is) ;-the lexi-
cons. But all the recent editors (except Theile) read xai
naptatai (' A. B. a 24. |3 6. y 2. Oompl.' 6 cursive MSS. have
xa.1 ndftetiv) \ and it is also true, that, except in this instance,
xruTiff is always construed with a participle, expressed or im-
plied. Moreover, in this repetition in one verse of the history
of the beast, xai Ttdpistai seems to be the necessary counter-
part of the fiiM-ii, ava^aivitv. The reappearance of the beast
was a simple futurity, at the time of the vision ; at the time of
the wondering, it would be a present fact ; — a change of rela-
tion, which .some verss., that follow this reading, fail to express.
I recommend that the reading be adopted, and tran.slated : and
shall be present. Beng. {und zugegen sein wird), Woodh.
(would so render this readin<r), Ew. {'ad^irit, adveniet').
Bloomf. {and yet he vHl be at hand). Treg., De W. {und da
seyn wird ;-and so Stier, Ebr.), Hengst. {und wieder da seyn
wird).
m
' E. V. and a few of the older verss. follow the Vulg. in pre-
fixing the copulative, for which there is no warrant in any
edition of the Greek text.
' The interpretation given of this clause by Rob. and others :
' Here is the deep or hidden sense,' takes voif in a sense un-
exampled in the N. T. or Sept., and t;^wy ao^iav in a sense for
which there is no example anywhere. The meaning rather is,
as in ch. 13: 18: 'Here is a problem for wisdom, the spiritual
intelligence.' Some would even attach to the liSs its occasional
force of hither, q. d. ' Let the wise mind attend to this.'
» T., C. G., R. ;-Moro, Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Allw., Penn,
Sharpe, Lord.
y For opj; dsiv tTttd, 'the recent editors,' says Bloomf., 'on
strong grounds' (A. B. 'a 16. 3 5- Compl.'), 'read irtta. opij
iid'{v). In the next clause, Woodh., All., Lord, translate
verbally: where . . . upon [o7i] them. But see ch. 12: 6,
N. c, (ic.
' That this clause furnishes another explanation of the irtti,
x£f. (rather than, as Hengst. would say. an epexegesis of opij
Irctd), and is therefore to be closely connected with v. 9, is the
view of nearly all verss. and commentators. The pronominal
subject is expressed by T., C, G., R. ;-Fr. S. ;-Brightm., Engl.
Ann. (as one rendering), Hamm., AVells, Daub., Wesl., Gill,
Wakef., Newc, Thora., Scholef., Words.;— and omitted, the
clause being then preceded by a comma or a semi-colon, in the
German verss. (Herd, and Mey. omit also the verbal copula.),
Woodh., Allw., Lord, Kenr. Often, indeed, the clause forms
part of V. 9, which then ends with a period.
' ' The first five ; the one after them ; and the other, that
completes the number.' — Syr. (employs the demonstrative ar-
ticle). Dt., It., Fr. G.,-M.,-S. ;-Berl. Bib., Beng., Moldenh.
{Fiinfe derselben . . . der eine). Woodh. {fire of them . . . one
of them), Sharpe, Treg., De W., Words., Hengst., Kenr., Ebr.
^ Bloomf. brackets, and all the other recent editors cancel,
the xM, on the authority of A. B. ' a 26. /3 6. Compl. Vulg. ed.
Syr.' I recommend that, in accordance with this reading, the
word and be omitted.
' Syr., Dt., Fr. S.;-Vat., Castal., Cocc, Vitr., B. and L.,
Daub., Beng., AVesl., Herd., Matth., Wakef, Woodh., Mey.,
Penn, Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg., De W., Hengst., Ebr.
■i E. v., previous clause ;-W., R., {shall come) ;-Latin verss.
{veneril), Dt. {zol gekomen zijn), It. {sara venuto), Fr. G.,
-M.,-S., {sera venu) •,-Woodh., Thorn, and Lord {hath [has\
c), All. {gekommen). Treg. (shall have c), De W. (wird gek.
sein). Hengst., Ebr., (gek. ist), Kenr.
• Seech. 12: 12, N. e.
f W., R., (time) ;-Brightm., Dodd. (as W. ;-and so Newc,
Allw., Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Murd., Kenr.), Wakef., Penn, (mark
while as supplied), Thom.
REVELATION.
183
KING JAMES VERSION.
11 And the beast that was,
and is not, even he is the eighth,
and is of the seven, and goeth
into perdition.
12 And the ten horns which
thou sawest are ten kings, which
have received no kingdom as j^et ;
but receive power as kings one
hour with the beast.
GREEK TEXT.
13
shall
strength
These have one mind, and
give their power and
unto the beast.
14 These shall make war with
the Lamb, and the Lamb shall
overcome them : for he is Lord
of lords, and King of kings ; and
they that are with him arc called,
and chosen, and faithful.
11 /cat TO Orjplov b rjv, kou ovk
ecTTi, Koi avTOs byboos icrri, Kai
(K Tcov eVra iari, /cat et? oarw-
Xeiav v-irayei.
il J\.aLTa oe/ca Kepara a eioe^,
8eKa /SacriAety elanv, oiTives (Saa-i-
Xelav ovTTQ} eXajSou, aAA' i^ova-iav
o)? iSaa-iXelf p.Lav copav Aa/x/Sa-
vovdL jJLiTa Tov drjpiov.
13 ovTOi fiiav yvcofjir]!/ e)(OV(n,
Koi TTjv 8vvap.iv /cat Triv l^ovaiav
iavTuiv Tcp drjplcp SLadiSaxrovcnv.
1-4 OVTOL p.€Ta TOV (XpvloV TTO"
Xep.i^aovai, kcu to dpvlov viKrjaeL
avTOvs, OTi Kvpios Kvplcov i(TT\
KOU BaaiXevs ^aaiXecov /cat ol
p.tT avTov, KXrjTo), /cat e'/cAe/crot
/cat TTiaTOL.
REVISED VERSION.
11 And the beast that was,
and is not, even he is *an eighth,
and is of the seven, and goeth
into perdition.
12 And the ten horns which
thou sawest are ten kings, ""who
have 'not yet received 'a king-
dom ; but Jthey receive 'author-
ity as kings 'one hour with the
beast.
13 These have one "counsel,
and "shall give over their power
and "authority unto the beast.
14 These shall make war with
the Lamb, and the Lamb shall
overcome them : for he is Lord
of lords and King of kings : pand
they that ai-e with him, ^ called,
and chosen, and faithful.
» It., Fr. G. -M.-S. ;-Wakef., Stu., Lord, Hergst., Ebr.
" See 2 Pet. 2: 11, N. f.
' For not yet. see W., G., {yet . . . not), R. ;-foreign verss.
(except Beng., nicht. He and Lachm. follow Erasm. in read-
ing, for oiirtu, the simple ov* ['A. Vulg. MS. Erp. Slar.']);-
Brightm., Dodd. and the later English (except Wesl. [who
follows Beng.], Sharpe, Words.). The indefinite article is
employed, in rendering jSaai^., by Brightm., Wakef., Newc,
Thorn., Penn, Lord, De "W., Treg., Ebr.
' W. ;-German verss. (except Moklenh.), Fi-. G.-M. ;-B. and
L., Dodd., Stu., Treg., Murd., Kenr.
k See ch. 13 : 4, N. s, &c.
1 ' For one hour' — ' for one and the same hour' — 'at one and
the same hour.' Grammatically, and in the present connec-
tion, jui'av lupav will bear any one of these three senses (the
second combining the other two), which are found to divide
verss. and commentators, rather according to the view enter-
tained of the subject-matter of the prophecy. The phrase
is translated, or explained, as an answer to the question,
How long, by Syr. (probably = Murd. for one hour), At.,
Germ, (erne Zeit), Fr. S. ;-Areth., Zeg., Brightm., Grot,
Hamm., B. and L., Berl. Bib., Beng., Dodd., Wash, Herd.,
Eichh., Wakef., Woodh., Thorn., Heinr., Scott, Ew., Allw.,
Ros., Penn, Sharpe, Stu., De "W., Lee, Stier, Hengst., Kenr.,
Barn., Ebr. ;-Bretsch., Wahl, Rob., Schirl. :— as an answer to
the question, Wheyi, by T., C., G.;-Vulg. {una hora), Dt., It.,
Fr. G.-M. ;-Erasm., Pagn., Tat., {as Vulg.), Castal., Par.,
Cocc, Mede, More, Vitr., Daub., Lowm., Guyse, Moldcnb..
Newc, Clarke, Crol., Jones, Ell. (who also refers to ' nearly all
the patristic expositors' as adopting this view). Lord, Treg.,
Words. Others (as Engl. Ann., Gill, &c.), and also some of
those just named (as De W.), allow either answer as possible.
The expression in E. V. partakes of the ambiguity of the
original, and is for that reason retained.
" W., R. ;-Vulg. {consilium), Syr. (= De D. voluntatem),
German verss. {Meinung •,-exce'pt All., Absicht; and Ebr.,
Willmsmeinung), Dt. (meening). It. {cotisigliu), French verss.
(rfessein) ;-Erasm., Pagn., Vat, Par., {as Vulg.), Bez., Cocc,
Vitr., (use sententia), Wakef. {pzir-pose), Woodh. See v. 17,
NN. a, b.
" R. {shall deliver) ;-Latin verss. {tradent), Dt. {zullen
overgeven) ;-Berl. Bib., Stolz, {[werden} ilhergeben), Dodd.
{as R.), Wakef. {share), Thom. {icill transfer), Penn {will
contribute) ;-Rob., Schirl. But all the recent editors have
iih6a.at,v (A. B. 'a 21. 3 G. 7 2. Compl.'). I recommend that
this reading be adopted, and translated : give.
' See ch. 13 : 4, N. s, &c.
p The punctuation of T., G., Sec, and lately adopted by the
Amer. Bible Soc. See N. q.
1 E. V. supplies the copula out of the previous iati, and the
clause then assigns another ground of the Lamb's vigtory
(Daub., Stu.). A better construction furnishes ol jut avtov
with a predicate out of vixrfiii aitovi. The Lamb conquers in
the strength of His own supremacy. His people share in His
victory, because they are with Him, and by virtue of the calling
and character that belong to them as His attendants (ch. 2 : 26,
27; 12: 11; 15: 2; 19: 14, 19, 20).— No copula is supplied by
G., R. ;-Latin verss. (see the notes of Aret., Par., Grot., Vitr.,
Eichh., Heinr., Ros.), Syr., Germ., Dt (which also puts the
clause oft Kvpioj . . . ^aaCKiav into a parenthesis), Brightm.,
Wells {as Dt. ;-and so Woodh., Gerl., Ell., Ebr.), All., De W.,
HenirPt.
1S4
REVELATION.
KING JAMES VERSION.
15 And he saith unto me, The
waters which thou sawest, where
the whore sitteth, are peoples,
and multitudes, and nations, and
tongues.
16 And the ten horns which
thou sawest upon the beast, these
shall hate the whore, and shall
make her desolate and naked,
and shall eat her flesh, and burn
her with fire.
17 For God hath put in their
heai'ts to fulfil his will, and to
agree, and give their kingdom
GREEK TEXT.
15 KoiX Ae'yet jjlol, Ta uSara
a etSe?, ov rj iropvT] KaOyrai, Aaot
Kal oi(Aoi elcrl, koL kOvrj Kai
yXaxrarat.
1 G Kal Ta 8eKa Kepara a etSey
eVt TO Oiipiov, ovTOL pLarjaovaL
T-qv TTOpvrjv, Kca rjpr]p.copevr]u ttol-
rjcrova-LV avTr/v Kal yvp-vrju, Kal
Tas adpKas avTrj^ (f)ayovTai, Kal
avTr]i> KaTaKavarova-iv eu Trvpi*
17 yap Oeos eScoKeu et? Tas
KapSlas avTcou iroirjaaL ttju yuco-
p.r]v avTOv, Kal Troirjaai p.iav yvco-
p.T]u, Kal Sovuai ttjv (Bao-iXelau
REVISED VERSION.
15 And he saith unto me :
The waters which thou sawest,
where the ■'harlot sitteth, are
peoples, and multitudes, and na-
tions, and tongues.
16 And the ten horns which
thou sawest 'upon the beast,
these shall hate the 'harlot, and
shall make her desolate and
naked, and shall eat her flesh,
and "shall 'utterly burn her with
fire.
17 For God "gave »?/ 'into
their hearts to "perform his 'coun-
sel, and to '■perform one "counsel,
and 'to give their kingdom unto
' See V. 1, N. g.
• For irtt, all the recent editors read xai (' A. B. a 27.
3 C. Compl. Vulg. MS. Am. Copt. Aeth. Syr. Ar. P. Slav.
MSS.'). I recommend that this reading be adopted : and.
' See V. 1, N. g.
" W., R.;-Germ., Dt. ;-Dodd., Allw., Penn (will), Words.,
Ilengst., Kenr., Ebr.
' E. v., ch. 18 : 8 ; in ch. 8 : 7, Matt. 3 : 12, and 2 Pet. 3 : 10,
to burn up;-Vu\g. {conrremabunt), German verss. (verbren-
nen), Dt. (verbranden), Fr. S. (consitnieront) ;-Erasra., Vat.,
Grell., {as Vulg.), Pagn., Bez., Aret., Par., {exurent), Castal.,
Grot., Cocc, (comburenf). Brightm., AVakef., {burn [her] up),
Daub., Woodh. {burn [her] utterly;-a.iid so Allw., Words.).
For the Erasmian reading, xavsovstr, only 2 cursive JISS. are
cited.
" The common sense of 6(,'6u;itt is here retained by W., R. ;-
Latin and German verss. (exc;-pt Castal.), Syr., Dt. ;-Dodd.,
Greenf. For the time, see ch. 16: 0, N. c, &c. W. ;-Wakef.
The ten kings had not appeared at the time of the vision, v. 12.
But the speaker, after prophetically tracing their career, looks
back, and historically accounts for it.
» German verss. (except Ebr.) ;-Daub., Dodd., Wesl., Thom.,
Stu.
7 W., R. ;-Brightm., Daub., Dodd., Wesl., Woodh,, Thom.,
Penn, Sharpe, Stu., Lord, Treg., Murd.
« W., R., {do) ;-Vulg. {faciant), German verss. (thun)^ Dt.
(doen). It. {eseguire), Fr. G.,-M., {/aire), Fr. S. {e.recuter) ;-
Erasm., Pagn., Vat., {as Vulg.), Castal., Bez., Par., Vitr., Ew.,
{exseqwantur), Hamm., Daub., Newc, Sharpe, Stu., Lord,
Murd., Kenr., {as W.), Cocc. {facere), B. and L. {as Fr. S.),
Dodd., Wesl., Wakef., Thom., {execute), Woodh., Alhv., Penn.
See N. b.
' The same noun as in v. 13 (.see N. m) is used twice in this
verse by Syr., Germ., Dt. (but with this note: 'Or, counsel
[raad^ as above, v. 13, and here in the next clause.'), Fr. S. ;-
Cocc, Beng., Wakef., Woodh., Treg. {mind), Hengst. The
first ■yrw/niyj/ here is in W., that that is pleasant to him ; R.,
that which pleaselh him (after the Vulg. quod placilum est
illi ;-and so Erasm., Pagn., Vat. This was changed into quod
ipsi visum est by Bez., Par., Vitr.) ;-Hamm., Daub., Murd.,
pleasure ; B. and L., desseins ; Guyse, Penn, purpose ; Dodd.,
Wesl., Thom., sentence; Scott, counsel, purpose, mind -.—Ihe
second is in It., consiglio i-fr. G. and -M., dessem ;-Erasm.,
Vat., valuntatem ; Hamm., decree or edict ; Dodd., Murd., pur-
pose ; Thom., Penn, design; Allw., Lord, coimsel. See N. b.
" See N. z. In this instance Daub., Dodd., Woodh., Allw.,
have perform. In rendering the clause, xai rtoi^oat fiCav yvui^Tjv
(which, though strongly suspected by Mill of having been
transferred from v. 13, and though now bracketed by Treg.,
Lachm. alone of recent editors omits, on the authority of 'A.
Vulg.'), E. V. and some other verss. follow Pagn. and Bez., ut
consentiant. But, according to the use of rtoirjaai, in the pre-
ceding clause, it is rather the acting out of the agreement
formed previously (v. 13), that is here meant; and the very
baldness of the repetition, at which many stumble, only the
more vividly teaches, that in the self-willed confederacies of the
wicked there sits paramount the will of yet another Ally, un
seen, unoonsulted, but • higher than they' (Eccl. 5:8; Ps. 82 : 1,
Acts 2: 23; 4: 27, 28; &c.). For the reference of aitoi to to
9r;piov (Zeg., Beng.) is certainly erroneous. De W., indeed,
asks whether one can properly speak of God's yrii/tjj, especially
in immediate connection with that of man. But the Sept. Ezra
6 : 14 is a clear case in point.
' T., C, G., {for to) ;-foreign verss. generally ;-Daub., Dodd.,
Wesl., Wakef., Woodh., Thom., Allw., Penn, Sharpe, Lord,
Treg., Murd., Kenr.
REVELATION.
185
KING JAMES VERSION.
unto the beast, until the words
of God shall be fulfilled.
IS And the woman which
thou sawest is that great city,
which reigneth over the kings
of the earth.
CHAP. XVIII.
And after these things I saw
another angel come down from
heaven, having great power ; and
the earth was lightened with his
glory.
2 And he cried mightily with
a strong voice, saying, Babylon
the great is fallen, is fallen, and
is become the habitation of dev-
ils, and the hold of every foul
spirit, and a cage of every un-
clean and hateful bird.
GREEK TEXT.
avTav TcS drjp'im, a^pi TcXeadfj
ra pijfiara rov Oeov.
18 K(u T] yvvT] i]u et'Sey, eariv
rj TToXis T) fieyaXr], rj e^ovcra j3a-
criXeiav eTrl rav fiaaLXemv rrjs
CHAP. XVIII.
KAI fiera ravra eiSou ayye-
Xov Karafiaivovra e'/c tou ovpavov,
'^ypvra i^ovalau jxeyaXrjv kou t)
yrj i(j)Q)T[(rdr] e'/c tt/? So^rjs avrov.
2 Kcu eKpa^ev ev 1(t^'l, (j)a)i>rj
jxeyaXr), Xeycov, ' Eirecrev eirea-e
BafivXcov 7] fxeyaXr], kou eyevero
KaTOLKl]TripLOV Sai'U.Ol'CLlV, Kol (f)v-
XaKTj iravTos TTvevparos UKadap-
Tov, KOL (jyvXaKi] Tvavros opveov
aKudaprov kol /xefiicrrjfieuov
REVISED VERSION.
the beast, until ""the words of
God = be finished.
IS And the woman 'whom
thou sawest is that great city,
which ^hath kingship over the
kings of the earth.
CHAP. XVIII.
'And after these .things I saw
•an angel "descending from heav-
en, having great 'authority ; and
the earth was lightened with his
glory.
2 And he cried ■•mightily with
a 'loud voice, saying : fFallen,
fallen, is Babylon the great, and
is become ^a habitation of ''de-
mons, and °a hold of every 'un-
clean spirit, and a J'hold of every
unclean and ^hated bird.
^ For to. /jjjfiara, all the recent editors read ot >.dyot (• A. C
o26. /3 7. Compl.').
• For the change of verb, see oh. 15 : 1, N. c. For the change
of tense, see W., T., C, G., R. ;-Latin verss., German verss.
(e 
TVNews
OpenLibrary